Haṭhapradīpikā Online

beta
Chapter
1 2 3 4
Theme
Mode
Script
Nāgarī
Latin
Filter
Philological Commentary
Jyotsna Commentary
Metre
Readings
More Readings
Sources
Testimonia
Highlight
Highlight Readings
Settings
Mode
Chapter
1 2 3 4
HP 1.1

श्रीआदिनाथाय नमोऽस्तु तस्मै

येनोपदिष्टा हठयोगविद्या ।

विराजते प्रोन्नतराजसौध-

मारोढुमिच्छोरधिरोहिणीव

śrīādināthāya namo’stu tasmai

yenopadiṣṭā haṭhayogavidyā /

virājate pronnatarājasaudha-

m āroḍhum icchor adhirohiṇīva //

Homage to the glorious Ādinātha who taught the science of Haṭhayoga which is like a splendid stairway for one who wants to climb to the lofty royal terrace.
Philological Commentary

In his commentary {Jyotsnā} on Haṭhapradīpikā 1.1 Brahmānanda first states that the author Svātmārāma starts appropriately with a maṅgala, a verse of adoration addressing Ādinātha, i.e. Śiva, but in accordance with his non-sectarian approach leaves room for a second interpretation of the word as Viṣṇu. A sentence later this is contradicted by his explanantion that Ādinātha, who first taught Yoga, taught it to Pārvatī, which limits the scope to Śiva. The reading °rājasaudham in the third verse quarter is well attested by the manuscripts, including α1. However, the most common reading in manuscripts on the lower branches of the stemma is °rājayogam, which was accepted by Brahmānanda in Jyotsnā 1.1 (see below). It apears that some scribes have made a concerted effort to replace words like saudha, vidyā and mārga with yoga in the opening verses of the text (see also 1.1d and 1.3b), even at the expense of the poetic imagery. In light of the variants, which have lead to our critical edition, Brahmānanda’s choices and interpretation of the second half cannot be upheld. This is Brahmānanda’s version and the relevant portion of his commentary:

śrīādināthāya namo ’stu tasmai yenopadiṣṭā haṭhayogavidyā |vibhrājate pronnatarājayogam āroḍhum icchor adhirohiṇīva ||1.1||
Our choice of virājate in the third verse quarter reflects the relevant manuscripts and rhymes with the following rāja-. However, the difference in the sense is so minor that it does alter the meaning. The main problem in Brahmānanda’s interpretation is his choice of -rājayogaṃ over -rājamsaudhaṃ, which he explains as follows: rājayogaś ca sarvavṛttini-rodhalakṣaṇo ’samprajñātayogaḥ. tam icchor mumukṣor adhirohiṇīva adhi-ruhyate ’nayety adhirohiṇī niḥśreṇīva vibhrājate viśeṣeṇa bhrājate śobhate. yathā pronnatasaudham āroḍhum icchor adhirohiṇy anāyāsena saudha-prāpi-kā bhavati evaṃ haṭhapradīpikāpi pronnatarājayogam āroḍhum icchor anā-yāsena rājayogaprāpikā bhavatīti upamālaṅkāraḥ. indravajrākhyaṃ vṛttam. Rājayoga is the yoga without cognition,* defined as the stopping of all movements of the mind. To a liberation seeker desiring this, [the science of Haṭhayoga] shines like a ladder.* Just as a ladder leads someone desiring to ascend to a lofty mansion easily to this mansion, in the same way also the haṭhapradīpikā leads someone desiring the lofty Rājayoga easily to Rājayoga. [In this verse] the trope is a comparison. The metre is Indravajrā. The interpretation makes good sense: Haṭhayoga leads effortlessly to Rājayoga, just as a ladder leads one to the flat on the top floor. And the comparison as outlined by Brahmānanda has all the elements deemed necessary by Sanskritic poetology: item Particle expressing a comparison (upamāvācaka): iva item Standard of comparison (upamāna): ladder leading to the palace (saudhaprāpikā adhirohiṇī) item Thing that is compared (upameya): Haṭhapradīpikā* that leads to Rājayoga (rājayogaprāpikā haṭhapradīpikā) item Common quality (samānadharma): Effortlessness (anāyāsena) According to classical poetology a comparison containing all four elements is termed a ``full comparison’’ (pūrṇopamā), whereas an elision of one or more elements is called a ``deficient comparison’’ (luptopamā). One element that cannot be omitted without losing the comparison is the upamāna. In the verse as given by Brahmānanda this would be ``the ladder’’. The implication is spelt out by Brahmānanda in his commmentary: ``Just as a ladder leads someone desiring to ascend to a lofty mansion easily leads him to this mansion, in the same way also the haṭhapradīpikā leads someone desiring the lofty Rājayoga easily to Rājayoga.’’ However, his text version spells out only the side of the upameya, that is, ``Haṭhayoga leads to Rājayoga’’, but leaves the upamāna open to interpretation. His mention of the word saudha in the commentary suggests that this was one of the other options he found in manuscripts—this reading is very well attested—but was rejected by him. In this way Brahmānanda makes sure that the text states the obvious, but at the same time it loses part of the comparison, and it loses its dynamics, which is brought out in the reading rājasaudha preferred with good manuscript evidence in our critical edition. We think that Brahmānanda was eager to state at the outset the primacy of Rājayoga, and to this end sacrificed the more poetically elegant original reading that mentions the royal mansion as a sort of metaphor for the ``royal yoga’’.

Jyotsna Commentary

गुरुं नत्वा शिवं साक्षाद्ब्रह्मानन्देन तन्यते

हठप्रदीपिकाज्योत्स्ना योगमार्गप्रकाशिका

इदानींतनानां सुबोधार्थमस्याः

सुविज्ञाय गोरक्षसिद्धान्तहार्दम्

मया मेरुशास्त्रिप्रमुख्याभियोगात्

स्फुटं कथ्यते 'त्यन्तगूढो 'पि भावः

मुमुक्षुजनहितार्थं राजयोगद्वारा कैवल्यफलां हठप्रदीपिकां विधित्सुः परमकारुणिकः स्वात्मारामयोगीन्द्रस्तत्प्रत्यूहनिवृत्तये हठयोगप्रवर्तकश्रीमदादिनाथनमस्कारलक्षणं मङ्गलं तावदाचरति श्रीआदिनाथेत्यादिना. तस्मै श्रीआदिनाथाय नमः अस्तु इत्यन्वयः. आदिश् चासौ नाथश्च आदिनाथः सर्वेश्वरः शिव इत्यर्थः. श्रीमानादिनाथः श्रीआदिनाथः तस्मै श्रीआदिनाथाय. श्रीशब्द आदिर्यस्य सः श्रीआदिः श्रीआदिश्चासौ नाथश्च श्रीआदिनाथः तस्मै श्रीआदिनाथाय श्रीनाथाय विष्णवे इति वार्थः. श्रीआदिनाथायेत्यत्र यणभावस्तु अपि माषं मषं कुर्याच्छन्दोभङ्गं त्यजेद्गिराम् इति छन्दोविदां सम्प्रदायादुच्चारणसौष्ठवाच्चेति बोध्यम्. नमः प्रह्वीभावो 'स्तु. प्रार्थनायां लोट्. तस्मै. कस्मै इत्यपेक्षायां आह येनेति येन आदिनाथेन उपदिष्टा गिरिजायै हठयोगविद्या. हश्च ठश्च हठौ सूर्यचन्द्रौ तयोर्योगो हठयोगः. एतेन हठशब्दवाच्ययोः सूर्यचन्द्राख्ययोः प्राणापानयोरैक्यलक्षणः प्राणायामो हठयोग इति हठयोगस्य लक्षणं सिद्धम्. तथा चोक्तं गोरक्षनाथेन सिद्धसिद्धान्तपद्धतौ

हकारः कीर्तितः सूर्यष्ठकारश्चन्द्र उच्यते

सूर्यचन्द्रमसोर्योगाद्धठयोगो निगद्यते

इति तत्प्रतिपादिका विद्या हठयोगविद्या हठयोगशास्त्रमिति यावत्. गिरिजायै आदिनाथकृतो हठविद्योपदेशो महाकालयोगशास्त्रादौ प्रसिद्धः. प्रकर्षेण उन्नतः प्रोन्नतः. मन्त्रयोगहठयोगादीनामधरभूमीनामुत्तरभूमित्वाद्राजयोगस्य प्रोन्नतत्वम्. राजयोगश्च सर्ववृत्तिनिरोधलक्षणो 'सम्प्रज्ञातयोगः. तमिच्छोर्मुमुक्षोर् अधिरोहिणीव अधिरुह्यते 'नयेत्यधिरोहिणी निःश्रेणीव विभ्राजते विशेषेण भ्राजते शोभते. यथा प्रोन्नतसौधमारोढुमिच्छोरधिरोहिण्यनायासेन सौधप्रापिका भवति एवं हठप्रदीपिकापि प्रोन्नतराजयोगमारोढुमिच्छोरनायासेन राजयोगप्रापिका भवतीति उपमालङ्कारः. इन्द्रवज्राख्यं वृत्तम्.

guruṃ natvā śivaṃ sākṣād brahmānandena tanyate

haṭhapradīpikājyotsnā yogamārgaprakāśikā

idānīṃtanānāṃ subodhārtham asyāḥ

suvijñāya gorakṣasiddhāntahārdam

mayā meruśāstripramukhyābhiyogāt

sphuṭaṃ kathyate 'tyantagūḍho 'pi bhāvaḥ

mumukṣujanahitārthaṃ rājayogadvārā kaivalyaphalāṃ haṭhapradīpikāṃ vidhitsuḥ paramakāruṇikaḥ svātmārāmayogīndras tatpratyūhanivṛttaye haṭhayogapravartakaśrīmadādināthanamaskāralakṣaṇaṃ maṅgalaṃ tāvad ācarati śrīādināthetyādinā. tasmai śrīādināthāya namaḥ astu ity anvayaḥ. ādiś cāsau nāthaś ca ādināthaḥ sarveśvaraḥ śiva ity arthaḥ. śrīmān ādināthaḥ śrīādināthaḥ tasmai śrīādināthāya. śrīśabda ādir yasya saḥ śrīādiḥ śrīādiś cāsau nāthaś ca śrīādināthaḥ tasmai śrīādināthāya śrīnāthāya viṣṇave iti vārthaḥ. śrīādināthāyety atra yaṇabhāvas tu api māṣaṃ maṣaṃ kuryāc chandobhaṅgaṃ tyajed girām iti chandovidāṃ sampradāyād uccāraṇasauṣṭhavāc ceti bodhyam. namaḥ prahvībhāvo 'stu. prārthanāyāṃ loṭ. tasmai. kasmai ity apekṣāyāṃ āha yeneti yena ādināthena upadiṣṭā girijāyai haṭhayogavidyā. haś ca ṭhaś ca haṭhau sūryacandrau tayor yogo haṭhayogaḥ. etena haṭhaśabdavācyayoḥ sūryacandrākhyayoḥ prāṇāpānayor aikyalakṣaṇaḥ prāṇāyāmo haṭhayoga iti haṭhayogasya lakṣaṇaṃ siddham. tathā coktaṃ gorakṣanāthena siddhasiddhāntapaddhatau

hakāraḥ kīrtitaḥ sūryaṣ ṭhakāraś candra ucyate

sūryacandramasor yogād dhaṭhayogo nigadyate

iti tatpratipādikā vidyā haṭhayogavidyā haṭhayogaśāstram iti yāvat. girijāyai ādināthakṛto haṭhavidyopadeśo mahākālayogaśāstrādau prasiddhaḥ. prakarṣeṇa unnataḥ pronnataḥ. mantrayogahaṭhayogādīnām adharabhūmīnām uttarabhūmitvād rājayogasya pronnatatvam. rājayogaś ca sarvavṛttinirodhalakṣaṇo 'samprajñātayogaḥ. tam icchor mumukṣor adhirohiṇīva adhiruhyate 'nayety adhirohiṇī niḥśreṇīva vibhrājate viśeṣeṇa bhrājate śobhate. yathā pronnatasaudham āroḍhum icchor adhirohiṇy anāyāsena saudhaprāpikā bhavati evaṃ haṭhapradīpikāpi pronnatarājayogam āroḍhum icchor anāyāsena rājayogaprāpikā bhavatīti upamālaṅkāraḥ. indravajrākhyaṃ vṛttam.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

śrīādināthāya (cett.) ] anādināthāya (ε1), ādīśanāthāya (η1)
virājate (cett.) ] vibhrājate (β2 χ)
rājasaudham (cett.) ] rājayogam (βω η2 χ)
āroḍhum (cett.) ] ārūḍham (ε1)
rohiṇīva (cett.) ] rohiṇī ca (γ1), roha eva (βω)

More Readings
  • (ku(r)k(k)uṭāsana-):
  • -vat kṛtvā: 1, N22
  • -vat kratvā: 6
  • -bandhastho: 1, J8, L1, M1, V6, B1, B2 (in marg.), B3, Bo2, C1, C2, C3, C4 (‘madhyastho’ is also given above), C6, C8, J1, J3, J6, J13, J14, K1, Ko, N1, V2, N2, V3 (about ‘stho’), N4a, V8, N5, N8, N9, N11, V21, N13, N16, N18, N19, N20, N21, N24, N25, N26, P1, P2, P3, P4 (...sanaṃ), P7, Tue,V17, V14, R3, R5, V13, V10
  • -bandhasthe: 7, V19
  • -badhascho: a, Bo3, V28, V22
  • -baṃdhascho: 5, J11, J15, V15
  • -baddhastho: 12
  • -bandhastu: o1
  • -madhyastho: 9, J10, J12, J16(“baṃ” is given in margin), J17, N17, V4, N6, N7, N10, V20, V18, P5, P8, V12, LD1
  • -madhyasthau: 16
  • -baṃdhasthau: 23
  • -badhestu: 2
  • (unavailable/illegible): C7, J4(gudaṃ nibadhya gulphābhyāṃ)
Testimonia
Cf. Yogasārasaṅgraha, p. 54.

sadādināthāya namo ’stu tubhyaṃ

yenopadiṣṭā haṭhayogavidyā |

virājate pronnatarājayogam

āroḍhum icchor adhirohiṇīva ||

Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā 1.1

ādīśvarāya praṇamāmi tasmai

yenopadiṣṭā haṭhayogavidyā |

virājate pronnatarājayogam

āroḍhum icchor adhirohiṇīva ||

HP 1.2

प्रणम्य श्रीगुरुं नाथं स्वात्मारामेण योगिना

केवलं राजयोगाय हठविद्योपदिश्यते ॥

praṇamya śrīguruṃ nāthaṃ svātmārāmeṇa yoginā /

kevalaṃ rājayogāya haṭhavidyopadiśyate //

After bowing to the glorious guru, the Lord, the yogi Svātmārāma teaches the system of Haṭhayoga solely for [attaining] Rājayoga.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
एवं परमगुरुनमस्कारलक्षणं मङ्गलं कृत्वा विघ्नबाहुल्ये मङ्गलबाहुल्यस्याप्यपेक्षितत्वात्स्वगुरुनमस्कारात्मकं मङ्गलमाचरन्नस्य ग्रन्थस्य विषयप्रयोजनादीन् प्रदर्शयति प्रणम्येति. श्रीमन्तं गुरुं श्रीगुरुं नाथं श्रीगुरुनाथं स्वगुरुमिति यावत्. प्रणम्य प्रकर्षेण भक्तिपूर्वकं नत्वा स्वात्मारामेण योगिना योगो 'स्यास्तीति येन. केवलं राजयोगाय केवलं राजयोगार्थं हठविद्योपदिश्यत इत्यन्वयः. हठविद्याया राजयोग एव मुख्यं फलं न सिद्धय इति केवलपदस्याभिप्रायः. सिद्धयस्त्वानुषङ्गिक्यः. एतेन राजयोगफलसहितो हठयोगो 'स्य ग्रन्थस्य विषयः. राजयोगद्वारा üकैवल्यं चास्य फलम्. तत्कामश्चाधिकारी. ग्रन्थविषययोः प्रतिपाद्यप्रतिपादकभावः सम्बन्धः. ग्रन्थस्य कैवल्यस्य च प्रयोज्यप्रयोजकभावः सम्बन्धः. ग्रन्थाभिधेयस्य सफलयोगस्य कैवल्यस्य च साध्यसाधनभावः सम्बन्ध इत्युक्तम्.
evaṃ paramagurunamaskāralakṣaṇaṃ maṅgalaṃ kṛtvā vighnabāhulye maṅgalabāhulyasyāpy apekṣitatvāt svagurunamaskārātmakaṃ maṅgalam ācarann asya granthasya viṣayaprayojanādīn pradarśayati praṇamyeti. śrīmantaṃ guruṃ śrīguruṃ nāthaṃ śrīgurunāthaṃ svagurum iti yāvat. praṇamya prakarṣeṇa bhaktipūrvakaṃ natvā svātmārāmeṇa yoginā yogo 'syāstīti yena. kevalaṃ rājayogāya kevalaṃ rājayogārthaṃ haṭhavidyopadiśyata ity anvayaḥ. haṭhavidyāyā rājayoga eva mukhyaṃ phalaṃ na siddhaya iti kevalapadasyābhiprāyaḥ. siddhayas tv ānuṣaṅgikyaḥ. etena rājayogaphalasahito haṭhayogo 'sya granthasya viṣayaḥ. rājayogadvārā ükaivalyaṃ cāsya phalam. tatkāmaś cādhikārī. granthaviṣayayoḥ pratipādyapratipādakabhāvaḥ sambandhaḥ. granthasya kaivalyasya ca prayojyaprayojakabhāvaḥ sambandhaḥ. granthābhidheyasya saphalayogasya kaivalyasya ca sādhyasādhanabhāvaḥ sambandha ity uktam.
Readings

yoginā (cett.) ] dhīmatā (Δ ε3)
haṭhavidyo (cett.) ] haṭhayogo (η2)

HP 1.3

भ्रान्त्या बहुमतध्वान्ते राजमार्गमजानताम्

हठप्रदीपिकां धत्ते स्वात्मारामः कृपाकरः

bhrāntyā bahumatadhvānte rājamārgam ajānatām /

haṭhapradīpikāṃ dhatte svātmārāmaḥ kṛpākaraḥ //

For those who cannot find the royal highway because they are lost in the darkness of many doctrines, the compassionate Svātmārāma holds the Lamp on Haṭha.
Philological Commentary

Most witnesses (including α2) have rājayogam ajānatām (`for those ignorant of Rājayoga’) in 1.3b. The reading rājamārgam ajānatām (α1and α3), “for those unable to find the royal highway”, is more appropriate to the metaphor of being lost in darkness. As Brahmānanda notes, the compound kṛpākaraḥ can be understood as one who is compassionate (kṛpā + kara) or one who is a mine (i.e., a rich source) of compassion (kṛpā + ākara). In the Devanagari transmission, the kṣa of kṣamākaraḥ probably arose as a mistake for kṛ.

Jyotsna Commentary
ननु मन्त्रयोगसगुणध्याननिर्गुणध्यानमुद्रादिभिरेव राजयोगसिद्धौ किं हठविद्योपदेशेनेत्य् आशङ्क्य व्युत्थितचित्तानां मन्त्रयोगादिभी राजयोगासिद्धेर्हठयोगादेव राजयोगसिद्धिं वदन् ग्रन्थं प्रतिजानीते भ्रान्त्येति. मन्त्रयोगादिबहुमतरूपे ध्वान्ते गाढान्धकारे या भ्रान्तिर्भ्रमस् तया. तैस्तैरुपायै राजयोगार्थं प्रवृत्तस्य तत्र तत्र तदलाभात्. वक्ष्यति च हठं विना राजयोगः इत्यादिना. तथा राजयोगमजानतां न जानन्तीत्यजानन्तः तेषामजानतां पुंसां राजयोगज्ञानायेति शेषः. करोतीति करः कृपायाः करः कृपाकरः कृपाया आकर इति वा तादृशः. अनेन हठप्रदीपिकाकरणे अज्ञानुकम्पैव हेतुरित्युक्तम्. स्वात्मन्यारमते इति स्वात्मारामः. हठस्य हठयोगस्य प्रदीपिकेव प्रकाशकत्वात् हठप्रदीपिका ताम्. अथवा हठ एव प्रदीपिका हठप्रदीपिक राजयोगप्रकाशकत्वात्तां धत्ते विधत्ते करोतीति यावत्. स्वात्माराम इत्यनेन ज्ञानस्य सप्तमभूमिकां प्राप्तो ब्रह्मविद्वरिष्ठ इत्युक्तम्. तथा च श्रुतिः आत्मक्रीड आत्मरतिः क्रियावानेष ब्रह्मविदां वरिष्ठः इति. सप्तभूमयश्चोक्ता योगवासिष्ठे

ज्ञानभूमिः शुभेच्छाख्या प्रथमा समुदाहृता

विचारणा द्वितीया स्यात्तृतीया तनुमानसा

सत्त्वापत्तिश्चतुर्थी स्यात्ततो 'संसक्तिनामिका

परार्थाभाविनी षष्ठी सप्तमी तुर्यगा स्मृता इति

अस्यार्थः शुभेच्छा इत्याख्या यस्याः सा शुभेच्छाख्या विवेकवैराग्ययुता शमादिपूर्विका तीव्रमुमुक्षा प्रथमा ज्ञानस्य भूमिः भूमिका उदाहृता कथिता योगिभिरिति शेषः. विचारणा श्रवणमननात्मिका द्वितीया ज्ञानभूमिः स्यात्. अनेकार्थग्राहकं मनो यदानेकार्थान्परित्यज्य सदेकार्थवृत्तिप्रवाहवद्भवति तदा तनुमानसं यस्यां सा तनुमानसा निदिध्यासनरूपा तृतीया ज्ञानभूमिः स्यादिति शेषः. इमास्तिस्रः साधनभूमिकाः. आसु भूमिषु साधक इत्युच्यते. तिसृभिर्भूमिकाभिः शुद्धसत्त्वे 'न्तःकरणे 'हं ब्रह्मास्मीत्याकारिका अपरोक्षवृत्तिरूपा सत्त्वापत्तिनामिका चतुर्थी ज्ञानभूमिः स्यात्. चतुर्थीयं फलभूमिः. अस्यां योगी ब्रह्मविदित्युच्यते. इयं सम्प्रज्ञातयोगभूमिका. वक्ष्यमाणास्तिस्रो 'सम्प्रज्ञातयोगभूमयः. सत्त्वापत्तेरनन्तरा सत्त्वापत्तिसंज्ञिकायां भूमावुपस्थितासु सिद्धिषु असंसक्तस्यासंसक्तिनामिका पञ्चमी ज्ञानभूमिः स्यात्. अस्यां योगी स्वयमेव व्युत्तिष्ठते. एतां भूमिं प्राप्तो ब्रह्मविद्वर इत्युच्यते. परब्रह्मातिरिक्तमर्थं न भावयति यस्यां सा परार्थाभाविनी षष्ठी ज्ञानभूमिः स्यात्. अस्यां योगी परप्रबोधित एव व्युत्थितो भवति. एतां प्राप्तो ब्रह्मविद्वरीयानित्य् उच्यते. तुर्यगा नाम सप्तमी भूमिः स्मृता. अस्यां योगी स्वतः परतो वा न व्युत्थानं प्राप्नोति. एतां प्राप्तो ब्रह्मविद्वरिष्ठ इत्युच्यते. तत्र प्रमाणभूता श्रुतिरत्रैवोक्ता पूर्वम्. अयमेव जीवन्मुक्त इत्युच्यते स एवात्र स्वात्मारामपदेनोक्त इत्यलं बहूक्तेन.
nanu mantrayogasaguṇadhyānanirguṇadhyānamudrādibhir eva rājayogasiddhau kiṃ haṭhavidyopadeśenety āśaṅkya vyutthitacittānāṃ mantrayogādibhī rājayogāsiddher haṭhayogād eva rājayogasiddhiṃ vadan granthaṃ pratijānīte bhrāntyeti. mantrayogādibahumatarūpe dhvānte gāḍhāndhakāre yā bhrāntir bhramas tayā. tais tair upāyai rājayogārthaṃ pravṛttasya tatra tatra tadalābhāt. vakṣyati ca haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogaḥ ityādinā. tathā rājayogam ajānatāṃ na jānantīty ajānantaḥ teṣām ajānatāṃ puṃsāṃ rājayogajñānāyeti śeṣaḥ. karotīti karaḥ kṛpāyāḥ karaḥ kṛpākaraḥ kṛpāyā ākara iti vā tādṛśaḥ. anena haṭhapradīpikākaraṇe ajñānukampaiva hetur ity uktam. svātmany āramate iti svātmārāmaḥ. haṭhasya haṭhayogasya pradīpikeva prakāśakatvāt haṭhapradīpikā tām. athavā haṭha eva pradīpikā haṭhapradīpika rājayogaprakāśakatvāt tāṃ dhatte vidhatte karotīti yāvat. svātmārāma ity anena jñānasya saptamabhūmikāṃ prāpto brahmavidvariṣṭha ity uktam. tathā ca śrutiḥ ātmakrīḍa ātmaratiḥ kriyāvān eṣa brahmavidāṃ variṣṭhaḥ iti. saptabhūmayaś coktā yogavāsiṣṭhe

jñānabhūmiḥ śubhecchākhyā prathamā samudāhṛtā

vicāraṇā dvitīyā syāt tṛtīyā tanumānasā

sattvāpattiś caturthī syāt tato 'saṃsaktināmikā

parārthābhāvinī ṣaṣṭhī saptamī turyagā smṛtā iti

asyārthaḥ śubhecchā ity ākhyā yasyāḥ sā śubhecchākhyā vivekavairāgyayutā śamādipūrvikā tīvramumukṣā prathamā jñānasya bhūmiḥ bhūmikā udāhṛtā kathitā yogibhir iti śeṣaḥ. vicāraṇā śravaṇamananātmikā dvitīyā jñānabhūmiḥ syāt. anekārthagrāhakaṃ mano yadānekārthān parityajya sadekārthavṛttipravāhavad bhavati tadā tanumānasaṃ yasyāṃ sā tanumānasā nididhyāsanarūpā tṛtīyā jñānabhūmiḥ syād iti śeṣaḥ. imās tisraḥ sādhanabhūmikāḥ. āsu bhūmiṣu sādhaka ity ucyate. tisṛbhir bhūmikābhiḥ śuddhasattve 'ntaḥkaraṇe 'haṃ brahmāsmīty ākārikā aparokṣavṛttirūpā sattvāpattināmikā caturthī jñānabhūmiḥ syāt. caturthīyaṃ phalabhūmiḥ. asyāṃ yogī brahmavid ity ucyate. iyaṃ samprajñātayogabhūmikā. vakṣyamāṇās tisro 'samprajñātayogabhūmayaḥ. sattvāpatter anantarā sattvāpattisaṃjñikāyāṃ bhūmāv upasthitāsu siddhiṣu asaṃsaktasyāsaṃsaktināmikā pañcamī jñānabhūmiḥ syāt. asyāṃ yogī svayam eva vyuttiṣṭhate. etāṃ bhūmiṃ prāpto brahmavidvara ity ucyate. parabrahmātiriktam arthaṃ na bhāvayati yasyāṃ sā parārthābhāvinī ṣaṣṭhī jñānabhūmiḥ syāt. asyāṃ yogī paraprabodhita eva vyutthito bhavati. etāṃ prāpto brahmavidvarīyān ity ucyate. turyagā nāma saptamī bhūmiḥ smṛtā. asyāṃ yogī svataḥ parato vā na vyutthānaṃ prāpnoti. etāṃ prāpto brahmavidvariṣṭha ity ucyate. tatra pramāṇabhūtā śrutir atraivoktā pūrvam. ayam eva jīvanmukta ity ucyate sa evātra svātmārāmapadenokta ity alaṃ bahūktena.
Readings

bhrāntyā (α2 β2 γ1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] bhrāntvā (βω Δ), bhrāntā (α1 ε1)
matadhvānte (cett.) ] matadhvāntai (β2 γ1), mataṃ bhrāntaṃ (η1)
mārgam (α1 γ1) ] yogam (cett.)
ajānatām (cett.) ] ajānataḥ (Δ ε3)
dhatte (cett.) ] datte (β2)
svātmārāmaḥ (cett.) ] svātmārāma (βω), svātmārame (γ1)
kṛpākaraḥ (α1 β2 γ1 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] kṛpāparaḥ (Δ), prakāśyate (βω η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.4

bhrāntyā bahumatadhvānte rājayogam ajānatām |

kevalaṃ rājayogāya haṭhavidyopadiśyate ||

rājayogam ] rājamārgam P,T,t1

HP 1.4

हठविद्यां हि मत्स्येन्द्रगोरक्षाद्या विजानते

स्वात्मारामोऽथवा योगी जानीते तत्प्रसादतः ॥

haṭhavidyāṃ hi matsyendragorakṣādyā vijānate /

svātmārāmo’thavā yogī jānīte tatprasādataḥ //

For, Matsyendra, Gorakṣa, and other [perfected yogis] discovered the science of Haṭha, and the yogi Svātmārāma knows it through their favour.
Philological Commentary

The word athavā (‘or’) is well attested but difficult to construe here. Brahmānanda understands it as conjunction (athavāśabdaḥ samuccaye), and this is how we have interpreted it. The variant mahāyogī in ε1and other manuscripts (G5, J4, J11 and Ko) is probably an attempt to remove the difficulty of understanding athavā. One could emend to tathā in light of the attested reading yathā (C7) but this would be a bold intervention given the weight of evidence supporting ’thavā.

Jyotsna Commentary

(1.4)

महत्सेवितत्वाद्धठविद्यां प्रशंसन्स्वस्यापि महत्सकाशाद्धठविद्यालाभाद्गौरवं द्योतयति हठविद्यां हीति. हीति प्रसिद्धम्. मत्स्येन्द्रश्च गोरक्षश्च तौ आद्यौ येषां ते मत्स्येन्द्रगोरक्षाद्याः आद्यशब्देन जालन्धरनाथभर्तृहरिगोपीचन्दप्रभ्र्तयो ग्राह्याः. ते हठविद्यां हठयोगविद्यां विजानते विशेषेण साधनलक्षणभेदफलैर्जानन्तीत्यर्थः. स्वात्मारामः स्वात्मारामनामा. अथवाशब्दः समुच्चये. योगी योगवान्तत्प्रसादतः गोरक्षप्रसादाज् जानीत इत्यन्वयः. परममहता ब्रह्मणापीयं विद्या सेवितेत्यत्र योगियाज्ञवल्क्यस्मृतिः

हिरण्यगर्भो योगस्य वक्ता नान्यः पुरातनः

वक्तृत्वं च मानसव्यापारपूर्वकं भवतीति मानसो व्यापारो 'र्थादागमः. तथा च श्रुतिः यन्मनसा ध्यायति तद्वाचा वदति इति. भगवतेयं विद्या भागवतानुद्धवादीन्प्रत्युक्ता. शिवस्तु योगी प्रसिद्ध एव. एवं च सर्वोत्तमैर् ब्रह्मविष्णुशिवैः सेवितेयं विद्या. न च ब्रह्मसूत्रकृता व्यासेन योगो निराकृत इति शङ्कनीयम्. प्रकृतिस्वातन्त्र्यचिद्भेदांशमात्रस्य निराकरणात्न तु भावनाविशेषरूपयोगस्य. भावनायाश्च सर्वसंमतत्वात्तां विना सुखस्याप्य् असम्भवात्. तथोक्तं भगवद्गीतासु इति

नास्ति बुद्धिरयुक्तस्य न चायुक्तस्य भावना

न चाभावयतः शान्तिरशान्तस्य कुतः सुखम्

नारायणतीर्थैरप्युक्तम्

स्वातन्त्र्यसत्यत्वमुखं प्रधाने

सत्यं च चिद्भेदमभेदवाक्यैः

व्यासो निराचष्ट न भावनाख्यं

योगं स्वयं निर्मितब्रह्मसूत्रैः

अपि चात्मप्रदं योगं व्याकरोन्मतिमान्स्वयम्

भाष्यादिषु ततस्तत्राप्याचार्यप्रमुखैर्मतः

मतो योगो भगवता गीतायामधिको 'न्यतः

कृतः शुकादिभिस्तस्मादत्र सन्तो 'तिसादराः

इति

वेदेषु यज्ञेषु तपःसु चैव

दानेषु यत्पुण्यफलं प्रदिष्टम्

अत्येति तत्सर्वमिदं विदित्वा

योगी परं स्थानमुपैति चाद्यम्

इति भगवदुक्तेः. किं बहुना जिज्ञासुरपि योगस्य शब्दब्रह्मातिवर्तते इति वदता भगवता योगजिज्ञासोरप्यौत्कृष्ट्यं वर्णितं किमुत योगिनः. नारदादिभक्तश्रेष्ठैर् याज्ञवल्क्यादिज्ञानिमुख्यैश्चास्याः सेवनाद्भक्तज्ञानिनामप्यविरुद्धेत्युपरम्यते.

(1.4)

mahatsevitatvād dhaṭhavidyāṃ praśaṃsan svasyāpi mahatsakāśād dhaṭhavidyālābhād gauravaṃ dyotayati haṭhavidyāṃ hīti. hīti prasiddham. matsyendraś ca gorakṣaś ca tau ādyau yeṣāṃ te matsyendragorakṣādyāḥ ādyaśabdena jālandharanāthabhartṛharigopīcandaprabhrtayo grāhyāḥ. te haṭhavidyāṃ haṭhayogavidyāṃ vijānate viśeṣeṇa sādhanalakṣaṇabhedaphalair jānantīty arthaḥ. svātmārāmaḥ svātmārāmanāmā. athavāśabdaḥ samuccaye. yogī yogavān tatprasādataḥ gorakṣaprasādāj jānīta ity anvayaḥ. paramamahatā brahmaṇāpīyaṃ vidyā sevitety atra yogiyājñavalkyasmṛtiḥ

hiraṇyagarbho yogasya vaktā nānyaḥ purātanaḥ

vaktṛtvaṃ ca mānasavyāpārapūrvakaṃ bhavatīti mānaso vyāpāro 'rthād āgamaḥ. tathā ca śrutiḥ yan manasā dhyāyati tad vācā vadati iti. bhagavateyaṃ vidyā bhāgavatān uddhavādīn praty uktā. śivas tu yogī prasiddha eva. evaṃ ca sarvottamair brahmaviṣṇuśivaiḥ seviteyaṃ vidyā. na ca brahmasūtrakṛtā vyāsena yogo nirākṛta iti śaṅkanīyam. prakṛtisvātantryacidbhedāṃśamātrasya nirākaraṇāt na tu bhāvanāviśeṣarūpayogasya. bhāvanāyāś ca sarvasaṃmatatvāt tāṃ vinā sukhasyāpy asambhavāt. tathoktaṃ bhagavadgītāsu iti

nāsti buddhir ayuktasya na cāyuktasya bhāvanā

na cābhāvayataḥ śāntir aśāntasya kutaḥ sukham

nārāyaṇatīrthair apy uktam

svātantryasatyatvamukhaṃ pradhāne

satyaṃ ca cidbhedam abhedavākyaiḥ

vyāso nirācaṣṭa na bhāvanākhyaṃ

yogaṃ svayaṃ nirmitabrahmasūtraiḥ

api cātmapradaṃ yogaṃ vyākaron matimān svayam

bhāṣyādiṣu tatas tatrāpy ācāryapramukhair mataḥ

mato yogo bhagavatā gītāyām adhiko 'nyataḥ

kṛtaḥ śukādibhis tasmād atra santo 'tisādarāḥ

iti

vedeṣu yajñeṣu tapaḥsu caiva

dāneṣu yat puṇyaphalaṃ pradiṣṭam

atyeti tat sarvam idaṃ viditvā

yogī paraṃ sthānam upaiti cādyam

iti bhagavadukteḥ. kiṃ bahunā jijñāsur api yogasya śabdabrahmātivartate iti vadatā bhagavatā yogajijñāsor apy autkṛṣṭyaṃ varṇitaṃ kim uta yoginaḥ. nāradādibhaktaśreṣṭhair yājñavalkyādijñānimukhyaiś cāsyāḥ sevanād bhaktajñāninām apy aviruddhety uparamyate.
Readings

vidyāṃ hi (cett.) ] vidyā hi (γ1 η1), vidyo hi (α1)
matsyendra (cett.) ] tachaṃdra (γ1)
vijānate (cett.) ] virājate (α1)
svātmārāmo (cett.) ] ātmārāmo (δ1 ε1)
’thavā (cett.) ] yathā (δ3), mahā (ε1)
jānīte (cett.) ] jānaṃte (βω)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.3

haṭhavidyāṃ hi gorakṣamatsyendrādyā vijānate |

ātmārāmo ’pi jānīte śrīnivāsas tathā svayam ||

HP 1.5

श्रीआदिनाथमत्स्येन्द्रशाबरानन्दभैरवाः ।

चौरङ्गीमीनगोरक्षविरूपाक्षबिलेशयाः

śrīādināthamatsyendraśābarānandabhairavāḥ /

cauraṅgīmīnagorakṣavirūpākṣabileśayāḥ //

The glorious Ādinātha, Matsyendra, Śābara, Ānandabhairava, Cauraṅgī, Mīna, Gorakṣa, Virūpākṣa, Bileśaya,
Philological Commentary

In Śaiva texts which predate the Haṭha corpus, Mīnanātha and Matsyendra are one and the same, but they are differentiated in later Tibetan and Indian lists of siddhas (Mallinson 2019: 273 n.35). Two manuscripts of the α and δ groups have the variant reading °virūpākṣaḥ savālikaḥ (J5 and V19) for °virūpākṣabileśayāḥ. In another α manuscript, N3, savālikaḥ was corrected to savālmikaḥ, perhaps in an effort to restore a name similar to Vālmīki, the celebrated author of the Rāmāyaṇa.

Jyotsna Commentary
हठयोगे प्रवृत्तिं जनयितुं हठविद्यया प्राप्तैश्वर्यान्सिद्धानाह श्रीआदिनाथेत्यादिना. आदिनाथः शिवः सर्वेषां नाथानां प्रथमो नाथः. ततो नाथसम्प्रदायः प्रवृत्त इति नाथसम्प्रदायिनो वदन्ति. मत्स्येन्द्राख्यश्चादिनाथशिष्यः. अत्रैवं किंवदन्ती. कदाचिदादिनाथः कस्मिंश्चिद्द्वीपे स्थितः तत्र विजनमिति मत्वा गिरिजायै योगमुपदिष्टवान्. तीरसमीपनीरस्थः कश्चन मत्स्यस्तं योगोपदेशं श्रुत्वा एकाग्रचित्तो निश्चलकायो 'वतस्थे. तं तादृशं दृष्ट्वानेन योगः श्रुतः इति तं मत्वा कृपालुरादिनाथो जलेन प्रोक्षितवान्. स च प्रोक्षणमात्राद् दिव्यकायो मत्स्येन्द्रः सिद्धो 'भूत्. तमेव मत्स्येन्द्रनाथ इति वदन्ति. शाबरनामा कश्चित्सिद्धः. आनन्दभैरवनामान्यः. एतेषामितरेतरद्वन्द्वः. छिन्नहस्तपादं पुरुषं हिन्दुस्थानभाषायां चौरङ्गीति वदन्ति. कदाचिदादिनाथाल्लब्धयोगस्य भुवं पर्यटतो मत्स्येन्द्रनाथस्य कृपावलोकनमात्रात्कुत्रचिदरण्ये स्थितश्चौरङ्ग्यङ्कुरितहस्तपादो बभूव. स च तत्कृपया सञ्जातहस्तपादो 'हमिति मत्वा तत्पादयोः प्रणिपत्य ममानुग्रहं कुर्विति प्रार्थितवान्. मत्स्येन्द्रो 'पि तमनुगृहीतवान्. तस्यानुग्रहाच्चौरङ्गीति प्रसिद्धः सिद्धः सो 'भूत्. मीनो मीननाथः गोरक्षो गोरक्षनाथः विरूपाक्षनामा बिलेशयनामा च. चौरङ्गीप्रभृतीनां द्वन्द्वसमासः.
haṭhayoge pravṛttiṃ janayituṃ haṭhavidyayā prāptaiśvaryān siddhān āha śrīādināthetyādinā. ādināthaḥ śivaḥ sarveṣāṃ nāthānāṃ prathamo nāthaḥ. tato nāthasampradāyaḥ pravṛtta iti nāthasampradāyino vadanti. matsyendrākhyaś cādināthaśiṣyaḥ. atraivaṃ kiṃvadantī. kadācid ādināthaḥ kasmiṃścid dvīpe sthitaḥ tatra vijanam iti matvā girijāyai yogam upadiṣṭavān. tīrasamīpanīrasthaḥ kaścana matsyas taṃ yogopadeśaṃ śrutvā ekāgracitto niścalakāyo 'vatasthe. taṃ tādṛśaṃ dṛṣṭvānena yogaḥ śrutaḥ iti taṃ matvā kṛpālur ādinātho jalena prokṣitavān. sa ca prokṣaṇamātrād divyakāyo matsyendraḥ siddho 'bhūt. tam eva matsyendranātha iti vadanti. śābaranāmā kaścit siddhaḥ. ānandabhairavanāmānyaḥ. eteṣām itaretaradvandvaḥ. chinnahastapādaṃ puruṣaṃ hindusthānabhāṣāyāṃ cauraṅgīti vadanti. kadācid ādināthāl labdhayogasya bhuvaṃ paryaṭato matsyendranāthasya kṛpāvalokanamātrāt kutracid araṇye sthitaś cauraṅgy aṅkuritahastapādo babhūva. sa ca tatkṛpayā sañjātahastapādo 'ham iti matvā tatpādayoḥ praṇipatya mamānugrahaṃ kurv iti prārthitavān. matsyendro 'pi tam anugṛhītavān. tasyānugrahāc cauraṅgīti prasiddhaḥ siddhaḥ so 'bhūt. mīno mīnanāthaḥ gorakṣo gorakṣanāthaḥ virūpākṣanāmā bileśayanāmā ca. cauraṅgīprabhṛtīnāṃ dvandvasamāsaḥ.
Readings

śrīādinātha (cett.) ] ādināthādi (η1 η2)
śābarā (α1 β2 γ1 η2 χ) ] śabarā (η1), śāradā (Δ), śāgarā (βω), sāgarā (ε1 ε3)
cauraṅgī (cett.) ] coraṃgī (ε1)
mīna (cett.) ] mena (ε1), ṣīna (δ1)
virūpākṣa (cett.) ] virūpākṣaḥ (α1 δ1), virūpākhya (δ3)
bileśayāḥ (cett.) ] savālikaḥ (α1 α2 δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.80

śrīādināthamatsyendraśābarānandabhairavāḥ |

śāraṅgīmīnagorakṣavirūpākṣabileśayāḥ ||

HP 1.6

मन्थानभैरवो योगी सिद्धबुद्धश्च कन्थडिः

गोरण्टकः सुरानन्दः सिद्धपादश्च चर्पटिः*

manthānabhairavo yogī siddhabuddhaś ca kanthaḍiḥ /

goraṇṭakaḥ surānandaḥ siddhapādaś ca carpaṭiḥ // *

Manthānabhairava, Siddhabuddha, and Kanthaḍi, Goraṇṭaka, Surānanda, Siddhapāda and Carpaṭi,
Philological Commentary

The α manuscripts have goraṇṭaka, and several other manuscript groups have pauraṇṭaka. We are yet to find the name goraṇṭaka in other Sanskrit texts but it may be a Sanskrit rendering of Goraṇṭakuḍu, which is the name of a disciple of Gorakṣanātha in the Navanāthacaritramu (Jones 2017: 194 n.3). The spelling koraṇṭaka is attested in the Haṭhābhyāsapaddhati, and it is reasonably well attested by manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā, as well as those of the Haṭharatnāvalī (which also has gonandaka). The compound siddhapāda could be a respectful affix. However, it seems unlikely here because the name would cross the pāda break.

Jyotsna Commentary
मन्थान इति. मन्थानः भैरवः. योगीति मन्थानप्रभृतीनां सर्वेषां विशेषणम्.
manthāna iti. manthānaḥ bhairavaḥ. yogīti manthānaprabhṛtīnāṃ sarveṣāṃ viśeṣaṇam.
Readings

cd omitted in δ1
manthāna (cett.) ] manthāno (χ)
bhairavo (cett.) ] bhairavā (γ1)
siddha (cett.) ] siddhir (χ), śuddha (β2 η2), suddha (η1)
buddhaś ca (cett.) ] buddhiś ca (α1 β2 βω), pādaś ca (δ3)
kanthaḍiḥ (Δ χ) ] kanthaḍī (α2 β2 βω ε3), kanthaḍīḥ (γ1), kanthaliḥ (ε1), kanthalī (α1 η1), kandalī (η2)
goraṇṭakaḥ (em.) ] goraṃṭaka (α1 α2), koraṇṭakaḥ (β2 γ1 ε1 χ), koraṃḍakaḥ (ε3), pauraṇṭakaḥ (βω δ3 η1 η2), om. (δ1)
surānandaḥ (cett.) ] surānanda (βω), kṣurānaṃda (α1), om. (δ1)
siddhapādaś ca (cett.) ] śrīpādaś caiva (ε3), om. (δ1)
carpaṭiḥ (γ1 ε3 η2 χ) ] carpaṭi (α1 βω), carpaṭī (β2 δ3 η1), karpaṭiḥ (ε1), om. (δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.81

manthānabhairavo yogī siddhabuddhaś ca kandalī |

korandakaḥ surānandaḥ siddhipādaś ca carpaṭī ||

korandakaḥ ] gonandaka P,T,J,n1,n4

Caturbhuja Misra’s Mugdhāvabodhinī (1.7.8) on the Rasahṛdayatantra

manthānabhairavo yogī siddhabuddhaś ca kanthaḍī |

koraṇṭakaḥ surānandaḥ siddhapādaś ca carpaṭī ||

HP 1.7

काणेरी पूज्यपादश्च नित्यनाथो निरञ्जनः ।

कपाली बिन्दुनाथश्च काकचण्डीश्वराह्वयः

kāṇerī pūjyapādaś ca nityanātho nirañjanaḥ /

kapālī bindunāthaś ca kākacaṇḍīśvarāhvayaḥ //

Kāṇerī, Pūjyapāda, Nityanātha, Nirañjana, Kapālī, Bindunātha, and the one named Kākacaṇḍīśvara.
Philological Commentary

It is possible that pūjyapāda could be a respectful affix to the name Kāṇerī. The variant dhvaninātha may have resulted from a transposition of the first two syllables of nityanātha. The α group supports kākacaṇḍīśvaro gayaḥ but we have not been able to find evidence for a Siddha called Gaya.

Jyotsna Commentary
कानेरीति. काकचण्डीश्वर इत्याह्वयो नाम यस्य स तथा. अन्ये स्पष्टाः.
kānerīti. kākacaṇḍīśvara ity āhvayo nāma yasya sa tathā. anye spaṣṭāḥ.
Readings

kāṇerī (em.) ] kaṇerī (α2 β2 γ1 η1), kaṇeri (α1), kaṇeriḥ (ε1), kāṇeriḥ (ε3), kānerī (βω η2 χ), kariṇī (δ1), karaṇī (δ3)
pūjya (cett.) ] pūrya (η1), pūrva (ε1 η2)
nityanātho (cett.) ] dhvaninātho (η2), bilvanātho (Δ)
kapālī (cett.) ] kapāsī (δ3)
caṇḍīśvarāhvayaḥ (β2 γ1 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] caṇḍīśvarādayaḥ (βω Δ η2), caṃḍīśvaro gayaḥ (α1 α2 α3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.82

karoṭiḥ pūjyapādaś ca nityanātho nirañjanaḥ |

kapālī bindunāthaś ca kākacaṇḍīśvarāhvayaḥ ||

Caturbhuja Misra’s Mugdhāvabodhinī on the Rasahṛdayatantra

kaṇerī pūjyapādaś ca nityanātho nirañjanaḥ |

kapālī bindunāthaś ca kākacaṇḍīśvaro gajaḥ |

HP 1.8

अल्लमप्रभुदेवश्च घोडाचोली टिण्टिणी

भालुकी नागबोधश्च खण्डकापालिकस्तथा ॥

allamaprabhudevaś ca ghoḍācolī ca ṭiṇṭiṇī /

bhālukī nāgabodhaś ca khaṇḍakāpālikas tathā //

Allamaprabhudeva, Ghoḍācolī, Ṭiṇṭiṇī, Bhālukī and Nāgabodha and Khaṇḍakāpālika.
Philological Commentary

The name Allamaprabhudeva (sometimes Allama Prabhu Deva or Allama Prabhudeva in secondary literature) is frequently transmitted as allamaḥ prabhu-devaḥ (cf. α2), as though it were two names. However, manuscripts α1, α3 and others (e.g., V3, V8, V13, V16, V22, N24, N26 and Jyo) do not have the visarga and write it as one name (i.e., allamaprabhudevaś ca). This is also the case in some manuscripts of the Haṭharatnāvalī (P,T,t1 in Gharote 2009: 35 n. 8). The names Nāgabodha, Nāgabodhi, Naradeva, Nāgadeva all seem possible in 1.8c. The reading nāgabodhaś ca is attested across several primary groups of manuscripts. The α1 and α2 reading of siddhaḥ kāpālikas is an exception among the manuscripts and seems too vague to be referring to someone within a lineage. However, Khaṇḍa-kāpālika is well attested by the manuscripts (including α3) and this name appears in other literature. Examples include Kathāsaritsāgara 121.5 ff. (check??), Bṛhatkathāmañjarī 10.45 (check??) and Vajrapāṇi’s Laghutantraṭīkā, p.45 (vīrāḥ khaṇḍakāpālikādayaś caturviṃśatiḥ). It may be a derogatory name for a Kāpālika, coined perhaps by an outsider and connoting something like a defective Kāpālika in the sense of a ‘part-time’ Kāpālika. Alternatively, it could simply refer to one who uses a broken skull as a bowl.

Jyotsna Commentary

अल्लम इति. तथाशब्दः समुच्चये.

allama iti. tathāśabdaḥ samuccaye.
Readings

allama (α3) ] alama (α1), allamaḥ (βω ε1 η1 η2 χ), allumaḥ (α2), allasaḥ (γ1), alasaḥ (β2), amelleḥ (ε3), sukṣamaḥ (Δ)
ghoḍācolī (α2 βω ε3 χ) ] ghoḍācūlī (α3 γ1), ghoḍāculī (α1), goḍācūlī (β2), ghoṭācolī (Δ), ghorācolī (η1 η2), _ gacolī (ε1)
ca (cett.) ] sa (δ1), gha (δ3)
ṭiṇṭiṇī (η1 η2) ] ṭiṃṭiṇiḥ (α1 χ), ṭiṃṭiniḥ (δ1), tīṭiṇiḥ (γ1), ṭiṃṭaṇī (β2), ṭimbhiṇiḥ (δ3), ṭīṃcaṇī (α2), ciṃciṇī (βω), ciṃciṇīḥ (ε3), caṃcaṇiḥ (ε1)
bhālukī (β2 η1 η2) ] bhāluki (α1), bhānukin (γ1), bhānukī (χ), tālukī (α2), vālukir (Δ), vāsukir (βω ε1), vāsukīr (ε3), vāsuki (α3)
nāgabodhaś ca (α3 βω γ1 δ3 η1 η2) ] nāgabodhiś ca (β1 ε1 ε3), nāgarodhaś ca (δ1), nāgadevaś ca (β2), namioḍḍīśa (α1), nāma tuṃḍīśa (α2), nāradevaś ca (χ)
khaṇḍa (α3 β2 βω η2) ] khaṇḍaḥ (ε3 χ), khaṃḍaṃ (γ1 η1), kaṃṭhaḥ (ε1), caṇḍa (δ3), caṃḍī (δ1), siddhaḥ (α1 α2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.83

allamaḥ prabhudevaś ca naiṭacūṭiś ca ṭiṇṭiṇiḥ |

bhālukir nāgabodhaś ca khaṇḍakāpālikas tathā ||

allamaḥ prabhudevaś ] allamaprabhudevaś P,T,t1

Caturbhuja Misra’s Mugdhāvabodhinī on the Rasahṛdayatantra

āllamaḥ prabhudevaś ca ghoḍācolī ca ṭhiṇṭhinī |

bhālukir nāgadevaś ca khaṇḍī kāpālikas tathā ||

HP 1.9

इत्यादयो महासिद्धा हठयोगप्रभावतः

खण्डयित्वा कालदण्डं ब्रह्माण्डेषु चरन्ति ते ॥

ityādayo mahāsiddhā haṭhayogaprabhāvataḥ /

khaṇḍayitvā kāladaṇḍaṃ brahmāṇḍeṣu caranti te //

These and other great adepts used the power of hathayoga to smash the rod of death and [so] are roaming the worlds.
Philological Commentary

The reference to brahmāṇḍa (‘the world’) implies liberation-in-life (jīvanmukti) and physical immortality.

Jyotsna Commentary
इति पूर्वोक्ता आदयो येषां ते तथा. आदिशब्देन तारानाथादयो ग्राह्याः. महान्तश्च ते सिद्धाश्च अप्रतिहतैश्वर्या इत्यर्थः. हठयोगस्य प्रभावात्सामर्थ्यादिति हठयोगप्रभावतः. पञ्चम्यास्तसिल्. कालो मृत्युस्तस्य दण्डनं दण्डः देहप्राणवियोगानुकूलो व्यापारः तं खण्डयित्वा छित्त्वा मृत्युं जित्वेत्यर्थः. ब्रह्माण्डे ब्रह्माण्डमध्ये विचरन्ति विशेषेणाव्याहतगत्या चरन्तीत्यर्थः. तदुक्तं भागवते

योगेश्वराणां गतिमाहुरन्तर्

बहिस्त्रिलोक्याः पवनान्तरात्मनामिति.

iti pūrvoktā ādayo yeṣāṃ te tathā. ādiśabdena tārānāthādayo grāhyāḥ. mahāntaś ca te siddhāś ca apratihataiśvaryā ity arthaḥ. haṭhayogasya prabhāvāt sāmarthyād iti haṭhayogaprabhāvataḥ. pañcamyās tasil. kālo mṛtyus tasya daṇḍanaṃ daṇḍaḥ dehaprāṇaviyogānukūlo vyāpāraḥ taṃ khaṇḍayitvā chittvā mṛtyuṃ jitvety arthaḥ. brahmāṇḍe brahmāṇḍamadhye vicaranti viśeṣeṇāvyāhatagatyā carantīty arthaḥ. tad uktaṃ bhāgavate

yogeśvarāṇāṃ gatim āhur antar

bahistrilokyāḥ pavanāntarātmanām iti.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

prabhāvataḥ (cett.) ] prasādataḥ (β2 βω γ1)
khaṇḍayitvā (cett.) ] khaṃḍaïtvā (δ1)
brahmāṇḍeṣu (α1 α2 β1 δ1 ε3) ] brahmāṇḍe tu (βω), brahmāṇḍe vi° (α3 β2 γ1 δ3 η1 η2 χ), brahmāṇḍaṃ vi° (ε1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.84

ityādayo mahāsiddhāḥ haṭhayogaprasādataḥ |

khaṇḍayitvā kāladaṇḍaṃ brahmāṇḍe vicaranti te ||

Caturbhuja Misra’s Mugdhāvabodhinī on the Rasahṛdayatantra

ityādayo mahāsiddhā rasabhogaprasādataḥ |

khaṇḍayitvā kāladaṇḍaṃ trilokyāṃ vicaranti te |

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 17.24

ūrdhvaṃretaḥprabhāvena sanakādyā maharṣayaḥ |

khaṇḍayitvā kāladaṇḍaṃ yathecchaṃ viharanti te || 24 ||

HP 1.10

संसारतापतप्तानां समाश्रयमठो हठः

अशेषयोगजगतामाधारकमठो हठः

saṃsāratāpataptānāṃ samāśrayamaṭho haṭhaḥ /

aśeṣayogajagatām ādhārakamaṭho haṭhaḥ //

Haṭha is a hut of refuge for those who are burnt by the scorching torment of transmigration. Haṭha is the tortoise that supports the worlds of all yogas.
Philological Commentary

The α group omits the second hemistich of this verse, but this was probably the result of eyeskip (i.e., °maṭho haṭhaḥ is repeated). Both °jagatām and °yuktānām are well attested by the collated manuscripts. We have adopted °jagatāṃ because it makes good sense with ādhārakamaṭhah in light of the cosmological notion that the tortoise supports all the worlds. This reading may not have been understood by some and was changed in other witnesses to °yuktānām, which was adopted by Brahmānanda in Jyotsnā 1.10.

Jyotsna Commentary
हठस्याशेषतापनाशकत्वमशेषयोगसाधकत्वं च मठकमठरूपकेणाह अशेषेति. अशेषाः आध्यात्मिकाधिभौतिकाधिदैविकभेदेन त्रिविधाः. तत्राध्यात्मिकं द्विविधम्शारीरं मानसं च. तत्र शारीरं दुःखं व्याधिजं मानसं दुःखं कामादिजम्. आधिभौतिकं व्याघ्रसर्पादिजनितम्. आधिदैविकं ग्रहादिजनितम्. ते च ते तापाश्च तैस्तप्तानां सन्तप्तानां पुंसां हठो हठयोगः. सम्यगाश्रीयत इति समाश्रयः आश्रयभूतो मठः मठ एव. तथा हठः अशेषयोगयुक्तानां अशेषयोगयुक्ताः मन्त्रयोगकर्मयोगादियुक्तास्तेषामाधारभूतः कमठः. एवं त्रिविधतापतप्तानां पुंसामाश्रयो हठः. यथा च विश्वाधारः कमठ एवं निखिलयोगिनामाधारो हठ इत्यर्थः.
haṭhasyāśeṣatāpanāśakatvam aśeṣayogasādhakatvaṃ ca maṭhakamaṭharūpakeṇāha aśeṣeti. aśeṣāḥ ādhyātmikādhibhautikādhidaivikabhedena trividhāḥ. tatrādhyātmikaṃ dvividham śārīraṃ mānasaṃ ca. tatra śārīraṃ duḥkhaṃ vyādhijaṃ mānasaṃ duḥkhaṃ kāmādijam. ādhibhautikaṃ vyāghrasarpādijanitam. ādhidaivikaṃ grahādijanitam. te ca te tāpāś ca tais taptānāṃ santaptānāṃ puṃsāṃ haṭho haṭhayogaḥ. samyag āśrīyata iti samāśrayaḥ āśrayabhūto maṭhaḥ maṭha eva. tathā haṭhaḥ aśeṣayogayuktānāṃ aśeṣayogayuktāḥ mantrayogakarmayogādiyuktās teṣām ādhārabhūtaḥ kamaṭhaḥ. evaṃ trividhatāpataptānāṃ puṃsām āśrayo haṭhaḥ. yathā ca viśvādhāraḥ kamaṭha evaṃ nikhilayoginām ādhāro haṭha ity arthaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

cd omitted in Α
saṃsāratāpa (cett.) ] saṃsārāśrama (βω), saṃsāraśrama (η2), aśeṣatāpa (β2 χ)
samāśraya (α2 β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 χ) ] samāśrayo (η1), āśrayo’yaṃ (βω η2), samagrapra° (α1)
maṭho haṭhaḥ (β2 γ1 δ3 ε1 χ) ] mato haṭhaḥ (δ1), maho haṭhaḥ (α2), mahāmaṭhaḥ (ε3), haṭho maṭhaḥ (η1), haṭho mataḥ (βω η2), °thamo haṭhaḥ (α1)
aśeṣa (cett.) ] samasta (ε1), om. (Α)
jagatām (γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 η2) ] jagatīm (η1), yuktānām (β2 βω χ), om. (Α)
ādhāra (β2 γ1 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] ādhāraḥ (βω Δ η2), om. (Α)
kamaṭho haṭhaḥ (cett.) ] kahaṭho maṭhaḥ (η1), om. (Α)

Testimonia
Yogasārasaṅgraha, p. 53.

saṃsāratāpataptānāṃ samāśrayahaṭho haṭhaḥ |

aśeṣayogajagatām ādhārakamaṭho haṭhaḥ ||

HP 1.11

हठविद्या परं गोप्या योगिनां सिद्धिमिच्छताम्

भवेद्वीर्यवती गुप्ता निर्वीर्या तु प्रकाशिता ॥

haṭhavidyā paraṃ gopyā yogināṃ siddhim icchatām /

bhaved vīryavatī guptā nirvīryā tu prakāśitā //

The science of Haṭha should be kept completely secret by yogis who want success. It becomes potent when kept secret but impotent when revealed.
Philological Commentary

Either the singular or plural of yogin could be read here. The singular is well attested among the testimonia, but the manuscript transmission favours the plural.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथाखिलविद्यापेक्षया हठविद्याया अतिगोप्यत्वमाह हठविद्येति. सिद्धिमणिमाद्यैश्वर्यमिच्छता. यद्वा सिद्धिं कैवल्यसिद्धिमिच्छता वाञ्छता योगिना हठविद्या हठयोगविद्या परमत्यन्तं गोप्या गोपनीया गोपनारहास्तीति. तत्र हेतुमाह यतो गुप्ता हठविद्या वीर्यवती भवेतप्रतिहतैश्वर्यजननसमर्था स्यात्. कैवल्यजननसमर्था कैवल्यसिद्धिजननसमर्था वा स्यात्. प्रकाशिता प्रसिद्धिं गमिता तु निर्वीर्या. दीर्घकालसेवितापि अप्रतिहतैश्वर्यजननासमर्था कैवल्यसिद्धिजननासमर्था वा स्यात्. अथ योगाधिकारी

जिताक्षाय शान्ताय सक्ताय मुक्तौ

विहीनाय दोषैरसक्ताय भुक्तौ

अहीनाय दोषेतरैरुक्तकर्त्रे

प्रदेयो न देयो हठश्चेतरस्मै

याज्ञवल्क्यः

विध्युक्तकर्मसंयुक्तः कामसङ्कल्पवर्जितः

यमैश्च नियमैर्युक्तः सर्वसङ्गविवर्जितः

कृतविद्यो जितक्रोधः सत्यधर्मपरायणः

गुरुशुश्रूषणरतः पितृमातृपरायणः

स्वाश्रमस्थः सदाचारो विद्वद्भिश्च सुशिक्षितः

इति. शिश्नोदररतायैव न देयं वेषधारिणे इति कुत्रचित्. अत्र योगचिन्तामणिकाराः यद्यपि

ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशां स्त्रीशूद्राणां च पावनम्

शान्तये कर्मणामन्यद्योगान्नास्ति विमुक्तये

इत्यादिपुराणवाक्येषु प्राणिमात्रस्य योगे 'धिकार उपलभ्यते तथापि मोक्षरूपफलवति योगे विरक्तस्यैवाधिकार उचितः. तथा च वायुसंहितायां

दृष्टे तथानुश्रविके विरक्तं विषये मनः

यस्य तस्याधिकारो 'स्मिन्योगे नान्यस्य कस्यचित्

सुरेश्वराचार्याः

इहामुत्रविरक्तस्य संसारं प्रजिहासतः

जिज्ञासोरेव कस्यापि योगे 'स्मिन्नधिकारिता

इत्याहुः. वृद्धैरप्युक्तम्—

नैतद्देयं दुर्विनीताय जातु

ज्ञानं गुप्तं तद्धि सम्यक्फलाय

अस्थाने हि स्थाप्यमानैव वाचां

देवी कोपान्निर्दहेन्नो 'चिराय

athākhilavidyāpekṣayā haṭhavidyāyā atigopyatvam āha haṭhavidyeti. siddhim aṇimādyaiśvaryam icchatā. yad vā siddhiṃ kaivalyasiddhim icchatā vāñchatā yoginā haṭhavidyā haṭhayogavidyā param atyantaṃ gopyā gopanīyā gopanārhāstīti. tatra hetum āha yato guptā haṭhavidyā vīryavatī bhavet apratihataiśvaryajananasamarthā syāt. kaivalyajananasamarthā kaivalyasiddhijananasamarthā vā syāt. prakāśitā prasiddhiṃ gamitā tu nirvīryā. dīrghakālasevitāpi apratihataiśvaryajananāsamarthā kaivalyasiddhijananāsamarthā vā syāt. atha yogādhikārī

jitākṣāya śāntāya saktāya muktau

vihīnāya doṣair asaktāya bhuktau

ahīnāya doṣetarair uktakartre

pradeyo na deyo haṭhaś cetarasmai

yājñavalkyaḥ

vidhyuktakarmasaṃyuktaḥ kāmasaṅkalpavarjitaḥ

yamaiś ca niyamair yuktaḥ sarvasaṅgavivarjitaḥ

kṛtavidyo jitakrodhaḥ satyadharmaparāyaṇaḥ

guruśuśrūṣaṇarataḥ pitṛmātṛparāyaṇaḥ

svāśramasthaḥ sadācāro vidvadbhiś ca suśikṣitaḥ

iti. śiśnodararatāyaiva na deyaṃ veṣadhāriṇe iti kutracit. atra yogacintāmaṇikārāḥ yady api

brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviśāṃ strīśūdrāṇāṃ ca pāvanam

śāntaye karmaṇām anyad yogān nāsti vimuktaye

ityādipurāṇavākyeṣu prāṇimātrasya yoge 'dhikāra upalabhyate tathāpi mokṣarūpaphalavati yoge viraktasyaivādhikāra ucitaḥ. tathā ca vāyusaṃhitāyāṃ

dṛṣṭe tathānuśravike viraktaṃ viṣaye manaḥ

yasya tasyādhikāro 'smin yoge nānyasya kasyacit

sureśvarācāryāḥ

ihāmutraviraktasya saṃsāraṃ prajihāsataḥ

jijñāsor eva kasyāpi yoge 'sminn adhikāritā

ity āhuḥ. vṛddhair apy uktam—

naitad deyaṃ durvinītāya jātu

jñānaṃ guptaṃ tad dhi samyak phalāya

asthāne hi sthāpyamānaiva vācāṃ

devī kopān nirdahen no 'cirāya

Readings

gopyā (cett.) ] gopyaṃ (βω)
yogināṃ (α1 β2 γ1 ε3 η1 η2) ] yogīnāṃ (βω), yoginā (Δ ε1 χ)
icchatām (α1 βω γ1 ε3 η1 η2) ] icchatā (β2 δ3 ε1 χ), icchitā (δ1)
nirvīryā (cett.) ] nirvījā (δ1), nirvāryā (η2)
tu (cett.) ] ca (α1 δ1 ε3), sā (ε1)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 5.254

haṭhavidyā paraṃ gopyā yoginā siddhim icchatā |

bhaved vīryavatī guptā nirvīryā ca prakāśitā ||

haṭhavidyā ... icchatā ] om. III–XII, XIV

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 141r

tathā haṭhapradīpikāyām—

haṭhavidyā paraṃ gopyā yoginā siddhim icchatā |

bhaved vīryavatī guptā nirvīryā tu prakāśiteti ||

HP 1.12

सुराज्ये धार्मिके देशे सुभिक्षे निरुपद्रवे*

एकान्तमठिकामध्ये स्थातव्यं हठयोगिना ॥

surājye dhārmike deśe subhikṣe nirupadrave /*

ekāntamaṭhikāmadhye sthātavyaṃ haṭhayoginā //

In a well-ruled, righteous region, with plenty of food and free from upheaval, the Haṭhayogi should live in an isolated hut.
Philological Commentary

The term maṭhikā occurs in narrative literature and yoga texts in the sense of a small hut. For example, in the Kathāsaritsāgara (12.9.14, 29–30), maṭhikā refers to the small hut built in a cremation ground by a young Brahmin who makes as his bed the ashes of the dead girl he had hoped to marry. In several other stories (Kathāsaritsāgara 6.6.132, 10.5.89, 12.25.35), maṭhikā is the term used for the hut of an ascetic. In an elaborate description of the huts (maṭhikā) used for Haṭhayoga, the author of the Haṭhābhyāsapaddhati states that the dimensions of the hut are four fore-arm lengths (hasta) high and wide, and it can be made of various materials, such as red earth, ashes, plaster and so on (Birch and Singleton 2019: 17–18). In the Jyotsnā and printed editions of the Haṭhapradīpikā, including one by Digambara and Kokaje (1970: 6), this verse has the additional hemistich, dhanuḥpramāṇaparyantaṃ śilāgnijalavarjite. This hemistich derives from the Gorakṣaśataka (32cd), which has °paryante instead of °paryantaṃ. It stipulates that the hut should be built in a place measuring up to a bow length and free from rocks, fire and water. None of the early manuscripts has this hemistich, which suggests that it was added at a later time. Nonetheless, it appears in over a dozen manuscripts that were consulted for this edition. These manuscripts are not close to an early hyp-archetype of the text.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ हठाभ्यासयोग्यं देशमाह सार्धेन सुराज्य इति. राज्ञः कर्म भावो वा राज्यं तच्छोभनं यस्मिन्स सुराज्यस्तस्मिन्सुराज्ये. यथा राजा तथा प्रजाः इति महदुक्तेः. राज्ञः शोभनत्वात् प्रजानामपि शोभनत्वं सूचितम्. धार्मिके धर्मवति अनेन हठाभ्यासिनो 'नुकूलाहारादिलाभः सूचितः. सुभिक्ष इत्यनेनानायासेन तल्लाभः सूचितः. निरुपद्रवे चौरव्याघ्राद्युपद्रवरहिते. एतेन देशस्य दीर्घकालवासयोग्यता सूचिता. धनुषः प्रमाणं धनुःप्रमाणं चतुरहस्तमात्रं तत्पर्यन्तम्. शिलाग्निजलवर्जिते शिला प्रस्तरः अग्निर्वह्निः जलं तोयं तैर्वर्जिते रहिते. यत्रासनं ततश्चतुरहस्तमात्रे शिलाग्निजलानि न स्युरित्यर्थः. तेन शीतोष्णादिविकाराभावः सूचितः. एकान्ते विजने. अनेन जनसमागमाभावात्कलहवार्ताद्यभावः सूचितः. जनसंमर्दे तु कलहादिकं स्यादेव. तदुक्तं भागवते

वासे बहूनां कलहो भवेद्वार्ता द्वयोरपि

इति. तादृशे मठिकामध्ये. अल्पो मठो मठिका अल्पीयसि कन्. तस्याः मध्ये हठयोगिना हठाभ्यासी योगी हठयोगी तेन. शाकपार्थिवादिवत्समासः. स्थातव्यं स्थातुं योग्यम्. मठिकामध्ये इत्यनेन शीतातपादिजनितक्लेशाभावः सूचितः. अत्र युक्ताहारविहारस्य हठयोगस्य सिद्धये इत्यर्धं केनचित्क्षिप्तत्वान्न व्याख्यातम्. मूलश्लोकानामेवात्र व्याख्यानम्. एवमग्रे 'पि ये मया न व्याख्याता श्लोका हठप्रदीपिकायामुपलभ्येरन्ते सर्वे क्षिप्ता इति बोद्धव्यम्.
atha haṭhābhyāsayogyaṃ deśam āha sārdhena surājya iti. rājñaḥ karma bhāvo vā rājyaṃ tac chobhanaṃ yasmin sa surājyas tasmin surājye. yathā rājā tathā prajāḥ iti mahadukteḥ. rājñaḥ śobhanatvāt prajānām api śobhanatvaṃ sūcitam. dhārmike dharmavati anena haṭhābhyāsino 'nukūlāhārādilābhaḥ sūcitaḥ. subhikṣa ity anenānāyāsena tallābhaḥ sūcitaḥ. nirupadrave cauravyāghrādyupadravarahite. etena deśasya dīrghakālavāsayogyatā sūcitā. dhanuṣaḥ pramāṇaṃ dhanuḥpramāṇaṃ caturhastamātraṃ tatparyantam. śilāgnijalavarjite śilā prastaraḥ agnir vahniḥ jalaṃ toyaṃ tair varjite rahite. yatrāsanaṃ tataś caturhastamātre śilāgnijalāni na syur ity arthaḥ. tena śītoṣṇādivikārābhāvaḥ sūcitaḥ. ekānte vijane. anena janasamāgamābhāvāt kalahavārtādyabhāvaḥ sūcitaḥ. janasaṃmarde tu kalahādikaṃ syād eva. tad uktaṃ bhāgavate

vāse bahūnāṃ kalaho bhaved vārtā dvayor api

iti. tādṛśe maṭhikāmadhye. alpo maṭho maṭhikā alpīyasi kan. tasyāḥ madhye haṭhayoginā haṭhābhyāsī yogī haṭhayogī tena. śākapārthivādivat samāsaḥ. sthātavyaṃ sthātuṃ yogyam. maṭhikāmadhye ity anena śītātapādijanitakleśābhāvaḥ sūcitaḥ. atra yuktāhāravihārasya haṭhayogasya siddhaye ity ardhaṃ kenacit kṣiptatvān na vyākhyātam. mūlaślokānām evātra vyākhyānam. evam agre 'pi ye mayā na vyākhyātā ślokā haṭhapradīpikāyām upalabhyeran te sarve kṣiptā iti boddhavyam.
Readings

nirupadrave (cett.) ] kṣemabhadrade (ε1)
ekānta (α1 β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3) ] ekānte (βω η1 η2 χ)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.66

surāṣṭre dhārmike deśe subhikṣe nirupadrave |

ekāntamaṭhikāmadhye sthātavyaṃ haṭhayoginā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f. 54r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

surājye dhārmike deśe subhikṣe nirupadrave |

ekānte maṭhikāmadhye sthātavyaṃ haṭhayoginā ||

HP 1.13

अल्पद्वारमरन्ध्रगर्तपिठरं नीचायतं

सम्यग्गोमयसान्द्रलिप्तममलं निःशेषबाधोज्झितम्

बाह्ये मण्डपवेदिकूपरुचिरं प्राकारसंवेष्टितं

प्रोक्तं योगमठस्य लक्षणमिदं सिद्धैर्हठाभ्यासिभिः ॥

alpadvāram arandhragartapiṭharaṃ nīcāyataṃ

samyaggomayasāndraliptam amalaṃ niḥśeṣabādhojjhitam /

bāhye maṇḍapavedikūparuciraṃ prākārasaṃveṣṭitaṃ

proktaṃ yogamaṭhasya lakṣaṇam idaṃ siddhair haṭhābhyāsibhiḥ //

It has a small door and is without cracks, holes and bumps. It is neither too high nor too low in extent and is thickly smeared with cow dung in the proper way. It is clean, free from all annoyances, pleasing on the outside with a verandah, altar and well, surrounded by a wall: these are the characteristics of the yoga hut as taught by the adept practitioners of Haṭha.
Philological Commentary

The syntax of this verse is problematic. One would expect the features of the hut, which are listed in the first three quarters of the verse, to be in the nominative case. Then, the words idaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ in the fourth quarter would refer back to them. However, the compounds in the first three verse-quarters appear to qualify lakṣaṇa as though they were adjectives, and this seems to have been the way the verse was composed. The manuscripts preserve many different readings at the end of the compound beginning with arandhragarta°. We have adopted piṭaka, which usually means ``a basket’’ but can also mean ``a boil or blister," because it is well attested and might here refer to bumps on the floors or walls that would make them uneven. Another possibility is °piṭharaṃ, which can have the sense of potsherds and would here mean that the hut should be free of rubbish on the floor. One would expect a word for a defect in a hut that is similar to, but not the same as, cracks (randhra) and holes (garta). For this reason, the reading °vivaraṃ looks like a patch, as its meaning does not add anything to °randhragarta°. The reading °viṭapaṃ (`the young branch of a tree or creeper’) attested in some manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā is difficult to construe in this context unless it was intended to refer to creepers or branches that might invade or encroach upon the hut. Manuscripts of several groups, namely β, ε and η, have °bādhojjitaṃ, whereas δ and the Yogacintāmaṇi have the more easily understood reading of °jantūjjhitaṃ (‘free from creatures’). The α group is split on this, with G4 (bodhojhitaṃ) closer to °bādhojjitaṃ and N3 (jyaṃtyūpsitaṃ and J5 (jaṃtūṣṇitaṃ) closer to °jantūjjhitaṃ. We have adopted the more unusual reading of °bādhojjitaṃ with the support of a similar description of a hut in Suśrutasaṃhitā 6.17.67 (gṛhe nirābādhe).

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ मठलक्षणमाह अल्पद्वारमिति. अल्पं द्वारमिति यस्मिन्तत्तादृशम्. रन्ध्रो गवाक्षादिः गर्तो निम्नप्रदेशः विवरो मूषकाहिबिलं ते न सन्ति यस्मिन्तत्तादृशम्. अत्युच्चं च तन्नीचं चात्युच्चनीचं तच्च तद् आयतं चात्युच्चनीचायतं विशेषणं विशेष्येण बहुलमित्यत्र बहुलग्रहणाद्विशेषणानां कर्मधारयः. ननूच्चनीचायतशब्दानां भिन्नार्थकानां कथं कर्मधारयः. तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः इति तल्लक्षणादिति चेन्न. मठे तेषां सामानाधिकरण्यासम्भवात्. न चात्युच्चनीचायतं नात्युच्चनीचायतं. नशब्देन समासान्नलोपाभावः. नेति पृथक्पदं वा. न अत्युच्चे आरोहणे श्रमः स्यादतिनीचे 'वरोहणे श्रमो भवेत्. अत्यायते दूरं दृष्टिर्गच्छेत् तन्निराकरणार्थमुक्तं नात्युच्चनीचायतनमिति. सम्यक्समीचीनतया गोमयेन गोपुरीषेण सान्द्रं यथा भवति तथा लिप्तम्. अमलं निर्मलम्. निःशेसा निखिला ये जन्तवो मशकमत्कुणाद्यास्तैरुज्झितम्त्यक्तं रहितम्. बाह्ये मठाद्बहिःप्रदेशे. मण्डपः शालाविशेषः वेदिः परिष्कृता भूमिः कूपो जलाशयविशेषः. तै रुचिरं रमणीयम्. प्राकारेण वरणेन सम्यग्वेष्टितं परितो भित्तियुक्तमित्यर्थः. हठाभ्यासिभिः हठयोगाभ्यसनशीलैः सिद्धैः. इदं पूर्वोक्तमल्पद्वारादिकं योगमठस्य लक्षणं स्वरूपं प्रोक्तं कथितम्. नन्दिकेश्वरपुराणे त्वेवं मठलक्षणमुक्तम्

मन्दिरं रम्यविन्यासं मनोज्ञं गन्धवासितम्

धूपामोदादिसुरभि कुसुमोत्करमण्डितम्

मुनितीर्थनदीवृक्षपद्मिनीशैलशोभितम्

चित्रकर्मनिबद्धं च चित्रभेदविचित्रितम्

कुर्याद्योगगृहं धीमान्सुरम्यं शुभवर्त्मना

दृष्ट्वा चित्रगतांश्छान्तान्मुनीन्याति मनः शमम्

सिद्धान्दृष्ट्वा चित्रगतान्मतिरभ्युद्यमे भवेत्

मध्ये योगगृहस्याथ लिखेत्संसारमण्डलम्

श्मशानं च महाघोरं नरकांश्च लिखेत्क्वचित्

तान्दृष्ट्वा भीषणाकारान्संसारे सारवर्जिते

अनवसादो भवति योगी सिद्ध्यभिलाषुकः

पश्यंश्च व्याधितान्जन्तून्नतान्मत्तांश्चलद्व्रणात्

atha maṭhalakṣaṇam āha alpadvāram iti. alpaṃ dvāram iti yasmin tat tādṛśam. randhro gavākṣādiḥ garto nimnapradeśaḥ vivaro mūṣakāhibilaṃ te na santi yasmin tat tādṛśam. atyuccaṃ ca tan nīcaṃ cātyuccanīcaṃ tac ca tad āyataṃ cātyuccanīcāyataṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ viśeṣyeṇa bahulam ity atra bahulagrahaṇād viśeṣaṇānāṃ karmadhārayaḥ. nanūccanīcāyataśabdānāṃ bhinnārthakānāṃ kathaṃ karmadhārayaḥ. tatpuruṣaḥ samānādhikaraṇaḥ karmadhārayaḥ iti tallakṣaṇād iti cen na. maṭhe teṣāṃ sāmānādhikaraṇyāsambhavāt. na cātyuccanīcāyataṃ nātyuccanīcāyataṃ. naśabdena samāsān nalopābhāvaḥ. neti pṛthakpadaṃ vā. na atyucce ārohaṇe śramaḥ syād atinīce 'varohaṇe śramo bhavet. atyāyate dūraṃ dṛṣṭir gacchet tannirākaraṇārtham uktaṃ nātyuccanīcāyatanam iti. samyak samīcīnatayā gomayena gopurīṣeṇa sāndraṃ yathā bhavati tathā liptam. amalaṃ nirmalam. niḥśesā nikhilā ye jantavo maśakamatkuṇādyās tair ujjhitam tyaktaṃ rahitam. bāhye maṭhād bahiḥpradeśe. maṇḍapaḥ śālāviśeṣaḥ vediḥ pariṣkṛtā bhūmiḥ kūpo jalāśayaviśeṣaḥ. tai ruciraṃ ramaṇīyam. prākāreṇa varaṇena samyag veṣṭitaṃ parito bhittiyuktam ity arthaḥ. haṭhābhyāsibhiḥ haṭhayogābhyasanaśīlaiḥ siddhaiḥ. idaṃ pūrvoktam alpadvārādikaṃ yogamaṭhasya lakṣaṇaṃ svarūpaṃ proktaṃ kathitam. nandikeśvarapurāṇe tv evaṃ maṭhalakṣaṇam uktam

mandiraṃ ramyavinyāsaṃ manojñaṃ gandhavāsitam

dhūpāmodādisurabhi kusumotkaramaṇḍitam

munitīrthanadīvṛkṣapadminīśailaśobhitam

citrakarmanibaddhaṃ ca citrabhedavicitritam

kuryād yogagṛhaṃ dhīmān suramyaṃ śubhavartmanā

dṛṣṭvā citragatāṃś chāntān munīn yāti manaḥ śamam

siddhān dṛṣṭvā citragatān matir abhyudyame bhavet

madhye yogagṛhasyātha likhet saṃsāramaṇḍalam

śmaśānaṃ ca mahāghoraṃ narakāṃś ca likhet kvacit

tān dṛṣṭvā bhīṣaṇākārān saṃsāre sāravarjite

anavasādo bhavati yogī siddhyabhilāṣukaḥ

paśyaṃś ca vyādhitān jantūn natān mattāṃś caladvraṇāt

Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

alpadvāram arandhra (cett.) ] ākalpadvā<<ra>>raṃdhra (γ1), alpadvāram aruṃ<<dha>> (ε1)
piṭharaṃ (δ1) ] piṭhiraṃ (δ3), piṭhikaṃ (γ1), piṭ(h)akaṃ (α1 ε1 ε3), paṭikaṃ (β2), viṭakaṃ (α2), viṭapaṃ (βω η2), vivaraṃ (χ), sahitaṃ (η1)
nīcā (cett.) ] nītā (α1pc), noccā (βω), naṃcā (γ1)
yataṃ (cett.) ] yitaṃ (η2), yutaṃ (η1), vṛtaṃ (ε3)
sāndra (β2 γ1 Δ ε3 η1 χ) ] sārdra (βω η2), sāpra (α1), lipta (ε1)
liptam amalaṃ (α3 β2 γ1 δ1 η2 χ) ] liptavimalaṃ (α1 α2 β1 βω δ3 ε3), liptam abilaṃ (η1), sāndravimalaṃ (ε1)
niḥśeṣa (cett.) ] nirdoṣa (α1 η2)
bādhojjhitam (βω ε1 η1 η2) ] vātojjhitaṃ (β2), jantūjjhitam (Δ ε3 χ), jaṃbhūdgitaṃ (γ1), jyaṃtyūpsitaṃ (α1)
vedikūpa (cett.) ] kūpavedi (ε3)
ruciraṃ (α1 β2 βω γ1 ε3 χ) ] racitaṃ (Δ ε1 η1 η2)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 54cd–57

suśobhanaṃ maṭhaṃ kuryāt sūkṣmadvāraṃ tu nirvraṇaṃ ||

suṣṭhu liptaṃ gomayena sudhayā vā prayatnataḥ |

matkuṇair maśakair bhūtair varjitaṃ ca prayatnataḥ ||

dine dine susammṛṣṭaṃ sammārjanyā hy atandritaḥ |

vāsitaṃ ca sugandhena dhūpitaṃ guggulādibhiḥ ||

malamūtrādibhir vargair aṣṭādaśabhir eva ca |

varjitaṃ dvārasampannaṃ vastrāvaraṇam eva vā ||

Testimonia
Suśrutasaṃhitā 6.17.67:
gṛhe nirābādhe
Yogacintāmaṇi 54r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

alpadvāram arandhragartaghaṭitaṃ nāpy uccanīcāyitam |

samyaggomayasāndraliptavimalaṃ niḥśeṣajantūjjhitam |

bāhye maṇḍapakūpavediracitaṃ prākārasaṃveṣṭitam |

proktaṃ yogamaṭhasya lakṣaṇam idaṃ siddhair haṭhābhyāsibhiḥ ||

°vimalaṃ ] L, mavilaṃ N

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.67

alpadvāram arandhragartapiṭharaṃ nātyuccanīcāyataṃ

samyaggomayasāndraliptavimalaṃ niḥśeṣabādhojjhitaṃ |

bāhye maṇḍapavedikūparuciraṃ prākārasaṃveṣṭitam

proktaṃ yogamaṭhasya lakṣaṇam idaṃ siddhair haṭhābhyāsibhiḥ |||

°piṭharaṃ ] piṭakaṃ J,n2, peṭakaṃ N

HP 1.14

एवंविधे मठे स्थित्वा सर्वचिन्ताविवर्जितः

गुरूपदिष्टमार्गेण योगमेव समभ्यसेत्

evaṃvidhe maṭhe sthitvā sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ /

gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa yogam eva samabhyaset //

Staying in such a hut, free from all worry, in the way taught by his guru [the yogi] should practise nothing but yoga.
Jyotsna Commentary
मठलक्षणमुक्त्वा मठे यत्कर्तव्यं तदाह एवंविध इति. एवं पूर्वोक्ता विधा प्रकारो यस्य स तथा पूर्वोक्तलक्षण इत्यर्थः. तस्मिन्स्थित्वा स्थितिं कृत्वा सर्वा याश्चिन्तास्ताभिर्विशेषेण वर्जितो रहितो 'शेषचिन्तारहितः. गुरुणोपदिष्टो यो मार्गः हठाभ्यासप्रकाररूपस्तेन सदा नित्यं योगमेवाभ्यसेत्. एवशब्देनाभ्यासान्तरस्य योगे विघ्नकरत्वं सूचितम्. गुरूपदिष्टमार्गेणेत्यनेन गुरूपदेशं विना योगो न सिध्यतीति सूचितम्. तदुक्तं योगबीजे

मरुज्जयो यस्य सिद्धस्तं सेवेत गुरुं सदा

गुरुवक्त्रप्रसादेन कुर्यात्प्राणजयं बुधः

राजयोगे

वेदान्ततर्कोक्तिभिरागमैश्च

नानाविधैः शास्त्रकदम्बकैश्च

ध्यानादिभिः सत्करणैर्न गम्यश्

चिन्तामणिर्ह्येकगुरुं विहाय

स्कन्दपुराणे

आचार्याद्योगसर्वस्वमवाप्य स्थिरधीः स्वयम्

यथोक्तं लभते तेन प्राप्नोत्यपि च निर्वृतिम्

सुरेश्वराचार्यः

गुरुप्रसादाल्लभते योगमष्टाङ्गसंयुतम्

शिवप्रसादाल्लभते योगसिद्धिं च शाश्वतीम्

श्रुतिश्च

यस्य देवे परा भक्तिर्यथा देवे तथा गुरौ

तस्यैते कथिता ह्यर्थाः प्रकाशन्ते महात्मनः

इति. आचार्यवान्पुरुषो वेद इति च.
maṭhalakṣaṇam uktvā maṭhe yat kartavyaṃ tad āha evaṃvidha iti. evaṃ pūrvoktā vidhā prakāro yasya sa tathā pūrvoktalakṣaṇa ity arthaḥ. tasmin sthitvā sthitiṃ kṛtvā sarvā yāś cintās tābhir viśeṣeṇa varjito rahito 'śeṣacintārahitaḥ. guruṇopadiṣṭo yo mārgaḥ haṭhābhyāsaprakārarūpas tena sadā nityaṃ yogam evābhyaset. evaśabdenābhyāsāntarasya yoge vighnakaratvaṃ sūcitam. gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇety anena gurūpadeśaṃ vinā yogo na sidhyatīti sūcitam. tad uktaṃ yogabīje

marujjayo yasya siddhas taṃ seveta guruṃ sadā

guruvaktraprasādena kuryāt prāṇajayaṃ budhaḥ

rājayoge

vedāntatarkoktibhir āgamaiś ca

nānāvidhaiḥ śāstrakadambakaiś ca

dhyānādibhiḥ satkaraṇair na gamyaś

cintāmaṇir hy ekaguruṃ vihāya

skandapurāṇe

ācāryād yogasarvasvam avāpya sthiradhīḥ svayam

yathoktaṃ labhate tena prāpnoty api ca nirvṛtim

sureśvarācāryaḥ

guruprasādāl labhate yogam aṣṭāṅgasaṃyutam

śivaprasādāl labhate yogasiddhiṃ ca śāśvatīm

śrutiś ca

yasya deve parā bhaktir yathā deve tathā gurau

tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ prakāśante mahātmanaḥ

iti. ācāryavān puruṣo veda iti ca.
Readings

vivarjitaḥ (cett.) ] vivarjite (ε1)
yogam eva (α1 β2 γ1 Δ ε3 χ) ] yogam evaṃ (ε1 η1 η2), yogamārgaṃ (βω)
samabhyaset (α1pc α2 βω γ1 ε1 η1 η2 χ) ] sadābhyaset (α1ac α3 β1 β2 Δ ε3)

Sources
Cf. Amanaska 2.15

evaṃvidhaṃ guruṃ labdhvā sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ

sthitvā manohare deśe yogam eva samabhyaset

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.54r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

evaṃvidhe maṭhe sthitvā sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ |

gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa yogam eva sadābhyaset ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.68

evaṃvidhe maṭhe sthitvā sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ |

gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa yogam eva sadābhyaset ||

HP 1.15

अत्याहारः प्रयासश्च प्रजल्पोऽनियमग्रहः ।

जनसङ्गश्च लौल्यं च षड्भिर्योगो विनश्यति

atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo’niyamagrahaḥ /

janasaṅgaś ca laulyaṃ ca ṣaḍbhir yogo vinaśyati //

Overeating, exertion, idle chatter, not sticking to rules, socialising and sensuality: through [these] six, yoga is lost.
Philological Commentary

Since many scribes do not use an avagraha we cannot be sure whether to understand niyamagrahaḥ in pāda b as having a negative prefix. Although yama and niyama are not included in the Haṭhapradīpikā as auxiliaries of Haṭhayoga, verse 2.14 implies that niyama is necessary at least in the early stages of establishing a practice. Furthermore, verse 3.82 suggests that a yogi who does not practice niyama might obtain success in yoga through the practice of vajrolī. Ambiguity over the role of yama and niyama in Haṭhayoga may explain why two verses on ten yamas and ten niyamas were inserted in some manuscripts after the next verse (1.16). The additional verses derive from either the Śāradātilakatantra (25.7–8) or the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā (1.38, 1.53). In the Jyotsnā, Brahmānanda reads niyamāgraha and takes it as though āgraha was implied, which yields the meaning of ‘over-insistence on rules’, and he relates it to extreme ascetic practice.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ योगाभ्यासप्रतिबन्धकानाह अत्याहार इति. अतिशयित आहारो 'त्याहारः क्षुधापेक्षयाधिकभोजनम्. प्रयासः श्रमजननानुकूलो व्यापारः. प्रकृष्टो जल्पः प्रजल्पो बहुभाषणम्. शीतोदकेन प्रातःस्नाननक्तभोजनफलाहारादिरूपनियमस्य ग्रहणं नियमग्रहः. जनानां सङ्गो जनसङ्गः कामादिजनकत्वात्. लोलस्य भावः लौल्यं चाञ्चल्यम्. षड्भिरत्याहारादिभिः अभ्यासप्रतिबन्धाद्योगो विनश्यति विशेषेण नश्यति.
atha yogābhyāsapratibandhakān āha atyāhāra iti. atiśayita āhāro 'tyāhāraḥ kṣudhāpekṣayādhikabhojanam. prayāsaḥ śramajananānukūlo vyāpāraḥ. prakṛṣṭo jalpaḥ prajalpo bahubhāṣaṇam. śītodakena prātaḥsnānanaktabhojanaphalāhārādirūpaniyamasya grahaṇaṃ niyamagrahaḥ. janānāṃ saṅgo janasaṅgaḥ kāmādijanakatvāt. lolasya bhāvaḥ laulyaṃ cāñcalyam. ṣaḍbhir atyāhārādibhiḥ abhyāsapratibandhād yogo vinaśyati viśeṣeṇa naśyati.
Readings

atyāhāraḥ (β2 γ1 δ3 η1 η2 χ) ] atyāhāra (ε3), alpāhāra (δ1), alpāhāro (α1), ātmāhāraḥ (βω), natyāhāsaḥ (ε1)
prayāsaś ca (cett.) ] prayāsaś cā (δ1), pravāsaś ca (α1 γ1)
’niyama (cett.) ] niyamā (ε3), nama (ε1)
janasaṅgaś ca (cett.) ] janasaṃgaṃ ca (β2), janasaṃkara (ε1)
yogo vinaśyati (cett.) ] yogā vinaśyati (γ1), yogaś ca naśyati (η2), yogaḥ praṇaśyati (η1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 48v (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo niyamagrahaḥ |

janasaṅgaś ca laulyaṃ ca ṣaḍbhir yogaḥ praṇaśyati ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.77

atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo niyamagrahaḥ |

janasaṅgaṃ ca laulyaṃ ca ṣaḍbhir yogo vinaśyati ||

niyamagrahaḥ ] niyamāgrahaḥ N,J

Yuktabhavadeva 4.25 (attr. Śivayoga)

atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo niyamāgrahaḥ |

janasaṃgaś ca laulyaṃ ca ṣaḍbhir yogo vinaśyati ||

Jyotsnā 1.15

śītodakena prātaḥsnānanaktabhojanaphalāhārādirūpaniyamasya grahaṇaṃ niyamagrahaḥ |

Yogaprakāśikā 1.48

niyamāgrahaḥ vakṣyamāṇaniyamāparipālanaṃ

HP 1.16

उत्साहात्साहसाद्धैर्यात् तत्त्वज्ञानाच्च निश्चयात्

जनसङ्गपरित्यागात्षड्भिर्योगः प्रसिध्यति

utsāhāt sāhasād dhairyāt tattvajñānāc ca niścayāt /

janasaṅgaparityāgātṣaḍbhir yogaḥ prasidhyati //

Zeal, daring, resolve, gnosis of the truth, conviction and avoiding contact with people: by means of six [virtues], yoga is successful.
Philological Commentary

α and several other groups of manuscripts have tattvajñānāc ca darśanāt or something very similar in the second pāda of the verse, but darśana by itself is problematic: a vision of what? The early sources of this verse, in particular the Śivadharmottara, indicate that the second verse quarter read as santoṣāt tattvadarśanāt, which makes much better sense of the word darśana (i.e., ‘seeing the truth’). However it seems likely that before the time of Svātmārāma other versions of this verse were circulating in which santoṣāt was not found, niścayāt had moved from the first to second verse quarter, tattvadarśanāt had become tattvajñānāt and sāhasāt was introduced. It should also be noted that the word tattva could have a more specific meaning in the Haṭhapradīpikā (4.45–46) as Svātmārāma states that it is a synonym of samādhi. In other yoga texts, it can sometimes refer to the practices of yoga (e.g. tritattva in Amṛtasiddhi 13.12, 14.2--3) or, more generally, to the highest reality or truth (e.g. Amanaska 1.2, 1.20–21, 2.17, etc.).

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ योगसिद्धिकरानाह उत्साहादिति. विषयप्रवणम्चित्तं निरोत्स्याम्येवेत्युद्यममुत्साहः. साध्यत्वासाध्यत्वे अपरिभाव्य सहसा प्रवृत्तिः साहसम्. यावज्जीवनं सेत्स्यत्येवेत्यखेदो धैर्यम्. विषया मृगतृष्णाजलवदसन्तः ब्रह्मैव सत्यमिति वास्तविकं ज्ञानं तत्त्वज्ञानं योगाङ्गानां वास्तविकं ज्ञानं वा. शास्त्रगुरुवाक्येषु विश्वासो निश्चयः श्रद्धेति यावत्. जनानां योगाभ्यासप्रतिकूलानां यः सङ्गस्तस्य परित्यागात्. षड्भिर् एभिर्योगः प्रकर्षेणाविलम्बेन सिद्ध्यतीत्यर्थः.
atha yogasiddhikarān āha utsāhād iti. viṣayapravaṇam cittaṃ nirotsyāmy evety udyamam utsāhaḥ. sādhyatvāsādhyatve aparibhāvya sahasā pravṛttiḥ sāhasam. yāvajjīvanaṃ setsyaty evety akhedo dhairyam. viṣayā mṛgatṛṣṇājalavad asantaḥ brahmaiva satyam iti vāstavikaṃ jñānaṃ tattvajñānaṃ yogāṅgānāṃ vāstavikaṃ jñānaṃ vā. śāstraguruvākyeṣu viśvāso niścayaḥ śraddheti yāvat. janānāṃ yogābhyāsapratikūlānāṃ yaḥ saṅgas tasya parityāgāt. ṣaḍbhir ebhir yogaḥ prakarṣeṇāvilambena siddhyatīty arthaḥ.
Readings

utsāhāt (cett.) ] utsāha (βω)
sāhasād (γ1 Δ χ) ] niścayād (α1 βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2), niyamād (β2)
dhairyāt (β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 χ) ] dhairyā (α1 βω), vairyāt (η1 η2)
jñānāc ca niścayāt (γ1 χ) ] jñānaviniścayāt (β2 Δ), jñānāc ca darśanāt (α1 β1 βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2)
jana (cett.) ] nija (γ1)
yogaḥ prasidhyati (cett.) ] yogas tu sidhyati (η1 η2), yogo prasidhyati (δ1)

Sources
Dharmaputrikā 38cd–39ab

utsāho niścayo dhairyaṃ santoṣas tattvadarśanam |

kratūnāṃ copasaṃhāraḥ ṣaṭsādhanam iti smṛtam |

Śivadharmottara 10 (W 122r):

utsāhān niścayād dhairyāt santoṣāt tattvadarśanāt |

muner janapadatyāgād ṣaḍbhir yogaḥ prasiddhyati |

Jñānārṇava 20.1

utsāhān niścayād dhairyāt saṃtoṣāt tattvaniścayāt |

muner janapadatyāgāt ṣaḍbhir yogaḥ prasidhyati ||

Yogabindu 411 (by Haribhadra)

utsāhān niścayād dhairyāt saṃtopāt tattvadarśanāt |

muner janapadatyāgāt ṣaḍbhir yogaḥ prasidhyati ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 49r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

utsāhāt sāhasād dhairyāt tatvajñānād viniścayāt |

janasaṅgaparityāgāt ṣaḍbhir yogaḥ prasidhyati ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.78:

utsāhān niścayād dhairyāt tattvajñānārthadarśanāt |

bindusthairyān mitāhārāj janasaṅgavivarjanāt |

nidrātyāgāj jitaśvāsāt pīṭhasthairyād anālasāt

gurvācāryaprasādāc ca ebhir yogas tu sidhyati ||

niścayād ] niścalād- P,T

HP 1.16*1

अहिंसा सत्यमस्तेयं ब्रह्मचर्यं क्षमा धृतिः ।

दयार्जवं मिताहारः शौचं चैव यमा दश ॥ (βω and δ3)

ahiṃsā satyam asteyaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṣamā dhṛtiḥ /

dayārjavaṃ mitāhāraḥ śaucaṃ caiva yamā daśa // (βω and δ3)

Readings

dayārjavaṃ (δ3) ] dayārjava (βω)

HP 1.16*2

तपः संतोषमास्तिक्यं दानमीश्वरपूजनम् ।

सिद्धान्तश्रवणं चैव ह्री मतिश्च जपो हुतम् ॥ (βω)

tapaḥ saṃtoṣam āstikyaṃ dānam īśvarapūjanam /

siddhāntaśravaṇaṃ caiva hrī matiś ca japo hutam // (βω)

Readings

siddhānta (em.) ] siddhāntaṃ (βω)

HP 1.17

अथासनानि(ε1 and ε3)

हठस्य प्रथमाङ्गत्वाद् आसनं पूर्वमुच्यते ।

तत्कुर्यादासनं स्थैर्यमारोग्यं चाङ्गपाटवम्*

athāsanāni / (ε1 and ε3)

haṭhasya prathamāṅgatvād āsanaṃ pūrvam ucyate /

tat kuryād āsanaṃ sthairyam ārogyaṃ cāṅgapāṭavam //*

Because it is the first auxiliary of Haṭha, āsana is taught first. This type (tad) of āsana brings about steadiness, good health and physical fitness.
Philological Commentary

The reading of aṅgapāṭavam is attested among many of the early manuscripts, including the main one of the α group. Although this compound rarely appears in other yoga texts, a similar term śarīrapāṭava occurs in the Śivasaṃhitā (2.35) as one of the benefits bestowed by digestive fire (vaiśvānarāgni), which indicates that the word pāṭava was used in relation to the body and the benefits of yoga. The compound aṅgapāṭava seems to imply the optimal functioning of the body. The variant reading, aṅgalāghava (‘lightness of the limbs’ or ‘dexterity’) is more common in yoga texts and similar formulations occur even in works known to Svātmārāma, such as the Dattātreyayogaśāstra (śarīralaghutā) and the Amanaska ([...] laghutvaṃ ca śarīrasyopajāyate). It is likely that the less common term aṅgapāṭavam was changed to the more widely used notion of aṅgalāghava, perhaps early on in the transmission, as the latter is attested by manuscripts in several early groups (i.e., β, γ and δ).

Jyotsna Commentary
आदावासनकथने सङ्गतिं सामान्यतस्तत्फलं चाह हठस्येति. हठस्य

आसनं कुम्भकं चित्रं मुद्राख्यं करणं तथा

अथ नादानुसन्धानम्

इति वक्ष्यमाणानि चत्वार्यङ्गानि. प्रत्याहारादिसमाध्यन्तानां नादानुसन्धाने 'न्तर्भावः. तन्मध्ये आसनस्य प्रथमाङ्गत्वात्पूर्वमासनमुच्यते इति सम्बन्धः. तदासनं स्थैर्यं देहस्य मनसश्च चाञ्चल्यरूपरजोधर्मनाशकत्वेन स्थिरतां कुर्यात्. आसनेन रजो हन्ति इति वाक्यात्. आरोग्यं चित्तविक्षेपकरोगाभावः. रोगस्य चित्तविक्षेपकत्वमुक्तं पातञ्जलसूत्रे व्याधिस्त्यानसंशयप्रमादालस्याविरतिभ्रान्तिदर्शनालब्धभूमिकत्वानवस्थितत्वानि चित्तविक्षेपास्ते 'न्तरायाः इति. अङ्गानां लाघवं लघुत्वम्. गौरवरूपतमोधर्मनाशकत्वमप्येतेनोक्तम्. चकारात्क्षुद्वृद्ध्यादिकमपि बोध्यम्.
ādāv āsanakathane saṅgatiṃ sāmānyatas tatphalaṃ cāha haṭhasyeti. haṭhasya

āsanaṃ kumbhakaṃ citraṃ mudrākhyaṃ karaṇaṃ tathā

atha nādānusandhānam

iti vakṣyamāṇāni catvāry aṅgāni. pratyāhārādisamādhyantānāṃ nādānusandhāne 'ntarbhāvaḥ. tanmadhye āsanasya prathamāṅgatvāt pūrvam āsanam ucyate iti sambandhaḥ. tad āsanaṃ sthairyaṃ dehasya manasaś ca cāñcalyarūparajodharmanāśakatvena sthiratāṃ kuryāt. āsanena rajo hanti iti vākyāt. ārogyaṃ cittavikṣepakarogābhāvaḥ. rogasya cittavikṣepakatvam uktaṃ pātañjalasūtre vyādhistyānasaṃśayapramādālasyāviratibhrāntidarśanālabdhabhūmikatvānavasthitatvāni cittavikṣepās te 'ntarāyāḥ iti. aṅgānāṃ lāghavaṃ laghutvam. gauravarūpatamodharmanāśakatvam apy etenoktam. cakārāt kṣudvṛddhyādikam api bodhyam.
Readings

athāsanāni (ε1) ] <<atha>> āsanāni (ε3)
tat kuryād (cett.) ] na kuryād (α1), kuryāt tad (η2 χ)
āsanaṃ sthairyam (α2 β1 γ1 δ3 η1 χ) ] āsane sthairyaṃ (ε3), āsanasthairyam (α1 β2 βω δ1 ε1), āsanaṃ tasmād (η2)
pāṭavam (α1 β1 βω ε1 η1 η2) ] lāghavaṃ (β2 γ1 Δ ε3 χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

haṭhasya prathamāṅgatvād āsanaṃ pūrvam ucyate |

tat kuryād āsanasthairyam ārogyaṃ cāṅgalāghavaṃ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.5

haṭhasya prathamāṅgatvād āsanaṃ darśyate mayā |

tat kuryād āsanaṃ sthairyam ārogyaṃ cāṅgapāṭavam ||

HP 1.18

वसिष्ठाद्यैश्च मुनिभिर्मत्स्येन्द्राद्यैश्च योगिभिः ।

अङ्गीकृतान्यासनानि कथ्यन्ते कानिचिन्मया ॥

vasiṣṭhādyaiś ca munibhir matsyendrādyaiś ca yogibhiḥ /

aṅgīkṛtāny āsanāni kathyante kānicin mayā //

I shall now teach some of the postures which have been accepted by sages such as Vasiṣṭha and yogis such as Matsyendra.
Philological Commentary

On the historical implications of these two traditions of postural practice in early Haṭhayoga, see Mallinson 2016 (119–122) and Birch 2018 (45–46).

Jyotsna Commentary
वसिष्ठादिसंमतासनमध्ये श्रेष्ठानि मयोच्यन्त इत्याह वसिष्ठाद्यैरिति. वसिष्ठ आद्यो येषां याज्ञवल्क्यादीनां तैर्मुनिभिर्मननशीलैः. चकारान्मन्त्रादिपरैः. मत्स्येन्द्र आद्यो येषां जालन्धरनाथादीनां तैः. योगिभिः हठाभ्यासिभिः. चकारान् मुद्रादिपरैः. अङ्गीकृतानि चतुरशीत्यासनानि तन्मध्ये कानिचित्श्रेष्ठानि मया कथ्यन्ते. यद्यप्य् उभयोरपि मननहठाभ्यासौ स्तस्तथापि वसिष्ठादीनां मननं मुख्यं मत्स्येन्द्रादीनां हठाभ्यासो मुख्य इति पृथग्ग्रहणम्.
vasiṣṭhādisaṃmatāsanamadhye śreṣṭhāni mayocyanta ity āha vasiṣṭhādyair iti. vasiṣṭha ādyo yeṣāṃ yājñavalkyādīnāṃ tair munibhir mananaśīlaiḥ. cakārān mantrādiparaiḥ. matsyendra ādyo yeṣāṃ jālandharanāthādīnāṃ taiḥ. yogibhiḥ haṭhābhyāsibhiḥ. cakārān mudrādiparaiḥ. aṅgīkṛtāni caturaśīty āsanāni tanmadhye kānicit śreṣṭhāni mayā kathyante. yady apy ubhayor api mananahaṭhābhyāsau stas tathāpi vasiṣṭhādīnāṃ mananaṃ mukhyaṃ matsyendrādīnāṃ haṭhābhyāso mukhya iti pṛthag grahaṇam.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā; c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

kathyante (β2 βω γ1 ε1 ε3 η2 χ) ] likhyante (η1), vakṣyante (Δ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi 84r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

vasiṣṭhādyaiś ca munibhir matsyendrādyaiś ca yogibhiḥ |

aṅgīkṛtāny āsanāni vakṣyante kānicin mayā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.6

vasiṣṭhādyaiś ca munibhir matsyendrādyaiś ca yogibhiḥ ||

aṃgīkṛtāny āsanāni lakṣyante kāni cin mayā ||

HP 1.19

जानूर्वोरन्तरे सम्यक्कृत्वा पादतले उभे

ऋजुकायः समासीनः स्वस्तिकं त्प्रचक्षते ॥

jānūrvor antare samyakkṛtvā pādatale ubhe /

ṛjukāyaḥ samāsīnaḥ svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate //

Placing the soles of both feet well between the knees and thighs [and] sitting up with the body straight: they call that the auspicious pose (svastikāsana).
Philological Commentary

One might wonder how the soles of the feet could be placed between the knees and thighs. Brahmānanda explains that the region of the shank near the knee should be understood by the word ‘knee’ in this verse (atra jānuśabdena jānusaṃnihito jaṅghāpradeśo grāhyaḥ jānusaṃnihito jaṅghāpradeśaḥ). This is consistent with the earliest known description of svastikāsana in the Pātañjalayogaśāstravivaraṇa (2.46), which states that the big toe of one foot is tucked in between the shank and thigh of the other so it is not seen (dakṣiṇaṃ pādāṅguṣṭhaṃ savyenorujaṅghena parigṛhyādṛśyaṃ kṛtvā tathā savyaṃ pādāṅguṣṭhaṃ dakṣiṇenorujaṅghenādṛśyaṃ parigṛhya yathā ca pārṣṇibhyāṃ vṛṣaṇayor apīḍaṇaṃ tathā yenāste tat svastikam āsanam). For a discussion of svastikāsana in the Pātañjalayoga tradition, see Maas 2018: 68–69. The descriptions of svastikāsana in early Śaiva Tantras do not mention the inserting of the toes between the knees and thighs (see Goodall 2004: 348–350, fn. 371).

Jyotsna Commentary
तत्र सुकरत्वात्प्रथमं स्वस्तिकासनमाह जानूर्वोरिति. जानु च ऊरुश्च. अत्र जानुशब्देन जानुसंनिहितो जङ्घाप्रदेशो ग्राह्यः. जङ्घोर्वोरिति पाठस्तु साधीयान्. तयोरन्तरे मध्ये उभे पादयोस्तले तलप्रदेशौ कृत्वा ऋजुकायः समकायः यत्र समासीनो भवेत्तदासनं स्वस्तिकं स्वस्तिकाख्यं प्रचक्षते वदन्ति. योगिन इति शेषः. श्रीधरेणोक्तम्

ऊरुजङ्घान्तराधाय प्रपदे जानुमध्यगे

योगिनो यदवस्थानं स्वस्तिकं तद्विदुर्बुधाः इति

tatra sukaratvāt prathamaṃ svastikāsanam āha jānūrvor iti. jānu ca ūruś ca. atra jānuśabdena jānusaṃnihito jaṅghāpradeśo grāhyaḥ. jaṅghorvor iti pāṭhas tu sādhīyān. tayor antare madhye ubhe pādayos tale talapradeśau kṛtvā ṛjukāyaḥ samakāyaḥ yatra samāsīno bhavet tad āsanaṃ svastikaṃ svastikākhyaṃ pracakṣate vadanti. yogina iti śeṣaḥ. śrīdhareṇoktam

ūrujaṅghāntar ādhāya prapade jānumadhyage

yogino yad avasthānaṃ svastikaṃ tad vidur budhāḥ iti

Readings

jānūrvor (cett.) ] jaṃtūrvo (δ1)
antare (cett.) ] antaraṃ (γ1 ε1)
ubhe (cett.) ] śubhe (γ1)
ṛjukāyaḥ (cett.) ] ṛjukāya (γ1ac η1), ṛjuḥ kāya (βω)
samāsīnaḥ (cett.) ] samāsīnaṃ (βω)
tat (cett.) ] ca (γ1)

Sources
Śāradātilaka 25.12

jānūrvor antare samyak kṛtvā pādatale ubhe |

ṛjukāyo viśed yogī svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate ||

Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.68

jānūrvor antaraṃ samyak kṛtvā pādatale ubhe |

ṛjukāyas tathāsīnaḥ svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate ||

Yogayājñavalkya 3.3

jānūrvor antare samyak kṛtvā pādatale ubhe

ṛjukāyaḥ sukhāsīnaḥ svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 83v

yājñavalkyaḥ—

jānūrvor antare samyak kṛtvā pādatale ubhe |

ṛjukāyaḥ samāsīnaḥ svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.52

atha svastikāsanam---

jānūrvor antaraṃ samyak kṛtvā padatale ubhe ||

ṛjukāyasamāsīnaḥ svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate ||

HP 1.20

सव्ये दक्षिणगुल्फं तु पृष्ठपार्श्वे नियोजयेत् ।

दक्षिणेऽपि तथा सव्यं गोमुखं गोमुखं यथा

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhapārśve niyojayet /

dakṣiṇe’pi tathā savyaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhaṃ yathā //

[The yogi] should place his right heel on the left side of the [lower] back, and the left [heel] on the right [side], in the same way. This is cow-faced pose (gomukhāsana), which [looks] like a cow’s face.
Philological Commentary

This posture first appears in some Vaiṣṇava Saṃhitās that predate the Haṭhapradīpikā, including the Ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā and the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā, which is likely to have been the source of this verse. The position of the ankles is the same in all the source texts. The Ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā adds that the hands are crossed behind the back and hold the big toes. For illustrations of six possible positions of the arms and hands, see Gharote, Jha, Devnath, Sakhalkar 2006: 111–113.

Jyotsna Commentary
गोमुखासनमाह सव्य इति. सव्ये वामे पृष्ठस्य पार्श्वे सम्प्रदायात्कटेरधोभागे दक्षिणं गुल्फं नितरां योजयेत्. दक्षिणे 'पि पृष्ठपार्श्वे तथा सव्यवत्सव्यं गुल्फं नियोजयेत्. गोमुखस्याकृतिरिव आकृतिर्यस्य तत्तादृशं गोमुखं गोमुखसंज्ञकमासनं भवेत्.
gomukhāsanam āha savya iti. savye vāme pṛṣṭhasya pārśve sampradāyāt kaṭer adhobhāge dakṣiṇaṃ gulphaṃ nitarāṃ yojayet. dakṣiṇe 'pi pṛṣṭhapārśve tathā savyavat savyaṃ gulphaṃ niyojayet. gomukhasyākṛtir iva ākṛtir yasya tat tādṛśaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhasaṃjñakam āsanaṃ bhavet.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε1
dakṣiṇa (cett.) ] dakṣaṇa (βω)
gulphaṃ (cett.) ] gulphe (δ3 ε2)
pṛṣṭha (cett.) ] savya (ε2)
’pi (cett.) ] ca (γ1), tu (Δ)
savyaṃ (cett.) ] savye (η1)
gomukhaṃ (cett.) ] gomukhe (δ3)
gomukhaṃ yathā (α3 Δ ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] gomukhaṃ tathā (βω), gomukhaṃ bhavet (α2), gomukhākṛti (χ), gomukhākṛtiḥ (β1 β2 γ1)

Sources
Cf. Ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā 31.45cd–46

ubhayor gulphayoḥ kṛtvā pṛṣṭhapārśvāv ubhāv api ||

vyutkrameṇātha pāṇibhyāṃ vinyastābhyāṃ vigṛhya ca |

pṛṣṭhagābhyāṃ padāṅguṣṭhāv etad gomukham ucyate ||

Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.70

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhapārśve niveśayet |

dakṣiṇe ’pi tathā savyaṃ gomukhaṃ tat pracakṣate ||

Yogayājñavalkya 3.5cd–3.6ab

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhapārśve niveśayet

dakṣiṇe ’pi tathā savyaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhaṃ yathā

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 83v (attr. Yājñavalkya)

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhapārśve niveśayet |

dakṣiṇe ’pi tathā savyaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhaṃ yathā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.53

atha gomukhāsanam---

savye dakṣiṇagulphaṃ tu pṛṣṭhapārśve niyojayet ||

dakṣiṇe ’pi tathā savyaṃ gomukhaṃ gomukhāsanam ||

HP 1.21

एकं पादमथैकस्मिन्विन्यस्योरुणि संस्थितम्

इतरस्मिंस्तथा चोरुं वीरासनम्इतीरितम्

ekaṃ pādam athaikasmin vinyasyoruṇi saṃsthitam /

itarasmiṃs tathā coruṃ vīrāsanam itīritam //

Fixing one foot on one thigh and placing the [other] thigh on the other foot is called hero pose (vīrāsana).
Philological Commentary

Although most witnesses have tathā in 1.21a, the word atha has been accepted because it is attested by G4 (α group) and V1 (η group), the sources and the testimonia. It appears to be verse filler here rather than indicating a temporal sequence of actions. Svātmārāma borrowed the verse on vīrāsana from the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā, the redactor of which appears to have adapted its first hemistich from a description of this posture in the Śāradātilakatantra. This would explain the rather strange syntax of the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā’s version, in which adhaḥ kṛtvā was changed to athaikasmin, and tathetaram became ca saṃsthitam. It seems that saṃsthitaṃ must be understood with ūruṃ in the third pāda in the sense of saṃsthāpya (i.e., ‘having placed’). Different versions of vīrāsana are found in earlier Tantras, such as the Kiraṇatantra (58.9), Hemacandra’s Yogaśāstra and commentaries on the Pātañjalayogaśāstra. For a discussion of some of these sources, see Maas 2018: 66–68.

Jyotsna Commentary
वीरासनमाह एकमिति. एकं दक्षिणं पादम्. तथा पादपूरणे. एकस्मिन्वामोरुणि स्थिरं विन्यसेत्. इतरस्मिन्वामे पादे ऊरुं दक्षिणं विन्यसेत्. तद्वीरासनमितीरितं कथितम्.
vīrāsanam āha ekam iti. ekaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ pādam. tathā pādapūraṇe. ekasmin vāmoruṇi sthiraṃ vinyaset. itarasmin vāme pāde ūruṃ dakṣiṇaṃ vinyaset. tad vīrāsanam itīritaṃ kathitam.
Readings

ekaṃ (cett.) ] eka (Δ ε3)
athaikasmin (α3 η1) ] tathaikasmin (α2 β2 βω γ1 ε1 ε3 η2 χ), yathaikasmi (Δ)
vinyasyoruṇi (βω η1) ] vinyasyoruṃni (η2), + veśyorūṇi (α3), vinyased ūru (β1 β2 γ1 Δ ε3 χ), vinyaserupa° (α2), vinasyorasi (ε1)
saṃsthitam (α3 βω Δ ε3 η2 η1) ] saṃsthitaḥ (ε1), °ṇi sthitaṃ (β1 γ1 χ), °ṇi sthitaḥ (β2), °ri sthitaṃ (α2)
itarasmiṃ (cett.) ] itarāsmiṃ (δ1)
coruṃ (cett.) ] corau (β2), ce .. (δ1)
itīritam (cett.) ] iti smṛtam (α2), udāhṛtaṃ (α3)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.72

ekaṃ pādam athaikasmin vinyasyorau ca saṃsthitam |

itarasmiṃs tathaivoruṃ vīrāsanam itīritam ||

Cf. Śāradātilakatantra 25.15cd–16ab

ekaṃ pādam adhaḥ kṛtvā vinyasyorau tathetaram ||

ṛjukāyo viśed yogī vīrāsanam itīritam |

Yogayājñavalkya 3.8

ekaṃ pādam athaikasmin vinyasyoruṇi saṃsthitam |

itarasmiṃs tathā coruṃ vīrāsanam udāhṛtam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 83v (attr. Yājñavalkya)

ekaṃ pādam athaikasmin vinyasyoruṇi saṃsthitaḥ |

itarasmiṃs tathā coruṃ vīrāsanam udāhṛtam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.54

atha vīrāsanam---

ekaṃ pādam athaikasmin vinyased ūruṇi sthiram ||

itarasmiṃs tathā coruṃ vīrāsanam itīritam ||

sthiram ] sthitam T

HP 1.22

गुदं निरुध्य गुल्फाभ्यां व्युत्क्रमेण समाहितः

कूर्मासनं भवेदेतदिति योगविदो विदुः ॥

gudaṃ nirudhya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ /

kūrmāsanaṃ bhaved etad iti yogavido viduḥ //

Knowers of yoga know that the tortoise pose (kūrmāsana) arises by carefully blocking the anus with the ankles crossed.
Philological Commentary

In the first quarter of the verse, the witnesses are split between nirudhya (‘having blocked’), nibadhya (‘having bound’), niyamya (‘having restrained’) and niṣpīḍya (‘having pressed’). The source, the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā, and two manuscripts of the β and γ groups support nirudhya whereas one α manuscript (J5) and the testimonia support niyamya and another α manuscript (G4) has niṣpīḍya. In terms of blocking or closing the anus by sitting on the ankles, nirudhya makes good sense, and niṣpīḍya (`having pressed the anus with both ankles’) is also possible. ??The word vyutkrameṇa appears to describe the position of the ankles. Its basic meaning is ‘against the normal direction,’ which would suggest that the ankles are turned out or crossed rather than placed together naturally. If the yogi is in a kneeling-type position, turning the feet out would bring the ankles together, blocking the perineal area. See Yoga Mīmāṃsā, vol 8, no. 2, pp. 29–30 for a discussion of vyutkrameṇa and the position of the ankles in kūrmāsana, and vol 8, no. 2, Figures 3–6 for photographs of a practitioner performing this āsana.

Jyotsna Commentary
कूर्मासनमाह गुदमिति. गुल्फाभ्यां गुदं निरुध्य नियम्य व्युत्क्रमेण यत्र सम्यगाहितः स्थितो भवेतेतत्कूर्मासनं भवेतिति योगविदो विदुरित्यन्वयः.
kūrmāsanam āha gudam iti. gulphābhyāṃ gudaṃ nirudhya niyamya vyutkrameṇa yatra samyag āhitaḥ sthito bhavet etat kūrmāsanaṃ bhavet iti yogavido vidur ity anvayaḥ.
Readings

nirudhya (β2 γ1 χ) ] nibadhya (ε3 η1), nabadhya (ε1), nibaddhi (βω), niyamya (α2 β1 Δ), niṣpīḍya (α3 η2)
samāhitaḥ (cett.) ] samāhitaṃ (βω)
kūrmāsanaṃ (cett.) ] yogāsanaṃ (β2 γ1)
iti (cett.) ] sarve (β2)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.80

gudaṃ nirudhya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ |

kūrmāsanaṃ bhaved etad iti yogavido viduḥ ||

Cf. Ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā 31.35

gudaṃ nipīḍya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ |

etat kūrmāsanaṃ proktaṃ yogasiddhikaraṃ param ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

gudaṃ niyamya gulphābhyaṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ |

kūrmāsanaṃ bhaved etad iti yogavido viduḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.15

haṭhapradīpikāyām

gudaṃ niyamya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ |

kūrmāsanaṃ bhaved etad iti yogavido viduḥ || iti kūrmāsanam ||

HP 1.23

पद्मासनं सुसंस्थाप्य जानूर्वोरन्तरे करौ ।

निवेश्य भूमौ संस्थाप्य व्योमस्थः कुक्कुटासनम् ॥

padmāsanaṃ susaṃsthāpya jānūrvor antare karau /

niveśya bhūmau saṃsthāpya vyomasthaḥ kukkuṭāsanam //

[The yogi] correctly assumes lotus pose, inserts the hands between the knees and thighs, places [the hands] on the ground, and remains in the air. This is the wild cock pose (kukkuṭāsana).
Philological Commentary

The names kurkuṭa and kurkkuṭa in some manuscripts are variant spellings of kukkuṭa attested in the Pañcatantra (M-W).

Jyotsna Commentary
कुक्कुटासनमाह पद्मासनं त्विति. पद्मासनं तु ऊर्वोरुपरि उत्तानचरणस्थापनरूपं सम्यक् स्थापयित्वा. जानुपदेन जानुसंनिहितो जङ्घाप्रदेशः. तच्च ऊरुश्च जानूर्तयोरन्तरे मध्ये करौ निवेश्य भूमौ संस्थाप्य. करावित्यत्रापि सम्बध्यते. व्योमस्थं खस्थं पद्मासनसदृशं यत्तत्कुक्कुटासनम्.
kukkuṭāsanam āha padmāsanaṃ tv iti. padmāsanaṃ tu ūrvor upari uttānacaraṇasthāpanarūpaṃ samyak sthāpayitvā. jānupadena jānusaṃnihito jaṅghāpradeśaḥ. tac ca ūruś ca jānūr tayor antare madhye karau niveśya bhūmau saṃsthāpya. karāv ity atrāpi sambadhyate. vyomasthaṃ khasthaṃ padmāsanasadṛśaṃ yat tat kukkuṭāsanam.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

su (α3 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ1) ] tu (δ3 ε1 ε3 η1 η2 χ), stu (α2)
saṃsthāpya (cett.) ] saṃyojya (Δ)
vyomasthaḥ (cett.) ] vyomasthaṃ (β2 γ1 χ)
kukkuṭā (γ1 δ1 ε1 ε3 χ) ] kurk(k)uṭā (βω η1 η2), kukuṭā (β2)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.78

padmāsanaṃ samāsthāya jānūrvor antare karau |

bhūmau niveśya saṃsthāpya vyomasthaṃ kukkuṭāsanam ||

[niveśya bhūmau – mss. la, va, śa]

Cf. Ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā 31.38

kukkuṭāsanam

padmāsanam adhiṣṭhāya jānvantaraviniḥsṛtau |

karau bhūmau niveśyaitad vyomasthaṃ kukkuṭāsanam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

padmāsanaṃ tu saṃyojya jānūrvor antare karau |

niveśya bhūmau saṃsthāpya vyomasthaṃ kukkuṭāsanam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.73

atha kukkuṭāsanam---

padmāsanaṃ susaṃsthāpya jānūrvor antare karau |

niveśya bhūmau saṃsthāpya vyomasthaḥ kukkuṭāsanam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.16 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

padmāsanaṃ tu saṃyojya jānūrvor antare karau |

niveśya bhūmau saṃsthāpya vyomasthaṃ kukkuṭāsanam ||

iti kukkuṭāsanam ||

HP 1.24

कुक्कुटासनबन्धस्थोदोर्भ्यां संबध्य कन्धराम्

शेते कूर्मवदुत्तान एतदुत्तानकूर्मकम्

kukkuṭāsanabandhasthodorbhyāṃ saṃbadhya kandharām /

śete kūrmavad uttāna etad uttānakūrmakam //

While in the wild cock pose, [the yogi] binds the neck with the hands and lies [on his back] upturned like a tortoise. This is the upturned tortoise (uttānakūrmaka).
Philological Commentary

The oldest dated manuscript, η1, has kukkuṭāsanavat kṛtvā, which is a simpler alternative to the widely attested reading kukkuṭāsanabandhasthaḥ (including α2 and α3), which we have accepted. Since there is no known source for this verse other than the Haṭhapradīpikā, it appears that the reading of η1 was an isolated attempt to simplify the syntax.

Jyotsna Commentary
उत्तानकूर्मासनमाह कुक्कुटासनेति. कुक्कुटासनस्य यो बन्धः पूर्वश्लोकोक्तस्तस्मिन्स्थितः दोर्भ्यां बाहुभ्यां कन्धरां ग्रीवां सम्बध्य कूर्मवदुत्तानो यस्मिन्भवेदेतदासनम् उत्तानकूर्मकंम्नाम.
uttānakūrmāsanam āha kukkuṭāsaneti. kukkuṭāsanasya yo bandhaḥ pūrvaślokoktas tasmin sthitaḥ dorbhyāṃ bāhubhyāṃ kandharāṃ grīvāṃ sambadhya kūrmavad uttāno yasmin bhaved etad āsanam uttānakūrmakaṃm nāma.
Readings

kukkuṭā (γ1 δ1 ε1 ε3 χ) ] kurk(k)uṭā (βω η1 η2), kukuṭā (β2)
bandhastho (β2 βω γ1 ε1 ε3 χ) ] bandhasthe (δ1), madhyastho (η2), vat kṛtvā (η1)
saṃbadhya (cett.) ] saṃveṣṭa (γ1), saṃhṛtya (β2)
kandharām (cett.) ] kandharam (βω), kandaraṃ (ε1)
śete (α2 ε1 ε3 η1 η2) ] śene (βω), sthitaḥ (β1 γ1), sthite (α3), sthitvā (β2), bhavet (δ1 χ)
kūrmavad (cett.) ] kūrmarad (βω)
uttāna (α2 β1 βω γ1 η2 χ) ] uttānam (α3 β2 δ1 ε1 ε3 η1)
kūrmakam (cett.) ] pūrvakaṃ (ε1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

kukkuṭāsanabandhastho dorbhyāṃ saṃbadhya kandharām |

bhavet kūrmavad uttānam etad uttānakūrmakam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.74

kukkuṭāsanabandhastho dorbhyāṃ sambadhya kandharām ||

śete kūrmavad uttānam etad uttānakūrmakam || 74 ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.17 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

kukkuṭāsanabandhastho dorbhyāṃ sambadhya kandharām |

śete kūrmavad uttānam etad uttānakūrmakam ||

iti uttānakūrmāsanam ||

HP 1.25

पादाङ्गुष्ठौ तु पाणिभ्यां गृहीत्वा श्रवणावधि

धनुराकर्षणं कृत्वा धनुरासनमुच्यते

pādāṅguṣṭhau tu pāṇibhyāṃ gṛhītvā śravaṇāvadhi /

dhanurākarṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā dhanurāsanam ucyate //

Clasping the big toes with the hands and performing the action of drawing a bow as far as the ear is called the bow pose (dhanurāsana).
Philological Commentary

Since the word ākarṣaṇa in one form or other is so well attested in the third verse quarter, the reading dhanurākarṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā, which is in ε2, as well as the principal testimonia (i.e., the Yogacintāmaṇi and Haṭharatnāvalī), fits the overall syntax of the verse. However, it is curious that kṛṣṭaṃ (for kṛtvā) is well attested in some groups of manuscripts because it seems redundant with ākarṣaṇaṃ. However, the following reading in Godāvaramiśra’s Yogacintāmaṇi (f. 40r) makes sense of kṛṣṭaṃ and might indeed be the original version of the verse: dhanurākarṣavat kṛṣṭaṃ dhanurāsanam ucyate. A different version of dhanurāsana is described in the Haṭhayogasaṃhitā. On the two versions of dhanurāsana, see Hargreaves and Birch 2017. One manuscript of the Haṭhapradīpikā (ms. no. 30051, f. 2v), which was consulted but not collated for this edition, has a scribal comment stating that dhanurāsana should be done continuously (anavarata) on the left and right sides (tatra ekam dhanurākarṣaṇāsanam āsanaṃ savyāpasavyapādahastābhyām [abhy]ased anavaratam). This would make dhanurāsana a dynamic practice as shown in this video.

Jyotsna Commentary
धनुरासनमाह पादाङ्गुष्ठौ त्विति. पाणिभ्यां पादयोरङ्गुष्ठौ गृहीत्वा श्रवणावधि कर्णपर्यन्तं धनुष आकर्षणं यथा भवति तथा कुर्यात्. गृहीताङ्गुष्ठमेकं पाणिं प्रसारितं कृत्वा गृहीताङ्गुष्ठमितरं पाणिं कर्णपर्यन्तमाकुञ्चितं कुर्यादित्य् अर्थः. एतद्धनुरासनमुच्यते.
dhanurāsanam āha pādāṅguṣṭhau tv iti. pāṇibhyāṃ pādayor aṅguṣṭhau gṛhītvā śravaṇāvadhi karṇaparyantaṃ dhanuṣa ākarṣaṇaṃ yathā bhavati tathā kuryāt. gṛhītāṅguṣṭham ekaṃ pāṇiṃ prasāritaṃ kṛtvā gṛhītāṅguṣṭham itaraṃ pāṇiṃ karṇaparyantam ākuñcitaṃ kuryād ity arthaḥ. etad dhanurāsanam ucyate.
Readings

tu (cett.) ] ca (δ1)
pāṇibhyāṃ (cett.) ] bāhubhyāṃ (η1 η2)
śravaṇāvadhi (cett.) ] śravaṇāvadhiḥ (β2), śravaṇāvadhiṃ (η1), śravaṇavidhi (βω)
karṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā (em.) ] karkhaṇa kṛtvā (δ1), karṣaṇaṃ kṛṣṭaṃ (α3), karṣaṇaḥ kṛṣṭaṃ (η1), karṣaṇākṛṣṭaṃ (α2 β2 ε1 ε3), karṣaṇāt kṛṣṭaṃ (β1 βω γ1), karṣaṇaṃ kuryād (η2 χ)
ucyate (β2 βω γ1 η1 η2 χ) ] īritam (δ1 ε1 ε3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

pādāṅguṣṭhau ca pāṇibhyāṃ gṛhītvā śravaṇāvadhi |

dhanurākarṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā dhanurāsanam īritam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.51

atha dhanurāsanam---

pādāṅguṣṭhau tu pāṇibhyāṃ gṛhītvā śravaṇāvadhi ||

dhanurākarṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā dhanurāsanam ucyate ||

ākarṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā ] ākarṣaṇākṛṣṭaṃ P,T,t1

Yuktabhavadeva 6.18 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

pādāṅguṣṭhau tu pāṇibhyāṃ gṛhītvā śravaṇāvadhi |

dhanurākarṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā dhanurāsanam īritam ||

iti dhanurāsanam ||

Cf. Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 21

dhanurāsanam |

prasārya pādau bhuvi daṇḍarūpau

karau ca pṛṣṭhe dhṛtapādayugmau |

kṛtvā dhanustulyavivarttitāṅgaṃ

nigadyate vai dhanurāsanaṃ tat || 25 ||

HP 1.26

वामोरुमूलार्पितदक्षपादं

जानोर्बहिर्वेष्टितदक्षदोष्णा

प्रगृह्य तिष्ठेत्परिवर्तिताङ्गः

श्रीमत्स्यनाथोदितमासनं स्यात् ॥

vāmorumūlārpitadakṣapādaṃ

jānor bahirveṣṭitadakṣadoṣṇā /

pragṛhya tiṣṭhet parivartitāṅgaḥ

śrīmatsyanāthoditam āsanaṃ syāt //

[The yogi] should hold the right foot, which is placed at the base of the left thigh, with the [hand of] the right arm, which is wrapped around the outside of the knee, and remain [like that] with his body twisted. This posture was taught by the revered Matsyendranātha.
Philological Commentary

In the second verse quarter, most of the manuscript groups have a compound with °doṣṇā at the end, as seen also in the Yogacintāmaṇi, Haṭharatnāvalī and Yuktabhavadeva. The instrumental ending (`with the hand’) works well with the gerund (pragṛhya) in the third verse quarter and the object (°dakṣpādaṃ) in the first quarter. This reading indicates that the right foot is held by the hand of the arm that is wrapped around the outside of the left leg, which would be the right hand (°dakṣadoṣṇā) rather than the left (°vāmadoṣṇā), as shown in Figure 1. One manuscript of α (G4) and most manuscripts of the Haṭharatnāvalī have °dakṣapādo in the first pāda. This reading yields the same meaning as the adopted one if read with °vāmapādaṃ in the second. However, G4 and manuscripts of the Haṭharatnāvalī read °vāmadoṣṇā, which is not good because it leaves the gerund without an object. The version of this verse in Jyotsnā (1.26), which is supported by some manuscripts in two important groups, β and η, has two objects of the gerund, namely the left and right feet, without an instrumental or conjuctive particle. In his commentarial remarks, Brahmānanda proposes that the left foot is grasped by the right hand and the right foot by the left foot, as seen in Figure 2.

Jyotsna Commentary
मत्येन्द्रासनमाह वामोरुमूलेति. वामोरुमूले 'र्पितः स्थापितो यो दक्षपादः तं सम्प्रदायात् पृष्ठतोगतवामपाणिना गुल्फस्योपरिभागे प्रगृह्य. जानोः दक्षिणपादजानोः बहिःप्रदेशे वेष्टितो यो वामपादः तं वामपादजानोः बहिर्वेष्टितदक्षिणपाणिना अङ्गुष्ठे प्रगृह्य. परिवर्तिताङ्गः वामभागेन पृष्ठतोमुखं यथा स्यादेवं परिवर्तितं परावर्तितमङ्गं येन स तथा तादृशो यत्र तिष्ठेत्स्थितिं कुर्यात्तदासनं मत्य्सेन्द्रनाथेनोदितम्कथितं स्यात्. तदुदितत्वात् तन्नामकमेव वदन्ति. एवं दक्षोरुमूलार्पितवामपादं पृष्ठतोगतदक्षिणपाणिना प्रगृह्य वामजानोर् बहिर्वेष्टितदक्षपादं दक्षिणपादजानोः बहिर्वेष्टितवामपाणिना प्रगृह्य दक्षभागेन पृष्ठतोमुखं यथा स्यादेवं परिवर्तिताङ्गश्चाभ्यसेत्.
matyendrāsanam āha vāmorumūleti. vāmorumūle 'rpitaḥ sthāpito yo dakṣapādaḥ taṃ sampradāyāt pṛṣṭhatogatavāmapāṇinā gulphasyoparibhāge pragṛhya. jānoḥ dakṣiṇapādajānoḥ bahiḥpradeśe veṣṭito yo vāmapādaḥ taṃ vāmapādajānoḥ bahir veṣṭitadakṣiṇapāṇinā aṅguṣṭhe pragṛhya. parivartitāṅgaḥ vāmabhāgena pṛṣṭhatomukhaṃ yathā syād evaṃ parivartitaṃ parāvartitam aṅgaṃ yena sa tathā tādṛśo yatra tiṣṭhet sthitiṃ kuryāt tad āsanaṃ matysendranāthenoditam kathitaṃ syāt. taduditatvāt tannāmakam eva vadanti. evaṃ dakṣorumūlārpitavāmapādaṃ pṛṣṭhatogatadakṣiṇapāṇinā pragṛhya vāmajānor bahirveṣṭitadakṣapādaṃ dakṣiṇapādajānoḥ bahirveṣṭitavāmapāṇinā pragṛhya dakṣabhāgena pṛṣṭhatomukhaṃ yathā syād evaṃ parivartitāṅgaś cābhyaset.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

dakṣapādaṃ (cett.) ] dakṣapādo (α2 α3)
jānor (γ1 η1 η2 χ) ] jānaur (βω), jānvor (β2 δ1 ε1 ε3)
bahirveṣṭita (cett.) ] bahiṣṭhita (γ1ac), bahisaṃṣṭhita (γ1pc)
dakṣadoṣṇā (α2 β2 δ1) ] dakṣadorbhyāṃ (γ1), vāmapādam (βω η1 η2 χ), vāmadoṣṇā (α3 ε3), vāmadoṣṇi (ε1)
vartitāṅgaḥ (cett.) ] marditāṅgaḥ (δ1)
matsyanātho (cett.) ] matsyadinātho (βω)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

vāmorumūlārpitadakṣapādaṃ jānvor bahirveṣṭitadakṣadoṣṇā |

pragṛhya tiṣṭhet parivartitāṅgaḥ śrīmatsyanāthoditam āsanaṃ syāt ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.57

atha matsyendrāsanam---

vāmorumūlārpitadakṣapādo jānvor bahirveṣṭitadakṣadoṣṇā |

pragṛhya tiṣṭhet parivartitāṅgaḥ śrīmatsyanāthoditam āsanaṃ syāt~||

°dakṣapādo ] °dakṣapādaṃ P, °dakṣapādau t1

Yuktabhavadeva 6.19 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

vāmorumūlārpitadakṣapādaṃ jānvor bahirveṣṭitadakṣadoṣṇā |

pragṛhya tiṣṭhan parivartitāṅgaḥ śrīmatsyanāthoditam āsanaṃ syāt ||

HP 1.27

मत्स्येन्द्रपीठं जठरप्रवृद्ध-

प्रचण्डरुङ्मण्डलखण्डनास्त्रम्

अभ्यासतः कुण्डलिनीप्रबोधं

दण्डस्थिरत्वं च ददाति पुंसाम् ॥

matsyendrapīṭhaṃ jaṭharapravṛddha-

pracaṇḍaruṅmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanāstram /

abhyāsataḥ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṃ

daṇḍasthiratvaṃ ca dadāti puṃsām //

Matsyendra’s seat is a destructive missile for the many terrible diseases that develop in the stomach; through practice it brings about in men the awakening of Kuṇḍalinī and steadiness of the spine.
Philological Commentary

The manuscript readings for the compound beginning with jaṭhara diverge significantly and include jaṭharapravṛddha°, jaṭharaprabuddha°, jaṭharapradīpta° and jaṭharapracaṇḍa°. As descriptive compounds, none of these makes good sense in regard to Matsyendra’s seat. Since the stomach or abdomen (jaṭhara) is the first member of this compound, it seems more likely that it qualifies the terrible diseases (pracaṇḍarug) that are mentioned in the next verse quarter, as suggested by the reading jaṭharapravṛddha°, which is attested by η2 and the Yogacintāmaṇi and suggested by γ1and δ1(jaṭharapravuddh°). In 1.27d, the compound daṇḍasthiratvaṃ (`steadiness of the spine’) is attested by all the important manuscript groups and testimonia, so it was likely original. However, the Jyotsnā (1.27d) has candrasthiratvaṃ (`steadiness of the moon’), and this reading is well-attested in many manuscripts that are lower on the stemma. Brahmānanda understands steadiness here as `the absence of flow’ (sthiratvaṃ kṣaraṇābhāvaṃ), a reference to the moon retaining its nectar.

Jyotsna Commentary
मत्स्येन्द्रासनस्य फलमाह मत्स्येन्द्रेति. प्रचण्डं दुःसहं यत्रुजां रोगाणां मण्डलं समूहः तस्य खण्डने छेदने 'स्त्रमस्त्रमिव तादृशं मत्स्येन्द्रपीठं मत्स्येन्द्रासनम्. अभ्यासतः प्रत्यहमावर्तनरूपादभ्यासात्पुंसां जठरस्य जठराग्नेः प्रकृष्टां दीप्तिं वृद्धिम्ददाति. तथा कुण्डलिन्या आधारशक्तेः प्रबोधं निद्राभावं तथा चन्द्रस्य तालुनः उपरिभागे स्थितस्य नित्यं क्षरतः स्थिरत्वं क्षरणाभावं च ददातीत्यर्थः.
matsyendrāsanasya phalam āha matsyendreti. pracaṇḍaṃ duḥsahaṃ yat rujāṃ rogāṇāṃ maṇḍalaṃ samūhaḥ tasya khaṇḍane chedane 'stram astram iva tādṛśaṃ matsyendrapīṭhaṃ matsyendrāsanam. abhyāsataḥ pratyahamāvartanarūpād abhyāsāt puṃsāṃ jaṭharasya jaṭharāgneḥ prakṛṣṭāṃ dīptiṃ vṛddhim dadāti. tathā kuṇḍalinyā ādhāraśakteḥ prabodhaṃ nidrābhāvaṃ tathā candrasya tālunaḥ uparibhāge sthitasya nityaṃ kṣarataḥ sthiratvaṃ kṣaraṇābhāvaṃ ca dadātīty arthaḥ.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

pīṭhaṃ (cett.) ] vīraṃ (η1), vīra (ε1)
jaṭhara (cett.) ] jvalana (βω), vīra (ε1)
pravṛddha (η2) ] pravuddhaṃ (γ1), pravuddhau (δ1), prabodhaṃ (β2), pracaṇḍaṃ (ε1 ε3 η1), pracaṇḍa (α2 α3 β1), pradiptaṃ (βω), pradīptiṃ (χ)
pracaṇḍa (β2 βω γ1 δ1 η2 χ) ] picaṇḍa (α2 ε1), vicaṃḍa (β1), viccaṇḍa (η1), om. (ε3)
ruṅmaṇḍala (β2 βω δ1 ε3 η2 χ) ] rūrmaṇḍala (η1), rugmaṃḍana (γ1), ruk(!)māṃḍana (ε1)
khaṇḍanāstram (cett.) ] khaṇḍanāmaṃ (γ1), khaṇḍalāsyam (δ1)
daṇḍa (cett.) ] candra (η2ac χ), kāya (ε3)
sthiratvaṃ (cett.) ] sthitatvaṃ (δ1)
ca dadāti (cett.) ] dadāti (γ1ac), pradadāti (γ1pc δ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

matsyendrapīṭhaṃ jaṭharapravṛddha-

pracaṇḍaruṅmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanāstram |

abhyāsataḥ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṃ

daṇḍe sthiratvaṃ pradadāti puṃsām ||

°pravṛddha ] N : °pravṛddhiṃ L

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.58

matsyendrapīṭhaṃ jaṭharapradīptaṃ

pracaṇḍarugmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanāstram |

abhyāsataḥ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṃ

daṇḍasthiratvaṃ ca dadāti puṃsām ||

°pradīptaṃ ] pravṛttaṃ T,t1 °pravṛttaḥ N,n1,n3,J

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 7.8

matsyendrapīṭhaṃ jaṭharapracaṇḍa-

ruṅmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanakhaṇḍanāstram |

abhyāsataḥ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṃ

daṇḍasthiratvaṃ ca dadāti puṃsām ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.20 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

matsyendrapīṭhaṃ jaṭharaprabuddhaṃ

pracaṇḍaruṅmaṇḍalakhaṇḍanāstram |

abhyasataṃ kuṇḍalinīprabodhaṃ

daṇḍasthiratvaṃ ca dadāti puṃsām ||

HP 1.28

प्रसार्य पादौ भुवि दण्डरूपौ

दोर्भ्यां पदाग्रद्वितयंगृहीत्वा ।

जानूपरिन्यस्तललाटदेशो

वसेदिदं पश्चिमतानमाहुः

prasārya pādau bhuvi daṇḍarūpau

dorbhyāṃ padāgradvitayaṃgṛhītvā /

jānūparinyastalalāṭadeśo

vased idaṃ paścimatānam āhuḥ //

[The yogi] should stretch out the legs on the ground [as straight] as a stick, hold the toes of both feet with the hands, and practise with the forehead placed on the knees. They call this the back-stretch (paścimatānam).
Philological Commentary

The reading dorbhyāṃ padāgradvitayaṃ is well attested but is somewhat strange because dos usually means `the arm’ rather than the hands. The variant dvābhyāṃ karābhyāṃ dvitayaṃ, “with both hands”, appears to be an attempt to remove dorbhyāṃ, but it introduces the problem of the toes not being mentioned.

Jyotsna Commentary
पश्चिमतानासनमाह प्रसार्येति. भुवि भूमौ दण्डस्य रूपमिव रूपं ययोस्तौ दण्डाकारौ श्लिष्टगुल्फौ प्रसार्य प्रसारितं कृत्वा. दोर्भ्याम् आकुञ्चिततर्जनीभ्यां भुजाभ्यां पदोः पादयोश्चाग्रे अग्रभागौ तयोर्द्वितयं द्वयमङ्गुष्ठप्रदेशयुग्मं बलादाकर्षणपूर्वकं यथा जान्वधोभागस्य भूमेर् उत्थानं न स्यात्तथा गृहीत्वा. जानोरुपरिन्यस्तो ललाटदेशो येन तादृशो यत्र वसेत्. इदं पश्चिमताननामकमासनमाहुः.
paścimatānāsanam āha prasāryeti. bhuvi bhūmau daṇḍasya rūpam iva rūpaṃ yayos tau daṇḍākārau śliṣṭagulphau prasārya prasāritaṃ kṛtvā. dorbhyām ākuñcitatarjanībhyāṃ bhujābhyāṃ padoḥ pādayoś cāgre agrabhāgau tayor dvitayaṃ dvayam aṅguṣṭhapradeśayugmaṃ balād ākarṣaṇapūrvakaṃ yathā jānvadhobhāgasya bhūmer utthānaṃ na syāt tathā gṛhītvā. jānor uparinyasto lalāṭadeśo yena tādṛśo yatra vaset. idaṃ paścimatānanāmakam āsanam āhuḥ.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

dorbhyāṃ (cett.) ] dvābhyāṃ (βω η2)
padāgra (β2 γ1pc ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] dāgra (γ1ac), karābhyāṃ (βω η2), ca pādaṃ (δ1)
deśo (cett.) ] deśe (β2 βω)
vased (β2 βω γ1 ε1 η1 χ) ] ’bhyased (δ1), bhaved (ε3), d (η2)
tāna (cett.) ] tāṇa (ε1 η1)
āhuḥ (cett.) ] baṃdhaḥ (ε3 η1), baṃdhaṃ (ε1)

Sources
Cf. Śivasaṃhitā 3.108

prasārya caraṇadvandvaṃ parasparasusaṃyutam |

svapāṇibhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ dhṛtvā jānūpari śiro nyaset ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

prasārya pādau bhuvi daṇḍarūpau

dvābhyāṃ ca pādadvitayaṃ gṛhītvā |

jānūpari nyastalalāṭadeśo

’bhyased idaṃ paścimatānam āhuḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.66

atha paścimatānāsanam---

prasārya pādau bhuvi daṇḍarūpau

dorbhyāṃ padāgradvitayaṃ gṛhītvā |

jānūpari nyastalalāṭadeśo

vased idaṃ paścimatānam āhuḥ ||

dorbhyāṃ padāgradvitayaṃ ] dvābhyāṃ karābhyāṃ dvitayaṃ n1,n3

Yuktabhavadeva 6.22 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

prasārya pādau bhuvi daṇḍarūpau

dorbhyāṃ ca pādadvitayaṃ gṛhītvā |

jānūpari nyastalalāṭapaṭṭo

nyased idaṃ paścimatānam āhuḥ ||

HP 1.29

इति पश्चिमतानमासनाग्र्यं

पवनं पश्चिमवाहिनं करोति ।

उदयं जठरानलस्य कुर्या-

दुदरे कार्श्यमरोगतां च पुंसाम् ॥

iti paścimatānam āsanāgryaṃ

pavanaṃ paścimavāhinaṃ karoti /

udayaṃ jaṭharānalasya kuryā-

d udare kārśyam arogatāṃ ca puṃsām //

Foremost among āsanas, the back-stretch thus makes the breath flow to the rear (i.e.~in the central channel), increases the digestive fire, makes the belly thin and prevents diseases in men.
Philological Commentary

The use of the word paścima to mean the central channel is found at Yogabīja 95 (paścimamārgataḥ), 108 (paścime pathi), 117 (paścimadvāramārgeṇa) and 121 (paścimaṃ). Cf.~the usages of paścima-mārga in Dattātreyayogaśāstra 140 and Śivasaṃhitā 3.110 (from which this verse is likely to be derived). Brahmānanda understands paścima as referring to the Suṣumṇā (Jyotsnā 1.29): paścimavāhinaṃ paścimena paścimamārgeṇa suṣumṇāmārgeṇa vahatīti paścimavāhī.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ तत्फलमितीति. इति पूर्वोक्तमासनेष्व्'प्यग्र्यं मुख्यं पश्चिमतानम्पवनं प्राणं पश्चिमवाहिनं पश्चिमेन पश्चिममार्गेण सुषुम्नामार्गेण वहतीति पश्चिमवाही तं तादृशं करोति. जठरानलस्य जठरे यो 'नलो 'ग्निस्तस्योदयं वृद्धिं कुर्यात्. उदरे मध्यप्रदेशे कार्श्यं कृशत्वं कुर्यात्. अरोगतामारोग्यं चकारान्नाडीवलनादिसाम्यं कुर्यात्.
atha tatphalam itīti. iti pūrvoktam āsaneṣv 'py agryaṃ mukhyaṃ paścimatānam pavanaṃ prāṇaṃ paścimavāhinaṃ paścimena paścimamārgeṇa suṣumnāmārgeṇa vahatīti paścimavāhī taṃ tādṛśaṃ karoti. jaṭharānalasya jaṭhare yo 'nalo 'gnis tasyodayaṃ vṛddhiṃ kuryāt. udare madhyapradeśe kārśyaṃ kṛśatvaṃ kuryāt. arogatām ārogyaṃ cakārān nāḍīvalanādisāmyaṃ kuryāt.
Metre: Śiśulīlā
Readings

tānap (cett.) ] tāṇam (ε1 η1), tāyām (α1)
āsanāgryaṃ (α1 β2 βω ε3 η1 χ) ] āsanāśāgryaṃ (η2), āsanākhyaṃ (δ1 ε1), āyanaṃ (γ1)
paścima (cett.) ] paścimā (δ1)
vāhinaṃ (cett.) ] vāhanaṃ (α1 βω ε1)
jaṭharānalasya (cett.) ] jaṭharānilasya (δ1)
kārśyam (cett.) ] kāryam (γ1), kṛśyam (βω)
arogatāṃ (α1 β2 ε1 ε3 η1pc χ) ] alogatāṃ (γ1), arogitāṃ (δ1 η1ac η2), arogyatāṃ (βω)

Sources
Cf. Śivasaṃhitā 3.109–110

āsanāgryam idaṃ proktaṃ jaṭharānaladīpanam |

dehāvasādaharaṇaṃ paścimottānasaṃjñakam ||

ya etad āsanaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ pratyahaṃ sādhayet sudhīḥ |

vāyuḥ paścimamārgeṇa tasya saṃcarati dhruvam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

iti paścimatānam āsanāgryaṃ

pavanaṃ paścimavāhinaṃ karoti |

udayaṃ jaṭharānalasya kuryād

udare kārśyam arogitāṃ ca puṃsām ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.67

iti paścimatānam āsanāgryaṃ

pavanaṃ paścimavāhinaṃ karoti |

udayaṃ jaṭharānalasya kuryād

udare kārśyam arogatāṃ ca puṃsām ||

HP 1.30

धरामवष्टभ्य करद्वयेन

त्कूर्परस्थापितनाभिपार्श्वः

उच्चासनो दण्डवदुत्थितः खे

मायूरमेतत्प्रवदन्ति पीठम्

dharām avaṣṭabhya karadvayena

tat kūrparasthāpitanābhipārśvaḥ /

uccāsano daṇḍavad utthitaḥ khe

māyūram etat pravadanti pīṭham //

Supporting oneself on the ground with both hands, the elbows placed on either side of the navel, lifted up into the air in a raised posture [as straight] as a stick: they call this posture the peacock.
Philological Commentary

The source of this verse is unknown, but it has the same elements as the two verses in the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā (1.76–77), which are themselves derived from earlier Vaiṣṇava sources. The compound uccāsanaḥ in the third verse quarter seems to approximate in a somewhat vague way the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā’s reading samunnataśiraḥpādaḥ. In the second verse quarter, the pronoun in tatkūrpare refers to the two hands (karadvaya). This is stated more explicitly (i.e., hastayoḥ kūrparau) in Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.76c and Yogayājñavalkya 3.15c.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ मायूरासनमाह धरामिति. करद्वयेन करयोर्द्वयं युग्मं तेन धराम्भूमिमवष्टभ्य अवलम्ब्य प्रसारिताङ्गुली भूमिसंलग्नतलौ संन्निहितौ करौ कृत्वेत्यर्थः. तस्य करद्वयस्य कूर्परयोः भुजमध्यसन्धिभागयोः स्थापिते धृते नाभेः पार्श्वे पार्श्वभागौ येन स उच्चासन उच्चमुन्नतमासनं यस्यैतादृशः. खे शून्ये दण्डवद्दण्डेन तुल्यम् उत्थित ऊर्ध्वं स्थितो यत्र भवति तन्मायूरम्मयूरस्येदं तत्सम्बन्धित्वात्तन्नामकं प्रवदन्ति. योगिन इति शेषः.
atha māyūrāsanam āha dharām iti. karadvayena karayor dvayaṃ yugmaṃ tena dharām bhūmim avaṣṭabhya avalambya prasāritāṅgulī bhūmisaṃlagnatalau saṃnnihitau karau kṛtvety arthaḥ. tasya karadvayasya kūrparayoḥ bhujamadhyasandhibhāgayoḥ sthāpite dhṛte nābheḥ pārśve pārśvabhāgau yena sa uccāsana uccam unnatam āsanaṃ yasyaitādṛśaḥ. khe śūnye daṇḍavad daṇḍena tulyam utthita ūrdhvaṃ sthito yatra bhavati tan māyūram mayūrasyedaṃ tatsambandhitvāt tannāmakaṃ pravadanti. yogina iti śeṣaḥ.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

karadvayena (β2 βω γ1 η1 η2 χ) ] karadvayābhyāṃ (α1 α2 ε3), karasthalābhyāṃ (α3 ε1), punaḥ karābhyāṃ (δ1), puraḥ karābhyāṃ (δ3)
kūrpara (β2 ε1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] kurpara (α1 βω γ1), kurpare (Δ)
pārśvaḥ (cett.) ] pārśve (βω Δ)
uccāsano (cett.) ] uccāsanā (α1), uccāsane (δ3), taccāsanaṃ (δ1)
utthitaḥ khe (cett.) ] utthitaś cet (α1), ucchritaś ca (β2), utthitaḥ khaṃ (ε1), utthitasya (βω)
māyūram (β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 η2) ] mayūram (α1 βω η1 χ)
pīṭham (cett.) ] santaḥ (Δ)

Sources
Vimānārcanākalpa 96

karatale bhūmau saṃsthāpya kūrparau nābhipārśvayor nyasya nataśirāḥ (unnataśirāḥ) pādau ḍaṇḍavad vyomni saṃsthito mayūrāsanam iti ||

Pādmasaṃhitā (yogapāda) 1.21c–22d:

avaṣṭabhya dharāṃ samyak talābhyāṃ hastayor dvayoḥ ||

kūrparau nābhipārśve ca sthāpayitvā mayūravat |

samunnamya śiraḥpādau mayūrāsanam iṣyate ||

Ahirbudhnyasaṃhitā 31.36–37

mayūrāsanam

niveśya kūrparau samyaṅ nābhimaṇḍalapārśvayoḥ |

avaṣṭabhya bhuvaṃ pāṇitalābhyāṃ vyomni daṇḍavat ||

Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.76–77

avaṣṭabhya dharāṃ samyak talābhyāṃ ca karadvayam |

hastayoḥ kūrparau cāpi sthāpayan nābhipārśvayoḥ ||

samunnataśiraḥpādo daṇḍavad vyomni saṃsthitaḥ |

mayūrāsanam etad dhi sarvapāpavināśanam ||

ca karadvayam ] karayor dvayoḥ

Yogayājñavalkya 3.15–16

avaṣṭabhya dharāṃ samyak talābhyāṃ tu karadvayoḥ |

hastayoḥ kūrparau cāpi sthāpayan nābhipārśvayoḥ ||

samunnataśiraḥpādo daṇḍavad vyomni saṃsthitaḥ |

mayūrāsanam etat tu sarvapāpapraṇāśanam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

dharām avaṣṭabhya punaḥ karābhyāṃ

tatkūrpare sthāpitanābhipārśvaḥ |

tadāsane daṇḍavad utthitaḥ khe

mayūram etat pravadanti santaḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.42

atha mayūram

dharām avaṣṭabhya karadvayena

tatkūrpare sthāpitanābhipārśvaḥ |

uccāsano daṇḍavad utthitaḥ khe

mayūram etat pravadanti pīṭham ||

HP 1.31

हरति सकलरोगानाशु गुल्मोरादी-

नभिभवति च दोषानासनं श्रीमयूरम् ।

बहुकदशनभुक्तं भस्म कुर्यादशेषं

जनयति जठराग्निं जारयेत्कालकूटम् ॥

harati sakalarogān āśu gulmodarādī-

n abhibhavati ca doṣān āsanaṃ śrīmayūram /

bahukadaśanabhuktaṃ bhasma kuryād aśeṣaṃ

janayati jaṭharāgniṃ jārayet kālakūṭam //

The glorious peacock [posture] quickly gets rid of bloating and all other diseases of the abdomen, and overcomes humoral imbalances. It reduces to ashes food which is bad or has been eaten to excess, kindles the digestive fire and causes strong poison to be digested.
Jyotsna Commentary
मयूरासनगुणानाह हरतीति. गुल्मो रोगविशेषः उदरं जलोदरं ते आदिनी येषां प्लीहादीनां ते तथा तान्सकलरोगान्सकला ये रोगास्तानाशु झटिति हरति नाशयति. श्रीमयूरमासनमिति सर्वत्र सम्बध्यते. दोषान्वातपित्तकफानालस्यादींश्चाभिभवति तिरस्करोति. बह्वतिशयितं कदशनं कदन्नं यद्भुक्तं तदशेषं समस्तं भस्मकुर्यात्पाचयेदित्यर्थः. जठराग्निं जठरानलं जनयति प्रादुर्भावयति. कालकूटम्विषं कालकूटशब्दो 'त्र कालकूटवदपकारकान्नपरः तं जारयेत् जीर्णं कुर्यात्पाचयेदित्यर्थः.
mayūrāsanaguṇān āha haratīti. gulmo rogaviśeṣaḥ udaraṃ jalodaraṃ te ādinī yeṣāṃ plīhādīnāṃ te tathā tān sakalarogān sakalā ye rogās tān āśu jhaṭiti harati nāśayati. śrīmayūram āsanam iti sarvatra sambadhyate. doṣān vātapittakaphān ālasyādīṃś cābhibhavati tiraskaroti. bahv atiśayitaṃ kadaśanaṃ kadannaṃ yad bhuktaṃ tad aśeṣaṃ samastaṃ bhasmakuryāt pācayed ity arthaḥ. jaṭharāgniṃ jaṭharānalaṃ janayati prādurbhāvayati. kālakūṭam viṣaṃ kālakūṭaśabdo 'tra kālakūṭavad apakārakānnaparaḥ taṃ jārayet jīrṇaṃ kuryāt pācayed ity arthaḥ.
Metre: Mālinī
Readings

rogān āśu (cett.) ] rogān śvāsa (ε1), doṣān āśu (η2), doṣān asu (βω)
gulmo (cett.) ] gulpho (γ1), gulphau (α1)
ādīn (cett.) ] ādin (βω)
abhibhavati ca (Δ ε1 η1 η2 χ) ] abhibhavati (α1 ε3), abhavati ca (γ1), abhavati (βω), na hi bhavati ca (β2)
bhasma (cett.) ] tac ca (δ1)
aśeṣaṃ (cett.) ] aśeṣo (η1), iśutraṃ (ε1), om. (β2)
jaṭharāgniṃ (cett.) ] jaṭharāgraṃ (ε1), vaḍavāgniṃ (βω)
jārayet (cett.) ] jvālayet (η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

harati sakalarogān āśu gulmodarādīn

abhibhavati ca doṣān āsanaṃ śrīmayūram |

bahukadaśanabhuktaṃ bhasma kuryād aśeṣam

janayati jaṭharāgniṃ jārayet kālakūṭam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.43

harati sakalarogān āśu gulmodarādīn

abhibhavati ca doṣān āsanaṃ śrīmayūram ||

bahukadaśanabhuktaṃ bhasma kuryād vicitram

janayati jaṭharāgniṃ jīryate kālakūṭam ||

HP 1.32

उत्तानं शववद्भूमौ शयनं तु शवासनम्

सर्वासनश्रान्तिहरं चित्तविश्रान्तिसाधनम्

uttānaṃ śavavad bhūmau śayanaṃ tu śavāsanam /

sarvāsanaśrāntiharaṃ cittaviśrāntisādhanam //

Lying with one’s back on the ground like a corpse is the corpse posture. It removes the fatigue [caused by practising] any āsana and calms the mind.
Jyotsna Commentary
शवासनमाहार्धेन उत्तानमिति. शवेन मृतशरीरेण तुल्यं शववदुत्तानं भूमिसंलग्नं पृष्ठं यथा स्यात्तथा शयनं निद्रायामिव संनिवेशो यत्तच्छवासनं. शवाख्यमासनम्. शवासनप्रयोजनमाह उत्तरार्धेन. शवासनं श्रान्तिहरं श्रान्तिं हठाभ्यासश्रमं हरतीति श्रान्तिहरं. चित्तस्य विश्रान्तिर्विश्रामस्तस्याः कारकम्.
śavāsanam āhārdhena uttānam iti. śavena mṛtaśarīreṇa tulyaṃ śavavad uttānaṃ bhūmisaṃlagnaṃ pṛṣṭhaṃ yathā syāt tathā śayanaṃ nidrāyām iva saṃniveśo yat tac chavāsanaṃ. śavākhyam āsanam. śavāsanaprayojanam āha uttarārdhena. śavāsanaṃ śrāntiharaṃ śrāntiṃ haṭhābhyāsaśramaṃ haratīti śrāntiharaṃ. cittasya viśrāntir viśrāmas tasyāḥ kārakam.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: bha-vipulā)
Readings

uttānaṃ (cett.) ] uttāna (α1 β2 γ1 η2)
śayanaṃ tu śavāsanam (α1 β2 βω γ1 ε1 η1) ] śayanaṃ ca śavāsanam (ε3 η2), śayanaṃ tat śavāsanam (χ), śavāsanam idaṃ smṛtam (Δ)
sarvāsana (α2 β1 β2 γ1 ε1 η1 η2) ] savāsana (βω), śavāsanaṃ (α1 Δ ε3 χ)
śrānti (cett.) ] śrama (ε3)
sādhanam (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ1 ε1) ] kārakam (δ3 ε3 η1 η2 χ)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 24cd

uttānaśavavad bhūmau śayanaṃ coktam uttamam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

uttānaṃ śavavad bhūmau śavāsanam idaṃ smṛtam |

śavāsanaṃ śrāntiharaṃ cittaviśrāntisādhanam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.76

athāntimaṃ śavāsanam

prasārya hastapādau ca viśrāntyā śayanaṃ tathā |

sarvāsanaśramaharaṃ śayitaṃ tu śavāsanam ||

Cf. Haṭhatattvakaumudī 7.12

śavāsanaṃ hṛtkupitavātagranthivibhedakam |

sarvāsanaśrāntijit hṛtśramaghnaṃ yogisaukhyadam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.21

uttānaṃ śavavad bhūmau śayanaṃ tu śavāsanam |

śavāsanaṃ śrāntiharaṃ cittaviśrāntikārakam ||

iti śavāsanam ||

HP 1.33

चतुराशीत्यासनानि शिवेन कथितानि तु

तेभ्यश्चतुष्कमादाय सारभूतं ब्रवीम्यहम् ॥

caturāśītyāsanāni śivena kathitāni tu /

tebhyaś catuṣkam ādāya sārabhūtaṃ bravīmy aham //

Śiva has taught eighty-four āsanas. I shall take the four best from them and describe them.
Philological Commentary

The word tu is often used to introduce a new posture, but in this case seems to be a verse filler. In the first and third verse quarters, Svātmārāma appears to have rewritten Śivasaṃhitā 3.96 to include the information that it was Śiva (śivena) who taught the eighty-four āsanas, whereas in the source Śiva is himself speaking. Svātmārāma also changes the meaning of the second half of the verse, as the Śivasaṃhitā states that Śiva picked out the four best postures and taught them, whereas in the Haṭhapradīpikā it reads as though Svātmārāma himself is responsible for picking out the four best postures and teaching them. There are other instances in the Haṭhapradīpikā where Svātmārāma borrows a verse with a first person verb (e.g., 3.43, 4.2). However, in this instance, he may have intended to indicate that he chose the four postures coming after this verse (i.e., siddha, padma, siṃha and bhadra) because the Śivasaṃhitā follows 3.96 with teachings on the postures called siddha, padma, paścimottāna and svastika. Another possibility is that Svātmārāma borrowed 1.33–1.34 from an unknown source that contained a dialogue that was different to that of Śivasaṃhitā, as indicated by sakhe in 1.34.

Jyotsna Commentary
वक्ष्यमाणासनचतुष्टयस्य श्रेष्ठत्वं वदन्नाह चतुरशीतीति. शिवेनेश्वरेण चतुरधिकाशीतिसङ्ख्याकान्यासनानि कथितानि. चकाराच्चतुरशीतिलक्षाणि च. तदुक्तं गोरक्षनाथेन

आसनानि च तावन्ति यावन्त्यो जीवजातयः

एतेषामखिलान्भेदान्विजानाति महेश्वरः

चतुराशीतिलक्षाणि एकैकं समुदाहृतम्

ततः शिवेन पीठानां षोडशोनं शतं कृतमिति.

तेभ्यः शिवोक्तचतुरशीतिलक्षासनानां मध्ये प्रशस्तानि यानि चतुरशीत्यासनानि तेभ्य आदाय गृहीत्वा सारभूतं श्रेष्ठभूतं चतुष्कमहं ब्रवीमीत्यन्वयः.
vakṣyamāṇāsanacatuṣṭayasya śreṣṭhatvaṃ vadann āha caturaśītīti. śiveneśvareṇa caturadhikāśītisaṅkhyākāny āsanāni kathitāni. cakārāc caturaśītilakṣāṇi ca. tad uktaṃ gorakṣanāthena

āsanāni ca tāvanti yāvantyo jīvajātayaḥ

eteṣām akhilān bhedān vijānāti maheśvaraḥ

caturāśītilakṣāṇi ekaikaṃ samudāhṛtam

tataḥ śivena pīṭhānāṃ ṣoḍaśonaṃ śataṃ kṛtam iti.

tebhyaḥ śivoktacaturaśītilakṣāsanānāṃ madhye praśastāni yāni caturaśīty āsanāni tebhya ādāya gṛhītvā sārabhūtaṃ śreṣṭhabhūtaṃ catuṣkam ahaṃ bravīmīty anvayaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

śivena (cett.) ] sarvāṇi (ε1), kathitāni (β2)
kathitāni (cett.) ] kathitāna (βω), śivena (β2)
tu (α1 α3 β2 βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2) ] vai (γ1 δ1 δ3), ca (α2 χ)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 3.96

caturaśīty āsanāni santi nānāvidhāni ca |

tebhyaś catuṣkam ādāya mayoktāni bravīmy aham ||

Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 5

caturāśītilakṣānām ekaikaṃ samudāhṛtaṃ |

ataḥ śivena pīṭhānāṃ ṣoḍaśonaṃ śataṃ kṛtam ||

Cf. Vivekamārtaṇḍa 5

caturāśītilakṣānām ekaikaṃ samudāhṛtaṃ |

ataḥ śivena pīṭhānāṃ ṣoḍaśonaṃ śataṃ kṛtam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84v

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

caturaśīty āsanāni śivena kathitāni vai |

tebhyaś catuṣkam ādāya sārabhūtaṃ bravīmy aham ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.23

caturaśīty āsanāni śivena kathitāni tu |

tebhyaś catuṣkam ādāya sārabhūtaṃ bravīmy aham ||

HP 1.34

सिद्धं पद्मं तथा सिंहं भद्रं चेति चतुष्टयम्

श्रेष्ठं तत्रापि च सखे तिष्ठ सिद्धासने सदा ॥

siddhaṃ padmaṃ tathā siṃhaṃ bhadraṃ ceti catuṣṭayam /

śreṣṭhaṃ tatrāpi ca sakhe tiṣṭha siddhāsane sadā //

The adept, lotus, lion and auspicious pose: these four are the best and, among those, always sit in the adept’s pose, my dear.
Philological Commentary

It is likely that the original version of this verse contained the vocative with the imperative form of the verb (sakhe tiṣṭha). There are other instances where Svātmārāma included a verse with the vocative (e.g., 4.10, 4.12, 4.20, 4.72, 4.86, 4.88) as though the text were a dialogue. Other versions of this verse are transmitted by some manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā, in which the vocative and imperative verb have been removed. In these cases, the sukhe and sukham is difficult to construe because the context suggests that the intended meaning was that one should always sit in siddhāsana (as opposed to the other three āsanas), rather than the prescription to always sit in a comfortable siddhāsana.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

padmaṃ (cett.) ] bhadraṃ (δ1)
tathā (cett.) ] yathā (βω)
siṃhaṃ (β2 βω γ1 η1 η2 χ) ] saiṃhaṃ (ε1 ε3), padmaṃ (δ1), bhadraṃ (δ3)
bhadraṃ (cett.) ] siṃhaṃ (δ1 δ3)
ceti (β2 γ1 δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] caiva (α1 η1), caitac (βω ε1), cātha (ε3)
catuṣṭayam (cett.) ] catuṣkakaṃ (ε3)
tatrāpi ca sakhe (α1 β2 βω γ1) ] tatrāpi ca sukhe (η1 η2 χ), tatrāpi ca sukhaṃ (ε3), tathāpi ca sakhe (δ2), tathāpi bhadraṃ [ca] (δ1 δ3), tatra viśeṣeṇa (ε1)
tiṣṭha (α1 β2 βω γ1) ] tiṣṭhat (ε3), tiṣṭhet (Δ η1 η2 χ), śreṣṭhaṃ (ε1)
siddhāsane (cett.) ] siṃhāsane (δ1), padmāsanaṃ (ε1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 84v (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

siddhaṃ padmaṃ tathā bhadraṃ siṃhaṃ ceti catuṣṭayam |

śreṣṭhaṃ tatrāpi vai padmaṃ tiṣṭhet siddhāsane sadā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.24

siddhaṃ padmaṃ tathā siṃhaṃ bhadraṃ ceti catuṣṭayam |

śreṣṭhaṃ tatrāpi ca tathā tiṣṭhet siddhāsane sadā ||

tathā ] satve P, sakhe T,t1

HP 1.35

अथ सिद्धासनम्(α1, γ1 and η2)

योनिस्थानक°मङ्घ्रिमूलघटितं कृत्वा दृढं विन्यसे-

न्मेढ्रे पादमथैकमेकहृदयोधृत्वा समं विग्रहम्

स्थाणुः संयमितेन्द्रियोऽचलदृशा पश्यन् भ्रुवोरन्तरं

एतन्मोक्षकपाटभेदजनकं सिद्धासनं प्रोच्यते ॥

atha siddhāsanam / (α1, γ1 and η2)

yonisthānaka°m aṅghrimūlaghaṭitaṃ kṛtvā dṛḍhaṃ vinyase-

n meḍhre pādam athaikam ekahṛdayodhṛtvā samaṃ vigraham /

sthāṇuḥ saṃyamitendriyo’caladṛśā paśyan bhruvor antaraṃ

etanmokṣakapāṭabhedajanakaṃ siddhāsanaṃ procyate //

Now, the adept’s pose (siddhāsana). [The yogi] should put the heel at the perineum, firmly place the [other] foot on the penis, focus the mind, hold the body erect and [remain] motionless, his senses restrained, gazing between the brows with his eyes unmoving. This, which breaks open the door to liberation, is called the adept’s pose.
Philological Commentary

The adopted reading ekahṛdayo is supported by two manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā (J2 and M1) and is close to the α reading ekahṛdaye, which is also attested by the six-chapter Viveka-mārtaṇḍa and the Yoga-cintāmaṇi, .. which attributes this verse to an unkown work called the Pavanayogasaṅgraha. In this case, ekahṛdayaḥ would perhaps qualify the yogi as having a mind focused on one thing. The second verse quarter has many variations in the Haṭhapradīpikā manuscripts, as well as in the manuscripts of the sources and testimonia. α1 has athaikam ekahṛdaye dhṛtvā and most of the collated witnesses have athaikam eva hṛdaye dhṛtvā. The repetition of eka appears to be a dittographical error and hṛdaye does not make sense without an object of dhṛtvā (i.e., having held what on the chest?). In the adopted reading athaikam āsyahṛdaye dhṛtvā, which is attested by η1, the oldest dated manuscript, the compound āsyahṛdaye can be understood with the gerund dhṛtvā and ekam in the sense of `having held the face and chest together.’ This alludes to the practice of the Jālandhara lock, in which the chin is placed on the chest. This meaning is more clearly seen in the Jyotsnā’s version of the second verse quarter, hṛdaye kṛtvā hanuṃ susthiram (`having put the jaw firmly on the chest’). The compound āsyahṛdaye is supported by other manuscripts, such as N10, P1, P6 and J16 and the variants asyahṛdaye and asyahṛdayaṃ also occur (e.g., J7, J12, A1, V4, V18, V16, P8 and P9). The other well-attested reading, athaikaṃ eva niyataṃ, was an attempt to fix the problem of hṛdaye by replacing it with niyatam, which must be read with meḍhre pādam athaikaṃ (`having fixed one foot on the penis’). But niyatam is redundant here because of vinyaset in the first pāda.

Jyotsna Commentary
तदेव चतुष्कं नाम्ना निर्दिशति सिद्धमिति. सिद्धं सिद्धासनं पद्मं पद्मासनं सिंहं सिंहासनं भद्रं भद्रासनं च इति चतुष्टयम्श्रेष्ठमतिशयेन प्रशस्यम्. तत्रापि चतुष्टये सुखे सुखकरे सिद्धासने सदा तिष्ठेतेतेन सिद्धासनं चतुष्टये 'प्युत्कृष्टमिति सूचितम्.
आसनचतुष्टये 'प्युत्कृष्टत्वात्प्रथमं सिद्धासनमाह योनिस्थानकमिति. योनिस्थानमेव योनिस्थानकम्स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः. गुदोपस्थयोर् मध्यप्रदेशो योनिस्थानं तत्. अङ्घ्रिर्वामश्चरणस्तस्य मूलेन पार्ष्णिभागेन घटितं संलग्नं कृत्वा. अथानन्तरमेकम् पादं दक्षिणं पादं मेढ्रे इन्द्रियस्योपरिभागे दृढं यथा स्यात्तथा विन्यसेत्. हृदये हृदयसमीपे हनुं चिबुकं सुस्थिरम्सम्यक्स्थिरं कृत्वा हनुहृदययोश् चतुरङ्गुलमन्तरं यथा भवति तथा कृत्वेति रहस्यम्. संयमितानि विषयेभ्यः परावृत्तानि इन्द्रियाणि येन स तथा. अचला या दृक्दृष्टिस्तया भ्रुवोरन्तरं मध्यं पश्येत्. हि प्रसिद्धं मोक्षस्य यत्कपाटं प्रतिबन्धकं तस्य भेदं नाशं जनयतीति तादृशम्. सिद्धानां योगिनाम्. आस्ते 'त्र आस्यते 'नेनेति वा आसनं सिद्धासननामकमिदं भवेदित्यर्थः.
tad eva catuṣkaṃ nāmnā nirdiśati siddham iti. siddhaṃ siddhāsanaṃ padmaṃ padmāsanaṃ siṃhaṃ siṃhāsanaṃ bhadraṃ bhadrāsanaṃ ca iti catuṣṭayam śreṣṭham atiśayena praśasyam. tatrāpi catuṣṭaye sukhe sukhakare siddhāsane sadā tiṣṭhet etena siddhāsanaṃ catuṣṭaye 'py utkṛṣṭam iti sūcitam.
āsanacatuṣṭaye 'py utkṛṣṭatvāt prathamaṃ siddhāsanam āha yonisthānakam iti. yonisthānam eva yonisthānakam svārthe kapratyayaḥ. gudopasthayor madhyapradeśo yonisthānaṃ tat. aṅghrir vāmaś caraṇas tasya mūlena pārṣṇibhāgena ghaṭitaṃ saṃlagnaṃ kṛtvā. athānantaram ekam pādaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ meḍhre indriyasyoparibhāge dṛḍhaṃ yathā syāt tathā vinyaset. hṛdaye hṛdayasamīpe hanuṃ cibukaṃ susthiram samyaksthiraṃ kṛtvā hanuhṛdayayoś caturaṅgulam antaraṃ yathā bhavati tathā kṛtveti rahasyam. saṃyamitāni viṣayebhyaḥ parāvṛttāni indriyāṇi yena sa tathā. acalā yā dṛk dṛṣṭis tayā bhruvor antaraṃ madhyaṃ paśyet. hi prasiddhaṃ mokṣasya yat kapāṭaṃ pratibandhakaṃ tasya bhedaṃ nāśaṃ janayatīti tādṛśam. siddhānāṃ yoginām. āste 'tra āsyate 'neneti vā āsanaṃ siddhāsananāmakam idaṃ bhaved ity arthaḥ.
Jyotsna Commentary
तदेव चतुष्कं नाम्ना निर्दिशति सिद्धमिति. सिद्धं सिद्धासनं पद्मं पद्मासनं सिंहं सिंहासनं भद्रं भद्रासनं च इति चतुष्टयम्श्रेष्ठमतिशयेन प्रशस्यम्. तत्रापि चतुष्टये सुखे सुखकरे सिद्धासने सदा तिष्ठेतेतेन सिद्धासनं चतुष्टये 'प्युत्कृष्टमिति सूचितम्.
आसनचतुष्टये 'प्युत्कृष्टत्वात्प्रथमं सिद्धासनमाह योनिस्थानकमिति. योनिस्थानमेव योनिस्थानकम्स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः. गुदोपस्थयोर् मध्यप्रदेशो योनिस्थानं तत्. अङ्घ्रिर्वामश्चरणस्तस्य मूलेन पार्ष्णिभागेन घटितं संलग्नं कृत्वा. अथानन्तरमेकम् पादं दक्षिणं पादं मेढ्रे इन्द्रियस्योपरिभागे दृढं यथा स्यात्तथा विन्यसेत्. हृदये हृदयसमीपे हनुं चिबुकं सुस्थिरम्सम्यक्स्थिरं कृत्वा हनुहृदययोश् चतुरङ्गुलमन्तरं यथा भवति तथा कृत्वेति रहस्यम्. संयमितानि विषयेभ्यः परावृत्तानि इन्द्रियाणि येन स तथा. अचला या दृक्दृष्टिस्तया भ्रुवोरन्तरं मध्यं पश्येत्. हि प्रसिद्धं मोक्षस्य यत्कपाटं प्रतिबन्धकं तस्य भेदं नाशं जनयतीति तादृशम्. सिद्धानां योगिनाम्. आस्ते 'त्र आस्यते 'नेनेति वा आसनं सिद्धासननामकमिदं भवेदित्यर्थः.
tad eva catuṣkaṃ nāmnā nirdiśati siddham iti. siddhaṃ siddhāsanaṃ padmaṃ padmāsanaṃ siṃhaṃ siṃhāsanaṃ bhadraṃ bhadrāsanaṃ ca iti catuṣṭayam śreṣṭham atiśayena praśasyam. tatrāpi catuṣṭaye sukhe sukhakare siddhāsane sadā tiṣṭhet etena siddhāsanaṃ catuṣṭaye 'py utkṛṣṭam iti sūcitam.
āsanacatuṣṭaye 'py utkṛṣṭatvāt prathamaṃ siddhāsanam āha yonisthānakam iti. yonisthānam eva yonisthānakam svārthe kapratyayaḥ. gudopasthayor madhyapradeśo yonisthānaṃ tat. aṅghrir vāmaś caraṇas tasya mūlena pārṣṇibhāgena ghaṭitaṃ saṃlagnaṃ kṛtvā. athānantaram ekam pādaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ meḍhre indriyasyoparibhāge dṛḍhaṃ yathā syāt tathā vinyaset. hṛdaye hṛdayasamīpe hanuṃ cibukaṃ susthiram samyaksthiraṃ kṛtvā hanuhṛdayayoś caturaṅgulam antaraṃ yathā bhavati tathā kṛtveti rahasyam. saṃyamitāni viṣayebhyaḥ parāvṛttāni indriyāṇi yena sa tathā. acalā yā dṛk dṛṣṭis tayā bhruvor antaraṃ madhyaṃ paśyet. hi prasiddhaṃ mokṣasya yat kapāṭaṃ pratibandhakaṃ tasya bhedaṃ nāśaṃ janayatīti tādṛśam. siddhānāṃ yoginām. āste 'tra āsyate 'neneti vā āsanaṃ siddhāsananāmakam idaṃ bhaved ity arthaḥ.
Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

atha (γ1) ] tatra (α1 β2 η2)
siddhāsanam (α1 β2 γ1 η2) ]
sthānaka (cett.) ] dvāraka (α1 β2 γ1 Δ)
m aṅghrimūla (cett.) ] °m aṅghrimūlā (δ1), mūlāṅghri (η2)
ghaṭitaṃ (cett.) ] puṭakaṃ (ε1)
dṛḍhaṃ (cett.) ] dhruvaṃ (ε1 ε3)
meḍhre (cett.) ] medhre (γ1), madhye (δ1)
ekahṛdayo (em.) ] ekahṛdaye (α1 γ1 ε1), eka + + + (α3), eva hṛdaye (α2 β1 Δ ε3 η2 χ), eva niyataṃ (β2 βω), āsyahṛdaye (η1)
dhṛtvā (cett.) ] kṛtvā (β2 βω χ)
samaṃ (cett.) ] hanuṃ (χ)
vigraham (cett.) ] susthiraṃ (χ)
sthāṇuḥ (cett.) ] sthāṇu (δ1)
paśyan (α1 β2 βω δ3 η1 η2) ] paśyad (γ1), paśyed (α3 δ1 δ2 ε1 ε3 χ)
etan (Δ ε1 ε3 η1) ] caitan (α1 β2 βω γ1 η2), hy etan (χ)
janakaṃ (cett.) ] jananaṃ (δ2 ε1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 7

yonisthānakam aṅghrimūlaghaṭitaṃ kṛtvā dṛḍhaṃ vinyasen

meḍhre pādam athaikam āsyahṛdaye dhṛtvā samaṃ vigraham |

sthāṇuḥ saṃyamitendriyo ’caladṛśā paśyan bhruvor antaraṃ

etan mokṣakapāṭabhedajanakaṃ siddhāsanaṃ procyate ||

7a °mūlaghaṭitaṃ ] °mulaghaṭanaṃ A • vinyasen ] GHT; vinyase VA, vinyaset Y

7b meḍhre ] meṃḍhre A • athaikam āsyahṛdaye ] H; athaikadeśahṛdayo V, athaikam eva niyataṃ AGBGPk, athaikam eva niṣataṃ GL, athaikam eva hṛdayaṃ GP, athaikaṃ ekahṛdayo T, athaikam ekahṛdayaḥ Y • dhṛtvā ] VGBT; kṛtvā GLGPGPkY

7c paśyed ] TH; paśyan VAGHSTvl, paśyad Y • antaraṃ ] VAGPkGLT; antare GBGP

7d hy etan ] H; caitan VAGBGLGPT, etan GPkHS, tv etat Y • °janakaṃ ] °navidhau A, °jananaṃ GB, °nakaraṃ Y • procyate ] idaṃ bhavet Y (unm.) ?? check

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~84v–85r (attr.~Pavanayogasaṅgraha)

pavanayogasaṃgrahe—

yonisthānakam aṅghrimūlaghaṭitaṃ kṛtvā dṛḍhaṃ vinyasen

meḍhre pādam athaikam ekahṛdayaḥ kṛtvā samaṃ vigraham |

sthāṇuḥ saṃyamitendriyo ’caladṛśā paśyed bhruvor antaraṃ tv

etan mokṣakapāṭabhedanakaraṃ siddhāsanaṃ procyate ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.25

tatra siddhāsanam

yonisthānakam aṅghrimūlaghaṭitaṃ kṛtvā dṛḍhaṃ vinyasen

meḍhre pādam athaikam eva niyataṃ kṛtvā samaṃ vigraham |

sthāṇuḥ saṃyamitendriyo ’caladṛśā paśyan bhruvor antaraṃ

caitan mokṣakapāṭabhedajanakaṃ siddhāsanaṃ procyate ||

yonisthānakam ] yonidvārakam P,T. niyataṃ ] hṛdaye T,t1,n2. °kapāṭa° ] °kavāṭa° P,T,t1

HP 1.36

मतान्तरे तु

मेढ्रादुपरि विन्यस्य सव्यगुल्फं तथोपरि ।

गुल्फान्तरं निक्षिप्य सिद्धासनमिदं भवेत् ॥

पूर्वोक्तमेव मत्संमतम्(α1, β1, β2, γ1, ε1, ε2 and ε3)

matāntare tu /

meḍhrād upari vinyasya savyagulphaṃ tathopari /

gulphāntaraṃ ca nikṣipya siddhāsanam idaṃ bhavet //

pūrvoktam eva matsaṃmatam / (α1, β1, β2, γ1, ε1, ε2 and ε3)

However, in another school [siddhāsana is taught as follows]:Place the left heel on the penis and put the other heel on top: this is the adept’s pose (siddhāsana).Only the first teaching [on siddhāsana] is accepted by me.
Philological Commentary

Svātmārāma’s introductory and following remarks to verse 1.36 indicate that he preferred the siddhāsana of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa over the version taught as muktāsana in the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā and Yogayājñavalkya.

Jyotsna Commentary
मत्स्येन्द्रसम्मतं सिद्धासनमुक्त्वान्यसंमतं वक्तुमाह मतान्तरे त्विति. तदेव दर्शयति मेढ्रादिति. मेढ्रादुपस्थादुपर्यूर्ध्वभागे सव्यं वामगुल्फं विन्यस्य तथा सव्यवदुपरि सव्यपादस्योपरि न तु सव्यगुल्फस्य. गुल्फान्तरं दक्षिणगुल्फं च निक्षिप्य वसेदिति शेषः. इदं सिद्धासनम्मतान्तराभिमतं भवेदित्यर्थः.
matsyendrasammataṃ siddhāsanam uktvānyasaṃmataṃ vaktum āha matāntare tv iti. tad eva darśayati meḍhrād iti. meḍhrād upasthād upary ūrdhvabhāge savyaṃ vāmagulphaṃ vinyasya tathā savyavad upari savyapādasyopari na tu savyagulphasya. gulphāntaraṃ dakṣiṇagulphaṃ ca nikṣipya vased iti śeṣaḥ. idaṃ siddhāsanam matāntarābhimataṃ bhaved ity arthaḥ.
Readings

matāntare tu (α1 β2 γ1 η2 χ) ] matāntare (βω ε1 ε3 η1), matsaṃtare (ε2), matsyendraḥ | matāntaraṃ tu (δ1), etan matsyendramataṃ matāntare tu (δ2 δ3)
vinyasya (cett.) ] nikṣipya (α1 β1 βω), niḥkṣipya (η2)
savya (α1 β2 βω γ1 ε1 η2) ] savyaṃ (ε3 χ), savyaṃ tu (η1), vāma (Δ)
ca (cett.) ] tu (η1)
nikṣipya (cett.) ] niḥkṣipya (η2), vinyasya (δ1)
matsaṃmatam (ε2) ] matsamaṃtaṃ (α1), matsyamataṃ (ε1 ε3), matsyendramatam (β2 γ1), saṃmataṃ (β1)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.81

meḍhrād upari nikṣipya gulphaṃ tathopari |

gulphāntaraṃ vinikṣipya muktāsanam idaṃ smṛtam ||

Yogayājñavalkya 3.15

meḍhrād upari nikṣipya savyaṃ gulphaṃ tathopari |

gulphāntaraṃ ca nikṣipya muktāsanam idaṃ tu vā ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Pavanayogasaṅgraha)

tathā |

meḍhrād upari vinyasya savyaṃ gulphaṃ tathopari |

gulphāntaraṃ tu vinyasya siddhāsanam idaṃ bhavet ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.26

matāntare tu

meḍhrād upari niḥkṣipya savyaṃ gulphaṃ tathopari |

gulphāntaraṃ ca niḥkṣipya siddhāḥ siddhāsanaṃ viduḥ ||

HP 1.37

एतत्सिद्धासनं प्राहुरन्ये वज्रासनं विदुः ।

मुक्तासनंवदन्त्येके प्राहुर्गुप्तासनं परे ॥

etat siddhāsanaṃ prāhur anye vajrāsanaṃ viduḥ /

muktāsanaṃvadanty eke prāhur guptāsanaṃ pare //

Some call this the adept’s pose (siddhāsana), others know it as the thunderbolt pose (vajrāsana), a few say it is the pose of the liberated (muktāsana) and some call it the secret pose (guptāsana).
Jyotsna Commentary
तत्र प्रथमं महासिद्धसंमतमित्याह पूर्वोक्तमिति. अस्यैव मतभेदान्नामभेदानाह एतद् इति. एतत्पूर्वोक्तं सिद्धासनं सिद्धासननामकं प्राहुः. केचिदित्यध्याहारः. अन्ये वज्रासनं वज्रासनसंज्ञकं विदुः जानन्ति. एके मुक्तासनं मुक्तासनाभिधं वदन्ति. परे गुप्तासनं गुप्तासनाख्यं प्राहुः. अत्रासनाभिज्ञाः. यत्र वामपादपार्ष्णिं योनिस्थाने नियोज्य दक्षिणपादपार्ष्णिर्मेण्ढ्रादुपरि स्थाप्यते तत्सिद्धासनम्. यत्र दक्षिणपादपार्ष्णिं योनिस्थाने नियोज्य वामपादपार्ष्णिर्मेढ्रादुपरि स्थाप्यते तद् वज्रासनम्. यत्र तु दक्षिणसव्यपार्ष्णिद्वयमुपर्यधोभागेन संयोज्य योनिस्थानेन संयोज्यते तन्मुक्तासनम्. यत्र च पूर्ववत्संयुक्तं पार्ष्णिद्वयं मेढ्रादुपरि निधीयते तद्गुप्तासनमिति.
tatra prathamaṃ mahāsiddhasaṃmatam ity āha pūrvoktam iti. asyaiva matabhedān nāmabhedān āha etad iti. etat pūrvoktaṃ siddhāsanaṃ siddhāsananāmakaṃ prāhuḥ. kecid ity adhyāhāraḥ. anye vajrāsanaṃ vajrāsanasaṃjñakaṃ viduḥ jānanti. eke muktāsanaṃ muktāsanābhidhaṃ vadanti. pare guptāsanaṃ guptāsanākhyaṃ prāhuḥ. atrāsanābhijñāḥ. yatra vāmapādapārṣṇiṃ yonisthāne niyojya dakṣiṇapādapārṣṇir meṇḍhrād upari sthāpyate tat siddhāsanam. yatra dakṣiṇapādapārṣṇiṃ yonisthāne niyojya vāmapādapārṣṇir meḍhrād upari sthāpyate tad vajrāsanam. yatra tu dakṣiṇasavyapārṣṇidvayam uparyadhobhāgena saṃyojya yonisthānena saṃyojyate tan muktāsanam. yatra ca pūrvavat saṃyuktaṃ pārṣṇidvayaṃ meḍhrād upari nidhīyate tad guptāsanam iti.
Readings

etat (cett.) ] iti (δ2 δ3), kecit (δ1)
anye (cett.) ] anyathā (α1)
muktāsanaṃ (cett.) ] muktvāsanaṃ (δ1), guptāsanaṃ (α1)
vadanty eke (cett.) ] vadanty anye (δ1 δ2), vidur anye (δ3)
guptāsanaṃ (cett.) ] muktāsanaṃ (α1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Pavanayogasaṅgraha)

etat siddhāsanaṃ prāhuḥ padmāsanam atho viduḥ |

guptāsanaṃ vadanty eke prāhur vajrāsanaṃ pare |

ke cin muktāsanaṃ prāhur idam āsanam uttamam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.27

etat siddhāsanaṃ prāhur anye vajrāsanaṃ viduḥ |

muktāsanaṃ vadanty eke prāhur guptāsanaṃ pare ||

Cf.~the Telugu Śivayogasāramu by Kolani Ganapatideva (date 14th c.)

siddāsanambunu, gondaru vajrāsanambaniyu |

gondaru muktāsanambaniyu, gondadu gulbāsanam ||

and a Telugu verse by the poet Pingali Surana (active 16th c.)

kondaru siddāsanamani

kondaru vajrāsanamani koniyādudurī

pondaga dīnini mariyoka

kondaru guptāsamanu kondru mahātmā

The last two references are taken from Reddy 1982: 41–42
HP 1.38

यमेष्विव मिताहारमहिंसां नियमेष्विव

मुख्यं सर्वासनेष्वेकं सिद्धाः सिद्धासनं विदुः ॥

yameṣv iva mitāhāram ahiṃsāṃ niyameṣv iva /

mukhyaṃ sarvāsaneṣv ekaṃ siddhāḥ siddhāsanaṃ viduḥ //

Like measured diet amongst rules and non-violence amongst observances, the adepts know siddhāsana to be the single most important of all postures.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ सप्तभिः श्लोकैः सिद्धासनं प्रशंसति यमेष्वित्यादिभिः. यमेषु मिताहारमिव. मिताहारो वक्ष्यमाणः सुस्निग्धमधुराहार इत्यादिना. नियमेषु अहिंसामिव. सर्वाणि यान्य् आसनानि तेषु सिद्धाः एकं सिद्धासनं मुख्यं विदुरिति सम्बन्धः.
atha saptabhiḥ ślokaiḥ siddhāsanaṃ praśaṃsati yameṣvityādibhiḥ. yameṣu mitāhāram iva. mitāhāro vakṣyamāṇaḥ susnigdhamadhurāhāra ityādinā. niyameṣu ahiṃsām iva. sarvāṇi yāny āsanāni teṣu siddhāḥ ekaṃ siddhāsanaṃ mukhyaṃ vidur iti sambandhaḥ.
Readings

yameṣv iva (cett.) ] yameṣv eva (η1 η2), yameṣu ca (β2)
mitāhāram (cett.) ] mitāhāra (βω η1), mitāhāraḥ (η2)
ahiṃsāṃ (β2 δ1 δ2 ε3 χ) ] nahiṃsāṃ (γ1), ahiṃsā (α2 α3 β1 βω δ3 ε1 η1 η2)
niyameṣv iva (cett.) ] niyameṣu ca (β2 η1)
ekaṃ (cett.) ] evaṃ (δ1), eke (ε3)
siddhāḥ siddhāsanaṃ (cett.) ] etat siddhāsanaṃ (β2), siddhāsanam idaṃ (Δ)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 33

laghvāhāras tu teṣv eko mukhyo bhavati nāpare |

ahiṃsā niyameṣv eko mukhyo bhavati nāpare || 33 ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

niyameṣu mitāharo yathāhịmsā yameṣv iva |

mukhyaṃ sarvāsaneṣv evaṃ siddhāsanaṃ idaṃ viduḥ |

HP 1.39

चतुराशीतिपीठेषु सिद्धमेव सदाभ्यसेत्

द्वासप्ततिसहस्रेषु सुषुम्णामिव नाडिषु

caturāśītipīṭheṣu siddham eva sadābhyaset /

dvāsaptatisahasreṣu suṣumṇām iva nāḍiṣu //

From among the eighty-four postures, one should regularly practise just siddhāsana, in the same way from among the 72,000 channels [one should practise, focusing on] suṣumṇā.
Philological Commentary

It is odd to have suṣumṇām as the object of the verb abhyaset. This reading is well attested by manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā and is also found in the Yogacintāmaṇi, which attributes it to the Yogasāramañjarī. Perhaps, the second hemistich was added somewhat haphazardly by Svātmārāma, and then others have tried to make sense of it by changing suṣumnām iva nāḍiṣu to nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanam, which occurs in the Jyotsnā (1.39). The reading nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanam/e is probably a patch as no other texts say that siddhāsana clears the channels. However, the idea of purifying the channels can be found in other contexts (e.g., Kumbhakapaddhati 120) and may hark back to an earlier notion of flushing (cālana) the channels (e.g., Amṛtasiddhi 11.6).

Jyotsna Commentary
चतुरशीतीति. चतुरधिकाशीतिसङ्ख्याकानि यानि पीठानि तेषु सिद्धमेव सिद्धासनमेव सदा सर्वदाभ्यसेत्. सिद्धासनस्य सदाभ्यासे हेतुगर्भविशेषणं. द्वासप्ततिसहस्राणां नाडीनां मलशोधनम्मलस्य शोधनं शोधकं यतः.
caturaśītīti. caturadhikāśītisaṅkhyākāni yāni pīṭhāni teṣu siddham eva siddhāsanam eva sadā sarvadābhyaset. siddhāsanasya sadābhyāse hetugarbhaviśeṣaṇaṃ. dvāsaptatisahasrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanam malasya śodhanaṃ śodhakaṃ yataḥ.
Readings

siddham eva sadābhyaset (cett.) ] siddhāsanaṃ sadābhyaset (δ1 δ3), abhyaset siddhāsanaṃ sadā (δ2)
dvāsaptati (cett.) ] dvisaptati (ε3)
sahasreṣu (cett.) ] sahasrāsu (ε3), sahasrāṇāṃ (χ)
suṣumṇām (α3 β2 Δ ε3 η2) ] sukhumṇām (γ1), suṣumṇā (α2 ε1 η1), nāḍīnāṃ (βω χ)
iva nāḍiṣu (α3 β1 β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3) ] iva nāḍikā (η1), eva nāḍiṣu (η2), ca nāḍiṣu (α2), malaśodhanam (βω χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

caturaśītipīṭheṣu siddhāsanaṃ samabhyaset |

dvāsaptatisahasreṣu suṣumṇām iva nāḍiṣu ||

Yogasārasaṅgraha p.9 (attr. Yogasāramañjarī)

caturāśītapīṭheṣu siddham eva samabhyaset |

dvisaptatisahasreṣu suṣumnām iva nāḍiṣu ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f. 79r (attr. Haṭhayoga)

maṇḍalā dṛśyate siddhiḥ kuṇḍalyabhyāsayoginaḥ |

dvisaptatisahasrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanam ||

Cf. Kumbhakapaddhati 120 (on the effects of practising kumbhaka)

dvāsaptati sahāsrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanam |

yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇaṃ vāyor vikārābhāva eva ca ||

HP 1.40

आत्मध्यायी मिताहारी यावद्द्वादशवत्सरम् ।

सदा सिद्धासनाभ्यासाद्योगी निष्पत्तिमाप्नुयात्

श्रमदैर्बहुभिः पीठैः किं स्यात्सिद्धासने सति

ātmadhyāyī mitāhārī yāvad dvādaśavatsaram /

sadā siddhāsanābhyāsād yogī niṣpattim āpnuyāt /

śramadair bahubhiḥ pīṭhaiḥ kiṃ syāt siddhāsane sati //

By meditating upon the self, restricting the diet and regularly practising siddhāsana for twelve years, the yogi attains the niṣpatti stage. What’s the point of the [other] many tiring postures when there is siddhāsana?
Philological Commentary

The notion of āsanas causing fatigue (śrama) was mentioned earlier in the verse on the corpse pose (1.32).

Jyotsna Commentary
आत्मध्यायीति. आत्मानं ध्यायतीत्यात्मध्यायी. मित आहारो 'स्यास्तीति मिताहारी. यावन्तो द्वादश वत्सराः यावद्द्वादशवत्सरम्. यावदवधारण इत्यव्ययीभावः समासः. द्वादशवत्सरपर्यन्तमित्यर्थः. सदा सर्वदा सिद्धासनस्याभ्यासाद्योगी योगाभ्यासी निष्पत्तिम् योगसिद्धिमाप्नुयात्प्राप्नुयात्. योगाङ्गान्तराभ्यासमन्तरेण सिद्धासनाभ्यासमात्रेण सिद्धिं प्राप्नुयादित्यर्थः.
ātmadhyāyīti. ātmānaṃ dhyāyatīty ātmadhyāyī. mita āhāro 'syāstīti mitāhārī. yāvanto dvādaśa vatsarāḥ yāvaddvādaśavatsaram. yāvad avadhāraṇa ity avyayībhāvaḥ samāsaḥ. dvādaśavatsaraparyantam ity arthaḥ. sadā sarvadā siddhāsanasyābhyāsād yogī yogābhyāsī niṣpattim yogasiddhim āpnuyāt prāpnuyāt. yogāṅgāntarābhyāsam antareṇa siddhāsanābhyāsamātreṇa siddhiṃ prāpnuyād ity arthaḥ.
Readings

ātmadhyāyī (cett.) ] ātmādhyāyī (ε3)
mitāhārī (cett.) ] mitāhāro (Δ ε1)
bhyāsād (cett.) ] °bhyāsā (ε1), °bhyānād (δ1)
yogī (cett.) ] yoga (ε3)
niṣpattim āpnuyāt (cett.) ] niṣpattim avāpnuyāt (η2), siddhim avāpnuyāt (α2 βω)
śramadair bahubhiḥ (α2 β2 γ1) ] śramādau bahubhiḥ (η1), samastair bahubhiḥ (ε1), samastabahubhiḥ (ε3), śramadairghyādibhiḥ (Δ), kim ādyair bahubhiḥ (βω η2), kim anyair bahubhiḥ (χ)
kiṃ syāt (α2 β2 γ1 Δ ε3) ] sadā (βω η1 η2), yadā (ε1), siddhe (χ)
sati (cett.) ] satya (βω), sthite (β2 γ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

ātmadhyāyī mitāhārī yāvad dvādaśavatsaram |

sadā siddhāsanābhyāsād yogī niṣpattim āpnuyāt |

śramadair bahubhiḥ pīṭhaiḥ kiṃ syāt siddhāsane sati ||

Yogasārasaṅgraha p. 9 (attr. Yogasāramañjarī)

ātmadhyāyo mitāhārī yāvad dvādaśavatsaram |

sadā siddhāsanābhyāsād yoganiṣpattim āpnuyāt ||

śramadair bahubhiḥ pīṭhair alaṃ siddhāsane sati |

HP 1.41

प्राणानिले सावधानं बद्धे केवलकुम्भके

उत्पद्यते निरायासात्स्वयमेवोन्मनी यथा

prāṇānile sāvadhānaṃ baddhe kevalakumbhake /

utpadyate nirāyāsāt svayam evonmanī yathā //

Just as the [state] beyond mind (unmanī) arises automatically, without effort, when the prāṇa breath has been carefully stopped in kevalakumbhaka, [...]
Jyotsna Commentary
किमन्यैरिति. सिद्धासने सिद्धे सत्यन्यैर्बहुभिः पीठैरासनैः किम्. न किमपीत्यर्थः. सावधाने प्राणानिले प्राणवायौ केवलकुम्भके बद्धे सति उन्मनी उन्मन्यवस्था. सा कलेवाह्लादकत्वाच्चन्द्रलेखेव निरायासादनायासात्स्वयमेवोत्पद्यत उदेति.
kim anyair iti. siddhāsane siddhe saty anyair bahubhiḥ pīṭhair āsanaiḥ kim. na kim apīty arthaḥ. sāvadhāne prāṇānile prāṇavāyau kevalakumbhake baddhe sati unmanī unmanyavasthā. sā kalevāhlādakatvāc candralekheva nirāyāsād anāyāsāt svayam evotpadyata udeti.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

prāṇānile (cett.) ] prāṇānale (βω)
sāvadhānaṃ (α2 γ1 δ2 ε1 η1 η2) ] sāvadhāna (δ3), sāvadhāne (β2 βω δ1 χ), sāvadhāno (ε3)
baddhe (cett.) ] baṃdhe (βω), baṃdhaḥ (ε1), baddhvai (γ1)
kevalakumbhake (Δ ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] kevalakumbhakaḥ (α2 α3 β1 βω ε1), kevalakumbhataḥ (β2 γ1)
utpadyate (cett.) ] utpadyaṃte (β2 βω η1)
svayam evonmanī (cett.) ] om. (β2)
yathā (cett.) ] tathā (η1), kalā (χ), om. (β2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

prāṇānile sāvadhāne baddhe kevalakumbhake |

utpatsyate nirāyāsāt svayam evonmanī yathā ||

HP 1.42

तथैकस्मिन्नेव दृढं बद्धे सिद्धासने सदा

बन्धत्रयमनायासात् स्वयमेवोपजायते ॥

tathaikasminn eva dṛḍhaṃ baddhe siddhāsane sadā /

bandhatrayam anāyāsāt svayam evopajāyate //

[...] so too the three locks (bandha) arise automatically without effort, every time siddhāsana alone is firmly adopted.
Philological Commentary

It seems likely that dṛḍhaṃ (rather than dṛḍhe) was originally intended in 1.42a because dṛḍhataraṃ, which is not ambiguous, is used in 1.48a to qualify how padmāsana should be adopted, and dṛḍhaṃ complements sāvadhānaṃ in 1.41a.

Jyotsna Commentary
तथेति. तथोक्तप्रकारेणैकस्मिन्नेव सिद्धासने दृढे बद्धे सति बन्धत्रयम् मूलबन्धोड्डीयानबन्धजालन्धरबन्धरूपमनायासात्

पार्ष्णिभागेन सम्पीड्य योनिमाकुञ्चयेद्गुदम्

इत्यादिवक्ष्यमाणप्रकारेण मूलबन्धादिषु य आयासस्तं विनैव स्वयमेवोपजायते स्वत एवोत्पद्यत इत्यर्थः.
tatheti. tathoktaprakāreṇaikasminn eva siddhāsane dṛḍhe baddhe sati bandhatrayam mūlabandhoḍḍīyānabandhajālandharabandharūpam anāyāsāt

pārṣṇibhāgena sampīḍya yonim ākuñcayed gudam

ityādivakṣyamāṇaprakāreṇa mūlabandhādiṣu ya āyāsas taṃ vinaiva svayam evopajāyate svata evotpadyata ity arthaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā)
Readings

ab omitted in β2, ε1 and ε2
c omitted in β2
tathaika (α2 α3 β1 βω η1 η2 χ) ] athaika (γ1 Δ ε3)
dṛḍhaṃ (α2 α3 β1 βω Δ) ] dṛḍhe (ε3 η1 η2 χ), dṛdhe (γ1)
baddhe (cett.) ] baddha (γ1)
siddhāsane (cett.) ] siṃhāsane (δ1)
sadā (cett.) ] tadā (γ1), sati (χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

athaikasminn eva dṛḍhaṃ baddhe siddhāsane sadā |

bandhatrayam anāyāsāt svayam evopajāyate ||

HP 1.43

नासनं सिद्धसदृशंकुम्भः केवलोपमः

न खेचरीसमा मुद्रा न नादसदृशो लयः ॥ *

nāsanaṃ siddhasadṛśaṃ na kumbhaḥ kevalopamaḥ /

na khecarīsamā mudrā na nādasadṛśo layaḥ // *

There is no posture like siddhāsana, no breath-retention like kevala, no seal like khecarī, [and] no [means for the] dissolution [of mind] like the internal sound (nāda).
Philological Commentary

The reading na kumbhasadṛśo ’nilaḥ (`no breath like a retention’) is the lectio difficilior and attested by two early witnesses (η1 and η2) and is possibly original. However, the α manuscripts and several other important witness groups have the adopted reading kumbhaḥ kevalopamaḥ, as well as the Yogacintāmaṇi and some manuscripts of the Haṭharatnāvalī, suggesting that this reading, which makes much better sense, was in the transmission at an early stage.

Jyotsna Commentary
नासनमिति. सिद्धेन सिद्धासनेन सदृशमासनं न अस्तीति शेषः. केवलेन केवलकुम्भकेन उपमीयत इति केवलोपमः कुम्भः कुम्भको नास्ति. खेचरीमुद्रासमा मुद्रा नास्ति. नादसदृशो लयो लयहेतुर्नास्ति.
nāsanam iti. siddhena siddhāsanena sadṛśam āsanaṃ na astīti śeṣaḥ. kevalena kevalakumbhakena upamīyata iti kevalopamaḥ kumbhaḥ kumbhako nāsti. khecarīmudrāsamā mudrā nāsti. nādasadṛśo layo layahetur nāsti.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in βω
nāsanaṃ siddhasadṛśaṃ (β2 γ1 Δ ε3 χ) ] nāsanaṃ siddhasadanaṃ (ε1), na cāsanaṃ siddhasamaṃ (η1 η2)
kumbhaḥ kevalopamaḥ (α2 β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 χ) ] kumbhasadṛśo’nilaḥ (η1 η2)
nāda (cett.) ] nādaḥ (η1)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 5.47

nāsanaṃ siddhasadṛśaṃ na kumbhasadṛśaṃ balam |

na khecarīsamā mudrā na nādasadṛśo layaḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 75r (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

nāsanaṃ siddhasadṛśaṃ na kumbhaḥ kevalopamaḥ |

na khecarīsamā mudrā na nādasadṛśo layaḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.29

nāsanaṃ siddhasadṛśaṃ na kumbhaḥ kevalopamaḥ ||

na khecarīsamā mudrā na nādasadṛśo layaḥ ||

kumbhaḥ kevalopamaḥ ] kumbhasadṛśo ’nilaḥ N,n1,n2,n3,J

HP 1.44

अथ पद्मासनम्

वामोरूपरि दक्षिणं चरणं संस्थाप्य वामं तथा

याम्योरूपरि पश्चिमेन विधिना धृत्वा कराभ्यां दृढम् ।

अङ्गुष्ठौ हृदये निधाय चिबुकं नासाग्रमालोकये-

देतद्व्याधिविनाशकारि यमिनां पद्मासनं प्रोच्यते ॥

atha padmāsanam /

vāmorūpari dakṣiṇaṃ ca caraṇaṃ saṃsthāpya vāmaṃ tathā

yāmyorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ dṛḍham /

aṅguṣṭhau hṛdaye nidhāya cibukaṃ nāsāgram ālokaye-

d etad vyādhivināśakāri yamināṃ padmāsanaṃ procyate //

Now the lotus pose (padmāsana).Place the right foot on the left thigh, and the left on the right thigh, firmly hold the big toes with the hands crossed behind the back, put the chin on the chest and gaze at the tip of the nose. This, which destroys diseases for those who undertake the observances, is called the lotus pose.
Jyotsna Commentary
पद्मासनं वक्तुमुपक्रमते अथेति. पद्मासनमाह वामोरूपरीति. वामो य ऊरुस्तस्योपरि दक्षिणंम् चरणं. चकारः पादपूरणे. संस्थाप्य सम्यगुत्तानं स्थापयित्वा वामं सव्यं चरणं तथा दक्षिणचरणवद्दक्षो दक्षिणो य ऊरुस्तस्योपरि संस्थाप्य पश्चिमेन भागेन पृष्ठभागेनेति. विधिर्विधानं करयोरित्यर्थात्. तेन कराभ्यां हस्ताभ्यां दृढम्यथा स्यात्तथा अङ्गुष्ठौ पादाङ्गुष्ठौ धृत्वा गृहीत्वा. दक्षिणं करं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा वामोरुस्थितदक्षिणचरणाङ्गुष्ठं गृहीत्वा वामकरं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा दक्षिणोरुस्थितवामचरणाङ्गुष्ठं गृहीत्वेत्यर्थः. हृदये हृदयसमीपे. सामीपिकाधारे सप्तमी. चिबुकं हनुं निधाय उरसश्चतुराङ्गुलान्तरे चिबुकं निधायेति रहस्यम्. नासाग्रम् नासिकाग्रमालोकयेत्पश्येत्. यत्रैतद्यमिनां योगिनां व्याधेर्विनाशं करोतीति व्याधिविनाशकारि पद्मासनमेतन्नामकं प्रोच्यते सिद्धैरिति शेषः.
padmāsanaṃ vaktum upakramate atheti. padmāsanam āha vāmorūparīti. vāmo ya ūrus tasyopari dakṣiṇaṃm caraṇaṃ. cakāraḥ pādapūraṇe. saṃsthāpya samyag uttānaṃ sthāpayitvā vāmaṃ savyaṃ caraṇaṃ tathā dakṣiṇacaraṇavad dakṣo dakṣiṇo ya ūrus tasyopari saṃsthāpya paścimena bhāgena pṛṣṭhabhāgeneti. vidhir vidhānaṃ karayor ity arthāt. tena karābhyāṃ hastābhyāṃ dṛḍham yathā syāt tathā aṅguṣṭhau pādāṅguṣṭhau dhṛtvā gṛhītvā. dakṣiṇaṃ karaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛtvā vāmorusthitadakṣiṇacaraṇāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛhītvā vāmakaraṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛtvā dakṣiṇorusthitavāmacaraṇāṅguṣṭhaṃ gṛhītvety arthaḥ. hṛdaye hṛdayasamīpe. sāmīpikādhāre saptamī. cibukaṃ hanuṃ nidhāya urasaś caturāṅgulāntare cibukaṃ nidhāyeti rahasyam. nāsāgram nāsikāgram ālokayet paśyet. yatraitad yamināṃ yogināṃ vyādher vināśaṃ karotīti vyādhivināśakāri padmāsanam etannāmakaṃ procyate siddhair iti śeṣaḥ.
Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

atha (cett.) ] tathā (η1), om. (δ1 ε1)
padmāsanam (cett.) ] om. (δ1 ε1)
dakṣiṇaṃ (cett.) ] dakṣaṇaṃ (βω), vidakṣiṇaṃ (δ1)
ca (cett.) ] hi (β2 γ1 Δ)
tathā (cett.) ] tato (βω)
yāmyo (α2 α3 β1 βω ε1 η1) ] dakṣo (β2 γ1 Δ ε3 χ), jānvo (η2)
paścimena vidhinā (cett.) ] tasya bandhanavidhau (βω)
dhṛtvā (cett.) ] pṛṣṭe (βω)
vināśakāri (ε1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] vināśakāya (β2), vināsanaṃ (βω), vināśam āśu (γ1), vikāranāśa° (Δ)
yamināṃ (cett.) ] janakaṃ (γ1), °nakaraṃ (Δ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 8

vāmorūpari dakṣiṇañ ca caraṇaṃ saṃsthāpya vāmaṃ tathā

yāmyorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ dṛḍham |

aṅguṣṭhau hṛdaye nidhāya cibukaṃ nāsāgram ālokayed

etad vyādhivikārahāri yamināṃ padmāsanaṃ procyate || 8 ||

8a saṃsthāpya ] vinyasya T

8b yāmyorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtvā ] VT; dakṣorūpari tasya bandhanavid- hau dhṛtvā A, dakṣorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtvā GPGPkY, tasyaivoparitaś ca vandhanavid- hiṃ kṛtvā GB , tato dakṣorūpari tasya vaṃdhanavidhau pṛṣṭhe GL (unm.) • dṛḍhaṃ ] dṛḍha∗ ṃ ∗ V

8c ālokayed ] ālokayan GB

8d etad ] antar° T • °vikārahāri yamināṃ ] VAT; °vikāranāśanakaraṃ GPk Y, °vikārakaṃdadamanaṇ GB , °vināśakāri yamināṃ GL GP, °vighātahāri yamināṃ Tvl • °nāśanakaraṃ G

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85v (attr. Haṭhayoga)

haṭhayoge—

vāmorūpari dakṣiṇaṃ hi caraṇaṃ saṃsthāpya vāmaṃ tathā

dakṣorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ dṛḍham |

aṅguṣṭhau hṛdaye nidhāya civukaṃ nāsāgram ālokayet

etad vyādhivikāranāśanakaraṃ padmāsanaṃ procyate ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.34

vāmorūpari dakṣiṇaṃ ca caraṇaṃ saṃsthāpya vāmaṃ tathā

yāmyorūpari paścimena vidhinā dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ dṛḍham |

aṅguṣṭhau hṛdaye nidhāya cibukaṃ nāsāgram ālokayed

etad vyādhivināśakāri yamināṃ padmāsanaṃ procyate ||

HP 1.45

मतान्तरे

उत्तानौ चरणौ कृत्वा ऊरुसंस्थौ प्रयत्नतः

ऊरुमध्ये तथोत्तानौ पाणी कृत्वा ततो दृशौ

matāntare /

uttānau caraṇau kṛtvā ūrusaṃsthau prayatnataḥ /

ūrumadhye tathottānau pāṇī kṛtvā tato dṛśau //

However, in another school [padmāsana is taught as follows]:Carefully put the upturned feet on the thighs and the upturned hands in the middle of the thighs, fix the eyes on the tip of the nose, raise the root of the uvula with the tongue, place the chin on the chest, gently [draw in] the breath [...].
Philological Commentary

The syntax of this verse as we have presented it is incomplete: at its end pavanaṃ śanaiḥ, `the breath gradually’, is left hanging. In the source text, the Dattātreyayogaśāstra, the following verse completes the syntax with pūrayed, “one should inhale”. Either Svātmārāma chose to leave the verse hanging (the following verse in the Dattātreyayogaśāstra adds nothing about the form of the posture, which is the topic here) or the verse that completes the syntax fell out, perhaps because of a scribal error that happened early in the transmission. In the Dattātreyayogaśāstra verses 36 and 37 both end with pavanaṃ śanaiḥ, the repetition of which may have caused an eyeskip. The manuscript readings with vakṣa sthāpayet (J7, V3, J8, J10, J17 and N17) or something similar (V1 and W4) do not offer a solution to the incomplete syntax so do not indicate that Svātmārāma rewrote Dattātreyayogaśāstra 36 so that he could omit Dattātreyayogaśāstra 37. In the absence of evidence that Svātmārāma included Dattātreyayogaśāstra 37 or wrote a coherent version of Haṭhapradīpikā 1.46, we have made sense of pavanaṃ śanaiḥ by adding “[draw in]” in our translation. Brahmānanda’s comment on the statement, `having raised the root of the uvula with the tongue’ (rājadantamūlaṃ ca jihvayā uttabhya) in 1.46 is worth noting. In the context of Haṭhayoga, one would assume this statement to be referring to a type of khecarīmudrā, in which the tongue lifts the root of the uvula, here called the `royal tooth’ (rājadanta, on the meaning of which see Mallinson 2007: 209 n. 258). However, Brahmānanda understands it differently (synonyms omitted for clarity): Pushing against both roots of the front teeth on the left and right with the tongue [ldots ] — this fixation of the tongue has to be understood from the mouth of the teacher. rājadantānāṃ daṃṣṭrāṇāṃ savyadakṣiṇabhāge sthitānāṃ mūle ubhe mūlasthāne jihvayā uttambhya ūrdhvaṃ stambhayitvā | gurumukhād avagantavyo ’yaṃ jihvābandhaḥ | Brahmānanda appears to have had in mind a probably older rule for meditation postures, according to which the tongue rests near the front teeth. One example of this is in Svacchandatantra (4.365f.), which teaches a meditation pose called divyaṃ karaṇam , in which the tongue is to rest at the tip of the teeth (dantāgre jihvām ādāya). Other Tantric texts have this or similar rules, in which the tongue is supposed to rest either on the teeth or the palate, early examples being the Mṛgendrāgama, yogapāda 19 (dantāgre jihvām ādāya) and Mataṅgapārameśvaratantra, yogapāda 2.27 (tālumadhyagatenaiva jihvāgreṇa). Placing the tongue where it does not disturb the meditation seems quite appropriate for a `normal’ meditative practice. * When the context is haṭhayogic physiology, placing the tongue at the uvula, which is the source of `nectar’, is more appropriate. Confusingly, yogic terminology includes many names for the uvula, and among these especially the term rājadanta may give rise to confusion, since, as we have seen, the tongue might also in some yoga systems be placed at the front teeth. Furthermore, the haṭhayogic khecarīmudrā has been described in manifold ways. Usually the tongue is said to be inserted into the cavity above the palate but in some cases it is placed at the uvula. Thus the tenth-century Mokṣopāya (V.55.14c) says that the tongue rests at the `source of the palate’ (tālumūlatalālagnajihvā) and the commentary, the Saṃsārataraṇi, on the parallel passage in Laghuyogavāsiṣṭha V.6.155, which reads tālumūlāntarālagnajihvā°, explains that this means that the tongue is to be placed in the middle of the two regions of the palate, and that this is the nabhomudrā, alias `khecarī’ (tālumūlāntarālagnajihvamūlaḥ tālumūlayoḥ kākudamūladeśayoḥ āntare lagnam ālagnam jihvāmūlam yasyety anena nabhomudrā darśitā | yā hi khecarı̄ty ucyate). A little later in the Mokṣopāya (V.78.24ab) it is made clear that one should reach the uvula, `at the root of the palate’ (tālumūlagatāṃ yatnāj jihvayākramya ghaṇṭikām). In view of this background we must conclude that the author of the Jyotsnā was probably not aware of the yogic meaning of rājadanta and has tried his best to make sense of the passage, echoing the idea of the two roots of the palate (although his text is not talking about the palate), but then referring to the instruction of the teacher for practical details, probably noticing that his literal interpretation is somewhat opaque. In addition to his commentary on 1.46 (translated above), Brahmānanda’s comments on rājadantasthajihvāyām at 3.22 indicate that he thought the rājadanta refers to the front teeth (kutaḥ?yato dantānāṃ rājāno rājadantā rājadanteṣu tiṣṭhatīti rājadantasthāḥ, rājadantasthā cāsau jihvā ca tasyāṃ rājadantasthajihvāyāṃ bandhaḥ, taduparibhāgasya sambandhaḥ śastaḥ).

Jyotsna Commentary for verses 1.45-47
मत्स्येन्द्रनाथाभिमतं पद्मासनमाह उत्तानाविति. उत्तानौ चरणौ ऊरुसंलग्नपृष्ठभागौ चरणौ पादौ प्रयत्नतः प्रकृष्टाद्यत्नादूरुसंस्थावूर्वोः सम्यक्तिष्ठत इत्यूरुसंस्थौ तादृशौ कृत्वा. ऊर्वोर्मध्ये ऊरुमध्ये. तथा चार्थे. पाणी करावुत्तानौ कृत्वा. ऊरुसंस्थोत्तानपादोभयपार्ष्णिसंलग्नपृष्ठं सव्यं पाणिमुत्तानं कृत्वा तदुपरि दक्षिणं पाणिं चोत्तानं कृत्वेत्यर्थः. ततस्तदनन्तरं. दृशौ दृष्टी. नासाग्र इति नासाग्रे नासिकाग्रे विन्यसेद्विशेषेण निश्चलतया न्यसेदित्यर्थः. राजदन्तानां दंष्ट्राणां सव्यदक्षिणभागे स्थितानां मूले उभे मूलस्थाने जिह्वया उत्तम्भ्य ऊर्ध्वं स्तम्भयित्वा. गुरुमुखादवगन्तव्यो 'यं जिह्वाबन्धः. चिबुकं वक्षसि निधायेति शेषः. शनैर्मन्दं मन्दं पवनं वायुमुत्थाप्य. अनेन मूलबन्धः प्रोक्तः. मूलबन्धो 'पि गुरुमुखादेवावगन्तव्यः. वस्तुतस्तु जिह्वाबन्धेनैवायं चरितार्थ इति हठरहस्यविदः. इदमिति. एवं यत्रास्यते तदिदं पद्मासनं पद्मासनाभिधानं प्रोक्तम्. आसनज्ञैरिति शेषः. कीदृशम्सर्वेषां व्याधीनां विशेषेण नाशनं येन केनापि भाग्यहीनेन दुर्लभम्. धीमता भुवि भूमौ लभ्यते प्राप्यते.
matsyendranāthābhimataṃ padmāsanam āha uttānāv iti. uttānau caraṇau ūrusaṃlagnapṛṣṭhabhāgau caraṇau pādau prayatnataḥ prakṛṣṭād yatnād ūrusaṃsthāv ūrvoḥ samyak tiṣṭhata ity ūrusaṃsthau tādṛśau kṛtvā. ūrvor madhye ūrumadhye. tathā cārthe. pāṇī karāv uttānau kṛtvā. ūrusaṃsthottānapādobhayapārṣṇisaṃlagnapṛṣṭhaṃ savyaṃ pāṇim uttānaṃ kṛtvā tadupari dakṣiṇaṃ pāṇiṃ cottānaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ. tatas tadanantaraṃ. dṛśau dṛṣṭī. nāsāgra iti nāsāgre nāsikāgre vinyased viśeṣeṇa niścalatayā nyased ity arthaḥ. rājadantānāṃ daṃṣṭrāṇāṃ savyadakṣiṇabhāge sthitānāṃ mūle ubhe mūlasthāne jihvayā uttambhya ūrdhvaṃ stambhayitvā. gurumukhād avagantavyo 'yaṃ jihvābandhaḥ. cibukaṃ vakṣasi nidhāyeti śeṣaḥ. śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ pavanaṃ vāyum utthāpya. anena mūlabandhaḥ proktaḥ. mūlabandho 'pi gurumukhād evāvagantavyaḥ. vastutas tu jihvābandhenaivāyaṃ caritārtha iti haṭharahasyavidaḥ. idam iti. evaṃ yatrāsyate tad idaṃ padmāsanaṃ padmāsanābhidhānaṃ proktam. āsanajñair iti śeṣaḥ. kīdṛśam sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ viśeṣeṇa nāśanaṃ yena kenāpi bhāgyahīnena durlabham. dhīmatā bhuvi bhūmau labhyate prāpyate.
Readings

matāntare (α2 α3 βω ε2 η1 χ) ] matāntaraṃ (γ1), matāntara (ε3), matāntare tu (β2 δ2 ε1 η2), matabhede (δ1)
ūru (cett.) ] kuru (βω)
prayatnataḥ (cett.) ] vidhānataḥ (δ1)
tathottānau (cett.) ] tathauttānau (δ1 η2ac)
tato dṛśau (cett.) ] tato dṛśai (βω), tu tādṛśau (Δ)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 35–37

uttānau caraṇau kṛtvā ūrusaṃsthau prayatnataḥ |

ūrumadhye tathottānau pāṇī kṛtvā tato dṛśau ||

nāsāgre vinyased rājadantamūlaṃ ca jihvayā |

uttabhya cibukaṃ vakṣasy āsthāpya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

yathāśaktyā samākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

yathāśaktyaiva paścāt tu recayet pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

Śivasaṃhitā 3.102–104

uttānau caraṇau kṛtvā ūrusaṃsthau prayatnataḥ |

ūrumadhye tathottānau pāṇī kṛtvā tu tādṛśau ||

nāsāgre vinyased dṛṣṭiṃ rājadantaṃ ca jihvayā |

uttambhya cibukaṃ vakṣe saṃsthāpya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

yathāśaktyā samākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

yathāśaktyaiva paścāt tu recayed anirodhataḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85v

dattātreyaḥ—

uttānau caraṇau kṛtvā ūrusaṃsthau prayatnataḥ |

ūrumadhye tathottānau pāṇī kṛtvā tato dṛśau ||

nāsāgre vinyased rājadantamūlaṃ tu jihvayā |

uttabhya civukaṃ vakṣasy utthāpya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

yathāśaktyā samākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

yathāśaktyaiva paścāt tu recayet pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.36–3.37

dattātreyo ’pi

uttānau caraṇau kṛtvā ūrvoḥ saṃsthāpya yatnataḥ |

ūrumadhye tathottānau pāṇī kṛtvā tato dṛśau ||

nāsāgre vinyased rājadantamūlaṃ ca jihvayā |

uttabhya cibukaṃ vakṣaḥ saṃsthāpya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

HP 1.46

नासाग्रे विन्यसेद्राजदन्तमूलं जिह्वया ।

उत्तभ्य चिबुकं वक्षस्यास्थाप्यपवनं शनैः ॥*

nāsāgre vinyased rājadantamūlaṃ ca jihvayā /

uttabhya cibukaṃ vakṣasy āsthāpyapavanaṃ śanaiḥ //*

Jyotsna Commentary for verses 1.45-47
मत्स्येन्द्रनाथाभिमतं पद्मासनमाह उत्तानाविति. उत्तानौ चरणौ ऊरुसंलग्नपृष्ठभागौ चरणौ पादौ प्रयत्नतः प्रकृष्टाद्यत्नादूरुसंस्थावूर्वोः सम्यक्तिष्ठत इत्यूरुसंस्थौ तादृशौ कृत्वा. ऊर्वोर्मध्ये ऊरुमध्ये. तथा चार्थे. पाणी करावुत्तानौ कृत्वा. ऊरुसंस्थोत्तानपादोभयपार्ष्णिसंलग्नपृष्ठं सव्यं पाणिमुत्तानं कृत्वा तदुपरि दक्षिणं पाणिं चोत्तानं कृत्वेत्यर्थः. ततस्तदनन्तरं. दृशौ दृष्टी. नासाग्र इति नासाग्रे नासिकाग्रे विन्यसेद्विशेषेण निश्चलतया न्यसेदित्यर्थः. राजदन्तानां दंष्ट्राणां सव्यदक्षिणभागे स्थितानां मूले उभे मूलस्थाने जिह्वया उत्तम्भ्य ऊर्ध्वं स्तम्भयित्वा. गुरुमुखादवगन्तव्यो 'यं जिह्वाबन्धः. चिबुकं वक्षसि निधायेति शेषः. शनैर्मन्दं मन्दं पवनं वायुमुत्थाप्य. अनेन मूलबन्धः प्रोक्तः. मूलबन्धो 'पि गुरुमुखादेवावगन्तव्यः. वस्तुतस्तु जिह्वाबन्धेनैवायं चरितार्थ इति हठरहस्यविदः. इदमिति. एवं यत्रास्यते तदिदं पद्मासनं पद्मासनाभिधानं प्रोक्तम्. आसनज्ञैरिति शेषः. कीदृशम्सर्वेषां व्याधीनां विशेषेण नाशनं येन केनापि भाग्यहीनेन दुर्लभम्. धीमता भुवि भूमौ लभ्यते प्राप्यते.
matsyendranāthābhimataṃ padmāsanam āha uttānāv iti. uttānau caraṇau ūrusaṃlagnapṛṣṭhabhāgau caraṇau pādau prayatnataḥ prakṛṣṭād yatnād ūrusaṃsthāv ūrvoḥ samyak tiṣṭhata ity ūrusaṃsthau tādṛśau kṛtvā. ūrvor madhye ūrumadhye. tathā cārthe. pāṇī karāv uttānau kṛtvā. ūrusaṃsthottānapādobhayapārṣṇisaṃlagnapṛṣṭhaṃ savyaṃ pāṇim uttānaṃ kṛtvā tadupari dakṣiṇaṃ pāṇiṃ cottānaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ. tatas tadanantaraṃ. dṛśau dṛṣṭī. nāsāgra iti nāsāgre nāsikāgre vinyased viśeṣeṇa niścalatayā nyased ity arthaḥ. rājadantānāṃ daṃṣṭrāṇāṃ savyadakṣiṇabhāge sthitānāṃ mūle ubhe mūlasthāne jihvayā uttambhya ūrdhvaṃ stambhayitvā. gurumukhād avagantavyo 'yaṃ jihvābandhaḥ. cibukaṃ vakṣasi nidhāyeti śeṣaḥ. śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ pavanaṃ vāyum utthāpya. anena mūlabandhaḥ proktaḥ. mūlabandho 'pi gurumukhād evāvagantavyaḥ. vastutas tu jihvābandhenaivāyaṃ caritārtha iti haṭharahasyavidaḥ. idam iti. evaṃ yatrāsyate tad idaṃ padmāsanaṃ padmāsanābhidhānaṃ proktam. āsanajñair iti śeṣaḥ. kīdṛśam sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ viśeṣeṇa nāśanaṃ yena kenāpi bhāgyahīnena durlabham. dhīmatā bhuvi bhūmau labhyate prāpyate.
Readings

nāsāgre (cett.) ] nāsagre (δ1)
vinyased (cett.) ] vinyasya (βω)
rāja (β1 γ1 Δ η2 χ) ] rājā (ε1), dṛṣṭiṃ (ε3 η1), dṛṣṭī (βω), om. (β2)
mūlaṃ (β1 βω γ1 ε1 ε3 η1 η2) ] mūle (β2 Δ χ)
ca (α2 α3 βω Δ ε3 η1 η2) ] tu (β1 β2 γ1 ε1 χ)
uttabhya (γ1 ε1 η2) ] uttaṃbhya (β1 β2 βω Δ ε3 η1 χ)
vakṣasy (β1 β2 γ1 Δ ε1 χ) ] cakṣasy (ε3), vakṣaṃ (η1), vakṣa (βω η2)
āsthāpya (Δ) ] utthāpya (γ1 χ), utthāya (β2), utthāyot (ε1), otthāpya (ε3), osthāpyot (α2 β1), sthāpayet (βω η1 η2)

HP 1.47

इदं पद्मासनं प्रोक्तं सर्वव्याधिविनाशनम् ।

दुर्लभं येन केनापि धीमता लभ्यते भुवि ॥

पश्चादुक्तमेव मत्संमतम्

idaṃ padmāsanaṃ proktaṃ sarvavyādhivināśanam /

durlabhaṃ yena kenāpi dhīmatā labhyate bhuvi //

paścād uktam eva matsaṃmatam /

This is called the lotus pose [and] it cures all diseases. It is difficult for just anyone to accomplish; it is accomplished by a wise person [here] on earth.Only the second teaching [on the lotus pose] is approved by me.
Philological Commentary

In this context, the word durlabham is somewhat ambiguous as to whether the posture is hard to perform or hard to acquire (the more usual meaning). In commenting on durlabham in Jyotsnā 2.74, Brahmānanda glosses it as duṣprāpam, which means `difficult to attain’ and `inaccessible.’ The comment added to this verse by Svātmārāma indicates that he prefers the following version of padmāsana, which derives from the Vivekamārtaṇḍa, rather than the one he has borrowed from the Dattātreyayogāśāstra.

Jyotsna Commentary for verses 1.45-47
मत्स्येन्द्रनाथाभिमतं पद्मासनमाह उत्तानाविति. उत्तानौ चरणौ ऊरुसंलग्नपृष्ठभागौ चरणौ पादौ प्रयत्नतः प्रकृष्टाद्यत्नादूरुसंस्थावूर्वोः सम्यक्तिष्ठत इत्यूरुसंस्थौ तादृशौ कृत्वा. ऊर्वोर्मध्ये ऊरुमध्ये. तथा चार्थे. पाणी करावुत्तानौ कृत्वा. ऊरुसंस्थोत्तानपादोभयपार्ष्णिसंलग्नपृष्ठं सव्यं पाणिमुत्तानं कृत्वा तदुपरि दक्षिणं पाणिं चोत्तानं कृत्वेत्यर्थः. ततस्तदनन्तरं. दृशौ दृष्टी. नासाग्र इति नासाग्रे नासिकाग्रे विन्यसेद्विशेषेण निश्चलतया न्यसेदित्यर्थः. राजदन्तानां दंष्ट्राणां सव्यदक्षिणभागे स्थितानां मूले उभे मूलस्थाने जिह्वया उत्तम्भ्य ऊर्ध्वं स्तम्भयित्वा. गुरुमुखादवगन्तव्यो 'यं जिह्वाबन्धः. चिबुकं वक्षसि निधायेति शेषः. शनैर्मन्दं मन्दं पवनं वायुमुत्थाप्य. अनेन मूलबन्धः प्रोक्तः. मूलबन्धो 'पि गुरुमुखादेवावगन्तव्यः. वस्तुतस्तु जिह्वाबन्धेनैवायं चरितार्थ इति हठरहस्यविदः. इदमिति. एवं यत्रास्यते तदिदं पद्मासनं पद्मासनाभिधानं प्रोक्तम्. आसनज्ञैरिति शेषः. कीदृशम्सर्वेषां व्याधीनां विशेषेण नाशनं येन केनापि भाग्यहीनेन दुर्लभम्. धीमता भुवि भूमौ लभ्यते प्राप्यते.
matsyendranāthābhimataṃ padmāsanam āha uttānāv iti. uttānau caraṇau ūrusaṃlagnapṛṣṭhabhāgau caraṇau pādau prayatnataḥ prakṛṣṭād yatnād ūrusaṃsthāv ūrvoḥ samyak tiṣṭhata ity ūrusaṃsthau tādṛśau kṛtvā. ūrvor madhye ūrumadhye. tathā cārthe. pāṇī karāv uttānau kṛtvā. ūrusaṃsthottānapādobhayapārṣṇisaṃlagnapṛṣṭhaṃ savyaṃ pāṇim uttānaṃ kṛtvā tadupari dakṣiṇaṃ pāṇiṃ cottānaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ. tatas tadanantaraṃ. dṛśau dṛṣṭī. nāsāgra iti nāsāgre nāsikāgre vinyased viśeṣeṇa niścalatayā nyased ity arthaḥ. rājadantānāṃ daṃṣṭrāṇāṃ savyadakṣiṇabhāge sthitānāṃ mūle ubhe mūlasthāne jihvayā uttambhya ūrdhvaṃ stambhayitvā. gurumukhād avagantavyo 'yaṃ jihvābandhaḥ. cibukaṃ vakṣasi nidhāyeti śeṣaḥ. śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ pavanaṃ vāyum utthāpya. anena mūlabandhaḥ proktaḥ. mūlabandho 'pi gurumukhād evāvagantavyaḥ. vastutas tu jihvābandhenaivāyaṃ caritārtha iti haṭharahasyavidaḥ. idam iti. evaṃ yatrāsyate tad idaṃ padmāsanaṃ padmāsanābhidhānaṃ proktam. āsanajñair iti śeṣaḥ. kīdṛśam sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ viśeṣeṇa nāśanaṃ yena kenāpi bhāgyahīnena durlabham. dhīmatā bhuvi bhūmau labhyate prāpyate.
Readings

proktaṃ (cett.) ] praktaṃ (δ1)
dhīmatā labhyate (cett.) ] dhīmatāṃ labhyate (β2), dhīmatāṃ labhate (γ2), labhyate dhīmatā (ε1 ε3)
paścād uktam eva (α1 β2 γ1) ] paścād uktaṃ (βω δ1 δ3 η1 η2), etat paścād uktaṃ (δ2), idam api (ε1 ε2 ε3)
matsaṃmatam (α1 ε2) ] matsyamatam (βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2), matsyendramatam (β2 γ1 Δ)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 38

idaṃ padmāsanaṃ nāma sarvavyādhivināśanam |

durlabhaṃ yena kenāpi dhīmatā labhyate bhuvi ||

38a nāma ] P; ∗ma T, proktaṃ cett.

38d dhīmatā ] dhīmatāṃ A • bhuvi ] yadi M1, hi vai A

Śivasaṃhitā 3.105

idaṃ padmāsanaṃ proktaṃ sarvavyādhivināśanam |

durlabhaṃ yena kenāpi dhīmatā labhyate param ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85v (attr. dattātreya)

idaṃ padmāsanaṃ proktaṃ sarvavyādhivināśanam |

durlabhaṃ yena kenāpi dhīmatā labhyate bhuvi ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.38

idaṃ padmāsanaṃ proktaṃ sarvavyādhivināśanam |

durlabhaṃ yena kenāpi dhīmatā labhyate bhuvi ||

HP 1.48

कृत्वा संपुटितौ करौ दृढतरं बद्ध्वा तु पद्मासनं

गाढं वक्षसि संनिधाय चिबुकं ध्यानं च तच्चेतसि

वारं वारमपानमूर्ध्वमनिलं प्रोच्चालयन् पूरितं

मुञ्चन्प्राणमुपैति बोधमतुलं शक्तिप्रभावान्नरः

kṛtvā saṃpuṭitau karau dṛḍhataraṃ baddhvā tu padmāsanaṃ

gāḍhaṃ vakṣasi saṃnidhāya cibukaṃ dhyānaṃ ca tac cetasi /

vāraṃ vāram apānam ūrdhvam anilaṃ proccālayan pūritaṃ

muñcan prāṇam upaiti bodham atulaṃ śaktiprabhāvān naraḥ //

A man should put his hands together in a bowl shape, very firmly assume padmāsana, place the chin tight on the chest and meditation in the mind. Raising the apāna breath over and over again [and] releasing the inhaled prāṇa, he attains unequalled knowledge through the power of the goddess [Kuṇḍalinī].
Philological Commentary

The text at end of the second verse quarter is uncertain. Later witnesses, including Brahmānanda, have dhyāyaṃś ca but none of the early ones has this reading. We are taking dhyānaṃ with sannidhāya, but this renders tat problematic because it has no clear referent. In the source text, the Vivekamārtaṇḍa, tat appears to refer to the mokṣadvāra broken by kuṇḍalinī, which is mentioned in the previous verse. The two participles proccālayan and muñcan imply that the two things are happening at the same time, which is surprising but perhaps possible.

Jyotsna Commentary

पश्चादुक्तमेव मत्स्येन्द्रमतम्

एतच्च महायोगिसंमतमित्याह पश्चादिति. अन्यदपि पद्मासने कृत्यविशेषमाह कृत्वेति. संपुटितौ संपुटीकृतौ करौ उत्सङ्गस्थाविति शेषः. दृढतरमतिशयेन दृढं सुस्थिरं पद्मासनं बद्ध्वा कृत्वेत्यर्थः. चिबुकं हनुं गाढं दृढं यथा स्यात्तथा वक्षसि वक्षःसमीपे संन्निधाय संन्निहितं कृत्वा चतुरङ्गुलान्तरेणेति योगिसम्प्रदायाज्ज्ञेयम्. जालन्धरबन्धं कृत्वेत्यर्थः. तत्स्वस्येष्टदेवतारूपं ब्रह्म वा. ओं तत्सदिति निर्देशो ब्रह्मणस्त्रिविधः स्मृतः इति भगवदुक्तेः. चेतसि चित्ते ध्यायन्चिन्तयन्. अपानमनिलमपानवायुमूर्ध्वं प्रोत्सारयन् मूलबन्धं कृत्वा सुषुम्नामार्गेण प्राणमूर्ध्वं नयन्पूरितं पूरकेण अन्तर्धारितं प्राणं न्यञ्चन्नीचैरधः अञ्चन्गमयन्. अन्तर्भावितण्यर्थो 'ञ्चतिः. प्राणापानयोरैक्यं कृत्वेत्यर्थः. नरः पुमानतुलं बोधं निरुपमज्ञानं शक्तिप्रभावाच्छक्तिराधारशक्तिः कुण्डलिनी तस्याः प्रभावात्सामर्थ्यादुपैति प्राप्नोति. प्राणापानयोरैक्ये कुण्डलिनीबोधो भवति. कुण्डलिनीबोधे सुषुम्नामार्गेण प्राणो ब्रह्मरन्ध्रं गच्छति. तत्र गते चित्तस्थैर्यं भवति. चित्तस्थैर्ये 'संशयादात्मसाक्षात्कारो भवतीत्यर्थः.

paścād uktam eva matsyendramatam

etac ca mahāyogisaṃmatam ity āha paścād iti. anyad api padmāsane kṛtyaviśeṣam āha kṛtveti. saṃpuṭitau saṃpuṭīkṛtau karau utsaṅgasthāv iti śeṣaḥ. dṛḍhataram atiśayena dṛḍhaṃ susthiraṃ padmāsanaṃ baddhvā kṛtvety arthaḥ. cibukaṃ hanuṃ gāḍhaṃ dṛḍhaṃ yathā syāt tathā vakṣasi vakṣaḥsamīpe saṃnnidhāya saṃnnihitaṃ kṛtvā caturaṅgulāntareṇeti yogisampradāyāj jñeyam. jālandharabandhaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ. tat svasyeṣṭadevatārūpaṃ brahma vā. oṃ tat sad iti nirdeśo brahmaṇas trividhaḥ smṛtaḥ iti bhagavadukteḥ. cetasi citte dhyāyan cintayan. apānam anilam apānavāyum ūrdhvaṃ protsārayan mūlabandhaṃ kṛtvā suṣumnāmārgeṇa prāṇam ūrdhvaṃ nayan pūritaṃ pūrakeṇa antar dhāritaṃ prāṇaṃ nyañcan nīcair adhaḥ añcan gamayan. antarbhāvitaṇyartho 'ñcatiḥ. prāṇāpānayor aikyaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ. naraḥ pumān atulaṃ bodhaṃ nirupamajñānaṃ śaktiprabhāvāc chaktir ādhāraśaktiḥ kuṇḍalinī tasyāḥ prabhāvāt sāmarthyād upaiti prāpnoti. prāṇāpānayor aikye kuṇḍalinībodho bhavati. kuṇḍalinībodhe suṣumnāmārgeṇa prāṇo brahmarandhraṃ gacchati. tatra gate cittasthairyaṃ bhavati. cittasthairye 'saṃśayād ātmasākṣātkāro bhavatīty arthaḥ.
Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

Stanza omitted in β1
kṛtvā (cett.) ] dhṛtvā (Δ)
karau (cett.) ] om. (γ1)
tu (cett.) ] ca (Δ)
saṃnidhāya (cett.) ] saṃvidhāya (η1 η2), nidhāya (α1)
dhyānaṃ (cett.) ] dhyāyaṃś (χ)
ca tac (cett.) ] tataś (η1)
cetasi (cett.) ] cepsitaṃ (η2)
proccālayan (em.) ] proccārayaṃn (α1), proccārayet (γ1 ε3), procārayet (βω), protsālayan (η1), protsārayan (β2 ε1 χ), protsārayet (δ1 δ3), protsāray. n/t (δ2), prollāsayan (η2)
pūritaṃ (cett.) ] pūrayan (δ1 η1), pūrayet (δ2 δ3)
muñcan prāṇam upaiti (cett.) ] muñcat prāṇam upaiti (βω η2), prāṇaṃ muñcati yāti (Δ)
prabhāvān naraḥ (cett.) ] prabhāvād ataḥ (η2), prabhāvodayāt (Δ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 36

kṛtvā saṃpuṭitau karau dṛḍhataraṃ baddhvātha padmāsanaṃ

gāḍhaṃ vakṣasi sannidhāya cibukaṃ dhyānaṃś ca tac cetasi |

vāraṃ vāram apānam ūrdhvam anilaṃ proccālayan pūritaṃ

muñcan prāṇam upaiti bodham atulaṃ śaktiprabhāvān naraḥ ||

36a °puṭitau ] GL GP GPk U; ghaṭitau VAGB T • baddhvātha ] VTvl U; baddhvā tu AGBH, dhyānaṃ tu GL, dhyāyes ta° GP, dhyātvā ca GPk, baddhvā ca T • padmāsanam ] VGBTU; tac cepsitaṃ GL, °taś cepsitaṃ GP, tat prekṣitam GPk

36b dhyāyaṃś ] TH; dhyānaṃ VAGU • °cetasi ] °cetasaṃ A

36c proccālayan ] ∗∗ T; pro cc ālayan V, prodvārayaṃ A, proccālayet GB, proccārayet GLGPk, prollāsayet GP, proccārayan U • pūri- taṃ ] prerayaṃ A

36d muñcan prāṇamupaiti bodhamatulaṃ śak- tiprabhāvān naraḥ ] U; prāṇaṃ muṃcati bodham eti śanakaiḥ proktaprabhāvād ataḥ V, pāṇaṃ muṃcati bodham eti śanakaiḥ śaktiḥ prabhāvād ataḥ A, prāṇaṃ muṃcati yāti bodham amalaṃ śaktipradhānoditaḥ GB, muṃcan prāṇam upaiti bodham atulaṃ śaktiprabhāvād ataḥ GLGP, muñcan prāṇam upaiti bodham atulaṃ śaktiprabodhān naraḥ GPk, prāṇaṃ muñcati bodhameti śanakai (ścu?śśa)[sic] ktiprabodhān naraḥ T, muñcan prāṇam upaiti bodham akhilāṃ śaktiṃ prabhāvād ataḥ Tvl

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 79v

tathā ca granthāntare—

kṛtvā saṃpuṭitau karau dṛḍhataraṃ badhvā ca padmāsanam

gāḍhaṃ vakṣasi saṃnidhāya civukaṃ dhyānaṃ ca tac cetasi |

vāraṃ vāram apānam ūrdhvam anilaṃ protsārayet pūrayet

prāṇaṃ muñcati bodham eti niyataṃ śaktiprabodhodayāt ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.39

kṛtvā saṃpuṭitau karau dṛḍhataraṃ baddhvā tu padmāsanam

gāḍhaṃ vakṣasi sannidhāya cibukaṃ dhyānaṃ ca tac cetasi |

vāraṃ vāram apānam ūrdhvam anilaṃ proccārayet pūritam

muñcat prāṇam upaiti bodham atulaṃ śakteḥ prabhāvān naraḥ ||

proccārayet ] proccālayat P,T,t1,n2

HP 1.49

पद्मासनस्थितो योगी नाडीद्वारेषु पूरयन्

मारुतं धारयेद्यस्तुस मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥

padmāsanasthito yogī nāḍīdvāreṣu pūrayan /

mārutaṃ dhārayed yas tusa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ //

The yogi in padmāsana who fills [himself] up through the openings of the channels and holds the breath is sure to be liberated.
Philological Commentary

It is not unusual to read pūrayan with the locative as seen in this verse (cf. pūrayen mukhe in Amaraugha 21d). γ1’s reading of niyatam (instead of dhārayed) in the third verse quarter explains the passive verbs in other witnesses. The passive verbs do not make sense with yas tu. The passive verbs meaning to take in the breath (e.g., pīyate) may have been adopted to remove the reference to holding the breath because a breath retention is not mentioned in the previous verse describing padmāsana (only inhalation and exhalation). In the third verse quarter, α1 reads māruto mriyate yas tu, which does not make sense, but if one accepts pūrayet in the second verse quarter, one could emend α’s reading to māruto mriyate yasya, which makes good sense (i.e., `the yogi whose breath dies is undoubtedly liberated’). In the same vein, α2 also has the plausible reading mārutaṃ mārayet yas tu. The Jyotsnā (1.49) has nāḍīdvāreṇa instead of nāḍīdvāreṣu, and Brahmānanda interprets it as the opening of the central channel (suṣumnāmārgeṇa). This yields the idea of filling up the central channel (as opposed to other channels), which is described in the Yogabīja (94–95).

Jyotsna Commentary
पद्मासन इति. पद्मासने स्थितो यो योगी योगाभ्यासी पूरितं पूरकेणान्तर्नीतं मारुतं वायुं सुषुम्नामार्गेण मूर्धानं नीत्वेति शेषः. यः धारयेत्स्थिरीकुर्यात्स मुक्तः. अत्र संशयो नास्तीत्यन्वयः.
padmāsana iti. padmāsane sthito yo yogī yogābhyāsī pūritaṃ pūrakeṇāntarnītaṃ mārutaṃ vāyuṃ suṣumnāmārgeṇa mūrdhānaṃ nītveti śeṣaḥ. yaḥ dhārayet sthirīkuryāt sa muktaḥ. atra saṃśayo nāstīty anvayaḥ.
Readings

padmāsana (cett.) ] padmāsane (η2 χ)
dvāreṣu (cett.) ] dvāreṇa (βω χ)
pūrayan (α3 ε3 η2) ] pūrayet (α1 α2 β2 βω γ1 Δ ε1 η1), pūritaṃ (χ)
mārutaṃ (cett.) ] māruto (ε1)
dhārayed yas tu (Δ ε3 χ) ] niyataṃ yas tu (γ1), nayate yas tu (β1 β2), pīyate yas tu (η1), pīvyate yas tu (βω), yas tu pibati (η2), mriyate yas tu (α1 α3 ε1), mārayed yas tu (α2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85v (attr. dattātreya)

padmāsanasthito yogī nāḍīdvāreṣu pūrayan |

mārutaṃ dhārayed yas tu sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.40

padmāsane sthito yogī nāḍīdvāreṣu pūrayet |

pūritaṃ dhrīyate yas tu sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

Dhyānabindūpaniṣat 70

padmāsanasthito yogī nāḍīdvāreṣu pūrayan |

mārutaṃ kumbhayan yas tu sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 1.50

अथ सिंहासनम्

गुल्फौ वृषणस्याधः सीवन्याः पार्श्वयोः क्षिपेत् ।

दक्षिणे सव्यगुल्फं तु दक्षगुल्फं तु सव्यके

atha siṃhāsanam /

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet /

dakṣiṇe savyagulphaṃ tu dakṣagulphaṃ tu savyake //

Now, the lion’s pose (siṃhāsana). [The yogi] should put both ankles at the sides of the perineal seam below the scrotum. He should place the left ankle on right, the right ankle on the left and both hands on the knees, spread his fingers, open his mouth and gaze in deep concentration at the tip of his nose. This is the lion’s pose, which is always honoured by yogis. It causes the three locks to arise together and is the best of [all] postures.
Jyotsna Commentary
सिंहासनमाह गुल्फौ चेति. वृषणस्याधः अधोभागे सीवन्याः पार्श्वयोः सीवन्याः उभयभागयोः क्षिपेत्प्रेरयेत्स्थापयेदिति यावत्. गुल्फस्थापनप्रकारमेवाह दक्षिण इति. सीवन्याः दक्षिणे भागे सव्यगुल्फं स्थापयेत्. सव्यके सीवन्याः सव्यभागे दक्षिणगुल्फं स्थापयेत्.
siṃhāsanam āha gulphau ceti. vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ adhobhāge sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ sīvanyāḥ ubhayabhāgayoḥ kṣipet prerayet sthāpayed iti yāvat. gulphasthāpanaprakāram evāha dakṣiṇa iti. sīvanyāḥ dakṣiṇe bhāge savyagulphaṃ sthāpayet. savyake sīvanyāḥ savyabhāge dakṣiṇagulphaṃ sthāpayet.
Readings

cd omitted in δ3
atha siṃhāsanam (cett.) ] atha sīṃhāna (α1), siṃhāsana yathā (δ1)
ca (cett.) ] tu (ε3)
sīvanyāḥ (cett.) ] sīvinyāḥ (ε1), sīmanyāḥ (Δ)
dakṣiṇe (cett.) ] dakṣaṇe (βω)
tu (cett.) ] ca (δ1 δ2)
dakṣagulphaṃ (cett.) ] vāme caivā° (δ2)
tu (cett.) ] ca (δ1 η1), °pi (δ2)
savyake (cett.) ] savyakam (δ2), guhyake (δ1)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.73–1.75ab

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

dakṣiṇaṃ savyagulphena dakṣiṇenetaretaram ||

hastau jānau ca saṃsthāpya svāṅgulīś ca prasārya ca |

vyāttavaktro nirīkṣeta nāsāgraṃ susamāhitaḥ ||

siṃhāsanaṃ bhaved etat pūjitaṃ yogibhiḥ sadā |

Yogayājñavalkya 3.9–3.11ab

gulpau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

dakṣiṇaṃ savyagulphena dakṣiṇena tathetaram ||

hastau ca jānvoḥ saṃsthāpya svāṅgulīś ca prasārya ca |

vyāttavaktro nirīkṣet nāsagraṃ susamāhitaḥ ||

siṃhāsanaṃ bhaved etat pūjitaṃ yogibhiḥ sadā |

Sūtasaṃhitā 15.7–8

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

dakṣiṇaṃ savyagulphena vāmaṃ dakṣiṇagulphataḥ ||

hastau ca jānvoḥ saṃsthāpya svāṅgulīś ca prasārya ca |

nāsāgraṃ ca nirīkṣeta bhavet siṃhāsanaṃ hi tat ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 83v (attr. yājñavalkya)

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

dakṣiṇaṃ savyagulphena dakṣiṇena tathetaram ||

hastau jānūpari sthāpya svāṅgulīḥ saṃprasārya ca |

vyāttavaktro nirīkṣeta nāsāgraṃ susamāhitaḥ |

siṃhāsanaṃ bhaved etat pūjitaṃ yogibhiḥ sadā |

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.31–3.33

atha siṃhāsanam

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

dakṣiṇe savyagulphaṃ ca dakṣiṇe tu tathetaram ||

hastau tu jānvoḥ saṃsthāpya svāṅgulīḥ samprasārya ca |

vyāttavaktro nirīkṣeta nāsāgraṃ tu samāhitaḥ ||

siṃhāsanaṃ bhaved etat sevitaṃ yogibhiḥ sadā |

bandhatritayasaṃsthānaṃ kurute cāsanottamam ||

HP 1.51

हस्तौ च जान्वोः संस्थाप्य स्वाङ्गुलीः संप्रसार्य च ।

व्यात्तवक्त्रो निरीक्षेत नासाग्रं सुसमाहितः

hastau ca jānvoḥ saṃsthāpya svāṅgulīḥ saṃprasārya ca /

vyāttavaktro nirīkṣeta nāsāgraṃ susamāhitaḥ //

Philological Commentary

Spreading the fingers and keeping the mouth wide open mimic a lion, and this is depicted in some iconography of Yoganarasiṃha (for example, Yoga Narasimha, Vishnu’s Man-Lion Incarnation, Samuel Eilenberg Collection, Bequest of Samuel Eilenberg, 1998, Accession Number: 2000.284.4. https://www.metmuseum.org/art/collection/search/39251). As far as we are aware, there is no source for the hemistich (1.52cd) mentioning the three locks, so it may have been composed by Svātmārāma or borrowed from a lost work.

Jyotsna Commentary
हस्ताविति. जान्वोः उपरि हस्तौ तु संस्थाप्य सम्यग्जानुसंलग्नतलौ यथा स्यातां तथा स्थापयित्वा. स्वाङ्गुलीः हस्ताङ्गुलीः सम्प्रसार्य सम्यक्प्रसारयित्वा व्यात्तवक्त्रः सम्प्रसारितललज्जिह्वमुखः सुसमाहितः एकाग्रचित्तः नासाग्रं नासिकाग्रं यस्मिन्निरीक्षेत.
hastāv iti. jānvoḥ upari hastau tu saṃsthāpya samyag jānusaṃlagnatalau yathā syātāṃ tathā sthāpayitvā. svāṅgulīḥ hastāṅgulīḥ samprasārya samyak prasārayitvā vyāttavaktraḥ samprasāritalalajjihvamukhaḥ susamāhitaḥ ekāgracittaḥ nāsāgraṃ nāsikāgraṃ yasmin nirīkṣeta.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ma-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in δ3
ca jānvoḥ (α1 β2 βω γ1) ] tu jānvoḥ (ε1 ε3 η1 χ), tu jānunoḥ (η2), jānvoś ca (δ1 δ2)
saṃsthāpya (cett.) ] sthāpya (η2)
svāṅgulīḥ (α1 βω ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] svāṅgulī (β2 γ1 ε1), aṅgulīḥ (δ1), hy aṅgulīḥ (δ2)
saṃprasārya (cett.) ] yaṃ prasārmya (γ1)
vyātta (cett.) ] vyāta (βω), vyālā (δ1)
vaktro (cett.) ] vaktrau (ε1), vakro (βω)
nirīkṣeta (cett.) ] nirīkṣet (βω), nirīkṣyeta (η2), nirīkṣeya (γ1)
nāsāgraṃ (α1 β2 δ1 δ2 ε1 ε3 χ) ] nāsāgra (βω γ1 η2), nāsāgre (η1)
susamāhitaḥ (δ1 δ2 ε1 ε3 χ) ] stusamāhitaḥ (γ1), tu samāhitaḥ (α1 α2), susamāhitaṃ (β2), nyastalocanaḥ (η1 η2), nyastalocanaṃ (βω)

HP 1.52

सिंहासनं भवेदेतत्पूजितं योगिभिः सदा

बन्धत्रितयसन्धानं कुरुते चासनोत्तमम्

siṃhāsanaṃ bhaved etat pūjitaṃ yogibhiḥ sadā /

bandhatritayasandhānaṃ kurute cāsanottamam //

Jyotsna Commentary
एतत्सिंहासनं भवेत्. कीदृशम्योगिपुङ्गवैः योगिश्रेष्ठैः पूजितं प्रस्तुतमासनेषूत्तमं सिंहासनं बन्धानां मूलबन्धादीनां त्रितयं त्रयं तस्य सन्धानं तस्य सन्निधानं कुरुते.
etat siṃhāsanaṃ bhavet. kīdṛśam yogipuṅgavaiḥ yogiśreṣṭhaiḥ pūjitaṃ prastutam āsaneṣūttamaṃ siṃhāsanaṃ bandhānāṃ mūlabandhādīnāṃ tritayaṃ trayaṃ tasya sandhānaṃ tasya sannidhānaṃ kurute.
Readings

Stanza omitted in δ3
etat (cett.) ] evaṃ (γ1)
pūjitaṃ (cett.) ] pūjītaṃ (ε3), pūjita (η2)
yogibhiḥ sadā (cett.) ] munipuṅgavaiḥ (δ1 δ2), yogipuṅgavaiḥ (χ)
tritaya (α1 β2 βω ε1 η2 χ) ] tritīya (η1), trayasya (γ1 δ1 δ2 ε3)
sandhānaṃ (cett.) ] saṃdhāyi (ε1)
kurute (cett.) ] sevate (ε1)
cāsanottamam (β2 βω γ1 δ2 ε1 ε3 χ) ] vāsanottamam (α1 δ1 η1), sādhanottamam (η2)

HP 1.53

अथ भद्रासनम्

गुल्फौ च वृषणस्याधः सीवन्याः पार्श्वयोः क्षिपेत् ।

सव्यगुल्फं तथा सव्ये दक्षगुल्फं तु दक्षिणे । (β2, γ1 and χ)

पार्श्वपादौ च पाणिभ्यां दृढं बद्ध्वा सुनिश्चलम्

atha bhadrāsanam /

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet /

savyagulphaṃ tathā savye dakṣagulphaṃ tu dakṣiṇe / (β2, γ1 and χ)

pārśvapādau ca pāṇibhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ baddhvā suniścalam //

Now, the friendly pose (bhadrāsana). [The yogi] should put both ankles at the sides of the perineal seam below the scrotum. By firmly and very steadily holding the sides of the feet with the hands, the friendly pose arises, which cures all diseases and poisons. Yogis of the Siddha tradition call it Gorakṣa’s pose (gorakṣāsana).
Philological Commentary

We have understood pārśvapāda as a ekadeśitatpuruṣa meaning the side of the foot, like agrapāda, the toes. Manuscripts of two early groups, β and γ, as well as the Jyotsnā (1.53), include an additional hemistich specifying that the left ankle is placed on the left side and the right ankle on the right (savyagulphaṃ tathā savye dakṣagulphaṃ tu dakṣiṇe). This hemistich appears to have been added to make it clear that the ankles are not crossed in bhadrāsana, unlike the previous pose, siṃhāsana.

Jyotsna Commentary
भद्रासनमाह गुल्फाविति. वृषणस्याधः सीवन्याः पार्श्वयोः सीवन्या उभयतः गुल्फौ पादग्रन्थी क्षिपेत्. क्षेपणप्रकारमेवाह सव्यगुल्फमिति. सव्ये सीवन्याः पार्श्वे सव्यगुल्फं क्षिपेत्. तथा पादपूरणे. दक्षगुल्फं तु दक्षिणे सीवन्याः पार्श्वे क्षिपेत्(53)
bhadrāsanam āha gulphāv iti. vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ sīvanyā ubhayataḥ gulphau pādagranthī kṣipet. kṣepaṇaprakāram evāha savyagulpham iti. savye sīvanyāḥ pārśve savyagulphaṃ kṣipet. tathā pādapūraṇe. dakṣagulphaṃ tu dakṣiṇe sīvanyāḥ pārśve kṣipet (53)
Readings

ab omitted in δ3, ε1 and βω
atha bhadrāsanam (β2 βω γ1 δ2 η1 η2 χ) ] atha bhadraṃ (δ1), om. (α1 δ3 ε1 ε3)
sīvanyāḥ (α1 β2 γ1 ε3 η1 χ) ] sīvanyā (η2), sīmanyāḥ (δ1 δ2), om. (βω ε1)
dakṣa (β2 γ1) ] dakṣe (χ)
tu (γ1 χ) ] ca (β2)
pārśva (α1 β2 βω γ1 η1 η2 χ) ] pārśve (Δ ε3), pārśvau (ε1)
baddhvā (cett.) ] baddhaṃ (δ1)
suniścalam (β2 βω ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] suniścalaḥ (α1), suniścayam (δ2 δ3), stu niścalaṃ (γ1), tu niścalaṃ (ε1), suniścitaṃ (δ1)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 1.79

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipan |

pārśvapādau ca pāṇibhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ baddhvā suniścalam |

bhadrāsanaṃ bhaved etat sarvavyādhiviṣāpaham ||

Yogayājñavalkya 3.11cd--3.12ab

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet

pārśvapādau ca pāṇibhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ baddhvā suniścalam

bhadrāsanaṃ bhaved etat sarvavyādhiviṣāpaham

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 83v (citing yājñavalkya)

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

pārśvapādau ca pāṇibhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ badhvā suniścalaḥ |

bhadrāsanaṃ bhaved etat sarvavyādhiviṣāpaham |

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.30

atha bhadrāsanam

gulphau ca vṛṣaṇasyādhaḥ sīvanyāḥ pārśvayoḥ kṣipet |

pārśvapādau ca pāṇibhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ baddhvā suniścalam ||

bhadrāsanaṃ bhaved etat sarvavyādhiviṣāpaham ||

HP 1.54

भद्रासनं भवेदेतत् सर्वव्याधिविषापहम्

गोरक्षासनमित्याहुरिदं वै सिद्धयोगिनः

इत्यासनानि । (δ2)

bhadrāsanaṃ bhaved etat sarvavyādhiviṣāpaham /

gorakṣāsanam ity āhur idaṃ vai siddhayoginaḥ //

ity āsanāni / (δ2)

Jyotsna Commentary
पार्श्वपादौ च पार्श्वसमीपगतौ पादौ पाणिभ्यां भुजाभ्यां दृढं बद्ध्वा परस्परसंलग्नाङ्गुलिभ्यामुदरसंलग्नतलाभ्यां पाणिभ्यां बद्ध्वेत्यर्थः. एतद्भद्रासनं भवेत्. कीदृशम्सर्वेषां व्याधीनां विशेषेण नाशनम्. सिद्धाश्च ते योगिनश्च सिद्धयोगिनः. इदं भद्रासनं गोरक्षासनमित्याहुः. गोरक्षेण प्रायशो 'भ्यस्तत्वाद्गोरक्षासनमिति वदन्ति.
pārśvapādau ca pārśvasamīpagatau pādau pāṇibhyāṃ bhujābhyāṃ dṛḍhaṃ baddhvā parasparasaṃlagnāṅgulibhyām udarasaṃlagnatalābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ baddhvety arthaḥ. etad bhadrāsanaṃ bhavet. kīdṛśam sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ viśeṣeṇa nāśanam. siddhāś ca te yoginaś ca siddhayoginaḥ. idaṃ bhadrāsanaṃ gorakṣāsanam ity āhuḥ. gorakṣeṇa prāyaśo 'bhyastatvād gorakṣāsanam iti vadanti.
Readings

viṣāpaham (α1 β1 βω η1pc η2) ] vināśanam (β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 η1ac χ)
idaṃ (cett.) ] evaṃ (γ1)
vai siddhayoginaḥ (cett.) ] siddhāś ca yoginaḥ (β2)

HP 1.55

एवमासनबन्धेषु योगीन्द्रो विजितश्रमः

अथाभ्यसेन्नाडिशुद्धिं मुद्रादिपवनक्रियाम्

evam āsanabandheṣu yogīndro vijitaśramaḥ /

athābhyasen nāḍiśuddhiṃ mudrādipavanakriyām //

When the great yogi does not tire from adopting the āsanas in this way, he should practise the breath techniques with seals and so forth, from which purification of the channels arises.
Philological Commentary

The second hemistich can be interpreted in different ways. One possibility is to understand nāḍiśuddhiṃ as a bahuvrīhi qualifying mudrādipavanakriyām in the sense that the yogi should practise the breathing techniques by way of the relevant mudrās and locks (taught in the third chapter), from which purification of the channels arise. Alternatively, one could separate mudrādi from pavanakriyām and understand three different techniques here, namely, the practice of purifying the channels (perhaps by the alternative nostril method mentioned at the beginning of the second chapter), the mudrās and the breathing techniques of prāṇāyāma. The absence of a conjunctive particle, such as ca, makes the second interpretation less likely. The version of this verse in the Yogacintāmaṇi (cited in the testimonia) was changed to make it clear that nāḍiśuddhi and pavanakriyā with mudrās, are two distinct things.

Jyotsna Commentary
आसनान्युक्त्वा. तेषु यत्कर्तव्यं तदाह एवम् इति. एवमुक्तेष्वासनानां बन्धेषु बन्धनप्रकारेषु विगतः श्रमो यस्य स विगतश्रमः आसनानां बन्धेषु श्रमरहितः. योगिनामिन्द्रो योगीन्द्रः. नाडिकानां नाडीनां शुद्धिम्. प्राणं चेदिडया पिबेन् नियमितमिति वक्ष्यमाणरूपा मुद्रा आदिर्यस्याः सूर्यभेदादेस्तादृशीम्पवनस्य प्राणवायोः क्रियां प्राणायामरूपां चाभ्यसेत्.
अभ्यासादेव सिद्धिर्भवतीति द्रढयन्नाह द्वाभ्यां क्रियायुक्तस्येति. क्रिया योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा तया युक्तस्य सिद्धिर्योगसिद्धिः स्यात्. अक्रियस्य योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरहितस्य कथं भवेत्. न कथमपीत्यर्थः. ननु योगशास्त्राध्ययनेन योगसिद्धिः स्यात्नेत्याह नेति. शास्त्रस्य योगशास्त्रस्य पाठमात्रेण केवलेन पाठेन योगस्य सिद्धिर्न प्रजायते नैव जायत इत्यर्थः.
नेति. वेषस्य काषायवस्त्रादेः धारणं सिद्धेर्योगसिद्धेः कारणं न. तस्य योगस्य कथा वार्त्ता च न सिद्धेः कारणं. किं तरहि सिद्धेः कारणमित्यत आह क्रियैवेति. योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा क्रियैव सिद्धेः कारणमेतत्सत्यं संशयो न अत्रेत्यध्याहारः.
āsanāny uktvā. teṣu yat kartavyaṃ tad āha evam iti. evam ukteṣv āsanānāṃ bandheṣu bandhanaprakāreṣu vigataḥ śramo yasya sa vigataśramaḥ āsanānāṃ bandheṣu śramarahitaḥ. yoginām indro yogīndraḥ. nāḍikānāṃ nāḍīnāṃ śuddhim. prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā piben niyamitam iti vakṣyamāṇarūpā mudrā ādir yasyāḥ sūryabhedādes tādṛśīm pavanasya prāṇavāyoḥ kriyāṃ prāṇāyāmarūpāṃ cābhyaset.
abhyāsād eva siddhir bhavatīti draḍhayann āha dvābhyāṃ kriyāyuktasyeti. kriyā yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā tayā yuktasya siddhir yogasiddhiḥ syāt. akriyasya yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarahitasya kathaṃ bhavet. na katham apīty arthaḥ. nanu yogaśāstrādhyayanena yogasiddhiḥ syāt nety āha neti. śāstrasya yogaśāstrasya pāṭhamātreṇa kevalena pāṭhena yogasya siddhir na prajāyate naiva jāyata ity arthaḥ.
neti. veṣasya kāṣāyavastrādeḥ dhāraṇaṃ siddher yogasiddheḥ kāraṇaṃ na. tasya yogasya kathā vārttā ca na siddheḥ kāraṇaṃ. kiṃ tarhi siddheḥ kāraṇam ity ata āha kriyaiveti. yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā kriyaiva siddheḥ kāraṇam etat satyaṃ saṃśayo na atrety adhyāhāraḥ.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses #hp01_055_1
आसनान्युक्त्वा. तेषु यत्कर्तव्यं तदाह एवम् इति. एवमुक्तेष्वासनानां बन्धेषु बन्धनप्रकारेषु विगतः श्रमो यस्य स विगतश्रमः आसनानां बन्धेषु श्रमरहितः. योगिनामिन्द्रो योगीन्द्रः. नाडिकानां नाडीनां शुद्धिम्. प्राणं चेदिडया पिबेन् नियमितमिति वक्ष्यमाणरूपा मुद्रा आदिर्यस्याः सूर्यभेदादेस्तादृशीम्पवनस्य प्राणवायोः क्रियां प्राणायामरूपां चाभ्यसेत्.
अभ्यासादेव सिद्धिर्भवतीति द्रढयन्नाह द्वाभ्यां क्रियायुक्तस्येति. क्रिया योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा तया युक्तस्य सिद्धिर्योगसिद्धिः स्यात्. अक्रियस्य योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरहितस्य कथं भवेत्. न कथमपीत्यर्थः. ननु योगशास्त्राध्ययनेन योगसिद्धिः स्यात्नेत्याह नेति. शास्त्रस्य योगशास्त्रस्य पाठमात्रेण केवलेन पाठेन योगस्य सिद्धिर्न प्रजायते नैव जायत इत्यर्थः.
नेति. वेषस्य काषायवस्त्रादेः धारणं सिद्धेर्योगसिद्धेः कारणं न. तस्य योगस्य कथा वार्त्ता च न सिद्धेः कारणं. किं तरहि सिद्धेः कारणमित्यत आह क्रियैवेति. योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा क्रियैव सिद्धेः कारणमेतत्सत्यं संशयो न अत्रेत्यध्याहारः.
āsanāny uktvā. teṣu yat kartavyaṃ tad āha evam iti. evam ukteṣv āsanānāṃ bandheṣu bandhanaprakāreṣu vigataḥ śramo yasya sa vigataśramaḥ āsanānāṃ bandheṣu śramarahitaḥ. yoginām indro yogīndraḥ. nāḍikānāṃ nāḍīnāṃ śuddhim. prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā piben niyamitam iti vakṣyamāṇarūpā mudrā ādir yasyāḥ sūryabhedādes tādṛśīm pavanasya prāṇavāyoḥ kriyāṃ prāṇāyāmarūpāṃ cābhyaset.
abhyāsād eva siddhir bhavatīti draḍhayann āha dvābhyāṃ kriyāyuktasyeti. kriyā yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā tayā yuktasya siddhir yogasiddhiḥ syāt. akriyasya yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarahitasya kathaṃ bhavet. na katham apīty arthaḥ. nanu yogaśāstrādhyayanena yogasiddhiḥ syāt nety āha neti. śāstrasya yogaśāstrasya pāṭhamātreṇa kevalena pāṭhena yogasya siddhir na prajāyate naiva jāyata ity arthaḥ.
neti. veṣasya kāṣāyavastrādeḥ dhāraṇaṃ siddher yogasiddheḥ kāraṇaṃ na. tasya yogasya kathā vārttā ca na siddheḥ kāraṇaṃ. kiṃ tarhi siddheḥ kāraṇam ity ata āha kriyaiveti. yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā kriyaiva siddheḥ kāraṇam etat satyaṃ saṃśayo na atrety adhyāhāraḥ.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses #hp01_055_2
आसनान्युक्त्वा. तेषु यत्कर्तव्यं तदाह एवम् इति. एवमुक्तेष्वासनानां बन्धेषु बन्धनप्रकारेषु विगतः श्रमो यस्य स विगतश्रमः आसनानां बन्धेषु श्रमरहितः. योगिनामिन्द्रो योगीन्द्रः. नाडिकानां नाडीनां शुद्धिम्. प्राणं चेदिडया पिबेन् नियमितमिति वक्ष्यमाणरूपा मुद्रा आदिर्यस्याः सूर्यभेदादेस्तादृशीम्पवनस्य प्राणवायोः क्रियां प्राणायामरूपां चाभ्यसेत्.
अभ्यासादेव सिद्धिर्भवतीति द्रढयन्नाह द्वाभ्यां क्रियायुक्तस्येति. क्रिया योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा तया युक्तस्य सिद्धिर्योगसिद्धिः स्यात्. अक्रियस्य योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरहितस्य कथं भवेत्. न कथमपीत्यर्थः. ननु योगशास्त्राध्ययनेन योगसिद्धिः स्यात्नेत्याह नेति. शास्त्रस्य योगशास्त्रस्य पाठमात्रेण केवलेन पाठेन योगस्य सिद्धिर्न प्रजायते नैव जायत इत्यर्थः.
नेति. वेषस्य काषायवस्त्रादेः धारणं सिद्धेर्योगसिद्धेः कारणं न. तस्य योगस्य कथा वार्त्ता च न सिद्धेः कारणं. किं तरहि सिद्धेः कारणमित्यत आह क्रियैवेति. योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा क्रियैव सिद्धेः कारणमेतत्सत्यं संशयो न अत्रेत्यध्याहारः.
āsanāny uktvā. teṣu yat kartavyaṃ tad āha evam iti. evam ukteṣv āsanānāṃ bandheṣu bandhanaprakāreṣu vigataḥ śramo yasya sa vigataśramaḥ āsanānāṃ bandheṣu śramarahitaḥ. yoginām indro yogīndraḥ. nāḍikānāṃ nāḍīnāṃ śuddhim. prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā piben niyamitam iti vakṣyamāṇarūpā mudrā ādir yasyāḥ sūryabhedādes tādṛśīm pavanasya prāṇavāyoḥ kriyāṃ prāṇāyāmarūpāṃ cābhyaset.
abhyāsād eva siddhir bhavatīti draḍhayann āha dvābhyāṃ kriyāyuktasyeti. kriyā yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā tayā yuktasya siddhir yogasiddhiḥ syāt. akriyasya yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarahitasya kathaṃ bhavet. na katham apīty arthaḥ. nanu yogaśāstrādhyayanena yogasiddhiḥ syāt nety āha neti. śāstrasya yogaśāstrasya pāṭhamātreṇa kevalena pāṭhena yogasya siddhir na prajāyate naiva jāyata ity arthaḥ.
neti. veṣasya kāṣāyavastrādeḥ dhāraṇaṃ siddher yogasiddheḥ kāraṇaṃ na. tasya yogasya kathā vārttā ca na siddheḥ kāraṇaṃ. kiṃ tarhi siddheḥ kāraṇam ity ata āha kriyaiveti. yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā kriyaiva siddheḥ kāraṇam etat satyaṃ saṃśayo na atrety adhyāhāraḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

evam āsana (cett.) ] pavanāsana (ε1)
yogīndro (cett.) ] yogeṃdro (ε1)
vijitaśramaḥ (α1 β1 δ2 δ3 ε1 ε3) ] vijitaḥ śramaḥ (γ1), vijiteṃśramaḥ (δ1), vijitaśramāṃ (βω), vigataśramaḥ (β2 η1 η2 χ)
athābhyasen (α2 β2 γ1 Δ η2) ] athābhyase (ε1), athābhyāse (ε3), athābhyāsaṃ (βω), athabhyā[g]e (η1), abhyasen (χ), abhyāse (α1)
nāḍi (α1 β2 βω γ1 Δ ε3 η1) ] nāḍī (η2), nāḍi/ḍī (ε1), nāḍikā (χ)
śuddhiṃ (β1 βω Δ ε3 η2 χ) ] śuddhi (β2 γ1), śvaddhiṃ (η1), śuddhiḥ syān (α1 α2), °ṣu (ε1)
mudrādi (cett.) ] mudrayā (δ2 δ3), subaddhvā (δ1)
kriyām (cett.) ] kriyāḥ (α1 ε1 ε3), kriyā (α2 γ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 85v (attr. dattātreya)

evam āsanabandheṣu yogīndro vijitaśramaḥ |

abhyasen nāḍiśuddhiṃ ca mudrayā pavanakriyām || iti ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f. 23r

evam āsanabandhastho yogīndro vigataśramaḥ |

athābhyasen nāḍiśuddhiṃ mudrādipavanakriyām ||

nāḍiśuddhiṃ ] em., nāhiśuddhi ms. no. 2244

HP 1.55*1

क्रियायुक्तस्य सिद्धिः स्याद्अक्रियस्य कथं भवेत् ।

न शास्त्रपाठमात्रेण योगसिद्धिः प्रजायते ॥ (β2, βω, η2 and χ) *

kriyāyuktasya siddhiḥ syādakriyasya kathaṃ bhavet /

na śāstrapāṭhamātreṇa yogasiddhiḥ prajāyate // (β2, βω, η2 and χ) *

Success arises for one engaged in practice. How can it arise for one who has no practice? Success in yoga does not arise by merely reading scriptures.
Philological Commentary

1.55*1–2 are omitted from the α, γ, δ and ε groups, so it is likely these verses were not in the earliest versions of the Haṭhapradīpikā. In fact, it appears that both were added (perhaps initially as marginal notes) to elaborate on the word kriyā in 1.55d. Both verses are similar to verses from the Dattātreyayogaśāstra (cited as the source). However, only the first half of Dattātreyayogaśāstra 47 is given in these later versions of the Haṭhapradīpikā, resulting in a near-nonsensical hemistich. Also, the syntax of 1.55.2ef is corrupt. One has to emend to deyā to make sense of it. These verses (except 1.55.2ef) appear in the Jyotsnā (1.65–66), but towards the end of chapter one.

Jyotsna Commentary
अभ्यासादेव सिद्धिर्भवतीति द्रढयन्नाह द्वाभ्यां क्रियायुक्तस्येति. क्रिया योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा तया युक्तस्य सिद्धिर्योगसिद्धिः स्यात्. अक्रियस्य योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरहितस्य कथं भवेत्. न कथमपीत्यर्थः. ननु योगशास्त्राध्ययनेन योगसिद्धिः स्यात्नेत्याह नेति. शास्त्रस्य योगशास्त्रस्य पाठमात्रेण केवलेन पाठेन योगस्य सिद्धिर्न प्रजायते नैव जायत इत्यर्थः.
abhyāsād eva siddhir bhavatīti draḍhayann āha dvābhyāṃ kriyāyuktasyeti. kriyā yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā tayā yuktasya siddhir yogasiddhiḥ syāt. akriyasya yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarahitasya kathaṃ bhavet. na katham apīty arthaḥ. nanu yogaśāstrādhyayanena yogasiddhiḥ syāt nety āha neti. śāstrasya yogaśāstrasya pāṭhamātreṇa kevalena pāṭhena yogasya siddhir na prajāyate naiva jāyata ity arthaḥ.
Readings

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 42cd–43ab, 46–47

kriyāyuktasya siddhiḥ syād akriyasya kathaṃ bhavet ||42 ||

na śāstrapāṭhamātreṇa kā cit siddhiḥ prajāyate |

na veṣadhāraṇaṃ siddheḥ kāraṇaṃ na ca tatkathā |

kriyaiva kāraṇaṃ siddheḥ satyam eva tu sāṃkṛte || 46 ||

śiśnodarārthaṃ yogasya kathayā veṣadhāriṇaḥ |

anuṣṭhānavihīnās tu vañcayanti janān kila || 47 ||

42c °yuktasya ] °yuktaḥsya W1, °yuktaḥ sa PT • siddhiḥ ] siddhi M1M2, siddhaḥ P

43a na śāstra° ] śāstrasya PT • °mātreṇa ] °rūpeṇa M1A

46a na ] sa° BB- BP • °dhāraṇaṃ ] °dhāriṇāṃ AM2, °dhāriṇaṃ JVYSS • siddheḥ ] sidhyai M1, siddhiḥ A, siddhi° β, kiṃ cit Y

46b om. M AM (eye-skip) • kāraṇaṃ na ] kāraṇa∗nn∗a T SS 12 • na ] tañ β • kathā ] W1VHPYCMK; katham PTβ, tathā JW2DYŚPT

46c kriyaiva ] PTβW1VYCMPTKYSS; om. M1AM2, kṛpaiva JDYŚ, kṛyaiva W2 • siddheḥ ] siddhiḥ JYSS

46d satyam ] satvam YSS • eva ] PTW1W2VDYŚK; etad M1AM2YCM, ekaṃ J, etan HP, etat PTYSS, etac β • tu sāṃkṛte ] dhi sāṃkṛte M1AM2YCM, na saṃśayaḥ HP, ca sāṃkṛte β

47a śiśno° ] siśno° JW2 47a °ārthaṃ yogasya ] °āś ca yogāś ca P, ⊔⊔ yogasya T, °ārthaṃ yogaś ca AM2, °ārthayogaś ca β

47b kathayā veṣadhāriṇaḥ ] W1W2DYŚYCMK; katheyaṃ veṣadhāriṇaḥ PTYSS, kasyeyaṃ veṣyadhāriṇaḥ M1, katheyaṃ veṣadhāriṇāṃ AM2, kaṃd- hāyāṃ yogadhāraṇaḥ BBBP, kathayan yogadhāraṇaḥ BA, kathaṃ yā veṣadhāriṇī J1, kathaṃ vā veṣadhāriṇī J2, kathaṃ ye veṣadhāriṇaḥ V, kathaṃ vā veṣadhāriṇaḥ PT

47c anuṣṭhāna° ] anuṣṭhānā° M1, annapāna° PT • °vihīnās tu ] svayaṃ nityaṃ M1, °vihīnāś ca AM2

47d janān ] janāḥ M1βV, janāt J, janā W1 • kila ] sadā M1AM2, iha YSS • vañcayanti janān kila ] vañcayaty akhilān janān YCM

HP 1.55*2

वेषधारणं सिद्धेः कारणं न च तत्कथा

क्रियैव कारणं सिद्धेः सत्यमेतन्न संशयः ।

शिश्नोदररतायेह देया वेषधारिणः(β2, βω, η2 and χ)

na veṣadhāraṇaṃ siddheḥ kāraṇaṃ na ca tatkathā /

kriyaiva kāraṇaṃ siddheḥ satyam etan na saṃśayaḥ /

śiśnodararatāyeha na deyā veṣadhāriṇaḥ // (β2, βω, η2 and χ)

Wearing a robe does not bring about success, nor does talking [about yoga]. Practice alone is the cause of success. This is true, there is no doubt. In this system, [the practice] should not be given to one who wears robes and is devoted to sex and food.
Jyotsna Commentary
नेति. वेषस्य काषायवस्त्रादेः धारणं सिद्धेर्योगसिद्धेः कारणं न. तस्य योगस्य कथा वार्त्ता च न सिद्धेः कारणं. किं तरहि सिद्धेः कारणमित्यत आह क्रियैवेति. योगाङ्गानुष्ठानरूपा क्रियैव सिद्धेः कारणमेतत्सत्यं संशयो न अत्रेत्यध्याहारः.
neti. veṣasya kāṣāyavastrādeḥ dhāraṇaṃ siddher yogasiddheḥ kāraṇaṃ na. tasya yogasya kathā vārttā ca na siddheḥ kāraṇaṃ. kiṃ tarhi siddheḥ kāraṇam ity ata āha kriyaiveti. yogāṅgānuṣṭhānarūpā kriyaiva siddheḥ kāraṇam etat satyaṃ saṃśayo na atrety adhyāhāraḥ.
Readings

veṣadhāraṇaṃ (β2 η2 χ) ] veṣṭadhāriṇyo (βω)
siddheḥ (β2 η2 χ) ] siddhi (βω)
na ca (β2 η2 χ) ] ca (βω)
tatkathā (β2 βω χ) ] tatkathāḥ (η2)
siddheḥ (η2 χ) ] siddhi (βω), siddhaṃ (β2)
etan (η2 χ) ] eva (β2), eva tat (βω)
śiśnodara (β2 βω η2) ] om. (χ)
ratāyeha (η2) ] ratāyena (βω), ratāyasya (β2), om. (χ)
na (β2 βω η2) ] om. (χ)
deyā (em.) ] deyo (β2 βω), dayo (η2), om. (χ)
veṣa (β2 η2) ] viṣa (βω), om. (χ)
dhāriṇaḥ (βω η2) ] dhāriṇe (β2), om. (χ)

HP 1.55*3

मयि बोधाम्बुधौ स्वच्छे तुच्छोऽयं विश्वबुद्बुदः ।

प्रलीन उदितो वेति विकल्पपटलः कुतः ॥ (Δ)

mayi bodhāmbudhau svacche tuccho’yaṃ viśvabudbudaḥ /

pralīna udito veti vikalpapaṭalaḥ kutaḥ // (Δ)

Did this empty bubble we call the universe dissolve or arise in me, the pure ocean of awakening? Where does [this] veil of doubt come from?
Philological Commentary

Verse 1.55.3 is only found in manuscripts of the δ group. It is very difficult to find a reason why this verse should be inserted here. It is apparently a muktaka that would befit an accomplished spiritual poem more than an instructional manual, like the Haṭhapradīpikā, even here, in what appears as a sort of miscellaneous section at the end of a chapter. In this verse, the lyrical subject wonders about why the mind is still able to doubt, despite its insight into the nature of reality. The reader might wonder how this illusionist verse could be understood to fit our Yoga text. We can only speculate that perhaps the scribe of the hyparchetype of the δ manuscripts was fond of it. The source is, as far as we can say, the Śāntiśataka of the Kashmirian poet Sillana or Silhaṇa, The manuscripts of the Svātmopalabdhiśataka give the name as Sillana, the mostly Bengali manuscripts of the Śāntiśataka read Śilhaṇa, as does Aufrecht in his Catalogus Catalogorum, 1891 (for further details see Hanneder, forthcoming). Sillana cannot be dated with any certainty but predates the Haṭhapradīpikā by a few centuries. The edition of the Śāntiśataka – where a hundred original verses had to be identified – places the verse in question into an appendix of doubtful stanzas (see Karl Schönfeld: Das Śāntiśataka. Leipzig: Harrassowitz 1910, p. 90 [A9]). However, the editor did not provide a compelling reason to regard it as unoriginal except only the fact that it is not transmitted in all manuscripts. What prevents further investigation of the matter is the lack of Kashmirian manuscripts for the Śāntiśataka and its compilatory character: one quarter of the material is identical with Bhartṛhari’s Vairāgyaśataka. A still superficial glance at Sillana’s Svātmopalabdhiśataka gives the impression that our verse would fit there, but not so much in the Śāntiśataka. Perhaps its first citation is in Advayavajra’s Tattva-ratnāvalī (24). While these are only preliminary observations the verse is likely not original to the Haṭhapradīpikā.

Readings

mayi (δ2 δ3) ] miyi (δ1)
bodhāmbudhau (δ2 δ3) ] bodhoṃbudhau (δ1)
tuccho’yaṃ (δ1 δ2) ] tuccho yo (δ3)

Sources
Tattvaratnāvalī 24

bodhāmbhodhau mayi svacchaṃ tac chāyam viśvabuddhayaḥ |

udito vā pralīno vā na vikalpāya kalpate ||

Testimonia
Vārāhītantra p. 158

mayi bodhībudho svasthe tucho yaṃ viśvabudbudaḥ |

malīna udito vetti vikalpāvasaraḥ kutaḥ ||

Haṭhapradīpikā (10 chapters) 3.7

śiśnodararatāya hi na deyaṃ veṣadhāriṇe ||

mayi bodhyaṃ buddhau svacche tad dheyaṃ viśvabudbudam ||

Yogaprakāśikā 3.7

“śiśnodararatāyaitan na deya" etat yogajñānam etena śiśnodararatas tyājyo nanv etanmate tyājyapadārtho ’prasiddha iti śaṃkāṃ nirasyati mayi iti svacche bodhasvarūpasamudre budbudatulyasya viśvasya heyatvād iti bhāvaḥ

HP 1.55*4

श्रुतिप्रतीतिः स्वगुरुप्रतीतिः

स्वात्मप्रतीतिर्मनसोऽपि रोधः

एतानि सर्वाणि समुच्चितानि

मतानि धीरैरिह साधनानि ॥ (Δ)

śrutipratītiḥ svagurupratītiḥ

svātmapratītir manaso’pi rodhaḥ /

etāni sarvāṇi samuccitāni

matāni dhīrair iha sādhanāni // (Δ)

Realisation from scripture, realisation from one’s own guru, realisation from oneself and the cessation of mind; all these methods have been combined and taught by the wise in this tradition.
Philological Commentary

Verse 1.55.4 is in some of the δ manuscripts and is quoted in Yogacintāmaṇi with attribution to the Haṭhapradīpikā. The reading in the Yogacintāmaṇi `cessation of mind’ (manonirodhaḥ) is better than manaso ’pi bodhaḥ (the δ reading) in a yogic context.

Metre: Upajāti
Readings

pratītiḥ (δ2 δ3) ] prītaḥ (δ1)
’pi rodhaḥ (em.) ] ’pi bodhaḥ (Δ)
samuccitāni (δ1) ] samuddhṛtāni (δ2 δ3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 48v

haṭhapradīpikāyām--

śrutipratītiś ca gurupratītiḥ svātmapratītiś ca manonirodhaḥ |

etāni sarvāṇi samuccitāni matāni dhīrair iha sādhanāni ||

HP 1.56

आसनं कुम्भकं चित्रंमुद्राख्यं करणं तथा

अथ नादानुसन्धानमभ्यासानुक्रमो हठे

āsanaṃ kumbhakaṃ citraṃmudrākhyaṃ karaṇaṃ tathā /

atha nādānusandhānam abhyāsānukramo haṭhe //

Posture, manifold breath retention, the bodily technique called seal, then concentration on the internal sound is the sequence of practice in Haṭha.
Philological Commentary

This verse was omitted from η1, the oldest dated manuscript. The omission is probably deliberate as that manuscript does not have chapter four, which teaches nādānusandhāna. The numbering in η1 suggests that its exemplar had this verse. The term kumbhaka is almost always masculine but appears in this verse as a neuter in the majority of manuscripts of the important groups. This verse is similar to 1.65, which has mudrādikaraṇāni ca, so perhaps it was through confusion with 1.65 that the same reading is found in some witnesses of 1.56. It seems that the four auxiliaries (aṅga) of Haṭhayoga are being referred to in the singular (hence āsanaṃ), whereas in 1.65 the plural is used (i.e., pīṭhāni). Therefore, the reading citraṃ [...] karaṇaṃ tathā is likely original for this verse.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ हठाभ्यसनक्रममाह आसनमिति. आसनमुक्तलक्षणं चित्रं नानाविधं कुम्भकं सूर्यभेदनमुज्जायी इत्यादिवक्ष्यमाणम्. मुद्रा इत्यख्या यस्य तत्मुद्राख्यम् महामुद्रादिरूपं करणं हठसिद्धौ प्रकृष्टोपकारकम्. तथा चार्थे. अथैतत्त्रयानुष्ठानानन्तरं नादस्य अनाहतध्वनेरनुसन्धानमनुचिन्तनं हठे हठयोगे अभ्यासो अभ्यसनं तस्य अनुक्रमः पौर्वापर्यक्रमो 'यम्.
atha haṭhābhyasanakramam āha āsanam iti. āsanam uktalakṣaṇaṃ citraṃ nānāvidhaṃ kumbhakaṃ sūryabhedanam ujjāyī ityādivakṣyamāṇam. mudrā ity akhyā yasya tat mudrākhyam mahāmudrādirūpaṃ karaṇaṃ haṭhasiddhau prakṛṣṭopakārakam. tathā cārthe. athaitattrayānuṣṭhānānantaraṃ nādasya anāhatadhvaner anusandhānam anucintanaṃ haṭhe haṭhayoge abhyāso abhyasanaṃ tasya anukramaḥ paurvāparyakramo 'yam.
Readings

Stanza omitted in η1
kumbhakaṃ (cett.) ] kumbhakaś (βω η2)
citraṃ (cett.) ] citra (γ1 ε1)
mudrākhyaṃ (β2 Δ ε1 ε3 χ) ] mudrākhya (α1), mudrāśyaṃ (γ1), mudrādi (βω η2)
karaṇaṃ tathā (cett.) ] karaṇāni ca (η2), pavanakriyā (βω)
sandhānam (cett.) ] sandhāna (βω)
abhyāsā (cett.) ] abhyāsyā (β2 δ1), syābhyāsā (βω)
°nukramo haṭhe (α2 β2 βω γ1 ε3 η2 χ) ] nukramo haṭhaḥ (α1), nukramo haṭho (ε1), nukrameṇa tu (Δ)

Sources
Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 111v

haṭhapradīpikāyām--

āsanaṃ kumbhakaṃ citraṃ mudrākhyaṃ karaṇaṃ tathā |

atha nādānusandhānam abhyāsānukrameṇa ca ||

HP 1.57

ब्रह्मचारी मिताहारी योगी योगपरायणः

अब्दादूर्ध्वं भवेत्सिद्धो नात्र कार्या विचारणा

brahmacārī mitāhārī yogī yogaparāyaṇaḥ /

abdād ūrdhvaṃ bhavet siddho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā //

Celibate, restricted in diet and devoted to yoga, the yogi becomes an adept after a year. No doubt about this should be entertained.
Philological Commentary

The readings tyāgī and yogī are both well attested in Haṭhapradīpikā 1.57b. The confusion between the two appears to have started early in the transmission of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa. The occurrence of tyāgī in Vivekamārtaṇḍa 37 may be a dittographical type of mistake because the word tyāgī is in the previous hemistich of that work. But it is more difficult to determine whether Svātmārāma used a manuscript of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa with tyāgī or yogī in verse 37. Since the best α manuscript has yogī, as well as η1 and many others, we have tentatively adopted it bearing in mind that it was changed early in the transmission of the Haṭhapradīpikā, most likely by a scribe who knew the reading of tyāgī in a manuscript of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa.

Jyotsna Commentary
हठसिद्धेरवधिमाह ब्रह्मचार्यीति. ब्रह्मचारी ब्रह्मचर्यवान्मिताहारो वक्ष्यमाणः सो 'स्यास्तीति मिताहारी त्यागी दानशीलो विषयपरित्यागी वा योगपरायणः योगाङ्गाभ्यसनपरः. अब्दाद्वर्षादूर्ध्वं सिद्धः सिद्धहठो भवेत्. अत्र उक्ते 'र्थे विचारणा स्यान्न वेति संशयप्रयुक्ता न कार्या. एतन्निश्चितमेवेत्यर्थः.
haṭhasiddher avadhim āha brahmacāryīti. brahmacārī brahmacaryavān mitāhāro vakṣyamāṇaḥ so 'syāstīti mitāhārī tyāgī dānaśīlo viṣayaparityāgī vā yogaparāyaṇaḥ yogāṅgābhyasanaparaḥ. abdād varṣād ūrdhvaṃ siddhaḥ siddhahaṭho bhavet. atra ukte 'rthe vicāraṇā syān na veti saṃśayaprayuktā na kāryā. etan niścitam evety arthaḥ.
Readings

mitāhārī (cett.) ] mitāhāro (δ1)
yogī (α1 α2 α3 β1 Δ ε1 η1) ] tyāgī (β2 βω γ1 ε3 η2 χ)
parāyaṇaḥ (cett.) ] parākramaḥ (δ2)
siddho (cett.) ] siddhir (α1 δ3), siddhīn (η2)
kāryā (cett.) ] kārya (βω γ1ac), kāryo (β2)
vicāraṇā (cett.) ] vicāraṇāt (η2), vicāraṇe (β2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 37

brahmacārī mitāhārī yogī yogaparāyaṇaḥ |

abdād ūrdhvaṃ bhavet siddho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 111v (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

brahmacārī mitāhārī tyāgī yogaparāyaṇaḥ |

abdād ūrdhvaṃ bhavet siddho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.28

brahmacārī mitāhārī tyāgī yogaparāyaṇaḥ ||

abdād ūrdhvaṃ bhavet siddho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā ||

tyāgī ] yogī P,T,t1

HP 1.58

सुस्निग्धमधुराहारश्चतुर्थांशविवर्जितः

भुज्यते शिवसंप्रीत्यै मिताहारः स उच्यते

susnigdhamadhurāhāraś caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ /

bhujyate śivasaṃprītyai mitāhāraḥ sa ucyate //

When very unctuous and sweet food is eaten for love of Śiva, leaving a quarter [of the stomach] empty (caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ), it is called a restricted diet (mitāhāra).
Philological Commentary

This verse probably derives from the ‘original’ Gorakṣaśataka (12c–13b). It is also found, but reworked to be about the mitāhārī, in Nowotny’s Gorakṣaśataka (55), which is an extended recension of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa. The expression `lacking a fourth part’ caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ) is somewhat vague but probably refers to the idea of leaving a quarter of one’s stomach empty, which is stated more clearly in the Dharmaputrikā 1.51-52:

ṣaḍrasopetasuṣnigdhasvādusāndrasugandhinā |

udarasyārdhabhāgan tu bhojanena prapūrayet ||

pānīyena caturbhāgaṃ taccheṣaṃ śūnyam iṣyate |

vāyos sañcāraṇānārtham āhāraniyamaḥ smṛtaḥ ||

And, as noted by Brahmānanda in Jyotsnā 1.58, this idea also occurs in an āyurvedic work called the Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Sūtrasthāna, 8.46cd–47ab:

annena kukṣer dvāv aṃśau pānenaikaṃ prapūrayet |

āśrayaṃ pavanādīnāṃ caturtham avaśeṣayet ||

Jyotsna Commentary
पूर्वश्लोके मिताहारीत्युक्तम्तत्र योगिनां कीदृशो मिताहार इत्यपेक्षायामाह सुस्निग्धेति. सुस्निग्धो 'तिस्निग्धः स चासौ मधुरश्च तादृश आहारः चतुर्थांशविवर्जितः चतुर्थभागरहितः. तद् उक्तमभियुक्तैः

द्वौ भागौ पूरयेदन्नैस्तोयेनैकं प्रपूरयेत्

वायोः सञ्चरणार्थाय चतुर्थमवशेषयेतिति

शिवो जीव ईश्वरो वा. भोक्ता देवो महेश्वरः इति वचनात्. तस्य सम्प्रीत्यै सम्यक्प्रीत्यर्थं यो भुज्यते स मिताहार इत्युच्यते.
pūrvaśloke mitāhārīty uktam tatra yogināṃ kīdṛśo mitāhāra ity apekṣāyām āha susnigdheti. susnigdho 'tisnigdhaḥ sa cāsau madhuraś ca tādṛśa āhāraḥ caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ caturthabhāgarahitaḥ. tad uktam abhiyuktaiḥ

dvau bhāgau pūrayed annais toyenaikaṃ prapūrayet

vāyoḥ sañcaraṇārthāya caturtham avaśeṣayet iti

śivo jīva īśvaro vā. bhoktā devo maheśvaraḥ iti vacanāt. tasya samprītyai samyakprītyarthaṃ yo bhujyate sa mitāhāra ity ucyate.
Readings

āhāraś (cett.) ] āhāra (α1 β2), āhāraṃ (βω)
caturthāṃśa (cett.) ] caturthāśā (γ1)
vivarjitaḥ (cett.) ] vivarjitam (βω)
saṃprītyai (cett.) ] saṃpritya (η1)
mitāhāraḥ (cett.) ] mitāhārī (γ1)
sa ucyate (cett.) ] samucyate (βω η1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 12cd–13ab

susnigdhamadhurāhāraś caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ ||

bhujyate śivasaṃprītyai mitāhāraḥ sa ucyate |

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 4.16

tad uktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyām--

susnigdhamadhurāhārāś caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ |

bhujyate śivasamprītyai mitāhāraḥ sa ucyate ||

Yogacūḍāmaṇyupaniṣat 43

susnigdhamadhurāhāraś caturthāṃśavivarjitaḥ |

bhuñjate śivasaṃprītyā mitāhārī sa ucyate ||

HP 1.59

कट्वम्लतीक्ष्णलवणोष्णहरीतशाक-

सौवीरतैलतिलसर्षपमत्स्यमद्यम्

आजादिमांसदधितक्रकुलत्थकोल-

पिण्याकहिङ्गुलशुनाद्यमपथ्यमाहुः ॥

kaṭvamlatīkṣṇalavaṇoṣṇaharītaśāka-

sauvīratailatilasarṣapamatsyamadyam /

ājādimāṃsadadhitakrakulatthakola-

piṇyākahiṅgulaśunādyam apathyam āhuḥ //

Pungent, sour, bitter, salty and hot foods, horseradish, sour gruel, [sesame] oil, sesame and mustard seeds, fish and intoxicating drink, flesh of goats and so forth, curds, diluted buttermilk, poor man’s pulse, jujube fruit, the leftover paste of oily seeds, asafoetida, garlic and the like: they say that such [food] is unwholesome.
Philological Commentary

On the meaning of uṣṇa (1.59a) in relation to food, Meulenbeld writes (1974: 254 fn. 13): Cakra mentions as a variant: katvamlalavaṇakṣāra (pungent, acid, saline and caustic). Cakra remarks that the term `hot’ (uṣṇa) denotes hot on touch when it occurs the first time, and hot with regard to potency when it occurs for the second time. The compound °harītaśāka° in 1.59a is spelt °haritaśāka° in other works. The spelling °harīta was probably adopted for metrical reasons. In some Nighaṇṭus, °haritaśāka° is glossed as horseradish (śigru). Rājanighaṇṭu 7.26

śigrur haritaśākaś ca śākapattraḥ supattrakaḥ |

Sauśrutanighaṇṭu 75ab

śigruko haritaśākaś ca mato vai mūlapatrakaḥ |

Brahmānanda’s understanding of harītaśāka as pattraśāka is probably wrong if pattraśāka was intended as ‘leafy vegetables.’ But he may have used the term pattraśāka in the sense of horseradish (śigru) as the dictionary notes that pattraśāka is probably equivalent to śākapattra, which is mentioned in Rājanighaṇṭu 7.26 (above). The term °sauvīra° (1.59b) probably means sour gruel. Brahmānanda glosses sauvīra as kāñjika, which is `fermented rice water.’ On sauvīra, Meulenbeld (1974: 516–517) says, sauvīra is sour gruel made from barley and wheat.’ The process of making it is described in the Suśrutasaṃhitā (1.44.35--40ab) as follows: Roots of trivṛt etc., the first group (vidārigandhādi), mahat pañcamūla, mūrvā and śārṅgaṣṭā, and also of snuhī, haimavatī, triphalā, ativiṣā and vacā -- these are taken and divided into two parts out of which one is decocted and the other is powdered; now, crushed barley grains are impregnated with the above decoction several times, dried and then slightly fried. Taking three parts of this and one part of the above powder are put in a jar and mixed with their (of trivṛt, etc.) cold decoction and fermented properly. This is known as sauvīraka. (trans. Sharma 2018 (vol.1): 406) However, according to some Nighaṇṭus, sauvīra can also mean stibnite (an ingredient in some añjana’s and medicines). For example, in the Rājanighaṇṭu (13.86):

añjanaṃ yāmunaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ nādeyaṃ mecakaṃ tathā

srotojaṃ dṛkpradaṃ nīlaṃ sauvīraṃ ca suvīrajam ||

Note also that the Yogaprakāśikā (1.53) takes sauvīra with taila, perhaps to solve the problem of taila on its own (see below for more on this). The compound sauvīrataila is explained as `oil produced in the place Suvīra’ (suvīradeśodbhavatailam). According to Ali (1966: 144), Suvīra is known as a country that was also called Suvira (V.79), Sauvira (XVI.21) and Sauvīraka (IV.23). He identifies it with the Rohri/Khairpur region of Sind. The word taila could refer to tilataila. This is supported by the following rule (paribhāṣā) in the Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā (48): anuktāvasthāyāṃ paribhāṣāvidhiḥ [...] taile ’nukte tilodbhavam. We thank Dominik Wujastyk for this reference. Our translation of madya takes into account the following remarks of James McHugh (2021: 8): The most general Sanskrit term to denote drinks that create a drunken state is madya “intoxicating [drink].” Translating this word is hard. “Inebriating drink” is clumsy to my ear. “Intoxicating” contains the unfortunate “toxic” element that is not present in the Sanskrit word, though at least in English this is a common word, applicable to various substances and states and lacking any “toxic” associations in everyday usage. In the compound ājādimāṃsa° (1.59c), the adjective āja° is required for the metre, so variants beginning with aja° can be dismissed. Another well-attested reading is ājāvimāṃsa°. Although this was probably read as `goat and sheep flesh,’ āvi is not attested as an adjective of sheep, so this reading was probably not original. Moreover, only ājādimāṃsa° makes good sense. Diwakar Acharya believes that the prohibition of goat flesh and fish in this verse suggests it derives from the North East of India. The term kulattha means a kind of pulse, translated by Dominik Wujastyk (1998: 77) as `poor man’s pulse.’ The word kola is a name for Zizyphus Jujuba (Nadkarni 1926: pp. 919--920). It is also known as badara. This is how Brahmānanda understands it in Jyotsnā 1.59 (kolaṃ kolyāḥ phalaṃ badaram). According to Nadkarni, the fruit of the wild variety is very acid and astringent. It is believed to purify the blood and assist digestion. The bark is astringent and a simple remedy for diarrhoea. The root is useful as a decoction in fever and delirium. There are references to kola being pungent, though this does not seem to indicate sufficiently why kola is mentioned separately in the Haṭhapradīpikā as an unwholesome food. Diwakar Acharya has informed us that kola can refer to a type of banana in some parts of India. According to Sharma (1982: 69), piṇyāka is, ‘The remnant paste of oily seeds after pressing out the oil content is called piṇyāka.’ Diwakar says it is an oil cake that has a strong flavour, which may account for its inclusion in this list of unwholesome foods. The term hiṅgu means Asafoetida (Nadkarni 1926: 360–361). As to why it might be considered unwholesome, the following comments by Nadkarni give some indication: If long continued, even in moderate doses, it gives rise to alliaceous eructations, acrid irritation in the throat, flatulence, diarrhoea and burning in the urine.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ योगिनामपथ्यमाह द्वाभ्यां कट्विति. कटु कारवेल्लादि. अम्लं चिञ्चाफलादि. तीक्ष्णं मरीचादि. लवणं प्रसिद्धम्. उष्णं गुडादि. हरीतशाकं पत्रशाकं. सौवीरं काञ्जिकं. तैलं तिलसर्षपादिस्नेहः. तिलाः प्रसिद्धाः. सर्षपाः सिद्धार्थाः. मद्यं सुरा. मत्स्यो झषः. एषाम् इतरेतरद्वन्द्वः. एतानपथ्यानाहुः. अजस्येदमाजं आजं आदिर्यस्य सौकरादेः तदाजादि तच्च तन्मांसं चाजादिमांसम्. दधि दुग्धपरिणामविशेषः. तक्रं गृहीतसारं दधि. कुलत्थाः द्विदलविशेषाः. कोलं कोल्याः फलं बदरम्. कर्कन्धूर्बदरी कोलिः इत्य् अमरः. पिण्याकं तिलपिण्डम्. हिङ्गु रामठं लशुनम्. एषाम् इतरेतरद्वन्द्वः. एतान्याद्यानि यस्य तत्तथा. आद्यशब्देन पलाण्डुगृञ्जनमादकद्रव्यमाषान्नादिकं ग्राह्यम्. अपथ्यमहितम्. योगिनामिति शेषः. आहुर्योगिन इत्य् अध्याहारः.
atha yoginām apathyam āha dvābhyāṃ kaṭv iti. kaṭu kāravellādi. amlaṃ ciñcāphalādi. tīkṣṇaṃ marīcādi. lavaṇaṃ prasiddham. uṣṇaṃ guḍādi. harītaśākaṃ patraśākaṃ. sauvīraṃ kāñjikaṃ. tailaṃ tilasarṣapādisnehaḥ. tilāḥ prasiddhāḥ. sarṣapāḥ siddhārthāḥ. madyaṃ surā. matsyo jhaṣaḥ. eṣām itaretaradvandvaḥ. etān apathyān āhuḥ. ajasyedam ājaṃ ājaṃ ādir yasya saukarādeḥ tad ājādi tac ca tanmāṃsaṃ cājādimāṃsam. dadhi dugdhapariṇāmaviśeṣaḥ. takraṃ gṛhītasāraṃ dadhi. kulatthāḥ dvidalaviśeṣāḥ. kolaṃ kolyāḥ phalaṃ badaram. karkandhūr badarī koliḥ ity amaraḥ. piṇyākaṃ tilapiṇḍam. hiṅgu rāmaṭhaṃ laśunam. eṣām itaretaradvandvaḥ. etāny ādyāni yasya tat tathā. ādyaśabdena palāṇḍugṛñjanamādakadravyamāṣānnādikaṃ grāhyam. apathyam ahitam. yoginām iti śeṣaḥ. āhur yogina ity adhyāhāraḥ.
Metre: Vasantatilakā
Readings

kaṭvamla (cett.) ] kaṭvāmla (βω η1)
tīkṣṇalavaṇoṣṇa (cett.) ] tiktalavaṇoṣṇa (δ1)
harīta (α1 Δ ε1 η1 η2 χ) ] hārīta (ε3), harita (β2 βω γ1)
śāka (α1 β2 γ1 Δ ε1 ε3 χ) ] śākaṃ (βω η1), sāka (η2)
tila (cett.) ] illeg. (η1), om. (β2 γ1)
matsyamadyam (cett.) ] matsyamadyāḥ (ε1), machyamadyā (α1), tsyamaghaṃ (η1), madyamatsyān (α2 β2 γ1 χ)
ājādi (ε1 χ) ] ajādi (β1 γ1 ε3), ājāvi (η2), ajāvi (βω η1 Δ), ājīvi (α1), ajādhi (α2), ajavya (β2)
māṃsadadhi (cett.) ] māṃsaṃ dadhi (ε3)
kulattha (cett.) ] kulatha (βω δ1), kulatthya (η1), kuluttha (δ3)
kola (α1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε3 χ) ] kaula (δ2), kela (ε1), kodra (η2), koṣṇā (η1), kāla (γ1)
piṇyāka (cett.) ] pinnāka (βω), om. (γ1)
laśunādyam (cett.) ] laśanādyam (ε1), laśunādim (δ3)
apathyam (cett.) ] asūram (δ3)

Sources
cf. DYŚ 70ab

lavaṇaṃ sarṣapaś cāmlam uṣṇaṃ rūkṣaṃ ca tīkṣṇakam|

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 54v

haṭhapradīpikāyām--

kaṭvamlatīkṣṇalavaṇoṣṇaharītaśāka-

sauvīratailatilasarṣapamatsyamadyam |

ajādimāṃsadadhitakrakulatthakola-

piṇyākahiṅgulaśunādyam apathyam āhuḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.72

kaṭvamlatīkṣṇalavaṇoṣṇaharītaśākaṃ

sauvīratailatilasarṣapamatsyamadyam |

ajādimāṃsadadhitakrakulatthakodra-

piṇyākahiṅgulaśunādyam apathyam āhuḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī

atha varjyāni –

kaṭvamlatīkṣṇalavaṇoṣṇa haritaśāka-

sauvīratailatilasarṣapamatsyamadyam ||

ajāvimāṃsadadhitakrakulatthakola-

piṇyākahiṃgulaśunādyam apathyam āhuḥ || 28 ||

HP 1.60

भोजनमहितं विद्यात्पुनरप्युष्णीकृतं रूक्षम्

अतिलवणमम्लपृक्तंकदशनशाकोत्कटं दुष्टम्

bhojanam ahitaṃ vidyāt punar apy uṣṇīkṛtaṃ rūkṣam /

atilavaṇam amlapṛktaṃkadaśanaśākotkaṭaṃ duṣṭam //

One should know food to be unfit if it has been reheated, is dry, too salty or sour, contains an excess of leafy vegetables that are hard to chew, [or] is spoiled.
Philological Commentary

We have not found any conclusive evidence for the meaning of tilapiṇḍa. Brahmānanda glosses it as piṇyāka (on the meaning of which see the notes for the previous verse). The meaning of the compound kadaśanaśākotkaṭaṃ is not clear. Brahmānanda understands it as a list (dvandva) consisting of kadaśana, śāka and utkaṭa, which he defines as bad food, prohibited vegetables and pepper, respectively. There are various possible meanings of utkaṭa. According to some Nighaṇṭus, the word utkaṭā can mean pepper (e.g., Rājanighaṇṭu 5.16 pārvatī śailajā tāmrā lambabījā tathotkaṭā) and, according to Monier Williams, utkaṭa can refer to Saccharum Sara and utkaṭā also to Laurus Cassia (cinnamon). However, utkaṭa can be an adjective that means ‘abounding in’ at the end of a compound. Since this verse consists of many adjectives describing food that is unwholesome, it is likely that kadaśanaśākotkaṭaṃ was intended as an adjectival tatpuruṣa, in which case it means ‘[food] full of vegetables’ śākotkaṭa that are `bad food’ or, perhaps, `bad eating’ (kadaśana) in the sense of hard to chew.

Jyotsna Commentary
भोजनमिति. पूर्वं पाचितं पश्चादग्निसंयोगेनोष्णीकृतं यद्भोजनं सूपौदनरोटिकादि रूक्षं घृतादिहीनम्. अतिशयितं लवणं यस्मिन्तदतिलवणम्. यद्वा लवणमतिक्रान्तमतिलवणं चाकूवा इति लोके प्रसिद्धं शाकं यवक्षारादिकं च. लवणस्य सर्वथा वर्जनीयत्वादुत्तरपक्षः साधुः. तथा च दत्तात्रेयः

अथ वर्ज्यानि वक्ष्यामि योगविघ्नकराणि च

लवणं सर्षपं चाम्लमुष्णं तीक्ष्णं च रूक्षकम्

अतीव भोजनं त्याज्यमतिनिद्रातिभाषणमिति.

स्कन्दपुराणे 'पि

त्यजेत्कट्वम्ललवणं क्षीरभोजी सदा भवेतिति

अम्लयुक्तमम्लद्रव्येण युक्तम्. अम्लद्रव्येण युक्तमपि त्याज्यं किमुत साक्षाद् अम्लम्. अत्र तृतीयपादं पललं वा तिलपिण्डमिति केचित्पठन्ति. तस्यायमर्थः पललं मांसं तिलपिण्डं पिण्याकं कदशनं कदन्नं यावनालकोद्रवादि शाकं विहितेतरशाकमात्रम्. उत्कटं विदाहि मिरची इति लोके प्रसिद्धम्मिरचा इति हिन्दुस्थानभाषायाम्. कदशनादीनां समाहारद्वन्द्वः. अतिलवणादिकं वर्ज्यं वर्जनारहम्. दुष्टम् इति पाठे दुष्टं पूतिपर्युषितादि. अहितमिति योजनीयम्.
bhojanam iti. pūrvaṃ pācitaṃ paścād agnisaṃyogenoṣṇīkṛtaṃ yad bhojanaṃ sūpaudanaroṭikādi rūkṣaṃ ghṛtādihīnam. atiśayitaṃ lavaṇaṃ yasmin tad atilavaṇam. yad vā lavaṇam atikrāntam atilavaṇaṃ cākūvā iti loke prasiddhaṃ śākaṃ yavakṣārādikaṃ ca. lavaṇasya sarvathā varjanīyatvād uttarapakṣaḥ sādhuḥ. tathā ca dattātreyaḥ

atha varjyāni vakṣyāmi yogavighnakarāṇi ca

lavaṇaṃ sarṣapaṃ cāmlam uṣṇaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ ca rūkṣakam

atīva bhojanaṃ tyājyam atinidrātibhāṣaṇam iti.

skandapurāṇe 'pi

tyajet kaṭvamlalavaṇaṃ kṣīrabhojī sadā bhavet iti

amlayuktam amladravyeṇa yuktam. amladravyeṇa yuktam api tyājyaṃ kim uta sākṣād amlam. atra tṛtīyapādaṃ palalaṃ vā tilapiṇḍam iti kecit paṭhanti. tasyāyam arthaḥ palalaṃ māṃsaṃ tilapiṇḍaṃ piṇyākaṃ kadaśanaṃ kadannaṃ yāvanālakodravādi śākaṃ vihitetaraśākamātram. utkaṭaṃ vidāhi miracī iti loke prasiddham miracā iti hindusthānabhāṣāyām. kadaśanādīnāṃ samāhāradvandvaḥ. atilavaṇādikaṃ varjyaṃ varjanārham. duṣṭam iti pāṭhe duṣṭaṃ pūtiparyuṣitādi. ahitam iti yojanīyam.
Metre: Upagīti
Readings

vidyāt (γ1 δ1 δ2 ε1 χ) ] vidyā (δ3 η1), viṃdyāt (α1 β2 βω ε3 η2)
punar apy (cett.) ] punar (Δ ε1)
uṣṇīkṛtaṃ (cett.) ] uśnakrataṃ (βω), uṣṇībhūtam (Δ), uṣṇi (α1), asvīkṛtaṃ (β2)
rūkṣam (α1 β2 βω γ1 ε1 ε3 η2 χ) ] rūkṣa (η1), apramitaṃ (δ1 δ2), apratihataṃ (δ3)
atilavaṇam amlapṛktaṃ (em.) ] atīlavaṇāmlapṛktaṃ (γ1), atīlavaṇāmlayuktaṃ (β2), atilavaṇam amlayuktaṃ (χ), atilavaṇādyaprantaṃ (α1), atilavaṇādyuṣṇataṃ (η1), atilavaṇādiprayuktaṃ (ε1), atilavaṇādiyuktaṃ (ε3), atilavaṇaṃ tilapiṇḍa (η2), atilavaṇaṃ tilaṃ piṇḍa (βω), atilavaṇasavapalala (δ1), atilavaṇasavapalalaṃ (δ2), atilavaṇāsavapalalaṃ (δ3)
kadaśana (cett.) ] kadaśanaṃ (βω η2)
śākotkaṭaṃ (cett.) ] śākātkaṭa (βω), śokātkaṭa (η1), śākokṣadaṃ (γ1)
duṣṭam (β2 γ1 ε1 ε3) ] duṣṇaṃ (α1), varjyam (Δ χ), varjjaṃ (η2), varjitaṃ (βω), illeg. (η1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 55v (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

bhojanam ahitaṃ vidyāt punar uṣṇīkṛtaṃ tathā |

atilavaṇaṃ sapalaṃ vā prasitaṃ śākotkaṭaṃ varjyam ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā

bhojanam ahitaṃ vidyāt punar uṣṇīkṛtaṃ rūkṣaṃ |

atilavaṇādikayuktaṃ kadaśanaśākotkaṭaṃ duṣṭaṃ ||

HP 1.61

तथा हि गोरक्षवचनम्(α1, β2, βω, γ1, η1 and η2)

* वर्जयेद्दुर्जनप्रान्तं वह्निस्त्रीपथसेवनम् ।

प्रातःस्नानोपवासादिकायक्लेशविधिं तथा

tathā hi gorakṣavacanam / (α1, β2, βω, γ1, η1 and η2)

* varjayed durjanaprāntaṃ vahnistrīpathasevanam /

prātaḥsnānopavāsādikāyakleśavidhiṃ tathā //

In the same vein there is a saying by Goraksa: One should avoid places near bad people, frequenting fire, women and roads, and observances which harm the body such as early morning bathing and fasting.
Philological Commentary

Manuscripts from the α, β and ε groups have the reading durjanaprāntaṃ (1.61a), which is the lectio difficilior in relation to durjanaprītiṃ (`the friendship of wicked people’). We have understood durjanaprānta in line with Brahmānanda’s gloss in Jyotsnā 1.64, `dwelling near bad people’ (durjanasamīpavāsa).

Jyotsna Commentary
एवं योगिनां सदा वर्ज्यान्युक्त्वाभ्यासकाले वर्ज्यान्याह अर्धेन वह्नीति. वह्निश्च स्त्री च पन्थाश् च तेषां सेवा वह्निसेवनस्त्रीसङ्गतीर्थयात्रादौ पथिगमनादिरूपास्तासां वर्जनमादावभ्यासकाले आचरेत्. सिद्धे 'भ्यासे तु कदाचित्शीते वह्निसेवनं गृहस्थस्य ऋतौ स्वभार्यागमनं तीर्थयात्रादौ मार्गगमनं च न निषिद्धमित्यादिपदेन सूच्यते. तत्र प्रमाणं गोरक्षवचनमवतारयति तथा हीति. तत्पठति वर्जयेदिति. दुर्जनप्रान्तं दुर्जनसमीपवासम्. दुर्जनप्रीतिमिति क्वचित्पाठः. वह्निस्त्रीपथांसेवनं व्याख्यातम्. प्रातःस्नानमुपवासश्चादिर्यस्य फलाहारादेः तच्च तयोः समाहारद्वन्द्वः. प्रथमाभ्यासिनः प्रातःस्नाने शीतविकारोत्पत्तेः. उपवासादिना पित्ताद्युत्पत्तेः. कायक्लेशविधिं कायक्लेशकरं विधिं क्रियां बहुसूर्यनमस्कारादिरूपां बहुभारोद्वहनादिरूपां च. तथा समुच्चये. अत्र प्रतिपदं वर्जयेदिति क्रियासम्बन्धः.
evaṃ yogināṃ sadā varjyāny uktvābhyāsakāle varjyāny āha ardhena vahnīti. vahniś ca strī ca panthāś ca teṣāṃ sevā vahnisevanastrīsaṅgatīrthayātrādau pathigamanādirūpās tāsāṃ varjanam ādāv abhyāsakāle ācaret. siddhe 'bhyāse tu kadācit śīte vahnisevanaṃ gṛhasthasya ṛtau svabhāryāgamanaṃ tīrthayātrādau mārgagamanaṃ ca na niṣiddham ity ādipadena sūcyate. tatra pramāṇaṃ gorakṣavacanam avatārayati tathā hīti. tat paṭhati varjayed iti. durjanaprāntaṃ durjanasamīpavāsam. durjanaprītim iti kvacit pāṭhaḥ. vahnistrīpathāṃsevanaṃ vyākhyātam. prātaḥsnānam upavāsaś cādir yasya phalāhārādeḥ tac ca tayoḥ samāhāradvandvaḥ. prathamābhyāsinaḥ prātaḥsnāne śītavikārotpatteḥ. upavāsādinā pittādyutpatteḥ. kāyakleśavidhiṃ kāyakleśakaraṃ vidhiṃ kriyāṃ bahusūryanamaskārādirūpāṃ bahubhārodvahanādirūpāṃ ca. tathā samuccaye. atra pratipadaṃ varjayed iti kriyāsambandhaḥ.
Readings

tathā hi (β2 βω γ1 χ) ] tathā (α1 η1 η2), om. (δ1 δ3 ε1 ε3 χ)
gorakṣavacanam (α1 β2 βω γ1 η1 η2) ] om. (δ1 δ3 ε1 ε3 χ)
ante varjayed add.tailāmlāloṇītīnikālikābhāi (?) (η1)
varjayed (β2 Δ ε1 ε3 η2 χ) ] varjaye (α1 βω γ1 η1)
durjana (cett.) ] durjanaṃ (β2), tarjana (η1)
prāntaṃ (α1 β1 ε1 χ) ] prātaṃ (η1), prāpte (β2), prītiṃ (γ1 Δ ε3 η2), prīti (βω)
vahnistrī (cett.) ] vastrī (δ1)
patha (cett.) ] pathya (βω), pathi (χ), madhu (δ1)
prātaḥsnāno (cett.) ] prātaśnāno (βω)
kleśavidhiṃ (α1 β2 βω γ1 ε1 ε3 χ) ] kleśādikaṃ (Δ η1 η2)
tathā (cett.) ] yathā (δ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 48v

haṭhadīpikāyām—

varjayed durjanaprītiṃ vahnistrīpathasevanam |

prātaḥsnānopavāsādi kāyakleśādikaṃ tathā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.73

tathā ca gorakṣavacanam---

varjayed durjanaprītivahnistrīpathasevanam |

prātaḥsnānopavāsādi kāyakleśādikaṃ tathā ||

°prīti°] °prāntaṃ P, prāptaṃ T,t1. kāyakleśādikaṃ ] kāyakleśavidhiṃ P,T.

Yuktabhavadeva 4.18 (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

varjayed durjanaprītiṃ vahnistrīpathasevanam |

prātaḥsnānopavāsādikāyakleśavidhiṃ tyajet ||

HP 1.62

गोधूमशालियवषष्टिकशोभनान्नं

क्षीराज्यमण्डनवनीतसितामधूनि ।

शुण्ठीपटोलकफलादि च पञ्चशाकं

मुद्गादि दिव्यमुदकं यमीन्द्रपथ्यम् ॥

godhūmaśāliyavaṣaṣṭikaśobhanānnaṃ

kṣīrājyamaṇḍanavanītasitāmadhūni /

śuṇṭhīpaṭolakaphalādi ca pañcaśākaṃ

mudgādi divyam udakaṃca yamīndrapathyam //

The pure grains that are wheat, rice, śāli rice, barley, sixty-day śāli rice; milk, ghee, cream, fresh butter, ground sugar and honey; dried ginger, fruit of the snake gourd and so forth; the five vegetables; mung beans and so on; and rain water. [These] are wholesome for the best of ascetics.
Philological Commentary

In 1.62b, maṇḍa, which is supported by α, β and γ, is more likely than khaṇḍa (`candied sugar’) because it fits the context of diary products mentioned in this compound (i.e., kṣīra, ājya and navanīta). The term navanīta is discussed in Suśrutasaṃhitā, sūtrasthāna, 45.92 as follows: Fresh butter (navanīta) is light soft, sweet, astringent, slightly sour, cold, intellect-promoting, appetiser, cordial, checking, aphrodisiac, non-burning, pacifies pitta and vāta and alleviates wasting, cough, wound, consumption, piles and facial paralysis [...] (trans. Sharma 2018 vol. 1: 434). The word sitā is one of many words for ground sugar. Meulenbeld (1974: 507) comments that sitā is `very white and looks like gravel.’ Thw term paṭola can refer to at least two different gourds. Meulenbeld (1974: 569) compiled a list of six possibilities, including Trichosanthes dioica Roxb. (`pointed gourd’), Trichosanthes cucumerina Linn (`snake gourd’). Nadkarni (1954: 863, 518) has two entries on paṭola: item Snake gourd is common in Bengal and cultivated in Northern India and Punjab. The unripe fruit of this climbing plant is generally used as a culinary vegetable and is very wholesome, specially suited for the convalescent. item Smooth luffa is a hairy climbing herb extensively cultivated in several parts of India. The fruit is edible. Medicinally it is described as `cool, costive, demulcent, producive of loss of appetite and excitive of wind, bile and phlegm. Sharma (1982: 156) adds that paṭola is a synonym of kulaka and is well known as Trichosanthas dioica Roxb. Brahmānanda glosses paṭola as kośātakī, which is Luffa acutangula Roxb (Meulenbeld 1974: 586), suggesting that he thought it was some sort of luffa. He also mentions the vernacular term paravara for paṭola. Groups of five vegetables (pañcaśāka or śākapañcaka) have been defined in various yoga texts, but such grouping of vegetables does not seem to occur outside of literature on yoga. The earilest reference to a group of five vegetables known to us is the sixteenth-century Yuktabhavadeva 4.22, which attributes the verse to the Śivayoga. The same verse is also quoted in Jyotsnā 1.65 with attribution to a medical source (vaidyaka):

sarvaśākam acākṣuṣyaṃ cākṣuṣyaṃ śākapañcakam |

jīvantī vāstumatsyākṣī meghanādaḥ punarnavāḥ || iti ||

Another verse on a similar fivefold group of vegetables is also cited in the Haṭhatattvakaumudī (4.26)

pañcaśākas tu–

kṣīraparṇī ca jīvantī matsyākṣī ca punarnavā

meghanādaś ceti budhaiḥ pañcaśākaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || iti ||

And a group with more significant differences is mentioned in the Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā (5.20).

bālaśākaṃ kālaśākaṃ tathā paṭolapatrakam |

pañcaśākaṃ praśaṃsīyād vāstūkaṃ hilamocikāṃ ||

It is not entirely clear how one should understand divya (1.62d). Brahmānanda glosses it with nirdoṣa (`defectless’) and takes it with udaka. Ayurvedic sources indicate more clearly that divyodaka was understood as rainwater. In a section on types of water (jalavarga) in the Sūtrasthāna of the Carakasaṃhitā (27.196–224), rainwater is referred to as `divyaṃ udakam’ (1.27.198) in a discussion of the properties of water that has fallen from the sky. The compound divyodaka is used in other Āyurvedic works to refer to the use of rainwater in recipes and treatments (e.g., Aṣṭāṅgahṛdaya 8.42–43). Also, the Rājanighaṇṭu (14.4) glosses divyodaka as rainwater:

divyodakaṃ kharāri syād ākāśasalilaṃ tathā |

vyomodakaṃ cāntarikṣajalaṃ ceṣvabhidhāhvayam ||

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ योगिपथ्यमाह गोधूमेत्यादिना. गोधूमाश्च शालयश्च यवाश्च षाष्टिकाः षष्ठ्या दिनैर्ये पच्यन्ते तण्डुलविशेषास् शोभनमन्नं पवित्रान्नं श्यामाकनीवारादि तच्चैतेषां समाहारद्वन्द्वः. क्षीरं दुग्धम्. आज्यं घृतं. खण्डः शर्करा. नवनीतं मथितदधिसारः. सिता तीव्रपल्ली खडीसाकर इति लोके प्रसिद्धा मिसरी इति हिन्दुस्थानभाषायाम्. मधु क्षौद्रमेषामितरेतरद्वन्द्वः. शुण्ठी प्रसिद्धा पटोलकफलं परवर इति भाषायां प्रसिद्धं शाकं. तदादिर्यस्य कोशातक्यादेस् तत्पटोलकफलादिकं शेषाद्विभाषा इति कप्रत्ययः. पञ्चानां शाकानां समाहारः पञ्चशाकम्. तदुक्तं वैद्यके

सर्वशाकमचाक्षुष्यं चाक्षुष्यं शाकपञ्चकम्

जीवन्तीवास्तुमत्स्याक्षीमेघनादपुनर्नवाः इति.

मुद्गा द्विदलविशेषा आदिर्यस्य तन्मुद्गादि. आदिपदेन आढकी ग्राह्या. दिव्यं निर्दोषमुदकं जलं च. यम एषामस्तीति यमिनः तेष्विन्द्रो इव श्रेष्ठो यो योगीन्द्रस्तस्य पथ्यं हितम्.
atha yogipathyam āha godhūmetyādinā. godhūmāś ca śālayaś ca yavāś ca ṣāṣṭikāḥ ṣaṣṭhyā dinair ye pacyante taṇḍulaviśeṣās śobhanam annaṃ pavitrānnaṃ śyāmākanīvārādi tac caiteṣāṃ samāhāradvandvaḥ. kṣīraṃ dugdham. ājyaṃ ghṛtaṃ. khaṇḍaḥ śarkarā. navanītaṃ mathitadadhisāraḥ. sitā tīvrapallī khaḍīsākara iti loke prasiddhā misarī iti hindusthānabhāṣāyām. madhu kṣaudram eṣām itaretaradvandvaḥ. śuṇṭhī prasiddhā paṭolakaphalaṃ paravara iti bhāṣāyāṃ prasiddhaṃ śākaṃ. tadādir yasya kośātakyādes tatpaṭolakaphalādikaṃ śeṣād vibhāṣā iti kapratyayaḥ. pañcānāṃ śākānāṃ samāhāraḥ pañcaśākam. tad uktaṃ vaidyake

sarvaśākam acākṣuṣyaṃ cākṣuṣyaṃ śākapañcakam

jīvantīvāstumatsyākṣīmeghanādapunarnavāḥ iti.

mudgā dvidalaviśeṣā ādir yasya tan mudgādi. ādipadena āḍhakī grāhyā. divyaṃ nirdoṣam udakaṃ jalaṃ ca. yama eṣām astīti yaminaḥ teṣv indro iva śreṣṭho yo yogīndras tasya pathyaṃ hitam.
Metre: Vasantatilakā
Readings

godhūma (cett.) ] godhūmā (δ1)
yava (cett.) ] java (β2 η1)
ṣaṣṭika (cett.) ] ṣāṣṭika (α1 β2 χ), māṣikaṃ (γ1), piṣṭaka (ε1)
śobhanānnaṃ (cett.) ] śobhanānna (βω γ1), śobhanānnānī (η1)
maṇḍa (α1 β2 γ1 Δ) ] khaṇḍa (ε1 ε3 η2 χ), ṣaṃḍa (βω η1)
nīta (cett.) ] nīti (η1)
sitā (cett.) ] śītā (η1), sudhā (ε1)
paṭolaka (cett.) ] paṭolika (ε1 η1), paṭola (η2)
phalādi ca (β1 β2 βω) ] phalādiṣu (ε3), phalādika (α3 γ1 δ1 δ2 ε1 χ), phalādi<<ka>> (α1), phalādi (α2), phalādi .. (δ3), phalakādi ca (η2), phipalādika (η1)
pañcaśākaṃ (cett.) ] pacyaśākaṃ (α1), śākabhuktaṃ (η2)
mudgādi (cett.) ] mudgā (α1 βω ε3), mu _ di (β2)
divyam (cett.) ] cālpam (δ1 δ3)
ca (cett.) ] hri (?) (ε1), om. (βω)
yamīndra (α1 β2 βω ε1 η2 χ) ] yatīndra (γ1), munīndra (Δ ε3 η1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 54v (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

godhūmaśāliyavaṣāṣṭikaśobhanānnaṃ

kṣīrājyamaṇḍanavanītasitāmadhūni |

śuṇṭhīpaṭolakaphalādikapañcaśākaṃ

mudgādi cālpam udakaṃ ca munīndrapathyam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.71

godhūmaśāliyavaṣaṣṭikaśobhanānnaṃ

kṣīrājyamaṇḍanavanītasitāmadhūni |

śuṇṭhīpaṭolaphalapatrajapañcaśākaṃ

mudgādidivyam udakaṃ ca yamīndrapathyam ||

°phalapatraja° ] phalādika N,n1,J. yamīndra° ] yatīndra° N,n1,J

Yuktabhavadeva 4.21

tathā ca śivayoge-

godhūmaśāliyavaṣāṣṭikaśobhanānnaṃ

kṣīrājyakhaṇḍanavanītasitāmadhūni ||

śuṇṭhīpaṭolakaphalādi ca pañcaśāka-

mudgādidivyam udakaṃ ca munīndrapathyam ||

HP 1.62*1

सर्वशाकमचाक्षुष्यं चाक्षुष्यं शाकपञ्चकं ।

जीवन्ती वास्तु मत्स्याक्षी मेघनादः पुनर्नवा ॥ (γ1)

sarvaśākamacākṣuṣyaṃ cākṣuṣyaṃ śākapañcakaṃ /

jīvantī vāstu matsyākṣī meghanādaḥ punarnavā // (γ1)

Readings

cākṣuṣyaṃ (em.) ] cakṣapyaṃ (γ1)

HP 1.62*2

क्षीरपर्णीजीवन्ती मत्स्याक्षी च पुनर्नवा ।

मेघनादश्च पञ्चैते शाकनाम प्रकीर्तिता स्मल्ल्(सिच्) ॥ (βω and ε3)

kṣīraparṇī ca jīvantī matsyākṣī ca punarnavā /

meghanādaś ca pañcaite śākanāma prakīrtitā small (sic) // (βω and ε3)

Readings

kṣīraparṇī (ε3) ] kṣīravarṇī (βω)
jīvantī (ε3) ] jaivantī (βω)
matsyākṣī (ε3) ] matsāṣī (βω)
meghanādaś ca (ε3) ] meghanādīti (βω)
śākanāma prakīrtitā (βω) ] pañcaśākaḥ prakīrtitaḥ (ε3)

HP 1.63

मृष्टंसुमधुरं स्निग्धं गव्यं धातुप्रपोषणम्

मनोऽभिलषितं योग्यं योगी भोजनमाचरेत् ॥

mṛṣṭaṃsumadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavyaṃ dhātuprapoṣaṇam /

mano’bhilaṣitaṃ yogyaṃ yogī bhojanam ācaret //

The yogi should eat food that is sweet, delicious, unctuous, contains cow products, nourishes the bodily constituents (dhātu), is desired by the mind and is appropriate.
Philological Commentary

The variants of 1.63a all seem possible: mṛṣṭaṃ, miṣṭaṃ and iṣṭaṃ. The last is made somewhat redundant by mano ’bhilaṣitaṃ in 163c. Both mṛṣṭaṃ (α and η) and miṣṭaṃ (β and γ) are well attested by manuscripts of important groups and there is hardly any difference in their meaning in this context. We have adopted mṛṣṭaṃ as it is supported by the α group.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ योगिनो भोजननियममाह पुष्टमिति. पुष्टं देहपुष्टिकरमोदनादि सुमधुरं शर्करादिसहितं स्निग्धं सघृतं गव्यं गोदुग्धघृतादियुक्तं गव्यालाभे माहिषं दुग्धादि ग्राह्यम्. धातुप्रपोषणं लड्डुकापूपादि. मनो'भिलषितं पुष्टादिषु यन्मनोरुचिकरं तदेव योगिना भोक्तव्यम्. मनो'भिलाषितमपि किमविहितं भोक्तव्यम्नेत्याह योग्यमिति. विहितमेवेत्य् अर्थः. योगी भोजनं पूर्वोक्तविशेषणविशिष्टमाचरेत्कुर्यादित्यर्थः. न तु सक्तुभर्जितान्नादिना निर्वाहं कुर्यादिति भावः.
atha yogino bhojananiyamam āha puṣṭam iti. puṣṭaṃ dehapuṣṭikaram odanādi sumadhuraṃ śarkarādisahitaṃ snigdhaṃ saghṛtaṃ gavyaṃ godugdhaghṛtādiyuktaṃ gavyālābhe māhiṣaṃ dugdhādi grāhyam. dhātuprapoṣaṇaṃ laḍḍukāpūpādi. mano'bhilaṣitaṃ puṣṭādiṣu yan manorucikaraṃ tad eva yoginā bhoktavyam. mano'bhilāṣitam api kim avihitaṃ bhoktavyam nety āha yogyam iti. vihitam evety arthaḥ. yogī bhojanaṃ pūrvoktaviśeṣaṇaviśiṣṭam ācaret kuryād ity arthaḥ. na tu saktubharjitānnādinā nirvāhaṃ kuryād iti bhāvaḥ.
Readings

mṛṣṭaṃ (α1 ε3 η1) ] miṣṭaṃ (α2 β1 β2 βω γ1 ε1), iṣṭaṃ (δ1 η2), puṣṭaṃ (χ), uṣṇaṃ (δ2 δ3)
sumadhuraṃ (cett.) ] samadhuraṃ (βω δ1 ε3)
prapoṣaṇam (cett.) ] prapoṣakaṃ (δ3 ε3)
yogyaṃ (α1 β1 γ1 Δ ε3 η2 χ) ] yonyaṃ (βω), bhojyaṃ (ε1 η1), divyaṃ (β2)
bhojanam (cett.) ] bhojanasam (η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f. 54v (attr. Haṭhapradīpikā)

piṣṭaṃ sumadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavyaṃ dhātuprapoṣaṇam |

mano’bhilaṣitaṃ yogyaṃ yogī bhojanam ācaret || iti ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.75

śreṣṭhaṃ samadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavyaṃ dhātuprapoṣaṇam |

manobhilaṣitaṃ yogyaṃ caturthāṃśavivarjitam |

śivārpitaṃ ca naivedyaṃ yogī bhojanam ācaret ||

Yuktabhavadeva 4.23 (attr. Śivayoga)

śreṣṭhaṃ sumadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavyaṃ dhātuprapoṣaṇam |

mano’bhilaṣitaṃ yogyaṃ yogī bhojanam ācaret ||

HP 1.64

युवा वृद्धोऽतिवृद्धो वा व्याधितो दुर्बलोऽपि वा

अभ्यासात्सिद्धिमाप्नोति सर्वयोगेष्वतन्द्रितः

yuvā vṛddho’tivṛddho vā vyādhito durbalo’pi vā /

abhyāsāt siddhim āpnoti sarvayogeṣv atandritaḥ //

Whether young, old, very old, sick or even weak, the diligent yogi succeeds in all yogas through practice.
Philological Commentary

η1, the oldest dated manuscript, has a different reading for the last verse quarter (164d): sarvaṃ yogī yatendriyaḥ (`the yogi whose senses are restrained wholly succeeds [...]’). Here, sarvaṃ is not easy to construe, and the readings of the α manuscripts and other important groups of Haṭhapradīpikā manuscripts indicate that sarvayogeṣv atandritaḥ was the reading adopted by Svātmārāma, which is more similar to the Dattātreyayogaśāstra’s (i.e., yoge sarvo ’py atandritaḥ).

Jyotsna Commentary
योगाभ्यासिनो वयोविशेषारोग्याद्यपेक्षा नास्तीत्याह युवेति. युवा तरुणः वृद्धो वृद्धावस्थां प्राप्तः अतिवृद्धो 'तिवार्द्धकं गतो वा. अभ्यासादासनकुम्भकादीनामभ्यसनात्सिद्धिं समाधितत्फलरूपामाप्नोति. अभ्यासप्रकारमेव वदन्विशिनष्टि सर्वयोगेष्विति. सर्वेषु योगेषु योगाङ्गेष्वतन्द्रितो 'नलसः. योगाङ्गाभ्यासात्सिद्धिमाप्नोतीत्यर्थः. जीवनसाधने कृषिवाणिज्यादौ जीवनशब्दप्रयोगवत्साक्षात्परम्परया वा योगसाधनेषु योगाङ्गेषु योगशब्दप्रयोगः.
yogābhyāsino vayoviśeṣārogyādyapekṣā nāstīty āha yuveti. yuvā taruṇaḥ vṛddho vṛddhāvasthāṃ prāptaḥ ativṛddho 'tivārddhakaṃ gato vā. abhyāsād āsanakumbhakādīnām abhyasanāt siddhiṃ samādhitatphalarūpām āpnoti. abhyāsaprakāram eva vadan viśinaṣṭi sarvayogeṣv iti. sarveṣu yogeṣu yogāṅgeṣv atandrito 'nalasaḥ. yogāṅgābhyāsāt siddhim āpnotīty arthaḥ. jīvanasādhane kṛṣivāṇijyādau jīvanaśabdaprayogavat sākṣāt paramparayā vā yogasādhaneṣu yogāṅgeṣu yogaśabdaprayogaḥ.
Readings

’tivṛddho (cett.) ] pi vṛddho (δ2 δ3)
durbalo’pi vā (cett.) ] durbalas tathā (β2 η2)
sarvayogeṣv atandritaḥ (cett.) ] sarvo yogeṣv atandritaḥ (δ2), sarvayogeṣu taṃdritaḥ (βω), sarvaṃ yogī yateṃdriyaḥ (η1)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 40

yuvāvastho ’pi vṛddho vā vyādhito vā śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |

abhyāsāt siddhim āpnoti yoge sarvo ’py atandritaḥ || 40 ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi 15r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

yuvā bālo ’tivṛddho vā vyādhito durbalo ’pi vā |

abhyāsāt siddhim āpnoti sarvayogeṣv atandritaḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.23

yuvā bhavati vṛddho ’pi vyādhito durbalo ’pi vā |

abhyāsāt siddhim āpnoti sarvayogeṣv atandritaḥ ||

HP 1.65

पीठानि कुम्भकाश्चित्रा दिव्यानि करणानि च ।

सर्वोऽपि च हठाभ्यासो राजयोगफलावधि

pīṭhāni kumbhakāś citrā divyāni karaṇāni ca /

sarvo’pi ca haṭhābhyāso rājayogaphalāvadhi //

The postures, various breath retentions, and heavenly techniques: the whole practice of Haṭha [is to be done] until Rājayoga results.
Readings

pīṭhāni (cett.) ] pīṭhādi (Δ)
kumbhakāś (cett.) ] kumbhakaś (βω ε3ac η2)
citrā (cett.) ] citraṃ (η2)
divyāni (cett.) ] mudrādi (η1 η2)
sarvo’pi ca (α1 β2 ε1 ε3 η1) ] sarve py ayaṃ (γ1), sarvo pi hi (Δ), sarvāṇy api (βω η2 χ)
bhyāso (α1 β2 βω γ1 ε3) ] bhyāse (η1 η2 χ), bhyāsād (Δ), bhyā (ε1)
phalāvadhi (α1 ε1 ε3 η1pc η2 χ) ] phalāvadhiḥ (β2 βω γ1), yugāvadhi (η1ac), prasiddhaye (Δ)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.17

pīṭhāni kumbhakāś citrā divyāni karaṇāni ca |

sāṅgo ’pi ca haṭhābhyāso rājayogaphalārthadaḥ ||

HP 1 Colophon

इति स्वात्मारामयोगीन्द्रविरचितायां हठप्रदीपिकायां प्रथमोपदेशः

iti svātmārāmayogīndraviracitāyāṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ prathamopadeśaḥ //

Readings

svātmārāma (α1 γ1 ε1 ε3 η1) ] ātmārāma (η2), śrīsvātmārāma (β2 βω), śrīsahajānadasaṃtānaciṃtāmaṇisvātmārāma (χ), om. (Δ)
yogīndra (β2 γ1 ε1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] yogendra (βω), mahāyogeṃdra (α1), om. (Δ)
viracitāyāṃ (cett.) ] om. (Δ)
haṭha (cett.) ] śrīhaṭha (δ3)
ante prathamo° add.āsanayogo nāma (ε3), āsanavidhikathanaṃ nāma (χ)
prathamopadeśaḥ (cett.) ] prathama upadeśaḥ (β2 ε3 η2), prathamo’dhyāyaḥ (η1), prathamo .. + (δ3)
HP 2.1

अथासने दृढे योगी वशी हितमिताशनः

गुरूपदिष्टमार्गेण प्राणायामं समभ्यसेत्

athāsane dṛḍhe yogī vaśī hitamitāśanaḥ /

gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa prāṇāyāmaṃ samabhyaset //

Now, when [his] posture is steady, the disciplined yogi whose diet is good and measured should practise breath control in the way taught by [his] teacher.
Philological Commentary

The Jyotsnā (2.1) has the plural prāṇāyāmān, which is supported by some manuscripts of the β, γ and ε groups. The plural is possible here as it could refer to the different techniques of retention (kumbhaka) taught later in the chapter. This is how Brahmānanda understands it (prāṇāyāmān vakṣyamāṇān). The variation between singular and plural recurs through this chapter, and we have followed the α readings, which make good sense. In this case, since the verse is introducing the topic of breath control, the more general sense of the singular is appropriate.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथासनोपदेशानन्तरं प्राणायामान्वक्तुमुपक्रमते अथेति. अथेति मङ्गलार्थःए. आसने दृढे सति वशी जिताक्षः हितं पथ्यं च तन्मितं च पूर्वोपदेशोक्तलक्षणं तत्तादृशमशनं यस्य स हितमिताशनः गुरुणोपदिष्टो यो मार्गः प्राणायामाभ्यासप्रकारस्तेन प्राणायामान्वक्ष्यमाणान्सम्यग् उत्साहसाहसधैर्यादिभिरभ्यसेत्. दृढे स्थिरे कुक्कुटादिविवर्जिते सिद्धासनादाविति वा योजना.
athāsanopadeśānantaraṃ prāṇāyāmān vaktum upakramate atheti. atheti maṅgalārthaḥe. āsane dṛḍhe sati vaśī jitākṣaḥ hitaṃ pathyaṃ ca tan mitaṃ ca pūrvopadeśoktalakṣaṇaṃ tat tādṛśam aśanaṃ yasya sa hitamitāśanaḥ guruṇopadiṣṭo yo mārgaḥ prāṇāyāmābhyāsaprakāras tena prāṇāyāmān vakṣyamāṇān samyag utsāhasāhasadhairyādibhir abhyaset. dṛḍhe sthire kukkuṭādivivarjite siddhāsanādāv iti vā yojanā.
Readings

athāsane (cett.) ] athāsāna (γ1), athābhyāsena (δ3), haṭhāsane (η1)
dṛḍhe (α1 α2 β2 γ2 ε3 η2 χ) ] dṛḍho (β1 βω η1), dṛḍha (γ1), dṛḍhaṃ (Δ), dahe (ε1)
vaśī (cett.) ] vajrī (ε1)
hitamitāśanaḥ (cett.) ] hitasikāśanaḥ (γ1), mitahitāśanaḥ (δ2), bhūtamitāśanaḥ (ε1)
gurūpadiṣṭa (cett.) ] gurūpadeśa (β2 Δ)
prāṇāyāmaṃ (α1 α3 Δ η1) ] prāṇāyāmān (β1 β2 γ2 ε1 ε3 χ), prāṇāyāmī (γ1), prāṇāyāmo (βω), yogamārgaṃ (η2)
samabhyaset (cett.) ] sadābhyaset (Δ), samācaret (ε3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.78

atha prāṇāyāmaḥ--

athāsane dṛḍhe yogī vaśī hitamitāśanaḥ |

gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa prānāyāmān samabhyaset ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 36.1

atha nāḍīśuddhiḥ--

tathā coktaṃ yogacandrikāyām--

athāsane dṛḍhībhūte vaśī hitamitāśanaḥ |

gurūpadiṣṭamārgeṇa prānāyāmān samabhyaset ||

HP 2.2

चले वाते चलं सर्वं निश्चले निश्चलं तथा

योगी स्थाणुत्वमाप्नोति ततो वायुनिबन्धनात्

cale vāte calaṃ sarvaṃ niścale niścalaṃ tathā /

yogī sthāṇutvam āpnoti tato vāyunibandhanāt //

When the wind moves, everything moves and, when it is still, everything is still, so the yogi attains motionlessness through restraining the breath.
Philological Commentary

In the second verse quarter, most of the α, β and γ manuscripts have dṛḍhabandhanaṃ instead of the reading we have adopted, niścalaṃ tathā, which is supported by some β, δ and η manuscripts, and also the source text (i.e. the Vivekamārtaṇḍa) and testimonia. The reading dṛḍhabandhanaṃ appears to be a dittographical error and does not make sense when read with either sarvaṃ (α) or cittaṃ (γ). As noted by Brahmānanda, in addition to its primary meaning of immobility, sthāṇutvam can also mean the state of being Śiva, for whom Sthāṇu is another name. In the fourth verse quarter, most witnesses have something similar to either vāyuṃ nibandhayet and vāyuṃ nirodhayet, which are likely to have arisen through confusion with 2.3d. The reading we have adopted (vāyu-nibandhanāt) makes better sense with the finite verb in the second verse quarter.

Jyotsna Commentary
प्रयोजनमनुद्दिश्य न मन्दो 'पि प्रवर्तते इति महदुक्तेः प्रयोजनाभावे प्रवृत्त्यभावात् प्राणायामप्रयोजनमाह चले वाते इति. वाते चले सति चित्तं चलं भवेत्. निश्चले वाते निश्चलं भवेत्चित्तमित्यत्रापि सम्बध्यते. वाते चित्ते च निश्चले योगी स्थाणुत्वं स्थिरत्वं दीर्घजीवित्वमिति यावत्. ईशत्वं वाप्नोति. ततस्तस्माद्वायुं प्राणं निरोधयेत्कुम्भयेत्.
prayojanam anuddiśya na mando 'pi pravartate iti mahadukteḥ prayojanābhāve pravṛttyabhāvāt prāṇāyāmaprayojanam āha cale vāte iti. vāte cale sati cittaṃ calaṃ bhavet. niścale vāte niścalaṃ bhavet cittam ity atrāpi sambadhyate. vāte citte ca niścale yogī sthāṇutvaṃ sthiratvaṃ dīrghajīvitvam iti yāvat. īśatvaṃ vāpnoti. tatas tasmād vāyuṃ prāṇaṃ nirodhayet kumbhayet.
Readings

vāte (cett.) ] citte (βω)
calaṃ (cett.) ] calat (βω), calet (ε1), cale (α1 β2)
sarvaṃ (α1 α3 βω ε1 ε3 η1) ] cittaṃ (β1 β2 Γ Δ η2 χ)
niścalaṃ tathā (βω Δ η2) ] niścalaṃ bhavet (ε3 χ), dṛḍhabaṃdhanaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ ε1 η1)
sthāṇutvam (cett.) ] sthānutvam (γ1), sthāṇatvam (δ3), sthānatvam (β2 ε1)
vāyu (α3 β1 βω ε1) ] vāyuṃ (α1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε3 η1 η2 χ), om. (δ2)
nibandhanāt (α1 α3 βω ε1) ] nibandhayet (β1 η1), nirundhayet (η2), nirūdhayet (γ1), nirodhayet (β2 γ2 Δ ε3 χ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 71

cale vāte calaṃ sarvaṃ niścale niścalaṃ tathā |

yogī sthāṇutvam āpnoti tato vāyunibandhanāt ||

71d vāyunibandhanāt ] VT; vāyuṃ nibaṃdhayet A, vāyuṃ nirundhayet G

Cf.~Amanaska 2.92

citte calati saṃsāro ’cale mokṣaḥ prajāyate |

tasmāc cittaṃ sthirīkuryād audāsīnyaparāyaṇaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.79

cale vāte calaṃ cittaṃ niścale niścalaṃ tathā |

yogī sthāṇutvam āpnoti tato vāyuṃ nirundhayet ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~17r

tathā ca skandapurāṇe--

cale vāte calaṃ cittaṃ niścalaṃ niścale tathā |

yogī sthāṇutvam āpnoti tato vāyuṃ nirodhayet ||

HP 2.3

यावद्वायुः स्थितो देहे तावज्जीवितमुच्यते ।

मरणं तस्य निष्क्रान्तिस्ततो वायुं निरुन्धयेत्

yāvad vāyuḥ sthito dehe tāvaj jīvitam ucyate /

maraṇaṃ tasya niṣkrāntis tato vāyuṃ nirundhayet //

As long as breath is found in the body, there is said to be life. Its leaving is death, so one should restrain the breath.
Philological Commentary

We believe that nirundhayet was probably the original reading and that it was changed to the more correct form of nirodhayet and, in some cases, confused with the final verse quarter of the previous verse and changed to nibandhanāt (α) or nibandhayet (β).

Jyotsna Commentary
यावदिति. देहे शरीरे यावत्कालं वायुः प्राणः स्थितः तावत्कालपर्यन्तं जीवनमुच्यते लोकैः. देहप्राणसंयोगस्यैव जीवनपदार्थत्वात्. तस्य प्राणस्य निष्क्रान्तिर्देहाद्वियोगः मरणमुच्यते. ततस्तस्माद्वायुं निरोधयेत्.
yāvad iti. dehe śarīre yāvatkālaṃ vāyuḥ prāṇaḥ sthitaḥ tāvatkālaparyantaṃ jīvanam ucyate lokaiḥ. dehaprāṇasaṃyogasyaiva jīvanapadārthatvāt. tasya prāṇasya niṣkrāntir dehād viyogaḥ maraṇam ucyate. tatas tasmād vāyuṃ nirodhayet.
Readings

vāyuḥ (γ2 δ3 ε1 η1 χ) ] vāyu (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ1 δ2 ε3 η2)
jīvitam (α2 βω γ2 Δ ε1 η2) ] jītavim (α1), jīvitim (β1), jīvitvam (ε3), jīvanam (β2 γ1 η1 χ)
niṣkrāntis (cett.) ] niṣkrānti (β1 βω), niḥkrāṃtaṃ (α1), niṣkrānto (η2)
tato (cett.) ] tasmād (η2)
nirundhayet (α2 γ1 η2) ] nirodhayet (γ2 Δ ε3 χ), nibandhayet (α3 β1 β2 βω ε1 η1), nibaṃdhanāt (α1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 72

yāvad vāyuḥ sthito dehe tāvaj jīvitam ucyate |

maraṇaṃ tasya niḥkrāntau tato vāyuṃ nirodhayet ||

72a sthito ] sthiro A 72b jīvitam ] VAGBGPT; jīvanam GLGPk 72c niṣkrāntau ] VTA; niḥkrāṃtaṃ GBGP, niṣkrāntis GLGPk 72d vāyuṃ nirodhayet ] T; vāyunibandhanāt V, vāyuṃ nibandhayet ATvl, vāyuṃ nirundhayet G

Cf.~Mṛgendratantra 1.11.20cd--22ab

vyāpārād yasya ceṣṭante śārīrāḥ pañca vāyavaḥ ||

prāṇāpānād ayas te tu bhinnā vṛtter na vastutaḥ |

vṛttiṃ leśān nigadato bharadvāja nibodha me ||

vṛttiḥ praṇayanaṃ nāma yat taj jīvanam ucyate |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.80

yāvad vāyuḥ sthito dehe tāvaj jīvitam ucyate |

maraṇaṃ tasya niṣkrāntis tato vāyuṃ nirodhayet ||

Yuktabhavadeva 11.150

yāvad vāyuḥ sthito dehe tāvad dehaṃ na muñcati |

maraṇaṃ tasya niṣkrāntis tato vāyuṃ nirundhayet ||

HP 2.4

मलाकुलासु नाडीषु मारुतो नैव मध्यगः ।

कथं स्यादुन्मनीभावः कायसिद्धिः कथं भवेत् ॥

malākulāsu nāḍīṣu māruto naiva madhyagaḥ /

kathaṃ syād unmanībhāvaḥ kāyasiddhiḥ kathaṃ bhavet //

When the channels are full of impurities, the breath does not go into the middle. How would the state beyond mind occur? How would perfection of the body arise?
Jyotsna Commentary
मलशुद्धेर्हठसिद्धिजनकत्वं व्यतिरेकेणाह मलाकुलास्विति. नाडीषु मलैराकुलासु व्याप्तासु सतीषु मारुतः प्राणो मध्यगः सुषुम्नामार्गवाही नैव स्यात्. अपि तु शुद्धमलास्वेव मध्यगो भवतीत्यर्थः. उन्मनीभाव उन्मन्या भावो भवनं कथं स्यात्न कथमपीत्यर्थः. कार्यस्य कैवल्यरूपस्य सिद्धिर्निष्पत्तिः कथं भवेन्न कथञ्चिदपीत्यर्थः.
malaśuddher haṭhasiddhijanakatvaṃ vyatirekeṇāha malākulāsv iti. nāḍīṣu malair ākulāsu vyāptāsu satīṣu mārutaḥ prāṇo madhyagaḥ suṣumnāmārgavāhī naiva syāt. api tu śuddhamalāsv eva madhyago bhavatīty arthaḥ. unmanībhāva unmanyā bhāvo bhavanaṃ kathaṃ syāt na katham apīty arthaḥ. kāryasya kaivalyarūpasya siddhir niṣpattiḥ kathaṃ bhaven na kathañcid apīty arthaḥ.
Readings

malākulāsu (cett.) ] mālākusuma (η1)
kāyasiddhiḥ (α1 α3 β2 βω ε3 η1) ] kāyaśuddhiḥ (Γ), kāryasiddhiḥ (β1 Δ ε1 η2 χ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.81

malākulāsu nāḍīṣu māruto naiva madhyagaḥ |

kathaṃ syād unmanībhāvaḥ kāyasiddhiḥ kathaṃ bhavet ||

HP 2.5

शुद्धिमेति यदा सर्वं नाडीचक्रं मलाकुलम्

तदैव जायते योगी प्राणसंग्रहणे क्षमः ॥

śuddhim eti yadā sarvaṃ nāḍīcakraṃ malākulam /

tadaiva jāyate yogī prāṇasaṃgrahaṇe kṣamaḥ //

Only when the entire impure network of channels is cleansed is the yogi able to control the breath.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
अन्वयेनापि मलशुद्धेर्हठसिद्धिहेतुत्वमाह शुद्धिमेतीति. यदा यस्मिन्काले मलैराकुलम् व्याप्तं सर्वं समस्तं नाडीनां चक्रं समूहः शुद्धिम्मलराहित्यमेति प्राप्नोति तदैव तस्मिन्न् एव काले योगी योगाभ्यासी प्राणस्य सम्यग्ग्रहणे क्षमः समर्थो जायते.
anvayenāpi malaśuddher haṭhasiddhihetutvam āha śuddhim etīti. yadā yasmin kāle malair ākulam vyāptaṃ sarvaṃ samastaṃ nāḍīnāṃ cakraṃ samūhaḥ śuddhim malarāhityam eti prāpnoti tadaiva tasminn eva kāle yogī yogābhyāsī prāṇasya samyag grahaṇe kṣamaḥ samartho jāyate.
Readings

śuddhim eti (cett.) ] śuddhimati (γ1), śuddham eti (β2)
yadā (cett.) ] yathā (βω), sadā (η1)
cakraṃ (cett.) ] cakra (β2 βω γ1 ε1)
malākulam (cett.) ] manākulaṃ (ε1)
tadaiva (cett.) ] tadeva (α1 α3 ε3)
saṃgrahaṇe (cett.) ] saṃgrahaṇa (α3 η1), saṃrodhane (δ1 δ3), saṃrodhana (δ2)

Sources
Vivekamartāṇḍa 76

śuddhim eti yadā sarvaṃ nāḍīcakraṃ malākulam |

tadaiva jāyate yogī prāṇasaṃgrahaṇe kṣamaḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~90r

skandapurāṇe--

śuddhim eti yadā sarvaṃ nāḍīcakraṃ malākulam |

tadaiva jāyate yogī kṣamaḥ prāṇanibandhane ||

Yuktabhavedeva 7.11

śuddhim eti yadā sarvaṃ nāḍīcakraṃ malākulam |

tadaiva jāyate yogī prāṇasaṃgrahaṇe kṣamaḥ ||

HP 2.6

प्राणाभ्यासं ततः कुर्यान् नित्यं सात्त्विकया धिया ।

यथा सुषुम्णा सुस्वस्था मलाः शोषं प्रयान्ति च

prāṇābhyāsaṃ tataḥ kuryān nityaṃ sāttvikayā dhiyā /

yathā suṣumṇā susvasthā malāḥ śoṣaṃ prayānti ca //

Therefore [the yogi] should regularly practise breath [retention] with a resolute mind, so that the Suṣumṇā is in good condition and the impurities dry up.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
मलशुद्धिः कथं भवतीत्याकाङ्क्षायां तच्छोधकं प्राणायाममाह प्राणायाममिति. यतो मलशुद्धिं विना प्राणसङ्ग्रहणे क्षमो न भवति ततस्तस्माद् ईश्वरप्रणिधानोत्साहसाहसादिप्रयत्नाभिभूतविक्षेपालस्यादिराजसतामसधर्मया सात्त्विकया प्रकाशप्रसादशीलया धिया बुद्ध्या नित्यं प्राणायामं कुर्यात्. यथा येन प्रकारेण सुषुम्न्णानाड्यां स्थिता मलाः शुद्धिमपगमं प्रयान्ति नश्यन्तीत्यर्थः.
malaśuddhiḥ kathaṃ bhavatīty ākāṅkṣāyāṃ tacchodhakaṃ prāṇāyāmam āha prāṇāyāmam iti. yato malaśuddhiṃ vinā prāṇasaṅgrahaṇe kṣamo na bhavati tatas tasmād īśvarapraṇidhānotsāhasāhasādiprayatnābhibhūtavikṣepālasyādirājasatāmasadharmayā sāttvikayā prakāśaprasādaśīlayā dhiyā buddhyā nityaṃ prāṇāyāmaṃ kuryāt. yathā yena prakāreṇa suṣumnṇānāḍyāṃ sthitā malāḥ śuddhim apagamaṃ prayānti naśyantīty arthaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

prāṇābhyāsaṃ (cett.) ] prāṇāyāmaṃ (δ1 δ3 χ), illeg. (δ2)
yathā (cett.) ] yāsthā (α1), yadā (α3), atha (δ2)
suṣumṇā susvasthā (α2 α3) ] suśumnā susvasthā (α1), suṣumnāṃ susvasthā (βω), suṣumṇa sustakcya (β1), suṣumnā susnigdhā (ε3 η1), suṣumnāḥ snigdhā (ε1), suṣumṇāpārśvasthā (β2 Γ), suṣumṇāntarasthā (Δ), sukham avasthāya (η2), suṣumṇānāḍīsthā (χ)
malāḥ śoṣaṃ (Γ δ2 δ3 ε1 η1 η2) ] malāś coṣaṃ (α3), malā śoṣaṃ (α1 β2 δ1), malaśoṣaṃ (ε3), malāt soṣaṃ (βω), malāḥ śuddhiṃ (χ), nirmalā bhava° (β1)
prayānti ca (cett.) ] °ti śodhitā (β1)

Sources
Cf. Gorakṣaśataka 73cd–74ab

prāṇābhyāsas tataḥ kāryo nityaṃ sattvāsthayā dhiyā |

suṣumnāṃ layate cittaṃ na ca vāyuḥ pradhāvati ||

Testimonia
Yogakarṇikā 58 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpa)

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryān nityaṃ sāttvikayā dhiyā |

suṣumnā cāntarālasthā malāḥ śoṣaṃ prayānti ca ||

HP 2.7

बद्धपद्मासनो योगी प्राणं चन्द्रेण पूरयेत्

धारयित्वा यथाशक्त्या पुनः सूर्येण रेचयेत् ॥

baddhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet /

dhārayitvā yathāśaktyā punaḥ sūryeṇa recayet //

Seated in the lotus pose, the yogi should fill himself up with air via the moon [channel], hold it for as long as he can, then expel it through the sun [channel].
Jyotsna Commentary
मलशोधकप्राणायामप्रकारमाह द्वाभ्यां बद्धपद्मासन इति. बद्धं पद्मासनं येन तादृशो योगी प्राणं वायुं चन्द्रेण चन्द्रनाड्या इडया पूरयेत्. शक्तिमनतिक्रम्य यथाशक्ति धारयित्वा कुम्भयित्वा भूयः पुनः सूर्येण सूर्यनाड्या पिङ्गलया रेचयेत्. बाह्यवायोः प्रयत्नविशेषादुपादानं पूरकः. जालन्धरादिबन्धपूर्वकं प्राणनिरोधः कुम्भकः. कुम्भितस्य वायोः प्रयत्नविशेषाद् वमनं रेचकः. प्राणायामाङ्गरेचकपूरकयोर् एवेमे लक्षणे इति. भस्त्रावल्लोहकारस्य रेचपूरौ ससम्भ्रमौ इति गौणरेचकपूरकयोर्नातिव्याप्तिः तयोर्लक्ष्यत्वाभावात्.
malaśodhakaprāṇāyāmaprakāram āha dvābhyāṃ baddhapadmāsana iti. baddhaṃ padmāsanaṃ yena tādṛśo yogī prāṇaṃ vāyuṃ candreṇa candranāḍyā iḍayā pūrayet. śaktim anatikramya yathāśakti dhārayitvā kumbhayitvā bhūyaḥ punaḥ sūryeṇa sūryanāḍyā piṅgalayā recayet. bāhyavāyoḥ prayatnaviśeṣād upādānaṃ pūrakaḥ. jālandharādibandhapūrvakaṃ prāṇanirodhaḥ kumbhakaḥ. kumbhitasya vāyoḥ prayatnaviśeṣād vamanaṃ recakaḥ. prāṇāyāmāṅgarecakapūrakayor eveme lakṣaṇe iti. bhastrāval lohakārasya recapūrau sasambhramau iti gauṇarecakapūrakayor nātivyāptiḥ tayor lakṣyatvābhāvāt.
Readings

padmāsano (cett.) ] padmāsane (ε3), padmāsanā (γ1)
pūrayet (cett.) ] dhārayet (δ1), recayet (β2)
śaktyā (α1 ε1 ε3) ] śakti (β1 γ2 δ1 δ2 η1 χ), śaktiḥ (α2 β2 βω γ1), śaktiṃ (δ3), yuktyā (η2)
punaḥ (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ) ] bhūyaḥ (α3 ε1 ε3 η1 η2 χ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 77

baddhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet |

dhārayitvā yathāśakti bhūyaḥ sūryeṇa recayet ||

77c yathāśakti ] GT; yathāśaktyā VA 77d bhūyaḥ ] VAG; punaḥ T

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.84ab

baddhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet |

Yuktabhavadeva 7.12

baddhapadmāsano yogī prāṇaṃ candreṇa pūrayet |

dhārayitvā yathāśakti bhūyaḥ sūryeṇa recayet ||

HP 2.8

प्राणं सूर्येण चाकृष्य पूरयेदुदरं शनैः ।

विधिवत्कुम्भकं कृत्वा पुनश्चन्द्रेण रेचयेत् ॥

prāṇaṃ sūryeṇa cākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ /

vidhivat kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā punaś candreṇa recayet //

And, drawing the breath through the sun [channel], he should gradually fill the abdomen. Having performed the retention as prescribed, he should then exhale through the moon [channel].
Jyotsna Commentary
प्राणमिति. सूर्येण सूर्यनाड्या पिङ्गलया सूर्येण प्राणमाकृष्य गृहीत्वा शनैर्मन्दं मन्दमुदरं जठरं पूरयेत्. विधिवत्द्बन्धपूर्वकं कुम्भकं कृत्वा पुनर्भूयश्चन्द्रेणेडया रेचयेत्.
prāṇam iti. sūryeṇa sūryanāḍyā piṅgalayā sūryeṇa prāṇam ākṛṣya gṛhītvā śanair mandaṃ mandam udaraṃ jaṭharaṃ pūrayet. vidhivatd bandhapūrvakaṃ kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā punar bhūyaś candreṇeḍayā recayet.
Readings

cākṛṣya (cett.) ] vāṣṭhavya (γ1)
udaraṃ (cett.) ] udayaṃ (α3), udare (η1 η2)
vidhivat (cett.) ] vividhaṃ (β1), vidhidṛk (β2)
kṛtvā (cett.) ] kuryāt (Δ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 79

prāṇaṃ sūryeṇa cākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

vidhivat kuṃbhakaṃ kṛtvā punaś candreṇa recayet ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.84cd–85ab

prāṇaṃ sūryeṇa cākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

vidhivat kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā punaś candreṇa recayet||

Yukabhavadeva 7.14

prāṇaṃ sūryeṇa cākṛṣya pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

kumbhayitvā vidhānena bhūyaś candreṇa recayet ||

HP 2.9

येन त्यजेत्तेन पीत्वा धारयेदविरोधतः

रेचयेच्च ततोऽन्येन शनैरेव न वेगतः

yena tyajet tena pītvā dhārayed avirodhataḥ /

recayec ca tato’nyena śanair eva na vegataḥ //

[The yogi] should inhale through the [channel] by which he has exhaled and hold [the breath] without discomfort. And then he should exhale through the other [channel] slowly, not quickly.
Philological Commentary

The meaning of avirodhataḥ (‘without harm/discomfort’) makes better sense in this context than anirodhataḥ (‘without cessation’). One might try to construe anirodhataḥ as ‘without stopping the breath,’ but verse 2.7 clearly states that the breath should be held as long as possible (yathāśakti). According to the apparatus of the critical edition of the Haṭharatnāvalī, avirodhataḥ is well-attested for the parallel hemistich. Furthermore, avirodhata is attested, as well as virodhahīna, in a passage of the Haṭhatattvakaumudī (36.6–9) that appears to have been loosely based on Haṭhapradīpikā 2.7–9:

prāṇāyāme padmapīṭhe svadakṣāṃ-

guṣṭhenādau sanniruddhyendunāḍīm |

vāyuṃ nātidrāk śanair nātiyuktyā

vyākṛṣyordhvaṃ pūrayet svodarānte ||

yathā svaśaktyā laghu dhārayitvā

nāḍyā tataḥ piṅgalayā virecayet |

virodhahīnaṃ viratītamadhyaṃ

hṛdā sthireṇābhyasanaṃ muniś caret ||

yena tyajet tena virodhahīnaṃ

dhṛtvā purānyena virecayec chanaiḥ |

yānty evam abhyāsaratasya puṃsaḥ

sthitiṃ svalakṣye calacittavṛttayaḥ ||

yathāśaktyākṛṣya khagaṃ pūrayed udaraṃ śanaiḥ |

yathāśaktyā dhṛtaṃ paścād recayed avirodhataḥ ||

Jyotsna Commentary
उक्ते प्राणायामे विशेषमाह येनेति. येन चन्द्रेण सूर्येण वा त्यजेद्रेचयेत्तेन पीत्वा तेनैव पूरयित्वा. अतिरोधतो 'तिशयितेन रोधेन स्वेदकम्पादिजननपर्यन्तेन. सार्वविभक्तिकस्तसिल्. येन पूरकस्ततो 'न्येन शनैरेव रेचयेत्न तु वेगतः. वेगाद्रेचने बलहानिः स्यात्. येन पूरकः कृतस्तेन रेचको न कर्तव्यः. येन रेचकः कृतस्तेनैव पूरकः कर्तव्य इति भावः.
ukte prāṇāyāme viśeṣam āha yeneti. yena candreṇa sūryeṇa vā tyajed recayet tena pītvā tenaiva pūrayitvā. atirodhato 'tiśayitena rodhena svedakampādijananaparyantena. sārvavibhaktikas tasil. yena pūrakas tato 'nyena śanair eva recayet na tu vegataḥ. vegād recane balahāniḥ syāt. yena pūrakaḥ kṛtas tena recako na kartavyaḥ. yena recakaḥ kṛtas tenaiva pūrakaḥ kartavya iti bhāvaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

tyajet (cett.) ] tyaje (α1 γ2), yetayet (γ1)
tena pītvā (β2 Γ χ) ] tenāpūrya (α2 Δ η2), tena pūrya (α1 βω ε1 η1), tena pūrvaṃ (β1 ε3)
avirodhataḥ (ε3) ] anirodhataḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ η1 η2), anirodhitaḥ (ε1), anirodhanataḥ (γ1), atirodhataḥ (χ)
recayec ca (cett.) ] recayeta (ε1), recayatvā (γ2), pūrayec ca (δ3)
śanair eva na vegataḥ (cett.) ] śanairacavanegataṃ (γ1), śanaiḥ pavanam ekataḥ (Δ ε3)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 61

yathāśaktyāvirodhena tataḥ kuryāc ca kumbham |

punas tyajet piṅgalayā śanair eva na vegataḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.85cd

yena tyajet tenāpūrya dhārayed avirodhataḥ ||

85d avirodhataḥ ] anirodhataḥ P

HP 2.10

प्राणं चेदिडया पिबेन्नियमितं भूयोऽन्यया रेचयेत्

पीत्वा पिङ्गलया समीरणमथो बद्ध्वा त्यजेद्वामया

सूर्याचन्द्रमसोरनेन विधिना बिम्बद्वयं ध्यायतां

शुद्धा नाडिगणा भवन्ति यमिनां मासत्रयादूर्ध्वतः ॥

prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā piben niyamitaṃ bhūyo’nyayā recayet

pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇam atho baddhvā tyajed vāmayā /

sūryācandramasor anena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatāṃ

śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yamināṃ māsatrayād ūrdhvataḥ //

If [the yogi] breathes in through Iḍā, he should then exhale the restrained [breath] through the other [channel, i.e. Piṅgalā]. Next, he should inhale through Piṅgalā, hold the breath and release it through the left [channel]. The channels of ascetics meditating on the two orbs of the sun and moon using this method are purified after three months.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
बद्धपद्मासन इत्याद्युक्तमर्थं पिण्डीकृत्यानुवदन्प्राणायामस्यावान्तरफलमाह प्राणमिति चेद् यदि इडया वामनाड्या प्राणं पिबेत्पूरयेत्तरहि नियमितं कुम्भितं प्राणं भूयः पुनरन्यया पिङ्गलया रेचयेत्. पिङ्गलया दक्षनाड्या समीरणंम्वायुं पीत्वा पूरयित्वाथो पूरणानन्तरं बद्ध्वा कुम्भयित्वा वामया इडया त्यजेद्रेचयेत्. सूर्यश्च चन्द्रमाश्च सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ तयोः देवताद्वन्द्वे च इत्यानङ्. अनेनोक्तेन विधिना प्रकारेण सदा नित्यम् अभ्यासं चन्द्रेणापूर्य कुम्भयित्वा सूर्येण रेचयेत्सूर्येणापूर्य कुम्भयित्वा चन्द्रेण रेचयेदित्य् आकारकं तन्वतां विस्तारयतां यमिनां यमवतां नाडीगणाः नाडीसमूहाः मासत्रयादूर्ध्वतो मासानां त्रयं मासत्रयं तस्मादुपरि शुद्धा मलरहिता भवन्ति.
baddhapadmāsana ityādyuktam arthaṃ piṇḍīkṛtyānuvadan prāṇāyāmasyāvāntaraphalam āha prāṇam iti ced yadi iḍayā vāmanāḍyā prāṇaṃ pibet pūrayet tarhi niyamitaṃ kumbhitaṃ prāṇaṃ bhūyaḥ punar anyayā piṅgalayā recayet. piṅgalayā dakṣanāḍyā samīraṇaṃm vāyuṃ pītvā pūrayitvātho pūraṇānantaraṃ baddhvā kumbhayitvā vāmayā iḍayā tyajed recayet. sūryaś ca candramāś ca sūryācandramasau tayoḥ devatādvandve ca ity ānaṅ. anenoktena vidhinā prakāreṇa sadā nityam abhyāsaṃ candreṇāpūrya kumbhayitvā sūryeṇa recayet sūryeṇāpūrya kumbhayitvā candreṇa recayed ity ākārakaṃ tanvatāṃ vistārayatāṃ yamināṃ yamavatāṃ nāḍīgaṇāḥ nāḍīsamūhāḥ māsatrayād ūrdhvato māsānāṃ trayaṃ māsatrayaṃ tasmād upari śuddhā malarahitā bhavanti.
Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

ced iḍayā (cett.) ] ced iḍiyā (β2), ceḍiyā (α1), caṇḍiyā (γ1), ceḍikayā (ε3)
piben (cett.) ] piban (α3)
niyamitaṃ (cett.) ] parimitaṃ (βω), nimitaṃ (γ1)
bhūyo (cett.) ] bhūyā (βω)
’nyayā (cett.) ] nyathā (β1 βω γ1 δ1 δ3 η1)
recayet (cett.) ] _ yet (γ1)
samīraṇam atho (cett.) ] samīraṇam alaṃ (α1), samīraṇajalaṃ (β1)
baddhvā tyajed vāmayā (cett.) ] baddhvāñjaled vāmayā (δ3), badhvāsanaḥ sarvadā (β2)
sūryācandramasor a (cett.) ] (β2)
anena vidhinā (cett.) ] aṇena vidhinā (βω), ane vidhinā (γ1), aṇe (δ1), (β2)
bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatāṃ (α1 δ2 δ3 η2) ] bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatā (δ1), biṃbadvayaṃ dhyāyataḥ (βω), bhyāsaṃ samātanvatāṃ/tā/taṃ (α2 α3 ε1 ε3), bhyā samātanvatāṃ (η1), bhyāsā samāsatvayāt (β1), bhyāsaṃ sadātanvatāṃ (β2 Γ χ)
nāḍigaṇā (cett.) ] nāḍiguṇā (ε1)
māsatrayād (cett.) ] māsadvayād (δ1), illeg. (δ2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 81

prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā pibet niyamitaṃ bhūyo ’nyayā recayet

pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇam alaṃ baddhvā tyajed vāmayā |

sūryācandramasor anena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatāṃ

śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yaminā māsatrayād ūrdhvataḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~90v

haṭhayoge ’pi—

prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā piben niyamito bhūyo ’nyayā recayet

pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇam atho baddhvā tyajed vāmayā |

sūryācandramasor anena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatām

śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yamināṃ māsatrayād ūrdhvataḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 3.86

prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā piben niyamitaṃ bhūyo ’nyayā recayet

pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇaṃ atho baddhvā tyajed vāmayā |

sūryācandramasor anena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatāṃ

śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yamināṃ māsatrayād ūrdhvataḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.16 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

prāṇaṃ ced iḍayā pibet parimitaṃ bhūyo ’nyayā recayet

pītvā piṅgalayā samīraṇam amalaṃ baddhvā tyajed vāmayā |

sūryācandramasor anena vidhinā bimbadvayaṃ dhyāyatām

śuddhā nāḍigaṇā bhavanti yamināṃ māsatrayād ūrdhvataḥ ||

HP 2.11

प्रातर्मध्यन्दिने सायमर्धरात्रे च कुम्भकान्

शनैरशीतिपर्यन्तं चतुर्वारं समभ्यसेत् ॥*

prātar madhyandine sāyam ardharātre ca kumbhakān /

śanair aśītiparyantaṃ caturvāraṃ samabhyaset //*

[The yogi] should gently practise [twenty] retentions four times [a day], at sunrise, midday, sunset and midnight, making a total of eighty.
Philological Commentary

This verse is summarizing the following passage in the Dattātreyayogaśāstra (63cd--65ab):

evaṃ prātaḥ samāsīnaḥ kuryād viṃśati kumbhakān || 63 ||

evaṃ madhyāhnasamaye kuryād viṃśati kumbhakān |

evaṃ sāyaṃ prakurvīta punar viṃśati kumbhakān || 64 ||

evam evārdharātre ’pi kuryād viṃśati kumbhakān |

Without reference to the Dattātreyayogaśāstra, the meaning of the second half of the verse is ambiguous because it could be understood as saying up to eighty retentions four times a day. In his Jyotsnā (2.11), Brahmānanda understands it this way, and takes śanaiḥ to mean `gradually’ building up to the eighty retentions. However the parallel verses in the Dattātreyayogaśāstra make it clear that twenty retentions (kumbhaka) are to be practised four times a day.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ प्राणायामाभ्यासकालं तदवधिं चाह प्रातरिति. प्रातररुणोदयमारभ्य सूर्योदयाद् घटिकात्रयपर्यन्ते प्रातःकाले मध्यन्दिने मध्याह्ने पञ्चधा विभक्तस्य दिनस्य मध्यभागे सायंसन्ध्या त्रिनाडीप्रमितार्कमस्तादधस्तादूर्ध्वं चेत्युक्तलक्षणे सन्ध्याकाले रात्रेरर्धं अर्धरात्रं तस्मिन्नर्धरात्रे रात्रेर्मध्ये मुहूर्तद्वये च शनैरशीतिपर्यन्तमशीतिसङ्ख्यावधि चतुर्वारं वारचतुष्टयं. कालाध्वनोरत्यन्तसंयोगे इति द्वितीया. चतुर्षु कालेष्व् एकैकस्मिन्काले अशीतिप्राणायामाः कार्याः. अर्धरात्रे कर्तुमशक्तश्चेत्त्रिसन्ध्यं कर्तव्या इति सम्प्रदायः. चतुर्वारं कृताश्चेद्दिने दिने विंशत्यधिकशतत्रयपरिमिताः प्राणायामा भवन्ति. वारत्रयं कृताश्चेत्चत्वारिंशदधिकशतद्वयपरिमिता भवन्ति.
atha prāṇāyāmābhyāsakālaṃ tadavadhiṃ cāha prātar iti. prātar aruṇodayam ārabhya sūryodayād ghaṭikātrayaparyante prātaḥkāle madhyandine madhyāhne pañcadhā vibhaktasya dinasya madhyabhāge sāyaṃsandhyā trināḍīpramitārkam astād adhastād ūrdhvaṃ cety uktalakṣaṇe sandhyākāle rātrer ardhaṃ ardharātraṃ tasminn ardharātre rātrer madhye muhūrtadvaye ca śanair aśītiparyantam aśītisaṅkhyāvadhi caturvāraṃ vāracatuṣṭayaṃ. kālādhvanor atyantasaṃyoge iti dvitīyā. caturṣu kāleṣv ekaikasmin kāle aśītiprāṇāyāmāḥ kāryāḥ. ardharātre kartum aśaktaś cet trisandhyaṃ kartavyā iti sampradāyaḥ. caturvāraṃ kṛtāś ced dine dine viṃśatyadhikaśatatrayaparimitāḥ prāṇāyāmā bhavanti. vāratrayaṃ kṛtāś cet catvāriṃśadadhikaśatadvayaparimitā bhavanti.
Readings

prātar madhyandine (cett.) ] prātaḥ sāyaṃ ca (β2)
sāyam ardha (cett.) ] sāyaṃ madhya (β1 γ2 ε1), soyamadhya (γ1), madhyāhne (β2)
rātre ca (cett.) ] rātra ca (γ1), rātrau ca (ε1 ε3), niśīthe caiva (β2)
kumbhakān (cett.) ] kumbhakāt (βω γ1), kumbhakam (δ2)
aśīti (cett.) ] amībhi (δ1)
paryantaṃ (cett.) ] paryante (α1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.87

prātar madhyadine sāyam ardharātre ca kumbhakān ||

śanair aśītiparyantaṃ caturvāraṃ samabhyaset ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~90v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

prātar madhyaṃ dine sāyam ardharātre ca kumbhakān ||

śanair aśītiparyantaṃ caturvāraṃ samabhyaset ||

HP 2.12

कनीयसि भवेत्स्वेदः कम्पो भवति मध्यमे ।

उत्तिष्ठत्युत्तमे प्राणरोधे पद्मासने मुहुः

kanīyasi bhavet svedaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame /

uttiṣṭhaty uttame prāṇarodhe padmāsane muhuḥ //

In the lesser cessation of the breath sweating arises, in the middle [cessation], shaking, and in the highest [the yogi] repeatedly rises up in the lotus pose.
Philological Commentary

The manuscript readings diverge greatly in the second hemistich. In the third verse quarter, all of the manuscripts have prāṇa in some form (instead of deha in the Vivekamārtaṇḍa). α and some of the β, ε and η manuscripts seem to be stating that it is padmāsana that rises up again and again in the highest stage of holding the breath (uttiṣṭhaty uttame prāṇarodhe padmāsanaṃ muhuḥ). We have adopted a similar reading but with padmāsane (β2, δ1 and δ3, and η2) because it makes better sense that the yogi rises up while seated in lotus pose. Another version is seen in η2 (and others), which appears to say that the breaths rise up again and again when one is seated in the lotus pose (uttiṣṭhanty uttame prāṇā baddhe padmāsane muhuḥ). However, the verse is about the external signs that might arise in prāṇāyāma rather than internal processes. Such confusion has arisen because the verse was taken from the Vivekamārtaṇḍa without its context, which is a classification of different levels of prāṇāyāma, so Svātmārāma needed to include prāṇarodhe meaning prāṇāyāma in order for the different adjectives to have something with which to agree, and he did so despite the infelicity of prāṇarodhe crossing the pāda break.

Jyotsna Commentary
कनिष्ठमध्यमोत्तमानां प्राणायामानां क्रमेण ज्ञापकविशेषानाह कनीयसीति. कनीयसि कनिष्ठे प्राणायामे स्वेदः प्रस्वेदो भवेद्भवति. स्वेदानुमेयः कनिष्ठः. मध्यमे प्राणायामे कम्पो 'ङ्गमेजयो भवति. कम्पानुमेयो मध्यमः. उत्तमे प्राणायामे स्थानं ब्रह्मरन्ध्रमाप्नोति. स्थनप्राप्त्यनुमेय उत्तमः. ततस्तस्माद्वायुं प्राणं निबन्धयेन्नितरां बन्धयेत्. कनिष्ठादीनां लक्षणमुक्तं लिङ्गपुराणे

प्राणायामस्य मानं तु मात्राद्वादशकं स्मृतम्

नीचो द्वादशमात्रस्तु सकृदुद्ग्धात ईरितः

मध्यमस्तु द्विरुद्घातश्चतुर्विंशतिमात्रकः

मुख्यस्तु यस्त्रिरुद्घातः षट्त्रिंशन्मात्र उच्यते

प्रस्वेदकम्पनोत्थानजनकश्च यथाक्रमम्

आनन्दो जायते चात्र निद्रा घूर्णिस्तथैव च

रोमाञ्चो ध्वनिसंवित्तिरङ्गमोटनकम्पनम्

भ्रमणस्वेदजल्पाद्यं संविन्मूर्च्छा जयेद्यदा

तदोत्तम इति प्रोक्तः प्राणायामः सुशोभन इति

घूर्णिश्चित्तान्दोलनम्. गोरक्षो 'पि

अधमे द्वादश प्रोक्ता मध्यमे द्विगुणाः स्मृताः

उत्तमे त्रिगुणा मात्राः प्राणायामे द्विजोत्तमैः??

उद्ग्धातलक्षणं तु

प्राणेनोत्सार्यमाणेन अपानः पीड्यते यदा

गत्वा चोर्ध्वं निवर्तेत एतदुद्द्घातलक्षणम्

मात्रामाह याज्ञवल्क्यः

अङ्गुष्ठाङ्गुलिमोक्षं त्रिस्त्रिर्जानुपरिमार्जनम्

तालत्रयमपि प्राज्ञा मात्रासंज्ञां प्रचक्षते

स्कन्दपुराणे

एकश्वासमयी मात्रा प्राणायामे निगद्यते

एतद्व्याख्यातं योगचिन्तामणौ निद्रावशं गतस्य पुंसो यावता कालेनैकः श्वासो गच्छत्यागच्छति च तावान्कालः प्राणायामस्य मात्रेत्युच्यत इति. अर्धश्वासाधिकद्वादशश्वासावच्छिन्नः कालः प्राणायामकालः. षड्भिः श्वासैर् एकं पलं भवति. एवं च सार्धश्वासपलद्वयात्मकः कालः प्राणायामकालः सिद्धः. सार्धद्वादशमात्रामितः प्राणायामो यः स एवोत्तमः प्राणायाम इत्युच्यते. न च पूर्वोदाहृतलिङ्गपुराणगोरक्षवाक्यविरोधस्तत्र द्वादशमात्रकस्य प्राणायामस्याधमत्वोक्तेरिति शङ्कनीयम्.

जानुं प्रदक्षिणीकुर्यान्न द्रुतं न विलम्बितम्

प्रदद्याच्छोटिकां यावत्तावन्मात्रेति गीयते

इति स्कन्दपुराणात्.

अङ्गुष्ठाङ्गुलिमोक्षं च जानोश्च परिमार्जनम्

प्रदद्याच्छोटिकामेकां मात्रा सङ्ख्यायते तदा

इति दत्तात्रेयवचनाच्च. लिङ्गपुराणगोरक्षादिवाक्येष्वेकच्छोटिकावच्छिन्नस्य कालस्य मात्रात्वेन विवक्षितत्वात्. याज्ञवल्क्यादिवाक्येषु एकछोटिकावच्छिन्नस्य कालस्य मात्रात्वेन विवक्षितत्वात् त्रिगुणस्याधमस्योत्तमत्वं तत्राप्युक्तमित्यविरोधः. सर्वेषु योगसाधनेषु प्राणायामो मुख्यः तत्सिद्धौ प्रत्याहारादीनां सिद्धेः. तदसिद्धौ प्रत्याहाराद्यसिद्धेश्च. वस्तुतस्तु प्राणायाम एव प्रत्याहारादिशब्दैर्निगद्यते. तथा चोक्तं योगचिन्तामणौ

प्राणायाम एवाभ्यासक्रमेण वर्धमानः प्रत्याहारधारणाध्यानसमाधिशब्दैरुच्यत इति.

तदुक्तं स्कन्दपुराणे

प्राणायामद्विषट्केन प्रत्याहार उदाहृतः

प्रत्याहारद्विषट्केन धारणा परिकीर्तिता

भवेदीश्वरसङ्गत्यै ध्यानं द्वादशधारणम्

ध्यानद्वादशकेनैव समाधिरभिधीयते

यत्समाधौ परं ज्योतिरनन्तं स्वप्रकाशकम्

तस्मिन्दृष्टे क्रियाकाण्डं यातायातं निवर्तते इति

तथा

धारणा पञ्चनाडीभिर्ध्यानं स्यात्षष्ठिनाडिकम्

दिनद्वादशकेन स्यात्समाधिः प्राणसंयमादिति च

गोरक्षादिभिरप्येवमेवोक्तम्. अत्रैवं व्यवस्था किञ्चिदूनद्विचत्वारिंशद्विपलात्मकः कनिष्ठप्राणायामकालः. अयमेवैकच्छोटिकावच्छिन्नस्य कालस्य मात्रात्वविवक्षया द्वादशमात्रकः कालः. किञ्चिदूनचतुरशीतिविपलात्मको मध्यमप्राणायामकालः. अयमेकच्छोटिकावच्छिन्नस्य कालस्य मात्रात्वविवक्षया चतुर्विंशतिमात्रकः कालः. पञ्चविंशत्युत्तरशतविपलात्मक उत्तमः प्राणायामकालः. अयमेकच्छोटिकावच्छिन्नस्य कालस्य मात्रात्वविवक्षया षट्त्रिंशन्मात्रकः कालः. छोटिकात्रयावच्छिन्नस्य कालस्य मात्रात्वविवक्षया तु द्वादशमात्रक एव. बन्धपूर्वकं पञ्चविंशत्युत्तरशतविपलपर्यन्तं यदा प्राणायामस्थैर्यं भवति तदा प्राणो ब्रह्मरन्ध्रं गच्छति. ब्रह्मरन्ध्रं गतः प्राणो यदा पञ्चविंशतिपलपर्यन्तं तिष्ठति तदा प्रत्याहारः. यदा पञ्चघटिकापर्यन्तं तिष्ठति तदा धारणा. यदा षष्ठिघटिकापर्यन्तं तिष्ठति तदा ध्यानम्. यदा द्वादशदिनपर्यन्तं तिष्ठति तदा समाधिर्भवतीति सर्वं रमणीयम्.
kaniṣṭhamadhyamottamānāṃ prāṇāyāmānāṃ krameṇa jñāpakaviśeṣān āha kanīyasīti. kanīyasi kaniṣṭhe prāṇāyāme svedaḥ prasvedo bhaved bhavati. svedānumeyaḥ kaniṣṭhaḥ. madhyame prāṇāyāme kampo 'ṅgamejayo bhavati. kampānumeyo madhyamaḥ. uttame prāṇāyāme sthānaṃ brahmarandhram āpnoti. sthanaprāptyanumeya uttamaḥ. tatas tasmād vāyuṃ prāṇaṃ nibandhayen nitarāṃ bandhayet. kaniṣṭhādīnāṃ lakṣaṇam uktaṃ liṅgapurāṇe

prāṇāyāmasya mānaṃ tu mātrādvādaśakaṃ smṛtam

nīco dvādaśamātras tu sakṛd udgdhāta īritaḥ

madhyamas tu dvirudghātaś caturviṃśatimātrakaḥ

mukhyas tu yas trirudghātaḥ ṣaṭtriṃśanmātra ucyate

prasvedakampanotthānajanakaś ca yathākramam

ānando jāyate cātra nidrā ghūrṇis tathaiva ca

romāñco dhvanisaṃvittir aṅgamoṭanakampanam

bhramaṇasvedajalpādyaṃ saṃvinmūrcchā jayed yadā

tadottama iti proktaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ suśobhana iti

ghūrṇiś cittāndolanam. gorakṣo 'pi

adhame dvādaśa proktā madhyame dviguṇāḥ smṛtāḥ

uttame triguṇā mātrāḥ prāṇāyāme dvijottamaiḥ??

udgdhātalakṣaṇaṃ tu

prāṇenotsāryamāṇena apānaḥ pīḍyate yadā

gatvā cordhvaṃ nivarteta etad uddghātalakṣaṇam

mātrām āha yājñavalkyaḥ

aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimokṣaṃ tris trir jānuparimārjanam

tālatrayam api prājñā mātrāsaṃjñāṃ pracakṣate

skandapurāṇe

ekaśvāsamayī mātrā prāṇāyāme nigadyate

etad vyākhyātaṃ yogacintāmaṇau nidrāvaśaṃ gatasya puṃso yāvatā kālenaikaḥ śvāso gacchaty āgacchati ca tāvān kālaḥ prāṇāyāmasya mātrety ucyata iti. ardhaśvāsādhikadvādaśaśvāsāvacchinnaḥ kālaḥ prāṇāyāmakālaḥ. ṣaḍbhiḥ śvāsair ekaṃ palaṃ bhavati. evaṃ ca sārdhaśvāsapaladvayātmakaḥ kālaḥ prāṇāyāmakālaḥ siddhaḥ. sārdhadvādaśamātrāmitaḥ prāṇāyāmo yaḥ sa evottamaḥ prāṇāyāma ity ucyate. na ca pūrvodāhṛtaliṅgapurāṇagorakṣavākyavirodhas tatra dvādaśamātrakasya prāṇāyāmasyādhamatvokter iti śaṅkanīyam.

jānuṃ pradakṣiṇīkuryān na drutaṃ na vilambitam

pradadyāc choṭikāṃ yāvat tāvan mātreti gīyate

iti skandapurāṇāt.

aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimokṣaṃ ca jānoś ca parimārjanam

pradadyāc choṭikām ekāṃ mātrā saṅkhyāyate tadā

iti dattātreyavacanāc ca. liṅgapurāṇagorakṣādivākyeṣv ekacchoṭikāvacchinnasya kālasya mātrātvena vivakṣitatvāt. yājñavalkyādivākyeṣu ekachoṭikāvacchinnasya kālasya mātrātvena vivakṣitatvāt triguṇasyādhamasyottamatvaṃ tatrāpy uktam ity avirodhaḥ. sarveṣu yogasādhaneṣu prāṇāyāmo mukhyaḥ tatsiddhau pratyāhārādīnāṃ siddheḥ. tadasiddhau pratyāhārādyasiddheś ca. vastutas tu prāṇāyāma eva pratyāhārādiśabdair nigadyate. tathā coktaṃ yogacintāmaṇau

prāṇāyāma evābhyāsakrameṇa vardhamānaḥ pratyāhāradhāraṇādhyānasamādhiśabdair ucyata iti.

tad uktaṃ skandapurāṇe

prāṇāyāmadviṣaṭkena pratyāhāra udāhṛtaḥ

pratyāhāradviṣaṭkena dhāraṇā parikīrtitā

bhaved īśvarasaṅgatyai dhyānaṃ dvādaśadhāraṇam

dhyānadvādaśakenaiva samādhir abhidhīyate

yat samādhau paraṃ jyotir anantaṃ svaprakāśakam

tasmin dṛṣṭe kriyākāṇḍaṃ yātāyātaṃ nivartate iti

tathā

dhāraṇā pañcanāḍībhir dhyānaṃ syāt ṣaṣṭhināḍikam

dinadvādaśakena syāt samādhiḥ prāṇasaṃyamād iti ca

gorakṣādibhir apy evam evoktam. atraivaṃ vyavasthā kiñcid ūnadvicatvāriṃśadvipalātmakaḥ kaniṣṭhaprāṇāyāmakālaḥ. ayam evaikacchoṭikāvacchinnasya kālasya mātrātvavivakṣayā dvādaśamātrakaḥ kālaḥ. kiñcid ūnacaturaśītivipalātmako madhyamaprāṇāyāmakālaḥ. ayam ekacchoṭikāvacchinnasya kālasya mātrātvavivakṣayā caturviṃśatimātrakaḥ kālaḥ. pañcaviṃśatyuttaraśatavipalātmaka uttamaḥ prāṇāyāmakālaḥ. ayam ekacchoṭikāvacchinnasya kālasya mātrātvavivakṣayā ṣaṭtriṃśanmātrakaḥ kālaḥ. choṭikātrayāvacchinnasya kālasya mātrātvavivakṣayā tu dvādaśamātraka eva. bandhapūrvakaṃ pañcaviṃśatyuttaraśatavipalaparyantaṃ yadā prāṇāyāmasthairyaṃ bhavati tadā prāṇo brahmarandhraṃ gacchati. brahmarandhraṃ gataḥ prāṇo yadā pañcaviṃśatipalaparyantaṃ tiṣṭhati tadā pratyāhāraḥ. yadā pañcaghaṭikāparyantaṃ tiṣṭhati tadā dhāraṇā. yadā ṣaṣṭhighaṭikāparyantaṃ tiṣṭhati tadā dhyānam. yadā dvādaśadinaparyantaṃ tiṣṭhati tadā samādhir bhavatīti sarvaṃ ramaṇīyam.
Readings

kanīyasi bhavet (α3 β2 Γ Δ ε3 χ) ] kanīyasī bhavet (α1 β1), kanīyase bhavet (ε1 η1), adhame jāyate (η2), adhyame jāyate (βω)
svedaḥ (cett.) ] svadaḥ (α1), svedaṃ (η1), bhedaḥ (α3)
uttiṣṭhaty (cett.) ] uttiṣṭhaṃty (η2), uttānaṃ (β2), uttame (χ)
uttame (cett.) ] cottame (β2), sthānam ā° (χ)
prāṇa (α1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3 ε1 ε3) ] prāṇaṃ (β1 η1), prāṇā (α3 η2), prāṇāṃ (δ1), °pnoti (χ)
rodhe (α1 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε1 ε3) ] rodheḥ (η1), rodhī (α3), rāvai (γ1), baddhe (βω η2), tato (χ)
padmāsane (β2 δ1 δ3 η2) ] padmāsano (Γ), padmāsana (δ2), padmāsanaṃ (α1 α2 α3 β1 βω ε1 ε3 η1), vāyuṃ nibaṃ° (χ)
muhuḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε1 ε3 η2) ] .uhuḥ (η1), sthite (Δ), °dhayet (χ)

Sources
Cf. Vivekamārtaṇḍa 87

adhame ca ghano gharmaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame |

uttiṣṭhaty uttame deho baddhapadmāsano muhuḥ ||

87c uttiṣṭhaty uttame deho ] T; uttiṣṭhaty uttamo deho V, uttame nu guṇam āpnoti A, uttame sthāṇum āpnoti GB, uttame sthānam āpnoti GL, uttiṣṭhaṃty uttame prāṇā GP 87d baddhapadmāsano muhuḥ ] VT; tato vāyu nibandhayet A, tato vāyuṃ nirundhayet GBGL, vaddhapadmāsane muhūḥ GP

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.88

kanīyasi bhavet svedaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame |

uttiṣṭhaty uttame prāṇarodhe padmāsane muhuḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 90v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

kanīyasi bhavet svedaḥ kampo bhavati madhyame |

uttiṣṭhaty uttame prāṇarodhe padmāsanasthitaḥ ||

HP 2.13

जलेन श्रमजातेन गात्रमर्दनमाचरेत् ।

दृढता लघुता चापि तेन गात्रस्य जायते ॥

jalena śramajātena gātramardanam ācaret /

dṛḍhatā laghutā cāpi tena gātrasya jāyate //

[The yogi] should rub the limbs with the sweat produced through exertion. As a result the body becomes firm and lithe.
Philological Commentary

Śivasaṃhitā 3.46 adds that if this practice is not done, the body’s constituents (dhātus) are lost.

Jyotsna Commentary
प्राणायामानभ्यसतः स्वेदे जाते विशेषमाह जलेनेति. श्रमात्प्राणायामाभ्यासश्रमाज्जातं श्रमजातं तेन जलेन प्रस्वेदेन गात्रस्य शरीरस्य मर्दनं तैलाभ्यङ्गवदाचरेत्कुर्यात्. तेन मर्दनेन गात्रस्य दृढता दार्ढ्यं लघुता जाड्याभावो जायते प्रादुर्भवति.
prāṇāyāmān abhyasataḥ svede jāte viśeṣam āha jaleneti. śramāt prāṇāyāmābhyāsaśramāj jātaṃ śramajātaṃ tena jalena prasvedena gātrasya śarīrasya mardanaṃ tailābhyaṅgavad ācaret kuryāt. tena mardanena gātrasya dṛḍhatā dārḍhyaṃ laghutā jāḍyābhāvo jāyate prādurbhavati.
Readings

śrama (cett.) ] śrava (βω)
cāpi (βω γ2 δ2 δ3 ε1 ε3 η2) ] vāpi (α3 γ1 β1 δ1 η1), yāti (α1), caiva (β2 χ), nena (α2)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 75

prasvedo jāyate pūrvaṃ mardanaṃ tena kārayet |

tato ’tidhāraṇād vāyoḥ krameṇaiva śanaiḥ śanaiḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.89

jalena śramajātena aṅgamardanam ācaret |

dṛḍhatā laghutā cāpi tathā gātrasya jāyate || 3.89 ||

Cf. Śivasaṃhitā 3.46

svedaḥ saṃjāyate dehe yoginaḥ prathamodyame |

yadā saṃjāyate svedo mardanaṃ kārayet sudhīḥ |

anyathā vigrahe dhātur naṣṭo bhavati yoginaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 90v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

jalena śramajātena gātramardanam ācaret |

dṛḍhatā laghutā cāpi tena gātrasya jāyate ||

HP 2.14

अभ्यासकाले प्रथमे शस्तं क्षीराज्यभोजनम् ।

ततोऽभ्यासे दृढीभूतेतादृङ्नियमग्रहः

abhyāsakāle prathame śastaṃ kṣīrājyabhojanam /

tato’bhyāse dṛḍhībhūte na tādṛṅniyamagrahaḥ //

At the beginning of the practice, food with milk and ghee is recommended. After that, when the practice has become well established, there is no need to adopt such regulations.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ प्रथमोत्तराभ्यासयोः क्षीरादिनियमानियमौ आह अभ्यासकाल इति. क्षीरं दुग्धमाज्यं घृतं तद्युक्तं भोजनं क्षीराज्यभोजनम्. शाकपार्थिवादिवत्समासः. केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे 'भ्यासो दृढो भवति. स्पष्टम् अन्यत्.
atha prathamottarābhyāsayoḥ kṣīrādiniyamāniyamau āha abhyāsakāla iti. kṣīraṃ dugdham ājyaṃ ghṛtaṃ tadyuktaṃ bhojanaṃ kṣīrājyabhojanam. śākapārthivādivat samāsaḥ. kevale kumbhake siddhe 'bhyāso dṛḍho bhavati. spaṣṭam anyat.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā)
Readings

abhyāsakāle prathame (cett.) ] abhyāsakāle prathamaṃ (β2 Δ ε3)
kṣīrājya (cett.) ] kṣīrānna (α1)
’bhyāse (cett.) ] bhyāsaiḥ (ε1), bhyāsa (η1)
dṛḍhībhūte (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ χ) ] sthirībhūte (ε1 ε3 η1 η2)
tādṛṅ (cett.) ] tathā (β2 Γ)
niyama (cett.) ] ’niyama (γ1), niyamo (η2)
grahaḥ (cett.) ] śramaḥ (η1)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 3.43

abhyāsakāle prathamaṃ kuryāt kṣīrājyabhojanam

tato’bhyāse sthirībhūte na tādṛṅniyamagrahaḥ 3.43

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.24

abhyāsakāle prathame śastaṃ kṣīrādibhojanam |

tato ’bhyāse dṛḍhībhūte na tāvan niyamagrahaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 4.27 (attr.~to the Śivayoga)

abhyāsakāle prathame śastaṃ kṣīrādibhojanam |

tato ’bhyāse dṛḍhībhūte na tādṛṅniyamāgrahaḥ ||

HP 2.15

यथा सिंहो गजो व्याघ्रो भवेद्द्वश्यःvaśya (α3)शनैः शनैः ।

तथैव सेवितो वायुर् अन्यथा हन्ति साधकम् ॥

yathā siṃho gajo vyāghro bhavedd vaśyaḥvaśya (α3)śanaiḥ śanaiḥ /

tathaiva sevito vāyur anyathā hanti sādhakam //

Just as a lion, an elephant [or] a tiger is tamed gradually, so the breath is cultivated [gradually], otherwise it kills the practitioner.
Philological Commentary

The second hemistich of this verse has been rewritten to express the same idea (and simile) as that found in Viveka-mārtaṇḍa 101, but the author of the Viveka-mārtaṇḍa expresses it more clearly.

Jyotsna Commentary
सिंहादिवच्छनैरेव प्राणं वशयेन्न सहसेत्याह यथेति. यथा येन प्रकारेण सिंहो मृगेन्द्रो गजो हस्ती व्याघ्रः शार्दूलः शनैः शनैरेव वश्यः स्वाधीनो भवेन्न सहसा तथैव तेनैव प्रकारेण सेवितो 'भ्यस्तो वायुः प्राणो वश्यो भवेत्. अन्यथा सहसा गृह्यमाणः साधकमभ्यासिनं हन्ति सिंहादिवत्.
siṃhādivac chanair eva prāṇaṃ vaśayen na sahasety āha yatheti. yathā yena prakāreṇa siṃho mṛgendro gajo hastī vyāghraḥ śārdūlaḥ śanaiḥ śanair eva vaśyaḥ svādhīno bhaven na sahasā tathaiva tenaiva prakāreṇa sevito 'bhyasto vāyuḥ prāṇo vaśyo bhavet. anyathā sahasā gṛhyamāṇaḥ sādhakam abhyāsinaṃ hanti siṃhādivat.
Readings

found between and (β2)
vaśyaḥ (cett.) ] vaśyaṃ (β2 Γ ε1)
tathaiva (cett.) ] tathāva° (β1)
sevito (cett.) ] veśito (α3), saṃcito (δ2 δ3), °rodhito (β1)
hanti (cett.) ] hṛdi (γ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 101

yathā siṃho gajo vyāghro bhaved vaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śānaiḥ |

anyathā hanti yantāraṃ tathā vāyur asevitaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.90

yathā siṃho gajo vyāghro bhaved vaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |

tathaiva sevito vāyur bhaved vaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.28 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yathā siṃho gajo vyāghro bhaved vaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |

tathaiva sevito vāyur bhaved vaśyaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ ||

HP 2.16

प्राणायामेन युक्तेन सर्वरोगक्षयो भवेत्

अयुक्ताभ्यासयोगेन सर्वरोगसमुद्भवः

prāṇāyāmena yuktena sarvarogakṣayo bhavet /

ayuktābhyāsayogena sarvarogasamudbhavaḥ //

All diseases are destroyed by correct prāṇāyāma. As a result of incorrect practice any disease may arise.
Jyotsna Commentary
युक्तायुक्तयोः प्राणायामयोः फलमाह प्राणायामेनेति. आहारादियुक्तिपूर्वको जालन्धरादिबन्धयुक्तिविशिष्टः प्राणायामो युक्त इत्युच्यते. तेन सर्वरोगक्षयः सर्वेषां रोगाणां क्षयो नाशो भवेत्. अयुक्त उक्तयुक्तिरहितो यो 'भ्यासस्तद्युक्तेन प्राणायामेन सर्वरोगसमुद्भवः सर्वेषां रोगाणां सम्यगुद्भव उत्पत्तिर्भवेत्.
yuktāyuktayoḥ prāṇāyāmayoḥ phalam āha prāṇāyāmeneti. āhārādiyuktipūrvako jālandharādibandhayuktiviśiṣṭaḥ prāṇāyāmo yukta ity ucyate. tena sarvarogakṣayaḥ sarveṣāṃ rogāṇāṃ kṣayo nāśo bhavet. ayukta uktayuktirahito yo 'bhyāsas tadyuktena prāṇāyāmena sarvarogasamudbhavaḥ sarveṣāṃ rogāṇāṃ samyag udbhava utpattir bhavet.
Readings

kṣayo bhavet (cett.) ] parikṣayaḥ (δ2 δ3)
roga (cett.) ] vyādhi (Δ), illeg. (η1)
samudbhavaḥ (cett.) ] parikṣayaḥ (δ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 99

prāṇāyāmena yuktena sarvarogakṣayo bhavet |

ayuktābhyāsayogena sarvarogasamudbhavaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.90

prāṇāyāmena yuktena sarvarogakṣayo bhavet |

ayuktābhyāsayogena sarvarogasamudbhavaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 91v–92r (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

prāṇāyāmena yuktena sarvavyādhikṣayo bhavet |

ayuktābhyāsayogena sarvavyādhisamudbhavaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.26 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

prāṇāyāmena yuktena sarvarogasya saṃkṣayaḥ |

ayuktābhyāsayogena sarvarogasya sambhavaḥ ||

HP 2.17

हिक्का श्वासश्च कासश्च शिरःकर्णाक्षिवेदनाः

भवन्ति विविधा दोषाः पवनस्य व्यतिक्रमात्

hikkā śvāsaś ca kāsaś ca śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanāḥ /

bhavanti vividhā doṣāḥ pavanasya vyatikramāt //

Hiccups, wheezing, cough, pains in the head, ears and eyes: various diseases arise as a result of the breath going awry.
Philological Commentary

This verse has parallels in verses on the illnesses caused by incorrect breathing in earlier Śaiva works, two examples of which are: Śivadharmottara 10.124cd–125

hikkāśvāsapratiśyāyaḥ karṇadantākṣivedanāḥ ||

mūkatā jaḍatā kāsaḥ śirorogaḥ śramakṣaraḥ |

ityevamādayo doṣā jāyante vyutkrameṇa tu ||

Dharmaputrikā 10.265–266ab

kaphakoṣṭhe yadā vāyur granthir bhūtvāvatiṣṭhate |

hṛllāsahikkikāśvāsaśiraḥśūlādayo rujāḥ ||

jāyante dhātuvaiṣamyāt tadā kuryāt pratikriyāṃ |

Jyotsna Commentary
अयुक्तेन प्राणायामेन के रोगा भवन्तीत्यपेक्षायामाह हिक्केति. हिक्काश्वासकासाः रोगविशेषाः. शिरश्च कर्णौ चाक्षिणी च शिरःकर्णाक्षि शिरःकर्णाक्षिणि वेदनाः शिरःकर्णाक्षिवेदनाः. विविधा नानाविधा रोगाः ज्वरादयः. पवनस्य वायोः प्रकोपतो भवन्ति.
ayuktena prāṇāyāmena ke rogā bhavantīty apekṣāyām āha hikketi. hikkāśvāsakāsāḥ rogaviśeṣāḥ. śiraś ca karṇau cākṣiṇī ca śiraḥkarṇākṣi śiraḥkarṇākṣiṇi vedanāḥ śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanāḥ. vividhā nānāvidhā rogāḥ jvarādayaḥ. pavanasya vāyoḥ prakopato bhavanti.
Readings

śvāsaś ca kāsaś ca (cett.) ] <<svāsasa>> kāsaś ca (β2), śvāsas tathā kāsaḥ (δ1 δ2), kāsas tathā śvāsaḥ (δ3)
śiraḥkarṇākṣi (cett.) ] śiraḥkarṇākṣa (β1 δ3), jvaraḥ karṇākṣi (ε1 ε3), karṇanāsākṣi (δ1)
vedanāḥ (cett.) ] vedanaḥ (α1), vedanā (β2 βω δ3)
doṣāḥ (α1 Γ ε1 ε3 η1) ] doṣā (β1 β2 βω δ1), dāṣā (η2), rogāḥ (δ2 δ3 χ)
vyatikramāt (cett.) ] prakopanāt (δ1), prakopataḥ (χ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 100

hikkā śvāsaś ca kāsaś ca śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanā |

bhavanti vividhā doṣāḥ pavanasya vyatikramāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.92

hikkā śvāsaś ca kāsaś ca śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanāḥ |

bhavanti vividhā rogāḥ pavanasya vyatikramāt ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 92r (attr.~to the Skandpurāṇa)

hikkā śvāsaś ca kāsaś ca śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanāḥ |

bhavanti vividhā rogāḥ pavanasya vyatikramāt ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.27 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

hikkā śvāsas tathā kāsaḥ śiraḥkarṇākṣivedanā |

bhavanti vividhā rogāḥ pavanasya vyatikramāt ||

HP 2.18

युक्तं युक्तं त्यजेद्वायुं युक्तं युक्तं च पूरयेत्

युक्तं युक्तं बध्नीयाद् एवं शुद्धिमवाप्नुयात्

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tyajed vāyuṃ yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca pūrayet /

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca badhnīyād evaṃ śuddhim avāpnuyāt //

[The yogi] should exhale correctly, inhale correctly and hold the breath correctly. He thus becomes purified.
Jyotsna Commentary
यतः पवनस्य प्रकोपतो विविधा रोगा भवन्त्यतः युक्तं युक्तमिति. वायुं प्राणं युक्तं युक्तं त्यजेत्. रेचककाले शनैः शनैरेव रेचयेन्न वेगतः इत्यर्थः. युक्तं युक्तं च न चाल्पं नाधिकं च पूरयेत्. युक्तं युक्तं च जालन्धरादिबन्धयुक्तं बध्नीयात् कुम्भयेत्. एवमभ्यसन्सिद्धिं हठसिद्धिमवाप्नुयात्प्राप्नुयात्.
yataḥ pavanasya prakopato vividhā rogā bhavanty ataḥ yuktaṃ yuktam iti. vāyuṃ prāṇaṃ yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tyajet. recakakāle śanaiḥ śanair eva recayen na vegataḥ ity arthaḥ. yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca na cālpaṃ nādhikaṃ ca pūrayet. yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca jālandharādibandhayuktaṃ badhnīyāt kumbhayet. evam abhyasan siddhiṃ haṭhasiddhim avāpnuyāt prāpnuyāt.
Readings

transposed with the next verse (β2)
pūrayet (cett.) ] sevayet (η2)
ca (cett.) ] om. (βω)
evaṃ (cett.) ] itthaṃ (Δ)
śuddhim avāpnuyāt (α1 α3 β1 ε1 η1) ] siddhim avāpnuyāt (β2 βω Γ ε3 η2 χ), sidhyati yogavit (Δ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 102

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tyajed vāyuṃ yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca pūrayet |

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca badhnīyād evaṃ siddhim avāpnuyāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.93

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tyajed vāyuṃ yuktaṃ yuktaṃ prapūrayet |

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca badhnīyād evaṃ siddhim avāpnuyāt ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 92v (attr.~to the Skandpurāṇa)

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tyajed vāyuṃ yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca pūrayet |

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ ca badhnīyād itthaṃ siddhyati yogavit ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.29 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tyajed vāyuṃ yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tu pūrayet |

yuktaṃ yuktaṃ tu badhnīyād evaṃ siddhim avāpnuyāt ||

HP 2.19

यदा तु नाडीशुद्धिः स्यात् तदा चिह्नानि बाह्यतः

कायस्य कृशता कान्तिस्तथा जायेत निश्चितम्

yadā tu nāḍīśuddhiḥ syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyataḥ /

kāyasya kṛśatā kāntis tathā jāyeta niścitam //

When the channels are pure, external signs occur. Leanness and lustre of the body are certain to arise.
Philological Commentary

The idea that prāṇāyāma is done to purify the channels (nāḍī) can be found in discussions of prāṇāyāma in early Śaiva tantras. For example, the Nayasūtra of the Niśvāsatattvasaṃhitā (4.110) and the Svacchandatantra (7.294cd–7.295ab) specifically refer to purifying the channels by inhaling through the left nostril and exhaling through the right, as stated in the latter:

apasavyena pūryeta savyenaiva virecayet |

nāḍīsaṃśodhanaṃ caitan mokṣamārgapathasya ca ||

Jyotsna Commentary
युक्तं प्राणायाममभ्यसतो जायमानाया नाडीशुद्धेर्लक्षणमाह द्वाभ्यां यदा त्विति. यदा तु यस्मिन्काले तु नाडीनां शुद्धिर्मलराहितयं स्यात्तदा बाह्यतो बाह्यानि सार्वविभक्तिकस्तसिः चिह्नानि लक्षणानि तथाशब्देनान्तराण्यपि चिह्नानि भवन्तीत्यर्थः. तान्येवाह कायस्येति. कायस्य देहस्य कृशता कार्श्यं कान्तिः सुरुचिर्निश्चितम्जायेत.
yuktaṃ prāṇāyāmam abhyasato jāyamānāyā nāḍīśuddher lakṣaṇam āha dvābhyāṃ yadā tv iti. yadā tu yasmin kāle tu nāḍīnāṃ śuddhir malarāhitayaṃ syāt tadā bāhyato bāhyāni sārvavibhaktikas tasiḥ cihnāni lakṣaṇāni tathāśabdenāntarāṇy api cihnāni bhavantīty arthaḥ. tāny evāha kāyasyeti. kāyasya dehasya kṛśatā kārśyaṃ kāntiḥ surucir niścitam jāyeta.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ma-vipulā)
Readings

tu nāḍīśuddhiḥ (cett.) ] tu nāḍī śuddhā (β2), nāḍīviśuddhiḥ (Δ)
tadā (cett.) ] tathā (χ)
cihnāni bāhyataḥ (cett.) ] cittaṃ nirākulam (Δ)
kṛśatā (cett.) ] kṛśatāṃ (βω), kṛtā (α1), kriyate (η2), illeg. (η1)
kāntis (cett.) ] illeg. (η1)
tathā (cett.) ] tadā (χ)
niścitam (cett.) ] niścitā (α1), niścalaṃ (η1)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 67cd--69ab

yadā tu nāḍiśuddhiḥ syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyataḥ ||

jāyante yogino dehe tāni vakṣyāmy aśeṣataḥ |

śarīralaghutā dīptir jaṭharāgnivivardhanam ||

kṛśatvaṃ ca śarīrasya tadā jāyeta niścitam |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.94

yadā tu nāḍīśuddhiḥ syāt tadā cihnāni bāhyataḥ |

kāyasya kṛśatā kāntir jāyate tasya niścitam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 90v (attr.~to the Hathayoga)

yadā nāḍīviśuddhiḥ syāt tadā cintānirākṛtā |

kāyasya kṛśatā kāntis tadā jāyeta niścitam ||

HP 2.20

यथेष्टं धारणं वायोर् अनलस्य प्रदीपनम् ।

नादाभिव्यक्तिरारोग्यं जायते नाडिशोधनात्

yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇaṃ vāyor analasya pradīpanam /

nādābhivyaktir ārogyaṃ jāyate nāḍiśodhanāt

The ability to hold the breath as long as one desires, stimulation of the [digestive] fire, manifestation of the inner sound [and] freedom from disease occur as a result of purifying the channels.
Philological Commentary

Similar signs (cihna) arising from the purification of the channels are mentioned in the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā (2.68--69) and subsequent works related to it:

nāḍīśuddhim avāpnoti pṛthak cihnopalakṣitām |

śarīralaghutā dīptir jaṭharāgnivivardhanam ||

nādābhivyaktir ity etac cihnaṃ tacchuddhisūcakam |

yāvad etāni saṃpaśyet tāvad evaṃ samācaret ||

Jyotsna Commentary
यथेष्टमिति. वायोः प्राणस्य यथेष्टं बहुवारं धारणं कुम्भकेषु. अनलस्य जठराग्नेः प्रदीपनं प्रकृष्टा दीप्तिर्नादस्य ध्वनेरभिव्यक्तिः प्राकट्यमारोग्यमरोगता नाडीशोधनात् नाडीनां शोधनात्मलराहित्याज्जायते.
yatheṣṭam iti. vāyoḥ prāṇasya yatheṣṭaṃ bahuvāraṃ dhāraṇaṃ kumbhakeṣu. analasya jaṭharāgneḥ pradīpanaṃ prakṛṣṭā dīptir nādasya dhvaner abhivyaktiḥ prākaṭyam ārogyam arogatā nāḍīśodhanāt nāḍīnāṃ śodhanāt malarāhityāj jāyate.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε1 and ε2
yatheṣṭaṃ (cett.) ] yatheṣṭa (α1 βω Γ)
dhāraṇaṃ (cett.) ] dhāraṇo (γ1)
vāyor (cett.) ] vāyur (βω)
analasya (cett.) ] aṇalasya (βω η2), aṇasya (δ1)
nāḍi (cett.) ] nāḍī (βω η2)
śodhanāt (cett.) ] śoṣanāt (γ1), śodhane (η1 η2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 101

yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇāṃ vāyor analasya pradīpanam |

nādābhivyaktir ārogyaṃ jāyate nāḍīśodhanāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.95

yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇaṃ vāyor analasya pradīpanam |

nādābhivyaktir ārogyaṃ jāyate nāḍiśodhanāt ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 90v (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇaṃ vāyor analasya pradīpanam |

nādābhivyaktir ārogyaṃ bhaven nāḍīviśodhanāt ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.17 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yatheṣṭaṃ dhāraṇaṃ vāyor analasya pradīpanam |

nādābhivyaktir ārogyaṃ jāyate nāḍīśodhanāt ||

HP 2.21

मेदःश्लेष्माधिकः पूर्वं षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ।

अन्यस्तु नाचरेत्तानि दोषाणां समभावतः

medaḥśleṣmādhikaḥ pūrvaṃ ṣaṭ karmāṇi samācaret /

anyas tu nācaret tāni doṣāṇāṃ samabhāvataḥ //

The person who has an excess of fat and phlegm should first practise the six therapeutic interventions, but anyone else, because their humours are in balance, should not practise them.
Philological Commentary

Manuscripts of the delta group, as well as η2 and ε3, also have the valid readings of medaḥśleṣmādināśārthaṃ and anyathā in the first and third verse quarters, respectively. This version of the verse states that one should practise the six therapeutic interventions to remove fat, phlegm and the like, otherwise one should not practise them when the humours are in balance. However, the pūrvam (`first’), which is attested in two α manuscripts, as well as manuscripts of the β and γ groups, fits the context of these interventions being preliminary practices for prāṇāyāma.

Jyotsna Commentary
मेदाद्याधिक्ये उपायान्तरमाह मेदश्लेष्माधिक इति. मेदश्च श्लेष्मा च मेदश्लेष्माणौ तावधिकौ यस्य स तादृशः पुरुषः. पूर्वं प्राणायामाभ्यासात्प्राक्न तु प्राणायामाभ्यासकाले. षट्कर्माणि वक्ष्यमाणानि समाचरेत्सम्यगाचरेत्. अन्यस्तु मेदश्लेष्माधिक्यरहितस्तु तानि षट्कर्माणि नाचरेत्. तत्र हेतुमाह दोषाणां वातपित्तकफानां समस्य भावः समभावः समत्वं तस्माद्दोषाणां समत्वादित्यर्थः.
medādyādhikye upāyāntaram āha medaśleṣmādhika iti. medaś ca śleṣmā ca medaśleṣmāṇau tāv adhikau yasya sa tādṛśaḥ puruṣaḥ. pūrvaṃ prāṇāyāmābhyāsāt prāk na tu prāṇāyāmābhyāsakāle. ṣaṭ karmāṇi vakṣyamāṇāni samācaret samyag ācaret. anyas tu medaśleṣmādhikyarahitas tu tāni ṣaṭ karmāṇi nācaret. tatra hetum āha doṣāṇāṃ vātapittakaphānāṃ samasya bhāvaḥ samabhāvaḥ samatvaṃ tasmād doṣāṇāṃ samatvād ity arthaḥ.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε1 and ε2
medaḥ (cett.) ] meda (α1 βω χ), medā (γ1)
śleṣmādhikaḥ pūrvaṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 χ) ] śoṣādikaṃ pūrvaṃ (η1), śleṣmādināśārthaṃ (η2), śleṣmanivṛt(t)yarthaṃ (δ1 δ3 ε3)
anyas tu (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 η1 χ) ] anyathā (Δ ε3 η2), abhyastā (γ1)
samabhāvataḥ (α1 β1 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] samabhāgataḥ (β2 γ1), samabhyāgataḥ (γ2), samatāyataḥ (Δ), apy abhāvataḥ (η1)

Sources
Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi 8v (attr.~to Ātmārāma)

medaḥśleṣmanivṛtyarthaṃ ṣaṭkarmāṇi samācaret |

anyathā nācaret tāni doṣāṇāṃ samatā yataḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.147 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

medaślemādisampūrṇaḥ ṣaṭkarmāṇi samācaret |

anyas tu nācaret tāni doṣāṇāṃ samabhāgikaḥ ||

HP 2.22

धौतिर्बस्तिस्तथा नेतिस्त्राटकं नौलिकं तथा ।

कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि प्रचक्षते

dhautir bastis tathā netis trāṭakaṃ naulikaṃ tathā /

kapālabhātī caitāni ṣaṭ karmāṇi pracakṣate //

Dhauti, basti, neti, trāṭaka, naulī and kapālabhātī. These are said to be the six [therapeutic] techniques.
Philological Commentary

Manuscripts across all the groups contain many different spellings of the names of these techniques. As well as the requirements of the metre, the spellings we have favoured take into account the occurrences of each name in subsequent verses.

Jyotsna Commentary
षट्कर्माण्युद्दिशति धौतिरिति. स्पष्टम्.
ṣaṭkarmāṇy uddiśati dhautir iti. spaṣṭam.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

dhautir (β2 βω Γ ε1 χ) ] dhautī (α1 α2 β1 Δ ε3 η2), dhauti (η1)
bastis (β2 βω Γ χ) ] vasti (α2 β1 η1), vastir (α1), vastiś (α3 η2), vastī (Δ ε3), bastya (ε1)
tathā netis (β2 Γ χ) ] tathā nītis (β1), tathā neti (η1), tathā netī (βω δ1 δ2), tathā nītī (δ3), nīti caiva (α1), nitaiś caiva (α2), neti ceti (ε3), nyatī ceti (ε1), ca nītiś ca (α3), ca netiś ca (η2)
trāṭakaṃ (cett.) ] trāṭikaṃ (ε3), trāṭanaṃ (ε1), trātanaṃ (β1), troṭakaṃ (α3 γ1), toṭakī (δ1)
naulikaṃ (α3 δ2 δ3 η1 η2 χ) ] laulikaṃ (α1), nauli (α2), naulikā (β1 β2 βω Γ), naulikī (δ1), nakulī (ε1), nākulī (ε3)
bhātī (β2 βω γ2 δ2 δ3) ] bhāti (α1 α2 β1 ε1 ε3 η1), bhātiś (α3 γ1 χ), bhāthī (η2), bhāvī (δ1)
caitāni (cett.) ] dhijñeyā (δ1)
pracakṣate (cett.) ] samācaret (β2 δ3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.27

haṭhapradīpikāyām-

dhautir bastis tathā netis trāṭakaṃ naulikaṃ tathā |

kapālabhrāntir etāni ṣaṭkarmāṇi pracakṣate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha ṣaṭkarmāṇi | haṭhapradīpikāyām ||

dhautī bastī tathā netī trāṭakaṃ naulikaṃ tathā |

kapālabhātī caitāni ṣaṭkarmāṇi pracakṣate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.148 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

dhautir bastiś ca netiś ca trāṭakaṃ naulikaṃ tathā |

kapālabhāti caitāni ṣaṭkarmāṇi pracakṣate ||

HP 2.23

कर्मषट्कमिदं गोप्यं घटशोधनकारकम्

विचित्रगुणसन्धायि पूज्यते योगिपुङ्गवैः ॥

karmaṣaṭkam idaṃ gopyaṃ ghaṭaśodhanakārakam /

vicitraguṇasandhāyi pūjyate yogipuṅgavaiḥ //

This set of six techniques should be kept secret. Bringing about purification of the body [and] bestowing various good qualities, it is worshipped by the best yogis.
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary
इदं रहस्यमित्याह कर्मषट्कमिति. घटस्य शरीरस्य शोधनं मलापनयनं करोतीति घटशोधनकारकमिदमुद्दिष्टं कर्मणां षट्कम्धौत्यादिकं गोप्यं गोपनीयम्. यतः विचित्रगुणसन्धायि विचित्रं विलक्षणं गुणं षट्कर्मरूपं सन्धातुं कर्तुं शीलमस्येति विचित्रगुणसन्धायि योगिपुङ्गवैर्योगिश्रेष्ठैः पूज्यते सत्क्रियते. गोपनाभावे तु कर्मषट्कमन्यैरपि विदितं स्याद् इति योगिनः पूज्यत्वाभावः प्रसज्येतेति भावः. एतेनेदमेव कर्मषट्कस्य मुख्यं फलमिति सूचितम्. मेदश्लेष्मादिनाशस्य प्राणायामैरपि सम्भवात्. तदुक्तं षट्कर्मयोगमाप्नोति पवनाभ्यासतत्पर इति पूर्वोत्तरग्रन्थस्याप्येवमेव स्वारस्याच्च.
idaṃ rahasyam ity āha karmaṣaṭkam iti. ghaṭasya śarīrasya śodhanaṃ malāpanayanaṃ karotīti ghaṭaśodhanakārakam idam uddiṣṭaṃ karmaṇāṃ ṣaṭkam dhautyādikaṃ gopyaṃ gopanīyam. yataḥ vicitraguṇasandhāyi vicitraṃ vilakṣaṇaṃ guṇaṃ ṣaṭkarmarūpaṃ sandhātuṃ kartuṃ śīlam asyeti vicitraguṇasandhāyi yogipuṅgavair yogiśreṣṭhaiḥ pūjyate satkriyate. gopanābhāve tu karmaṣaṭkam anyair api viditaṃ syād iti yoginaḥ pūjyatvābhāvaḥ prasajyeteti bhāvaḥ. etenedam eva karmaṣaṭkasya mukhyaṃ phalam iti sūcitam. medaśleṣmādināśasya prāṇāyāmair api sambhavāt. tad uktaṃ ṣaṭkarmayogam āpnoti pavanābhyāsatatpara iti pūrvottaragranthasyāpy evam eva svārasyāc ca.
Readings

karmaṣaṭkam idaṃ (cett.) ] ṣaṭkakarmam idaṃ (β2), ṣaṭkarmmam idaṃ (η2)
gopyaṃ (cett.) ] proktaṃ (δ2)
kārakam (cett.) ] kāraṇaṃ (α1 δ1)
sandhāyi (γ2 β1 ε1 ε3 χ) ] sandhāyī (α1 βω γ1 η1 η2), saṃdhāyā (α3), saṃdhāya (β2), saṃdhoyi (δ1), saṃjñopi (δ3), karmopi (δ2)
yogi (cett.) ] yoga (ε1), muni (δ2 δ3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.28

karmāṣṭakam idaṃ gopyaṃ ghaṭaśodhanakārakam |

kasya cin naiva vaktavyaṃ kulastrīsurataṃ yathā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

karmaṣaṭkam idaṃ gopyaṃ ghaṭaśodhanakārakam |

vicitraguṇasaṃdhāyi pūjyate yogipuṃgavaiḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.149 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

karmaṣaṭkam idaṃ gopyaṃ ghaṭaśodhanakāraṇam |

vicitraguṇasandhāyī kriyate yogibhiḥ sadā ||

HP 2.24

तत्र धौतिः

चतुरङ्गुलविस्तारं* सिक्तं वस्त्रं शनैर्ग्रसेत् ।

ततः प्रत्याहरेच्चैतदुद्गारं धौतिकर्म तत्

tatra dhautiḥ /

caturaṅgulavistāraṃ* siktaṃ vastraṃ śanair graset /

tataḥ pratyāharec caitad udgāraṃ dhautikarma tat //

Among them is dhauti:{}[The yogi] should slowly swallow a moistened cloth four finger-breadths in width and then draw it out. This ejection [of it] from the mouth is the dhauti technique.
Philological Commentary

The manuscripts contain many different readings for the fourth pāda. α3 and η1 have the term udgāraṃ, which rarely occurs in yoga texts. The basic meaning of udgāra is the act of discharging something from the mouth, which fits the context of dhauti in so far as the cloth swallowed into the stomach is drawn back out through the mouth. Some of the other readings, such as uditaṃ, utthānaṃ, etc., appear to be mistakes or patches that arose possibly because udgāra is not normally neuter but masculine. Many manuscripts have added verse quarters on the length of the cloth (hastapañcadaśena tu) and doing the practice according to the guru’s teachings (gurūpadiṣṭa-mārgeṇa). These additional comments are absent in the α, γ and ε groups. Furthermore, the compound hastapañcadaśena does not seem to fit the syntax of the sentence. The other addition, on the guru’s teaching, is a cliché that is probably being used here as a verse filler.

Jyotsna Commentary
धौतिकर्माह चतुरङ्गुलमिति. चतुर्णामङ्गुलानां समाहारश्चतुरङ्गुलं चतुरङ्गुलं विस्तारो यस्य तादृशं हस्तानां पञ्चदशैरायतं दीर्घं सिक्तं जलार्द्रं किञ्चिदुष्णं वस्त्रं पटं तच्च सूक्ष्मं नूतनोष्णीषादेः खण्डं ग्राह्यम्. गुरुणा उपदिष्टो यो मार्गः वस्त्रग्रसनप्रकारस्तेन शनैर् मन्दं मन्दं किञ्चित्किञ्चिद्ग्रसेत्. प्रथमदिने हस्तमात्रं ग्रसेत्. द्वितीये दिने हस्तद्वयं तृतीयदिने हस्तत्रयम्. एवं दिनवृद्ध्या हस्तपञ्चदशमात्रं ग्रसेत्. पुनरिति. तस्य प्रान्तं राजदन्तमध्ये दृढं संलग्नं कृत्वा नौलिकर्मणोदरस्थं वस्त्रं सम्यक्चालयित्वा पुनः शनैः प्रत्याहरेच्च एतद्वस्त्रमुद्गिरेन् निष्कासयेच्च. तद्धौतिकर्म उदितं कथितं सिद्धैः.
dhautikarmāha caturaṅgulam iti. caturṇām aṅgulānāṃ samāhāraś caturaṅgulaṃ caturaṅgulaṃ vistāro yasya tādṛśaṃ hastānāṃ pañcadaśair āyataṃ dīrghaṃ siktaṃ jalārdraṃ kiñcid uṣṇaṃ vastraṃ paṭaṃ tac ca sūkṣmaṃ nūtanoṣṇīṣādeḥ khaṇḍaṃ grāhyam. guruṇā upadiṣṭo yo mārgaḥ vastragrasanaprakāras tena śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ kiñcit kiñcid graset. prathamadine hastamātraṃ graset. dvitīye dine hastadvayaṃ tṛtīyadine hastatrayam. evaṃ dinavṛddhyā hastapañcadaśamātraṃ graset. punar iti. tasya prāntaṃ rājadantamadhye dṛḍhaṃ saṃlagnaṃ kṛtvā naulikarmaṇodarasthaṃ vastraṃ samyak cālayitvā punaḥ śanaiḥ pratyāharec ca etad vastram udgiren niṣkāsayec ca. tad dhautikarma uditaṃ kathitaṃ siddhaiḥ.
Readings

tatra (α1 α2 α3 β1 β2 Γ η1 χ) ] atha (βω δ3 η2), atha tatra (ε3), ādau (δ2)
dhautiḥ (η1 η2 χ) ] dhautī (α1 α2 β1 βω Γ δ2 δ3 ε3), dhautikā (β2)
caturaṅgula (cett.) ] caturaṅguli (δ2), caturāṃgula (η2), caturaṃlu (δ1), + + + gula (α1)
vistāraṃ (cett.) ] vistīrṇaṃ (ε3)
siktaṃ (cett.) ] sitaṃ (δ2 δ3), sita (ε3), śaktaṃ (ε1), sveta (β1)
tataḥ (cett.) ] punaḥ (Δ χ)
pratyāharec (cett.) ] °hārec (βω), °haraṃ (η1)
caitad (cett.) ] etad (α1 Δ)
udgāraṃ (α3 η1) ] uditaṃ (ε3 η2 χ), utthānaṃ (Γ), ukhālatā (βω), uṣālaṃ (α2 ε1), husvāla (α1), duḥkhahāṃ (β1), prakṣālyaṃ (β2), abhyāsād (δ2 δ3), abhyāsa (δ1)
tat (α3 β1 β2 Γ ε3 η1 χ) ] °taḥ (βω), °kṛt (α1 ε1 η2), °vit (Δ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.37–38ab

atha dhautiḥ--

viṃśaddhastapramāṇena dhautavastraṃ sudīrghitam |

caturaṅgulavistāraṃ siktaṃ caiva śanaiḥ graset ||

tataḥ pratyāharec caitad abhyāsād dhautir ucyate |

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha dhautī |

caturaṅgulavistāraṃ siktaṃ vastraṃ śanair graset |

punaḥ pratyāhared etad abhyāsād dhautikarmavit ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.150 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

caturaṃgulavistāraṃ siktaṃ vastraṃ śanair graset |

tataḥ pratyāharec caitad ākṣālaṃ dhautikarma tat ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 56–57

atha dhautī |

mṛdulaṃ dhavalaṃ śuddhaṃ caturaṅgulavistṛtam |

tithihastamitāyāmaṃ dhautīvastrasya lakṣaṇam ||

toyasiktaṃ grased vastraṃ ghrāṇābhyāṃ vāyum utsṛjan |

śanaiḥ sanais tu sakalaṃ punaḥ pratyāharec chanaiḥ |

dhautīkarmedam ākhyātaṃ yatra gaṅgādhidaivatam ||

HP 2.25

कासश्वासप्लीहकुष्ठं कफरोगाश्च विंशतिः

धौतिकर्मप्रभावेन धावन्त्येव संशयः ॥

kāsaśvāsaplīhakuṣṭhaṃ kapharogāś ca viṃśatiḥ /

dhautikarmaprabhāvena dhāvanty eva na saṃśayaḥ //

Coughing, wheezing, splenitis and skin diseases, as well as the twenty phlegmatic diseases, are sure to disappear through the power of the dhauti technique.
Philological Commentary

The verb dhāvanti is a play on words, using a different root dhāv, “run”, from that of dhauti, which is derived from dhāv, “purify”. Twenty phlegmatic diseases are enumerated in the Carakasaṃhitā, sūtrasthāna 20.17, a chapter on major diseases (mahāroga).

Jyotsna Commentary
धौतिकर्मणः फलमाह कासश्वासेति. कासश्च श्वासश्च प्लीहश्च कुष्ठं च. समाहारद्वन्द्वः कासादयो रोगविशेषाः विंशतिः विंशतिसङ्ख्याकाः कफरोगाश्च धौतिकर्मणः प्रभावेण गच्छन्त्य् एव न संशयः निश्चितमेतदित्यर्थः.
dhautikarmaṇaḥ phalam āha kāsaśvāseti. kāsaś ca śvāsaś ca plīhaś ca kuṣṭhaṃ ca. samāhāradvandvaḥ kāsādayo rogaviśeṣāḥ viṃśatiḥ viṃśatisaṅkhyākāḥ kapharogāś ca dhautikarmaṇaḥ prabhāveṇa gacchanty eva na saṃśayaḥ niścitam etad ity arthaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

kāsaśvāsa (cett.) ] śvāsaḥ kāśaḥ (η2)
plīha (cett.) ] plihā (η1)
kuṣṭhaṃ (α1 α3 β1 βω Δ ε3 η2 χ) ] kuṣṭha (β2 Γ ε1 η1)
kapha (cett.) ] śleṣmā (ε1)
rogāś ca (cett.) ] rogaś ca (α3 δ3), rogāṃś ca (γ1)
viṃśatiḥ (cett.) ] viṃśati (β1 βω γ2), vidradhiḥ (δ2 δ3), dvagṛjaḥ (α3)
dhauti (cett.) ] dhautī (α1 β1 βω Δ), dhauta (ε3)
prabhāvena (cett.) ] prasādena (β2)
dhāvanty eva (α3 βω ε1) ] dhāvaṃte ca (α2), dhāvaty eva (η1), bhavanty eva (α1), prayānty eva (β1 β2 Γ Δ χ), śudhyanty eva (η2), naśyante nā° (ε3)
na (cett.) ] °tra (ε3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.39

kāsaśvāsaplīhakuṣṭhaṃ kapharogāś ca viṃśatiḥ |

dhautikarmaprabhāvena dhāvanty eva na saṃśayaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kāsaśvāsaplīhakuṣṭhaṃ kapharogāś ca vidradhiḥ |

dhautīkarmaprabhāvena prayānty eva na saṃśayaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.151 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

plīhā śvāsaś ca kuṣṭhaṃ ca kapharogāś ca viṃśatiḥ |

dhautikarmaprabhāvena gacchanty eva na saṃśayaḥ ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 58

kāsasvāsaplīhakuṣṭhādināśam

vahner māndyaṃ viṃśatiḥ śleṣarogān |

dūrīkuryāt karṇabādhir tam uccair

dhautīkarma praditaṃ śaṅkareṇa ||

HP 2.26

अथ बस्तिकर्म

नाभिदघ्ने जले पायुन्यस्तनालोत्कटासनः ।

आधाराकुञ्चनं कुर्यात् पखालं बस्तिकर्म तत्

atha bastikarma /

nābhidaghne jale pāyunyastanālotkaṭāsanaḥ /

ādhārākuñcanaṃ kuryāt pakhālaṃ bastikarma tat //

Now the basti technique.Squatting in water up to the navel with a reed inserted in the anus, [the yogi] should contract the perineal region (ādhāra°). The [resultant] flushing is the basti technique.
Philological Commentary

The reading pakhālaṃ that we have adopted in the fourth pāda is found in βω and α1 and reflects vernacular usage as found in the old Hindi Aṣṭāṅgayoga of Caraṇadāsa (6.71ab). Some other witnesses have the Sanskritised form prakṣālaṃ, which is very rare in Sanskrit sources, while others have the more common kṣālanaṃ.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ बस्तिकर्माह नाभिदघ्नेति. नाभिप्रमाणं नाभिदघ्नम्. प्रमाणे दघ्नच्प्रत्ययः. तस्मिन्न्नाभिदघ्ने नाभिप्रमाणे जले नद्यादितोये पायुर्गुदं तस्मिन्न्यस्तो नालो वंशनालो येन कनिष्ठिकाप्रवेशयोग्यरन्ध्रयुक्तं षडङ्गुलदीर्घं वंशनालं गृहीत्वा चतुरङ्गुलं पायौ प्रवेशयेत्. अङ्गुलिद्वयमितं बहिः स्थापयेत्. उत्कटमासनं यस्य स उत्कटासनः. पार्ष्णिद्वये स्फिचौ विन्यस्य पादाङ्गुलिभिः स्थितिरुत्कटासनम्. आधारस्य मूलाधारस्य आकुञ्चनं यथा जलमन्तः प्रविशेत्तथा सङ्कोचनं कुर्यात्. अन्तःप्रविष्टं जलं नौलिकर्मणा चालयित्वा त्यजेत्. तत्क्षालनं बस्तिकर्मोच्यते. धौतिबस्तिकर्मद्वयं भोजनात्प्रागेव कर्तव्यम्. तदनन्तरं भोजने विलम्बो 'पि न कार्यः. केचित्तु पूर्वं मूलाधारेण वायोराकर्षणमभ्यस्य जले स्थित्वा पायौ नालप्रवेशनमन्तरेणैव बस्तिकर्माभ्यस्यन्ति. तथाकरणे सर्वं जलं बहिर् नायाति. अतो नानारोगधातुक्षयादिसम्भवाच्च तथा बस्तिकर्म नैव विधेयम्. किमन्यथा स्वात्मारामः पायौ न्यस्तनाल इति ब्रूयात्.
atha bastikarmāha nābhidaghneti. nābhipramāṇaṃ nābhidaghnam. pramāṇe daghnacpratyayaḥ. tasminn nābhidaghne nābhipramāṇe jale nadyāditoye pāyur gudaṃ tasmin nyasto nālo vaṃśanālo yena kaniṣṭhikāpraveśayogyarandhrayuktaṃ ṣaḍaṅguladīrghaṃ vaṃśanālaṃ gṛhītvā caturaṅgulaṃ pāyau praveśayet. aṅgulidvayamitaṃ bahiḥ sthāpayet. utkaṭam āsanaṃ yasya sa utkaṭāsanaḥ. pārṣṇidvaye sphicau vinyasya pādāṅgulibhiḥ sthitir utkaṭāsanam. ādhārasya mūlādhārasya ākuñcanaṃ yathā jalam antaḥ praviśet tathā saṅkocanaṃ kuryāt. antaḥpraviṣṭaṃ jalaṃ naulikarmaṇā cālayitvā tyajet. tat kṣālanaṃ bastikarmocyate. dhautibastikarmadvayaṃ bhojanāt prāg eva kartavyam. tadanantaraṃ bhojane vilambo 'pi na kāryaḥ. kecit tu pūrvaṃ mūlādhāreṇa vāyor ākarṣaṇam abhyasya jale sthitvā pāyau nālapraveśanam antareṇaiva bastikarmābhyasyanti. tathākaraṇe sarvaṃ jalaṃ bahir nāyāti. ato nānārogadhātukṣayādisambhavāc ca tathā bastikarma naiva vidheyam. kim anyathā svātmārāmaḥ pāyau nyastanāla iti brūyāt.
Readings

atha (cett.) ] om. (δ1 δ2)
bastikarma (α1 β1 Γ η1) ] vastikarmaḥ (α3), vastīkarma (β2 ε3), bastinīkarma (ε1), vasti (βω η2), vastī (δ2 δ3), vastiḥ (χ), om. (δ1)
daghne (Δ ε3 η2) ] daghna (β1 β2 βω Γ ε1 χ), dagdha (α1 η1), magma (α3)
pāyu (α1 βω Γ δ1 η1 η2) ] pāya (β1), pāyuṃ (β2), pāyur (ε1 δ3), pāyau (χ), vāyu (δ2 ε3), vāyuṃ (α3)
nyastanālo (cett.) ] nyastālo (ε3)
ādhārā (cett.) ] ādhāra (α3 β2 ε1), apānā (ε3)
pakhālaṃ (βω) ] pākhālaṃ (α1), paṣālaṃ (α2), pāṣalaṃ (ε1), prakṣālaṃ (β1 γ1), prakṣālā (α3), prakhyātaṃ (γ2), prakṣāled (β2), kṣālanaṃ (ε3 η1 η2 χ), apānād (Δ)
bastikarma tat (cett.) ] bastikarma <<ta>>t (γ2), vastikarmavit (δ1 δ2), _ _ vastivit (δ3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.45–47

nābhidaghne jale sthitvā pāyunāle sthitāṅguliḥ |

cakrimārgeṇa jaṭharaṃ pāyunālena pūrayet ||

vicitrakaraṇīm kṛtvā nirbhītaḥ recayej jalam |

yāvad balaṃ prapūryaiva kṣaṇaṃ sthitvā virecayet ||

ghaṭītrayaṃ na bhoktavyaṃ bastim abhyasatā dhruvam |

nivātabhūmau santiṣṭhed vaśī hitamitāśanaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha vastī |

nābhidaghne jale pāyunyastanālotkaṭāsanaḥ |

ādhārākuñcanaṃ kuryād abhyāsād vastikarmavit ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.152 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

nābhidaghne jale pāyau nyastanālotkaṭāsanaḥ |

ādhārā kuñcanaṃ kuryāt kṣālanaṃ bastikarma tat ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 132

naulīkriyāsusaṃpannas tyaktamūtramalaḥ sudhīḥ |

jānudaghne jale kuryād bastiṃ bastividhānavit ||

HP 2.27

गुल्मप्लीहोदरं चापि वातपित्तकफोद्भवाः

बस्तिकर्मप्रभावेन वार्यन्ते सकलामयाः

gulmaplīhodaraṃ cāpi vātapittakaphodbhavāḥ /

bastikarmaprabhāvena vāryante sakalāmayāḥ //

By the power of the basti technique, swelling, splenitis, stomach disorders and all diseases arising from wind, bile and phlegm are removed.
Philological Commentary

We have assumed that the compound gulmaplīhodara is referring generally to swelling (gulma), spleen disorders (plīhan) and stomach diseases (udara). However, the terms gulma and plīhodara can be understood as more specific diseases. In Suśrutasaṃhitā, uttaratantra 42.4, gulma is defined as a movable or immovable round lump (granthi) that might arise between the heart and lower abdomen (basti) and might grow or shrink:

hṛdbastyorantare granthiḥ saṃcārī yadi vā ’calaḥ |

cayāpacayavān vṛttaḥ sa gulma iti kīrtitaḥ ||

The compound plīhodara is the name of a specific disease, which is defined in the Suśrutasaṃhitā (nidānasthāna 7.14–15) as enlargement of the spleen (plīhābhivṛddhi) so gulmaplīhodara might be referring more specifically to abdominal lumps and splenomegaly.

Jyotsna Commentary
बस्तिकर्मगुणानाह द्वाभ्यां गुल्मप्लीहोदरमिति. गुल्मश्च प्लीहश्च रोगविशेषावुदरं जलोदरं च तेषां समाहारद्वन्द्वः. वातश्च पित्तं च कफश्च तेभ्यः उद्भवाः एकैकस्माद्द्वाभ्यां सर्वेभ्यो वा जाताः सकलाः सर्वे आमया रोगाः बस्तिकर्मणः प्रभावः सामर्थ्यं शक्तिः तेन क्षीयन्ते नश्यन्ति.
bastikarmaguṇān āha dvābhyāṃ gulmaplīhodaram iti. gulmaś ca plīhaś ca rogaviśeṣāv udaraṃ jalodaraṃ ca teṣāṃ samāhāradvandvaḥ. vātaś ca pittaṃ ca kaphaś ca tebhyaḥ udbhavāḥ ekaikasmād dvābhyāṃ sarvebhyo vā jātāḥ sakalāḥ sarve āmayā rogāḥ bastikarmaṇaḥ prabhāvaḥ sāmarthyaṃ śaktiḥ tena kṣīyante naśyanti.
Readings

bhavāḥ (cett.) ] bhavaḥ (α1 δ3), bhavaṃ (βω η2)
basti (cett.) ] vastī (βω)
vāryante (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ) ] dhāryante (ε1), śīryante (ε3), kṣīyante (βω η2 χ), jāyate (η1)
sakalāmayāḥ (cett.) ] sakalā malāḥ (βω Γ η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.48

gulmaplīhodaraṃ vāpi vātapittakaphādikam |

bastikarmaprabhāvena dhāvanty eva saṃśayaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

gulmodaraṃ cāpi vātaplīhapittakaphodbhavāḥ |

vastikarmaprabhāvena bādhyante sakalāmayāḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.153 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

gulmaplīhodaraṃ cāpi vātapittakaphodbhavāḥ |

bastikarmaprabhāvena naśyanti sakalāmayāḥ ||

Cf.~Satkarmasaṅgraha 135, 140–141

yāvan malā vinaśyanti vātapittakaphodbhāvāḥ |

trivāraṃ vā caturvāraṃ kṛtvā bastim virecayet ||

mahojasvī mahajjyotir jaṭharāgnipradīpanam |

gulmaplīhodarādīnāṃ nāśanaṃ sukhavardhanam ||

vātapittakaphottānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ nāśanaṃ paraṃ |

kuṣṭhānāṃ nāśanaṃ cāpi bastisiddhe prajāyate ||

HP 2.28

धात्विन्द्रियान्तःकरणप्रसादं

दद्याच्च कान्तिं दहनप्रदीप्तिम्

अशेषदोषोपचयं निहन्या-

दभ्यस्यमानं जलबस्तिकर्म

dhātvindriyāntaḥkaraṇaprasādaṃ

dadyāc ca kāntiṃ dahanapradīptim /

aśeṣadoṣopacayaṃ nihanyā-

d abhyasyamānaṃ jalabastikarma //

When practised repeatedly, the water enema (jalabasti) technique bestows clarity of the bodily constituents, senses and mind, radiance, [and] stimulation of the digestive fire, and removes [excessive] accumulation of all humours.
Jyotsna Commentary
धात्विति. अभ्यस्यमानमनुष्ठीयमानं जले बस्तिकर्म जलबस्तिकर्म कर्तृ दद्यादनुष्ठातुर् इति शेषः. धातवो

रसासृङ्मांसमेदो'स्थिमज्जाशुक्राणि धातवः

इत्युक्ताः. इन्द्रियाणि वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि पञ्च कर्मेन्द्रियाणि श्रोत्रत्वक्चक्षुर्जिह्वाघ्राणानि पञ्च ज्ञानेन्द्रियाणि च अन्तःकरणानि मनोबुद्धिचित्ताहङ्काररूपाणि तेषां परितापविक्षेपशोकादिमोहगौरवावरणदैन्यादिराजसतामसधर्मविनिवर्तनेन सुखप्रकाशलाघवादिसात्त्विकधर्माविर्भावः प्रसादस्तं कान्तिं द्युतिं दहनस्य जठराग्नेः प्रदीप्तिं प्रकृष्टां दीप्तिं च. तथा अशेषाः समस्ता ये दोषाः वातपित्तकफास्तेषामुपचयो 'पचयस्याप्य् उपलक्षणम्. उपचयापचयौ निहन्याद्नितरां हन्यात्. दोषसाम्यरूपमारोग्यं कुर्यादित्यर्थः.
dhātv iti. abhyasyamānam anuṣṭhīyamānaṃ jale bastikarma jalabastikarma kartṛ dadyād anuṣṭhātur iti śeṣaḥ. dhātavo

rasāsṛṅmāṃsamedo'sthimajjāśukrāṇi dhātavaḥ

ity uktāḥ. indriyāṇi vākpāṇipādapāyūpasthāni pañca karmendriyāṇi śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇāni pañca jñānendriyāṇi ca antaḥkaraṇāni manobuddhicittāhaṅkārarūpāṇi teṣāṃ paritāpavikṣepaśokādimohagauravāvaraṇadainyādirājasatāmasadharmavinivartanena sukhaprakāśalāghavādisāttvikadharmāvirbhāvaḥ prasādas taṃ kāntiṃ dyutiṃ dahanasya jaṭharāgneḥ pradīptiṃ prakṛṣṭāṃ dīptiṃ ca. tathā aśeṣāḥ samastā ye doṣāḥ vātapittakaphās teṣām upacayo 'pacayasyāpy upalakṣaṇam. upacayāpacayau nihanyād nitarāṃ hanyāt. doṣasāmyarūpam ārogyaṃ kuryād ity arthaḥ.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

ntaḥkaraṇa (cett.) ] ntaḥkaraṇaṃ (β1 γ1 δ3 ε3ac), ṃttaṃkaruṇa (α3)
prasādaṃ (cett.) ] prasādanaṃ (δ1), prasādaraṃ (β1)
kāntiṃ (cett.) ] kānti (β1 βω), kābhiṃ (γ1)
pradīptim (cett.) ] pradīptaṃ (βω ε1), pradīpti (β1), praptaṃ (α3), pradīpanaṃ (δ1)
doṣopacayaṃ (cett.) ] doṣāpacayaṃ (β1 βω), doṣaprabhavaṃ (δ1)
abhyasya (cett.) ] abhyāsa (η1), abhyasa (δ2)
jala (cett.) ] ja (η2)
karma (cett.) ] om. (δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.49

dhātvindriyāntaḥkaraṇaprasādaṃ

dadyāc ca kāntiṃ dahanapradīptim |

aśeṣadoṣopacayaṃ nihanyād

abhyasyamānaṃ jalabastikarma ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

dhātvindriyāntaḥkaraṇaprasādaṃ

dadhyāc ca kāntiṃ dahanapradīptim |

aśeṣadoṣopacayaṃ nihanyād

abhyasyamānaṃ jalavastikarma ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.154 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

dhātvīndrintaḥ karaṇaprabodhaṃ

dadāti kāntiṃ dahanapradīptim |

aśeṣadoṣopacayaṃ nihanyād

abhyasyamānaṃ jalavastikarma ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 139–140ab

tiṣṭhed vaśī mitāhāraḥ sarvāṅgaṃ tena śudhyati |

dhātvindriyāntaḥkaraṇaprasādo dehalāghavam ||

mahojasvī mahajjyotir jaṭharāgnipradīpanam |

HP 2.29

उदरगतपदार्थमुद्वमन्ती

पवनमपानमुदीर्य कण्ठनाले

क्रमपरिचयवश्यवायुमार्गा-

द्गजकरणीति निगद्यते हठज्ञैः ॥

udaragatapadārtham udvamantī

pavanam apānam udīrya kaṇṭhanāle /

kramaparicayavaśyavāyumārgā-

d gajakaraṇīti nigadyate haṭhajñaiḥ //

Raising the apāna wind into the oesophagus (kaṇṭhanāle) and ejecting the contents of the stomach from the windpipe, which has been brought under control by cumulative practice, is called the elephant technique by experts in Haṭha.
Philological Commentary

Some manuscripts, including η2 and βω, have an alternative reading for the third verse quarter that appears to be explaining the name of the practice. In other words, it is called the elephant technique `because the speed of the breath is like that of water [propelled] by elephants’ (karibhir iva jalasya vāyuvegāt). The syntax of this reading is not so easy to construe with the rest of the verse, which suggests that it was not original. The reading we have adopted (i.e., kramaparicayavaśya...) is attested by manuscripts of the most important groups (α1 and α2, β2, the γ group, etc.) and the same witnesses preserve mārga (rather than vega).

Metre: Puṣpitāgrā
Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ
found after (βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2), found after (χ), om. (δ1 δ2)
udvamantī (α1 β1 βω) ] udvamanti (χ), udvamante (ε1 ε3), udvavantī (η2), udvahantī (Γ η1), udvahanti (β2), udbhavanti (α3)
nāle (cett.) ] nālet (βω), jāle (β1)
kramaparicayavaśya (α1 β1 β2 Γ η1 χ) ] kramaparicitavaśya (ε3), kramaparijitavaśya (ε1), karibhir iva jalasya (βω η2)
vāyumārgād (α3) ] vāyumārgā (α1), vāyumārgo (ε3), vāyuḥ | go (ε1), vāyuryo (η1), vāyuvegāt (βω η2), nāḍi/nāḍīmārgā (β1 β2 γ2), nāḍicakrā (χ), mārga (γ1)
gajakaraṇīti (γ2 ε3 η1 χ) ] gajakaraṇī _ (γ1), gajakareṇiti (α3), gajakariṇīti (β2), najakariṇīti (β1), gajakarṇiti (α1), gajakaṇīti (ε1), jalakariṇīti (η2), jalagajakaraṇī (βω)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.51

udaragatapadārtham udvamantī

pavanam apānam udīrya kaṇṭhanāle |

kramaparicayatas tu vāyumārge

gajakaraṇīti nigadyate haṭhajñaiḥ || 1.51 ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.154 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

udaragatapadārtham udvamantī

pavanamapānam udīrya kaṇṭhanāle |

kramaparicayavaśyavāyumārgā

gajakaraṇīti nigadyate haṭhajñaiḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 8.8

udaragatapadārthān udvamed eva nityaṃ

pavanagamanamārgāt kaṇṭhanālapraveśāt ||

kramaparicayavaśyaṃ syāc ca gargādayo hi

gajakaraṇam itīha prahur āryā munīndrāḥ ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 108–109

atha gajakaraṇī

śuddhaṃ toyaṃ nārikelodbhavaṃ vā

pītvākaṇṭhaṃ dugdhamiśraṃ jalaṃ vā |

vāraṃ vāraṃ māṇibandhaṃ tu kurvan

nodgāreṇa prakṣiped bhūmibhāge ||

eṣā proktā kaphapittāmayeṣu

medoghnīva kariṇī hastipūrvā ||

HP 2.30

अथ नेतिः

सूत्रं वितस्तिसुस्निग्धं नासानाले प्रवेशयेत् ।

मुखान्निर्गमयेच्चैषा नेतिः सिद्धैर्निगद्यते ॥

atha netiḥ /

sūtraṃ vitastisusnigdhaṃ nāsānāle praveśayet /

mukhān nirgamayec caiṣā netiḥ siddhair nigadyate //

Now neti.{[}The yogi] should insert a very smooth thread one handspan [in length] into the nasal passage and take it out through the mouth. This is called neti by the Siddhas.
Philological Commentary

According to Turner’s Comparative and Etymological Dictionary (1966: 427, entry 7588), the word netī in Hindi refers to the cord of a churning stick and is cognate with the Sanskrit netra. The action of pulling the cord of a churning stick is similar to the way the thread can be pulled back and forth, from side to side, through the nostril and mouth. The reading we have adopted in the third verse quarter (mukhān nirgamayec caiṣā) is well attested but may not be original because the first hemistich has a finite verb and the eṣā must be construed with netiḥ in the fourth verse quarter. The alternative reading mukhanirgamanād eva (η1 and η2) may be original but is difficult to construe and mukhān nirgamayet makes better sense in terms of describing the final part of the practice.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ नेतिकर्माह सूत्रमिति. वितस्ति वितस्तिमितं वितस्तिरित्युपलक्षणमधिकस्यापि. यावता सूत्रेण सम्यग्नेतिकर्म भवेत्तावद्ग्राह्यम्. सुस्निग्धं सुष्ठु स्निग्धं ग्रन्थ्यादिरहितं सूत्रम्. तच्च नवधा द्वादशधा पञ्चदशधा वा गुणितं सुदृढं ग्राह्यम्. नासा नासिका सैव नालः सच्छिद्रत्वात्तस्मिन्प्रवेशयेत्. मुखान्निर्गमयेन्निष्कासयेत्. तत्प्रकारस्त्वेवं. सूत्रप्रान्तं नासानाले प्रवेश्येतरनासापुटमङ्गुल्या निरुध्य पूरकं कुर्यात्. पुनश्च मुखेन रेचयेत्. पुनः पुनरेवं कुर्वतो मुखे सूत्रप्रान्तमायाति. तत्सूत्रप्रान्तं नासाबहिःस्थसूत्रप्रान्तं च गृहीत्वा शनैश्चालयेदिति. चकारादेकस्मिन्नासानाले प्रवेश्येतरस्मिन् निर्गमयेदित्युक्तम्. तत्प्रकारस्त्वेकस्मिन्नासानाले सूत्रप्रान्तं प्रवेश्येतरनासापुटमङ्गुल्या निरुध्य पूरकं कुर्यात्पश्चादितरनासानालेन रेचयेत्. पुनः पुनरेवं कुर्वत इतरनासानाले सूत्रप्रान्तमायाति तस्य पूर्ववच्चालनं कुर्यादिति. अयं प्रकारस्तु बहुवारं कुर्वतः कदाचिद् भवति. एषोक्ता सिद्धैरणिमादिगुणसम्पन्नैः. तदुक्तम्

अवाप्ताष्टगुणैश्वर्याः सिद्धाः सद्भिर्निरूपिताः

इति. नेतिर्निगद्यते नेतिरिति कथ्यते.
atha netikarmāha sūtram iti. vitasti vitastimitaṃ vitastir ity upalakṣaṇam adhikasyāpi. yāvatā sūtreṇa samyag netikarma bhavet tāvad grāhyam. susnigdhaṃ suṣṭhu snigdhaṃ granthyādirahitaṃ sūtram. tac ca navadhā dvādaśadhā pañcadaśadhā vā guṇitaṃ sudṛḍhaṃ grāhyam. nāsā nāsikā saiva nālaḥ sacchidratvāt tasmin praveśayet. mukhān nirgamayen niṣkāsayet. tatprakāras tv evaṃ. sūtraprāntaṃ nāsānāle praveśyetaranāsāpuṭam aṅgulyā nirudhya pūrakaṃ kuryāt. punaś ca mukhena recayet. punaḥ punar evaṃ kurvato mukhe sūtraprāntam āyāti. tatsūtraprāntaṃ nāsābahiḥsthasūtraprāntaṃ ca gṛhītvā śanaiś cālayed iti. cakārād ekasmin nāsānāle praveśyetarasmin nirgamayed ity uktam. tatprakāras tv ekasmin nāsānāle sūtraprāntaṃ praveśyetaranāsāpuṭam aṅgulyā nirudhya pūrakaṃ kuryāt paścād itaranāsānālena recayet. punaḥ punar evaṃ kurvata itaranāsānāle sūtraprāntam āyāti tasya pūrvavac cālanaṃ kuryād iti. ayaṃ prakāras tu bahuvāraṃ kurvataḥ kadācid bhavati. eṣoktā siddhair aṇimādiguṇasampannaiḥ. tad uktam

avāptāṣṭaguṇaiśvaryāḥ siddhāḥ sadbhir nirūpitāḥ

iti. netir nigadyate netir iti kathyate.
Readings

atha (cett.) ] om. (δ2)
netiḥ (γ2 χ) ] neti (η1), netī (βω γ1 δ2), nītiḥ (α1), nītī (α2 δ3), nīti (α3 β1), netīkarma (β2), netikarma (ε3 η2), om. (δ1 ε1)
susnigdhaṃ (cett.) ] sustabdhaṃ (α1 α2 β1), saṃstabdhiṃ (α3)
nāsānāle (cett.) ] nāśānābhe (η1)
mukhān nirgamayec (α1 βω Δ χ) ] mukhā nirgamayec (γ2 ε1), mukhaṃ nirgamayeś (α3), mukhe nirgamayec (β1 β2), mukhaś ca nirgamec (γ1), mukhān nirgamanād (ε3), mukhanirgamanād (η1 η2)
caiṣā (cett.) ] sā hi (δ2 δ3), sāpi (δ1), eva (η1 η2)
netiḥ (γ2 η2 χ) ] netī (βω δ1 δ2 ε3), neti (β2 γ1 η1), nītī (δ3), nīti (α1 α2 β1), niti (ε1)
siddhair (cett.) ] siddher (ε1), siddhir (γ1), siddhau (ε3), śuddhair (β1)

Testimonia
Cf.~Haṭharatnāvalī 1.40–41

atha netikarma--

ākhupucchākāranibhaṃ sūtraṃ susnigdhanirmitam |

ṣaḍvitastimitaṃ sūtraṃ netisūtrasya lakṣanam || 1.40 ||

nāsānāle praviśyainaṃ mukhān nirgamayet kramāt |

sūtrasyāntaṃ prabaddhvā tu bhrāmayen nāsanālayoḥ |

Yogacintāmaṇi 71r–71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha netī |

sūtraṃ vitastisusnigdhaṃ nāsānāle praveśayet |

mukhān nirgamayet sā hi netī siddhair nigadyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.156 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sūtraṃ vitastisusnigdhaṃ nāsānāle praveśayet |

mukhān nirgamayed eṣā netiḥ siddhair nigadyate ||

Cf.~Satkarmasaṅgraha 67

atha netī

mṛdu ślakṣṇaṃ sitaṃ sūtraṃ nāsānāle praveśayet |

mukhān nirgamayed dasrau cintayen netikā smṛtā ||

HP 2.31

कपालशोधनी चैव दिव्यदृष्टिप्रदायिनी

हनूर्ध्वजातरोगौघं जयत्याशु ससूत्रिका

kapālaśodhanī caiva divyadṛṣṭipradāyinī /

hanūrdhvajātarogaughaṃ jayaty āśu sasūtrikā //

[The technique] with a small thread purifies the skull, bestows divine sight and quickly cures a multitude of diseases that arise above the jaw.
Philological Commentary

We have adopted the reading caiva in the first verse quarter, which is attested by manuscripts of the β, γ and δ groups and is easy to construe. The α manuscripts have kaṇṭhā and vaṭyā, which may derive from kaṇṭhyā (ε1), but none of these readings makes sense here. η1 and η2 have kāryā, which is unnecessary because of the main verb in the final verse quarter. Most witnesses, including the Jyotsnā, read jatrūrdhva° in the third verse quarter, which is generally understood as `above the collar bones’ or, as Brahmānanda says, the area above the shoulder joints (jatruṇoḥ skandhasandhyor ūrdhvam uparibhāge). On problems concerning the interpretation of jatru, see Meulenbeld 1974: 465. We have adopted the reading of α, hanūrdhva°, ‘above the jaw’, which makes good sense in the context of neti because it is supposed to cleanse the skull (kapāla) or, in other words, the head. Different readings exist for the last verse quarter. η1 has jayati sā tu sūtrikā, which is unmetrical, but the word sūtrikā may have been original because it explains the problematic readings that arose in the other witnesses when attempts were made to replace sūtrikā with neti. The variants with netivit seem implausible because of the epithets in the first hemistich, which require a feminine noun to be understood as the subject of the sentence. The reading netir āśu nihanti ca looks like a patch that was adopted later in the transmission. The reading we have conjectured jayaty āśu tu sūtrikā retains sūtrikā and corrects the metrical fault of η1 by adopting jataty āśu, which is well attested across the stemma.

Jyotsna Commentary
नेतिगुणानाह कपालशोधनीति. कपालं शोधयति शुद्धं मलरहितं करोतीति कपालशोधनी. चकारान्नासानालादीनामपि. एवशब्दो 'वधारणे. दिव्यां सूक्ष्मपदार्थग्राहिणीं दृष्टिं प्रकर्षेण ददातीति दिव्यदृष्टिप्रदायिनी. नेतिर्नेतिक्रिया. जत्रुणोः स्कन्धसन्ध्ययोरूर्ध्वमुपरिभागे जातो जत्रूर्ध्वजातः स चासौ रोगाणामौघश्च तमाशु झटिति निहन्ति. चकारः पादपूरणे.

स्कन्धे भुजशिरो 'ंसो 'स्त्री सन्ंधी तस्यैव जत्रुणी

इत्यमरः.
netiguṇān āha kapālaśodhanīti. kapālaṃ śodhayati śuddhaṃ malarahitaṃ karotīti kapālaśodhanī. cakārān nāsānālādīnām api. evaśabdo 'vadhāraṇe. divyāṃ sūkṣmapadārthagrāhiṇīṃ dṛṣṭiṃ prakarṣeṇa dadātīti divyadṛṣṭipradāyinī. netir netikriyā. jatruṇoḥ skandhasandhyayor ūrdhvam uparibhāge jāto jatrūrdhvajātaḥ sa cāsau rogāṇām aughaś ca tam āśu jhaṭiti nihanti. cakāraḥ pādapūraṇe.

skandhe bhujaśiro 'ṃso 'strī sanṃdhī tasyaiva jatruṇī

ity amaraḥ.
Readings

śodhanī (cett.) ] śodhinī (β2 χ), śodhanā (η2), śodhanaṃ (δ3)
caiva (β2 Γ Δ χ) ] kaṃṭhyā (α3 ε1), kaṃṭhād (ε3), kaṃṭhā (α2), kaṃṭhāṃ (β1), vaṭyā (α1), kavyā (βω), kāryā (η1 η2)
pradāyinī (cett.) ] pradāyanī (γ1)
hanūrdhva (α1 α2) ] jatrūrdhva (β1 β2 ε1 χ), jatrūrdhvaṃ (βω), jantūrdhva (ε3), jatūrdhvaṃ (γ2), ja {_} ddha (γ1), jānūrdhva (Δ η1), yattūrdhva (η2), kaṃṭhordhvaṃ (α3)
rogaughaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε3 χ) ] rogaugha (η1), rogaughā (η2), rogaughān (Δ), rogaghnaṃ (ε1)
jayaty āśu sasūtrikā (em.) ] jayati sā tu sūtrikā (η1), jayety āśu satī niti (α1), jāyaty āśu śatir nitiḥ (α2), jayaty āśu satī neti (γ2), janayaty āśu satī natī (β1), jayabhyāśca satī natī (γ1), jayaty āsuṃ nitī satī (ε1), jayaty āśu sunetikā (β2), jayaty āśu sa netivit (Δ), netī jayati satvaraṃ (ε3), + + + + [ja]yaṃti ca (α3), netir āśu nihanti ca (βω η2 χ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.42

kapālaśodhinī kāryā divyadṛṣṭipradāyinī | [caiva -P]

jatrūrdhvajātarogaghnī jāyate netir uttamā || 1.42 ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kapālaśodhanī caiva divyadṛṣṭipradīpinī |

jatrūrdhvajātarogaughān jarayaty āśu netivit ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.156 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kapālaśodhinī caiva divyadṛṣṭipradāyinī |

jatrūrdhvajātarogādyaiḥ jayatyeva suniścitam ||

HP 2.32

अथ त्राटकम्

निरीक्षेन्निश्चलदृशा सूक्ष्मलक्ष्यं समाहितः ।

अश्रुसंपातपर्यन्तमाचार्यैस्त्राटकं मतं

atha trāṭakam /

nirīkṣen niścaladṛśā sūkṣmalakṣyaṃ samāhitaḥ /

aśrusaṃpātaparyantam ācāryais trāṭakaṃ mataṃ //

Now trāṭaka:{}[The yogi] should concentrate and look at a small focal point with a fixed gaze until tears fall. The experts consider this to be trāṭaka.
Jyotsna Commentary
त्राटकमाह निरीक्षेदिति. समाहितः एकाग्रचित्तो 'भ्यासी निश्चला अचला चासौ दृक्च दृष्टिस्तया सूक्ष्मं च तल्लक्ष्यं च सूक्ष्मलक्ष्यमश्रूणां सम्यक्पातः पतनं तत्पर्यन्तम्. अनेन निरीक्षणस्यावधिरुक्तः. निरीक्षेत्पश्येत्. आचार्यैर्मत्स्येन्द्रादिभिरिदं त्राटकं त्राटककर्म स्मृतं कथितम्.
trāṭakam āha nirīkṣed iti. samāhitaḥ ekāgracitto 'bhyāsī niścalā acalā cāsau dṛk ca dṛṣṭis tayā sūkṣmaṃ ca tal lakṣyaṃ ca sūkṣmalakṣyam aśrūṇāṃ samyak pātaḥ patanaṃ tatparyantam. anena nirīkṣaṇasyāvadhir uktaḥ. nirīkṣet paśyet. ācāryair matsyendrādibhir idaṃ trāṭakaṃ trāṭakakarma smṛtaṃ kathitam.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

atha (cett.) ] a (ε1), om. (δ1)
trāṭakam (cett.) ] trāṭam (η1), troṭakaṃ (α3), ttrayakaṃ (γ2), om. (δ1)
nirīkṣen (cett.) ] nirīkṣye (ε1), nirīkṣya (η2)
niścala (cett.) ] niścalā (γ1), nirmala (δ1)
dṛśā (cett.) ] dṛṣṭyā (η2)
sūkṣma (cett.) ] sūkṣmaṃ (δ1 ε3 η2)
lakṣyaṃ (α3 Δ η2 χ) ] lakṣaṃ (β1 β2 βω Γ ε3), lakṣa (α1 η1), lakṣmaṃ (ε1)
ācāryais (cett.) ] āryais (γ2), āryais tu (δ2 δ3), ācaret (η1), toṭakaṃ (δ1)
trāṭakaṃ mataṃ (α1 α2 β1 δ2 δ3) ] trāṭakaṃ smṛtam (α3 β2 βω Γ η1 η2 χ), troṭakaṃ smṛtaṃ (ε1), trāṭikaṃ smṛtaṃ (ε3), yogināṃ mataṃ (δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.54

atha trāṭakam-

nirīkṣya niścaladṛśā sūkṣmalakṣyaṃ samāhitaḥ |

aśrusampātaparyantam ācāryais trāṭakaṃ smṛtam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha trāṭakam |

nirīkṣen niścaladṛśā sūkṣmalakṣyaṃ samāhitaḥ |

aśruprapātaparyantam āryais tat trāṭakaṃ matam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.158 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha trāṭakam |

vīkṣeta niścaladṛśā sulakṣyaṃ ca samāhitaḥ |

aśrusampātaparyantam ācāryais trāṭakaṃ smṛtam ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 40cd–41ab

atha trāṭakam

sūkṣmalakṣye dṛśau sthāpya nirnimeṣaś ciraṃ bhavet |

aśrusampātaparyantaṃ karma trāṭakam īritam ||

HP 2.33

मोटकं नेत्ररोगाणां तन्द्रादीनां कपाटकम्

यत्नतस्त्राटकं गोप्यं यथा हाटकपेटकम् ॥

moṭakaṃ netrarogāṇāṃ tandrādīnāṃ kapāṭakam /

yatnatas trāṭakaṃ gopyaṃ yathā hāṭakapeṭakam //

It is the destroyer of eye diseases and the door [shutting out] sloth and so forth. Trāṭaka should be carefully concealed like a chest of gold.
Philological Commentary

The witnesses have many different readings for the first word of this verse. The α manuscripts are split between modaka (α1), mocaka and mohana. Of these, modaka is the most likely, if it is understood as a medicinal pill. However this meaning is rare, even in medical literature, as modaka is generally used to refer to a small sweet. We have adopted moṭakaṃ, which is attested by η1 and δ2, as well as the Yuktabhavadeva. We understand it to mean “destroyer.” Bohtlingk and Roth (s.v.) and Monier-Williams (s.v.) give medicinal pill as a possible meaning of moṭaka (cf. modaka) but it appears that this is mainly an inference drawn only from this verse, where the pill is merely a comparison. Several witnesses have sphoṭanaṃ (‘destroying’), which is also possible. The reading kapāṭakam in the second verse quarter is found in most of the witnesses and testimonia and we have adopted it accordingly. The context indicates that it means “shutter” (in the sense of shutting out something), but we have not found any parallel usages of it in this sense.

Jyotsna Commentary
त्राटकगुणानाह मोचनमिति. नेत्रस्य रोगा नेत्ररोगास्तेषां मोचनं नाशकं तन्द्रा आदिर्येषाम् आलस्यादीनां तेषां कपाटकम्कपाटवदन्तर्धायकमभिभावकमित्यर्थः. तन्द्रा तामसश् चित्तवृत्तिविशेषः. त्राटकंम्त्राटकाख्यंम्कर्म यत्नतः प्रयत्नाद्गोप्यं गोपनीयम्. गोपने दृष्टान्तमाह यथेति. हाटकस्य सुवर्णस्य पेटकं पेटी इति लोके प्रसिद्धं. यथा येन प्रकारेण गोप्यते तद्वत्.
trāṭakaguṇān āha mocanam iti. netrasya rogā netrarogās teṣāṃ mocanaṃ nāśakaṃ tandrā ādir yeṣām ālasyādīnāṃ teṣāṃ kapāṭakam kapāṭavad antardhāyakam abhibhāvakam ity arthaḥ. tandrā tāmasaś cittavṛttiviśeṣaḥ. trāṭakaṃm trāṭakākhyaṃm karma yatnataḥ prayatnād gopyaṃ gopanīyam. gopane dṛṣṭāntam āha yatheti. hāṭakasya suvarṇasya peṭakaṃ peṭī iti loke prasiddhaṃ. yathā yena prakāreṇa gopyate tadvat.
Readings

moṭakaṃ (δ2 η1) ] meṭakaṃ (β1), moṭanaṃ (δ3), modakaṃ (α1), mocakaṃ (α2 ε1 ε3), mocanaṃ (Γ χ), movanaṃ (α3), toṭakaṃ (δ1), trāṭakaṃ (β2), sphoṭanaṃ (βω η2)
netrarogāṇāṃ (cett.) ] netrarogaṃ ca (β1)
tandrādīnāṃ (cett.) ] tandrādināṃ (βω γ1), taṃtrādināṃ (α3), taṃdrādīn (β1), tandrāṇāṃ ca (η2), nidrādīnāṃ (δ3), netrādīnāṃ (δ2)
kapāṭakam (cett.) ] kavāṭakaṃ (α1 α3), ca pāṭakaṃ (ε3), ca pāṭavaṃ (ε1), ca pāṭanaṃ (δ1), gapāṭa[ka]m (η1)
yatnatas (cett.) ] prayatnāt (βω η2), prayatnatas (η1), etac ca (Δ)
trāṭakaṃ (cett.) ] toṭakaṃ (δ1), tuṭakaṃ (ε1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.55

sphoṭanaṃ netrarogāṇāṃ tandrādīnāṃ kapāṭakam |

prayatnāt trāṭakaṃ gopyaṃ yathā ratnasupeṭakam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

moṭanaṃ netrarogānāṃ tandrādīnāṃ kapāṭakam |

etac ca trāṭakaṃ gopyaṃ yathā hāṭakapeṭakam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.159 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

moṭakaṃ sarvarogāṇāṃ tandrādīnāṃ kapāṭanam ||

yatnatas trāṭakaṃ gopyaṃ yathā hāṭakapeṭakam ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 41cd–42ab

atha trāṭakam

vaṅglāvikaraṇasthe ’sminn antarjyotiḥ prakāśyate |

netrarogās tathā tandrā naśyantīty āha dhūrjatiḥ ||

HP 2.34

अथ नौली

अमन्दावर्तवेगेन तुन्दं सव्यापसव्यतः

नतांसो भ्रामयेदेषा नौली गौडैः प्रशस्यते

atha naulī /

amandāvartavegena tundaṃ savyāpasavyataḥ /

natāṃso bhrāmayed eṣā naulī gauḍaiḥ praśasyate //

Now naulī:With the shoulders lowered, [the yogi] should rotate the stomach to the left and right with the speed of a rapid whirlpool. This is called naulī by people from Gauḍa.
Philological Commentary

It is worth noting that α1 has laulī (instead of naulī) as the name of this practice in verses 2.34–35 and laulikaṃ in 2.22. The vast majority of manuscripts, including α2, and the most important testimonia support naulī or nauliḥ but the names laulika and laulikī do occur in some more recent works, such as the Haṭhayogasaṃhitā (p. 4), Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā (1.12), Yogasārasaṅgraha (pp. 54–55) and Yogakarṇikā (p. 56). The reading gauḍaiḥ is found in only one collated manuscript (η2) but it is close to the readings of two α manuscripts, gaulaiḥ (α1) and golaiḥ (α3), and is also attested by the Haṭharatnāvalī and Yuktabhavadeva. This version of the verse, which is likely original, suggests that it was thought that the name naulī came from the region known today as Bengal. The reading gauḍaiḥ explains many of the mistakes in other manuscripts, such as gaulīḥ, maulaiḥ, etc.

Jyotsna Commentary
नौलिकर्माह अमन्देति. नतौ नम्रीभूतावंसौ स्कन्धौ यस्य स नतांसः पुमानमन्दो 'तिशयितो य आवर्तस्तस्येव जलभ्रमस्येव वेगो जवस्तेन तुन्दमुदरम्

पिचण्डकुक्षी जठरोदरं तुन्दं स्तनौ कुचौ

इत्यमरः. सव्यं चापसव्यं च सव्यापसव्ये दक्षिणवामभागौ तयोः सव्यापसव्यतः. सप्तम्यर्थे तसिः. भ्रामयेद्भ्रमन्तं प्रेरयेत्. सिद्धैरेषा नौलिः प्रचक्ष्यते कथ्यते.
naulikarmāha amandeti. natau namrībhūtāv aṃsau skandhau yasya sa natāṃsaḥ pumān amando 'tiśayito ya āvartas tasyeva jalabhramasyeva vego javas tena tundam udaram

picaṇḍakukṣī jaṭharodaraṃ tundaṃ stanau kucau

ity amaraḥ. savyaṃ cāpasavyaṃ ca savyāpasavye dakṣiṇavāmabhāgau tayoḥ savyāpasavyataḥ. saptamyarthe tasiḥ. bhrāmayed bhramantaṃ prerayet. siddhair eṣā nauliḥ pracakṣyate kathyate.
Readings

naulī (α2 β2 βω γ2 η1) ] nolī (β1), naurī (γ1), nauliḥ (α3 χ), naukuli (ε1), nākulī (δ2), laulī (α1), nīlī (δ3), naulīkarmma (ε3), neulīkarmma (η2), om. (δ1)
amandā (cett.) ] amandya (γ2), āmandā (α3 βω ε3), āmanda (η1)
varta (cett.) ] vatta (α3 ε1), cakra (η1)
vegena (cett.) ] yogena (δ3)
tundaṃ (β1 βω γ2 ε3 χ) ] tunduṃ (γ1), tundat (η2), tuṃḍaṃ (α3 ε1), tudaṃ (α1 α2 β2), tunde (δ2 δ3), tulyaṃ (δ1), gudaṃ (η1)
savyataḥ (cett.) ] savyayoḥ (Δ)
natāṃso (α2 β1 γ2 Δ ε1 η1 χ) ] natāso (α1), natāṃśur (β2), naśnātso (γ1), satāṃśo (βω), śataśo (ε3 η2)
bhrāmayed (β2 γ2 δ2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] bhramayed (α1 α3 βω δ3 ε1), trabhaved (β1), bhyasayed (δ1), bhāmayad (γ1)
eṣā (cett.) ] doṣāḥ (β1), oṣā (ε3)
naulī (cett.) ] nolī (β1), nauliḥ (χ), niḷi (α3), laulī (α1), loke (η1)
gauḍaiḥ (β1 γ2) ] gauḍīḥ (γ1), gaulaiḥ (α1 β2 η2), goḷaiḥ (α3), gaulī (η1), gaulīḥ (ε1), maulaiḥ (βω), naulī (α2), siddhaiḥ (χ), yoge (δ1 δ2 ε3), yogaḥ (δ3)
praśasyate (cett.) ] pracakṣate (Δ), pradṛśyate (ε3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.34

atha nauliḥ--

amandāvartavegena tundaṃ savyāpasavyataḥ |

natāṃso bhrāmayed eṣā nauliḥ gauḍaiḥ praśasyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha naulī

amandāvartavegena tundaṃ savyāpasavyayoḥ |

natāṃso bhrāmayed eṣā naulī yoge pracakṣate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 6.162 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha naulī

amandāvartavegena tundaṃ savyāpasavyataḥ |

natāṃso bhrāmayed eṣā naulir gauḍaiḥ praśasyate ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 110cd–111

atha naulī

amandāvartavegena jaṭharaṃ dakṣavāmayoḥ |

cālayec chaṃbhunā proktaṃ tatra lakṣmyadhidevatā |

bāhyanaulir iyaṃ proktā jaṭharānaladīpinī ||

HP 2.35

तुन्दाग्निसंदीपनपाचनादि-

सन्धायिकानन्दकरी सदैव

अशेषदोषामयशोषणी

हठक्रियामौलिरियं च नौली

tundāgnisaṃdīpanapācanādi-

sandhāyikānandakarī sadaiva /

aśeṣadoṣāmayaśoṣaṇī ca

haṭhakriyāmaulir iyaṃ ca naulī //

Naulī brings about stimulation of the fire in the stomach, [good] digestion and the like, always brings bliss, and makes all humoural disorders and diseases wither away. This naulī is the best of all Haṭha techniques.
Philological Commentary

α1 and α2, β2, and ε1 have tundāgni° in the first verse quarter. This reading is also supported by all of the manuscripts collated for the published edition of the Haṭharatnāvalī. The compound tundāgni is rare in Sanskrit literature but it was likely used here because the term tunda appears in the previous verse, which explains how naulī is done. The compound tundāgni seems synonymous with udarāgni, jaṭharāgni, śarīrāgni, etc., which are commonly used in yoga texts to refer to the body’s digestive fire. The alternative reading mandāgni° (`sluggish fire’) is reasonably common in contexts of stimulating poor digestion, and may have been introduced early in the transmission to replace the more unusual tundāgni°. Most witnesses and the testimonia have maulir iyaṃ in the fourth verse quarter, which expresses the idea that naulī was thought to be the best of the ṣaṭkarma, and the assonance of naulī and mauli may have been intended. The alternative reading of mūlam iyaṃ in η1 and ε1 would suggest that nauli is necessary for the other practices, which does not seem to be the case because, according to Haṭhapradīpikā 2.21, the ṣaṭkarma are more like therapeutic interventions.

Jyotsna Commentary
नौलिगुणानाह मन्दाग्नीति. मन्दश्चासावग्निश्च जठराग्निस्तस्य सन्दीपनं सम्यग्दीपनं च पाचनं च भुक्तान्नपरिपाकश्च मन्दाग्निसन्दीपनपाचने ते आदिनी यस्य तन् मन्दाग्निसन्दीपनपाचनादि तस्य सन्धायिका विधात्री. आदिशब्देन मलशुद्ध्यादि. सदैव सर्वदैवानन्दकरी सुखकरी. अशेषाः समस्ताश्च ते दोषाश्च वातादय आमयाश्च रोगास्तेषां शोषणी शोषणकर्त्री. हठस्य क्रियाणां धौत्यादीनां मौलिर्मौलिरिवोत्तमा धौतिबस्त्योर् नौलिसापेक्षत्वात्. इयमुक्ता नौलिः.
nauliguṇān āha mandāgnīti. mandaś cāsāv agniś ca jaṭharāgnis tasya sandīpanaṃ samyag dīpanaṃ ca pācanaṃ ca bhuktānnaparipākaś ca mandāgnisandīpanapācane te ādinī yasya tan mandāgnisandīpanapācanādi tasya sandhāyikā vidhātrī. ādiśabdena malaśuddhyādi. sadaiva sarvadaivānandakarī sukhakarī. aśeṣāḥ samastāś ca te doṣāś ca vātādaya āmayāś ca rogās teṣāṃ śoṣaṇī śoṣaṇakartrī. haṭhasya kriyāṇāṃ dhautyādīnāṃ maulir maulir ivottamā dhautibastyor naulisāpekṣatvāt. iyam uktā nauliḥ.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

tundāgni (em.) ] tuṃḍāgni (β2 ε1), tuṃdāṣṭi (α1), tuṃddaṣṭi (α2), mandāgni (α3 β1 βω Γ Δ ε3 η1 η2 χ)
pācanādi (α1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 ε3 χ) ] pāvanādi (γ1 η1), pāvakādi (η2), pācanāni (ε1), pācanānī (β1), pācanāgniḥ (δ2), pāvanāgniḥ (δ3)
sandhāyikā (β2 Γ δ1 χ) ] sandhāyakā (α1 β1 βω ε3 η1 η2), sandhādhikā (δ2), saṃdhānakā (α3), sandādhikā (δ3), saṃdāyikā (ε1)
sadaiva (cett.) ] tathaiva (Δ)
doṣāmaya (cett.) ] doṣāmala (βω η1 η2)
śoṣaṇī (cett.) ] śoṣiṇī (δ1 η1), śodhaṇī (γ1), śodhinī (γ2)
ca (cett.) ] va (δ3 η1 η2), yā (γ1)
maulir iyaṃ ca (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ χ) ] maulir iyaṃ hi (Δ ε3), mūlam iyaṃ hi (ε1 η1), sau jayatīha (η2), jayatīha (βω)
naulī (β1 β2 βω γ1 Δ η1 η2) ] nauliḥ (γ2 ε1 χ), maulī (α2), laulī (α1), ḷauḷiḥ (ε3), tauḷiḥ (α3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.35

tundāgnisandīpanapācanādisandīpikānandakarī sadaiva |

aśeṣadoṣāmayaśoṣaṇī ca haṭhakriyāmaulir iyaṃ ca nauliḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mandāgnisaṃdīpanapācanāgnisaṃdhāyikānandakarī tathaiva |

aśeṣadoṣāmayaśoṣinī ca haṭhakriyāmaulir iyaṃ hi naulī ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.163 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mandāgnisandīpanapācanādisandhāvanānandakarī sadaiva |

aśeṣadoṣāmayaśoṣaṇīyaṃ haṭhakriyāmaulir iyaṃ hi nauliḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 8.12

mandāgnisandīpanapācanādisandhāyikānandakarī sadaiva |

aśeṣadoṣopacayaśoṣaṇīva haṭhakriyā ’sau jayatīha nauliḥ ||

HP 2.36

अथ कपालभाती

भस्त्रावल्लोहकारस्य रेचपूरौ ससंभ्रमौ

कपालभाती विख्याता कफदोषविशोषिणी

atha kapālabhātī /

bhastrāval lohakārasya recapūrau sasaṃbhramau /

kapālabhātī vikhyātā kaphadoṣaviśoṣiṇī //

Now kapālabhātī:Rapid inhalation and exhalation like the bellows of a blacksmith is called kapālabhātī, the skull bellows. It dries up imbalances of phlegm.
Philological Commentary

The word bhātī is derived from bhastrī (Turner 1966: 537, entry 9424). η2 and other manuscripts have kuryāt savyāpasavyataḥ (‘left and right’) instead of recapūrau sasambhramau. Although one might infer that savyāpasavyataḥ is referring to performing the skull bellows breathing alternately through the left and right nostrils, it appears to be a secondary reading because there is no indication of what is moving to the left and right. Such a method of alternate nostril breathing is explained as a variation of kapālabhāti in the Haṭhayogasaṃhitā (p. 14):

iḍayā pūrayed vāyuṃ recayet piṅgalākhyayā |

piṅgalayā pūrayitvā punaś candreṇa recayet |

pūrakaṃ recakaṃ kṛtvā vegena na tu cālayet ||

In the second verse quarter, the α manuscripts have susambhramau (’great speed’) instead of the reading we have adopted sasambhramau (`fast’). The syntax requires sasambhramau because it is an adjectival compound that must agree with recapūrau (`the exhalation and inhalation’).

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ कपालभातिं तद्गुणं च आह भस्त्रावदिति. लोहकारस्य भस्त्रा अग्नेर्धमनसाधनीभूतं चर्म तद्वत्सम्भ्रमेण सह वर्तमानौ ससम्भ्रमावमन्दौ यौ रेचपूरौ रेचकपूरकौ कपालभातिरिति विख्याता. कीदृशी कफदोषविशोषणी. कफस्य दोषा विंशतिभेदभिन्नाः. तदुक्तं निदाने कफरोगाश्च विंशतिरिति. तेषां विशोषणी विनाशिनी.
atha kapālabhātiṃ tadguṇaṃ ca āha bhastrāvad iti. lohakārasya bhastrā agner dhamanasādhanībhūtaṃ carma tadvat sambhrameṇa saha vartamānau sasambhramāv amandau yau recapūrau recakapūrakau kapālabhātir iti vikhyātā. kīdṛśī kaphadoṣaviśoṣaṇī. kaphasya doṣā viṃśatibhedabhinnāḥ. tad uktaṃ nidāne kapharogāś ca viṃśatir iti. teṣāṃ viśoṣaṇī vināśinī.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε1
atha (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 ε1 η1 χ) ] om. (δ1 δ2 ε3 η2)
kapālabhātī (β2 Γ δ3 η1) ] kapālabhātīḥ (β1), kapālabhāti (α1 ε1), kapālabhautī (δ2), kapālabhātiḥ (α3 χ), kapālabhātikarma (ε3), kapālabhāthīkarma (η2), bhāthī (βω), om. (δ1)
bhastrāval (α1 γ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] bhastrāhaval (γ1), bhastrāva (βω), bhastrā ca (β1), bhastreva (β2 Δ), bhastrīva (α3), [bha]strarīva (η1), lohakārasya (η2)
lohakārasya (cett.) ] lohakāraś ca (α3), lohakārāṇaṃ (Δ), bhastrīvat (η2)
recapūrau (cett.) ] recapūro (α1), recapūra (η1), recapūraiḥ (δ2), kuryāt savyā° (η2)
sasaṃbhramau (β2 β1 Γ δ1 δ3 χ) ] susaṃbhramau (α1 α2 α3 βω ε2 ε3 η1), susaṃbhramaiḥ (δ2), °pasavyataḥ (η2)
bhātī (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ η1) ] bhāti (α1 γ1), bhātir (α3 ε2 ε3 χ), bhāthī (η2)
vikhyātā (cett.) ] vikhyāto (α3), vijñeyā (δ1), ity eṣā (ε2 ε3)
kaphadoṣa (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] kaphaśoṣa (Δ), kaphāmaya (βω η2)
viśoṣiṇī (α1 ε2 η1) ] viśoṣaṇī (α3 βω Γ ε3 η2 χ), viśoṣaṇā (β1), viśodhinī (β2), visarpiṇī (Δ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.56

atha kapālabhastrikā--

bhastrival lohakārāṇāṃ recapūrasusambhramau |

kapālabhastrī vikhyātā sarvarogaviśoṣaṇī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi 71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha kapālabhātī |

bhastreva lohakārāṇāṃ recapūrau sasaṃbhramau |

kapālabhātī vikhyātā kaphadoṣaviśoṣiṇī ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.163 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha kapālabhātiḥ |

bhastrāval lohakārāṇāṃ recapūrau sasambhramau |

kapālabhātir vikhyātā kaphadoṣaviśoṣiṇī ||

Cf. Satkarmasaṅgraha 50cd–51

atha bhastrā

lohakārasya bhastreva recapūrau tu vegataḥ ||

punaḥ punaḥ prakurvīta sthiramūrdhnā prayatnataḥ |

sthirabhastreti ca khyāta yogināṃ siddhidāyakā ||

HP 2.37

षट्कर्मभिर्गतस्थौल्यकफमेदोमलादिकः

प्राणायामं ततः कुर्याद् अनायासेन सिध्यति

ṣaṭkarmabhir gatasthaulyakaphamedomalādikaḥ /

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryād anāyāsena sidhyati //

The person whose excess weight, phlegm, fat, impurities and the like have been removed by the six techniques should then perform breath-control. It succeeds without effort.
Jyotsna Commentary
षट्कर्मणां प्राणायामोपकारकत्वमाह षट्कर्मेति. षट्कर्मभिर्धौतिप्रभृतिभिःर्निर्गताः. स्थौल्यं स्थूलस्य भावः स्थूलत्वम्. कफदोषा विंशतिसङ्ख्याकाः मलादयश्च यस्य स तथा. शेषाद्विभाषा इति कप्रत्ययः. आदिशब्देन पित्तादयः. प्राणायामंम् कुर्यात्. ततस्तस्मात्षट्कर्मपूर्वकात्प्राणायामादनायासेनाश्रमेण सिद्ध्यति योग इति शेषः. षट्कर्माकरणे तु प्राणायामे श्रमाधिक्यं स्यादिति भावः.
ṣaṭkarmaṇāṃ prāṇāyāmopakārakatvam āha ṣaṭkarmeti. ṣaṭkarmabhir dhautiprabhṛtibhiḥr nirgatāḥ. sthaulyaṃ sthūlasya bhāvaḥ sthūlatvam. kaphadoṣā viṃśatisaṅkhyākāḥ malādayaś ca yasya sa tathā. śeṣād vibhāṣā iti kapratyayaḥ. ādiśabdena pittādayaḥ. prāṇāyāmaṃm kuryāt. tatas tasmāt ṣaṭkarmapūrvakāt prāṇāyāmād anāyāsenāśrameṇa siddhyati yoga iti śeṣaḥ. ṣaṭkarmākaraṇe tu prāṇāyāme śramādhikyaṃ syād iti bhāvaḥ.
Readings

ṣaṭkarmabhir gata (α1 β2 βω Γ ε1 η2) ] ṣaṭkarmabhir gataṃ (γ2), ṣaṭkarmābhigata (β1), ṣaṭkarmanirgata (Δ ε3 η1 χ), ṣaṭkarmanirgatā (α3)
sthaulya (cett.) ] sthaulyaṃ (β1 η1 η2), sthaulyaḥ (γ2), sālyā (α3)
medo (cett.) ] bhedo (δ3 η1), doṣa (χ)
malādikaḥ (α1 β2 βω ε1 ε3 χ) ] malādikāḥ (δ2), malādikaṃ (β1), malādhikaḥ (α3 δ1), calādhikaḥ (δ3), balādhikaḥ (η2), malādhike (η1), malodgitaḥ (γ1), malojitaḥ (γ2)
sidhyati (cett.) ] śudhyati (α1 βω δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.60

karmāṣṭabhir gatasthaulyaṃ kaphamedomalādikam |

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryād anāyāsena siddhyati ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~8v

tathā cātmārāmaḥ

ṣaṭkarmanirgatasthaulyakaphamedogadādikaḥ |

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryād anāyāsena sidhyati ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.165 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ṣaṭkarmabhir gatasthaulyaṃ kaphamedomalātigaḥ |

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryād anāyāsena sidhyati ||

HP 2.38

प्राणायामैरेव सर्वे प्रशुष्यन्ति मला इति

आचार्याणां तु केषांचिदन्यत्कर्म न संमतम् ॥

prāṇāyāmair eva sarve praśuṣyanti malā iti /

ācāryāṇāṃ tu keṣāṃcid anyat karma na saṃmatam //

Some teachers say that all impurities are dried up by means of breath-controls alone and do not recommend any other practice.
Philological Commentary

The plural of prāṇāyāma, which we have translated here as ‘breath-controls’, probably refers to practising multiple repetitions of breath retentions with alternate nostril breathing. Many witnesses lower on the stemma have malāśaya (instead of malā api or malā iti) in the second verse quarter but this usually has the more specific meaning of bowels or bladder and so seems inappropriate in a general statement. The witnesses that have malāśaya also have the verb pra+śudh, which connotes that the place where the impurities accumulate is cleaned (rather than the impurities themselves).

Jyotsna Commentary
मतभेदेन षट्कर्मणामनुपयोगमाह प्राणायामैरिति. प्राणायामैरेव. एवशब्दः षट्कर्मव्यवच्छेदार्थः. सर्वे मलाः प्रशुष्यन्ति. मला इत्युपलक्षणं स्थौल्यकफपित्तादीनाम्. इति हेतोः केषाञ्चिदाचार्याणां याज्ञवल्क्यादीनामन्यत्कर्म षट्कर्म न सम्ंमतम्नाभिमतम्. आचार्यलक्षणमुक्तं वायुपुराणे

आचिनोति च शास्त्रार्थमाचारे स्थापयेदपि

स्वयमाचरते यस्मादाचार्यस्तेन चोच्यते इति

matabhedena ṣaṭkarmaṇām anupayogam āha prāṇāyāmair iti. prāṇāyāmair eva. evaśabdaḥ ṣaṭkarmavyavacchedārthaḥ. sarve malāḥ praśuṣyanti. malā ity upalakṣaṇaṃ sthaulyakaphapittādīnām. iti hetoḥ keṣāñcid ācāryāṇāṃ yājñavalkyādīnām anyat karma ṣaṭkarma na samṃmatam nābhimatam. ācāryalakṣaṇam uktaṃ vāyupurāṇe

ācinoti ca śāstrārtham ācāre sthāpayed api

svayam ācarate yasmād ācāryas tena cocyate iti

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

prāṇāyāmair eva (cett.) ] prāṇāyāmena vai (ε1 ε3 η1), prāṇāyāmaiḥ sukhāt (η2)
sarve (cett.) ] sarvaiḥ (α3 δ2 δ3)
praśuṣyanti (cett.) ] praśukhyanti (δ1), praśuddhyati (η2)
malā iti (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ2 δ3 χ) ] malā api (δ1 ε1 ε3), malāṃnapi (η1), malāśayā (βω), malāśayaḥ (η2), matoda iti (α3)
tu (cett.) ] ca (ε3)
anyat karma (cett.) ] anyakarma (α1 γ1 δ2 δ3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi ff.~8v–9r (attr.~to Ātmārāma)

prāṇāyāmair eva sarvaiḥ praśuṣyanti malā yataḥ iti |

ācāryāṇāṃ tu keṣāṃ cid anya krama na saṃmatam iti ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.166 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

prāṇāyāmair eva sarve praśuṣyanti malā iti |

ācāryāṇāṃ tu keṣāñ cid anyat karma na sammatam ||

HP 2.39

ब्रह्मादयोऽपि त्रिदशाः पवनाभ्यासतत्पराः । *

अभूवन्नन्तकभयात् तस्मात्पवनमभ्यसेत् ॥ *

brahmādayo’pi tridaśāḥ pavanābhyāsatatparāḥ / *

abhūvann antakabhayāt tasmāt pavanam abhyaset // *

Even Brahmā and the other gods became devoted to breath practice through fear of death, so one should perform breath practice.
Philological Commentary

This verse has been rewritten in η2 and the delta group of manuscripts. η2’s reading attempts, somewhat unsuccessfully, to connect this verse more directly to the ṣaṭkarma:

ṣaṭkarmayogam āpnoti pavanābhyāsatatparaḥ |

sumanaskāṃtako bhavya[s] tasmāt pavanam abhyaset ||

Different versions of this verse occur in η2 and ε3. Neither of these appear to be original as the compound sumanaskāntaka (`dying with the mind active’?) is rather odd. The delta group of manuscripts has another reading for the third quarter (tena siddhiṃ gatās te ca), which puts a more positive spin on the verse in as much as one should practise prāṇāyāma because through it the gods attained perfection.

Jyotsna Commentary
प्राणायामो 'वश्यमभ्यसनीयः सर्वोत्तमैरभ्यस्तत्वान्महाफलत्वाच्चेति सूचयन्नाह चतुर्भिः ब्रह्मादय इति. ब्रह्मा आदिर्येषां ते ब्रह्मादयस्ते 'पि किमुतान्ये इत्यर्थः. त्रिदशाः देवाः. अन्तयतीत्यन्तकः कालस्तस्माद्भयमन्तकभयं तस्मात्पवनस्य प्राणवायोः यो 'अभ्यासः रेचकपूरककुम्भकभेदभिन्नप्राणायामानुष्ठानरूपस्तस्मिन्तत्पराः अवहिता अभूवन्नासन्. तस्मात्पवनमभ्यसेत्प्राणमभ्यसेत्.
prāṇāyāmo 'vaśyam abhyasanīyaḥ sarvottamair abhyastatvān mahāphalatvāc ceti sūcayann āha caturbhiḥ brahmādaya iti. brahmā ādir yeṣāṃ te brahmādayas te 'pi kim utānye ity arthaḥ. tridaśāḥ devāḥ. antayatīty antakaḥ kālas tasmād bhayam antakabhayaṃ tasmāt pavanasya prāṇavāyoḥ yo 'abhyāsaḥ recakapūrakakumbhakabhedabhinnaprāṇāyāmānuṣṭhānarūpas tasmin tatparāḥ avahitā abhūvann āsan. tasmāt pavanam abhyaset prāṇam abhyaset.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā; c: na-vipulā)
Readings

ab omitted in η2
cd omitted in Δ and ε3
abhūvann antaka (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε1 χ) ] abhavan taṃtaka (γ1), sumanaskāntako (η2), samanaskāntaka (η1)
bhayāt (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε1 χ) ] bhayāṃt (η1), bhavyas (η2)
pavanam (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε1 η2 χ) ] praṇavam (η1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 3.82

brahmādayo ’pi tridaśāḥ pavanābhyāsatatparāḥ |

abhūvan mṛtyurahitā tasmāt pavanam abhyaset ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 8.19

brahmādayo ’pi tridaśāḥ pavanābhyāsatatparāḥ |

tena siddhiṃ gatā yoge tasmāt pavanam abhyaset ||

HP 2.40

यावद्बद्धो मरुद्देहे यावच्चित्तं निराश्रयम्

यावद्वीक्षा भ्रुवोर्मध्ये तावत्कालभयं कुतः ॥*

yāvad baddho marud dehe yāvac cittaṃ nirāśrayam /

yāvad vīkṣā bhruvor madhye tāvat kālabhayaṃ kutaḥ //*

So long as the breath is bound in the body, so long as the mind is without support, so long as the gaze is on the middle of the brow, where is the fear of death?
Philological Commentary

We have adopted the reading vīkṣā in the third verse quarter, which is an emendation of α1 and α2’s vīkṣed. The verb vīkṣed is likely an error as the yāvat clauses appear to have been written as nominal phrases. The reading vīkṣā occurs in the same verse of the six-chapter version of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa (siglum T), which sometimes preserves old readings of that text.

Jyotsna Commentary
यावदिति. यावद्यावत्कालपर्यन्तं मरुत्प्राणानिलो देहे शरीरे बद्धः श्वासोच्छ्वासक्रियाशून्यः. यावच्चित्तमन्तःकरणं निराकुलमविक्षिप्तं समाहितम्. यावद्भ्रुवोर्मध्ये दृष्टिर् अन्तःकरणवृत्तिः दृशिरत्र ज्ञानसामान्यार्थः. तावत्तावत्कालपर्यन्तं कलयतीति कालो 'न्तकस् तस्माद्भयं कुतः. न कुतो 'पीत्यर्थः. तथा च वक्ष्यति

खाद्यते न च कालेन बाध्यते न च कर्मणा

साध्यते न स केनापि योगी युक्तः समाधिना

इति स्वाधीनमृत्युर्भवतीत्यर्थः.
yāvad iti. yāvad yāvatkālaparyantaṃ marut prāṇānilo dehe śarīre baddhaḥ śvāsocchvāsakriyāśūnyaḥ. yāvac cittam antaḥkaraṇaṃ nirākulam avikṣiptaṃ samāhitam. yāvad bhruvor madhye dṛṣṭir antaḥkaraṇavṛttiḥ dṛśir atra jñānasāmānyārthaḥ. tāvat tāvatkālaparyantaṃ kalayatīti kālo 'ntakas tasmād bhayaṃ kutaḥ. na kuto 'pīty arthaḥ. tathā ca vakṣyati

khādyate na ca kālena bādhyate na ca karmaṇā

sādhyate na sa kenāpi yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā

iti svādhīnamṛtyur bhavatīty arthaḥ.
Readings

yāvac cittaṃ (cett.) ] tāvac cittaṃ (δ2 δ3 ε3 η1)
nirāśrayam (cett.) ] nirāmayam (Δ), nirākulaṃ (χ)
yāvad/yāvat (cett.) ] jāvat (η2), yāt (ε1), yā (δ1)
vīkṣā (em.) ] vīkṣaṃ (α3), vīkṣed (α1 α2), dīkṣe (γ2), īkṣ(y)et (β1 β2), icched (γ1), dṛṣṭir (Δ χ), paśyed (βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2)
madhye (cett.) ] madhyaṃ (α1 β1 γ2 η2)
kāla (cett.) ] kālaṃ (η1), mṛtyu (δ3)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 73

yāvad baddho marud dehe tāvac cittaṃ nirāśrayam |

yāvad vīkṣā bhruvor madhye tāvat kālabhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

vīkṣā] T; dṛṣṭir cett.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~92r (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

yāvad baddho marud dehe yāvad vṛttau nirāśrayam |

yāvad dṛṣṭir bhruvor madhye tāvat kālabhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.8 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yāvad baddho marud dehe yāvac cittaṃ nirāmayam |

yāvad dṛṣṭir bhruvor madhye tāvat kālabhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

HP 2.41

विधिवत्प्राणसंयामैर्नाडीचक्रे विशोधिते

सुषुम्णावदनं भित्त्वा सुखाद्विशति मारुतः ॥

vidhivat prāṇasaṃyāmair nāḍīcakre viśodhite /

suṣumṇāvadanaṃ bhittvā sukhād viśati mārutaḥ //

When the network of channels has been purified by breath-controls as prescribed, the breath pierces the mouth of suṣumṇā and enters it with ease.
Philological Commentary

The compound prāṇasaṃyāmaiḥ (‘breath-controls’) should be understood here as a synonym for prāṇāyāmaiḥ as found in 2.38 (on which see the note on this verse).

Jyotsna Commentary
विधिवदिति. विधिवत्प्राणसंयामैरासनजालन्धरबन्धादिविधियुक्तप्राणायामैर्नाडीचक्रे नाडीनां चक्रं समूहस्तस्मिन्विशोधिते विशेषेण शोधिते निर्मले सति मारुतो वायुः सुषुम्णा इडापिङ्गलयोर्मध्यस्था नाडी तस्या वदनं मुखं भित्त्वा सुखादनायासाद्विशति सुषुम्ण्नान्तरिति शेषः.
vidhivad iti. vidhivat prāṇasaṃyāmair āsanajālandharabandhādividhiyuktaprāṇāyāmair nāḍīcakre nāḍīnāṃ cakraṃ samūhas tasmin viśodhite viśeṣeṇa śodhite nirmale sati māruto vāyuḥ suṣumṇā iḍāpiṅgalayor madhyasthā nāḍī tasyā vadanaṃ mukhaṃ bhittvā sukhād anāyāsād viśati suṣumṇnāntar iti śeṣaḥ.
Readings

saṃyāmair (cett.) ] saṃyamye (η2), saṃyame (βω)
nāḍī (cett.) ] nāḍi (α1 α3 βω), nārī (β2)
cakre (cett.) ] cakro (γ2), cakraṃ (ε1), krīva (γ1)
viśodhite (cett.) ] viśodhayet (α3)
sukhād (cett.) ] mukhād (Δ η1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.2

vidhivat prāṇasaṃyāmaiḥ nāḍicakre viśodhite |

suṣumnāvadanaṃ bhitvā sukhād viśati mārutaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~18r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

vividhaiḥ prāṇasaṃyāmaiḥ nāḍīcakre viśodhite |

suṣumnāvadanaṃ bhitvā sukhād viśati mārutaḥ ||

HP 2.42

मारुते मध्यसंचारे मनःस्थैर्यं प्रजायते ।

यो मनःसुस्थिरीभावः सैवावस्था मनोन्मनी

mārute madhyasaṃcāre manaḥsthairyaṃ prajāyate /

yo manaḥsusthirībhāvaḥ saivāvasthā manonmanī //

When the breath moves in the middle, stillness of the mind arises. The mind’s becoming very still is the ‘mind beyond mind’ (manonmanī) state.
Jyotsna Commentary
मारुत इति. मारुते प्राणवायौ मध्ये सुषुम्ण्नामध्ये सञ्चारः सम्यक्चरणं गमनं मूर्धपर्यन्तं यस्य स मध्यसञ्चारस्तस्मिन्सति मनसः स्थैर्यं ध्येयाकारवृत्तिप्रवाहो जायते प्रादुर्भवति. यो मनसः सुस्थिरीभावः सुष्ठु स्थिरीभवनं सैव मनोन्मन्यवस्था. मनोन्मनीशब्द उन्मनीपर्यायः. तथाग्रे वक्ष्यति राजयोगः समाधिश्च इत्यादिना.
māruta iti. mārute prāṇavāyau madhye suṣumṇnāmadhye sañcāraḥ samyak caraṇaṃ gamanaṃ mūrdhaparyantaṃ yasya sa madhyasañcāras tasmin sati manasaḥ sthairyaṃ dhyeyākāravṛttipravāho jāyate prādurbhavati. yo manasaḥ susthirībhāvaḥ suṣṭhu sthirībhavanaṃ saiva manonmanyavasthā. manonmanīśabda unmanīparyāyaḥ. tathāgre vakṣyati rājayogaḥ samādhiś ca ity ādinā.
Readings

mārute (cett.) ] māruto (α3 β2 δ1), maruto (δ2)
saṃcāre (cett.) ] saṃcārān (α3)
susthirībhāvaḥ (cett.) ] susthitā bhāvaḥ (γ1), sthirībhāva (β2)
saivāvasthā manonmanī (cett.) ] saiṣāvasthā manonmanī (β2 Δ), saivāvasthonmanī matā (β1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.3

mārute madhyame jāte manaḥsthairyaṃ prajāyate |

manasaḥ susthirībhāvaḥ saivāvasthā manonmanī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~18a (attr.~to Haṭhapradīpikā)

mārute madhyasaṃcāre manaḥsthairyaṃ prajāyate |

yo manaḥsusthirībhāvaḥ saivāvasthā manonmanī ||

HP 2.43

तत्सिद्धये विधानज्ञश्चित्रान्कुर्वीत कुम्भकान् ।

विचित्रकुम्भकाभ्यासाद्विचित्रां सिद्धिमाप्नुयात्

tatsiddhaye vidhānajñaś citrān kurvīta kumbhakān /

vicitrakumbhakābhyāsād vicitrāṃ siddhim āpnuyāt //

In order to achieve that, he who knows [their] methods should perform various retentions. As a result of the practice of the various retentions, [the yogi] obtains various results.
Philological Commentary

The majority of witnesses, including α2, have a plural subject (vidhānajñāḥ) and verb (kurvanti) in the first hemistich. We have adopted the singular, which is attested by α1, α3 and manuscripts of the Haṭharatnāvalī, because it corresponds with the singular subject of the second hemistich.

Jyotsna Commentary
विचित्रेषु कुम्भकेषु प्रवृत्तिं जनयितुं तेषां मुख्यफलमवान्तरफलं चाह तत्सिद्धय इति. विधानं कुम्भकानुष्ठानप्रकारस्तज्जानन्तीति विधानज्ञास्तत्सिद्धये उन्मन्यवस्थासिद्धये चित्रान्सूर्यभेदनादिभेदेन नानाविधान्कुम्भकान्कुर्वन्ति. विचित्राश्च ते कुम्भकाश्च विचित्रकुम्भकास्तेषामभ्यासादनुष्ठानाद्विचित्रामणिमादिभेदेन नानाविधां विलक्षणां वा जन्मौषधिमन्त्रतपोजाताभ्यां सिद्धिम्. तदुक्तं भागवते

जन्मौषधितपोमन्त्रैर्यावत्य इह सिद्धयः

योगेनाप्नोति ताः सर्वा नान्यैर्योगगतिं व्रजेत्

इति. आप्नुयात्प्रत्याहारादिपरम्परयेति भावः.
vicitreṣu kumbhakeṣu pravṛttiṃ janayituṃ teṣāṃ mukhyaphalam avāntaraphalaṃ cāha tatsiddhaya iti. vidhānaṃ kumbhakānuṣṭhānaprakāras taj jānantīti vidhānajñās tatsiddhaye unmanyavasthāsiddhaye citrān sūryabhedanādibhedena nānāvidhān kumbhakān kurvanti. vicitrāś ca te kumbhakāś ca vicitrakumbhakās teṣām abhyāsād anuṣṭhānād vicitrām aṇimādibhedena nānāvidhāṃ vilakṣaṇāṃ vā janmauṣadhimantratapojātābhyāṃ siddhim. tad uktaṃ bhāgavate

janmauṣadhitapomantrair yāvatya iha siddhayaḥ

yogenāpnoti tāḥ sarvā nānyair yogagatiṃ vrajet

iti. āpnuyāt pratyāhārādiparamparayeti bhāvaḥ.
Readings

tatsiddhaye (cett.) ] tatsiddhayo (ε1), tatsādhana (β2)
vidhānajñaś (α1 α3 β1) ] vidhānajñāś (Γ ε1 ε3 χ), vidhānajñā (βω η1), vidhānajño (δ2 δ3 η2), vidhijñās tu (β2), (up to śītkāra in the next verse)om. (δ1)
citrān (cett.) ] viśan (δ2), viśat (δ3), om. (δ1)
kurvīta (α3 β1 δ2 δ3) ] kurvati (γ1 η2ac), kurvanti (cett.), avita (α1), om. (δ1)
vicitrakumbhakābhyāsād (cett.) ] kumbhakābhyāsāvvicitrāṃ (γ1), om. (Δ)
vicitrāṃ siddhim āpnuyāt (cett.) ] vicitrāṇim āpnuyāt (η1), yogisiddhim avāpnuyāt (γ1), om. (Δ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.4

tatsiddhaye vidhānajñaḥ sadā kurvīta kumbhakān |

vicitrakumbhakābhyāsād vicitrāṃ siddhim āpnuyāt ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.92 (attr.~to the Yājñavalkyagītā)

tatsiddhaye vidhānajñāś citrān kurvanti kumbhakān |

vicitrakumbhakābhyāsād vicitrāṃ siddhim āpnuyāt ||

HP 2.44

सूर्यभेदनमुज्जायी तथा सीत्का च शीतली

भस्त्रिका भ्रामरी मूर्छा प्लावनीत्यष्ट कुम्भकाः

sūryabhedanam ujjāyī tathā sītkā ca śītalī /

bhastrikā bhrāmarī mūrchā plāvanīty aṣṭa kumbhakāḥ //

Sūryabhedana, ujjāyī, śītkā, śītalī, bhastrikā, bhrāmarī, mūrcchā and plāvanī: these are the eight kumbhakas.
Philological Commentary

In the fourth verse quarter, only some manuscripts of the ε and γ groups have the adopted reading plāvanīty aṣṭa. The name plāvanī is necessary in this list because most manuscript groups, including α, and the testimonia contain a verse on plāvinīkumbhaka as one of the eight kumbhakas. The alternative reading kevalī/kevalaś, which is supported by the α group and other manuscripts, appears to be a mistake because it is not consistent with the idea of kevalakumbhaka standing outside the category of sahitakumbhaka, as stated in 2.72–75. These witnesses are among those which include a verse on plāvinī later in the chapter.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथाष्टकुम्भकान्नामभिर्निर्दिशति सूर्यभेदनमिति स्पष्टम्.
athāṣṭakumbhakān nāmabhir nirdiśati sūryabhedanam iti spaṣṭam.
Readings

ante sūryabhedanam add.atha kumbhakabhedāḥ (χ)
tathā sītkā ca śītalī (α1 α3) ] tathā sīt-/śītkāraśītalī (cett.), tathā śītkāraśītalā (ε1 β1), sītkārī śītalī tathā (χ)
bhastrikā (cett.) ] bhastrī ca (δ1)
bhrāmarī (βω γ1 δ2 δ3 ε3 η1 χ) ] bhramarī (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 ε1 η2)
plāvanī (β1 γ2 ε1 ε3) ] plāvinī (χ), prāvatī (γ1), pratvanī (β2), kevalaś (α1 βω η2), kevalī (η1), ke<<va>>lā° (α3), sahitāś (Δ)
°ty aṣṭa (β1 β2 Γ ε1 ε3 χ) ] cāṣṭa (α1 βω Δ η1 η2), °ny aṣṭa (α3)
kumbhakāḥ (cett.) ] kumbhakaḥ (γ1), kumbhikā (β1), kumbhakā (βω), kumbhakān (η1)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.6

sūryabhedanam ujjayī tathā sītkāraśītalī |

bhastrikā bhrāmarī mūrcchā kevalaś cāṣṭa kumbhakāḥ ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sūryabhedanam ujjayī tathā sītkā ca sītalī |

bhastrikā bhrāmarī mūrcchā kevalāś cāṣṭa kumbhakāḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101r

haṭhayoge—

sūryabhedanam ujjāyī tathā sītkāraśītalī |

bhastrikā bhramarī mūrcchā sahitaṃ cāṣṭa kumbhakāḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.93 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sūryabhedanamujjāyī sītkārī śītalī tathā |

bhastrikā bhrāmarī mūrcchā kevalāś cāṣṭa kumbhakāḥ ||

HP 2.45

पूरकान्ते तु कर्तव्यो बन्धो जालन्धराभिधः

कुम्भकान्ते रेचकादौ कर्तव्यस्तूड्डियानकः

pūrakānte tu kartavyo bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ /

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyas tūḍḍiyānakaḥ //

At the end of the inhalation, the lock called jālandhara is to be performed, while at the end of the retention and beginning of the exhalation, uḍḍiyāna is to be performed.
Jyotsna Commentary
अथ हठसिद्धावनन्यथासिद्धां पारमरहस्यां सर्वकुम्भकसाधारणयुक्तिमाह त्रिभिः पूरकान्त इति. जालन्धर इत्यभिधा नाम यस्य स जालन्धराभिधो बन्धो बध्नाति प्राणवायुमिति बन्धः. कण्ठाकुञ्चनपूर्वकं चिबुकस्य हृदि स्थापनं जालन्धरबन्धः पूरकान्ते पूरकस्यान्ते पूरकानन्तरं झटिति कर्तव्यः. तुशब्दात्कुम्भकादौ. उड्डियानकस्तु कुम्भकान्ते कुम्भकस्यान्ते किञ्चित्कुम्भकशेषे रेचकस्यादौ रेचकादौ रेचकात्पूर्वं कर्तव्यः. प्रयत्नविशेषेण नाभिप्रदेशस्य पृष्ठत आकर्षणमुड्डियानबन्धः.
atha haṭhasiddhāv ananyathāsiddhāṃ pāramarahasyāṃ sarvakumbhakasādhāraṇayuktim āha tribhiḥ pūrakānta iti. jālandhara ity abhidhā nāma yasya sa jālandharābhidho bandho badhnāti prāṇavāyum iti bandhaḥ. kaṇṭhākuñcanapūrvakaṃ cibukasya hṛdi sthāpanaṃ jālandharabandhaḥ pūrakānte pūrakasyānte pūrakānantaraṃ jhaṭiti kartavyaḥ. tuśabdāt kumbhakādau. uḍḍiyānakas tu kumbhakānte kumbhakasyānte kiñcit kumbhakaśeṣe recakasyādau recakādau recakāt pūrvaṃ kartavyaḥ. prayatnaviśeṣeṇa nābhipradeśasya pṛṣṭhata ākarṣaṇam uḍḍiyānabandhaḥ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

bhidhaḥ (cett.) ] vidhaḥ (δ1 δ2)
recakādau (cett.) ] cakādau (η1)
kartavyas (cett.) ] kartavyaṃs (η2)
tū° (cett.) ] tu (α1 β2 βω), ta (γ1)
°ḍḍiyānakaḥ (γ2 δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] ḍḍiyāṇakaḥ (α3 β1 βω ε1 η1), ḍiyānakaḥ (β2 δ2 ε3), ḍiyāṇakaḥ (α1), hiyānakaḥ (γ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 62ab

pūrakānte tu kartavyo bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ |

Gorakṣaśataka 58ab

kuṃbhakānte recakādau kartavyoḍḍiyaṇābhidhaḥ |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.7

pūrakānte tu kartavyo bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ |

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyas tūḍḍiyānakaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇī f.~80r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

pūrakānte tu kartavyo bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ |

kumbhakānte recakādau kartavyas tūḍḍiyānakaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.94 (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pūrakānte ca karttavyo bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ |

kumbhakānte recakādau karttavyas tūḍḍiyānakaḥ ||

HP 2.46

अधस्तात्कुञ्चनेनाशु कण्ठसंकोचने कृते ।

मध्ये पश्चिमतानेन स्यात्प्राणो ब्रह्मनाडिगः

adhastāt kuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte /

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ //

By quickly contracting the lower region when the throat has been constricted and stretching back the middle [of the body] the breath goes into the channel of Brahman.
Philological Commentary

As is clear in the source text, the Gorakṣaśataka, the three techniques alluded to here are mūlabandha, jālandharabandha and uḍḍiyānabandha respectively (on which see chapter three). The stem form brahma is found in various compounds in the text. We understand it to refer to Brahman, the absolute, in all instances other than brahmagranthi, where we take it to mean the deity Brahmā. See Mallinson 2007:205 n.240.

Jyotsna Commentary
अधस्तादिति. कण्ठस्य सङ्कोचनं कण्ठसङ्कोचनं तस्मिन्कृते सति जालन्धरबन्धे कृते सतीत्य् अर्थः. आश्वव्यवहितोत्तरमेवाधस्तादधःप्रदेशादाकुञ्चनेन आधाराकुञ्चनेन मूलबन्धेनेत्य् अर्थः. मध्ये नाभिप्रदेशे पश्चिमतः पृष्ठतस्तानं ताननमाकर्षणं तेनोड्डियानबन्धेनेत्य् अर्थः. उक्तरीत्या कृतेन बन्धत्रयेण प्राणो वायुर्ब्रह्मनाडिं सुषुम्न्णां गच्छतीति ब्रह्मनाडिगः सुषुम्ण्नानाडिगामी स्यादित्यर्थः. अत्रेदं रहस्यं यदि श्रीगुरुमुखाज्जिह्वाबन्धः सम्यक्परिज्ञातस्तरहि जिह्वाबन्धपूर्वकेन जालन्धरबन्धेनैव प्राणायामः सिद्ध्यति. वायुप्रकोपो नैव भवति. वपुःकृशत्वं वदने प्रसन्नता इत्यादीनि सर्वाणि लक्षणानि जायन्त इति मूलबन्धोड्डियानबन्धौ नोपयुक्तौ. तयोर्जिह्वाबन्धपूर्वकेण जालन्धरबन्धेनान्यथासिद्धत्वात्. जिह्वाबन्धो न विदितश् चेदधस्तात्कुञ्चनेन इति श्लोकोक्तरीत्या प्राणायामाः कर्तव्याः. त्रयो 'पि बन्धा गुरुमुखाज् ज्ञातव्याः. मूलबन्धस्त्वसम्यग्ज्ञातो नानारोगोत्पादकः. तथा हि यदि मूलबन्धे कृते धातुक्षयो विष्टम्भो 'ग्निमान्द्यं नादमन्द्यं गुटिकासमूहाकारमजस्येव पुरीषं स्यात्तदा मूलबन्धः सम्यग् न ज्ञात इति बोध्यम्. यदि तु धातुपुष्टिः सम्यग्मलशुद्धिरग्निदीप्तिः सम्यग्नादाभिव्यक्तिश्च स्यात्तदा ज्ञेयं तदा मूलबन्धः सम्यग्ज्ञात इति.
adhastād iti. kaṇṭhasya saṅkocanaṃ kaṇṭhasaṅkocanaṃ tasmin kṛte sati jālandharabandhe kṛte satīty arthaḥ. āśv avyavahitottaram evādhastād adhaḥpradeśād ākuñcanena ādhārākuñcanena mūlabandhenety arthaḥ. madhye nābhipradeśe paścimataḥ pṛṣṭhatas tānaṃ tānanam ākarṣaṇaṃ tenoḍḍiyānabandhenety arthaḥ. uktarītyā kṛtena bandhatrayeṇa prāṇo vāyur brahmanāḍiṃ suṣumnṇāṃ gacchatīti brahmanāḍigaḥ suṣumṇnānāḍigāmī syād ity arthaḥ. atredaṃ rahasyaṃ yadi śrīgurumukhāj jihvābandhaḥ samyak parijñātas tarhi jihvābandhapūrvakena jālandharabandhenaiva prāṇāyāmaḥ siddhyati. vāyuprakopo naiva bhavati. vapuḥkṛśatvaṃ vadane prasannatā ityādīni sarvāṇi lakṣaṇāni jāyanta iti mūlabandhoḍḍiyānabandhau nopayuktau. tayor jihvābandhapūrvakeṇa jālandharabandhenānyathāsiddhatvāt. jihvābandho na viditaś ced adhastāt kuñcanena iti ślokoktarītyā prāṇāyāmāḥ kartavyāḥ. trayo 'pi bandhā gurumukhāj jñātavyāḥ. mūlabandhas tvasamyagjñāto nānārogotpādakaḥ. tathā hi yadi mūlabandhe kṛte dhātukṣayo viṣṭambho 'gnimāndyaṃ nādamandyaṃ guṭikāsamūhākāram ajasyeva purīṣaṃ syāt tadā mūlabandhaḥ samyag na jñāta iti bodhyam. yadi tu dhātupuṣṭiḥ samyag malaśuddhir agnidīptiḥ samyag nādābhivyaktiś ca syāt tadā jñeyaṃ tadā mūlabandhaḥ samyag jñāta iti.
Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ
adhastāt (α3 β2 η1 η2 χ) ] adhastā (α1 β1 βω), adhasta (γ1), adhasthāt (γ2 ε1), adhastvāt (ε3)
kuñcanenāśu (cett.) ] kuṃcanenāsuṃ (β2), kuṃjakenāśu (ε1), kuṃbhakenāśaṃ (α3)
madhye (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] madhya (βω γ1 η2)
tānena (cett.) ] tāṇena (α1 α3 βω η1), tāṇa (ε1)
syāt (cett.) ] sthāt (ε1)
brahma (cett.) ] madhya (βω)
nāḍigaḥ (cett.) ] nāḍigataḥ (ε1), nāḍikām (β2), nābhirāt (γ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 62cd–63ab

adhastāt kuñcanenaiva kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte |

madhye paścimatāṇena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.8

adhastāt kuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṅkocane kṛte |

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇī f.80r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

adhas tv ākuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṅkocanena ca |

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ ||

Yogabīja 110 (southern recension)

adhastāt kuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṅkocane kṛte |

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.95 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

adhastāt kuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte |

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo madhyanāḍiga ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 15.25–27

adhastāt kuñcanenaiva kaṇṭhasaṃkocanena ca |

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo brahmarandhragaḥ ||

prāṇaḥ prāṇavāyuḥ brahmarandhragaḥ suṣumnāpathacārī syāt | madhyago bhavet |

HP 2.47

अपानमूर्ध्वमुत्थाप्य प्राणं कण्ठादधो नयेत्

योगी जराविमुक्तः सन् षोडशो वयसा* भवेत् ॥

apānam ūrdhvam utthāpya prāṇaṃ kaṇṭhād adho nayet /

yogī jarāvimuktaḥ san ṣoḍaśo vayasā* bhavet //

The yogi should raise up apānavāyu and lead prāṇa down from the throat. Freed from ageing, he becomes sixteen years old.
Jyotsna Commentary
आपानमिति. आपानमापानवायुमूर्ध्वमुत्थाप्य आधाराकुञ्चनेन प्राणं प्राणवायुं कण्ठादधः अधोभागे नयेत्योगी प्रापयेद्. यः स योगी योगो 'स्यास्ति अभ्यस्यत्वेनेति योगी योगाभ्यासी जरया वार्धक्येन विमुक्तो विशेषेण मुक्तः सन्षोडशानामब्दानां समाहारः षोडशाब्दम्षोडशाब्दं वयो यस्य स तादृशो भवेत्. यद्यपि पूरकान्ते तु कर्तव्यः इत्यादिना त्रयाणां श्लोकानामेक एवार्थः पर्यवस्यति तथापि पूरकान्ते तु कर्तव्यः इत्यनेन बन्धानां काल उक्तः. अधस्तात्कुञ्चनेनेत्यनेन बन्धानां स्वरूपमुक्तम्. अपानमूर्ध्वमुत्थाप्येत्यनेन बन्धानां फलमुक्तमिति विशेषः. जालन्धरबन्धे मूलबन्धे च कृते उड्डियानबन्धो भवत्य् एवेत्यस्मिन्श्लोके-नोक्तः. तथा चोक्तं ज्ञानेश्वरेण गीताषष्ठाध्यायव्याख्यायां मूलबन्धे जालन्धरबन्धे च कृते नाभेरधोभाग आकर्षणाख्यो बन्धः स्वयमेव भवति इति.
āpānam iti. āpānam āpānavāyum ūrdhvam utthāpya ādhārākuñcanena prāṇaṃ prāṇavāyuṃ kaṇṭhād adhaḥ adhobhāge nayet yogī prāpayed. yaḥ sa yogī yogo 'syāsti abhyasyatveneti yogī yogābhyāsī jarayā vārdhakyena vimukto viśeṣeṇa muktaḥ san ṣoḍaśānām abdānāṃ samāhāraḥ ṣoḍaśābdam ṣoḍaśābdaṃ vayo yasya sa tādṛśo bhavet. yady api pūrakānte tu kartavyaḥ ity ādinā trayāṇāṃ ślokānām eka evārthaḥ paryavasyati tathāpi pūrakānte tu kartavyaḥ ity anena bandhānāṃ kāla uktaḥ. adhastāt kuñcanenety anena bandhānāṃ svarūpam uktam. apānam ūrdhvam utthāpyety anena bandhānāṃ phalam uktam iti viśeṣaḥ. jālandharabandhe mūlabandhe ca kṛte uḍḍiyānabandho bhavaty evety asmin śloke-noktaḥ. tathā coktaṃ jñāneśvareṇa gītāṣaṣṭhādhyāyavyākhyāyāṃ mūlabandhe jālandharabandhe ca kṛte nābher adhobhāga ākarṣaṇākhyo bandhaḥ svayam eva bhavati iti.
Readings

utthāpya (cett.) ] uddāpya (α3), āsthāpya (δ1 η1)
kaṇṭhād adho (cett.) ] kaṃṭhe tathoṃ (α3)
nayet (cett.) ] nayat (γ1), nayan (α1 ε1), jayet (ε3)
vimuktaḥ san (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ2 χ) ] viyuktaḥ san (γ1), vimuktaḥ sa (ε1), vimuktaḥ saḥ (ε3), vimuktaḥ syāt (δ3), vimuktaś ca (η2), bhimuktaś ca (η1)
ṣoḍaśo vayasā (cett.) ] ṣoḍaśo vayasī (β1), ṣoḍaśābdavayā (δ2 δ3 χ), ṣoḍaśābdavayo (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.9

apānam ūrdhvam utthāpya prāṇaṃ kaṇṭhād adho nayet |

yogī jarāvimuktaḥ syāt ṣoḍaśo vayasā bhavet ||

Yogacintāmaṇī f.~80r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

apānam ūrdhvam utthāpya prāṇaṃ kaṇṭhād adho nayet |

yogī jarāvimuktaḥ san vayasā ṣoḍaśo bhavet ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.96 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

apānam ūrdhvam utthāpya prāṇaṃ kaṇṭhād adho nayet |

yogī jarāvinirmuktaḥ ṣoḍaśo vayasā bhavet ||

HP 2.48

तत्र सूर्यभेदनम्

आसने सुखदे योगी बद्ध्वा वज्रासनं ततः

दक्षनाड्या समाकृष्य बहिःस्थं पवनं शनैः ॥

tatra sūryabhedanam /

āsane sukhade yogī baddhvā vajrāsanaṃ tataḥ /

dakṣanāḍyā samākṛṣya bahiḥsthaṃ pavanaṃ śanaiḥ //

Now, piercing the sun---The yogi should sit in vajrāsana on a comfortable mat, slowly draw in external air through the right nostril, [...]
Philological Commentary

Jyotsna Commentary

योगाभ्यासक्रमं वक्ष्ये योगिनां योगसिद्धये

उषःकाले समुत्थाय प्रातःकाले 'थवा बुधः

गुरुं संस्मृत्य शिरसि हृदये स्वेष्टदेवताम्

शौचं कृत्वा दन्तशुद्धिं विदध्याद्भस्मधारणम्

शुचौ देशे मठे रम्ये प्रतिष्ठाप्यासनं मृदु

तत्रोपविश्य संस्मृत्य मनसा गुरुमीश्वरम्

देशकालौ च सङ्कीर्त्य सङ्कल्पविधिपूर्वकम्

अद्येत्यादि श्रीपरमेश्वरप्रसादपूर्वकम्समाधितत्फलसिद्ध्यर्थमासनपूर्वकान्प्राणायामादीन्करिष्ये

अनन्तं प्रणमेद्देवं नागेशं पीठसिद्धये

मणिभ्राजत्फणासहस्रविधृतविश्वम्भरामण्डलायानन्ताय नागराजाय नमः

ततो 'भ्यसेदासनानि श्रमे जाते शवासनम्

अन्ते समभ्यसेत्तत्तु श्रमाभावे तु नाभ्यसेत्

करणीं विपरीताख्यां कुम्भकान्पूर्वमभ्यसेत्

जालन्धरस्य दार्ढ्यार्थं कुम्भकेषूपयोगतः

विधायाचमनं कृत्वा कर्माङ्गं प्राणसंयमम्

योगीन्द्रादीन्नमस्कृत्य कौर्माच्च शिववाक्यतः

कूर्मपुराणे शिववाक्यम्

नमस्कृत्याथ योगीन्द्रान्सशिष्यांश्च विनायकम्

गुरुं चैवाथ मां योगी युञ्जीत सुसमाहितः

बद्ध्वाभ्यासे सिद्धपीठं कुम्भकान्बन्धपूर्वकम्

प्रथमे दश कर्तव्याः पञ्चवृद्ध्या दिने दिने

कार्या अशीतिपर्यन्तं कुम्भकाः सुसमाहितैः

योगीन्द्रैः प्रथमं कुर्यादभ्यासं चन्द्रसूर्ययोः

अनुलोमविलोमाख्यमेतं प्राहुर्मनीषिणः

सूर्यभेदनमभ्यस्य बन्धपूर्वकमेकधीः

उज्जायिनं ततः कुर्यात्सीत्कारीं शीतलीं ततः

भस्त्रिकां च समभ्यस्य कुर्यादन्यान्न वा परान्

मुद्राः समभ्यसेद्बुद्धा गुरुवक्त्राद्यथाक्रमम्

ततः पद्मासनं बद्ध्वा कुर्यान्नादानुचिन्तनम्

अभ्यासं सकलं कुर्यादीश्वरार्पणमादृतः

अभ्यासादुत्थितः स्नानं कुर्यादुष्णेन वारिणा

स्नात्वा समापयेन्नित्यं कर्म सङ्क्षेपतः सुधीः

मध्याह्ने 'पि तथाभ्यस्य किञ्चिद्विश्रम्य भोजनम्

कुर्वीत योगिनां पथ्यमपथ्यं न कदाचन

एलां वापि लवङ्गं वा भोजनान्ते च भक्षयेत्

केचित्कर्पूरमिच्छन्ति ताम्बूलं शोभनं तथा

चूर्णेन रहितं शस्तं पवनाभ्यासयोगिनाम्

इति चिन्तामणेर्वाक्यं स्वारस्यं भजते न हि

केचित्पदेन यस्मात्तु तयोः शीतौष्ण्यहेतुता

भोजनानन्तरं कुर्यान्मोक्षशास्त्रावलोकनम्

पुराणश्रवणं वापि नामसंकीर्तनं विभोः

सायं सन्ध्याविधिं कृत्वा योगं पूर्ववदभ्यसेत्

यदा त्रिघटिकाशेषो दिवसो 'भ्यासमाचरेत्

अभ्यासानन्तरं कार्या सायंसन्ध्या तदा बुधैः

अर्धरात्रे हठाभ्यासं विदध्यात्पूर्ववद्यमी

विपरीतां तु करणीं सायंकालार्धरात्रयोः

नाभ्यसेद्भोजनादूर्ध्वं यतः सा न प्रशस्यते

अथोद्देशानुक्रमेण कुम्भकान्विवक्षुस्तत्र प्रथमोदितं सूर्यभेदनं तद्गुणांश्चाह त्रिभिः आसन इति. सुखं ददातीति सुखदं तस्मिन्सुखदे.

शुचौ देशे प्रतिष्ठाप्य स्थिरमासनमात्मनः

नात्युच्छ्रितं नातिनीचं चैलाजिनकुशोत्तरम्

इत्युक्तलक्षणे विविक्तदेशे च सुखासनस्थः शुचिः समग्रीवशिरःशरीरः इति श्रुतेश्च. चैलाजिनकुशोत्तर आसने. आस्ते 'स्मिन्नित्यासनमास्यते 'नेनेति वा तस्मिन्योगी योगाभ्यासी. आसनं स्वस्तिकवीरसिद्धपद्माद्यन्यतमं मुख्यत्वात्सिद्धासनमेव वा बद्ध्वैव बन्धनेन सम्पाद्यैव कृत्वैवेत्यर्थः. तत आसनबन्धानन्तरं दक्षा दक्षिणभागस्था या नाडी पिङ्गला तया बहिःस्थं देहाद्बहिर्वर्तमानं पवनं वायुं शनैर्मन्दमन्दमाकृष्य पिङ्गलया मन्दमन्दं पूरकं कृत्वेत्यर्थः.

yogābhyāsakramaṃ vakṣye yogināṃ yogasiddhaye

uṣaḥkāle samutthāya prātaḥkāle 'thavā budhaḥ

guruṃ saṃsmṛtya śirasi hṛdaye sveṣṭadevatām

śaucaṃ kṛtvā dantaśuddhiṃ vidadhyād bhasmadhāraṇam

śucau deśe maṭhe ramye pratiṣṭhāpyāsanaṃ mṛdu

tatropaviśya saṃsmṛtya manasā gurum īśvaram

deśakālau ca saṅkīrtya saṅkalpavidhipūrvakam

adyetyādi śrīparameśvaraprasādapūrvakam samādhitatphalasiddhyartham āsanapūrvakān prāṇāyāmādīn kariṣye

anantaṃ praṇamed devaṃ nāgeśaṃ pīṭhasiddhaye

maṇibhrājatphaṇāsahasravidhṛtaviśvambharāmaṇḍalāyānantāya nāgarājāya namaḥ

tato 'bhyased āsanāni śrame jāte śavāsanam

ante samabhyaset tat tu śramābhāve tu nābhyaset

karaṇīṃ viparītākhyāṃ kumbhakān pūrvam abhyaset

jālandharasya dārḍhyārthaṃ kumbhakeṣūpayogataḥ

vidhāyācamanaṃ kṛtvā karmāṅgaṃ prāṇasaṃyamam

yogīndrādīn namaskṛtya kaurmāc ca śivavākyataḥ

kūrmapurāṇe śivavākyam

namaskṛtyātha yogīndrān saśiṣyāṃś ca vināyakam

guruṃ caivātha māṃ yogī yuñjīta susamāhitaḥ

baddhvābhyāse siddhapīṭhaṃ kumbhakān bandhapūrvakam

prathame daśa kartavyāḥ pañcavṛddhyā dine dine

kāryā aśītiparyantaṃ kumbhakāḥ susamāhitaiḥ

yogīndraiḥ prathamaṃ kuryād abhyāsaṃ candrasūryayoḥ

anulomavilomākhyam etaṃ prāhur manīṣiṇaḥ

sūryabhedanam abhyasya bandhapūrvakam ekadhīḥ

ujjāyinaṃ tataḥ kuryāt sītkārīṃ śītalīṃ tataḥ

bhastrikāṃ ca samabhyasya kuryād anyān na vā parān

mudrāḥ samabhyased buddhā guruvaktrād yathākramam

tataḥ padmāsanaṃ baddhvā kuryān nādānucintanam

abhyāsaṃ sakalaṃ kuryād īśvarārpaṇam ādṛtaḥ

abhyāsād utthitaḥ snānaṃ kuryād uṣṇena vāriṇā

snātvā samāpayen nityaṃ karma saṅkṣepataḥ sudhīḥ

madhyāhne 'pi tathābhyasya kiñcid viśramya bhojanam

kurvīta yogināṃ pathyam apathyaṃ na kadācana

elāṃ vāpi lavaṅgaṃ vā bhojanānte ca bhakṣayet

kecit karpūram icchanti tāmbūlaṃ śobhanaṃ tathā

cūrṇena rahitaṃ śastaṃ pavanābhyāsayoginām

iti cintāmaṇer vākyaṃ svārasyaṃ bhajate na hi

kecit padena yasmāt tu tayoḥ śītauṣṇyahetutā

bhojanānantaraṃ kuryān mokṣaśāstrāvalokanam

purāṇaśravaṇaṃ vāpi nāmasaṃkīrtanaṃ vibhoḥ

sāyaṃ sandhyāvidhiṃ kṛtvā yogaṃ pūrvavad abhyaset

yadā trighaṭikāśeṣo divaso 'bhyāsam ācaret

abhyāsānantaraṃ kāryā sāyaṃsandhyā tadā budhaiḥ

ardharātre haṭhābhyāsaṃ vidadhyāt pūrvavad yamī

viparītāṃ tu karaṇīṃ sāyaṃkālārdharātrayoḥ

nābhyased bhojanād ūrdhvaṃ yataḥ sā na praśasyate

athoddeśānukrameṇa kumbhakān vivakṣus tatra prathamoditaṃ sūryabhedanaṃ tadguṇāṃś cāha tribhiḥ āsana iti. sukhaṃ dadātīti sukhadaṃ tasmin sukhade.

śucau deśe pratiṣṭhāpya sthiram āsanam ātmanaḥ

nātyucchritaṃ nātinīcaṃ cailājinakuśottaram

ity uktalakṣaṇe viviktadeśe ca sukhāsanasthaḥ śuciḥ samagrīvaśiraḥśarīraḥ iti śruteś ca. cailājinakuśottara āsane. āste 'sminn ity āsanam āsyate 'neneti vā tasmin yogī yogābhyāsī. āsanaṃ svastikavīrasiddhapadmādyanyatamaṃ mukhyatvāt siddhāsanam eva vā baddhvaiva bandhanena sampādyaiva kṛtvaivety arthaḥ. tata āsanabandhānantaraṃ dakṣā dakṣiṇabhāgasthā yā nāḍī piṅgalā tayā bahiḥsthaṃ dehād bahir vartamānaṃ pavanaṃ vāyuṃ śanair mandamandam ākṛṣya piṅgalayā mandamandaṃ pūrakaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ.
Readings

tatra (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ) ] atha (βω η1 η2), atha tatra (ε3), om. (δ1 δ3 ε1 χ)
sūryabhedanam (cett.) ] sūryabhedanī (γ1), sūryabhedī (β1), om. (δ1 δ3 χ)
āsane sukhade yogī (cett.) ] āsane sukhadaṃ yogī (α3), āsane sukhado yogī (βω), athāsane sukhād eva (η2)
baddhvā (cett.) ] baddhā (βω η2), bhaddrāṃ (α3)
vajrāsanaṃ (cett.) ] vīsanaṃ (ε1), mudrāsamaṃ (βω η2), caivāsanaṃ (χ)
tataḥ (cett.) ] sudhī (ε1)
nāḍyā (cett.) ] nāḍyāḥ (γ1), nāḍyāṃ (ε1 ε3)
bahiḥsthaṃ (cett.) ] basthaṃ ca (β1)

Sources
Cf. Gorakṣaśataka 33–34ab

pavitre nātyuccanīce hy āsane sukhade śubhe |

baddhvā vajrāsanaṃ kṛtvā sarasvatyāś ca cālanam ||

dakṣanāḍyāṃ samākṛṣya bahiṣṭhaṃ pavanaṃ śanaiḥ |

Testimonia
Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

baddhavajrāsano dakṣanāḍyākṛṣyānilaṃ śanaiḥ |

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

āsane sukhade yogī baddhavajrāsanas tataḥ |

dakṣanāḍyā samākṛṣya bahiḥsthaṃ pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.98 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

āsane sukhade yogī baddhvā padmāsanaṃ tataḥ |

dakṣanāḍyā samākṛṣya bahiḥsthaṃ pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

HP 2.49

आ केशाग्रान्नखाग्राच्च निरोधावधि कुम्भयेत्

ततः शनैः सव्यनाड्या रेचयेत्पवनं सुधीः

ā keśāgrān nakhāgrāc ca nirodhāvadhi kumbhayet /

tataḥ śanaiḥ savyanāḍyā recayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ //

and hold the breath as far as the tips of the hair and nails until cessation [of the breath]. The wise man should then exhale the breath slowly through the left nostril.
Philological Commentary

An antecedent to the idea of prāṇāyāma affecting the whole body (i.e., as far as the tips of the hair and nails) occurs in the Baudhāyanadharmasūtra (4.1.23):

{}[The yogi] who is constantly engaged [in practice] should repeat breath retentions again and again. Extreme heat burns as far as the tips of the hair and nails.

āvartayet sadā yuktaḥ prāṇāyāmān punaḥ punaḥ |

ā keśāntān nakhāgrāc ca tapas tapyata uttamam ||

The meaning of nirodhāvadhi is not entirely clear, but all sources and the Jyotsnā (2.49) agree on this reading. The problem is that to practise kumbhaka ``up to cessation nirodha’’ seems to suggest that cessation is not that of the physical breath, which by definition ceases in kumbhaka, but of the vital wind (prāṇa) within the body. By citing a verse from an unnamed text, Brahmānanda seems to understand this verse as saying that the breath should very carefully (atiprayatnena) be held as far as the extremities of the body so that it does not damage the body by exiting through the hair follicles:
When the breath has been stopped forcefully, it flows out through the hair follicles. This destroys the body and also causes skin diseases and the like.

haṭhān niruddhaḥ prāṇo ’yaṃ romakūpeṣu niḥsaret |

dehaṃ vidārayaty eṣa kuṣṭhādi janayaty api ||

Jyotsna Commentary
आकेशादिति. केशान्मर्यादीकृत्येत्या केशं तस्मात्. नखाग्रान्मर्यादीकृत्येत्यानखाग्रं तस्माच् च. निरोधस्य वायोरवरोधस्य अवधिर्मर्यादा यस्मिन्कर्मणि तत्तथा कुम्भयेत्. केशपर्यन्तं नखाग्रपर्यन्तं च वायोर्निरोधो यथा भवेत्तथातिप्रयत्नेन कुम्भकं कुर्यादित्यर्थः. ननु

हठान्निरुद्धः प्राणो 'यं रोमकूपेषु निःसरेत्

देहं विदारयत्येष कुष्ठादि जनयत्यपि

ततः प्रत्यायितव्यो 'सौ क्रमेणारण्यहस्तिवत्

वन्यो गजो गजारिर्वा क्रमेण मृदुतामियात्

करोति शास्तृनिर्देशान्न च तं परिलङ्घयेत्

तथा प्राणो हृदिस्थो'यं योगिनां क्रमयोगतः

गृहीतः सेव्यमानस्तु विश्रम्भमुपगच्छति

इति वाक्यविरुद्धमतिप्रयत्नेन कुम्भकं कुर्यादिति कथमुक्तमिति चेन्न. हठान्निरुद्धः प्राणो 'यं इतिवाक्यस्य बलादचिरेण प्राणजयं करिष्यामीति बुद्ध्यारम्भः एव. एवं च बह्वभ्यासासक्तपरत्वात्क्रमेणारण्यहस्तिवदिति दृष्टान्तस्वारस्याच्च. अत एव सूर्याचन्द्रमसोर् अभ्यासे धारयित्वा यथाशक्ति निधारयेदतिरोधत इति चोक्तं सङ्गच्छते. तस्मात्कुम्भकस्त्वतिप्रयत्नपूर्वकं कर्तव्यः. यथा यथातियत्नेन कुम्भकः क्रियते तथा तथा तस्मिन्गुणाधिक्यं भवेत्. यथा यथा च शिथिलः कुम्भकः स्यात्तथा तथा गुणाल्पत्वं स्यात्. अत्र योगिनामनुभवो 'पि मानम्. पूरकस्तु शनैः शनैः कार्यः वेगाद्वा कर्तव्यः. वेगादपि कृते पूरके दोषाभावात्. रेचकस्तु शनैः शनैरेव कर्तव्यः. वेगात्कृते रेचके बलहानिप्रसङ्गात्. ततः शनैः शनैरेव रेचयेन्न तु वेगत इत्याद्यनेकधा ग्रन्थकारोक्तेश्च. ततो निरोधावधि कुम्भकानन्तरं शनैः शनैर्मन्दं मन्दं सव्ये वामभागे स्थिता नाडी सव्यनाडी तया सव्यनाड्या इडया पवनं वायुं रेचयेद्बहिर्निःसारयेत्. पुनः शनैर् इत्युक्तस्तु शनैरेव रेचयेदित्यवधारणार्था. तदुक्तं
ākeśād iti. keśān maryādīkṛtyety ā keśaṃ tasmāt. nakhāgrān maryādīkṛtyety ānakhāgraṃ tasmāc ca. nirodhasya vāyor avarodhasya avadhir maryādā yasmin karmaṇi tat tathā kumbhayet. keśaparyantaṃ nakhāgraparyantaṃ ca vāyor nirodho yathā bhavet tathātiprayatnena kumbhakaṃ kuryād ity arthaḥ. nanu

haṭhān niruddhaḥ prāṇo 'yaṃ romakūpeṣu niḥsaret

dehaṃ vidārayaty eṣa kuṣṭhādi janayaty api

tataḥ pratyāyitavyo 'sau krameṇāraṇyahastivat

vanyo gajo gajārir vā krameṇa mṛdutām iyāt

karoti śāstṛnirdeśān na ca taṃ parilaṅghayet

tathā prāṇo hṛdistho'yaṃ yogināṃ kramayogataḥ

gṛhītaḥ sevyamānas tu viśrambham upagacchati

iti vākyaviruddham atiprayatnena kumbhakaṃ kuryād iti katham uktam iti cen na. haṭhān niruddhaḥ prāṇo 'yaṃ itivākyasya balād acireṇa prāṇajayaṃ kariṣyāmīti buddhyārambhaḥ eva. evaṃ ca bahvabhyāsāsaktaparatvāt krameṇāraṇyahastivad iti dṛṣṭāntasvārasyāc ca. ata eva sūryācandramasor abhyāse dhārayitvā yathāśakti nidhārayed atirodhata iti coktaṃ saṅgacchate. tasmāt kumbhakas tv atiprayatnapūrvakaṃ kartavyaḥ. yathā yathātiyatnena kumbhakaḥ kriyate tathā tathā tasmin guṇādhikyaṃ bhavet. yathā yathā ca śithilaḥ kumbhakaḥ syāt tathā tathā guṇālpatvaṃ syāt. atra yoginām anubhavo 'pi mānam. pūrakas tu śanaiḥ śanaiḥ kāryaḥ vegād vā kartavyaḥ. vegād api kṛte pūrake doṣābhāvāt. recakas tu śanaiḥ śanair eva kartavyaḥ. vegāt kṛte recake balahāniprasaṅgāt. tataḥ śanaiḥ śanair eva recayen na tu vegata ityādy anekadhā granthakārokteś ca. tato nirodhāvadhi kumbhakānantaraṃ śanaiḥ śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ savye vāmabhāge sthitā nāḍī savyanāḍī tayā savyanāḍyā iḍayā pavanaṃ vāyuṃ recayed bahir niḥsārayet. punaḥ śanair ity uktas tu śanair eva recayed ity avadhāraṇārthā. tad uktaṃ
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

ā keśāgrān (βω η2) ] ā keśāgrā (α1 α2), ā keśāgra (ε1), ā keśād ā (β2 Γ χ), ā keśāsā (β1), ā keśāc ca (ε3), ā keśam ā (α3), ā keśāgraṃ (δ1 δ3 η1)
nakhāgrāc ca (β1 β2 Γ ε3 η2 χ) ] nakhāgrāś ca (α1), nakhāvañva (α2), nakhāgraṃ ca (α3 βω δ1 δ3 ε1), nakhā .. .. (η1)
nirodhāvadhi (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ1 ε3 η2 χ) ] nirodhāvidhi (γ2), nirovadhi (ε1), niruddh[o]vadhi (η1), śirodhyavadhi (δ1 δ3)
kumbhayet (cett.) ] kuṃbhayan (α1), kumbhakān (δ1), kumbhakam (δ3)
tataḥ (cett.) ] om. (γ1)
nāḍyā (cett.) ] nāḍyā ca (η2)
sudhīḥ (α3 β2 Γ ε1 ε3 η1) ] sudhī (α1 β1), śuddhī (βω), śanaiḥ (η2 χ), punaḥ (δ1 δ3)

Testimonia
Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ā nakhāgrālakāgrāntaṃ kumbhayitvā yathāsukham |

savyanāḍyā tato mandaṃ recayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

ā keśāgraṃ nakhāgraṃ ca śirodhāvadhi kumbhakam |

tataḥ śanaiḥ savyanāḍyā recayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.99 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ā keśād ā nakhāgrāc ca nirodhāvadhi kumbhayet |

tataḥ śanaiḥ savyanāḍyā recayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ ||

HP 2.50

कपालशोधनं वातदोषघ्नं कृमिदोषहम्

पुनः पुनरिदं कार्यं सूर्यभेदमुदाहृतं

kapālaśodhanaṃ vātadoṣaghnaṃ kṛmidoṣaham /

punaḥ punar idaṃ kāryaṃ sūryabhedam udāhṛtaṃ //

This purifies the skull, cures [imbalances] of the wind humour [and] gets rid of diseases caused by worms [so] should be done repeatedly. It is called the piercing of the sun.
Philological Commentary

The compound sūryabheda is metri causa, as the name given in 2.44 and the heading of 2.48 is sūryabhedana. Some witnesses, such as the delta group and V19, have attempted to reinstate the name sūryabhedana. Both °doṣaham and °doṣahṛt are well attested and possible. We have favoured the former because the α reading (doṣajam) appears to be a corruption of it.

Jyotsna Commentary
कपालशोधनमिति. कपालस्य मस्तकस्य शोधनं शुद्धिकरं वातजा दोषा वातदोषा अशीतिप्रकारास् तान्हन्तीति वातदोषघ्नम्. कृमीणामुदरे जातानां दोषो विकारस्तं हरतीति कृमिदोषहृत्. पुनः पुनर् भूयो भूयः कार्यम्. सूर्येणापूर्य कुम्भयित्वा चन्द्रेण रेचनमिति रीत्येदमुत्तममुत्कृष्टं सूर्यभेदनं सूर्यभेदनाख्यमुक्तं योगिभिरिति शेषः.
kapālaśodhanam iti. kapālasya mastakasya śodhanaṃ śuddhikaraṃ vātajā doṣā vātadoṣā aśītiprakārās tān hantīti vātadoṣaghnam. kṛmīṇām udare jātānāṃ doṣo vikāras taṃ haratīti kṛmidoṣahṛt. punaḥ punar bhūyo bhūyaḥ kāryam. sūryeṇāpūrya kumbhayitvā candreṇa recanam iti rītyedam uttamam utkṛṣṭaṃ sūryabhedanaṃ sūryabhedanākhyam uktaṃ yogibhir iti śeṣaḥ.
Readings

śodhanaṃ (cett.) ] śodha (δ1)
doṣaghnaṃ (cett.) ] doghnaṃ (βω), śoṣaghnaṃ (ε1)
doṣaham (β1 βω ε1 ε3) ] doṣajaṃ (α1 α2), doṣahṛt (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 χ), toharaṃ (η1), nāśanaṃ (η2)
kāryaṃ (α1 β1 β2 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] kārya (βω), kuryāt (Γ δ1 δ3), sūrya (η2)
sūryabhedam udāhṛtaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3 η1) ] sūryabhedanam udāhṛtaṃ (ε1), sūryabhedanam uttamaṃ (Γ δ1 δ3 χ), bhedanaṃ samudāhṛtaṃ (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 35–36ab

kapālaśodhane vāpi recayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ |

tundasya vātadoṣaghnaḥ kṛmidoṣaṃ nihanti ca ||

punaḥ punar idaṃ kāryaṃ sūryābhedam udāhṛtam |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.11cd–12

kapālaṃ śodhanaṃ cāpi recayet pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

kapālaṃ ... śanaiḥ ] kapālaśodhanaṃ vātadoṣaghnaṃ kṛmināśanaṃ N,n1,n4.

ālasyaṃ vātadoṣaghnaṃ kṛmikīṭaṃ nihanti ca |

punaḥ punar idaṃ kāryaṃ sūryabhedākhyakumbhakam ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kapālaśodhanaṃ caitad vātaghnaṃ kṛmidoṣanut ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

kapālaśodhanaṃ vātadoṣaghnaṃ kṛmidoṣahṛt |

punaḥ punar idaṃ kuryāt sūryabhedanam uttamam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.100 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kapālaśodhanaṃ vātadoṣaghanaṃ kṛmidoṣaham |

punaḥ punar idaṃ kāryaṃ sūryabhedam udāhṛtam ||

HP 2.51

अथोज्जायी

मुखं संयम्य नाडीभ्याम् आकृष्य पवनं शनैः

यथा लगति कण्ठात्तु हृदयावधि सस्वनम्

athojjāyī /

mukhaṃ saṃyamya nāḍībhyām ākṛṣya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ /

yathā lagati kaṇṭhāt tu hṛdayāvadhi sasvanam //

Now ujjāyī: [The yogi] should close the mouth and gradually draw in the breath through the nostrils so that it comes into contact [with the region] from the throat to the chest and makes a sound.
Philological Commentary

The use of lagati without a locative or direct object (as found in the source text, the Gorakṣaśataka) is supported by the paraphrase of the verse in the Haṭhatattvakaumudī (10.7). Most witnesses (including α) have kaṇṭhāt tu hṛdayāvadhi, which we have understood in the sense of a locative as it specifies the place within the body where the contact occurs.

Jyotsna Commentary
उज्जायिनमाह सार्धेन मुखमिति. मुखमास्यं संयम्य संयतं कृत्वा मुद्रयित्वेत्य् अर्थः. कण्ठात्तु कण्ठादारभ्य हृदयावधि हृदयमवधिर्यस्मिन्कर्मणि तत्तथा स्वनेन सहितं यथा स्यात्तथा. उभे क्रियाविशेषणे. लगति श्लिष्यति पवन इत्यर्थात्. तथा तेन प्रकारेण नाडीभ्यामिडापिङ्गलाभ्यां पवनं वायुं शनैर्मन्दमाकृष्य आकृष्टं कृत्वा पूरयित्वेत्य् अर्थः.
ujjāyinam āha sārdhena mukham iti. mukham āsyaṃ saṃyamya saṃyataṃ kṛtvā mudrayitvety arthaḥ. kaṇṭhāt tu kaṇṭhād ārabhya hṛdayāvadhi hṛdayam avadhir yasmin karmaṇi tat tathā svanena sahitaṃ yathā syāt tathā. ubhe kriyāviśeṣaṇe. lagati śliṣyati pavana ity arthāt. tathā tena prakāreṇa nāḍībhyām iḍāpiṅgalābhyāṃ pavanaṃ vāyuṃ śanair mandam ākṛṣya ākṛṣṭaṃ kṛtvā pūrayitvety arthaḥ.
Readings

athojjāyī (α1 β1 β2 ε3 η1 χ) ] atha ujjāyī (α3 βω ε1 η2), ujjāyī (Γ δ3), ujjāḍī (δ1)
saṃyamya (cett.) ] saṃnamya (η1), saṃkocca (α3)
nāḍībhyām (β2 Γ δ3 ε3 χ) ] nāḍibhyām (α1 β1), nāsābhyām (α3 βω δ1 ε1 η1 η2)
śanaiḥ (cett.) ] tataḥ (δ1), punaḥ (δ3)
yathā (cett.) ] yadā (η1 η2)
lagati (cett.) ] lagatu (β2), galati (ε3), ragati (γ1)
kaṇṭhāt tu (α1 β1 β2 δ3 ε1 ε3 η2 χ) ] kaṇṭhe tu (Γ), kaṇṭhāntar (δ1), kaṇṭhāntaṃ (βω), kaṇṭhādiṃ (α3), hṛtkaṇṭhe (η1)
hṛdayāvadhi (cett.) ] hṛtpadmāvadhi (β2 η2)
sasvanam (cett.) ] sasvanī (β1), sausanam (η1), śodhanam (η2), niḥsvanam (β2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 36c–37b

mukhaṃ saṃyamya nāḍībhyāṃ ākṛṣya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ |

yathā lagati kaṇṭhāt tu hṛdayāvadhi sasvanam ||

kaṇṭhāt tu] kaṇṭhaṃ tu T

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.13

mukhaṃ saṃyamya nāḍībhyām ākṛṣya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ |

yathā lagati hṛtkaṇṭhaṃ hṛdayāvadhi svasvanaḥ ||

hṛtkaṇṭhaṃ ] hṛtkaṇṭhe N, n1, n4, J

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mukhaṃ saṃyamya nāsābhyāṃ ākṛṣya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ |

yathā lagati kaṇṭhe suḥ hṛdayāvadhi sasvanam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

mukhaṃ saṃyamya nāḍībhyām ākṛṣya pavanaṃ punaḥ |

yathā lagati hṛtkaṇṭhād dhṛdayāvadhi sasvanaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.101 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mukhaṃ niyamya nāḍībhyām ākṛṣya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ |

yathā lagati kaṇṭhāt tu hṛdayāvadhi pūraṇam ||

Cf.~Haṭhatattvakaumudī 10.7

athojjāyī kumbhakaḥ

āsyaṃ saṃyamya nāsāpuṭayugasuṣirābhyāṃ samākṛṣya vāyuṃ

mandaṃ mandaṃ yathāsau lagati galataṭād āhṛdantaḥ saśabdaḥ |

ruddhvā keśān nakhāgrāvadhi pavanam amuṃ recayed vāmanāḍyā

proktojjāyīti kumbhaḥ kaphagadadalano dīpti kṛjjāṭharāgne ||

HP 2.52

पूर्ववत्कुम्भयेत्प्राणं रेचयेदिडया ततः

श्लेष्मदोषहरं कण्ठे देहानलविवर्धनम्

pūrvavat kumbhayet prāṇaṃ recayed iḍayā tataḥ /

śleṣmadoṣaharaṃ kaṇṭhe dehānalavivardhanam //

As before, he should hold the breath and then exhale through Iḍā. [Because] it cures disorders caused by phlegm in the throat and increases the body’s fire, [dots ]
Philological Commentary

In the second hemistich of this verse, many of the readings in the oldest manuscripts, such as dehād analadīptivardhanam (V1), dehānaladīptivivardhanam (J10) and dehe [’]naladīptivivardhanam (P28), are unlikely to be original because both the source and testimonia indicate that Ujjāyī is supposed to remove phlegm from the throat. These versions may have arisen from attempts to remove kaṇṭhe in the third pāda, which was thought to be hanging. It appears that kaṇṭhe dehānalavardhanam is the better reading and it is well attested among the manuscripts (including α).

Jyotsna Commentary
पूर्ववदिति. प्राणं पूर्ववत्पूर्वेण सूर्यभेदनेन तुल्यं पूर्ववत्. आकेशादानखाग्राच्च निरोधावधि कुम्भयेदित्युक्तरीत्या कुम्भयेद्रोधयेत्. ततः कुम्भकानन्तरमिडया वामनाड्या रेचयेत्त्यजेत्. प्राणं पूर्ववत्पूर्वेण सूर्यभेदनेन तुल्यं पूर्ववत्. आकेशादानखाग्राच्च निरोधावधि कुम्भयेदित्युक्तरीत्या कुम्भयेद्रोधयेत्. ततः कुम्भकानन्तरमिडया वामनाड्या रेचयेत्त्यजेत्. उज्जायिगुणानाह सार्धश्लोकेन श्लेष्मदोषहरमिति. कण्ठे कण्ठप्रदेशे श्लेष्मणो दोषाः श्लेष्मदोषाः कासादयस्तान्हरतीति श्लेष्मदोषहरस्तं देहानलस्य देहमध्यगतानलस्य जाठरस्य विवर्धनं विशेषेण वर्धनं दीपनमित्यर्थः.
pūrvavad iti. prāṇaṃ pūrvavat pūrveṇa sūryabhedanena tulyaṃ pūrvavat. ākeśād ānakhāgrāc ca nirodhāvadhi kumbhayed ityuktarītyā kumbhayed rodhayet. tataḥ kumbhakānantaram iḍayā vāmanāḍyā recayet tyajet. prāṇaṃ pūrvavat pūrveṇa sūryabhedanena tulyaṃ pūrvavat. ākeśād ānakhāgrāc ca nirodhāvadhi kumbhayed ityuktarītyā kumbhayed rodhayet. tataḥ kumbhakānantaram iḍayā vāmanāḍyā recayet tyajet. ujjāyiguṇān āha sārdhaślokena śleṣmadoṣaharam iti. kaṇṭhe kaṇṭhapradeśe śleṣmaṇo doṣāḥ śleṣmadoṣāḥ kāsādayas tān haratīti śleṣmadoṣaharas taṃ dehānalasya dehamadhyagatānalasya jāṭharasya vivardhanaṃ viśeṣeṇa vardhanaṃ dīpanam ity arthaḥ.
Readings

pūrvavat (cett.) ] pūrve ca (γ1), pūrvatu (β2)
kumbhayet (cett.) ] kumbhayan (δ1 δ3)
prāṇaṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 χ) ] prāṇāt (η1), prāṇān (δ3 ε1 ε3 η2)
recayed iḍayā (cett.) ] recayeḍiyā (δ1)
tataḥ (cett.) ] tratat (γ2), tathā (χ)
śleṣma (cett.) ] śleṣmā (η2), śreṣmā (γ1), śleṣā (β2)
kaṇṭhe (cett.) ] kaṇṭha (δ1), dehād (η1), dehām (ε1), dehā (η2)
dehānalavivardhanam (cett.) ] dehānale vivardhanam (α1), dāvānalavivardhanam (βω), analadīptivardhanam (η1), analaṃ dīpavardhanam (ε1), °naladīptivivardhanam (α3 η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 37c–38b

pūrvavat kumbhayet prāṇaṃ recayed iḍayā tataḥ |

śīrṣotthitānalaharaṃ galaśleṣmaharaṃ paraṃ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.14

pūrvavat kumbhayet prāṇaṃ recayed iḍayā tataḥ |

gale śleṣmaharaṃ proktaṃ dehānalavivardhanam ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pūrvavat kuṃbhayet prāṇān īḍayā recayet tataḥ |

śleṣmadoṣaharaṃ caitad dhāturogavināśanam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

pūrvavat kumbhayet prāṇaṃ recayed iḍayā tataḥ |

śleṣmadoṣaharaṃ kaṇṭhe dehānalavivardhanam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.102 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pūrvavat kumbhayet prāṇān recayediḍayā tataḥ |

śleṣmoṣaharaṃ dehānaladīptipravardhanam ||

HP 2.53

नाडीजालोदरे धातुगतदोषविनाशनम् ।

गच्छतस्तिष्ठतः कार्यं उज्जाय्य्आख्यं तु कुम्भकम्

nāḍījālodare dhātugatadoṣavināśanam /

gacchatas tiṣṭhataḥ kāryaṃ ujjāyyākhyaṃ tu kumbhakam //

[and] cures diseases in the bodily constituents inside the network of channels, the retention called ujjāyī should be done when [the yogi] is moving or remaining still.
Philological Commentary

Nearly all the manuscripts have nāḍījalodara°, which does not make sense in this context because jalodara is the disease ascites and °gata° requires a location. This problem is also present in the transmission of the source text for the verse, the Gorakṣaśataka. A solution can be found in some of the manuscripts of the Haṭharatnāvalī, which read nāḍījālodarā° (‘in the network of channels and stomach’). The other problem is °darādhātu°. In spite of Brahmānanda’s efforts to explain it as °dara, ā, and dhātu°, the ā before dhātu° appears to have been inserted metri causa. We have adopted nāḍījālodare (‘inside the network of channels’), which is close to V3 and J10 (nāḍījalodare). It is likely that °jālodare was changed to °jalodara in the transmission because of confusion with the disease of a similar name. For the idea of doṣas being in dhātus see Tantrāloka 28.283cd, where worldly concepts are said to arise from it (dhātudoṣāc ca saṃsārasaṃskārās te ...), but it is also the source of physical disorders (dhātudoṣakṛtaṃ mūrcchā ĪPV on 2.15). The name ujjāyī may be a Prakrit form from uddhmāyī from the verb ud-dhmā, “to blow out”. We thank Diwakar Acharya for this suggestion.

Jyotsna Commentary
नाडीति. नाडी शिरा जलं पीतमुदकमुदरं तुन्दमासमन्ताद्देहे वर्तमाना धातव आधातवः. एषामितरेतरद्वन्द्वः. तेषु गतः प्राप्तो यो दोषो विकारस्तं विशेषेण नाशयतीति नाडीजलोदराधातुगतदोषविनाशनम्. गच्छता गमनं कुर्वता तिष्ठता स्थितेन वापि पुंसा उज्जाय्याख्यमुज्जायीत्याख्या यस्य तत्. तु इत्यनेन अस्य वैशिष्ट्यं द्योतयति. कार्यं कर्तव्यम्. उद्यायीति क्वचित्पाठः. गच्छता तिष्ठता तु बन्धरहितः कर्तव्यः. कुम्भकशब्दस् त्रिलिङ्गः. पुंल्लिङ्गपाठे तु विशेषणेष्वपि पुंल्लिङ्गः पाठः कार्यः.
nāḍīti. nāḍī śirā jalaṃ pītam udakam udaraṃ tundam āsamantād dehe vartamānā dhātava ādhātavaḥ. eṣām itaretaradvandvaḥ. teṣu gataḥ prāpto yo doṣo vikāras taṃ viśeṣeṇa nāśayatīti nāḍījalodarādhātugatadoṣavināśanam. gacchatā gamanaṃ kurvatā tiṣṭhatā sthitena vāpi puṃsā ujjāyyākhyam ujjāyīty ākhyā yasya tat. tu ity anena asya vaiśiṣṭyaṃ dyotayati. kāryaṃ kartavyam. udyāyīti kvacit pāṭhaḥ. gacchatā tiṣṭhatā tu bandharahitaḥ kartavyaḥ. kumbhakaśabdas triliṅgaḥ. puṃlliṅgapāṭhe tu viśeṣaṇeṣv api puṃlliṅgaḥ pāṭhaḥ kāryaḥ.
Readings

jālodare (em.) ] jalodare (βω η2), jalodaro (α1), jalodarā (β1 ε1 η1 χ), jalalodarā (α2), jalodarī (γ2), jalodara (β2), jalodaraṃ (γ1 δ1 δ3 ε3), jālaṃdaraṃ (α3)
dhātu (cett.) ] dhātuṃ (dhautaṃ pc) (α3), gātra (δ3)
gatadoṣa (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 χ) ] gadadoṣa (α2), gatadoṣā (γ1), gatadoṣaṃ (η2), gataroga (ε1 η1), galaroga (α3), śataroga (ε3), śatadoṣa (δ1 δ3)
gacchatas tiṣṭhataḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε1 η1) ] gacchatā tiṣṭhatā (Γ ε3 η2 χ)
kāryaṃ (cett.) ] kāryām (α1), kāya (ε1)
ujjāy(y)ākhyaṃ tu (cett.) ] urjjārvyākhyaṃ tu (β1), ujjāyaḥravya (γ1), ujhā{{ḥ}}yyākhyāyat tu (α3), kuru vikhyāta (βω η2)
kumbhakam (cett.) ] kumbhakaḥ (βω)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 38

nāḍījalodarādhātugatadoṣavināśanam |

gacchatas tiṣṭhataḥ kāryam ujjāyyākhyaṃ ca kumbhakam ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.15

nāḍījālodarādhātugatadoṣavināśanam |

nāḍījālodarādhātu° ] nāḍījalodaradhātu° J,P; nāḍījalodaraṃ dhātu° N, n1, n4

gacchatā tiṣṭhatā kāryam ujjāyyākhyaṃ hi kumbhakam ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

dehānaloddīptikaraṃ jalodaravighātakṛt |

gachatā tiṣṭhatā kāryaś cojjāyākhyas tu kumbhakaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

nāḍījalodaradhātugatadoṣavināśanam |gacchatas tiṣṭhataḥ kāryam ujjāyyākhyaṃ ca kumbhakam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.103 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

nāḍījalodarādhātugatadoṣanivāraṇam |

gacchatā tiṣṭhatā kāryam ujjākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ tv idam ||

HP 2.54

अथ सीत्का

सीत्कां दद्यात्सदा वक्त्रे घ्राणे चैव विजृम्भिकाम्

एवमभ्यासयोगेन कामदेवो द्वितीयकः ॥

atha sītkā /

sītkāṃ dadyāt sadā vaktre ghrāṇe caiva vijṛmbhikām /

evam abhyāsayogena kāmadevo dvitīyakaḥ //

Now sītkā--- [The yogi] should continuously make sīt sound in the mouth and flare his nostrils. By practising in this way he becomes a second god of love.
Philological Commentary

There is division between śītkāṃ and sītkāṃ in all the manuscript groups of the Haṭhapradīpikā (note that the likely reading in the source texts was hikkāṃ). The result of becoming a second god of love may be connected with the sound sīt, which is said to be made during sex in the Kāmasūtra (2.7.4–19). This verse’s source texts are from Kaula tantric milieus and this is reflected in the result of becoming one with the circle of yoginīs described in the next verse.

Jyotsna Commentary
सीत्कारीकुम्भकमाह सीत्कामिति. वक्त्रे मुखे सीत्कां सीदेव सीत्का सीदिति शब्दः सीत्कारस्तां कुर्यात्. ओष्ठयोरन्तरे संलग्नया जिह्वया सीत्कारपूर्वकं मुखेन पूरकं कुर्यादित्यर्थः. घ्राणेनैव नासिकयैवेत्यनेनोभाभ्यां नासापुटाभ्यां रेचकः कार्यमित्युक्तम्. एवशब्देन वक्त्रस्य व्यवच्छेदः. वक्त्रेण वायोर्निःसारणं त्वभ्यासानन्तरमपि न कार्यम्. बलहानिकरत्वात्. विजृम्भिकां रेचकं कुर्यादित्यत्रापि सम्बध्यते. कुम्भकस्त्वनुक्तो 'पि सीत्कार्याः कुम्भकत्वादेवावगन्तव्यः. अथ सीत्कार्याः प्रशंसा. एवमुक्तप्रकारेणाभ्यासः पौनःपुन्येनानुष्ठानं स एव योगः योगसाधनत्वात्तेन द्वितीय एव द्वितीयकः कामदेवः कन्दर्पः. रूपलावण्यातिशयेन कामदेवसादृश्यात्.
sītkārīkumbhakam āha sītkām iti. vaktre mukhe sītkāṃ sīd eva sītkā sīd iti śabdaḥ sītkāras tāṃ kuryāt. oṣṭhayor antare saṃlagnayā jihvayā sītkārapūrvakaṃ mukhena pūrakaṃ kuryād ity arthaḥ. ghrāṇenaiva nāsikayaivety anenobhābhyāṃ nāsāpuṭābhyāṃ recakaḥ kāryam ity uktam. evaśabdena vaktrasya vyavacchedaḥ. vaktreṇa vāyor niḥsāraṇaṃ tv abhyāsānantaram api na kāryam. balahānikaratvāt. vijṛmbhikāṃ recakaṃ kuryād ity atrāpi sambadhyate. kumbhakas tv anukto 'pi sītkāryāḥ kumbhakatvād evāvagantavyaḥ. atha sītkāryāḥ praśaṃsā. evam uktaprakāreṇābhyāsaḥ paunaḥpunyenānuṣṭhānaṃ sa eva yogaḥ yogasādhanatvāt tena dvitīya eva dvitīyakaḥ kāmadevaḥ kandarpaḥ. rūpalāvaṇyātiśayena kāmadevasādṛśyāt.
Readings

atha (cett.) ] om. (Γ δ1)
sītkā (ε1) ] sitkā (α1), sītakā (η1), śītkāraḥ (γ1), sitkāraḥ (α3), śītkāra (βω γ2), śītkāraṃ (β2), sītkārā (δ3), sītkārī (α2 ε3 χ), śītakarākarma (η2), śīghrā (β1), om. (δ1)
sītkāṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 δ3 ε3 χ) ] satkāṃ (ε1), sītkīṃ (δ1), dhitkāṃ (?) (γ1), kumbhaṃ (βω η2), om. (η1)
dadyāt (α1 α3 β1 ε1 ε3 η1) ] kuryāt (β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 η2 χ)
sadā (α1 α3 β1 βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2) ] tathā (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 χ)
vaktre (cett.) ] vaktrāt (η2), dakre (γ1)
ghrāṇe caiva (α1 β1 β2 βω η1) ] ghrāṇe cātha (ε1 ε3), ghrāṇenaiva (α3 γ2 δ1 δ3 η2 χ), prāṇenaiva (γ1)
vijṛmbhikām (α1 β1 β2 ε3 η1 χ) ] vijṛmbhikā (δ1), vijṛmbhikaṃ (γ1), vijambhikāṃ (γ2), vijaṃbhakāṃ (ε1), vijṛmbhitāṃ (α3), vijṛmbhitaṃ (βω η2), visarjayet (δ3)
evam abhyāsa (cett.) ] evam abhyāsaṃ (η1)
yogena (cett.) ] yoge tu (β1)

Sources
Cf.~Kaulajñānanirṇaya 14.54

cittan dadyāt tu vaktreṇa nāse dadyād vijṛmbhikā[m] |

vācāsiddhir bhavaty eva kāmadevo ’paraḥ priyaḥ ||

Cf. Jñānasāra 2.13

hikkā dadyāt sadā vaktre prāyaś caiva vijṛmbhikām |

evam abhyasyamānas tu kāmadevo dvitīyakaḥ ||

Prāṇatoṣiṇī (part 6) p. 851 (citing the Jñānasāra)

hikkāṃ dadyāt sadā vaktre ghrāṇañ caiva vijṛmbhate |

evam abhyāsayogena kāmadevo dvitīyakaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.16

sītkāṃ kuryāt tathā vaktre ghrāṇenaiva visarjayet |

evam abhyāsayogena kāmadevo dvitīyakaḥ || 2.16 ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sītkāṃ dadyāt sadā vaktre ghrāṇe caiva vijṛṃbhitām |

evam abhyasato na kṣuttṛṭ cālasyādi jāyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

sītkāṃ kuryāt tathā vaktre ghrāṇenaiva visarjayet |

evam abhyāsayogena kāmadevo dvitīyakaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.104 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sītkāṃ dadyāt sadā vaktre ghrāṇe caiva vijṛmbhikām |

evam abhyāsayogena kāmadevo dvitīyakaḥ ||

HP 2.55

योगिनीचक्रसामान्यः सृष्टिसंहारकारकः ।

न क्षुधा न तृषा निद्रा नैवालस्यं प्रजायते

yoginīcakrasāmānyaḥ sṛṣṭisaṃhārakārakaḥ /

na kṣudhā na tṛṣā nidrā naivālasyaṃ prajāyate //

He joins the circle of yoginis and brings about creation and destruction. Neither hunger nor thirst [nor] sleep nor indolence arise [for him].
Jyotsna Commentary
योगिनीनां चक्रं योगिनीचक्रं योगिनीसमूहः. तस्य सम्ंमान्यः संसेव्यः. सृष्टिः प्रपञ्चोत्पत्तिः संहारस्तल्लयः तयोः कारकः कर्ता. क्षुधा भोक्तुमिच्छा न. तृषा जलपानेच्छा न. निद्रा सुषुप्तिर्न. आलस्यं कायचित्तगौरवात्प्रवृत्त्यभावः. कायगौरवं कफादिना चित्तगौरवं तमोगुणेन. नैव प्रजायते नैव प्रादुर्भवति. एवमभ्यासयोगेनेति प्रजायत इति च प्रतिवाक्यं सम्बध्यते.
yoginīnāṃ cakraṃ yoginīcakraṃ yoginīsamūhaḥ. tasya samṃmānyaḥ saṃsevyaḥ. sṛṣṭiḥ prapañcotpattiḥ saṃhāras tallayaḥ tayoḥ kārakaḥ kartā. kṣudhā bhoktum icchā na. tṛṣā jalapānecchā na. nidrā suṣuptir na. ālasyaṃ kāyacittagauravāt pravṛttyabhāvaḥ. kāyagauravaṃ kaphādinā cittagauravaṃ tamoguṇena. naiva prajāyate naiva prādurbhavati. evam abhyāsayogeneti prajāyata iti ca prativākyaṃ sambadhyate.
Readings

cakrasāmānyaḥ (α1 α3 β1) ] cakrasāmānya (βω ε1), cakrasaṃmānyaḥ (χ), cakram āsādya (η1 η2), cakrasevyas tu (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε3)
naivālasyaṃ (cett.) ] niṃdrālasyaṃ (β1)
prajāyate (α1 α3 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 η1 χ) ] tu jāyate (ε1 ε3), tu jāyete (η2), na jāyate (β1)

Sources
Cf.~Kaulajñānanirṇaya 7.18ab

yoginīgaṇasāmānyā sṛṣṭisaṃhārakārakaḥ |

Jñānasāra 2.13cd–14ab

yoginīguṇasāmānyaḥ sṛṣṭisaṃhārakārakaḥ ||

na kṣudhā na ca tṛṇnidrā naiva murchā prajāyate |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.17

yoginīcakrasaṃsevyaḥ sṛṣṭisaṃhārakārakaḥ |

na kṣudhā na tṛṣā nidrā naivālasyaṃ prajāyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

yoginīcakrasaṃsevyaḥ sṛṣṭisaṃhārakārakaḥ |

na kṣudhā na tṛṣṇā nidrā tandrālasyaṃ na jāyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.105 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

yoginīcakrasāmānyaḥ sṛṣṭisthityantakārakaḥ |

na kṣudhā na tṛṣā nidrā nālasya ca prajāyate ||

HP 2.56

भवेत्स्वच्छन्ददेहश्च सर्वोपद्रववर्जितः

अनेन विधिना सत्यं योगीन्द्रो भुविमण्डले ॥

bhavet svacchandadehaś ca sarvopadravavarjitaḥ /

anena vidhinā satyaṃ yogīndro bhuvimaṇḍale //

His body is as he wishes, and he is free from all misfortune. By means of this technique, he truly becomes a lord of yogis in the world.
Philological Commentary

The aiśa compound bhuvimaṇḍale, which is attested at Mañjuśrīmūlakalpa 45.221, is likely the original reading here. The word bhuvi as the first member of a compound is attested elsewhere. The alternative bhūmi° is well-attested and so the change may have happened early in the transmission.

Jyotsna Commentary
भवेदिति. देहस्य शरीरस्य सत्त्वं बलं च भवेत्. अनेनोक्तेन विधिनाभ्यासविधिना योगीन्द्रो योगिनामिन्द्र इव योगीन्द्रो भूमिमण्डले सर्वैरुपद्रवैर्वर्जितः सर्वोपद्रववर्जितो भवेत् सत्यम्. सर्वं वाक्यं सावधारणमिति न्यायात्. यदुक्तं फलं तत्सत्यमेवेत्यर्थः.
bhaved iti. dehasya śarīrasya sattvaṃ balaṃ ca bhavet. anenoktena vidhinābhyāsavidhinā yogīndro yoginām indra iva yogīndro bhūmimaṇḍale sarvair upadravair varjitaḥ sarvopadravavarjito bhavet satyam. sarvaṃ vākyaṃ sāvadhāraṇam iti nyāyāt. yad uktaṃ phalaṃ tat satyam evety arthaḥ.
Readings

svacchanda (cett.) ] sattvaṃ ca (χ)
dehaś ca (α1 α2 β2 βω ε1 ε3 η2) ] dehas tu (Γ δ1 δ3), dehasya (α3 χ), dehastha (β1), dehaṃ ca (η1)
varjitaḥ (cett.) ] vivarjitaḥ (βω)
satyaṃ (Α β2 βω η1 η2 χ) ] nityaṃ (β1 ε1 ε3), yas tu (Γ δ1 δ3)
yogīndro (cett.) ] yogiṃdro (βω), yogeṃdro (ε1)
bhuvi (α3 β1 β2 βω η1 η2) ] bhūmi (α1 α2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε1 ε3 χ), muni (γ1)

Sources
Jñānasāra 2.14cd–15ab

bhavet svacchandadehas tu sarvopadravavarjitaḥ ||

anena vidhinā devi yogīndro bhūmimaṇḍale |

Śivasaṃhitā 3.94

anenaiva vidhānena yogīndro ’vanimaṇḍale |

bhavet svacchandacārī ca sarvāpatparivarjitaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.18

bhavet svacchandadehas tu sarvopadravavarjitaḥ |

anena vidhinā satyaṃ yogīndro bhāti bhūtale ||

°dehas tu ] °dehaḥ syāt P; °dehasyāt T,t1

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

bhavet svachandadehas tu sarvopadravavarjitaḥ |

anena vidhinā yas tu yogīndro bhūmimaṇḍale ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.106 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

bhavet svacchandadehaś ca sarvopadravavarjitaḥ |

anena vidhinā satyaṃ yogīndro bhuvimaṇḍale ||

HP 2.57

* एवमेव उक्तं च

रसनातालुमूलेन यः प्राणं सततं पिबेत् ।

अब्दार्धेन भवेत्तस्य सर्वरोगपरिक्षयः

* evam eva uktaṃ ca /

rasanātālumūlena yaḥ prāṇaṃ satataṃ pibet /

abdārdhena bhavet tasya sarvarogaparikṣayaḥ //

And the very same has been taught [as follows]: He who continuously takes in the breath through the tongue and the root of the palate has all his diseases cured in half a year.
Philological Commentary

Verse 2.57 seems to be describing an alternative method of sītkā kumbhaka. The introductory phrase evam eva uktaṃ ca suggests that the teaching in this verse is consistent with what preceded it. However, the first version of sītkā appears to be done at the front of the mouth (vaktra), whereas the next version is done at the back of the mouth (see below).The compound rasanātālumūlena is difficult to understand. In his Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f.~79r–79v), Sundaradeva says that the external air strikes the root of the tongue and palate and the upper part of the uvula (atra muhū (mūhū codex) rasanātālumūlāhataṃ ghaṇṭikordhvabhāgāhataṃ bahiḥsthavāyuṃ vidhāya pibed ity arthaḥ), which could make the sound sīt. More helpful are the remarks of the commentator of the Yogataraṅgiṇī (2.39). He says that a hole or cavity (vivara) is made by the root of the palate with the help of the tongue. The yogi breathes through it (evaṃ rasanātālumūlena rasanā jihvā tatsahāyabhūtatālumūlena kṛtaṃ yad vivaraṃ, tena kṛtvā yaḥ yogī prāṇam anilaṃ prāṇavāyuṃ pibet pūrayet, tasya yogino ’bdārdhena ṣaṇmāsena sarvarogāṇāṃ nāśaḥ kṣayo bhavet |). The idea of breathing through a hole between the root of the palate and tongue might have been intended by the parallel reading of the Yogacintāmaṇi: rasanā-tālu-yogena (‘by joining the tongue and palate’). We have thus translated rasanā-tālu-mūlena as ‘through the tongue and root of the palate’. It could also imply that the tongue is turned up and back to touch the root of the palate to make a hole that one breathes through (when the breath is taken in through the mouth). The Kumbhaka-paddhati (137ab) states this more clearly:

{}[The yogi] turns the tongue upwards and takes in the breath while making a sīt sound.

rasanām unmukhīkṛtya sītkāraṃ kurvatā marut |

A similar practice is also described in Śivasaṃhitā 3.80:
When the wise [yogi] places the tongue at the root of the palate and takes in the Prāṇa breath, his diseases are cured.

rasanāṃ tālumūle yaḥ sthāpayitvā vipaścitaḥ |

pibet prāṇānilaṃ tasya rogāṇāṃ saṃkṣayo bhavet ||

Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
evam eva uktaṃ ca (α1 η1) ] evam eva uktam (ε1), evam eva tad uktaṃ (β1), uktaṃ ca (η2), uktaṃ (βω), evam evoktaṃ gorakṣakaḥ (evam evoktaṃ ca dittography) (α3), gorakṣeṇaivam evoktaṃ (ε3), om. (α2)
mūlena (cett.) ] yogena (β2 Γ)
prāṇaṃ (cett.) ] prāṇa (βω η2), prāṇāḥ (γ1)
abdārdhena (cett.) ] abdor(d)dhena (α1 α3), abardārddhe (β1)
sarvarogaparikṣayaḥ (cett.) ] °parīkṣayaḥ (η1), sarvāṃgasusthirakriyaṃ (η2)

Sources
Kauljñānanirṇaya 6.19

rasanātālumūle tu kṛtvā vāyuṃ pibec chanaiḥ |

ṣaṇmāsād abhyased devi mahārogaiḥ pramucyate ||

Vivekamārtaṇḍa 120

rasanātālumūlena yaḥ prāṇam anilaṃ pibet |

abdārdhena bhavet tasya sarvarogaparikṣayaḥ ||

Śivasaṃhitā 3.80

rasanāṃ tālumūle yaḥ sthāpayitvā vipaścitaḥ |

pibet prāṇānilaṃ tasya rogāṇāṃ saṃkṣayo bhavet ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

rasanātāluyogena yaḥ prāṇaṃ satataṃ pibet |

abdārdhena bhavet tasya sarvarogaparikṣayaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.107 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

etad evoktaṃ gorakṣanāthena-

rasanātālumūlena yaḥ prāṇaṃ satataṃ pibete |

abdārdhena bhavet tasya sarvarogaparikṣayaḥ ||

Cf. Ānandakanda 1.20.137

jihvayā tālumūlena prāṇaṃ yaḥ pibati priye |

tasya ṣaṇmāsataḥ sarve rogā naśyanti yoginaḥ ||

HP 2.58

अथ शीतली

जिह्वया वायुमाकृष्य पूर्ववत्कुम्भकादनु

शनैस्तु घ्राणरन्ध्राभ्यां रेचयेदनिलं सुधीः

atha śītalī /

jihvayā vāyum ākṛṣya pūrvavat kumbhakād anu /

śanais tu ghrāṇarandhrābhyāṃ recayed anilaṃ sudhīḥ //

Now śītalī:The wise man should draw in air through the tongue and after retaining the breath as before gradually exhale through the nostrils .
Jyotsna Commentary
शीतलीकुम्भकमाह जिह्वयेति. जिह्वया ओष्ठयोर्बहिर्निर्गतया विहङ्गमाधरचञ्चुसदृशया वायुम् आकृष्य शनैः पूरकं कृत्वेत्यर्थः. पूर्ववत्सूर्यभेदनवत्कुम्भस्य कुम्भकस्य साधनंम् विधानं कृत्वेत्यध्याहारः. सुधीः शोभना धीर्यस्य सः. घ्राणस्य रन्ध्रे घ्राणरन्ध्रे ताभ्यां नासापुटविवराभ्यां शनकैः शनैरेव. अव्ययसर्वनाम्नामित्य् अकच्. पवनं वायुम्रेचयेत्.
śītalīkumbhakam āha jihvayeti. jihvayā oṣṭhayor bahir nirgatayā vihaṅgamādharacañcusadṛśayā vāyum ākṛṣya śanaiḥ pūrakaṃ kṛtvety arthaḥ. pūrvavat sūryabhedanavat kumbhasya kumbhakasya sādhanaṃm vidhānaṃ kṛtvety adhyāhāraḥ. sudhīḥ śobhanā dhīr yasya saḥ. ghrāṇasya randhre ghrāṇarandhre tābhyāṃ nāsāpuṭavivarābhyāṃ śanakaiḥ śanair eva. avyayasarvanāmnām ity akac. pavanaṃ vāyum recayet.
Readings

atha (cett.) ] tathā (η2), om. (Γ δ1)
śītalī (cett.) ] om. (δ1)
jihvayā (cett.) ] jihvāyā (δ3), jihvāyāṃ (α3), jihvā (η1)
ākṛṣya (cett.) ] āpūrya (δ3)
pūrvavat (cett.) ] pūrvaṃ ca (η2)
kumbhakād anu (β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε1 ε3) ] kuṃbhanād anu (α1 α2 β1), kumbhakādane (γ1), kumbhasādhanam (βω η1 η2), kumbhayet tataḥ (α3)
śanais tu (cett.) ] śanaiḥ su (ε3), śanakair (χ)
ghrāṇa (cett.) ] prāṇa (δ3 η2)
anilaṃ (cett.) ] pavanaṃ (χ)
sudhīḥ (β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] sudhī (α1 α2 β1 βω γ1), śanaiḥ (α3 ε1 η1 η2), tataḥ (ε3)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 39cd–40ab

jihvayā vāyum ākṛṣya pūrvavat kuṃbhakād anu |

śanais tu ghrāṇarandhrābhyāṃ recayed anilaṃ sudhīḥ ||

Cf. Vivekamārtaṇḍa 139

kākacañcuvad āsyena śītalaṃ salilaṃ pibet |

prāṇaṃ prāṇavidhānajño yogī bhavati nirjaraḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.19

jihvayā vāyum ākṛṣya pūrvavat kumbhakād anu |

śanair aśītiparyantaṃ recayed anilaṃ sudhīḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

jihvayā vāyum ākṛṣya pūrvavat kumbhakād anu |

śanais tu ghrāṇārandhrābhyāṃ recayed anilaṃ suddhīḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.108 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

jihvayā vāyum ākṛṣya pūrvavat kumbhakād anu |

śanais tu ghrāṇarandhrābhyāṃ recayed anilaṃ sudhīḥ ||

Cf. Ānandakanda 1.20.135–136ab

kākacañcuvad āsyaṃ ca kṛtvā vāyuṃ sasūtkṛtam |

ādāya nāsārandhreṇa punas taṃ śvasanaṃ tyajet ||

śītalīkaraṇākhyo ’yaṃ yogas tu jvarapittahṛt |

HP 2.59

गुल्मप्लीहादिकान्दोषान् ज्वरं पित्तं क्षुधां तृषां

विषाणि शीतली नाम कुम्भकोऽयं निहन्ति

gulmaplīhādikān doṣān jvaraṃ pittaṃ kṣudhāṃ tṛṣāṃ /

viṣāṇi śītalī nāma kumbhako’yaṃ nihanti ca //

This retention called śītalī cures diseases such as swelling and enlargement of the spleen, fever, [excess] bile, hunger and thirst.
Philological Commentary

An antecedent to a cooling practice involving the tongue can be found in the Kaulajñānanirṇaya (6.23–24), which mentions a point between the two front teeth that is cool to touch with the tongue:

There is a point located between the two ‘royal teeth’(rājadanta). One should know this to be [the place of] nectar that destroys wrinkles and grey hair. Putting the tongue in the place cool to the touch, the wise man becomes free of wrinkles and grey hair and devoid of all diseases.

dvaurājadantamadhyasthaṃ bindurūpaṃ vyavasthitam |

amṛtaṃ taṃ vijānīyād valīpalitanāśanam ||

śītalasparśasaṃsthāne rasanāṃ kṛtvā tu buddhimān |

valīpalitanirmuktaḥ sarvavyādhivivarjitaḥ ||

We wish to thank Shaman Hatley for the reference and translation.

Jyotsna Commentary
शीतलीगुणानाह गुल्मेति. गुल्मश्च प्लीहश्च गुल्मप्लीहौ रोगविशेषावादी येषासां ते गुल्मप्लीहादिकास् तान्रोगानामयान्ज्वरं ज्वराख्यं रोगम्पित्तं पित्तविकारम्क्षुधां भोक्तुमिच्छाम्तृषाम् जलपानेच्छाम्विषाणि सर्पादिविषजनितविकारान्शीतली नामेति प्रसिद्धार्थकमव्ययमियमुक्ता कुम्भिका निहन्ति नितरां हन्ति. कुम्भशब्दः स्त्रीलिङ्गो 'पि. तथा च श्रीहर्षः

उदस्य कुम्भीरथह शातकुम्भजाः

इति स्वार्थे कप्रत्यये कुम्भी एव कुम्भिका इति.
śītalīguṇān āha gulmeti. gulmaś ca plīhaś ca gulmaplīhau rogaviśeṣāv ādī yeṣāsāṃ te gulmaplīhādikās tān rogān āmayān jvaraṃ jvarākhyaṃ rogam pittaṃ pittavikāram kṣudhāṃ bhoktum icchām tṛṣām jalapānecchām viṣāṇi sarpādiviṣajanitavikārān śītalī nāmeti prasiddhārthakam avyayam iyam uktā kumbhikā nihanti nitarāṃ hanti. kumbhaśabdaḥ strīliṅgo 'pi. tathā ca śrīharṣaḥ

udasya kumbhīr athaha śātakumbhajāḥ

iti svārthe kapratyaye kumbhī eva kumbhikā iti.
Readings

plīhādikān (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω χ) ] plīhodaraṃ (Γ δ1 δ3), plīhodarān (ε1 ε3), śleṣmādayo (η2), śleṣmādikā (η1)
doṣān (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3) ] doṣā (η1 η2), rogān (ε1 χ), cāpi (Γ δ3), vāpi (δ1)
jvaraṃ (β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε1 χ) ] jvalaṃ (α1 γ1), jvara (βω ε3 η2), jvarā (η1), jvarān (α3)
pittaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ ε1 ε3 χ) ] pitta (βω η1 η2), cāpi (δ1 δ3)
kṣudhāṃ (α3 β1 β2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] kṣudhā (α1 βω Γ η1 η2), kṣayaṃ (ε1), kṣaya (ε3)
tṛṣāṃ (cett.) ] tṛṣā (βω η1 η2)
viṣāṇi (α1 α3 β1 Γ ε1 ε3 χ) ] etāni (βω δ1 η1 η2), nāśinī (β2), vidhivac (δ1 δ3)
kumbhako’yaṃ (cett.) ] kumbhakoyā (δ3), kumbhakeyā (δ1), kumbhikeyaṃ (χ), kumbhako (α1)
nihanti (cett.) ] niranti (δ3), niranta° (δ1)
ca (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 η2) ] hi (α3 ε1 ε3 η1 χ), °raṃ (δ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 41

gulmaplīhādikā doṣāḥ kṣayaṃ yānti pittaṃ jvaraṃ |

viṣāṇi śītalī nāma kuṃbhako ’yaṃ nihanti ca ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.20

gulmaplīhodaraṃ doṣaṃ jvarapittakṣudhātṛṣāḥ |

viṣāṇi śītalī nāma kumbhako ’yaṃ nihanti ca ||

°tṛṣāḥ ] °tṛṣā J,n1; °tṛṣaḥ T,t1

Yogacintāmaṇi ms.~L, f.~70r

gulmaplīhodaraṃ cāpi vātapittaṃ kṣudhāṃ tṛṣām |

viṣāṇi śītalī nāma kumbhako vinihanti ca ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.109 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

gulmaplīhādikān doṣān jvaraṃ pittaṃ kṣudhāṃ tṛṣām |

anyāṃś ca śītalī nāma kumbhako ’yaṃ nihanti hi ||

HP 2.60

अथ भस्त्रिका

ऊर्वोरुपरि चेद्धत्ते उभे पादतले तथा

पद्मासनं भवेत्सम्यक् सर्वपापप्रणाशनम् ॥

atha bhastrikā /

ūrvor upari ced dhatte ubhe pādatale tathā /

padmāsanaṃ bhavet samyak sarvapāpapraṇāśanam //

Now bhastrikā: If [the yogi] places the soles of both feet on the thighs, the lotus pose, which destroys all bad deeds, duly arises.
Jyotsna Commentary
भस्त्राकुम्भकस्य पद्मासनपूर्वकमेवानुष्ठानात्तदादौ पद्मासनमाह ऊर्वोरिति. उपर्युत्ताने शुभे शुद्धे उभे द्वे पादयोस्तले 'धःप्रदेशे ऊर्वोः संस्थाप्य सम्यक्स्थापयित्वा वसेत्. एतत् पद्मासनं भवेत्. कीदृशम्सर्वेषां पापानां प्रकर्षेण नाशनम्. अत्रोपरीत्यव्ययम् उत्तानवाचकम्. तथा च कारकेषु मनोरमायां उपर्युपरि बुद्धीनामित्यत्रोपरिबुद्धीनामित्यस्योत्तानबुद्धीनामिति व्याख्यानं कृतम्.
bhastrākumbhakasya padmāsanapūrvakam evānuṣṭhānāt tadādau padmāsanam āha ūrvor iti. upary uttāne śubhe śuddhe ubhe dve pādayos tale 'dhaḥpradeśe ūrvoḥ saṃsthāpya samyak sthāpayitvā vaset. etat padmāsanaṃ bhavet. kīdṛśam sarveṣāṃ pāpānāṃ prakarṣeṇa nāśanam. atroparīty avyayam uttānavācakam. tathā ca kārakeṣu manoramāyāṃ upary upari buddhīnām ity atroparibuddhīnām ity asyottānabuddhīnām iti vyākhyānaṃ kṛtam.
Readings

atha (cett.) ] om. (Γ δ1)
bhastrikā (cett.) ] bhastikā (γ1 δ3), bhasrikā (γ2), om. (δ1)
ced dhatte (α1 α2 ε1) ] vai dhatte (βω η2), veddhaṃte (β1), saṃdhatte (α3 η1), saṃsthāpya (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε3 χ)
ubhe (cett.) ] śubhe (χ), yathā (α3)
tathā (cett.) ] yadā (α1 α2), sadā (βω), ubhe (α3 χ)
samyak (cett.) ] satya (α3), tasya (δ3), etat (β2 χ)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 14

ūrvor upari ced dhatte ubhe pādatale tathā |

padmāsanaṃ bhavet samyak sarvapāpapraṇāśanam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

bhastrikā

ūrvor upari saṃsthāpya ubhe pādatale tathā |

padmāsanaṃ bhavet samyak sarvapāpapraṇāśanam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.110 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

atha bhastrikā

ūrvor upari cādhatte ubhe pādatale tathā |

padmāsanaṃ bhavet samyak sarvapāpapraṇaśanam ||

HP 2.61

सम्यक्पद्मासनं बद्ध्वा समग्रीवोदरः सुधीः

मुखं संयम्य यत्नेन प्राणं घ्राणेन रेचयेत्*

samyak padmāsanaṃ baddhvā samagrīvodaraḥ sudhīḥ /

mukhaṃ saṃyamya yatnena prāṇaṃ ghrāṇena recayet //*

Having correctly adopted the lotus pose, with his neck and torso straight the wise man should close the mouth and forcefully exhale the breath through the nose
Jyotsna Commentary
भस्त्रिकाकुम्भकमाह सम्यगिति. ग्रीवा च उदरं च ग्रीवोदरम्. प्राण्यङ्गत्वादेकवद्भावः. समं ग्रीवोदरं यस्य स समग्रीवोदरः. सुस्थिता धीर्यस्य स सुधीः. पद्मासनं सम्यक्स्थिरं बद्ध्वा मुखं संयम्य संयतं कृत्वा यत्नेन प्रयत्नेन घ्राणेन घ्राणस्यैकतरेण रन्ध्रेण प्राणं शरीरान्तःस्थितं वायुं रेचयेत्.
bhastrikākumbhakam āha samyag iti. grīvā ca udaraṃ ca grīvodaram. prāṇyaṅgatvād ekavadbhāvaḥ. samaṃ grīvodaraṃ yasya sa samagrīvodaraḥ. susthitā dhīr yasya sa sudhīḥ. padmāsanaṃ samyak sthiraṃ baddhvā mukhaṃ saṃyamya saṃyataṃ kṛtvā yatnena prayatnena ghrāṇena ghrāṇasyaikatareṇa randhreṇa prāṇaṃ śarīrāntaḥsthitaṃ vāyuṃ recayet.
Readings

sama (cett.) ] same (η1)
°odaraḥ sudhīḥ (cett.) ] °odaraṃ sudhī (α1 β1), °odara śudhī (βω)
mukhaṃ (cett.) ] sukhaṃ (γ1)
saṃyamya (cett.) ] saṃjamya (δ1)
prāṇaṃ (cett.) ] ghrāṇaṃ (δ1)
recayet (cett.) ] pūrayet (α3)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 41cd–42ab

tataḥ padmāsanaṃ baddhvā samagrīvodaraḥ sudhīḥ |

mukhaṃ saṃyamya yatnena prāṇaṃ ghrāṇena recayet ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

samyak padmāsanaṃ badhvā samagrīvodaraḥ sudhīḥ |

mukhaṃ saṃyamya yatnena prāṇaṃ ghrāṇena recayet ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.111 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

samyak padmāsanaṃ baddhvā samagrīvodaraḥ śanaiḥ |

mukhaṃ saṃyamya yatnena prāṇaṃ ghrāṇena recayet ||

HP 2.62

यथा लगति हृत्कण्ठकपाले सस्वनं ततः

वेगेन पूरयेत्किंचित् हृत्पद्मावधि मारुतम्

yathā lagati hṛtkaṇṭhakapāle sasvanaṃ tataḥ /

vegena pūrayet kiṃcit hṛtpadmāvadhi mārutam //

in such a way that it comes into contact with the chest, throat and skull, making a sound. He should then quickly inhale a small amount of breath as far as the heart lotus.
Philological Commentary

Most witnesses have hṛtkaṇṭhe, which we have understand as a dual accusative. One would expect kapāla also to be in the accusative, but we have understood it as a locative sg. with sasvanam.

Jyotsna Commentary
रेचकप्रकारमाह यथेति. हृच्च कण्ठश्च हृत्कण्ठं तस्मिन्हृत्कण्ठे. समाहारद्वन्द्वः. कपालावधि कपालपर्यन्तं स्वनेन सहितं सस्वनंम्यथा स्यात्तथा येन प्रकारेण लगति. प्राण इति शेषः. तथा रेचयेत्. हृत्पद्ममवधिर्यस्मिन्कर्मणि तत्हृत्पद्मावधि वेगेन तरसा मारुतं वायुं पूरयेत्. चापीति पादपूरणार्थम्.
recakaprakāram āha yatheti. hṛc ca kaṇṭhaś ca hṛtkaṇṭhaṃ tasmin hṛtkaṇṭhe. samāhāradvandvaḥ. kapālāvadhi kapālaparyantaṃ svanena sahitaṃ sasvanaṃm yathā syāt tathā yena prakāreṇa lagati. prāṇa iti śeṣaḥ. tathā recayet. hṛtpadmam avadhir yasmin karmaṇi tat hṛtpadmāvadhi vegena tarasā mārutaṃ vāyuṃ pūrayet. cāpīti pādapūraṇārtham.
Readings

yathā (cett.) ] yadā (βω δ1 η1 η2)
lagati (cett.) ] galati (ε3)
hṛtkaṇṭha (α1 α2 β1 β2 ε1) ] hṛkaṃṭhaṃ (γ1), hṛtkaṇṭhe (cett.)
kapāle (α1 α3 ε1 η1) ] kapāla (γ1 η2), kapālā° (β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 χ), kapole (βω), kapolaṃ (β1)
sasvanaṃ tataḥ (β1 ε1) ] saśvanaṃ tataḥ (α2), śvasanaṃ tataḥ (α1), svāsanaṃ tataḥ (βω), nisvanaṃ tataḥ (α3), ca samantataḥ (η1), syarśanaṃ tataḥ (η2), °vadhi sasvanaṃ (Γ χ), °vadhi niḥsvanaṃ (β2), °vadhi pūrayet (δ1 δ3 ε3)
kiṃcit (cett.) ] samyak (Γ δ1 δ3), cāpi (χ)
hṛt (cett.) ] syāt (δ1)
mārutam (cett.) ] mārutaḥ (βω), kevalaṃ (ε3)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 42cd–43ab

yathā lagati kaṇṭhāt tu kapāle sasvanaṃ tataḥ |

vegena pūrayet kiṃ cit hṛtpadmāvadhi mārutam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

yathā lagati hṛtkaṇṭhe kapālāvadhi pūrayet |

vegena pūrayet samyag hṛtpadmāvadhi mārutam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.112 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yathā lagati hṛtkaṇṭhakapāleṣu ca sasvanam |

vegena pūrayet kiñ cit hṛtpadmāvadhi mārutam ||

HP 2.63

पुनर्विरेचयेत्तद्वत्पूरयेच्च पुनः पुनः

यथैव लोहकाराणां भस्त्रा वेगेन चाल्यते ॥

punar virecayet tadvat pūrayec ca punaḥ punaḥ /

yathaiva lohakārāṇāṃ bhastrā vegena cālyate //

He should then exhale and inhale in that way over and over again. In the very same way as blacksmiths’ bellows are operated forcefully, [...]
Jyotsna Commentary
पुनरिति. तद्वत्पूर्ववत्पुनर्विरेचयेत्पुनः पुनः पूरयेच्चेत्यन्वयः. उक्ते 'र्थे दृष्टान्तम् आह यथैवेति. लोहकारेण लोहविकाराणां कर्त्रा भस्त्रा अग्नेर्धमनसाधनीभूतं चर्म यथैव येनैव प्रकारेण वेगेन चाल्यते.
punar iti. tadvat pūrvavat punar virecayet punaḥ punaḥ pūrayec cety anvayaḥ. ukte 'rthe dṛṣṭāntam āha yathaiveti. lohakāreṇa lohavikārāṇāṃ kartrā bhastrā agner dhamanasādhanībhūtaṃ carma yathaiva yenaiva prakāreṇa vegena cālyate.
Readings

virecayet (cett.) ] virecanaṃ (βω)
pūrayec ca (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] pūrayed vā (ε1 ε3 η1), pūrayitvā (Γ δ3), pūraïtvā (δ1)
punaḥ punaḥ (cett.) ] punas tataḥ (δ3)
kārāṇāṃ (cett.) ] kāreṇa (η1 χ)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 43cd–44ab

punar virecayet tadvat pūrayec ca punaḥ punaḥ |

yathaiva lohakārāṇāṃ bhastrā vegena cālyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.22ab

yathaiva lohakārāṇāṃ bhastrī vegena cālyate |

bhastrī ] bhastrā n4

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

punar virecayet tadvat pūrayitvā punaḥ punaḥ |

yathaiva lohakārāṇāṃ bhastrā vegena cālyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.113 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

punar virecayet tadvat pūrayec ca punaḥ punaḥ |

yathaiva lohakārāṇāṃ bhastrā vegena cālyate || 113 ||

HP 2.64

तथैव स्वशरीरस्थं चालयेत्पवनं सुधीः

यदा श्रमो भवेद्देहे तदा सूर्येण पूरयेत्

tathaiva svaśarīrasthaṃ cālayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ /

yadā śramo bhaved dehe tadā sūryeṇa pūrayet //

[...] the wise man should move the breath in his body. When fatigue arises in the body he should inhale through the sun [channel]
Philological Commentary

Most of the witnesses (including α) have dhiyā at the end of the second verse quarter, but the manuscripts of the source text and the Haṭharatnāvalī have sudhīḥ. Since the subject of the simile is bhastrā, one would expect the subject of cālayet, which must be different, to be stated (as is the case with sudhīḥ).

Jyotsna Commentary
तथैवेति. तथैव तेनैव प्रकारेण स्वशरीरस्थं स्वशरीरे स्थितं पवनं प्राणं धिया बुद्ध्या चालयेत्. रेचकपूरकयोर्निरन्तरावर्तनेन चालनस्यावधिमाह यदा श्रम इति. यदा यस्मिन् काले देहे शरीरे श्रमो रेचकपूरकयोर्निरन्तरावर्तनेनायासो भवेत्तदा तस्मिन्काले सूर्येण सूर्यनाड्या पूरयेत्.
tathaiveti. tathaiva tenaiva prakāreṇa svaśarīrasthaṃ svaśarīre sthitaṃ pavanaṃ prāṇaṃ dhiyā buddhyā cālayet. recakapūrakayor nirantarāvartanena cālanasyāvadhim āha yadā śrama iti. yadā yasmin kāle dehe śarīre śramo recakapūrakayor nirantarāvartanenāyāso bhavet tadā tasmin kāle sūryeṇa sūryanāḍyā pūrayet.
Readings

sthaṃ (cett.) ] sthaś (δ1)
cālayet (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] cāyet (η2), cālyate (Γ δ1 δ3)
sudhīḥ (em.) ] dhiyā (cett.), śanaiḥ (η2), sthalī (βω)
yadā (cett.) ] yathā (α3 δ1 δ3), tathā (ε1)
śramo (cett.) ] kramo (ε1)
tadā (cett.) ] tathā (α3 δ1 δ3 η1)
pūrayet (cett.) ] recayet (ε3)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 44cd–45ab

tathaiva svaśarīrasthaṃ cālayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ |

yadā śramo bhaved dehe tadā sūryeṇa pūrayet |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.22cd–23ab

tathaiva svaśarīrasthaṃ cālayet pavanaṃ sudhīḥ ||

yathā śramo bhaved dehe tathā sūryeṇa pūrayet |

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

tathaiva svaśarīrasthaś cālyate pavano dhiyā |

yathā śramo bhaved dehe tathā vegena pūrayet ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.114 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

tathaiva svaśarīrasthaṃ cālayet pavanaṃ dhiyā |

yadā śramo bhaved dehe tadā sūryeṇa recayet ||

HP 2.65

यथोदरं भवेत्पूर्णं पवनेन तथा लघु

धारयेन्नासिकां मध्यातर्जनीभ्यां विना दृढम् ॥

yathodaraṃ bhavet pūrṇaṃ pavanena tathā laghu /

dhārayen nāsikāṃ madhyātarjanībhyāṃ vinā dṛḍham //

in such a way that the abdomen is filled by the breath, and hold the nose quickly [and] firmly without using the middle and index fingers.
Philological Commentary

Only two of the collated witnesses (J7, V15) have madhyātarjanībhyāṃ (`with the middle and index fingers’) and this reading is not well attested by the manuscripts of the source text and testimonia. To hold the nose without the middle and index fingers is consistent with the way alternate nostril breathing is done in modern yoga (e.g., Iyengar 1991: 443–444). However, the reading of many manuscripts suggests that the nose was held by all the fingers of both hands, except the index fingers (nāsikāmadhye tarjanībhyāṃ vinā), which seems highly impracticable, or that the nose was held by only the index fingers of both hands (nāsikāmadhye tarjanībhyāṃ tathā). It is likely that scribes changed madhyātarjanībhyāṃ to madhye tarjanībhyāṃ or madhyaṃ tarjanībhyāṃ because of the pāda break.

Jyotsna Commentary
यथेति. यथा येन प्रकारेण पवनेन वायुना लघु क्षिप्रमेवोदरं पूर्णं भवेत्तथा तेन प्रकारेण सूर्यनाड्या पूरयेत्. लघु क्षिप्रमरं द्रुतमित्यमरः. पूरकानन्तरं यत्कर्तव्यं तदाह धारयेदिति. मध्यातर्जनीभ्यां मध्यमातर्जनीभ्यां विना अङ्गुष्ठानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभिर्नासिकां दृढं धारयेत्. अङ्गुष्ठेन दक्षिणनासापुटं निरुध्यानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां वामनासापुटं निरुध्य नासिकां दृढं गृह्णीयादित्यर्थः.
yatheti. yathā yena prakāreṇa pavanena vāyunā laghu kṣipram evodaraṃ pūrṇaṃ bhavet tathā tena prakāreṇa sūryanāḍyā pūrayet. laghu kṣipram araṃ drutam ity amaraḥ. pūrakānantaraṃ yat kartavyaṃ tad āha dhārayed iti. madhyātarjanībhyāṃ madhyamātarjanībhyāṃ vinā aṅguṣṭhānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhir nāsikāṃ dṛḍhaṃ dhārayet. aṅguṣṭhena dakṣiṇanāsāpuṭaṃ nirudhyānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ vāmanāsāpuṭaṃ nirudhya nāsikāṃ dṛḍhaṃ gṛhṇīyād ity arthaḥ.
Readings

yathodaraṃ (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3 χ) ] yadodaraṃ (α3), athodaraṃ (βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2)
bhavet (cett.) ] labhet (α1), yadā (ε1 ε3)
pavanena (cett.) ] anilena (χ)
tathā (cett.) ] tadā (α3 ε1), yathā (β1 η1)
laghu (cett.) ] laghuḥ (βω η2)
dhārayen (cett.) ] dhāvayen (ε1), dhārayan (γ1 η1)
nāsikāṃ (β1 βω χ) ] nāmikāṃ (γ2), nāsikā (cett.)
madhyā (γ2 ε3 χ) ] madhyāṃ (ε1), madhyaṃ (α1 α2), madhya (β1), madhye (β2 βω γ1 η1 η2), madhyāt (δ3), mādhyāt (δ1)
tarjanībhyāṃ (cett.) ] tarjanabhyāṃ (γ1), aṅgulībhyāṃ (η1 η2)
vinā (cett.) ] tathā (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 45cd–46ab

yathodaraṃ bhavet pūrṇaṃ pavanena tathā laghu |

dhārayan nāsikā madhyātarjanībhyāṃ vinā dṛḍhaṃ |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.23cd–24ab

yathodaraṃ bhavet pūrṇaṃ pavanena tathā laghu ||

dhārayen nāsikāṃ madhyātarjanībhyāṃ vinā dṛḍham |

23c madhyā ] madhye N,n1,n3,n4,J,T,t1

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

yathodaraṃ bhavet pūrṇaṃ pavanena tathā laghu |

dhārayen nāsikāṃ madhyatarjanībhyāṃ vinā dṛḍham ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.115 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yathodaraṃ bhavet pūrṇaṃ pavanena tathā laghu |

dhārayen nāsikāmadhye tarjanībhyāṃ vinā dṛḍham ||

HP 2.66

कुम्भकं पूर्ववत्कृत्वा रेचयेदिडयानिलम्

वातपित्तश्लेष्महरं शरीराग्निविवर्धनम्

kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā recayed iḍayānilam /

vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam //

[The yogi] should hold the breath as before then exhale through Iḍā. [Because] it removes [imbalances] in wind, bile and phlegm, increases the body’s fire, [dots ]
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.66-67
विधिवदिति. विधिवत्बन्धपूर्वकं कुम्भकं कृत्वा इडया चन्द्रनाड्यानिलं वायुं रेचयेत्. भस्त्राकुम्भकस्येयं परिपाटी. वामनासिकापुटं दक्षिणभुजानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां निरुध्य दक्षिणानासिकापुटेन भस्त्रावद्वेगेन रेचकपूरकाः कार्याः. श्रमे जाते तेनैव नासापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वाङ्गुष्ठेन दक्षिणं नासिकापुटं निरुध्य यथाशक्ति कुम्भकं धारयेत्. पश्चादिडया रेचयेत्. पुनर्दक्षिणनासापुटमङ्गुष्ठेन निरुध्य वामनासिकापुटेन भस्त्रावज्झटिति रेचकपूरकाः कर्तव्याः. श्रमे जाते तेनैव नासिकापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां वामनासिकापुटं निरुध्य यथाशक्ति कुम्भकं कृत्वा पिङ्गलया रेचयेदित्येका रीतिः. वामनासिकापुटमनामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां निरुध्य दक्षिणनासिकापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वा झटित्य् अङ्गुष्ठेन दक्षिणनासिकापुटं निरुध्य वामनासापुटेन रेचयेद्. एवं शतधा कृत्वा श्रमे जाते तेनैव पूरयेत्. बन्धपूर्वकं कृत्वेडया रेचयेत्. पुनर्दक्षिणनासापुटमङ्गुष्ठेन निरुध्य वामनासापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वा झटिति वामनासिकापुटमनामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां निरुध्य पिङ्गलया रेचयेद्भस्त्रावत्. पुनः पुनरेवं कृत्वा रेचकपूरकावृत्तिश्रमे जाते वामनासापुटेनैव पूरकं कृत्वानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां धृत्वा कुम्भकं कृत्वा पिङ्गलया रेचयेदिति द्वितीया रीतिः. भस्त्रिकागुणानाह वातपित्तेति. वातश्च पित्तं च श्लेष्मा च वातपित्तश्लेष्माणस्तान्हरतीति तत् तादृशं शरीरे देहे यो 'ग्निर्जठरानलस्तस्य विशेषेण वर्धनं दीपनम्. क्षिप्रं शीघ्रं कुण्डल्याः सुप्ताया बोधकं बोधकर्तृ पुनातीति पवनं पवित्रकारकं सुखं ददातीति सुखदं हितं त्रिदोषहरत्वात्सर्वेषां हितं सर्वदा च हितम्. सर्वेषां कुम्भकानां सर्वदा हितत्वे 'पि सूर्यभेदनोज्जायिनावुष्णौ प्रायेण शीते हितौ. सीत्कारीशीतल्यौ शीतले प्रायेणोष्णे हिते. भस्त्राकुम्भकः समशीतोष्णः सर्वदा हितः. सर्वेषां कुम्भकानां सर्वरोगहरत्वे 'पि सूर्यभेदनं प्रायेण वातहरम्. उज्जायी प्रायेण श्लेष्महरः. सीत्कारीशीतल्यौ प्रायेण पित्तहरे. भस्त्राख्यः कुम्भकः त्रिदोषहरः इति बोध्यम्. ब्रह्मनाडी सुषुम्न्णा ब्रह्मप्रापकत्वात्. तथा च श्रुतिः

शतं चैका च हृदयस्य नाड्यस्

तासां मूर्धानमभिनिःसृतैका

तयोर्ध्वमायन्नमृतत्वमेति

विष्वङ्ङन्या उत्क्रमणे भवन्ति

तस्या मुखे 'ग्रभागे संस्थः सम्यक्स्थितो यः कफादिरूपो 'र्गलः प्राणगतिप्रतिबन्धकस्तस्य नाशनं नाशकर्तृ.
vidhivad iti. vidhivat bandhapūrvakaṃ kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā iḍayā candranāḍyānilaṃ vāyuṃ recayet. bhastrākumbhakasyeyaṃ paripāṭī. vāmanāsikāpuṭaṃ dakṣiṇabhujānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ nirudhya dakṣiṇānāsikāpuṭena bhastrāvad vegena recakapūrakāḥ kāryāḥ. śrame jāte tenaiva nāsāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvāṅguṣṭhena dakṣiṇaṃ nāsikāpuṭaṃ nirudhya yathāśakti kumbhakaṃ dhārayet. paścād iḍayā recayet. punar dakṣiṇanāsāpuṭam aṅguṣṭhena nirudhya vāmanāsikāpuṭena bhastrāvaj jhaṭiti recakapūrakāḥ kartavyāḥ. śrame jāte tenaiva nāsikāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ vāmanāsikāpuṭaṃ nirudhya yathāśakti kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā piṅgalayā recayed ity ekā rītiḥ. vāmanāsikāpuṭam anāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ nirudhya dakṣiṇanāsikāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvā jhaṭity aṅguṣṭhena dakṣiṇanāsikāpuṭaṃ nirudhya vāmanāsāpuṭena recayed. evaṃ śatadhā kṛtvā śrame jāte tenaiva pūrayet. bandhapūrvakaṃ kṛtveḍayā recayet. punar dakṣiṇanāsāpuṭam aṅguṣṭhena nirudhya vāmanāsāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvā jhaṭiti vāmanāsikāpuṭam anāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ nirudhya piṅgalayā recayed bhastrāvat. punaḥ punar evaṃ kṛtvā recakapūrakāvṛttiśrame jāte vāmanāsāpuṭenaiva pūrakaṃ kṛtvānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ dhṛtvā kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā piṅgalayā recayed iti dvitīyā rītiḥ. bhastrikāguṇān āha vātapitteti. vātaś ca pittaṃ ca śleṣmā ca vātapittaśleṣmāṇas tān haratīti tat tādṛśaṃ śarīre dehe yo 'gnir jaṭharānalas tasya viśeṣeṇa vardhanaṃ dīpanam. kṣipraṃ śīghraṃ kuṇḍalyāḥ suptāyā bodhakaṃ bodhakartṛ punātīti pavanaṃ pavitrakārakaṃ sukhaṃ dadātīti sukhadaṃ hitaṃ tridoṣaharatvāt sarveṣāṃ hitaṃ sarvadā ca hitam. sarveṣāṃ kumbhakānāṃ sarvadā hitatve 'pi sūryabhedanojjāyināv uṣṇau prāyeṇa śīte hitau. sītkārīśītalyau śītale prāyeṇoṣṇe hite. bhastrākumbhakaḥ samaśītoṣṇaḥ sarvadā hitaḥ. sarveṣāṃ kumbhakānāṃ sarvarogaharatve 'pi sūryabhedanaṃ prāyeṇa vātaharam. ujjāyī prāyeṇa śleṣmaharaḥ. sītkārīśītalyau prāyeṇa pittahare. bhastrākhyaḥ kumbhakaḥ tridoṣaharaḥ iti bodhyam. brahmanāḍī suṣumnṇā brahmaprāpakatvāt. tathā ca śrutiḥ

śataṃ caikā ca hṛdayasya nāḍyas

tāsāṃ mūrdhānam abhiniḥsṛtaikā

tayordhvam āyann amṛtatvam eti

viṣvaṅṅ anyā utkramaṇe bhavanti

tasyā mukhe 'grabhāge saṃsthaḥ samyak sthito yaḥ kaphādirūpo 'rgalaḥ prāṇagatipratibandhakas tasya nāśanaṃ nāśakartṛ.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: bha-vipulā)
Readings

kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat (cett.) ] kumbhakaṃ pūrakaṃ (α1 η1 η2), vidhivat kumbhakaṃ (χ)
iḍayānilam (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 ε3 η2 χ) ] idayānikaṃ (γ1), ekayānilam (ε1 η1), iḍayānalam (βω), iḍayā tataḥ (δ1 δ3)
vivardhanam (cett.) ] pravardhanam (η1), vivajitaṃ (δ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 46cd–47ab

kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā recayed iḍayānilam ||

kaṇṭhotthitānalaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.24cd–25ab

kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā recayed iḍayānilam ||

vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam |

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā recayed iḍayā tataḥ |

vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.116 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

kumbhakaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā recayed iḍayā śanaiḥ |

vātapittaśleṣmaharaṃ śarīrāgnivivardhanam ||

HP 2.67

कुण्डलीबोधकं वज्रं पापघ्नं सुखदं शुभम्

ब्रह्मनाडीमुखे संस्थकफाद्यर्गलनाशनम्

kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ vajraṃ pāpaghnaṃ sukhadaṃ śubham /

brahmanāḍīmukhe saṃsthakaphādyargalanāśanam //

it is an auspicious thunderbolt that awakens kuṇḍalinī, destroys bad deeds, bestows happiness, and destroys the blockage of phlegm, etc., situated at the mouth of the central channel,[dots ]
Philological Commentary

The reading vajraṃ in the first verse quarter is an emendation based on the manuscripts of the Gorakṣaśataka, the source text for this verse. Some manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā have readings close to vajraṃ, such as vipra (V1, P15) and vakra (G11), which suggest that vajraṃ was changed at an early stage of the transmission. The α group have cakraṃ, which could be understood as a weapon (i.e., the discus often associated with Viṣṇu), but such a meaning would be rather unusual in yoga texts, where the term cakra is used so frequently in contexts of the yogic body.

Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.66-67
विधिवदिति. विधिवत्बन्धपूर्वकं कुम्भकं कृत्वा इडया चन्द्रनाड्यानिलं वायुं रेचयेत्. भस्त्राकुम्भकस्येयं परिपाटी. वामनासिकापुटं दक्षिणभुजानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां निरुध्य दक्षिणानासिकापुटेन भस्त्रावद्वेगेन रेचकपूरकाः कार्याः. श्रमे जाते तेनैव नासापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वाङ्गुष्ठेन दक्षिणं नासिकापुटं निरुध्य यथाशक्ति कुम्भकं धारयेत्. पश्चादिडया रेचयेत्. पुनर्दक्षिणनासापुटमङ्गुष्ठेन निरुध्य वामनासिकापुटेन भस्त्रावज्झटिति रेचकपूरकाः कर्तव्याः. श्रमे जाते तेनैव नासिकापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां वामनासिकापुटं निरुध्य यथाशक्ति कुम्भकं कृत्वा पिङ्गलया रेचयेदित्येका रीतिः. वामनासिकापुटमनामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां निरुध्य दक्षिणनासिकापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वा झटित्य् अङ्गुष्ठेन दक्षिणनासिकापुटं निरुध्य वामनासापुटेन रेचयेद्. एवं शतधा कृत्वा श्रमे जाते तेनैव पूरयेत्. बन्धपूर्वकं कृत्वेडया रेचयेत्. पुनर्दक्षिणनासापुटमङ्गुष्ठेन निरुध्य वामनासापुटेन पूरकं कृत्वा झटिति वामनासिकापुटमनामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां निरुध्य पिङ्गलया रेचयेद्भस्त्रावत्. पुनः पुनरेवं कृत्वा रेचकपूरकावृत्तिश्रमे जाते वामनासापुटेनैव पूरकं कृत्वानामिकाकनिष्ठिकाभ्यां धृत्वा कुम्भकं कृत्वा पिङ्गलया रेचयेदिति द्वितीया रीतिः. भस्त्रिकागुणानाह वातपित्तेति. वातश्च पित्तं च श्लेष्मा च वातपित्तश्लेष्माणस्तान्हरतीति तत् तादृशं शरीरे देहे यो 'ग्निर्जठरानलस्तस्य विशेषेण वर्धनं दीपनम्. क्षिप्रं शीघ्रं कुण्डल्याः सुप्ताया बोधकं बोधकर्तृ पुनातीति पवनं पवित्रकारकं सुखं ददातीति सुखदं हितं त्रिदोषहरत्वात्सर्वेषां हितं सर्वदा च हितम्. सर्वेषां कुम्भकानां सर्वदा हितत्वे 'पि सूर्यभेदनोज्जायिनावुष्णौ प्रायेण शीते हितौ. सीत्कारीशीतल्यौ शीतले प्रायेणोष्णे हिते. भस्त्राकुम्भकः समशीतोष्णः सर्वदा हितः. सर्वेषां कुम्भकानां सर्वरोगहरत्वे 'पि सूर्यभेदनं प्रायेण वातहरम्. उज्जायी प्रायेण श्लेष्महरः. सीत्कारीशीतल्यौ प्रायेण पित्तहरे. भस्त्राख्यः कुम्भकः त्रिदोषहरः इति बोध्यम्. ब्रह्मनाडी सुषुम्न्णा ब्रह्मप्रापकत्वात्. तथा च श्रुतिः

शतं चैका च हृदयस्य नाड्यस्

तासां मूर्धानमभिनिःसृतैका

तयोर्ध्वमायन्नमृतत्वमेति

विष्वङ्ङन्या उत्क्रमणे भवन्ति

तस्या मुखे 'ग्रभागे संस्थः सम्यक्स्थितो यः कफादिरूपो 'र्गलः प्राणगतिप्रतिबन्धकस्तस्य नाशनं नाशकर्तृ.
vidhivad iti. vidhivat bandhapūrvakaṃ kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā iḍayā candranāḍyānilaṃ vāyuṃ recayet. bhastrākumbhakasyeyaṃ paripāṭī. vāmanāsikāpuṭaṃ dakṣiṇabhujānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ nirudhya dakṣiṇānāsikāpuṭena bhastrāvad vegena recakapūrakāḥ kāryāḥ. śrame jāte tenaiva nāsāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvāṅguṣṭhena dakṣiṇaṃ nāsikāpuṭaṃ nirudhya yathāśakti kumbhakaṃ dhārayet. paścād iḍayā recayet. punar dakṣiṇanāsāpuṭam aṅguṣṭhena nirudhya vāmanāsikāpuṭena bhastrāvaj jhaṭiti recakapūrakāḥ kartavyāḥ. śrame jāte tenaiva nāsikāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ vāmanāsikāpuṭaṃ nirudhya yathāśakti kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā piṅgalayā recayed ity ekā rītiḥ. vāmanāsikāpuṭam anāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ nirudhya dakṣiṇanāsikāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvā jhaṭity aṅguṣṭhena dakṣiṇanāsikāpuṭaṃ nirudhya vāmanāsāpuṭena recayed. evaṃ śatadhā kṛtvā śrame jāte tenaiva pūrayet. bandhapūrvakaṃ kṛtveḍayā recayet. punar dakṣiṇanāsāpuṭam aṅguṣṭhena nirudhya vāmanāsāpuṭena pūrakaṃ kṛtvā jhaṭiti vāmanāsikāpuṭam anāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ nirudhya piṅgalayā recayed bhastrāvat. punaḥ punar evaṃ kṛtvā recakapūrakāvṛttiśrame jāte vāmanāsāpuṭenaiva pūrakaṃ kṛtvānāmikākaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ dhṛtvā kumbhakaṃ kṛtvā piṅgalayā recayed iti dvitīyā rītiḥ. bhastrikāguṇān āha vātapitteti. vātaś ca pittaṃ ca śleṣmā ca vātapittaśleṣmāṇas tān haratīti tat tādṛśaṃ śarīre dehe yo 'gnir jaṭharānalas tasya viśeṣeṇa vardhanaṃ dīpanam. kṣipraṃ śīghraṃ kuṇḍalyāḥ suptāyā bodhakaṃ bodhakartṛ punātīti pavanaṃ pavitrakārakaṃ sukhaṃ dadātīti sukhadaṃ hitaṃ tridoṣaharatvāt sarveṣāṃ hitaṃ sarvadā ca hitam. sarveṣāṃ kumbhakānāṃ sarvadā hitatve 'pi sūryabhedanojjāyināv uṣṇau prāyeṇa śīte hitau. sītkārīśītalyau śītale prāyeṇoṣṇe hite. bhastrākumbhakaḥ samaśītoṣṇaḥ sarvadā hitaḥ. sarveṣāṃ kumbhakānāṃ sarvarogaharatve 'pi sūryabhedanaṃ prāyeṇa vātaharam. ujjāyī prāyeṇa śleṣmaharaḥ. sītkārīśītalyau prāyeṇa pittahare. bhastrākhyaḥ kumbhakaḥ tridoṣaharaḥ iti bodhyam. brahmanāḍī suṣumnṇā brahmaprāpakatvāt. tathā ca śrutiḥ

śataṃ caikā ca hṛdayasya nāḍyas

tāsāṃ mūrdhānam abhiniḥsṛtaikā

tayordhvam āyann amṛtatvam eti

viṣvaṅṅ anyā utkramaṇe bhavanti

tasyā mukhe 'grabhāge saṃsthaḥ samyak sthito yaḥ kaphādirūpo 'rgalaḥ prāṇagatipratibandhakas tasya nāśanaṃ nāśakartṛ.
Readings

bodhakaṃ (α1 α3 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] bodhakaḥ (βω η2), bodhanaṃ (β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3)
vajraṃ (em.) ] cakraṃ (α1 α2), cakra (β1), [va]ktraṃ (α3), vipra (ε1 η1), sarva (ε3), kṣipraṃ (χ), kuryāt (Γ δ1 δ3), karttur (β2), kumbho (βω η2)
pāpaghnaṃ (γ2 δ1 δ3) ] pāpapuṃ (γ1), pavanaṃ (χ), bhāvaghnaṃ (α1 α3 β1 ε1), bhavaghnaṃ (β2 η1), doṣaghnaṃ (ε3), rogaghnaḥ (βω η2)
sukhadaṃ (cett.) ] sukhadaḥ (βω η2)
śubham (cett.) ] śubhaḥ (βω η2), hitaṃ (χ), tathā (δ1)
mukhe saṃstha (α3 β1 βω ε3 η1 χ) ] mukhe saṃsthaḥ (η2), mukhe saṃsthaṃ (α1 β2 δ3 ε1), sukhe saṃsthaṃ (δ1), mukhaṃtastha (γ1), mukhāṃtatstha (γ2)
kaphādyargala (cett.) ] kapāṭārgala (β1), kapāṭergala (η1), kaphaughagala (β2), kaphāvāta (α3)
nāśanam (cett.) ] nāśanaḥ (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 47cd–48ab

kuṇḍalībodhakaṃ vajraṃ pāpaghnaṃ śubhadaṃ sukham |

brahmanāḍīmukhāntaḥsthakaphādyargalanāśanam ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.25cd

brahmanāḍīmukhe saṃsthakaphādyargalanāśanam |

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

kuṇḍalībodhanaṃ kuryāt pāpaghnaṃ sukhadaṃ śubham |

brahmanāḍīmukhe saṃsthaṃ kapāṭārgalanāśanam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.117 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

kuṇḍalībodhanaṃ sarvadoṣaghnaṃ sukhadaṃ śubham |

brahmanāḍīmukhāntasthakaphādyargalanāśanam ||

HP 2.68

गुणत्रयसमुद्भूतग्रन्थित्रयविभेदकम्

विशेषेणैव कर्तव्यं भस्त्राख्यं कुम्भकं त्विदम्

guṇatrayasamudbhūtagranthitrayavibhedakam /

viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ tv idam //

[and] pierces the three knots that have arisen from the three guṇas, it is particularly important to perform this retention called ‘the bellows’.
Philological Commentary

In the first verse quarter, nearly all of the manuscripts, including the α group, have °gātrasamudbhūta° (`arisen in the limbs/body’), which is rather meaningless here since the three knots are in the central channel. It is probable that samyaggātra° is a corruption of guṇatraya°, which is attested by the manuscripts of the source text, the Gorakṣaśataka, two of the available manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā (N21, Bo1) and the Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā. In the Gorakṣaśataka, it is stated clearly that each of the knots arise from one of the three guṇas: brahmagranthi from rajas (78cd), viṣṇugranthi from sattva (79cd) and rudragranthi from tamas (80cd). When the verses on bhastrā were extracted from the Gorakṣaśataka without the context of the knots and guṇas, the meaning of guṇa-traya-sam-udbhūta-granthi-traya° (`the three knots that have arisen from the three guṇas’) was lost early in the transmission of the Haṭhapradīpikā.

Jyotsna Commentary
सम्यगिति. सम्यग्दृढीभूतं गात्रे गात्रमध्ये सुषुम्ण्नायामेव सम्यगुद्भूतं समुद्भूतं जातं यद्ग्रन्थीनां त्रयं ग्रन्थित्रयंम्ब्रह्मग्रन्थिविष्णुग्रन्थिरुद्रग्रन्थिरूपं तस्य विशेषेण भेदजनकम्. अत एव इदम्भस्त्रा इत्याख्यायत इति भस्त्राख्यं कुम्भकं तु विशेषेणैव कर्तव्यमवश्यकर्तव्यमित्यर्थः. सूर्यभेदनादयस्तु यथासम्भवं कर्तव्याः.
samyag iti. samyag dṛḍhībhūtaṃ gātre gātramadhye suṣumṇnāyām eva samyag udbhūtaṃ samudbhūtaṃ jātaṃ yad granthīnāṃ trayaṃ granthitrayaṃm brahmagranthiviṣṇugranthirudragranthirūpaṃ tasya viśeṣeṇa bhedajanakam. ata eva idam bhastrā ity ākhyāyata iti bhastrākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ tu viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyam avaśyakartavyam ity arthaḥ. sūryabhedanādayas tu yathāsambhavaṃ kartavyāḥ.
Readings

cd omitted in η1 and η2
guṇatraya (em.) ] samyaggātra (cett.), samyaggātre (δ1 δ3), samyagbhastrā (η2), samyagantaḥ (β2)
samudbhūta (β1 β2 βω γ1 ε1 χ) ] samudbhūtaṃ (α1 α3 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η1), samudbhūto (η2)
vibhedakam (cett.) ] vibhedanaṃ (α3 β2), vibhedakaḥ (η2)
tv idam (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ3 χ) ] svidaṃ (γ1), svayaṃ (ε1 ε3), paraṃ (δ1), om. (η1 η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 48cd–49ab

guṇatrayasamudbhūtagranthitrayavibhedakam |

viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ kuṃbhakaṃ tv idam ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.25cd

viśeṣenaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ tv idam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~102r–102v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

samyaggātrasamudbhūtagranthitrayavibhedanam |

viśeṣeṇaiva kartavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ tv idam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.118 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

samyaggātrasamudbhūtagranthitrayavibhedanam |

viśeṣeṇaiva karttavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ tv idam ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~80v (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

guṇatrayasamudbhūtagranthitrayavibhedakam |

viśeṣeṇaiva karttavyaṃ bhastrākhyaṃ kumbhakaṃ svayam ||

HP 2.69

अथ भ्रामरी

वेगोद्घोषं पूरकं भृङ्गनादं

भृङ्गीनादं रेचकं मन्दमन्दम्

योगीन्द्राणामेवमभ्यासयोगा-

च्चित्ते जाता काचिदानन्दलीला

atha bhrāmarī /

vegodghoṣaṃ pūrakaṃ bhṛṅganādaṃ

bhṛṅgīnādaṃ recakaṃ mandamandam /

yogīndrāṇām evam abhyāsayogā-

c citte jātā kācid ānandalīlā //

Now bhrāmarī: Forcibly loud inhalation with the sound of a male bee; very slow exhalation with the sound of a female bee: as a result of practising thus, there arises in the minds of the best yogis an extraordinary blissful playfulness.
Philological Commentary

In the first two pādas we are understanding the usually masculine pūraka and recaka to be neuter nominatives. When explaining this verse, Brahmānanda (Jyotsnā 2.68) supplies the gerund kṛtvā with pūrakaṃ and kuryāt with recakaṃ, but it is unlikely that the author intended this. The compound vegodghoṣaṃ (close to vegoghoṣaṃ in α1) is rather unusual. We have understood it according to the commentator Bālakṛṣṇa’s gloss: `an inhalation in which sound is produced by force’ (vegena sañjāta udghoṣo yasmin pūrake). Many manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā, including the α group, have ānandamūrcchā at the end of the verse, instead of ānandalīlā, which we have adopted and which is supported by β2 and the γ group, as well as the most important testimonia (i.e.~the Haṭharatnāvalī, Yogacintāmaṇi and Yuktabhavadeva). The reading ānanda-mūrcchā is probably the result of dittography as the heading atha mūrcchā follows this verse. It has persisted in the transmission because ānandamūrcchā makes some sense by itself (`swooning through bliss’), although when it is read with the rest of the verse quarter, the meaning is somewhat odd (`swooning through bliss arises in the mind’).

Jyotsna Commentary
भ्रामरीकुम्भकमाह वेगादिति. वेगात्तरसा घोषं सशब्दं यथा स्यात्तथा भृङ्गस्य भ्रमरस्य नाद इव नादो यस्मिन्कर्मणि तत्तथा पूरकं कृत्वा भृङ्ग्या भ्रमर्या नाद इव नादो यस्मिन्तत्तथा मन्दं मन्दं रेचकं कुर्यात्. पूरकानन्तरं कुम्भकस्तु भ्रामर्याः कुम्भकत्वादेव सिद्धो 'विशेषाच्च नोक्तः. पूरकरेचकयोस्तु विशेषो 'स्तीति तावेवोक्तौ. एवम् उक्तरीत्याभ्यसनमभ्यासस्तस्य योगो युक्तिस्तस्माद्योगीन्द्राणां चित्ते काचिदनिर्वाच्या आनन्दे लीला क्रीडा आनन्दलीला जातोत्पन्ना भवति.
bhrāmarīkumbhakam āha vegād iti. vegāt tarasā ghoṣaṃ saśabdaṃ yathā syāt tathā bhṛṅgasya bhramarasya nāda iva nādo yasmin karmaṇi tat tathā pūrakaṃ kṛtvā bhṛṅgyā bhramaryā nāda iva nādo yasmin tat tathā mandaṃ mandaṃ recakaṃ kuryāt. pūrakānantaraṃ kumbhakas tu bhrāmaryāḥ kumbhakatvād eva siddho 'viśeṣāc ca noktaḥ. pūrakarecakayos tu viśeṣo 'stīti tāv evoktau. evam uktarītyābhyasanam abhyāsas tasya yogo yuktis tasmād yogīndrāṇāṃ citte kācid anirvācyā ānande līlā krīḍā ānandalīlā jātotpannā bhavati.
Metre: Śālinī
Readings

atha (cett.) ] om. (Γ δ1)
bhrāmarī (cett.) ] bhramarī (α1 β1 β2 γ2 η2), om. (δ1)
vegodghoṣaṃ (α3 β1 β2 γ2) ] vegodghokhaṃ (δ1), vegoghoṣaṃ (α1), vegodveṣaṃ (δ3 ε1), vegādghoṣaṃ (η2 χ), vegāghoṣaṃ (βω), vegair ghoṣaṃ (η1), vegāgho (γ1), vegākṛṣṭaṃ (ε3)
pūrakaṃ (cett.) ] pūrayet (η2)
bhṛṅganādaṃ (cett.) ] bṛṃginādaṃ (α3), mandamandaṃ (δ1), om. (γ1)
recakaṃ (cett.) ] recayet (η2)
mandamandam (cett.) ] mandaṃ (α1 β1)
yogīndrāṇām (cett.) ] yogeṃdrāṇām (α1 ε1)
evam abhyāsa (cett.) ] nityam abhyāsa (γ2 δ3), nityabhyāsa (γ1)
yogāc (cett.) ] yogāś (η2), yogā (βω), yogī sā (β1)
jātā (cett.) ] yātā (δ1), jāte (η1), jāto (βω)
kācid (cett.) ] kvacid (ε1), cid (βω)
līlā (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 χ) ] mūrchā (α1 α2 α3 β1 βω ε1 ε3 η1 η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.26

atha bhrāmarī---

vegodghoṣaṃ pūrakaṃ bhṛṅganādaṃ

bhṛṅgīnādaṃ recakaṃ mandamandam |

yogīndrāṇāṃ nityam abhyāsayogāc

citte jātā kā cid ānandalīlā ||

līlā ]°mūrcchā N,n1,n2,n3,n4,J,T,t1

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

bhramarī—

vegodghoṣaṃ pūrakaṃ bhṛṅganādaṃ

bhṛṅgīnādaṃ recakaṃ mandamandam |

yogīndrāṇāṃ nityam abhyāsayogāc

citte jātā kācid ānandalīlā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.119 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

atha bhrāmarī---

vegodghoṣaṃ pūrakaṃ bhṛṃganādaṃ

recakaṃ mandamandam |

yogīndrāṇāmevamabhyāsayogāc

citte jātā kācid ānandalīlā ||

Yogaprakāśikā 4.59 (ten-chapter Haṭhapradīpikā)
bhrāmarīkumbhakaṃ lakṣayaty atheti | vegena sañjāta udghoṣo yasmin pūrake taṃ bhṛṅganādatulyaṃ bhṛṅgīnādatulyaṃ recakaṃ kuryād ānandalīleti |
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~80v

vegākṛṣṭiṃ pūrakaṃ bhṛṅganādaṃ

bhaṅgīnādaṃ recakaṃ mandaṃ mandaṃ |

yogīdrāṇām evam abhyāsayogac

cite jātā kācid ānandamūrchā ||

vegodghoṣam iti vā pāṭhaḥ |

Cf.~Kumbhakapaddhati 169

aliśabdayutaṃ vegāt pūrayet kumbhayet tataḥ |

sāliśabdāc chanai rekāt bhrāmarīkumbhako muneḥ ||

ānandalīlāṃ kurute bhrāmarīkumbhako muneḥ || 169 ||

Cf.~Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā 7.10--11

anilaṃ mandavegena bhrāmarīkumbhakaṃ caret |

mandaṃ mandaṃ recayed vāyuṃ bhṛṅganādaṃ tato bhavet || 7.10 ||

antaḥsthaṃ bhramarīnādaṃ śrutvā tatra mano nayet |

samādhir jāyate tatra ānandaḥ so ’ham ity ataḥ || 7.11 ||

HP 2.70

अथ मूर्छा

पूरकान्ते गाढतरं बद्ध्वा जालन्धरं शनैः ।

रेचयेन्मूर्छनाख्येयं मनोमूर्छासुखप्रदा

atha mūrchā /

pūrakānte gāḍhataraṃ baddhvā jālandharaṃ śanaiḥ /

recayen mūrchanākhyeyaṃ manomūrchāsukhapradā //

Now mūrcchā: At the end of inhalation [the yogi] should tightly apply the Jālandhara [lock] and exhale slowly. This, which is called mūrcchā, bestows the bliss of fainting.
Philological Commentary

The Jālandhara lock is explained at 3.67–70.

Jyotsna Commentary
मूर्च्छाकुम्भकमाह पूरकान्त इति. पूरकस्यान्ते 'वसाने 'तिशयेन गाढं गाढतरं दृढतरं जालन्धराख्यं बन्धं बद्ध्वा शनैर्मन्दं मन्दं रेचयेत्. इयं कुम्भिका मूर्च्छनाख्या मनो मूर्च्छयतीति मूर्च्छना इत्यित्याख्यायत इति मूर्च्छनाख्या. कीदृशी मनो मूर्च्छयति इति मनोमूर्च्छा. एतेन मूर्च्छनाया विग्रहदर्शनपूर्वकं फलमुक्तम्. पुनः कीदृशी सुखप्रदा सुखं प्रददातीति सुखप्रदा.
mūrcchākumbhakam āha pūrakānta iti. pūrakasyānte 'vasāne 'tiśayena gāḍhaṃ gāḍhataraṃ dṛḍhataraṃ jālandharākhyaṃ bandhaṃ baddhvā śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ recayet. iyaṃ kumbhikā mūrcchanākhyā mano mūrcchayatīti mūrcchanā ity ityākhyāyata iti mūrcchanākhyā. kīdṛśī mano mūrcchayati iti manomūrcchā. etena mūrcchanāyā vigrahadarśanapūrvakaṃ phalam uktam. punaḥ kīdṛśī sukhapradā sukhaṃ pradadātīti sukhapradā.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε1 and ε2
mūrchā (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 χ) ] mūrchākumbhakaḥ (ε3), mūrchanākumbhakaṃ (ε1 η1 η2), om. (δ1)
gāḍhataraṃ (Γ δ1 ε3 η1 χ) ] gāṭhataraṃ (α2), ghaṭataraṃ (β2), bāḍhataraṃ (α3), vāṃḍhataraṃ (α1), dṛḍhataraṃ (δ3), bahutaraṃ (βω η2), dṛḍhaṃ badhvā (β1)
baddhvā (cett.) ] baṃdhaṃ (β1), baṃdho (δ1 δ3)
jālandharaṃ (cett.) ] jālandhare (γ1), jālandharaḥ (δ1 δ3)
khyeyaṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 ε3 χ) ] khyo’yaṃ (α3 δ1 η1), stho’yaṃ (η2)
pradā (α1 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 χ) ] pradaḥ (α3 βω η2), pradaṃ (η1), prajā (γ1)

Sources
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.27

atha mūrcchā---

pūrakānte gāḍhataraṃ baddhva jālandharaṃ śanaiḥ |

recayen mūrcchanākhyo ’yaṃ manomūrcchāsukhapradā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~101v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

mūrchā—

pūrakānte gāḍhataraṃ bandho jālandharaḥ śanaiḥ |

recayen mūrchanākhyo ’yaṃ manomūrchāsukhapradā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.120 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

atha mūrcchā---

pūrakānte gāḍhataraṃ baddhvā jālandharaṃ śanaiḥ ||

recayen mūrcchanākhyeyaṃ manomūrcchāsukhapradā || 120 ||

Kumbhakapaddhati 170

āpūrya kumbhitaṃ prāṇaṃ badhvā jālandharaṃ śanaiḥ |

recayen mūrcchanākumbho manomūrcchāsukhapradā ||

HP 2.71

अथ प्लावनी(β1, β2, ε3 and χ)

अन्तःप्रवर्तितोद्गारमारुतापूरितोदरः ।

पयस्यगाधेऽपि सुखात् प्लवते पद्मपत्रवत्

इति प्लावनीकुंभकं । (α1, α2, ε1 and ε2)

atha plāvanī / (β1, β2, ε3 and χ)

antaḥpravartitodgāramārutāpūritodaraḥ /

payasy agādhe’pi sukhāt plavate padmapatravat //

iti plāvanīkuṃbhakaṃ / (α1, α2, ε1 and ε2)

Now plāvanī:With his abdomen completely filled with the wind of eructation, which has been turned inwards, [the yogi] floats easily even in deep water, like a lotus leaf.
Philological Commentary

The heading atha plāvanī is not found in α1 (which follows the description with plāvanīkumbhakaṃ), but we have adopted it to be consistent with the other kumbhaka descriptions. We have understood udgāramāruta to refer to the breath of eructation, i.e.~the nāga breath as described in e.g.~Vivekamārtaṇḍa 36. V19, P28, the Yogacintāmaṇi and the Haṭharatnāvalī omit this verse and accordingly do not mention plāvinī in verse 2.44, substituting it with kevala.

Jyotsna Commentary
प्लाविनीकुम्भकमाह अन्तरिति. अन्तः शरीरान्तः प्रवर्तितः पूरित उदारो 'तिशयितो यो मारुतः समीरस्तेन आ समन्तात्पूरितमुदरं येन स पुमानगाधे 'प्यतलस्पर्शे 'पि पयसि जले पद्मपत्रवत्पद्मपत्रेण तुल्यं सुखादनायासात्प्लवते तरति जलोपरि गच्छति.
plāvinīkumbhakam āha antar iti. antaḥ śarīrāntaḥ pravartitaḥ pūrita udāro 'tiśayito yo mārutaḥ samīras tena ā samantāt pūritam udaraṃ yena sa pumān agādhe 'py atalasparśe 'pi payasi jale padmapatravat padmapatreṇa tulyaṃ sukhād anāyāsāt plavate tarati jalopari gacchati.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: bha-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in δ1 and δ3
plāvanī (β1 β2) ] plāvinī (χ), plāvanīkuṃbhakaḥ (ε3)
antaḥ (cett.) ] ataḥ (γ2), aṃta (β1), anna (ε1), atha (η1)
pravartitodgāra (α1 β1 β2 γ2 ε1) ] pravartitādgāra (γ1), pravartitodāra (χ), pravartitodhāra (βω), pravartitādhāra (ε3 η2), pravartitādhāraṃ (α3), prakṛtitodāra (η1)
mārutā (cett.) ] mārutī (γ1), mārute (η1), māruta (βω), marudā (α3)
payasy agādhe’pi sukhāt (α1 β1 β2 ε1 χ) ] payasy agādhe ti sukhāt (ε3), payasy agādhe pi sukhaṃ (γ2), yadyasyagādhe pi sukhaṃ (γ1), payasvī gādha pī kṣāt (η1), sākṣāt payasy agādhe pi (βω η2)
plavate (α1 β1 β2 ε1 ε3 η1 χ) ] plavato (βω η2), labhate (Γ)
padma (cett.) ] yapa (γ1)
patravat (cett.) ] vat sadā (ε3)
iti (ε1 ε2) ] om. (α1)

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 7.121 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

antaḥpravarttitādhāramārutāpūritodaraḥ |

payasy agādhe ’pi sukhāt plavate padmapatravat ||

ayam eva plāvinī kumbhako’pi |

Cf.~Kumbhakapaddhati 171

yatheṣṭaṃ pūrayed vāyuṃ baddhe jālandhare dṛḍhe |

hṛdi dhṛtvā jale suptvā plāvinīkumbhako bhavet || 171 ||

Yogaprakāśikā 4.61 (Ten-chapter Haṭhapradīpikā)

plāvanīkumbhakaṃ lakṣayati antar iti |

antaḥsañcāritenāpānavāyunā pūritam udaraṃ yasyeti vigrahaḥ |

HP 2.72

अथ केवलकुम्भकम्

प्राणायामस्त्रिधा प्रोक्तो रेचपूरककुम्भकैः

सहितः केवलश्चेति कुम्भको द्विविधो मतः ॥

atha kevalakumbhakam /

prāṇāyāmas tridhā prokto recapūrakakumbhakaiḥ /

sahitaḥ kevalaś ceti kumbhako dvividho mataḥ //

Now kevalakumbhaka: Breath control is said to be threefold, with exhalation, inhalation, and retention. Retention is considered to be twofold: sahita and kevala.
Philological Commentary

The import of the name sahita, “accompanied”, is that kumbhaka is accompanied by inhalation and exhalation, and of kevala, “isolated”, that it is not.

Jyotsna Commentary
अथ प्राणायामभेदानाह प्राणायाम इति. प्राणस्य शरीरान्तःसञ्चारिवायोरायमनं निरोधनमायामः प्राणायामः. प्राणायामलक्षणमुक्तं गोरक्षनाथेन

प्राणः स्वदेहजो वायुरायामस्तन्निरोधनम्

इति. रेचकश्च पूरकश्च कुम्भकश्च तैर्भेदैस्त्रिधा त्रिप्रकारकः रेचकप्राणायामः पूरकप्राणायामः कुम्भकप्राणायामश्चेति. रेचकलक्षणमाह याज्ञवल्क्यः

बहिर्यद्रेचनं वायोरुदराद्रेचकः स्मृतः

इति. रेचकप्राणायामलक्षणम्

निष्क्रम्य नासाविवरादशेषं

प्राणं बहिः शून्यमिवानिलेन

निरुच्छ्वसंस्तिष्ठति रुद्धवायुः

स रेचको नाम महानिरोधः

पूरकलक्षणम्

बाह्यादापूरणं वायोरुदरे पूरको हि सः

इति. पूरकप्राणायामलक्षणम्

बाह्ये स्थितं प्राणपुटेन वायुम्

आकृष्य तेनैव शनैः समन्तात्

नाडीश्च सर्वाः परिपूरयेद्यः

स पूरको नाम महानिरोधः

कुम्भकलक्षणं

सम्पूर्य कुम्भवद्वायोर्धारणं कुम्भको भवेत्

अयं कुम्भकस्तु पूरकप्राणायामादभिन्नः. भिन्नस्तु

न रेचको नैव च पूरको 'त्र

नासापुटान्तस्थितमेव वायुम्

सुनिश्चलं धारयते क्रमेण

कुम्भाख्यमेतत्प्रवदन्ति तज्ज्ञाः

अथ प्रकारान्तरेण प्राणायामं विभजते सहित इति. कुम्भको द्विविधः सहितः केवलश्चेति. मतो 'भिमतो योगिनामिति शेषः. तत्र सहितो द्विविधः रेचकपूर्वकः पूरकपूर्वकश्च. तद् उक्तं

आरेच्यापूर्य वा कुर्यात्स वै सहितकुम्भकः

तत्र रेचकपूर्वको रेचकप्राणायामादभिन्नः. पूरकपूर्वकः कुम्भकः पूरकप्राणायामाद् अभिन्नः. केवलकुम्भकः कुम्भकप्राणायामादभिन्नः. प्रागुक्ताः सूर्यभेदनादयः पूरकपूर्वकस्य कुम्भकस्य भेदा ज्ञातव्याः.
atha prāṇāyāmabhedān āha prāṇāyāma iti. prāṇasya śarīrāntaḥsañcārivāyor āyamanaṃ nirodhanam āyāmaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ. prāṇāyāmalakṣaṇam uktaṃ gorakṣanāthena

prāṇaḥ svadehajo vāyur āyāmas tannirodhanam

iti. recakaś ca pūrakaś ca kumbhakaś ca tair bhedais tridhā triprakārakaḥ recakaprāṇāyāmaḥ pūrakaprāṇāyāmaḥ kumbhakaprāṇāyāmaś ceti. recakalakṣaṇam āha yājñavalkyaḥ

bahir yad recanaṃ vāyor udarād recakaḥ smṛtaḥ

iti. recakaprāṇāyāmalakṣaṇam

niṣkramya nāsāvivarād aśeṣaṃ

prāṇaṃ bahiḥ śūnyam ivānilena

nirucchvasaṃs tiṣṭhati ruddhavāyuḥ

sa recako nāma mahānirodhaḥ

pūrakalakṣaṇam

bāhyād āpūraṇaṃ vāyor udare pūrako hi saḥ

iti. pūrakaprāṇāyāmalakṣaṇam

bāhye sthitaṃ prāṇapuṭena vāyum

ākṛṣya tenaiva śanaiḥ samantāt

nāḍīś ca sarvāḥ paripūrayed yaḥ

sa pūrako nāma mahānirodhaḥ

kumbhakalakṣaṇaṃ

sampūrya kumbhavad vāyor dhāraṇaṃ kumbhako bhavet

ayaṃ kumbhakas tu pūrakaprāṇāyāmād abhinnaḥ. bhinnas tu

na recako naiva ca pūrako 'tra

nāsāpuṭāntasthitam eva vāyum

suniścalaṃ dhārayate krameṇa

kumbhākhyam etat pravadanti tajjñāḥ

atha prakārāntareṇa prāṇāyāmaṃ vibhajate sahita iti. kumbhako dvividhaḥ sahitaḥ kevalaś ceti. mato 'bhimato yoginām iti śeṣaḥ. tatra sahito dvividhaḥ recakapūrvakaḥ pūrakapūrvakaś ca. tad uktaṃ

ārecyāpūrya vā kuryāt sa vai sahitakumbhakaḥ

tatra recakapūrvako recakaprāṇāyāmād abhinnaḥ. pūrakapūrvakaḥ kumbhakaḥ pūrakaprāṇāyāmād abhinnaḥ. kevalakumbhakaḥ kumbhakaprāṇāyāmād abhinnaḥ. prāg uktāḥ sūryabhedanādayaḥ pūrakapūrvakasya kumbhakasya bhedā jñātavyāḥ.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε1
kevalakumbhakam (α1 α2 β1 β2 ε1 η1) ] kevalakumbhaka (βω), kevalakumbhakaḥ (α3 η2), kevalaḥ (ε3), sahitaḥ (Γ), sahitaṃ (δ3), om. (δ1 χ)
prāṇāyāmas (cett.) ] prāṇāyāmās (γ1 η1), prāṇāyāma (α1)
prokto (cett.) ] proktā (α1 γ1 η1)
reca (cett.) ] recaka (βω γ2 η2)
pūraka (cett.) ] kumbhaka (δ1)
kumbhakaiḥ (cett.) ] kumbhakāḥ (η1), kumbhakau (Γ), pūrakaiḥ (δ1)
sahitaḥ (cett.) ] sajātaṃ (α3)
kevalaś ceti (cett.) ] kevalaṃ ceti (α3 η1), kevalastreti (γ2), kevalaś caiva (β2)
dvividho (cett.) ] dvividhā (α3 ε2 η1), dvinidho (δ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 29

prāṇaś ca dehajo vāyur āyāmaḥ kumbhakaḥ smṛtaḥ |

sa eva dvividhaḥ proktaḥ sahitaḥ kevalas tathā ||

Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 3.2cd

prāṇāyāmas tribhiḥ prokto recapūrakakumbhakaiḥ || 2 ||

Testimonia
Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~32r (attrib. to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

prāṇāyāmas tridhā prokto recapūrakakumbhakaiḥ |

bahir virocanaṃ vāyor udarād recakaḥ smṛtaḥ ||

bāhyād āpūraṇaṃ vāyor udare pūrakaḥ smṛtaḥ |

saṃpūrṇakuṃbhavad vāyor dhāraṇaṃ kumbhako bhavet |

sahitaḥ kevalaś ceti kumbhako dvividho mataḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.122 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

atha kevalaḥ

prāṇāyāmas tridhā prokto recapūrakakumbhakaiḥ |

sahitaḥ kevalaś ceti kumbhako dvividho mataḥ ||

HP 2.73

विरेच्यापूर्य यत्कुर्यात् स वै सहितकुम्भकः

यावत्केवलसिद्धिः स्यात् तावत्सहितमभ्यसेत् ॥

virecyāpūrya yat kuryāt sa vai sahitakumbhakaḥ /

yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitam abhyaset //

The [breath retention] that [the yogi] performs with exhalation and inhalation is sahita. He should practice sahita until kevala is perfected.
Philological Commentary

We have adopted the Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā’s reading, which is very close to that of δ1 (ārecyāpūrya yat kuryāt) and δ3 (ārecyāpūrya yaḥ kuryāt) and similar to α2 (recapūrya y[a]t kāryaḥ). It is the only one that makes sense of 2.73ab. It appears that the relative pronoun dropped out of the first verse quarter early in the transmission of the Haṭhapradīpikā and scribes have tried in various unsuccessful ways to restore some sense. Cf.~Marcinowska-Rosól & Sellmer 2021, p. 102f.

Jyotsna Commentary

आरेच्यापूर्य वा कुर्यात्स वै सहितकुम्भकः

सहितकुम्भकाभ्यासस्यावधिमाह यावदिति. केवलस्य केवलकुम्भकस्य सिद्धिः केवलसिद्धिर् यावत्यावत्पर्यन्तं स्यात्तावत्तावत्पर्यन्तं सहितं सहितकुम्भकं सूर्यभेदादिकमभ्यसेद् अनुतिष्ठेत्. सुषुम्ण्नाभेदानन्तरं यदा सुषुम्ण्नान्तः घटशब्दा भवन्ति तदा केवलकुम्भकः सिद्ध्यति. तदनन्तरं सहितकुम्भका दश विंशतिर्वा कार्याः. अशीतिसङ्ख्यापूर्तिः केवलकुम्भकैरेव कर्तव्या. सति सामर्थ्ये केवलकुम्भका अशीतेरधिकाः कार्याः. केवलकुम्भकस्य लक्षणमाह रेचकम् इति. रेचकं पूरकं मुक्त्वा त्यक्त्वा सुखमनायासं यथा स्यात्तथा वायोर्धारणंम्वायुधारणंम् यत्.

ārecyāpūrya vā kuryāt sa vai sahitakumbhakaḥ

sahitakumbhakābhyāsasyāvadhim āha yāvad iti. kevalasya kevalakumbhakasya siddhiḥ kevalasiddhir yāvat yāvatparyantaṃ syāt tāvat tāvatparyantaṃ sahitaṃ sahitakumbhakaṃ sūryabhedādikam abhyased anutiṣṭhet. suṣumṇnābhedānantaraṃ yadā suṣumṇnāntaḥ ghaṭaśabdā bhavanti tadā kevalakumbhakaḥ siddhyati. tadanantaraṃ sahitakumbhakā daśa viṃśatir vā kāryāḥ. aśītisaṅkhyāpūrtiḥ kevalakumbhakair eva kartavyā. sati sāmarthye kevalakumbhakā aśīter adhikāḥ kāryāḥ. kevalakumbhakasya lakṣaṇam āha recakam iti. recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā tyaktvā sukham anāyāsaṃ yathā syāt tathā vāyor dhāraṇaṃm vāyudhāraṇaṃm yat.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.73-74

आरेच्यापूर्य वा कुर्यात्स वै सहितकुम्भकः

सहितकुम्भकाभ्यासस्यावधिमाह यावदिति. केवलस्य केवलकुम्भकस्य सिद्धिः केवलसिद्धिर् यावत्यावत्पर्यन्तं स्यात्तावत्तावत्पर्यन्तं सहितं सहितकुम्भकं सूर्यभेदादिकमभ्यसेद् अनुतिष्ठेत्. सुषुम्ण्नाभेदानन्तरं यदा सुषुम्ण्नान्तः घटशब्दा भवन्ति तदा केवलकुम्भकः सिद्ध्यति. तदनन्तरं सहितकुम्भका दश विंशतिर्वा कार्याः. अशीतिसङ्ख्यापूर्तिः केवलकुम्भकैरेव कर्तव्या. सति सामर्थ्ये केवलकुम्भका अशीतेरधिकाः कार्याः. केवलकुम्भकस्य लक्षणमाह रेचकम् इति. रेचकं पूरकं मुक्त्वा त्यक्त्वा सुखमनायासं यथा स्यात्तथा वायोर्धारणंम्वायुधारणंम् यत्.

ārecyāpūrya vā kuryāt sa vai sahitakumbhakaḥ

sahitakumbhakābhyāsasyāvadhim āha yāvad iti. kevalasya kevalakumbhakasya siddhiḥ kevalasiddhir yāvat yāvatparyantaṃ syāt tāvat tāvatparyantaṃ sahitaṃ sahitakumbhakaṃ sūryabhedādikam abhyased anutiṣṭhet. suṣumṇnābhedānantaraṃ yadā suṣumṇnāntaḥ ghaṭaśabdā bhavanti tadā kevalakumbhakaḥ siddhyati. tadanantaraṃ sahitakumbhakā daśa viṃśatir vā kāryāḥ. aśītisaṅkhyāpūrtiḥ kevalakumbhakair eva kartavyā. sati sāmarthye kevalakumbhakā aśīter adhikāḥ kāryāḥ. kevalakumbhakasya lakṣaṇam āha recakam iti. recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā tyaktvā sukham anāyāsaṃ yathā syāt tathā vāyor dhāraṇaṃm vāyudhāraṇaṃm yat.
Readings

ab omitted in ε1 and χ
virecyāpūrya yat kuryāt (em.) ] ārecyāpūrya yat kuryāt (δ1), ārecyāpūrya yaḥ kuryāt (δ3), recayet pūrakaṃ kuryāt (Γ ε2), recakaṃ pūrakaṃ kuryāt (α3 ε3), recakaḥ pūrakaḥ kāryaṃ (βω), recakaḥ pūrakaṃ kāryaṃ (η1), recakaḥ pūrakaḥ kārya (η2), recakaḥ pūrvavat kāryaḥ (α1), reco vā pūrakaḥ kāryaḥ (β1), recāpūryayet kāryaḥ (α2), virecya pūrakaḥ kāryaḥ (β2), om. (ε1 χ)
sa vai (α1 δ1 δ3 η1) ] savyai (ε2), sa<<r>>vvai (η2), śanaiḥ (β1 β2 βω Γ ε3), om. (ε1 χ)
sahitakumbhakaḥ (cett.) ] sahitakuṃbhakaiḥ (β1), saṃyatakuṃbhakaḥ (ε3), om. (ε1 χ)
siddhiḥ (cett.) ] śuddhiḥ (δ1 η2)
tāvat sahitam (α3 β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 η1) ] tāvat sahitasam (η2), sahitaṃ tāvad (α1 ε1 ε2 ε3 χ)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 3.28

virecyāpūrya yaṃ kuryāt sa vai sahitakumbhakaḥ

sahitaṃ kevalaṃ cātha kumbhakaṃ nityam abhyaset ||

yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitam abhyaset |

28a virecyāpūrya ] recyavāpūrya yat la, ārecyāpūrya yaḥ śa

Yogayājñavalkya 6.31cd–32

recya cāpūrya yaḥ kuryāt sa vai sahitakumbhakaḥ ||

sahitaṃ kevalaṃ cātha kumbhakaṃ nityam abhyaset |

yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitam abhyaset ||

Cf.~Dattātreyayogaśāstra 66ab

sahito recapūrābhyāṃ tasmāt sahitakumbhakaḥ |

Cf. Gorakṣaśataka 30ab

yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt tāvat sahitam abhyaset |

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~96v (attr.~to Yājnavalkya)

sahitaṃ kevalaṃ vātha kuṃbhakaṃ nityam abhyaset |

yāvat kevalasiddhis syāt tāvat sahitam abhyaset ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.123 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

recya vā pūrakaḥ kāryaḥ śanaiḥ sahitakumbhakaḥ |

yāvat kevalasiddhiḥ syāt sahitaṃ tāvad abhyaset ||

HP 2.74

रेचकं पूरकं मुक्त्वा सुखं यद्वायुधारणम्

प्राणायामोऽयमित्युक्तः स वै केवलकुम्भकः

recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā sukhaṃ yad vāyudhāraṇam /

prāṇāyāmo’yam ity uktaḥ sa vai kevalakumbhakaḥ //

Holding the breath comfortably without exhalation and inhalation is kevalakumbhaka. This is said to be [the true] breath control.
Philological Commentary

On this verse, see Marcinkowska-Rosół and Sellmer 2020: 102–105.

Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.73-74
सहितकुम्भकाभ्यासस्यावधिमाह यावदिति. केवलस्य केवलकुम्भकस्य सिद्धिः केवलसिद्धिर् यावत्यावत्पर्यन्तं स्यात्तावत्तावत्पर्यन्तं सहितं सहितकुम्भकं सूर्यभेदादिकमभ्यसेद् अनुतिष्ठेत्. सुषुम्ण्नाभेदानन्तरं यदा सुषुम्ण्नान्तः घटशब्दा भवन्ति तदा केवलकुम्भकः सिद्ध्यति. तदनन्तरं सहितकुम्भका दश विंशतिर्वा कार्याः. अशीतिसङ्ख्यापूर्तिः केवलकुम्भकैरेव कर्तव्या. सति सामर्थ्ये केवलकुम्भका अशीतेरधिकाः कार्याः. केवलकुम्भकस्य लक्षणमाह रेचकम् इति. रेचकं पूरकं मुक्त्वा त्यक्त्वा सुखमनायासं यथा स्यात्तथा वायोर्धारणंम्वायुधारणंम् यत्.
प्राणायाम इति. स वै इति निश्चितं. केवलकुम्भकः प्राणायामः इत्ययमुक्तः. केवलं प्रशंसन्ति केवल इति. रेचो रेचकः. रेचश्च पूरकश्चेति रेचपूरकौ ताभ्यां वर्जिते रहिते केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे सति.
sahitakumbhakābhyāsasyāvadhim āha yāvad iti. kevalasya kevalakumbhakasya siddhiḥ kevalasiddhir yāvat yāvatparyantaṃ syāt tāvat tāvatparyantaṃ sahitaṃ sahitakumbhakaṃ sūryabhedādikam abhyased anutiṣṭhet. suṣumṇnābhedānantaraṃ yadā suṣumṇnāntaḥ ghaṭaśabdā bhavanti tadā kevalakumbhakaḥ siddhyati. tadanantaraṃ sahitakumbhakā daśa viṃśatir vā kāryāḥ. aśītisaṅkhyāpūrtiḥ kevalakumbhakair eva kartavyā. sati sāmarthye kevalakumbhakā aśīter adhikāḥ kāryāḥ. kevalakumbhakasya lakṣaṇam āha recakam iti. recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā tyaktvā sukham anāyāsaṃ yathā syāt tathā vāyor dhāraṇaṃm vāyudhāraṇaṃm yat.
prāṇāyāma iti. sa vai iti niścitaṃ. kevalakumbhakaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ ity ayam uktaḥ. kevalaṃ praśaṃsanti kevala iti. reco recakaḥ. recaś ca pūrakaś ceti recapūrakau tābhyāṃ varjite rahite kevale kumbhake siddhe sati.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.74-75
सहितकुम्भकाभ्यासस्यावधिमाह यावदिति. केवलस्य केवलकुम्भकस्य सिद्धिः केवलसिद्धिर् यावत्यावत्पर्यन्तं स्यात्तावत्तावत्पर्यन्तं सहितं सहितकुम्भकं सूर्यभेदादिकमभ्यसेद् अनुतिष्ठेत्. सुषुम्ण्नाभेदानन्तरं यदा सुषुम्ण्नान्तः घटशब्दा भवन्ति तदा केवलकुम्भकः सिद्ध्यति. तदनन्तरं सहितकुम्भका दश विंशतिर्वा कार्याः. अशीतिसङ्ख्यापूर्तिः केवलकुम्भकैरेव कर्तव्या. सति सामर्थ्ये केवलकुम्भका अशीतेरधिकाः कार्याः. केवलकुम्भकस्य लक्षणमाह रेचकम् इति. रेचकं पूरकं मुक्त्वा त्यक्त्वा सुखमनायासं यथा स्यात्तथा वायोर्धारणंम्वायुधारणंम् यत्.
प्राणायाम इति. स वै इति निश्चितं. केवलकुम्भकः प्राणायामः इत्ययमुक्तः. केवलं प्रशंसन्ति केवल इति. रेचो रेचकः. रेचश्च पूरकश्चेति रेचपूरकौ ताभ्यां वर्जिते रहिते केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे सति.
sahitakumbhakābhyāsasyāvadhim āha yāvad iti. kevalasya kevalakumbhakasya siddhiḥ kevalasiddhir yāvat yāvatparyantaṃ syāt tāvat tāvatparyantaṃ sahitaṃ sahitakumbhakaṃ sūryabhedādikam abhyased anutiṣṭhet. suṣumṇnābhedānantaraṃ yadā suṣumṇnāntaḥ ghaṭaśabdā bhavanti tadā kevalakumbhakaḥ siddhyati. tadanantaraṃ sahitakumbhakā daśa viṃśatir vā kāryāḥ. aśītisaṅkhyāpūrtiḥ kevalakumbhakair eva kartavyā. sati sāmarthye kevalakumbhakā aśīter adhikāḥ kāryāḥ. kevalakumbhakasya lakṣaṇam āha recakam iti. recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā tyaktvā sukham anāyāsaṃ yathā syāt tathā vāyor dhāraṇaṃm vāyudhāraṇaṃm yat.
prāṇāyāma iti. sa vai iti niścitaṃ. kevalakumbhakaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ ity ayam uktaḥ. kevalaṃ praśaṃsanti kevala iti. reco recakaḥ. recaś ca pūrakaś ceti recapūrakau tābhyāṃ varjite rahite kevale kumbhake siddhe sati.
Readings

pūrakaṃ (cett.) ] kuṃbhakaṃ (β2)
muktvā (α2 α3 β1 β2 ε1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] muktaṃ (βω), tyaktvā (α1 Γ δ1 δ3)
sukhaṃ (cett.) ] mukhaṃ (γ1 δ3), sukhād (η1 η2)
yad vāyudhāraṇam (cett.) ] yad vāyudhāraṇāt (δ3), vāyunirodhanam (η1 η2), saṃdhāya dhāraṇāṃ (ε1)
sa vai (cett.) ] sarvaiḥ (ε1), sarve (α1), sacet (α3)
kumbhakaḥ (cett.) ] kumbhaka (α1 βω), kumbhakaṃ (β1), kumbhataḥ (γ1)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 3.27

recanaṃ pūraṇaṃ muktvā sukhaṃ yad vāyudhāraṇam |

prāṇāyāmo ’yam ity uktaḥ sa vai kevalakumbhakaḥ ||

Yogayājñavalkya 6.30cd–6.31ab

recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā sukhaṃ yad vāyudhāraṇam |

prāṇāyāmo ’yam ity uktaḥ sa vai kevalakumbhakaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.28

atha kevalaḥ---

recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā sukhaṃ yad vāyudhāraṇam |

prāṇāyāmo ’yam ity uktaḥ sa vai kevalakumbhakaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~94v (attr.~to `tajjñāḥ’)

recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā yat sukhaṃ vāyudhāraṇam |

prāṇāyāmo ’yam ity uktaḥ sa vai kevalakumbhakaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.124 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

recakaṃ pūrakaṃ muktvā yad vāyudhāraṇam |

prāṇāyāmo ’yam ity uktaḥ sa vai kevalakumbhakaḥ ||

HP 2.75

केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे रेचपूरकवर्जिते

न तस्य दुर्लभं किंचित् त्रिषु लोकेषु विद्यते ॥

kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūrakavarjite /

na tasya durlabhaṃ kiṃcit triṣu lokeṣu vidyate //

When breath retention is mastered on its own, without exhalation and inhalation, nothing in the three worlds is impossible for [the yogi].
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.74-75
प्राणायाम इति. स वै इति निश्चितं. केवलकुम्भकः प्राणायामः इत्ययमुक्तः. केवलं प्रशंसन्ति केवल इति. रेचो रेचकः. रेचश्च पूरकश्चेति रेचपूरकौ ताभ्यां वर्जिते रहिते केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे सति.
नेति. तस्य योगिनस्त्रिषु लोकेषु दुर्लभं दुष्प्रापं किमपि किञ्चित्किमपि न विद्यते. तस्य सर्वं सुलभमित्यर्थः. शक्त इति केवलकुम्भकेन केवलकुम्भकाभ्यासेन शक्तः समर्थो यथेष्टं यथेच्छं वायोर्धारणं वायुधारणं तस्माद्वायुधारणात्.
prāṇāyāma iti. sa vai iti niścitaṃ. kevalakumbhakaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ ity ayam uktaḥ. kevalaṃ praśaṃsanti kevala iti. reco recakaḥ. recaś ca pūrakaś ceti recapūrakau tābhyāṃ varjite rahite kevale kumbhake siddhe sati.
neti. tasya yoginas triṣu lokeṣu durlabhaṃ duṣprāpaṃ kim api kiñcit kim api na vidyate. tasya sarvaṃ sulabham ity arthaḥ. śakta iti kevalakumbhakena kevalakumbhakābhyāsena śaktaḥ samartho yatheṣṭaṃ yathecchaṃ vāyor dhāraṇaṃ vāyudhāraṇaṃ tasmād vāyudhāraṇāt.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.75-76
प्राणायाम इति. स वै इति निश्चितं. केवलकुम्भकः प्राणायामः इत्ययमुक्तः. केवलं प्रशंसन्ति केवल इति. रेचो रेचकः. रेचश्च पूरकश्चेति रेचपूरकौ ताभ्यां वर्जिते रहिते केवले कुम्भके सिद्धे सति.
नेति. तस्य योगिनस्त्रिषु लोकेषु दुर्लभं दुष्प्रापं किमपि किञ्चित्किमपि न विद्यते. तस्य सर्वं सुलभमित्यर्थः. शक्त इति केवलकुम्भकेन केवलकुम्भकाभ्यासेन शक्तः समर्थो यथेष्टं यथेच्छं वायोर्धारणं वायुधारणं तस्माद्वायुधारणात्.
prāṇāyāma iti. sa vai iti niścitaṃ. kevalakumbhakaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ ity ayam uktaḥ. kevalaṃ praśaṃsanti kevala iti. reco recakaḥ. recaś ca pūrakaś ceti recapūrakau tābhyāṃ varjite rahite kevale kumbhake siddhe sati.
neti. tasya yoginas triṣu lokeṣu durlabhaṃ duṣprāpaṃ kim api kiñcit kim api na vidyate. tasya sarvaṃ sulabham ity arthaḥ. śakta iti kevalakumbhakena kevalakumbhakābhyāsena śaktaḥ samartho yatheṣṭaṃ yathecchaṃ vāyor dhāraṇaṃ vāyudhāraṇaṃ tasmād vāyudhāraṇāt.
Readings

kevale kumbhake (cett.) ] kumbhake kevale (ε3), kumbhakaḥ kevale (χ)
siddhe (cett.) ] siddho (βω), siddhi (β1 η1)
reca (cett.) ] recaḥ (γ2), recaka (α1 βω η2), recake (α3)
pūraka (β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] pūra (α1 α3 βω ε3 η1), pūre (ε1)
varjite (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] vivarjite (α3 ε3 η1), vivarjitaṃ (βω), vivarjayet (ε1)
durlabhaṃ (cett.) ] durlabha (η1)
lokeṣu (cett.) ] kāleṣu (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 74

kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūrakavarjite |

na tasya durlabhaṃ kiṃ cit triṣu lokeṣu vidyate ||

Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 3.30

kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūraṇavarjite |

na tasya durlabhaṃ kiṃ cit triṣu lokeṣu vidyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.29

kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūrakavarjite |

na tasya durlabhaṃ kiñ cit triṣu lokeṣu vidyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~97r (attr.~to Yājñavalkya)

kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūraṇavarjite |

na tasya durlabhaṃ kiṃ cit triṣu lokeṣu vidyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.125 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

kevale kumbhake siddhe recapūrakavarjite |

na tasya durlabhaṃ kiñcit triṣu lokeṣuṃ vidyate ||

HP 2.76

शक्तः केवलकुम्भेन यथेष्टं वायुधारणम्

राजयोगपदं चैव लभते नात्र संशयः ॥

śaktaḥ kevalakumbhena yatheṣṭaṃ vāyudhāraṇam /

rājayogapadaṃ caiva labhate nātra saṃśayaḥ //

He who is capable of kevalakumbhaka undoubtedly attains [the ability to] hold the breath as long as he wants and the state of Rājayoga.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.75-76
नेति. तस्य योगिनस्त्रिषु लोकेषु दुर्लभं दुष्प्रापं किमपि किञ्चित्किमपि न विद्यते. तस्य सर्वं सुलभमित्यर्थः. शक्त इति केवलकुम्भकेन केवलकुम्भकाभ्यासेन शक्तः समर्थो यथेष्टं यथेच्छं वायोर्धारणं वायुधारणं तस्माद्वायुधारणात्.
राजेति. राजयोगपदं राजयोगात्मकं पदं लभते. अत्र संशयो न. निश्चितमेतदित्यर्थः. कुम्भकाभ्यासस्य परम्परया कैवल्यहेतुमत्वमाह कुम्भकादिति. कुम्भकात्कुम्भकाभ्यासात् कुण्डली आधारशक्तिस्तस्या बोधो निद्राभङ्गो भवेत्. कुण्डल्या बोधः कुण्डलीबोधस्तस्मात् कुण्डलीबोधतः अनर्गलेति सुषुम्ण्ना मध्यनाडी अनर्गला कफाद्यर्गलरहिता भवेत्. हठस्य हठाभ्यासस्य सिद्धिः प्रत्याहारादिपरम्परया कैवल्यरूपा सिद्धिर्जायते.
neti. tasya yoginas triṣu lokeṣu durlabhaṃ duṣprāpaṃ kim api kiñcit kim api na vidyate. tasya sarvaṃ sulabham ity arthaḥ. śakta iti kevalakumbhakena kevalakumbhakābhyāsena śaktaḥ samartho yatheṣṭaṃ yathecchaṃ vāyor dhāraṇaṃ vāyudhāraṇaṃ tasmād vāyudhāraṇāt.
rājeti. rājayogapadaṃ rājayogātmakaṃ padaṃ labhate. atra saṃśayo na. niścitam etad ity arthaḥ. kumbhakābhyāsasya paramparayā kaivalyahetumatvam āha kumbhakād iti. kumbhakāt kumbhakābhyāsāt kuṇḍalī ādhāraśaktis tasyā bodho nidrābhaṅgo bhavet. kuṇḍalyā bodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhas tasmāt kuṇḍalībodhataḥ anargaleti suṣumṇnā madhyanāḍī anargalā kaphādyargalarahitā bhavet. haṭhasya haṭhābhyāsasya siddhiḥ pratyāhārādiparamparayā kaivalyarūpā siddhir jāyate.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.76-79
नेति. तस्य योगिनस्त्रिषु लोकेषु दुर्लभं दुष्प्रापं किमपि किञ्चित्किमपि न विद्यते. तस्य सर्वं सुलभमित्यर्थः. शक्त इति केवलकुम्भकेन केवलकुम्भकाभ्यासेन शक्तः समर्थो यथेष्टं यथेच्छं वायोर्धारणं वायुधारणं तस्माद्वायुधारणात्.
राजेति. राजयोगपदं राजयोगात्मकं पदं लभते. अत्र संशयो न. निश्चितमेतदित्यर्थः. कुम्भकाभ्यासस्य परम्परया कैवल्यहेतुमत्वमाह कुम्भकादिति. कुम्भकात्कुम्भकाभ्यासात् कुण्डली आधारशक्तिस्तस्या बोधो निद्राभङ्गो भवेत्. कुण्डल्या बोधः कुण्डलीबोधस्तस्मात् कुण्डलीबोधतः अनर्गलेति सुषुम्ण्ना मध्यनाडी अनर्गला कफाद्यर्गलरहिता भवेत्. हठस्य हठाभ्यासस्य सिद्धिः प्रत्याहारादिपरम्परया कैवल्यरूपा सिद्धिर्जायते.
neti. tasya yoginas triṣu lokeṣu durlabhaṃ duṣprāpaṃ kim api kiñcit kim api na vidyate. tasya sarvaṃ sulabham ity arthaḥ. śakta iti kevalakumbhakena kevalakumbhakābhyāsena śaktaḥ samartho yatheṣṭaṃ yathecchaṃ vāyor dhāraṇaṃ vāyudhāraṇaṃ tasmād vāyudhāraṇāt.
rājeti. rājayogapadaṃ rājayogātmakaṃ padaṃ labhate. atra saṃśayo na. niścitam etad ity arthaḥ. kumbhakābhyāsasya paramparayā kaivalyahetumatvam āha kumbhakād iti. kumbhakāt kumbhakābhyāsāt kuṇḍalī ādhāraśaktis tasyā bodho nidrābhaṅgo bhavet. kuṇḍalyā bodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhas tasmāt kuṇḍalībodhataḥ anargaleti suṣumṇnā madhyanāḍī anargalā kaphādyargalarahitā bhavet. haṭhasya haṭhābhyāsasya siddhiḥ pratyāhārādiparamparayā kaivalyarūpā siddhir jāyate.
Readings

śaktaḥ (α1 β2 Γ ε3 η1 χ) ] śakta (β1), saktaṃ (ε1), śakti (α2 α3), śuddha (βω δ1 η2), śuddhaḥ (δ3)
kevalakumbhena (cett.) ] kevale kumbhake (γ1), cet kevale kuṃbhe (β1)
yatheṣṭaṃ (cett.) ] yatheṣṭa (ε1), yathoktaṃ (δ1 δ3)
dhāraṇam (cett.) ] dhāraṇe (α1 ε3), dhāraṇāt (ε1 χ)
yoga (cett.) ] yogaṃ (βω), yogo (β1)
padaṃ (cett.) ] phalaṃ (ε1)
caiva (cett.) ] caivaṃ (η1), cāpi (χ), samyak (Γ)
labhate (cett.) ] labhyate (β2 ε1 η1 η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.30

śaktaḥ kevalakumbhena yatheṣṭaṃ vāyudhāraṇam |

etādṛśo rājayogo kathito nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.126 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

śaktaḥ kevalakumbhena yatheṣṭaṃ vāyudhāraṇam |

rājayogapadaṃ samyak labhate nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 44.59

haṭhapradīpikāyām–

śaktaḥ kevalakumbhena yatheṣṭaṃ vāyudhāraṇe |

rājayogapadaṃ caiva labhate nātra saṃśayaḥ || 59 ||

HP 2.77

हठं विना राजयोगो राजयोगं विना हठः ।

न सिध्यति ततो युग्ममा निष्पत्तेः समभ्यसेत्

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ /

na sidhyati tato yugmam ā niṣpatteḥ samabhyaset //

Rājayoga does not succeed without Haṭha nor Haṭha without Rājayoga so one should practise them both together until [the] niṣpatti [stage].
Philological Commentary

On the niṣpatti stage see 4.23–25.

Jyotsna Commentary
हठयोगराजयोगसाधनयोः परस्परोपकार्योपकारकत्वमाह हठं विनेति. हठं हठयोगं विना राजयोगो न सिद्ध्यति राजयोगं विना हठो न सिद्ध्यति. ततः यतो 'न्यतरस्य सिद्धिर्नास्ति तस्मान्निष्पत्तिं राजयोगसिद्धिमा मर्यादीकृत्य या निष्पत्तिस्तस्या राजयोगसिद्धिपर्यन्तं युग्मं हठयोगराजयोगद्वयमभ्यसेदनुतिष्ठेत्. हठातिरिक्ते साक्षात्परम्परया वा राजयोगसाधने 'त्र राजयोगशब्दः जीवनसाधने लाङ्गले जीवनशब्दप्रयोगवत्. राजयोगसाधनं च चतुर्थोपदेशे वक्ष्यमाणमुन्मनीशाम्भवीमुद्रादिरूपमपरोक्षानुभूतावुक्तं पञ्चदशाङ्गरूपं च. वाक्यसुधायामुक्तं दृश्यानुविद्धादिरूपं च.
haṭhayogarājayogasādhanayoḥ parasparopakāryopakārakatvam āha haṭhaṃ vineti. haṭhaṃ haṭhayogaṃ vinā rājayogo na siddhyati rājayogaṃ vinā haṭho na siddhyati. tataḥ yato 'nyatarasya siddhir nāsti tasmān niṣpattiṃ rājayogasiddhim ā maryādīkṛtya yā niṣpattis tasyā rājayogasiddhiparyantaṃ yugmaṃ haṭhayogarājayogadvayam abhyased anutiṣṭhet. haṭhātirikte sākṣāt paramparayā vā rājayogasādhane 'tra rājayogaśabdaḥ jīvanasādhane lāṅgale jīvanaśabdaprayogavat. rājayogasādhanaṃ ca caturthopadeśe vakṣyamāṇam unmanīśāmbhavīmudrādirūpam aparokṣānubhūtāv uktaṃ pañcadaśāṅgarūpaṃ ca. vākyasudhāyām uktaṃ dṛśyānuviddhādirūpaṃ ca.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

yugmam (cett.) ] yogam (ε3)
ā niṣpatteḥ (cett.) ] ā niṣpaśe (β1), niṣpatteḥ (α1), aniṣpatti (γ2), ubhayor api (ε3)
samabhyaset (cett.) ] cābhyaset (ε3)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 5.222

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

na sidhyati tato yugmam āniṣpatteḥ samabhyaset

[middle hemistich not in mss. I, III, IV, VII, IX, X, XII, XIV--XVI]

tasmāt pravartate yogī haṭhe sadgurumārgataḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.19

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

vyāptiḥ syād avinābhūtā śrīrājahaṭhayogayoḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~21r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpika)

haṭhapradīpikāyām

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

na sidhyati tato yugmaṃ manīṣy etau samabhyaset |

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogaṃ rājayogaṃ vinā haṭham |

ye vai caranti tān manye prayāsaphalavarjitān iti ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.127 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

na sidhyati tato yugmam āniṣpatteḥ samācaret ||

HP 2.78

कुम्भितप्राणरेचान्ते कुर्याच्चित्तं निराश्रयम्

एवमभ्यासयोगेन राजयोगपदं व्रजेत्

kumbhitaprāṇarecānte kuryāc cittaṃ nirāśrayam /

evam abhyāsayogena rājayogapadaṃ vrajet //

At the end of exhaling the retained breath, [the yogi] should make the mind supportless. By practising in this way he reaches the state of Rājayoga .
Philological Commentary

The reading kumbhitaḥ, which is attested by α1 and the testimonia, does not make sense here because the subject must be the yogi (prānaḥ would be unmetrical). In other texts, the word kumbhita is used to qualify the breath and means `retained’ (e.g., Yogabīja 94, Kumbhakapaddhati 127, Yuktabhavadeva 8.32, etc.).

Jyotsna Commentary
हठाभ्यासाद्राजयोगप्राप्तिप्रकारमाह कुम्भकेति. कुम्भकेन प्राणस्य यो रोधस्तस्यान्ते मध्ये चित्तमन्तःकरणं निराश्रयं कुर्यात्. सम्प्रज्ञातसमाधौ जातायां ब्रह्माकारवृत्तेः परवैराग्येण विलयं कुर्यादित्यर्थः. एवमुक्तरीत्याभ्यासस्य योगो युक्तिस्तेन. योगः संनहनोपायध्यानसङ्गतियुक्तिषु इति कोशः. राजयोगपदं राजयोगात्मकं पदं व्रजेत्प्राप्नुयात्.
haṭhābhyāsād rājayogaprāptiprakāram āha kumbhaketi. kumbhakena prāṇasya yo rodhas tasyānte madhye cittam antaḥkaraṇaṃ nirāśrayaṃ kuryāt. samprajñātasamādhau jātāyāṃ brahmākāravṛtteḥ paravairāgyeṇa vilayaṃ kuryād ity arthaḥ. evam uktarītyābhyāsasya yogo yuktis tena. yogaḥ saṃnahanopāyadhyānasaṅgatiyuktiṣu iti kośaḥ. rājayogapadaṃ rājayogātmakaṃ padaṃ vrajet prāpnuyāt.
Readings

cd omitted in δ1
kumbhita (β1 ε1) ] kumbhitaḥ (α1 γ1 ε3), kumbhataḥ (γ2), kumbhata (βω), kumbhaka (α2 η2 χ), kumbhakaṃ (δ1 δ3), kumbhakaḥ (η1), tad etat (β2)
recānte (cett.) ] .. cānte (η2), rodhānte (χ)
nirāśrayam (cett.) ] nirāmayam (β1 βω η2)
yoga (cett.) ] yogaṃ (β1 βω ε3), om. (δ1)
padaṃ (cett.) ] labhat (ε3), om. (δ1)
vrajet (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω η1 η2 χ) ] labhet (Γ δ3 ε1), punaḥ (ε3), om. (δ1)

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 7.128 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

kumbhitaḥ prāṇarecānte kuryyāc cittaṃ nirāmayam ||

evamabhyāsayogena rājayogapadaṃ vrajet || 128 ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 44.60 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpika)

kumbhitaḥ prāṇarecānte kuryyāc cittaṃ nirāśrayam |

evamabhyāsayogena rājayogaṃ labhet punaḥ || 60 ||

nirāśrayaṃ saṃkalparahitam ||

Yogaprakāśikā 4.67 (Ten-chapter Haṭhapradīpikā)

tad eva visadayati kumbhakam iti || kevalakumbhakābhyāsena cittaṃ dagdhaparṇavat nirvāsanaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ || anyad vyākhyātam || 67 ||

HP 2.78*1

कुम्भकाद्वर्धते वायुस् ततोऽग्निश्च प्रवर्धते

बुद्धा कुण्डलिनी तस्मात् सैव द्वारं प्रयच्छति ॥ (Γ)

kumbhakād vardhate vāyus tato’gniś ca pravardhate /

buddhā kuṇḍalinī tasmāt saiva dvāraṃ prayacchati // (Γ)

Readings

pravardhate (γ1) ] pavardhate (γ2)
buddhā (γ2) ] buddhvā (γ1)

HP 2.79

कुम्भकात्कुण्डलीबोधः कुण्डलीबोधतो भवेत् ।

अनर्गला सुषुम्णा च हठसिद्धिश्च जायते

kumbhakāt kuṇḍalībodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhato bhavet /

anargalā suṣumṇā ca haṭhasiddhiś ca jāyate //

As a result of retaining the breath, kuṇḍalinī awakens; as a result of the awakening of kuṇḍalinī, suṣumṇā becomes free of blockages and success in Haṭha arises.
Jyotsna Commentary for verses 2.76-79
राजेति. राजयोगपदं राजयोगात्मकं पदं लभते. अत्र संशयो न. निश्चितमेतदित्यर्थः. कुम्भकाभ्यासस्य परम्परया कैवल्यहेतुमत्वमाह कुम्भकादिति. कुम्भकात्कुम्भकाभ्यासात् कुण्डली आधारशक्तिस्तस्या बोधो निद्राभङ्गो भवेत्. कुण्डल्या बोधः कुण्डलीबोधस्तस्मात् कुण्डलीबोधतः अनर्गलेति सुषुम्ण्ना मध्यनाडी अनर्गला कफाद्यर्गलरहिता भवेत्. हठस्य हठाभ्यासस्य सिद्धिः प्रत्याहारादिपरम्परया कैवल्यरूपा सिद्धिर्जायते.
rājeti. rājayogapadaṃ rājayogātmakaṃ padaṃ labhate. atra saṃśayo na. niścitam etad ity arthaḥ. kumbhakābhyāsasya paramparayā kaivalyahetumatvam āha kumbhakād iti. kumbhakāt kumbhakābhyāsāt kuṇḍalī ādhāraśaktis tasyā bodho nidrābhaṅgo bhavet. kuṇḍalyā bodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhas tasmāt kuṇḍalībodhataḥ anargaleti suṣumṇnā madhyanāḍī anargalā kaphādyargalarahitā bhavet. haṭhasya haṭhābhyāsasya siddhiḥ pratyāhārādiparamparayā kaivalyarūpā siddhir jāyate.
Readings

found before (χ)
kumbhakāt (cett.) ] kumbhakān (α1 η2), kuṃbhikā (β1)
bodhaḥ (cett.) ] bodhaṃ (η1), bodhau (γ1), bodho (βω ε3)
bodhato (cett.) ] bodhito (η1)
anargalā (cett.) ] anargala (ε1), anirgalā (χ)
suṣumṇā ca (cett.) ] sukhāmnā ca (ε1), suṣumṇāto (δ3), sukhumnāto (δ1), suṣumṇāyāṃ (η1)
ante haṭhasiddhi add.viśed vāyus tato balāt (γ1)
ca jāyate (cett.) ] prajāyate (βω δ3 ε1 ε3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~97a (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

kumbhakāt kuṇḍalībodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhato bhavet |

anargalaḥ suṣumṇānto haṭhasiddhiś ca jāyate ||

anargalaḥ ] L, antargataḥ N

Yuktabhavadeva 7.129 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

kumbhakāt kuṇḍalībodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhato bhavet |

anargalā suṣumnā ca haṭhasiddhiśca jāyate ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 44.61

kumbhakāt kuṇḍalībodhaḥ kuṇḍalībodhato bhavet |

anargalā suṣumṇā ca haṭhasiddhiḥ prajāyate || iti ||

kumbhakaprāṇāyāmāt bodho jāgaraṇam | suṣumṇā anargalā bādhakarahitā bhavati | tato yogasiddhir bhavati iti ||

HP 2.80

वपुःकृशत्वं वदने प्रसन्नता

नादस्फुटत्वं नयने सुनिर्मले

आरोग्यता बिन्दुजयोऽग्निदीपनं

नाडीविशुद्धिर्हठसिद्धिलक्षणम् ॥

vapuḥkṛśatvaṃ vadane prasannatā

nādasphuṭatvaṃ nayane sunirmale /

ārogyatā bindujayo’gnidīpanaṃ

nāḍīviśuddhir haṭhasiddhilakṣaṇam //

Thinness of the body, clear complexion, clarity of the inner sound, very bright eyes, freedom from disease, mastery of semen, stimulation of the [body’s] fire [and] purification of the channels are the signs of success in Haṭha.
Jyotsna Commentary
हठसिद्धिज्ञापकमाह वपुःकृशत्वमिति. वपुषो देहस्य कृशत्वं कार्श्यं. वदने मुखे प्रसन्नता प्रसादः. नादस्य ध्वनेः स्फुटत्वं प्राकट्यंम्. नयने नेत्रे सुष्ठु निर्मले. अरोगस्य भावो 'रोगता आरोग्यम्. बिन्दोर्धातोर्जयः क्षयाभावरूपः. अग्नेरुदर्यस्य दीपनं दीप्तिः. नाडीनां विशेषेण शुद्धिर्मलापगमः. एतद्धठस्य हठाभ्याससिद्धेर्भाविन्या लक्ष्यते 'नेनेति लक्षणं ज्ञापकम्.
haṭhasiddhijñāpakam āha vapuḥkṛśatvam iti. vapuṣo dehasya kṛśatvaṃ kārśyaṃ. vadane mukhe prasannatā prasādaḥ. nādasya dhvaneḥ sphuṭatvaṃ prākaṭyaṃm. nayane netre suṣṭhu nirmale. arogasya bhāvo 'rogatā ārogyam. bindor dhātor jayaḥ kṣayābhāvarūpaḥ. agner udaryasya dīpanaṃ dīptiḥ. nāḍīnāṃ viśeṣeṇa śuddhir malāpagamaḥ. etad dhaṭhasya haṭhābhyāsasiddher bhāvinyā lakṣyate 'neneti lakṣaṇaṃ jñāpakam.
Metre: Vaṃśamālā
Readings

vadane (cett.) ] vane (η1), vadana (β1 δ1)
nāda (cett.) ] nādaḥ (βω), nāde (δ3)
nayane (cett.) ] ca nayane (γ1)
sunirmale (β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 χ) ] ca nirmale (α1 α3 ε1 ε3 η1 η2), sucanirmmale (β1)
ārogyatā (α1 α3 β1 βω η1 η2 χ) ] arogyatā (β2), arogitā (γ1 δ1 δ3), ārogitā (γ2), arogatā (ε1 χ), ārogatā (ε3)
dīpanaṃ (cett.) ] dīpakaṃ (η1)
nāḍīviśuddhir (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε3 χ) ] nāḍīṣu śuddhi (β1 βω ε1 η2), nāḍīṣu siddhir (α1 η1)
siddhi (cett.) ] siddha (α1), yoga (η1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.59

vapuḥkṛśatvaṃ vadane prasannatā

nādaspuṭatvaṃ nayane ca nirmale |

arogatā bindujayo ’gnidīpanaṃ

nāḍīṣu śuddhir haṭhasiddhilakṣaṇam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~111v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

vapuḥkṛśatvaṃ vadane prasannatā

nādasphuṭatvaṃ nayane sunirmale |

arogitā bindujayo ’gnidīpanaṃ

nāḍīviśuddhir haṭhasiddhilakṣaṇam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.129 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

vapuḥkṛśatvaṃ vadane prasannatā

nādasphuṭatvaṃ nayane ca nirmale |

arogatā bindujayo’gnidīpanaṃ

nāḍīviśuddhir haṭhasiddhilakṣaṇam ||

HP 2 Colophon

इति श्रीस्वात्मारामयोगीन्द्रविरचितायां हठप्रदीपिकायां द्वितीयोपदेशः

iti śrīsvātmārāmayogīndraviracitāyāṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ dvitīyopadeśaḥ //

Readings

śrīsvātmārāmayogīndra (βω γ1 ε3) ] śrīsadgurusvātmārāmayogendra (α1), svātmārāmayogendra (ε1), ātmārāmayogīndra (η2), svātmārāma (η1), śrīsahajānandasantānacintāmaṇi-svātmārāmayogīndra (γ2), iti śrīsvā° (sic!) (β1), om. (β2 δ1 δ3 χ)
viracitāyāṃ (cett.) ] om. (β2 δ1 δ3 χ)
haṭha (cett.) ] śrīhaṭha (δ3), ha° (sic!) (β1)
ante dvitīyo° add.haṭhakarmasādhano nāma (ε3)
dvitīyopadeśaḥ (α1 α3 β1 βω Γ δ3 ε3 χ) ] dvitīya upadeśaḥ (ε1), dvitīyo yam upadeśaḥ (δ1), upadeśaḥ (β2), dvitīyodhyāyaḥ (η1 η2)
HP 3.1

सशैलवनधात्रीणां यथाधारो ऽहिनायकः

सर्वेषां योगतन्त्राणां तथाधारो हि कुण्डली ॥

saśailavanadhātrīṇāṃ yathādhāro ’hināyakaḥ /

sarveṣāṃ yogatantrāṇāṃ tathādhāro hi kuṇḍalī //

Just as the lord of snakes is the foundation of the regions of the earth along with their mountains and forests, so kuṇḍalinī is the foundation of all systems of yoga.
Philological Commentary

The plural °dhātrīṇām is hard to construe. Only this world has mountains and forests, but we want a plural for the comparison with °tantrāṇām. Brahmānanda (Jyotsnā 3.1) understands °dhātrīṇām to refer to the different regions of the earth, even though the world (dhātrī) is a single entity (dhātryā ekatve ’pi deśabhedād bhedam ādāya bahuvacanam). A similar comment occurs in the Yogaprakāśikā 5.1 (yathā samastadvīpādisahitapṛthvī ādhāraḥ phaṇīndras tathā samastayogādhāraḥ kuṇḍalīty āha saśaileti). The author of the Haṭharatnāvalī circumvented this issue by adopting the reading °dhātryāḥ.

Readings

saśaila (cett.) ] saśaile (βω), om. (δ2)
vana (cett.) ] vane (γ1), om. (δ2)
dhātrīṇāṃ (cett.) ] dhātṝṇāṃ (β1 β2), om. (δ2)
yathādhāro (cett.) ] om. (δ2)
’hināyakaḥ (cett.) ] himālayaḥ (γ2), om. (δ2)
yoga (cett.) ] haṭha (β1 β2 βω), om. (δ2)
tantrāṇāṃ (cett.) ] śāstrāṇā (δ2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.124

saśailavanadhātryās tu yathādhāro ’hināyakaḥ |

aśeṣayogatantrāṇāṃ tathādhāro hi kuṇḍalī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~71v

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

saśailavanadhātrīṇāṃ yathādhāro ’hināyakaḥ |

sarveṣāṃ yogatantrāṇāṃ tathādhāro hi kuṇḍalī ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.170

tatra haṭhapradīpikāyām--

saśailavanadhātrīṇāṃ yathādhāro ’hināyakaḥ |

sarveṣāṃ yogatantrāṇāṃ tathādhāro hi kuṇḍalī ||

HP 3.2

सुप्ता गुरुप्रसादेन यदा जागर्ति कुण्डली

तदा सर्वाणि पद्मानि भिद्यन्ते ग्रन्थयोऽपि च ॥

suptā guruprasādena yadā jāgarti kuṇḍalī /

tadā sarvāṇi padmāni bhidyante granthayo’pi ca //

When the sleeping kuṇḍalinī awakens through the favour of the guru, then all the lotuses are pierced, and the knots too, [dots ]
Philological Commentary

The usual meaning of jāgarti would be “is wakeful” rather than “awakens”, which explains the variant bodhitā.

Readings

yadā jāgarti kuṇḍalī (α1 β1 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] yathā jāgarti kuṇḍalī (β2 ε1 ε2 η1), bodhitā sukhadā bhavet (Γ Δ)
tadā (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε3 χ) ] tathā (α3 Δ ε1 ε2 η1 η2)
sarvāṇi padmāni (cett.) ] padmāni sarvāṇi (η2), pi sarvapadmāni (δ1)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 4.21

suptā guruprasādena yadā jāgarti kuṇḍalī |

tadā sarvāṇi padmāni bhidyante granthayo ’pi ca ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~71v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

suptā guruprasādena bodhitā sukhadā bhavet |

tathā sarvāṇi padmāni bhidyante granthayo ’pi ca ||

Yuktabhavadeva 171 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

suptā guruprasādena yadā jāgarti kuṇḍalī |

tadā sarvāṇi padmāni bhidyante granthayo ’pi ca ||

HP 3.3

प्राणस्य शून्यपदवी* तदा राजपथायते

तदा चित्तं निरालम्बं तदा कालस्य वञ्चनम् ॥

prāṇasya śūnyapadavī* tadā rājapathāyate /

tadā cittaṃ nirālambaṃ tadā kālasya vañcanam //

[dots ] the empty pathway becomes the royal highway for prāṇa, the mind becomes free of support, and death is cheated.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

bcd omitted in ε1, ε2 and ε3
prāṇasya (cett.) ] praṇamya (δ2 ε2), praṇavasya (β1), prāṇa (β2)
padavī (cett.) ] padavīṃ (δ2 ε2 ε3 η1)
tadā (α1 βω Γ η2 χ) ] tathā (β1 β2 Δ), yathā (η1)
pathāyate (cett.) ] padāyate (η1)
tadā (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 η2 χ) ] tathā (δ1 δ3 η1), yathā (δ2), yadā (γ1)
tadā (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ η2 χ) ] tathā (Δ η1)

Sources
Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~72r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

prāṇasya śūnyapadavī tathā rājapathāyate |

tathā cittaṃ nirālambaṃ tathā kālasya vañcanam ||

HP 3.4

शून्यपदवीति किम्

सुषुम्णा शून्यपदवी ब्रह्मरन्ध्रमहापथः

श्मशानं शाम्भवी मध्यमार्गश्चेत्येकवाचकाः

śūnyapadavīti kim /

suṣumṇā śūnyapadavī brahmarandhramahāpathaḥ /

śmaśānaṃ śāmbhavī madhyamārgaś cety ekavācakāḥ //

Suṣumṇā, the empty pathway, the great path to the aperture of Brahmā, the cremation ground, Śāmbhavī, and the middle path are synonyms.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

a omitted in ε1, ε2 and ε3
śūnyapadavīti kim (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ2 δ3) ] atha śūnyapadavīm iti kim ucyate (η2)
randhra (γ1 η1) ] randhraṃ (cett.)
pathaḥ (α3 ε1 η1 η2 χ) ] pathaṃ (α2 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2), pathāḥ (α1 ε3)
śmaśānaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] śmaśāne (δ1), śmaśānī (γ2 δ2 δ3), aiśānī (γ1)
madhya (α1 α3 β1 Γ δ1 δ3 ε1 ε3 χ) ] madhyaṃ (β2 βω η1 η2), madhye (ε2), mudrā (δ2)
mārgaś cety eka (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 ε1 ε3 χ) ] mārgeś cety eka (η1), mārgapratyeka (ε2), mārgaḥ śūnyeva (δ2 δ3)
vācakāḥ (γ2 η2 χ) ] vācakā (γ1), vācakaḥ (α1 β2), vācaka (βω), vācakam (α2 β1 Δ ε1 ε2 ε3 η1)

Sources
Cf.~Amṛtasiddhi 2.6

avadhūtīpadaṃ ke cic chmaśānaṃ ca mahāpatham |

ke cid vadanti ādhārāṃ suṣumnāṃ ca sarasvatīm ||

Cf.~Dattātreyayogaśāstra 109c–110b

mahāpathaṃ śmaśānaṃ ca suṣumnāpy ekam eva hi ||

nāmnāṃ matāntare bhedaḥ phale bhedo na vidyate |

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~59r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

suṣumṇā śūnyapadavī brahmarandhraṃ mahāpatham |

śmaśānī śāṃbhavī madhyamārgaś cety ekavācakā iti ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.172 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

prāṇasya śūnyapadavī mahārandhraṃ mahāpatham |

śmaśānaṃ śāmbhavī madhyamārgaś cety ekavācakam ||

HP 3.5

तस्मात्सर्वप्रयत्नेन प्रबोधयितुमीश्वरीम्

ब्रह्मद्वारमुखे सुप्तां मुद्राभ्यासं समाचरेत्

tasmāt sarvaprayatnena prabodhayitum īśvarīm /

brahmadvāramukhe suptāṃ mudrābhyāsaṃ samācaret //

Therefore, in order to do his utmost to awaken the goddess sleeping in front of the doorway of Brahman, [the yogi] should carry out the practice of mudrā.
Readings

prabodhayitum (α1 Γ ε1 ε3 η2 χ) ] prabodhayatum (β2 βω ε2 η1), prabodhayatām (β1), tāṃ bodhayituṃ (Δ)
īśvarīm (cett.) ] īśvarī (βω γ1 ε2), īśvaraṃ (β1 δ1)
dvāra (cett.) ] dvāraṃ (β1), dvāre (ε1 ε2)
mukhe (cett.) ] mukha (γ1), sukhe (ε1)
suptāṃ (cett.) ] suptā (α3), supto (βω)
bhyāsaṃ samācaret (α1 α3 β1 βω ε1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] bhyāsena bodhayet (β2 Γ Δ)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 4.22

tasmāt sarvaprayatnena prabodhayitum īśvarīm |

brahmadvāramukhe suptāṃ mudrābhyāsaṃ samācaret ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~59r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tasmāt sarvaprayatnena prabodhayitum īśvarīm |

brahmadvāramukhe suptāṃ mudrābhyāsaparo bhavet ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.173 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tasmāt sarvaprayatnena prabodhayitum īśvarīm |

brahmadvāramukhe suptāṃ mudrābhyāsaṃ samācaret ||

HP 3.6

महामुद्रा महाबन्धो महावेधश्च खेचरी ।

उड्डियानं मूलबन्धो बन्धो जालन्धराभिधः ॥

mahāmudrā mahābandho mahāvedhaś ca khecarī /

uḍḍiyānaṃ mūlabandho bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ //

The great seal, the great lock, the great piercing, the sky-roving [seal], the uḍḍiyāna [lock], the root lock and the lock called jālandhara, [dots ]
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

bc omitted in δ1
uḍḍiyānaṃ (γ1 δ2 δ3 η2) ] uḍiyānaṃ (β2 βω), uḍḍīyāṇaṃ (α1pc γ2 ε2), uḍḍīyānaṃ (α1ac), uḍḍīyāṇo (η1), uddhriyānaṃ (β1), uḍyānaṃ (χ), uḍyāṇa (ε1 ε3), om. (δ1)
bandho (Γ δ2 δ3) ] °bandhas (β2), °bandhaḥ (η2), °bandhaṃ (α1 α2), °bandha (β1 βω), °bandhaś ca (ε2 ε3 χ), °bandhāś ca (η1), om. (δ1)
bandho (α3 γ2 Δ ε2 η1 χ) ] bandhā (γ1), tato (α1 β1 β2 βω ε1 ε3 η2)
jālandharā (cett.) ] jāladharā (γ1), jālaṃjarā (η1)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 4.23

mahāmudrā mahābandho mahāvedhaś ca khecarī |

jālandharo mūlabandho viparītakṛtis tathā ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.32

mahāmudrā mahābandho mahāvedhas tṛtīyakaḥ |

uḍḍiyānaṃ mūlabandho bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~72r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahāmudrā mahābandho mahāvedhaś ca khecarī |

uḍḍiyānaṃ mūlabandho bandho jālandharābhidhaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.174 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahāmudrā mahābandho mahāvedhaś ca khecarī |

uḍyānaṃ mūlabandhaś ca bandho jālandharas tathā ||

HP 3.7

करणी विपरीताख्या वज्रोली शक्तिचालनम् ।

इदं मुद्रादिदशकं जरामरणनाशनम्

karaṇī viparītākhyā vajrolī śakticālanam /

idaṃ mudrādidaśakaṃ jarāmaraṇanāśanam //

[ldots ] the bodily position called inverted, vajrolī [and] the stimulation of the goddess: this group of ten mudrās and other [practices] destroys old age and death.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

cd omitted in β1
karaṇī (cett.) ] karaṇaṃ (α3 β1)
viparītākhyā (cett.) ] viparītākhyaṃ (α3 ε2), viparītā syāt (β1), viparītāni (ε1)
vajrolī (cett.) ] vajro (δ1)
idaṃ mudrādi (α1 α2) ] idaṃ tu mudrā (ε1 ε2), idaṃ ca mudrā (βω ε3 η1 η2), idaṃ hi mudrā (χ), etad dhi mudrā (β2 Γ Δ)
maraṇa (cett.) ] marṇavi (βω), maṇa (γ1)
nāśanam (cett.) ] varjitaṃ (Δ)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 4.24

uḍyānaṃ caiva vajrolī daśamaṃ śakticālanam |

idaṃ hi mudrādaśakaṃ mudrāṇām uttamottamam ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.33

karaṇī viparītākhyā vajrolī śakticālanam |

sampradāyā khecarī sā daśa mudrāḥ prakīrtitāḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~72r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

karaṇī viparītākhyā tathā vai śakticālanam |

etad dhi mudrānavakaṃ jarāmaraṇavarjitam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.175 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

viparītakṛtiś caiva vajrolī śakticālanam |

idaṃ hi mudrādaśakaṃ mudrāṇām uttamomam ||

HP 3.8

आदिनाथोदितं दिव्यम् अष्टैश्वर्यप्रदायकम्*

वल्लभं सर्वसिद्धानां दुर्लभं मरुतामपि ॥

ādināthoditaṃ divyam aṣṭaiśvaryapradāyakam /*

vallabhaṃ sarvasiddhānāṃ durlabhaṃ marutām api //

It has been taught by Śiva, is divine, bestows the eight supramundane powers, is beloved of all the Siddhas, is difficult for even the gods to obtain, [dots ]
Readings

ādinātho (cett.) ] ādīśvaro (δ1 δ3), ādyeśvaro (δ2)
divyam (cett.) ] sarvaṃ (η2)
pradāyakam (cett.) ] phalapradaṃ (β2)
siddhānāṃ (cett.) ] siddhīnāṃ (α1 βω), vidyānāṃ (α3 ε3)

Sources
Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~72r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ādināthoditaṃ divyam aṣṭaiśvaryapradāyakam |

vallabhaṃ sarvasiddhānāṃ durlabhaṃ marutām api ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.176 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ādināthoditaṃ samyagaṣṭaiśvaryapradāyakam |

vallabhaṃ sarvasiddhendradurlabhaṃ marutām api ||

HP 3.9

गोपनीयं प्रयत्नेन यथा रत्नकरण्डकम् ।

कस्यचिन्नैव वक्तव्यं कुलस्त्रीसुरतं यथा

gopanīyaṃ prayatnena yathā ratnakaraṇḍakam /

kasyacin naiva vaktavyaṃ kulastrīsurataṃ yathā //

[ldots ] should be carefully kept secret like a casket of gems [and] must not be spoken of to anyone, like sex with a respectable woman.
Readings

vaktavyaṃ (cett.) ] vaktavyā (η1), kartavyaṃ (βω ε1)
kulastrīsurataṃ (cett.) ] kulastrīṣu rataṃ (η1), kulastrīyasukhaṃ (β1), kulastrīsukharataṃ (βω)
yathā (cett.) ] tathā (η2)

Sources
Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~72r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

gopanīyaṃ prayatnena yathā ratnakaraṇḍakam |

kasyacin naiva vaktavyaṃ kulastrīsurataṃ yathā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.177 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

gopanīyaṃ prayatnena jarāmaraṇanāśanam |

kasyacinnaiva vaktavyaṃ kulastrīsurataṃ yathā ||

HP 3.9*1

वज्रोली त्वमरोलीसहजोली त्रिधा मताः

एतेषां लक्षणं वक्ष्ये कर्तव्यं च विशेषतः ॥ (β2, βω and η2)

vajrolī tv amarolī ca sahajolī tridhā matāḥ /

eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vakṣye kartavyaṃ ca viśeṣataḥ // (β2, βω and η2)

[With] Amarolī and Sahajolī, Vajrolī is considered to be threefold. I shall teach their characteristics and the details of how they should be performed.
Readings

tv amarolī (β2) ] amarolīś (βω), °r amaroliś (η2)
sahajolī (β2 βω) ] sahajolis (η2)
matāḥ (β2) ] mataḥ (η2), magaḥ (βω)
eteṣāṃ (βω) ] etāsāṃ (β2), eteṣā (η2)
vakṣye (η2) ] vakṣe (βω)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 31c–32b

vajrolī cāmarolī ca sahajolī tridhā matā |

eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vakṣye kartavyaṃ ca viśeṣataḥ ||

vajrolī ] vajrolir v.l.• cāmarolī ] amaroliś v.l.• sahajolī ] sahajolis v.l.

HP 3.10

तत्र महामुद्रा

पादमूलेन वामेन योनिं संपीड्य दक्षिणम् ।

पादं प्रसारितं धृत्वा कराभ्यां पूरयेन्मुखे

tatra mahāmudrā /

pādamūlena vāmena yoniṃ saṃpīḍya dakṣiṇam /

pādaṃ prasāritaṃ dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ pūrayen mukhe //

Now the great seal (mahāmudrā):{}[The yogi] should press the perineum with the heel of the left foot, hold [the foot of] the extended leg with the hands and breathe in through the mouth.
Readings

tatra mahāmudrā (α2 β1 η1 η2) ] tatha mahāmudrā (β2), tatra mahāmudrā yathā (ε1), atha mahāmudrā (βω γ1 ε2 χ), atha tatra mahāmudrā (ε3), om. (α1 α3 γ2 Δ)
yoniṃ (cett.) ] yoni (α1 βω), yoniḥ (ε2)
saṃpīḍya (cett.) ] pīḍya (ε1 ε2)
pādaṃ (cett.) ] pāda (η2), padaṃ (βω), prasā° (χ)
prasāritaṃ (cett.) ] prasaritaṃ (βω), prasāditaṃ (η1), °ritaṃ padaṃ (χ)
dhṛtvā (γ2 δ2 δ3 ε3 η1 η2) ] kṛtvā (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ1 ε1 ε2 χ)
pūrayen (cett.) ] pūrayet (δ2), dhārayen (η2), dhārayed (χ)
mukhe (α1 β1 βω ε2) ] mukham (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε1 ε3 η1 η2), sukham (δ2), dṛḍhaṃ (χ)

Sources
Amaraugha 19

pādamūlena vāmena yoniṃ saṃpīḍya dakṣiṇam |

pādaṃ prasāritaṃ dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ pūrayen mukhe ||

dhṛtvā ] kṛtvā v.l.

Cf.~Amṛtasiddhi 11.3

yoniṃ saṃpīḍya vāmena pādamūlena yatnataḥ |

savyaṃ prasāritaṃ pādaṃ karābhyāṃ dhārayed dṛḍham ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.37

pādamūlena vāmena yoniṃ sampīḍya dakṣiṇam |

pādaṃ prasāritaṃ kṛtvā karābhyāṃ pūrayen mukham ||

mukham ] mukhe v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi ff. 72v–73r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pādamūlena vāmena yoniṃ saṃpīḍya dakṣiṇam |

pādaṃ prasāritaṃ dhṛtvā karābhyāṃ pūrayen mukham ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.178 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pādamūlena vāmena yoniṃ sampīḍya dakṣiṇam |

pādaṃ prasāritaṃ kṛtvā karābhyāṃ dhārayed dṛḍham ||

HP 3.11

कण्ठे बन्धं समारोप्य धारयेद्वायुमूर्ध्वतः ।

यथा दण्डाहतः सर्पो दण्डाकारः प्रजायते

kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ samāropya dhārayed vāyum ūrdhvataḥ /

yathā daṇḍāhataḥ sarpo daṇḍākāraḥ prajāyate //

[The yogi] should apply a lock to the throat and hold the breath in the upper [part of the body]. Just as a snake hit with a staff assumes the form of a staff, [dots ]
Philological Commentary

The instruction to hold the breath upwards (ūrdhvataḥ) is somewhat vague. In a commentarial passage on this verse in Yuktabhavadeva 7.187, Bhavadevamiśra clarifies this by saying, `one should hold it higher than the heart’ (hṛdayād ūrdhvato dhārayet).

Readings

kaṇṭhe (cett.) ] kaṇṭha (βω Δ ε2)
bandhaṃ (α2 α3 β1 γ2 δ1 ε1 ε3 η2 χ) ] bandha (β2 βω γ1 η1), bandhaḥ (ε2), bandhe (δ2), budha (α1), madhye (δ3)
dhārayed (cett.) ] dhānayed (δ1)
yathā (cett.) ] pathi (η1)
daṇḍāhataḥ (α1 α3 β1 βω ε1 ε3 η2) ] daṇḍahataḥ (β2 Γ Δ ε2 η1 χ)
daṇḍākāraḥ (cett.) ] daṇḍakāraḥ (ε2)
prajāyate (cett.) ] prayujyate (η1), om. (δ3)

Sources
Amaraugha 20

kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ samāropya dhārayed vāyum ūrdhvataḥ |

yathā daṇḍāhataḥ sarpo daṇḍākāraḥ prajāyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.37cd–38ab

kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ samāropya pūrayed vāyum ūrdhvataḥ ||

yathā daṇḍāhataḥ sarpo daṇḍākāraḥ prajāyate |

Yogacintāmaṇi ff.~73r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ samāropya dhārayed vāyum ūrdhvataḥ |

yathā daṇḍāhataḥ sarpo daṇḍākāraḥ prajāyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.179 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ samāropya dhārayed vāyum ūrdhvataḥ |

yathā daṇḍāhataḥ sarpo daṇḍākāraḥ prajāyate ||

HP 3.12

ऋज्वीभूता तथा शक्तिः कुण्डली सहसा भवेत् ।

तदासौ मरणावस्था जायते द्विपुटाश्रिता

ṛjvībhūtā tathā śaktiḥ kuṇḍalī sahasā bhavet /

tadāsau maraṇāvasthā jāyate dvipuṭāśritā //

[dots ] so the goddess kuṇḍalinī suddenly becomes straight. Then she becomes still in the vessel with two halves.
Philological Commentary

This verse is taken from the Amaraugha, which uses the alchemical imagery of the Amṛtasiddhi to describe the stilling of kuṇḍalinī in the central channel. Drawing on Hellwig 2009:238–240, Mallinson and Szanto (2021:21) note that “In alchemical texts māraṇa (“killing”) involves heating a substance and thereby changing its state, usually through calcination or oxidation, so that it becomes inert. In the Amṛtasiddhi māraṇa and other derivatives of the root mṛ, “die”, are used to denote the stilling or stopping of either the breath or Bindu.” Thus when kuṇḍalinī is said to be in the state of maraṇa the meaning is that she is stilled. The dvipuṭa or “vessel with two halves” in which this occurs is the same as the Amṛtasiddhi’s saṃpuṭa, which, drawing on Hellwig 2009:342, Mallinson and Szanto (2021:22) say “consists of two puṭas joined together to form a sealed crucible for heating reagents without evaporation”. In the yoga of the Amṛtasiddhi, the bodily saṃpuṭa is formed by applying locks at the top and bottom of the central channel, i.e.~constricting the perineal region and the throat. In the Haṭhapradīpikā it is formed by pressing the perineum with the heel and constricting the throat. As Birch (2019: 971) notes, it is unlikely that later non-Buddhist authors understood maraṇāvasthā and dvipuṭa according to the alchemical metaphors of the Amṛtasiddhi. Later commentators take dvipuṭa as the two nostrils (e.g., Yuktabhavadeva 7.187, dvināsāpuṭa); the iḍā and piṅgalā channels (e.g., Jyotsnā 3.27, puṭayor dvayam iḍāpiṅgalayor yugmam); or the in and out flows of the breath (e.g., Yogaprakāśikā 5.16–17, vāyor bahirnirgamanam antaḥpraveśa iti yat puṭadvayaṃ tam). How these commentators understood asau māraṇāvasthā is less clear. Brahmānanda seems to take it as the death of prāṇa, or in other words, the absence of the breath, in the two nostrils (maraṇāvasthā jāyate kuṇḍalībodhe sati suṣumnāyāṃ praviṣṭe prāṇe dvayoḥ puṭayoḥ prāṇaviyogāt). Bhavadeva thought that kuṇḍalinī, along with prāṇa and apāna, remains in the two nostrils while the breath is being held (evaṃ vāyudhāraṇāyāṃ kriyamāṇāyāṃ vyākulā bhūtā kuṇḍalinī apānaprāṇābhyāṃ saha nāsāpuṭadvayāśritā bhavati). Others, such as Śivānanda and Bālakṛṣṇa, favour the reading tadā sā maraṇāvasthāṃ harate dvipuṭāśritām (or dvipuṭāśrayām), which is present in group 2 and 3 manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā. Bālakṛṣṇa understands this to mean that the great seal destroys death (maraṇāvasthāṃ harate mahāmudreti bhāvaḥ) but it could also mean that the awakened kuṇḍalinī destroys death, which is usually dependent on the in and out breaths.

Readings

ṛjvībhūtā (β1 γ2 δ1 δ2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] ṛjvībhūtvā (β2), rujvībhūtvā (α1 βω), rajvībhūtā (ε2), vajrībhūtā (ε1), ṛ _ bhūtrā (γ1)
tathā (cett.) ] yathā (ε2)
śaktiḥ (cett.) ] śakti (β1 βω δ1 ε2 η1)
tadāsau (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε1 ε2 η1) ] tathāsau (δ1 δ2), tadā sā (α3 ε3 η2 χ)
maraṇā (cett.) ] maraṇa (ε1), maraṇī (η1), ramaṇā (βω), maṇā (η2)
vasthā (cett.) ] vasthāṃ (γ2 δ1 δ2 η1), sthā (ε1)
jāyate (cett.) ] yāyate (ε1), harate (Γ δ1 δ2)
dvipuṭā (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ2 η1 η2 χ) ] dvipūtā (γ1), nṛpuṭā (ε1 ε2), tripuṭā (α3 ε3), vapurā (γ2)
śritā (α1 β1 βω ε2 η2) ] śrayāṃ (γ2), śrayā (δ1 δ2 χ), śrayaḥ (α3), śrayī (γ1), ā[śr]i .. (η1), smṛtā (ε1), sanāṃ (ε3), hi sā (β2)

Sources
Amaraugha 21

ṛjvībhūtā tathā śaktiḥ kuṇḍalī sahasā bhavet |

tadāsau maraṇāvasthā jāyate dvipuṭāśritā ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.38cd–39ab

ṛjvībhūtā tathā śaktiḥ kuṇḍalī sahajā bhavet ||

tathā sā maraṇāvasthā jāyate dvipuṭīsthitā |

Yogacintāmaṇi ff. 72v–73r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ṛjvībhūtā tathā śaktiḥ kuṇḍalī sahajā bhavet |

tathāsau maraṇāvasthāṃ harate dvipuṭāśrayām ||

dvipuṭā ] em., dvipaṭā° L, dvipadā° N.

Yuktabhavadeva 7.180 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ṛjvībhūtā tathā śaktiḥ kuṇḍalī sahasā bhavet |

tadāsau maraṇāvasthā jāyate dvipuṭāśritā ||

HP 3.13

* ततः शनैः शनैरेव रेचयेन्न तु वेगतः ।

इयं खलु महामुद्रा महासिद्धैः प्रदर्शिता

* tataḥ śanaiḥ śanair eva recayen na tu vegataḥ /

iyaṃ khalu mahāmudrā mahāsiddhaiḥ pradarśitā //

{}[The yogi] should then exhale very slowly, not quickly. This is the great seal revealed by the great Siddhas.
Readings

śanaiḥ śanair eva (cett.) ] śanaiḥ śanair yeca (γ1)
recayen (cett.) ] recayan (ε2)
na tu (cett.) ] na ca (βω), naiva (χ)
iyaṃ (cett.) ] idaṃ (βω)
siddhaiḥ (cett.) ] siddhiḥ (ε2 ε3)
pradarśitā (α2 χ) ] pradarśanā (α1), praśasyate (cett.), prajāyate (ε2)

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 181 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tataḥ śanaiḥ śanair eva recayen na tu vegataḥ |

iyaṃ khalu mahāmudrā mahāsiddhaiḥ pradṛśyate ||

HP 3.14

महाक्लेशादयो दोषा हीयन्ते मरणादयः ।

महामुद्रां तेनैव वदन्ति विबुधोत्तमाः ॥

mahākleśādayo doṣā hīyante maraṇādayaḥ /

mahāmudrāṃ ca tenaiva vadanti vibudhottamāḥ //

Problems such as the great afflictions [and] death and so forth are removed [by it], and that is why the most wise call it the `great seal.’
Philological Commentary

This verse might be explaining the name of mahāmudrā through assonance with mahākleśādayo, doṣā and maraṇādayaḥ in the first line.

Readings

cd omitted in δ1 and δ2
mahā (cett.) ] mahān (η2)
kleśādayo (α1 α3 β2 βω η1 η2 χ) ] kleśā yato (γ2), kleśa yato (γ1), kleśāyatā (β1), kleśā yathā (ε2), kleśa yathā (ε3), kleśā mahā (δ1 δ2)
doṣā (cett.) ] doṣāḥ (η2 χ), doṣa (γ2)
hīyante (α1) ] hrīyaṃte (α2), kṣīyante (βω η2 χ), jīryante (α3 β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ2 ε3 η1), jāyante (ε2)
mudrāṃ (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] mudrā[ś] (η1), mudrā (α1 α3 Γ ε2), om. (δ1 δ2)
ca (cett.) ] tu (α1)
tenaiva (cett.) ] tenai (γ1), tenetāṃ (ε3), om. (δ1 δ2)
vibudho (cett.) ] vividho (γ2), om. (δ1 δ2)

Sources
Amaraugha 22

mahākleśādayo doṣā bhidyante maraṇādayaḥ |

mahāmudrāṃ tu tenaiva vadanti vibudhottamāḥ ||

mahākleśādayo doṣā ] mahārogā mahākleśā v.l.

bhidyante ] jīryante v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~72v (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

mahākleśā yato doṣā jīryante maraṇādayaḥ |

mahāmudrāṃ ca tenaiva vadanti vibudhottamā iti ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.182 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahākleśā yato doṣā jīryante maraṇādayaḥ |

mahāmudrā ca tām eva vadanti vibudhottamāḥ ||

HP 3.15

चन्द्राङ्गे तु समभ्यस्य सूर्याङ्गे पुनरभ्यसेत्

यावत्तुल्या भवेत्संख्या ततो मुद्रां विसर्जयेत्

candrāṅge tu samabhyasya sūryāṅge punar abhyaset /

yāvat tulyā bhavet saṃkhyā tato mudrāṃ visarjayet //

After practising on the lunar side of the body, the yogi should then practise on the solar side. [The yogi] should finish practising the seal when the count is even.
Philological Commentary

The terms candrāṅga and sūryāṅga are unusual and not used in other yoga texts outside the context of mahāmudrā. In Jyotsnā 3.15, Brahmānanda glosses candrāṅga as vāmāṅga (`the left side of the body’) and sūryāṅga as dakṣāṅga (`the right side of the body’) and goes on to explain the sequence of practice as follows: This is the sequence in the [practice]. Joining the heel of the bent left leg with the region of the perineum and holding the big toe of the extended right leg with bent index fingers bent is the practice, that is, the practice on the left side of the body (vāmāṅga). In this practice, the inhaled breath remains on the left side of the body. Joining the heel of the bent right leg with the region of the perineum and holding the big toe of the extended left leg with bent index fingers is the practice, that is, the practice on the right side of the body. In this practice, the inhaled breath remains on the right side of the body. atrāyaṃ kramaḥ | ākuñcitavāmapādapārṣṇiṃ yonisthāne saṃyojya prasāritadakṣiṇapādāṅguṣṭham ākuñcitatarjanībhyāṃ gṛhītvābhyāso vāmāṅge ’bhyāsaḥ | asminn abhyāse pūrito vāyur vāmāṅge tiṣṭhati | ākuñcita-dakṣa-pāda-pārṣṇiṃ yonisthāne saṃyojya prasārita-vāma-pādā-ṅguṣṭham ākuñcita-tarjanībhyāṃ gṛhītvābhyāso dakṣāṅge ’bhyāsaḥ | asminn abhyāse pūrito vāyur dakṣāṅge tiṣṭhati |

Readings

cd omitted in ε3
candrāṅge (cett.) ] cāndrāṅge (η1), candrāṃgaṃ (ε2), candrāṃśaṃ (δ1 δ2), caṃdrāṃśe (β1)
tu (cett.) ] ca (βω η2)
sūryāṅge (cett.) ] sūryāṅge° (η1), sūryāṃgaṃ (ε2), sūryāṃśaṃ (δ1 δ2)
punar abhyaset (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ η2 χ) ] tu samabhyaset (δ1 δ2 ε2 ε3), °ṣu samabhyaset (η1)
tulyā (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 η1 χ) ] saṃkhyā (η2), tayor (δ1 δ2), om. (ε3)
bhavet (cett.) ] bhavat (γ2 η1), om. (ε3)
saṃkhyā (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ η1 χ) ] saṃkṣā (ε2), tulyā (η2), sāmyaṃ (δ1 δ2), om. (ε3)
visarjayet (cett.) ] visaryayet (δ1), vivarjayet (β1 βω), om. (ε3)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 60

candrāṅge tu samabhyasya sūryāṅge punar abhyaset |

yāvat tulyā bhavet saṅkhyā tato mudrāṃ visarjayet ||

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 7.183 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

candrāṅgena samabhyasya sūryāṅgenābhyaset tataḥ |

yāvat tulyā bhavet saṃkhyā tato mudrāṃ visarjayet ||

HP 3.16

न हि पथ्यमपथ्यं वा रसाः सर्वेऽपि नीरसाः ।

अपि भुक्तं विषं घोरं पीयूषमिव जीर्यते

na hi pathyam apathyaṃ vā rasāḥ sarve’pi nīrasāḥ /

api bhuktaṃ viṣaṃ ghoraṃ pīyūṣam iva jīryate //

{}[For the yogi who practises thus] there is no wholesome or unwholesome [food], and all flavours without exception become flavourless. Even terrible poison, when consumed, is digested like nectar.
Readings

na hi pathyam apathyaṃ vā (cett.) ] nāpathyaṃ na hi pathyaṃ ca (η2), na hi madhyaṃ vā (ε2)
api bhuktaṃ (cett.) ] api viṣaṃ (β1), ahimuktaṃ (ε2 ε3)
viṣaṃ ghoraṃ (cett.) ] viṣaṃ khāraṃ (η1), ghora bhuktaṃ (β1)
pīyūṣam (cett.) ] piyuṣam (βω)
iva (cett.) ] api (β1 δ2)
jīryate (cett.) ] jīryati (Γ χ), jīrjyate (δ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 61

na hi pathyam apathyaṃ vā rasāḥ sārve ’pi nīrasāḥ |

api bhuktaṃ viṣaṃ ghoraṃ pīyūṣam iva jīryati ||

jīryati] jīryate v.l., jāyate v.l.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.40

na hi pathyam apathyaṃ vā rasāḥ sarve ’pi nīrasāḥ |

api bhuktaṃ viṣaṃ ghoraṃ pīyūṣam iva jīryate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

na hi pathyam apathyaṃ vā rasāḥ sarve ’pi nīrasāḥ |

api bhuktaṃ viṣaṃ ghoraṃ pīyūṣam iva jīryati ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.184 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

iha pathyam apathyaṃ vā sarasaṃ nirasaṃ ca vā |

api bhuktaṃ viṣaṃ ghoraṃ pīyūṣam iva jīryati ||

HP 3.17

क्षयकुष्ठगुदावर्तगुल्माजीर्णपुरोगमाः

तस्य दोषाः क्षयं यान्ति महामुद्रां तु योऽभ्यसेत्

kṣayakuṣṭhagudāvartagulmājīrṇapurogamāḥ /

tasya doṣāḥ kṣayaṃ yānti mahāmudrāṃ tu yo’bhyaset //

Diseases such as consumption, skin afflictions, constipation, swelling and indigestion disappear for [the yogi] who practises the great seal.
Readings

Stanza omitted in β1
kuṣṭha (cett.) ] kuṣṭhaṃ (η1)
gudā (cett.) ] mudā (δ1 ε2 ε3)
gulmājīrṇa (cett.) ] gulmajīrṇa (β2), gulmaplīha (Γ)
purogamāḥ (cett.) ] purogamā (βω), jvarās tathā (δ1 δ2)
tasya doṣāḥ (cett.) ] doṣāḥ sarve (η1 η2)
tu yo’bhyaset (cett.) ] yo bhyaset (δ2), ca yo bhyaset (β2 ε3), yomabhyaset (βω)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 62

kṣayakuṣṭagudāvarttagulmājīrṇajvaravyathāḥ |

tasya doṣāḥ kṣayaṃ yānti mahāmudrāṃ tu yo ’bhyaset ||

tasya doṣāḥ ] sarvarogāḥ v.l., rogās tasya v.l.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.41

kṣayakuṣṭhagudāvartagulmājīrṇapurogamāḥ |

doṣāḥ sarve kṣayaṃ yānti mahāmudrāṃ tu yo ’bhyaset ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kṣayakuṣṭhagudāvartagulmaplīhapurogamāḥ |

tasya doṣāḥ kṣayaṃ yānti mahāmudrāṃ ca yo ’bhyaset ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.185 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kṣayakuṣṭhagudāvarttagulmājīrṇapurogamāḥ |

tasya rogāḥ kṣayaṃ yānti mahāmudrāṃ tu yo’bhyaset ||

HP 3.18

कथितेयं महामुद्रा महासिद्धिकरी नृणाम्

गोपनीया प्रयत्नेन न देया यस्य कस्यचित् ॥

kathiteyaṃ mahāmudrā mahāsiddhikarī nṛṇām /

gopanīyā prayatnena na deyā yasya kasyacit //

This great seal has been taught. It brings about the great siddhi for men: it should be carefully kept secret and should not be given to all and sundry.
Philological Commentary

Manuscripts of three groups (α, β and γ), which are important stemmatically, have the reading jarāmṛtyuvināśinī (and J5 has nṛṇāṃ mṛtyuvināśinī) for the second verse quarter. While this reading is possible, the play on mahāsiddhi and mahāmudrā seems more likely original, as seen in the source text, the Vivekamārtaṇḍa (without significant variants), and the η and ε groups. In Jyotsnā 3.18, Brahmānanda understands mahāsiddhi as referring to `great siddhis,’ but in other works it can mean liberation (Mallinson 2012).

Readings

Stanza omitted in β1
kathiteyaṃ (cett.) ] kathitoyaṃ (α2 βω ε2)
mahāsiddhikarī nṛṇām (α3 βω ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] jarāmṛtyuvināśinī (α1 β2 Γ δ1 δ2), nṛṇāṃ mṛtyuvināśinī (α2)
gopanīyā (cett.) ] gopanīyaṃ (βω ε2), gopanīyāṃ (η2)
deyā (cett.) ] deyaṃ (βω)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 63

kathiteyaṃ mahāmudrā mahāsiddhikarī nṛṇām |

gopanīyā prayatnena na deyā yasya kasya cit ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.42

kathiteyaṃ mahāmudrā jarāmṛtyuvināśinī |

gopanīyā prayatnena na deyā yasya kasya cit ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.186 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kathiteyaṃ mahāmudrā mahāsiddhikarī nṛṇām |

gopanīyā prayatnena na deyā yasya kasya cit ||

HP 3.19

अथ महाबन्धः ।

पार्ष्णिं वामस्य पादस्य योनिस्थाने नियोजयेत्

वामोरूपरि संस्थाप्य दक्षिणं चरणं तथा*

atha mahābandhaḥ /

pārṣṇiṃ vāmasya pādasya yonisthāne niyojayet /

vāmorūpari saṃsthāpya dakṣiṇaṃ caraṇaṃ tathā //*

Now, the great lock (mahābandha):{}[The yogi] should place the heel of the left foot on the perineal region. And he should put the right foot on the left thigh, [dots ]
Philological Commentary

The seated position for mahābandha described in this verse is not in the Amṛtasiddhi (chapter 12) or Amaraugha (25cd–27). The Amṛtasiddhi instructs the same position for mahāmudrā and mahābandha, and the Amaraugha does not comment on the posture of mahābandha, implying that its posture is the same as mahāmudrā.

Readings

cd omitted in β1
atha (cett.) ] om. (Γ δ2)
pārṣṇiṃ (α1 α3 δ1 δ2 ε3 η1 χ) ] pārṣṇi (β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 η2), yāṣi (γ1)
vāmasya (cett.) ] bhāgena (η2)
niyojayet (cett.) ] yojayet (ε2)
dakṣiṇaṃ (cett.) ] dakṣaṇaṃ (βω)
tathā (cett.) ] tataḥ (δ3)

Sources
19ab = Dattātreyayogaśāstra 132cd (in the section on mahāmudrā)

pārṣṇiṃ vāmasya pādasya yonisthāne niyojayet ||

19cd = Cf.~Vivekamārtaṇḍa 8a (not anuṣṭubh)

vāmorūpari dakṣiṇañ ca caraṇaṃ saṃsthāpya

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.43

pārṣṇiṃ vāmasya pādasya yonisthāne niyojayet |

vāmorūpari saṃsthāpya dakṣiṇaṃ caraṇaṃ tathā ||

Yogalakṣanāvalī f.~31v

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

vāmāṅghripārṣṇibhāgena yonisthānaṃ nipīḍayet |

vāmorupari saṃsthāpya dakṣiṇaṃ caraṇaṃ tathā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

pārṣṇiṃ vāmasya pādasya yonisthāne niyojayet |

vāmorūpari saṃsthāpya dakṣiṇaṃ caraṇaṃ tathā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.190 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pārṣṇivāmasya pādasya yonisthāne niyojayet |

vāmorupari saṃsthāpya dakṣiṇaṃ caraṇaṃ tathā ||

HP 3.20

पूरयित्वा मुखे वायुं हृदये चिबुकं दृढम्

निभृत्य योनिमाकुञ्च्य मनो मध्ये नियोजयेत् ॥

pūrayitvā mukhe vāyuṃ hṛdaye cibukaṃ dṛḍham /

nibhṛtya yonim ākuñcya mano madhye niyojayet //

[dots ] inhale through the mouth, firmly put the chin on the chest, contract the perineum and fix the mind in the centre.
Philological Commentary

The referent of madhye is uncertain. The verse is derived from the Amaraugha, and the Amṛtasiddhi makes no mention of a place to focus the mind in its treatment of mahābandha (it does however instruct the yogi to place the mind at the catuṣpatha in its teachings on mahāmudrā). Bhavadevamiśra (7.196), Brahmānanda (3.20) and Bālakṛṣṇa (5.24) take it to mean the central channel. It could also plausibly mean the region between the chest and perineum, or perhaps the place between the eyebrows. At 3.24 this practice is said to make the mind reach Kedāra, which is sometimes located between the eyebrows (see Mallinson 2007:214 n.285, Birch 2019: 967 n.57).

Readings

Stanza omitted in β1
mukhe (α1 β2 Γ Δ) ] tato (βω η1 η2 χ), tathā (ε2 ε3)
vāyuṃ (cett.) ] vāyu (βω Γ)
cibukaṃ (cett.) ] sasvanaṃ (ε3), svasanaṃ (ε2)
dṛḍham (cett.) ] tathā (β2)
nibhṛtya (α1 βω) ] nibhṛtaṃ (β2), nivṛtya (ε2 ε3), niṣpīḍya (Γ δ1 δ3 η1 χ), nipīḍya (δ2), nikṣipya (η2)

Sources
Amaraugha 24

pūrayitvā mukhe vāyuṃ cibukaṃ hṛdaye dṛḍham |

nibhṛtya yonim ākuñcya mano madhye niyojayet ||

nibhṛtya ] nibhṛtaṃ v.l.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.44

pūrayen mukhato vāyuṃ hṛdaye cibukaṃ dṛḍham |

nibhṛtya yonim ākuñcya mano madhye niyojayet ||

nibhṛtya ] niṣpīḍya v.l.

Yogalakṣanāvalī f.~31v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pūrayitvā tato vāyuṃ hṛdaye cibukaṃ dṛḍham |

niḥpīḍya yonim ākuṃcya mano madhye niyojayet ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pūrayitvā mukhe vāyuṃ hṛdaye cibukaṃ tathā |

niḥpīḍya yonim ākuñcya mano madhye niyojayet ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.190 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pūrayitvā tato vāyuṃ cibukaṃ dṛḍham |

niḥkṣipya yonim ākuñcya mano madhye niyojayet ||

HP 3.21

धारयित्वा यथाशक्ति रेचयेदनिलं शनैः

सव्याङ्गे च समभ्यस्य दक्षिणाङ्गे समभ्यसेत् ॥ *

dhārayitvā yathāśakti recayed anilaṃ śanaiḥ //

savyāṅge ca samabhyasya dakṣiṇāṅge samabhyaset // *

[The yogi] should hold the breath as long as possible and exhale slowly. And having practised it on the left side, he should practise it on the right side.
Philological Commentary

This section in the description of mahābandha has been subject to various revisions in the manuscript groups. The shortest version occurs in α1 and α2, as well as the β group and the Haṭharatnāvalī, which omit verses 3.21 and 3.22. This omission results in the somewhat odd juxtaposition of two lines stating that this is mahābandha. Verse 3.21 is in the γ group and some manuscripts of the β and η groups. It is a composite of hemistichs from the Dattātreyayogaśāstra (62cd, 134cd). The first is taken from a description of padmāsana, and may have been included by Svātmārāma in his description of mahābandha to make it clear that the breath is held for as long as possible after the inhalation. The second hemistich is from a passage on mahāmudrā, and it echoes a similar statement on mahāmudrā in Haṭhapradīpikā 3.15. It also occurs in the α group after 3.22.

Readings

cd omitted in Δ
dhārayitvā yathāśakti (β2 Γ η1 χ) ] dhārayitvā yathāśaktyā (β1 βω ε3 η2), cālayitvā yathāśaktyā (ε2), recayec ca śanair eva (α1 α2 Δ), vased evaṃ mahābaṃdho (α3)
recayed anilaṃ śanaiḥ (β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] recayec ca śanaiḥś śanaiḥ (α3), mahābandho’yam ucyate (α1 α2 Δ)
ca samabhyasya (α1 α2 γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] tu samabhyasya (χ), pūrvam abhyasya (β1 β2 βω), om. (γ1)
dakṣiṇāṅge sama (β2 ε3 η1) ] dakṣāṅge ca sam° (α1 α2 ε2), sam° (γ1), dakṣāṅge punar (α3 βω γ2 χ), dakṣiṇāṅge punar (β1), dakṣiṇe punar (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 62cd (padmāsana), 134cd (mahāmudrā)

dhārayitvā yathāśakti recayed iḍayā śanaiḥ ||

...

vāmāṅgena samabhyasya dakṣiṇāṅgena cābhyaset ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.44cd–2.45

recayec ca śanair evaṃ mahābandho ’yam ucyate ||

ayaṃ yogo mahābandhas sarvasiddhipradāyakaḥ |

savyāṅge ca samabhyasya dakṣiṇāṅge samabhyaset ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.192ab (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

dhārayitvā yathāśakti recayed anilaṃ sudhīḥ |

HP 3.22

मतमत्र तु केषांचित् कण्ठबन्धं विसर्जयेत्

राजदन्तबिलं तत्र जिह्वयोत्तम्भयेदिति*

matam atra tu keṣāṃcit kaṇṭhabandhaṃ visarjayet /

rājadantabilaṃ tatra jihvayottambhayed iti //*

With regard to this [practice] some are of the opinion that [the yogi] should leave out the throat lock, saying that he should lift up the hollow at the uvula with the tongue instead.
Philological Commentary

This verse expresses an alternative to the application of the chin lock in mahā-bandha (mentioned in 3.20). It is found in all groups but is notably absent in α1 and α2, and the β group. At present we cannot be certain if this verse was written by Svātmārāma because it does not reflect textual teachings on mahābandha in so far as no other text known to us advocates the use of the tongue rather than the chin lock in mahābandha. If the verse was composed by Svātmārāma, it was omitted early in the transmission by someone who did not agree with the alternative teaching. This verse occurs in the Yogacintāmaṇi in the middle of a quotation attributed to Īśvara. The other verses of the quoted passage are found in the Śivasaṃhitā (4.37–42), but the verse in question is not reported in the critical edition of the Śivasaṃhitā (2018). The verse is absent in another passage on mahābandha that the author of the Yogacintāmaṇi cites and attributes to the Haṭhapradīpikā. We do not find the idea of lifting up the rājadantabila with the tongue in other works, but Vivekamārtaṇḍa 126ab instructs the yogi to press it with the tip of the tongue and Dattātreyayogaśāstra 36 (found at Haṭhapradīpikā 1.46) instructs the yogi in padmāsana to lift up the `root of the uvula’ (rājadantamūla) with the tongue.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1, α2 and Δ
matam atra (cett.) ] matam etat (η1), matāntare (βω), matārettamaṃtra (η2)
tu (cett.) ] ca (Γ)
kaṇṭha (cett.) ] kaṇṭhe (α3 η2)
bandhaṃ (cett.) ] bandha (βω), yaṃ (γ1)
visarjayet (α3 β1 βω ε2 ε3) ] vivarjayet (η1 η2 χ), tu varjayet (β2 Γ)
rājadantabilaṃ tatra (β2) ] rājadantabilaṃ jatra (βω), virājaṃti bilaṃ tatra (β1), rājadantabalaṃ haṃti (ε2 ε3), rājadantadvayaṃ tatra (Γ), rājadantasthajihvāyā(ṃ) (η1 χ), rājadantasya jihvāyāṃ (η2)
jihvayottambhayed (β2 ε2 ε3) ] jihvayottaṃbhaved (βω Γ), jihvādaṃ staṃbhayed (β1), bandhaś ca staṃbhayed (η1), bandhaḥ śasto bhaved (η2 χ)
iti (β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 χ) ] dhitaḥ (η2), dhi tat (η1)

Sources
Cf.~Vivekamārtaṇḍa 126ab

saṃpīḍya rasanāgreṇa rājadantabilaṃ mahat |

Cf.~Dattātreyayogaśāstra 36

nāsāgre vinyased rājadantamūlaṃ ca jihvayā |

uttabhya cibukaṃ vakṣasy āsthāpya pavanaṃ śanaiḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73r (attr.~to Īśvara)

matam atra tu keṣāṃ cit kaṇṭhabandhaṃ vivarjayet |

rājadantadvayaṃ tatra jihvayottambhayed iti ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.192cd (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

rājadantadvayaṃ tatra jihvayonnamayed iti ||

HP 3.23

अयं खलु महाबन्धो महासिद्धिप्रदायकः

कालपाशमहाबन्धविमोचनविचक्षणः*

ayaṃ khalu mahābandho mahāsiddhipradāyakaḥ /

kālapāśamahābandhavimocanavicakṣaṇaḥ //*

This is truly the great lock: it bestows the great siddhi [and] is adept at loosening the great bond (°mahābandha°) that is the noose of time.
Readings

cd omitted in α1
ayaṃ (cett.) ] asaṃ (α2), amuṃ (α1)
khalu (cett.) ] ṣalu (βω), kila (η1 η2), yogo (α3), yogī (α2), yoga (α1)
bandho (cett.) ] bandhaḥ (η2), bandhaṃ (α1)
mahā (cett.) ] sahā (γ1), sarva (η2)
pradāyakaḥ (cett.) ] pradāyakaṃ (α1)
pāśa (cett.) ] pāśaṃ (γ1)
bandha (cett.) ] bandho (α2 γ1), baddho (ε2)
vimocana (cett.) ] mocayec ca (βω)
vicakṣaṇaḥ (cett.) ] vicakṣaṇa (β1), vicakṣaṇam (βω), kṛtakṣayaḥ (α3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ayaṃ khalu mahābandho mahāsiddhipradāyakaḥ |

kālapāśamahābandhavimocanavicakṣaṇaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.193 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ayaṃ khalu mahābandho mahāsiddhipradāyakaḥ |

kālapāśamahābandhavimocanavicakṣaṇaḥ ||

HP 3.24

अयं सर्वनाडीनामूर्ध्वंगतिविबोधकः

त्रिवेणीसङ्गमं धत्ते केदारं प्रापयेन्मनः

ayaṃ ca sarvanāḍīnām ūrdhvaṃgativibodhakaḥ /

triveṇīsaṅgamaṃ dhatte kedāraṃ prāpayen manaḥ //

And this [lock] initiates an upward flow in all the channels. It brings about a confluence at the Triveṇī [and] causes the mind to reach Kedāra.
Philological Commentary

The reading ūrdhvaṃgatibodhakaḥ (`initiates an upward flow’) is found in the source (Amaraugha 25) and all Haṭhapradīpikā witnesses except the Jyotsnā (where the line is found earlier). While the Amaraughaprabodha has the reading ūrdhvaṃgativiśodhanaḥ (`purification of the upward flow’), the Amṛtasiddhi (12.14) states that the chin-lock prevents the upward flow (ūrdhvaṃgatinirodhakaḥ) in all the channels. The Amaraugha is referring to the idea (likely accepted by Svātmārāma) that the root lock creates an upward flow in all the channels that prevents the elements and essences of the body from escaping (cf.~Amṛtasiddhi 12.8–10). Triveṇī and Kedāra are pilgrimage sites, the former at Prayāga where the Gaṅgā and Yamunā meet, the latter in the Himālaya, near the source of the Gaṅgā. The bodily triveṇī is located in the navel or heart by earlier Śaiva works (Birch 2019: 967). Here it may be the same as the trikūṭa and located between the eyebrows (Mallinson 2007: 209 n.259). Brahmānanda, who does not identify a location for Triveṇī, understands Kedāra to be between the eyebrows. In the Khecarīvidyā it is located on the back of the head above the nape of the neck (Mallinson 2007:214 n.285). For other references on the location of Kedāra, see Birch 2019:967 n.57.

Readings

ca (cett.) ] tu (γ2 δ2 δ3 χ)
ūrdhvaṃ (cett.) ] ūrdhva (α1 η1 γ1 χ)
gativibodhakaḥ (α1 β1 βω ε3 η1 η2) ] gatinibodhakaḥ (ε2), gatinirodhakaḥ (χ), gamanabodhakaḥ (β2 Γ Δ)
prāpayen manaḥ (cett.) ] prāpaye naraḥ (η1), prāpaye naraṃ (ε2)

Sources
Amaraugha 25

ayaṃ ca sarvanāḍīnām ūrdhvaṃgativibodhakaḥ |

triveṇīsaṅgame dhatte kedāraṃ prāpayen manaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.46

ayaṃ ca sarvanāḍīnām ūrdhvagativibodhakaḥ |

triveṇīsaṅgamaṃ dhatte kedāraṃ prāpayen manaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ayaṃ tu sarvanāḍīnām ūrdhvaṃgamanarodhakaḥ |

triveṇīsaṃgamaṃ dhatte kedāraṃ prāpayen manaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.94 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ayaṃ hi sarvanāḍīnām ūrdhvaṃ gativibodhakaḥ |

triveṇīsaṃgamaṃ dhatte kedāraṃ prāpayen manaḥ ||

HP 3.25

रूपलावण्यसंपन्ना यथा स्त्री पुरुषं विना ।

महामुद्रामहाबन्धौ निष्फलौ वेधवर्जितौ

rūpalāvaṇyasaṃpannā yathā strī puruṣaṃ vinā /

mahāmudrāmahābandhau niṣphalau vedhavarjitau //

Now the great piercing (mahāvedha):Like a beautiful and charming woman without a man, the great seal and the great lock are barren without the great piercing.
Philological Commentary

This verse, which is from the Amaraugha and similar to verses in the Amṛtasiddhi and Śivasaṃhitā, is stating that the great seal, lock and piercing should be practised together. This can be done as a sequence as shown in this video.

Readings

cd omitted in ε3
saṃpannā (cett.) ] saṃpannaṃ (η2), saṃpattī (γ1), saṃyuktā (δ1)
strī puruṣaṃ (cett.) ] nārī patiṃ (δ1)
bandhau (β2 γ2 Δ χ) ] bandho (α1 α2 β1 βω γ1 ε2 η2), bandha (η1), om. (ε3)
niṣphalau (γ2 Δ η2 χ) ] niṣphalo (β1 β2 γ1), niṣkalaḥ (α2), niṣkalā (α1), mahābaṃdhaṃ (ε2), mahāvedha(ṃ) (βω η1), om. (ε3)
vedhavarjitau (β2 Γ Δ χ) ] vedhavarjitaḥ (α2 β1), vedhavarttina (α1), vedhavarttitau (η2), vinā tathā (ε2 η1), vinānyathā (βω), om. (ε3)

Sources
Amaraugha 26

rūpalāvaṇyasampannā yathā strī puruṣaṃ vinā |

mahāmudrāmahābandhau niṣphalau vedhavarjitau ||

°bandhau niṣphalau vedhavarjitau ] °bandho niṣphalo vedhavarjitaḥ v.l.

Cf.~Śivasaṃhitā 4.47

mahāmudrāmahābandhau niṣphalau vedhavarjitau |

tasmād yogī prayatnena karoti tritayaṃ kramāt ||

Cf.~Amṛtasiddhi 13.3

guṇarūpavatī nārī niṣphalā puruṣaṃ vinā |

mahāmudrāmahābandhau vinā vedhena niṣphalau ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.47

rūpalāvaṇyasampannā yathā strī puruṣaṃ vinā |

mahāmudrāmahābandhau niṣphalau vedhavarjitau ||

°mahābandhau ] mahābandho v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha mahāvedhaḥ—

rūpalāvaṇyasaṃpannā yathā strī puruṣaṃ vinā |

mahāmudrāmahābandhau niṣphalau vedhavarjitau ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.197 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha mahāvedhaḥ -

mahāmudrāmahābandhau niṣphalau vedavarjitau |

rūpalāvaṇyasampannā yathā strī puruṣaṃ vinā ||

HP 3.26

अथ महावेधः

महाबन्धस्थितो योगी कृत्वा पूरकमेकधीः

वायूनां गतिमावृत्य निभृतं कण्ठमुद्रया

atha mahāvedhaḥ /

mahābandhasthito yogī kṛtvā pūrakam ekadhīḥ /

vāyūnāṃ gatim āvṛtya nibhṛtaṃ kaṇṭhamudrayā //

While in the great lock, the yogi should inhale, focus his mind and firmly block the flow of the bodily winds by means of the throat seal.
Philological Commentary

We are not certain of the meaning of nibhṛtam, which is found in all of the collated witnesses and important testimonia. We have understood it as an adverb meaning `firmly.’

Readings

atha mahāvedhaḥ (βω ε3 η2 χ) ] found before (β2 δ3 ε2), mahāvedhaḥ (found before ) (Γ δ2), iti mahābandhaḥ (η1), atha mahābaṃdhaḥ (found after ab) (α2), om. (α1 β1 δ1)
mahābandha (α1 α3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] mahābandhaḥ (γ2), mahābandho (β1 γ1), mahāvedhe (β2 Δ), mahāvedha (βω η2)
sthito (cett.) ] sthite (γ1), sthitau (η2)
ekadhīḥ (β2 γ2 ε3 η1 χ) ] ekadhī (α1), edhakī (β1), ekadhā (δ1 ε2), ekadhaḥ (α3), ekayā (δ2 δ3), eva dhīḥ (γ1), eva dhī (βω), eva ca dhā (α2)
vāyūnāṃ (β1 γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] vāyunāṃ (η1), vāyunā (α1 α2 α3 β2 βω γ1 ε2 η2)
gatim āvṛtya (cett.) ] gam āvṛtya (α1), gatim ākṛṣya (α2 ε3)
mudrayā (cett.) ] mudrāyā (η2), om. (γ1)

Sources
Amaraugha 27

punar āsphālayet kaṭyāṃ susthiraṃ kaṇṭhamudrayā |

vāyūnāṃ gatim ārudhya kṛtvā pūrakakumbhakau ||

ārudhya ] āvṛtya, āśritya v.l.

Cf.~Śivasaṃhitā 4.43

mahābandhasthito yogī kukṣim āpurya vāyunā |

sphicau saṃtāpayed dhīmān vedho ’yaṃ kīrtito mayā ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.48

mahābandhasthito yogī kṛtvā pūrakam ekadhīḥ |

vāyūnāṃ gatim ākṛṣya nibhṛtaṃ kaṇṭhamudrayā ||

ekadhīḥ ] ekadhā v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahābandhe sthito yogī kṛtvā pūrakam ekadhā |

vāyūnāṃ gatim āvṛtya nibhṛtaṃ kaṇṭhamudrayā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.198 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahābandhasthito yogī kṛtvā pūrakam ekadhā |

vāyunāṃ gatim āvṛtya nibhṛtaṃ kaṇṭhamudrayā ||

HP 3.27

समहस्तयुगो भूमौ स्फिजौ संताडयेच्छनैः ।

पुटद्वयं समाक्रम्य वायुः स्फुरति सत्वरं

बन्धेनानेन योगीन्द्रः साधयेत्सर्वमीप्सितम् ॥ (Γ)

samahastayugo bhūmau sphijau saṃtāḍayec chanaiḥ /

puṭadvayaṃ samākramya vāyuḥ sphurati satvaraṃ /

bandhenānena yogīndraḥ sādhayet sarvam īpsitam // (Γ)

With hands even on the ground, he should gently tap the buttocks [on the ground]. The breath enters the vessel of two halves and quickly flashes forth.
Philological Commentary

The term puṭadvaya is referring back to the dvipuṭa mentioned in verse 3.12. On the alchemical meaning and other interpretations by later commentators, see the note to 3.12. The greyscale hemistich added to this verse in the γ group is taken from the Śivasaṃhitā (4.42ab) in the section on mahābandha.

Readings

samahasta (cett.) ] samahāsta (α1), samahastā (η2), samahaste (γ1), samau hasta (β2)
yugo (β1 βω γ1 δ1 η2 χ) ] yugau (β2 γ2 δ2 δ3 ε3 η1), yuge (α1 ε2)
sphijau (α1 β1 βω γ2 Δ η2) ] sphicau (γ1 χ), sphidau (η1), sphītau (β2), dvijāt (ε2), dvijā (ε3)
saṃtāḍayec (cett.) ] saṃ[c]ālayec (η1), nutāḍayec (ε3)
puṭadvayaṃ (cett.) ] jaṃghāyuṭadvayam (γ1)
samākramya (cett.) ] samākṛṣya (α2 γ2 δ3), ākṛṣya (γ1), atikramya (χ)
vāyuḥ (β2 γ2 Δ η1 η2 χ) ] vāyu (α1 β1 βω γ1 ε2 ε3)
satvaraṃ (α1 α2 ε2 η2) ] ratvaraṃ (β1), tatvaraṃ (βω), tatparaṃ (η1), tatparaḥ (β2), madhyagaḥ (Γ δ1 ε3 χ), madhyamaḥ (δ2 δ3)
yogīndraḥ (γ2) ] yogīndra (γ1)

Sources
Amaraugha 28ab, 29cd

samahastayugo bhūmau samapādayugas tathā |

[vedhayet kramayogena catuṣpīṭhaṃ tu vāyunā ||

āsphālayen mahāmeruṃ vāyuvajrāgnikoṭibhiḥ | ]

puṭadvayaṃ samākṛṣya vāyuḥ sphurati satvaram ||

samākṛṣya ] samākramya v.l.

Dattātreyayogaśāstra 136ab

mahābandhasthito bhūmau sphicau santāḍayec chanaiḥ |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.51

samahastayugo bhūmau sphicau saṃtāḍayec chanaiḥ |

ayam eva mahāvedhaḥ siddhido ’bhyāsato bhavet

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

samahastayugo bhūmau sphijau saṃtāḍayec chanaiḥ |

puṭadvayaṃ samākramya vāyuḥ sphurati madhyagaḥ ||

Yuktabhavedeva 7.199 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

nyastahastayugo bhūmau sphicau santāḍayec chanaiḥ |

jaṃghādvayaṃ samākṛṣya vāyuḥ spharati satvaram ||

HP 3.28

सोमसूर्याग्निसंबन्धो जायते चामृताय वै

मृतावस्था समुत्पन्ना ततो मृत्युभयं कुतः

somasūryāgnisaṃbandho jāyate cāmṛtāya vai /

mṛtāvasthā samutpannā tato mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ //

And the union of the moon, sun and fire arises, which leads to immortality. The state of a dead person has arisen, so where is the fear of death?
Philological Commentary

The α and γ groups have °saṃbandhāj, which is possible but somewhat awkward (i.e., `because of the union of the moon, sun and fire, the state of a dead person, which has arisen, leads to immortality’). The adopted reading °saṃbandho, which is supported by ε2, Yuktabhavadeva 7.200 and Jyotsna 3.28, makes better sense but its meaning is not as clear as the formulation in the source text (i.e., Amaraugha 30). The compound mṛtāvasthā (`the state of death’) likely refers to a dead person in the sense that the yogi appears as if dead when the moon, sun and fire have united. In the version found in Jyotsnā 3.28 and η1, η2 and ε3, the final verse quarter has been rewritten to say that the yogi then exhales the breath (tato vāyuṃ virecayet). This implies that mṛtāvasthā is a breath retention (kumhaka), which is apparent in Brahmānanda’s explanation: The state of death that has arisen is the state of one who has died, [that is,] of one who is devoid of the breath because of the absence of movement of prāṇa in the iḍā and piṅgalā channels. Then, immediately after that [state], [the yogi] exhales the breath, [that is,] he gradually releases it through the nostrils.mṛtasya prāṇaviyuktasyāvasthā mṛtāvasthā samutpannā bhavati, iḍāpiṅgalayoḥ prāṇasañcārābhāvāt | tatas tadanantaraṃ vāyuṃ virecayen nāsikāpuṭābhyāṃ śanais tyajet |

Readings

saṃbandho (ε2 χ) ] sambandhā (βω η1), sambandhāj (α1 α2 β1 β2 Γ η2), saṃdhānaṃ (Δ ε3)
cāmṛtāya vai (α1 α3 β1 χ) ] cāmṛtāyate (β2 Γ ε2 ε3), vāmṛtāyate (Δ), cāmṛtāye vaiḥ (η1), ca mṛtāya vai (βω), ca mṛturjayaḥ (η2)
mṛtāvasthā (cett.) ] mṛtāmasthā (γ1)
samutpannā (cett.) ] samunnaṃ<<ta>>t (α3), om. (γ1)
mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2) ] vāyuṃ virecayet (ε3 η1 η2 χ), vāyuṃ + + + + (α3), vāyuṃ nirundhayet kumbhakena (γ1)

Sources
Amaraugha 30

somasūryāgnisaṃbandhaṃ jānīyād amṛtāya vai |

mṛtāvasthā samutpannā tato mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

°saṃbandhaṃ ] °saṃbandhāj, °saṃbandhā v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

somasūryāgnisandhānaṃ jāyate cāmṛtāyate |

mṛtāvasthāsamutpannaṃ tato mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

°samutpannaṃ ] °samutpannā v.l.

Yuktabhavadeva 7.200 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

somasūryāgnisambandho jāyate cāmṛtāya ca |

samutpannā mṛtāvasthā tato vāyuṃ virecayet ||

HP 3.29

महावेधोऽयमभ्यासान्महासिद्धिप्रदायकः ।

वलीपलितवेपघ्नः सेव्यते साधकोत्तमैः

mahāvedho’yam abhyāsān mahāsiddhipradāyakaḥ /

valīpalitavepaghnaḥ sevyate sādhakottamaiḥ //

Through practice, this great piercing bestows the great siddhi [and] cures wrinkles, grey hair and trembling. It is used by the best practitioners.
Philological Commentary

In the third verse quarter, the reading °vedhaghnaḥ (`cures wounds’ ?) in α and the other groups, the exception being γ (°vegaghnaḥ), is strange as it does not seem related to the other two symptoms of old age (i.e., wrinkles and grey hair) that this mudrā can cure. It is perhaps a misreading of °vepaghnaḥ, which occurs in some manuscripts in the β (J1, N12), ε (J14) and δ (J3, N16, N18) groups, as well as the Yogacintāmaṇi and Jyotsnā. The meaning of vepa, `trembling,’ is consistent with wrinkles and grey hair.

Readings

mahāvedho (cett.) ] mahābaṃdho (ε3)
abhyāsān (α1 β2 βω γ2 δ2 δ3 η2 χ) ] abhyāsāt (β1 γ1), anabhyāsān (δ1), abhyāso (η1), abhyasto (ε2 ε3)
mahā (cett.) ] sarva (γ1)
valī (cett.) ] valīta (η2), vali (γ1 η1)
palita (cett.) ] palīta (γ2)
vepa (χ) ] vedha (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1), vega (Δ), bandha (η2)
ghnaḥ (cett.) ] ghnaṃ (α1 βω), ghna (γ1)
sādhakottamaiḥ (cett.) ] sādhakottamaṃ (βω)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.51cd

ayam eva mahāvedhaḥ siddhido ’bhyāsato bhavet ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahāvedho ’yam abhyāsān mahāsiddhipradāyakaḥ |

valīpalitavepaghnaḥ sevyate sādhakottamaiḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.201 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mahāvedho ’yam abhyasto mahāsiddhipradāyakaḥ |

valīpalitavepaghnaḥ sevyate sādhakottamaiḥ ||

HP 3.30

एतत्त्रयं महागुह्यं जरामृत्युविनाशनम्

वह्निवृद्धिकरं चैव अणिमादिगुणप्रदम्

etat trayaṃ mahāguhyaṃ jarāmṛtyuvināśanam /

vahnivṛddhikaraṃ caiva aṇimādiguṇapradam //

This triad is a great secret that destroys old and death, increases [the body’s] fire and bestows the powers beginning with minimisation.
Readings

etat trayaṃ mahā (cett.) ] mahāmudrātrayaṃ (ε3), mahāmudrātrayatraṃ (η1), mahavedhābhayaṃ (α3)
guhyaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] guptaṃ (Δ), mudrā (η2)
vināśanam (cett.) ] vināśinī (η2)
caiva (α1 β2 Γ) ] caivam (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2), caiva hy (χ), caitad (Δ), viśvam (η1)
guṇa (cett.) ] gaṇa (ε2)
pradam (cett.) ] pradī (γ1)

Sources
Amaraugha 31

etat trayaṃ mahāguhyaṃ jarāmṛtyuvināśanam |

vahnivṛddhikarañ caiva aṇimādiguṇapradam ||

°guhyaṃ ] °guṇyaṃ v.l.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.52

etat trayaṃ mahāguhyaṃ jarāmṛtyuvināśanam |

vahnivṛddhikaraṃ caiva hy aṇimādiguṇapradam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

etat trayaṃ mahāguptaṃ jalāmṛtyuvināśanam |

vahnivṛddhikaraṃ caiva aṇimādiguṇapradam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.204 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

bandhatrayaṃ mahāguhyaṃ jarāmṛtyuvināśanam |

vahnivṛddhikaraṃ caiva aṇimādiguṇapradam ||

HP 3.31

अष्टधा क्रियते चैतद्यामे यामे दिने दिने ।

पुण्यसंभारसम्भावि पापौघभिदुरं सदा

aṣṭadhā kriyate caitad yāme yāme dine dine /

puṇyasaṃbhārasambhāvi pāpaughabhiduraṃ sadā //

It is practised eight times a day, every three hours. It always produces a wealth of merit and destroys an ocean of demerit.
Readings

caitad (α1 β2) ] caiva (Δ ε2 χ), caivaṃ (β1 Γ), caikaṃ (βω η1 η2), caika (ε3)
yāme yāme (cett.) ] yāmayāme (ε3), yāmaṃ yamāṃ (η1)
puṇya (cett.) ] puṇyaṃ (ε3), sarva (η2)
saṃbhāra (α1 γ2 Δ ε2 χ) ] sahāra (βω), saṃcāra (η1 η2), saṃsāra (ε3), saṃdhāta (β1), saṃdhāna (β2), saṃcaya (α3), om. (γ1)
sambhāvi (α3 βω Γ ε2) ] saṃbhāvī (α1 α2), sabhāvī (η1), saṃdhāyi (β2 ε3 χ), saṃdhāyī (η2), saṃdhīra (β1), saṃpādi (Δ)
pāpaugha (cett.) ] pāprogha (γ2), padhau _ dhava (γ1)
bhiduraṃ sadā (cett.) ] vidhuraṃ tathā (α3)

Sources
Amaraugha 32

aṣṭadhā kriyate caiva yāme yāme dine dine |

puṇyasañcayasambhāvi pāpaughabhiduraṃ sadā ||

caiva ] caitad v.l.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.49

aṣṭadhā kriyate caitat yāme yāme dine dine |

puṇyasaṅghātasandhāyī pāpaughabhiduraḥ sadā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

aṣṭadhā kriyate caiva yāme yāme dine dine |

puṇyasaṃbhārasandhāyi pāpaughabhiduraṃ sadā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.205 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

aṣṭadhā kriyate caiva yāme yāme dine dine |

puṇyasambhārasandhāyi pāpaughabhiduraṃ sadā ||

HP 3.32

सम्यक्शिक्षावतामेव स्वल्पं प्रथमसाधने

वह्निस्त्रीपथसेवानामादौ वर्जनमादिशेत्* *

samyakśikṣāvatām eva svalpaṃ prathamasādhane /

vahnistrīpathasevānām ādau varjanam ādiśet //* *

It is only for those who have received proper instruction. It is taught that they should [do it] a little in the first stage of the practice [and] that at the beginning [the yogi] should avoid frequenting fire, women and roads.
Readings

cd omitted in χ
śikṣāvatām (cett.) ] śikṣāvatā (β2), śiṣyāvatām (α2 ε2), jijñāsatām (η2)
eva (α2 β1 Γ Δ ε3) ] evaṃ (α1 βω ε2 η1 η2 χ), bhavyaṃ (β2)
sādhane (α2 β1 β2 γ1 Δ ε2 ε3 η1) ] sādhanaiḥ (α1), sādhanaṃ (βω γ2 η2 χ)
sevānām (cett.) ] sevācanām (ε2), sevanām (η2), sevanam (η1), sevenam (γ1), om. (χ)
ādiśet (α1 α2 β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η1) ] ādṛśyet (βω), ācaret (Γ Δ η2), om. (χ)

Sources
Amaraugha 33

samyakśikṣāvatām eva svalpaṃ prathamasādhane |

vahnistrīpathasevānām ādau varjanam ācaret ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

samyakśikṣāvatām eva svalpaṃ prathamasādhane ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.205 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

samyak śikṣāvatām evaṃ svalpaṃ prathamasādhanam |

vahnistrīpathisevānām ādau varjanam ācaret ||

HP 3.32*1

नासनं सिद्धसदृशं न कुम्भं केवलोपमम्

न खेचरीसमा मुद्रा न नादसदृशो लयः ॥ (Ω)

nāsanaṃ siddhasadṛśaṃ na kumbhaṃ kevalopamam /

na khecarīsamā mudrā na nādasadṛśo layaḥ // (Ω)

Readings

kumbhaṃ (em.) ] kumbha (βω εω ηω), kuṃbhaka (δω)
kevalopamam (em.) ] kevalokanam (βω ηω), sadṛśo nilaḥ (εω), samonilaṃ (δω)

HP 3.33

अथ खेचरी ।

छेदनचालनदोहैः कलां क्रमेण प्रवर्धयेत्तावत्

सा यावद्भ्रूमध्यं स्पृशति तदा खेचरीसिद्धिः*

atha khecarī /

chedanacālanadohaiḥ kalāṃ krameṇa pravardhayet tāvat /

sā yāvad bhrūmadhyaṃ spṛśati tadā khecarīsiddhiḥ //*

Now, the sky-roving [seal] (khecarī):By cutting, moving and milking, the yogi should gradually lengthen the tongue until it touches the middle of the brows. Then there is success in khecarī.
Philological Commentary

Various versions of this verse have been transmitted in āryā, gīti and anuṣṭubh metres. We have adopted a version close to α2, which has a slight metrical fault: chedanacālanadohaiḥ kalāṃ krameṇa pravardhayet tāvat |sā yāvad bhrūmadhyaṃ viśati tadānīṃ khecarīsiddhiḥ || The emendation of tadānīṃ to tadā renders the verse an āryā. The word krameṇa is well attested by manuscripts of the α, β, η and ε groups, which all have unmetrical or corrupted versions. The meaning of kalā as `tongue’ is not attested by any Sanskrit dictionary but kalā occurs in the sense of the tongue in a subsequent verse of this chapter (Cf.~3.35a) and it is glossed by Brahmānanda with jihvā in Jyotsnā 3.33 and 3.37.

Metre: Upagīti
Readings

atha (cett.) ] om. (Γ δ2)
chedana (α2 β1 βω γ1 δ1 δ3 δω ε3 η1 χ) ] chedanaṃ (η2 εω ηω), chedanaiś (β2), khedana (δ2), bhedana (α3), vedana (ε2), rasanā (γ2), damaged (α1)
cālanadohaiḥ (β1 γ2 Δ δω ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] cālajadohaiḥ (γ1), cālanaṃ dohaṃ (εω), cālanaṃ dohaiḥ (α2), cālanaṃ dohau (βω η2 ηω), cālanair dāsyai (β2), pādanadoṣaiḥ (α3), damaged (α1)
kalāṃ (β1 β2 γ2 ε2 η1 χ) ] kalaṃ (γ1), kalāḥ (α1 εω), kalā (α2 α3 βω ηω), kāla (η2), jihvāṃ (Δ δω), krameṇa (ε3)
krameṇa (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 η1 η2 ηω εω) ] kramaṇa (α2), krameṇātha (χ), jihvāṃ (ε3), tu (Γ), vai (Δ), om. (α3 δω)
pravardhayet (α2 β1 ε3 η1 η2) ] saṃvardhayet (Γ δω), vardhayet (α1 α3 β2 βω Δ ε2 εω ηω χ)
tāvat (α2 β1 β2 γ2 Δ δω ε2 ε3 χ) ] tāt (η2), kramaśaḥ (α3), om. (α1 βω γ1 η1 εω ηω)
sā yāvad (α1 α2 β1 β2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] yāvad iyaṃ (Γ Δ δω), yāvad (βω εω ηω), yā (α3), sā (ε2)
bhrūmadhyaṃ (cett.) ] bhrūmadhya (δ1 η1), spṛśati (εω)
spṛśati (cett.) ] sparśati (γ1), visati (α2), viśa (α1), bhrūmadhyaṃ (εω)
tadā khecarīsiddhiḥ (Γ δ3 δω ε3 η2 χ) ] tadānīṃ khecarīsiddhiḥ (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω ηω), tadānīṃ hi khecarīsiddhiḥ (ε2), tadānī siddhiḥ (η1), tadā sidhyati khecarī (εω), tadā khecarī bhavati (δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.141

haṭhapradīpikāyām ||

chedanacālanadohaiḥ kalāṃ krameṇa vardhayet tāvat |

yāvad iyaṃ bhrūmadhye spṛśati tadānīṃ khecarīsiddhiḥ ||

yāvad iyaṃ bhrūmadhye spṛśati ] sā yāti yāvad bhrūmadhyaṃ spṛśati hi v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

chedanacālanadohair jihvāṃ saṃvardhayet tāvat |

yāvad iyaṃ bhrūmadhyaṃ spṛśati tadā khecarī siddhiḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 14.18

haṭhapradīpikāmate tu –

chedanacālanadohaiḥ krameṇa jihvāṃ pravardhayet tāvat |

sā yāvad bhrūmadhyaṃ spṛśati tadā khecarīsiddhiḥ ||

HP 3.33*1

स्नुहीपत्त्रनिभं शस्त्रं सुतीक्ष्णं स्निग्धनिर्मलम् ।

समादाय ततस्तेन रोममात्रं समुच्छिदेत्(ε3, Ω and χ)

snuhīpattranibhaṃ śastraṃ sutīkṣṇaṃ snigdhanirmalam /

samādāya tatas tena romamātraṃ samucchidet // (ε3, Ω and χ)

Readings

snuhī (δω χ) ] snuhi (ε3 εω ηω), śnuhi (βω)
samucchidet (βω εω) ] samucchinet (ε3 ηω χ), samucchiṃdyāt (δω)

HP 3.33*2

कृत्वा सैन्धवपथ्यादिचूर्णिताभ्यां प्रघर्षयेत् ।

पुनः सप्तदिने प्राप्ते रोममात्रं समुच्छिदेत्(ε3, Ω and χ)

kṛtvā saindhavapathyādicūrṇitābhyāṃ pragharṣayet /

punaḥ saptadine prāpte romamātraṃ samucchidet // (ε3, Ω and χ)

Readings

kṛtvā (ε3 Ω) ] tataḥ (χ)
saindhavapathyādi (βω εω ηω δω) ] saindhavapathyābhyāṃ (χ), saindhavapakṣyādi (ε3)
punaḥ (ε3 βω ηω δω χ) ] tataḥ (εω)
samucchidet (βω εω ηω) ] samucchinet (χ), punaḥ chidet (ε3), samutthiyāt (δω)

HP 3.33*3

एवं क्रमेण षण्मासं नित्ययुक्तं समाचरेत् ।

षण्मासाद्रसनामूलशराबन्धं विनश्यति(ε3, Ω and χ)

evaṃ krameṇa ṣaṇmāsaṃ nityayuktaṃ samācaret /

ṣaṇmāsād rasanāmūlaśarābandhaṃ vinaśyati // (ε3, Ω and χ)

Readings

ṣaṇmāsaṃ (βω εω δω χ) ] ṣaṇmāse (ηω), ṣaṇmāsān (ε3)
nitya (βω δω ε3 εω) ] nityaṃ (χ), netya (ηω)
yuktaṃ (βω ε3 εω ηω) ] yuktaḥ (χ), muktaṃ (δω)
ṣaṇmāsād (Ω χ) ] ṣaṇmāse (ε3)
mūla (βω εω ηω δω χ) ] mūlaṃ (ε3)
śarābandhaṃ (βω) ] śarabaṃdhaṃ (δω), śarābadho (ηω), śirābandhaḥ (ε3 χ), sirābandho (εω)
vinaśyati (Ω) ] praṇaśyati (ε3 χ)

HP 3.33*4

अथ वागीश्वरीधाम शिरो वस्त्रेण वेष्टयेत् ।

शनैरुत्कर्षयेद्योगी कालवेलाविधानवित्(Ω)

atha vāgīśvarīdhāma śiro vastreṇa veṣṭayet /

śanair utkarṣayed yogī kālavelāvidhānavit // (Ω)

Readings

vidhānavit (βω δω) ] vidhānataḥ (εω ηω)

HP 3.33*5

वितस्तिप्रमितं दैर्घ्यं विस्तारं चतुरङ्गुलम् ।

मृदुलं धवलं प्रोक्तं वेष्टिताम्बरलक्षणम् ॥ (Ω)

vitastipramitaṃ dairghyaṃ vistāraṃ caturaṅgulam /

mṛdulaṃ dhavalaṃ proktaṃ veṣṭitāmbaralakṣaṇam // (Ω)

Readings

pramitaṃ (βω εω δω) ] pratima (ηω)
dairghyaṃ (βω ηω) ] dairghye (εω δωpc), dairghya (δωac)
vistāraṃ (βω ηω δω) ] vistāre (εω)
veṣṭitāmbara (βω ηω δω) ] veṣṭitādhāra (εω)

HP 3.33*6

पुनः षण्मासमात्रेण पुनः संकर्षणात्प्रिये ।

भ्रूमध्यावधि वर्धेत तिर्यक्कर्णबिलावधि ॥ (Ω)

punaḥ ṣaṇmāsamātreṇa punaḥ saṃkarṣaṇāt priye /

bhrūmadhyāvadhi vardheta tiryakkarṇabilāvadhi // (Ω)

Readings

HP 3.33*7

अधस्ताच्चिबुकं मूलं प्रयाति क्रमकारिता

क्रोशादूर्ध्वं क्रमति तिर्यक्संख्यावधि प्रिये ॥ (Ω)

adhastāc cibukaṃ mūlaṃ prayāti kramakāritā /

krośād ūrdhvaṃ ca kramati tiryaksaṃkhyāvadhi priye // (Ω)

Readings

cibukaṃ mūlaṃ (εω ηω δω) ] cibukamūla (βω)
kramakāritā (βω δω) ] kramakāritaḥ (εω), tramakārikā (ηω)
ca (βω ηω δω) ] om. (εω)
kramati (βω ηω) ] krāmati (δω), kramatī (εω)
saṃkhyā (βω δω) ] saṃsthā (εω ηω)

HP 3.33*8

पुनः संवत्सराद्देवि द्वितीया चैव लीलया ।

ब्रह्मरन्ध्रान्तमावृत्य तिष्ठेत्परमवन्दिते(Ω)

punaḥ saṃvatsarād devi dvitīyā caiva līlayā /

brahmarandhrāntam āvṛtya tiṣṭhet paramavandite // (Ω)

Readings

randhrāntam (βω εω δω) ] raṃdhraṃ tam (ηω)
tiṣṭhet (βω εω δω) ] viṣṭaitet (ηω)
paramavandite (βω εω δω) ] paramavidite (ηω)

HP 3.33*9

स्वतालुमूलं संघृष्य सप्तवासरमात्मनि ।

स्वगुरूक्तप्रकारेण मलं सर्वं विशोषयेत् ॥ (Ω)

svatālumūlaṃ saṃghṛṣya saptavāsaram ātmani /

svagurūktaprakāreṇa malaṃ sarvaṃ viśoṣayet // (Ω)

Readings

HP 3.33*10

अङ्गुल्यग्रेण संघृष्य जिह्वां तत्र निवेशयेत् ।

शनैः शनैर्मस्तकाच्च महावज्रकपाटभित् ॥ (Ω)

aṅgulyagreṇa saṃghṛṣya jihvāṃ tatra niveśayet /

śanaiḥ śanair mastakāc ca mahāvajrakapāṭabhit // (Ω)

Readings

HP 3.33*11

पूर्वबीजयुतां विद्यां व्याख्यातामतिदुर्लभाम् ।

अस्याः षडङ्गं कुर्वीत तया षट्चक्रभिन्नया ॥ (Ω)

pūrvabījayutāṃ vidyāṃ vyākhyātām atidurlabhām /

asyāḥ ṣaḍaṅgaṃ kurvīta tayā ṣaṭcakrabhinnayā // (Ω)

Readings

bīja (εω ηω) ] vīya (βω), vīrya (δω)
vyākhyātām ati (βω ηω δω) ] vikhyātām api (εω)
ṣaḍaṅgaṃ (βω εω δω) ] ṣaḍaṃhva (ηω)

HP 3.33*12

खे निरस्तसकलक्रियाक्रमे

या चितिश्चरति शाश्वतोदये ।

सा शिवत्वसमवायकारिणी

खेचरी च भवखेदहारिणी ॥ (Ω)

khe nirastasakalakriyākrame

yā citiś carati śāśvatodaye /

sā śivatvasamavāyakāriṇī

khecarī ca bhavakhedahāriṇī // (Ω)

Readings

nirasta (βω δω) ] cirasta (ηω), lirasta (εω)
yā citiś carati (em.) ] yācitaś carati (ηω), yā cittaś carati (βω), °ṇa cittaś carati (δω), cittam ācarati (εω)
samavāya (βω εω ηω) ] samavāyi (δω)
kāriṇī (εω ηω δω) ] kariṇī (βω)
ca bhava (βω ηω) ] {{ca}} bhavati (δω), bhavati (εω)

HP 3.33*13

क्रमेणैव प्रकर्तव्याभ्यासेन वरवर्णिनि

युगपद्यतते तस्य शरीरं विलयं व्रजेत् ॥ (Ω)

krameṇaiva prakartavyābhyāsena varavarṇini /

yugapad yatate tasya śarīraṃ vilayaṃ vrajet // (Ω)

Readings

prakartavyā (βω εω ηω) ] pravartavyā (δω)
varṇini (βω εω ηω) ] varṇinī (δω)
yatate (βω ηω δωpc) ] yatete (δωac), utpadyate (εω)
tasya (βω ηω δω) ] samyak (εω)

HP 3.33*14

तस्माच्छनैः शनैः कार्योऽभ्यासो न युगपत्प्रिये

एवं वर्षत्रयं कृत्वा ब्रह्मद्वारं विशेद्ध्रुवम् ॥ (Ω)

tasmāc chanaiḥ śanaiḥ kāryo’bhyāso na yugapat priye /

evaṃ varṣatrayaṃ kṛtvā brahmadvāraṃ viśed dhruvam // (Ω)

Readings

’bhyāso na (βω δω) ] bhyāsena (εω ηω)
priye (βω ηω δω) ] kriye (εω)
evaṃ (εω ηω δω) ] eva (βω)
viśed (εω δω) ] vaśed (ηω), biśe (βω)

HP 3.33*15

सट्चक्राणि विभिद्य शक्तिभुजगीं प्रोत्थाप्य मूलस्थितां

भित्त्वा ग्रन्थित्रयं च पश्चिमशिराप्राकाररूपं महत् ।

नीत्वा प्राणमतः शिरोबिलमलं निर्मथ्य चित्तेन तत्

लिङ्गं यः पिबतीन्दुमण्डलगलन्मुक्तः स साक्षाच्छिवः(Ω)

saṭcakrāṇi vibhidya śaktibhujagīṃ protthāpya mūlasthitāṃ

bhittvā granthitrayaṃ ca paścimaśirāprākārarūpaṃ mahat /

nītvā prāṇam ataḥ śirobilam alaṃ nirmathya cittena tat

liṅgaṃ yaḥ pibatīndumaṇḍalagalan muktaḥ sa sākṣācchivaḥ // (Ω)

Readings

vibhidya (βω ηω δω) ] vibhedya (εω)
bhujagīṃ (εω δω) ] bhujaṃgī (βω), bhujaṃgīṃ (ηω)
protthāpya (βω εω ηω) ] protthāya (δω)
śirā (βω ηω δω) ] śirāṃ (εω)
rūpaṃ (βω ηω δω) ] rūpāṃ (εω)
tat (βω εω) ] tal (ηω δω)
pibatī (εω δω) ] pibate (βω ηω)
muktaḥ sa sākṣācchivaḥ (βω εω) ] muktaś ca sākṣācchivaḥ (δω), muktaḥ kṣamāddhivaḥ (ηω)

HP 3.33*16

नित्यं यस्तूर्ध्वजिह्वो यदि पिबति पुमान्सप्तधारामृतौघं

सुस्वादं शीतलाङ्गं दुरितभयहरं क्षुत्पिपासानिवारि ।

पिण्डस्थैर्यं हि तस्माद्भवति मृतपथा मृत्युरोगाद्भवन्ति

दौर्भाग्यं याति नाशं प्रसरति सकलं याति कालं भ्रमित्वा ॥ (Ω)

nityaṃ yas tūrdhvajihvo yadi pibati pumān saptadhārāmṛtaughaṃ

susvādaṃ śītalāṅgaṃ duritabhayaharaṃ kṣutpipāsānivāri /

piṇḍasthairyaṃ hi tasmād bhavati mṛtapathā mṛtyurogād bhavanti

daurbhāgyaṃ yāti nāśaṃ prasarati sakalaṃ yāti kālaṃ bhramitvā // (Ω)

Readings

yas tūrdhva (βω εω ηω) ] yasphūrja (δω)
jihvo yadi (εω) ] jihvogradi (βω), jihvāgrayā (δω), jihvā yadi (ηω)
taughaṃ (βω εω) ] tauṣaṃ (ηω), tauccaṃ (δω)
susvādaṃ (βω εω ηω) ] su[kha]daṃ (δω)
mṛtapathā (εω ηω) ] mṛtayathā (βω), mṛtaṃ yathā (δω)
rogād (βω δω) ] rogod (εω), śeṣād (ηω)
bhavanti (βω ηω) ] bhavati (δω), bhavaṃtu (εω)
daurbhāgyaṃ (εω δω) ] daurbhyāgyaṃ (βω ηω)
kālaṃ (βω ηω) ] kālo (εω δω)

HP 3.33*17

तीक्ष्णकं हरते व्याधिं कटुकं कुष्ठनाशनम्

घृतस्वादूपमं चैव अमरत्वं लभेद्ध्रुवम् ॥ (Ω)

tīkṣṇakaṃ harate vyādhiṃ kaṭukaṃ kuṣṭhanāśanam /

ghṛtasvādūpamaṃ caiva amaratvaṃ labhed dhruvam // (Ω)

Readings

tīkṣṇakaṃ (εω δω) ] tīkṣṇake (βω), tīkṣṇako (ηω)
harate (βω ηω δω) ] harati (εω)
kaṭukaṃ kuṣṭhanāśanam (βω δω) ] kaṭutvaṃ kuṣṭhanāśanam (εω), kaṭukuṭivināśanaṃ (ηω)
ghṛta (βω εω δω) ] dhṛtvā (ηω)
labhed (βω εω) ] labhate (ηω δω)

HP 3.33*18

मधुस्वादूपमं चैव शास्त्रमुद्गिरते बहु

लड्डुषण्डकपाद्यानि पक्वान्नानि अनेकशः ॥ (Ω)

madhusvādūpamaṃ caiva śāstram udgirate bahu /

laḍḍuṣaṇḍakapādyāni pakvānnāni anekaśaḥ // (Ω)

Readings

udgirate (βω εω ηω) ] udgirati (δω)
bahu (εω ηω δω) ] bahuḥ (βω)
laḍḍu (εω) ] laḍu (βω ηω δω)
ṣaṇḍakapādyāni (βω ηω) ] khaṃḍakapādyāni (δω), piṇḍakakhādyāni (εω)
pakvānnāni (βω ηω δω) ] pakvānyanmāny (εω)

HP 3.33*19

दिव्यकल्पं रमेन्नित्यं उत्कृष्टो जायते ध्रुवम् ।

तन्मयत्वमवाप्नोति कोशकारीव कीटकः ॥ (Ω)

divyakalpaṃ ramen nityaṃ utkṛṣṭo jāyate dhruvam /

tanmayatvam avāpnoti kośakārīva kīṭakaḥ // (Ω)

Readings

kalpaṃ (βω ηω δω) ] kalpai (εω)
ramen (cett.) ] racen (εω), krīḍen (δω)
kośakārīva (δω) ] kauśakārīva (βω), koṣakārī ca (εω), kauṣṭakārīva (ηω)

HP 3.34

कपालकुहरे जिह्वा प्रविष्टा विपरीतगा

भ्रुवोरन्तर्गता दृष्टिर् मुद्रा भवति खेचरी*

kapālakuhare jihvā praviṣṭā viparītagā /

bhruvor antargatā dṛṣṭir mudrā bhavati khecarī //*

When the tongue is turned back and inserted into the cavity of the skull and the gaze is between the brows, khecarīmudrā arises.
Readings

kuhare (cett.) ] vivare (β1)
praviṣṭā viparītagā (cett.) ] pra + + + + + + (α1)
antargatā (cett.) ] aṃtagatā (α1), madhagatā (β1), madhye gatā (β2)
dṛṣṭir (cett.) ] dṛṣṭi (α1 β1 γ1 ε3)
khecarī (cett.) ] carī (η1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 47

kapālakuhare jihvā praviṣṭā viparītagā |

bhruvor antargatā dṛṣṭir mudrā bhavati khecarī ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.138

dattātreyas tu ||

kapālakuhare jihvā praviṣṭā viparītagā |

bhruvor antargatā dṛṣṭir mudrā bhavati khecarī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75r

skandapurāṇe—

kapālakuhare jihvā praviṣṭā viparītagā |

bhruvor antargatā dṛṣṭir mudrā bhavati khecarī ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.207 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

atha khecarī -

kapālakuhare jihvā praviṣṭā viparītagā |

bhruvor antargatā dṛṣṭir mudrā bhavati khecarī ||

HP 3.35

कलां पराङ्मुखीं कृत्वा त्रिपथे परिवर्तयेत्

सा भवेत्खेचरी मुद्रा व्योमचक्रं तदुच्यते ।

रसनामूर्ध्वगां कृत्वा* क्षणार्धं यदि तिष्ठति ।

क्षणेन मुच्यते योगी व्याधिमृत्युजरादिभिः ॥

kalāṃ parāṅmukhīṃ kṛtvā tripathe parivartayet /

bhavet khecarī mudrā vyomacakraṃ tad ucyate /

rasanām ūrdhvagāṃ kṛtvā* kṣaṇārdhaṃ yadi tiṣṭhati /

kṣaṇena mucyate yogī vyādhimṛtyujarādibhiḥ //

If the yogi turns back the tongue and remains [like that] for half an instant, he is instantly freed from disease, death, old age and the like.
Philological Commentary

We have adopted the version of 2.35 in α2 and α3 (α1 omits 2.35 and the greyscaled verses). This version is also attested by the γ and η groups. The additional hemistich gives vyomacakra as an alternative name for khecarīmudrā. This alternative name does not occur in any of the source texts known to be have been used by Svātmārāma, but it may have been inspired by the name nabhomudrā for khecarīmudrā in the Vivekamārtaṇḍa (40).

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1
kalāṃ (cett.) ] kalā (α3 γ1), kālaṃ (η2)
parāṅmukhīṃ (β1 δ1 δ2 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] parāṅmukhī (α3 βω Γ δ3 η2), avāṅmukhī (β2)
kṛtvā (α3 β1 β2 βω Δ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] kṛtya (η2), nītvā (Γ)
tripathe (βω Δ ε3 χ) ] tripathaṃ (ε2), tripatha (β2), tripātha (β1)
parivartayet (ε3) ] parivarjayet (β1 β2 βω δ1 ε2), parivardhayet (δ2 δ3), pariyojayet (χ)
(β1 β2 Δ ε2 ε3 χ) ] sa (βω)
bhavet khecarī (β1 β2 βω δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] bhat ṣecarī (δ1)
yadi (cett.) ] api (η2 χ)
kṣaṇena (α3 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] kṣaṇe [ca] (γ1), viṣayair (Δ), viṣair vi° (β1 χ), duḥkhair vi° (β2)
yogī (cett.) ] om. (γ2)
vyādhi (cett.) ] vyādhijanma (γ2)

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 3.91

rasanām ūrdhvagāṃ kṛtvā kṣaṇārdhaṃ yadi tiṣṭhati |

kṣaṇena mucyate yogī vyādhimṛtyujarādibhiḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kalāṃ parāṅmukhīṃ kṛtvā tripathe parivartayet |

sā bhavet khecarī mudrā vyomacakraṃ tad ucyate ||

rasanām ūrdhvagāṃ kṛtvā kṣaṇārdhaṃ yadi tiṣṭhati |

viṣayair mucyate yogī vyādhimṛtyujarādibhiḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.209 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

jihvāṃ parāṅmukhīṃ kṛtvā kṣaṇārddhaṃ yadi tiṣṭhati |

kṣaṇena mucyate yogī vyādhimṛtyujarādibhiḥ ||

HP 3.36

रोगो मरणं तस्य न निद्रा न क्षुधा तृषा

मूर्छा भवेत्तस्य यो मुद्रां वेत्ति खेचरीम्*

na rogo maraṇaṃ tasya na nidrā na kṣudhā tṛṣā /

na ca mūrchā bhavet tasya yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm //*

For the yogi who knows khecarīmudrā there is no disease, death, sleep, hunger, thirst or fainting.
Readings

rogo (cett.) ] roga (η1), rogān (η2)
tasya (cett.) ] tandrā (χ)
kṣudhā tṛṣā (cett.) ] kṣudhā nandaṭ (δ3), tṛṣā kṣudhā (β2 δ1)
ca (cett.) ] bhra (βω), om. (δ3)
bhavet (cett.) ] bhave (η2), tu bhavet (δ3)
tasya (cett.) ] ta + (α1)
yo mudrāṃ vetti (cett.) ] damaged (α1)
khecarīm (α3 γ2 δ1 δ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] khecarī (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ3)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 48

na rogo maraṇaṃ tandrā na nidrā na kṣudhā tṛṣā |

na ca mūrchā bhavet tasya yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm ||

tandrā ] tasya v.l.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.139 (attr.~to Dattātreya)

na rogo maraṇaṃ tasya na nidrā na kṣudhā tṛṣā |

na ca mūrcchā bhavet tasya yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75v (attr.~to Dattātreya)

na rogo maraṇaṃ tasya na nidrā na kṣudhā tṛṣā |

na ca mūrcchā bhavet tasya yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.210 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

na rogo maraṇaṃ tasya na nidrā na tṛṣā kṣudhā |

na ca mūrcchā bhavet tasya yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm ||

HP 3.37

पीड्यते रोगेण लिप्यते न च कर्मणा ।

बाध्यते कालेन यो मुद्रां वेत्ति खेचरीम्

pīḍyate na sa rogeṇa lipyate na ca karmaṇā /

bādhyate na ca kālena yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm //

[The yogi] who knows khecarīmudrā is neither afflicted by disease, nor tainted by action, nor tormented by death.
Readings

Stanza omitted in Γ, , ε2 and ε3
pīḍyate (α1 α3 β1 χ) ] bādhyate (β2 βω η2), chādyate (η1)
sa (βω η1 η2 χ) ] ca (α1 α2 α3 β1 β2)
lipyate na ca (α3 χ) ] lipyate na sa (β2 βω η1 η2), na ca lipyati (α2 β1), na ca lipyata (α1)
bādhyate (α1 β1 βω η1 η2 χ) ] bhidyate (α3), khādyate (β2)
ca (α1 α2 α3 β1) ] sa (β2 βω η1 η2 χ)
yo mudrāṃ vetti (α1 β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] yasya mudrāsti (η1)
khecarīm (α1 η2 χ) ] khecarī (β1 β2 βω η1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 49

pīḍyate na sa rogeṇa lipyate na ca karmaṇā |

bādhyate na sa kālena yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīṃ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.140 (attr.~to Dattātreya)

pīḍyate na sa rogeṇa lipyate na ca karmaṇā|

bādhyate na ca kālena yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75v (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

piḍyate na sa rogeṇa na ca lipyeta karmaṇā |

bādhyate na sa kālena yo mudrāṃ vetti khecarīm ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.211 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pīḍyate na sa rogeṇa lipyate na sa karmaṇā |

bādhyate na sa kālena yasya mudrāsti khecarī ||

HP 3.38

चित्तं चरति खे यस्माज् जिह्वा चरति खे गता

तेनैषा खेचरी नाम मुद्रा सिद्धैर्नमस्कृता

cittaṃ carati khe yasmāj jihvā carati khe gatā /

tenaiṣā khecarī nāma mudrā siddhair namaskṛtā //

Because the mind moves (carati) in the ether (khe) and the tongue moves (carati) in the cavity (khe), this mudrā is called khecarī [and] is worshipped by the Siddhas.
Readings

Stanza omitted in γ1
cittaṃ (cett.) ] citte (δ1), ci + (α1)
carati khe (cett.) ] damaged (α1)
yasmāj (cett.) ] yasyā (βω), + .āj (α1)
gatā (cett.) ] yadā (β1)
tenaiṣā (α1 β1 ε3 χ) ] tenaiva (βω ε2 η1 η2), teneyaṃ (β2 γ2 Δ)
nāma (α1 β1 ε3 χ) ] mudrā (cett.)
mudrā (α1 β1 ε3 χ) ] sarva (β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 η1 η2), damaged (α3)
siddhair namaskṛtā (cett.) ] siddhir nigadyate (α3)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 50

cittaṃ carati khe yasmāj jihvā carati khe gatā |

tenaiṣā khecarī nāma mudrā siddhair namaskṛtā ||

37c tenaiṣā ] tenaiva, teneyaṃ v.l.37cd nāma mudrā ] mudrā sarva° v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi (attributed to the Skandapurāṇa)

cittaṃ carati khe yasmāj jihvā carati khe gatā |

tenaiṣā khecarī nāma mudrā siddhair niṣevitā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.212 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

cittaṃ carati khe yasmāj jihvā carati khe yataḥ |

teneyaṃ khecarī mudrā sarvasiddhair namaskṛtā ||

HP 3.39

खेचर्या मुद्रितं येन विवरं लम्बिकोर्ध्वतः

तस्य न क्षरते बिन्दुः कामिन्याश्लेषितस्य च ॥

khecaryā mudritaṃ yena vivaraṃ lambikordhvataḥ /

tasya na kṣarate binduḥ kāminyāśleṣitasya ca //

The yogi who has sealed the cavity above the uvula with khecarī does not lose his semen [even if] embraced by an amorous woman.
Readings

khecaryā (cett.) ] khecaryāṃ (βω)
mudritaṃ (cett.) ] mudritā (α3 β2)
vivaraṃ (cett.) ] viviraṃ (δ2), vicaran/raṃ (β1 β2 η1)
lambikordhvataḥ (cett.) ] lampikordhvataḥ (δ2 δ3), damaged (α1)
tasya na (α3 β1 β2 βω γ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] + [s]ya na (α1), na tasya (γ2 Δ χ)
śleṣitasya (cett.) ] saṃślitasya (β1), liṅgitasya (Γ δ2), liṅgitena (β2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 51

khecaryā mudritaṃ yena vivaraṃ lambikordhvataḥ |

na tasya kṣarate binduḥ kāminyāliṅgitasya ca ||

na tasya kṣarate binduḥ ] binduḥ kṣarati no tasya, tasya na kṣarate binduḥ v.l.

°āliṃgitasya ] °āśleṣitasya v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

khecaryā mudritaṃ yena vivaraṃ lambikordhvataḥ |

na tasya kṣarate binduḥ kāminyāliṅgitasya ca ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.213 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

khecaryā mudritaṃ yena vivaraṃ lambikordhvataḥ |

na tasya kṣarate binduḥ kāminyāliṃgitasya ca ||

HP 3.40

चलितोऽपि यदा बिन्दुः संप्राप्तो योनिमण्डलम्

व्रजत्यूर्ध्वं हतः शक्त्या निबद्धो योनिमुद्रया ॥*

calito’pi yadā binduḥ saṃprāpto yonimaṇḍalam /

vrajaty ūrdhvaṃ hataḥ śaktyā nibaddho yonimudrayā //*

Even when semen has moved [down] and reached the region of the perineum, it moves upwards having been blocked by yonimudrā and struck by the goddess [kuṇḍalinī].
Philological Commentary

The third quarter of this verse has been subjected to much rewriting. Most of the collated manuscripts, including α2 (α1 is illegible here and α3 is missing this verse quarter), have the reading haṭhāt śaktyā. This reading only makes sense if one infers that śaktyā is referring to khecarīmudrā, so that the second line means `blocked by yonimudrā, semen goes up forcefully by the power [of khecarīmudrā].’ The reading hi tacchaktyā of two delta manuscripts (K3 and C7) and the Yogacintāmaṇi), appears to be an attempt to render more clearly the meaning `by the power of khecarī.’ Such an interpretation suggests that yonimudrā blocks bindu’s downward course and khecarī causes it to go upwards forcefully. A manuscript of an early recension of the Vivekamārtaṇḍa (ms.~no.~4110) has hataḥ śaktyā, which is attested by three Haṭhapradīpikā manuscripts on lower branches of the stemma (i.e.~ of δ group and C2 and P4 of group 7a ??). The participle haṭaḥ makes sense of the instrumental śaktyā, rendering the meaning `struck by kuṇḍalinī.’ Alternatively, the word haṭaḥ (as well as the other variants kṛtaḥ, kṛte, and even haṭhāt) may derive from hṛtaḥ, which is attested by Haṭhapradīpikā manuscripts from group 4a (i.e., , and N13). The reading hṛtaḥ śaktyā renders the verse as saying that semen goes up, carried by kuṇḍalinī. In Jyotsnā 3.43, Brahmānanda explains `yonimudrā’ as `taking the form of contracting the penis’ (yonimudrayā meḍhrākuñcanarūpayā). He may have had in mind the practice of contracting and drawing the urethra upwards, which is described below in the section on vajrolimudrā (Haṭhapradīpikā 3.82). The author of the Yogaprakāśikā (5.66) says that yonimudrā is well-known in treatises on mantra (yonimudrayeti mantraśāstraprasiddhayety arthaḥ | °prasidhyayety ed.). This is consistent with the Śivasaṃhitā’s teaching on yonimudrā, where it is described as activating the perineum (yoni) by contracting it (4.2) to bring about success in mantra repetition (5.12). Later compendiums on yoga reiterate the role of yonimudrā in mantra practice (e.g., the Yogacintāmaṇi f.~65r, citing the Pārameśvaratantra, and Haṭhatattvakaumudī 33.12). The Haṭhayogasaṃhitā (43–48) teaches a different version of yonimudrā in its reportoire of twenty-five mudrās. In this work, yonimudrā is supposed to awaken kuṇḍalinī and consists of sitting in siddhasana, blocking the ears, eyes, nose and mouth with the thumbs, index, middle and ring fingers, uniting praṇa and apāna, meditating on the six cakras and repeating the mantra huṃ haṃsa. Manuscripts of the main groups, including α, β and γ, have an additional hemistich after 3.40, which seems to say that the tongue is in the cavity of the skull by means of a mudrā for uniting the kalās (kapālakuhare jihvā kalāsandhānamudrayā). This hemistich likely derives from a marginal note that was explaining ūrdhvajihvaḥ in the next verse. The compound kalāsandhānamudrayā may have been added as some form of dittography or as a gloss on yonimudrā, which is not described elsewhere in the text. In a slightly modified form, this line appears in a verse in the six-chapter version of the Haṭhapradīpikā (f. 112r–112v):

kapālakuhare jihvā kalāsaṃdhānavarjitā |

brahmarandhragatā nityāṃ tasya siddhi na dūrataḥ ||

Readings

calito (cett.) ] calitā (γ1), calate (δ1), calato (α1), patito (β2)
saṃprāpto (α1 β1 β2 δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] saṃprāptaś (βω Γ δ1 η2)
yonimaṇḍalam (α2 ε3 η1 χ) ] yogimaṃḍalaṃ (α1), yonimaṃgalaṃ (ε2), vahnimaṇḍalaṃ (β1 β2), cāgnimaṇḍalaṃ (βω η2), ca hutāśanam (Γ δ1), pi hutāśanaṃ (δ2 δ3)
vrajaty (cett.) ] vṛjaṃty (α1), jajaty (γ1), vrajan (δ3)
ūrdhvaṃ (cett.) ] pūrvaṃ (δ3), ū + (α1)
hataḥ śaktyā (em.) ] hṛtaḥ śaktyā (χ), hatāchantkā (γ1), haṭhāc chaktyā (β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2), haṭhāt saktyā (α2), hi tacchaktyā (δ2 δ3), hi tadbhuktyā (δ1), damaged (α1 α3)
nibaddho (α2 α3 β1 β2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] nibadhno (η1), niruddho (Γ δ2 δ3), nirodho (βω η2), viruddhe (δ1), damaged (α1)
yoni (α1 α3 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] yoga (β1 βω η2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 53

calito ’pi yadā binduḥ saṃprāptaś ca hutāśanam |

gacchaty ūrdhvaṃ hataḥ śaktyā nibaddho yonimudrayā ||

53c gacchaty ] vrajaty v.l.53d hataḥ ] tanaṃ, hṛtas, kṛte, kṛtaḥ, tadā, gatā v.l.• nibaddho ] niruddho v.l.

Cf.~Śivasaṃhitā 4.82

svakaṃ binduṃ ca saṃbodhya liṅgacālanam ācaret |

daivāc calati ced ūrdhvaṃ nibaddho yonimudrayā ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

calito ’pi yadā binduḥ saṃprāptaś ca hutāśanam |

vrajaty ūrdhvaṃ hi tacchaktyā niruddho yonimudrayā ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.278 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

calito’pi mahābinduḥ samprāpte’pi hutāśanam |

vrajaty ūrdhvaṃ haṭhaḥ śaktyā nibaddho yonimudrayā ||

HP 3.40*1

कपालकुहरे जिह्वा कलासंधानमुद्रया(α1, α3, β2, βω, Γ, ε2 and ε3)

kapālakuhare jihvā kalāsaṃdhānamudrayā / (α1, α3, β2, βω, Γ, ε2 and ε3)

Readings

kalā (α3 βω ε3) ] kāla (Γ ε2), kālā (α1), kṛtvā (β1 β2)
saṃdhāna (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3) ] saṃdhāra (ε2), saṃhāra (Γ)
mudrayā (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ ε2 ε3) ] varjitā (βω)

HP 3.41

ऊर्ध्वजिह्वः स्थितो भूत्वा सोमपानं करोति यः

मासार्धेन न संदेहो मृत्युं जयति योगवित् ॥

ūrdhvajihvaḥ sthito bhūtvā somapānaṃ karoti yaḥ /

māsārdhena na saṃdeho mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavit //

The knower of yoga who remains with the tongue upwards and drinks nectar certainly conquers death in half a month.
Readings

ūrdhva (cett.) ] ūrdhvaṃ (α3 ε2)
jihvaḥ (γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] jihva (γ1), jihvā (α1 β1 β2 βω δ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2)
sthito (α1 α2 βω η2) ] sthiro (β1 β2 Γ Δ ε3 η1 χ), sito (ε2)
karoti yaḥ (cett.) ] karoti saḥ (β2), karo + + (α1)
māsārdhena na (cett.) ] māsārdhena tu (β2), damaged (α1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 125

ūrdhvajihvaḥ sthito bhūtvā somapānaṃ karoti yaḥ |

māsārdhena na sandeho mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavit ||

ūrdhvajihvaḥ sthito bhūtvā ] ūrdhvajihvas tato bhūtvā, ūrdhvaṃ jihvāṃ sthiraṃ kṛtvā, ūrdhvāṃ jihvā sthirāṃ kṛtvā v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75v (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

ūrdhvajihvaḥ sthiro bhutvā somapānaṃ karoti yaḥ |

māsārdheṇa na saṃdeho mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavid ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.215 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ūrdhvajihvaḥ sa medhāvī somapānaṃ karoti yaḥ |

māsārddhena na sandeho mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavit ||

HP 3.42

नित्यं सोमकलापूर्णं शरीरं यस्य योगिनः

तक्षकेणापि दष्टस्य विषं तस्य न सर्पति*

nityaṃ somakalāpūrṇaṃ śarīraṃ yasya yoginaḥ /

takṣakeṇāpi daṣṭasya viṣaṃ tasya na sarpati //*

Poison does not enter the yogi whose body is always filled by [nectar from] the digits of the moon, even if he is bitten by Takṣaka.
Philological Commentary

In the context of poison, takṣaka refers to one of the three kings of the snakes (nāga), the other two being Śeṣa and Vāsuki (Mani 1975: 782–783). The verb sarpati is well attested by the manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā and testimonia. It can take an object, which in this case is the yogi’s body.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1 and α2
pūrṇaṃ (cett.) ] pūrṇa (β1 γ1 ε2), pūrṇe (η2)
yoginaḥ (α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] yoginaṃ (βω), dehinaḥ (ε3 η1 η2)
daṣṭasya (α3 β2 γ2 δ1 ε3 η2 χ) ] dṛṣṭasya (β1 βω γ1 η1), daṃṣṭrasya (ε2), dagdhasya (δ2 δ3)
viṣaṃ tasya na (cett.) ] viṣeṇa na hi (α3)
sarpati (cett.) ] sparśati (βω), pīḍyate (α3 γ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 130

nityaṃ somakalāpūrṇaṃ śarīraṃ yasya yoginaḥ |

takṣakenāpi daṣṭasya viṣaṃ tasya na pīḍayet ||

pīḍayet ] pīḍyate, sarpati, bādhyate v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75v (attr.~to the Skandapurāṇa)

nityaṃ somakalāpūrṇaṃ śarīraṃ yasya yoginaḥ |

takṣakenāpi daṣṭasya viṣaṃ taṃ na ca sarpati ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.216 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

nityaṃ somakalāpūrṇaṃ śarīraṃ yasya yoginaḥ |

takṣakenāpi daṣṭasya viṣaṃ tasya na sarpati ||

HP 3.43

इन्धनानि यथा वह्निस्तैलवर्तिं दीपकः

तथा सोमकलापूर्णं देही देहं न मुञ्चति*

indhanāni yathā vahnis tailavartiṃ ca dīpakaḥ /

tathā somakalāpūrṇaṃ dehī dehaṃ na muñcati //*

Just as fire does not leave its fuel nor light a wick in oil, so the embodied person does not leave a body filled by the digits of the moon.
Readings

indhanāni (cett.) ] yindhanāni (βω)
yathā (cett.) ] om. (δ2)
tailavartiṃ (βω δ1 δ2 ε3 χ) ] tailavarti (α1 β1 δ3 ε2), tailavartī (β2 Γ η2), tailāvṛtti (η1)
ca (cett.) ] va (η1)
dīpakaḥ (cett.) ] dīpikaḥ (η1)
soma (cett.) ] sarva (ε2)
pūrṇaṃ (cett.) ] pūrṇa (η2), pūrṇo (γ2 ε2)
dehī dehaṃ (cett.) ] dehaṃ dehī (β2 ε3), dehe dehīṃ (β1), damaged (α1)
na muñcati (β1 Γ Δ ε2 η1 χ) ] na mucyati (η2), na muṃcyati (ε3), na mucyate (β2 βω), + + + ti (α1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 131

indhanāni yathā vahnis tailavartiṃ ca dīpakaḥ |

tathā somakalāpūrṇaṃ dehī dehaṃ na muñcati ||

°vartiṃ ca ] °vartīva, °vartti ca v.l.

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

indhanāni yathā vahnis tailavartī ca dīpakaḥ |

nityaṃ somakalāpūrṇaṃ dehī dehaṃ na muñcati ||

HP 3.44

गोमांसं भक्षयेन्नित्यं पिबेदमरवारुणीम्

कुलीनं महं मन्ये इतरे कुलघातकाः

gomāṃsaṃ bhakṣayen nityaṃ pibed amaravāruṇīm /

kulīnaṃ tam ahaṃ manye itare kulaghātakāḥ //

I consider he who regularly eats cow flesh and drinks God’s liquor to be of good family. Others are destroyers of the family.
Readings

gomāṃsaṃ (cett.) ] gomāṃsa (γ2 δ1 η2)
amara (cett.) ] amṛta (δ3)
vāruṇīm (cett.) ] vāruṇī (βω ε2 ε3)
tam (cett.) ] tum (γ2)
manye (cett.) ] manya (χ), vidyāṃ (βω), viṃdyāṃ (η2)
itare (α1 α3 β2 βω η2 χ) ] tv itare (β1 ε3 η1), cetare (ε2), netarān (Γ Δ)
kulaghātakāḥ (cett.) ] kulaghātakān (Γ Δ), kuṣvaghātakāḥ (α1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.158

gomāṃsaṃ bhakṣayen nityaṃ pibed amaravāruṇīṃ |

kulīnaṃ tam ahaṃ manye anye tu kulaghātakāḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

gomāṃsaṃ bhakṣayen nityaṃ pibed amaravāruṇīm |

kulīnaṃ tam ahaṃ manye netarān kulaghātakān ||

HP 3.45

गोशब्देनोदिता जिह्वा तत्प्रवेशो हि तालुनि ।

गोमांसभक्षणं तत्तु महापातकनाशनम् ॥

gośabdenoditā jihvā tatpraveśo hi tāluni /

gomāṃsabhakṣaṇaṃ tat tu mahāpātakanāśanam //

By the word ’cow’ is meant the tongue, for its insertion into the palate is the eating of cow’s flesh. That [eating] is the destroyer of great sin.
Readings

noditā jihvā (cett.) ] nāditā jihvā (γ1), damaged (α1)
tatpraveśo (cett.) ] + [t]praveśo (α1), tatrāveśo (β1)
hi (cett.) ] di (γ1)
māṃsa (cett.) ] māṃsaṃ (ε2 ε3 η1), māsaṃ (γ1)
bhakṣaṇaṃ (cett.) ] bhakṣaṇe (α1)
tat tu (α1 β1 βω γ2 Δ η1 η2 χ) ] _ rttu (γ1), tac ca (ε3), caitat (ε2), hy etan (β2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.157

gośabdenoditā jihvā tatpraveśo hi tāluni |

gomāṃsabhakṣaṇaṃ tat tu mahāpātakanāśanaṃ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74v–75r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

gośabdenoditā jihvā tatpraveśo hi tāluni |

gomāṃsabhakṣaṇaṃ tat tu mahāpātakanāśanam ||

HP 3.46

जिह्वाप्रवेशसंभूतवह्निनोत्पादितः खलु

चन्द्रात्स्रवति यः सारः सा स्यादमरवारुणी*

jihvāpraveśasaṃbhūtavahninotpāditaḥ khalu /

candrāt sravati yaḥ sāraḥ syād amaravāruṇī // *

The essence produced by the fire caused by the insertion of the tongue which flows from the moon is the liquor of the gods.
Readings

Stanza omitted in η1 and ε3
vahninotpāditaḥ (γ2 δ2 ε2 χ) ] vahninotpāditā (β2 δ3), vahninotpāditāṃ (β1), vahninotpādi + (α1), vahninonnāpitā (βω), vaṃh[n]inotāpitaḥ (α3), vahninottāpito (η2), vahnir utpāditaḥ (γ1), hninotpāditaṃ (δ1)
khalu (α2 α3 Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] daraṃ (βω η2), bare (β1), surāḥ (β2), damaged (α1)
candrāt sravati (α3 β2 βω Γ δ2 ε2 η2 χ) ] candraḥ sravati (δ3), candra sravati (β1), candrā dravati (δ1), + + + + [t]i (α1)
yaḥ sāraḥ (β1 γ2 δ1 δ2 η2 χ) ] yaḥ sāra (α3 γ1), yat sāraṃ (α1 β2 ε2), yaḥ sāraṃ tasmād idam [m]akurvīta nityayuktaḥ samāhitaḥ (βω), yaḥ samyak (δ3)
(cett.) ] sa (δ2)
amaravāruṇī (cett.) ] aṃmavāruṇī (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.159

jihvāpraveśasaṃbhūtavahninotthāpitā khalu |

candrāt sravati yaḥ sāraḥ sā syād amaravāruṇī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

jihvāpraveśasaṃbhūtavahninotpāditaḥ khalu |

candrāt sravati yaḥ sāraḥ sā syād amaravāruṇī ||

HP 3.47

मूर्ध्नः षोडशपत्त्रपद्मगलितं प्राणादवाप्तं हठा-

दूर्ध्वास्यो रसनां नियम्य विवरे शक्तिं परां चिन्तयेत्

उत्कल्लोलकलाजलं विमलं धारामृतं यः पिबेत्

निर्दोषः स मृणालकोमलतनुर्योगी चिरं जीवति ॥*

mūrdhnaḥ ṣoḍaśapattrapadmagalitaṃ prāṇād avāptaṃ haṭhā-

d ūrdhvāsyo rasanāṃ niyamya vivare śaktiṃ parāṃ cintayet /

utkallolakalājalaṃ ca vimalaṃ dhārāmṛtaṃ yaḥ pibet

nirdoṣaḥ sa mṛṇālakomalatanur yogī ciraṃ jīvati //*

With his face upwards and his tongue fixed in the aperture [of the skull], the yogi should visualise as the supreme śakti [the nectar] that is forcibly obtained from the breath as it drips from the head into the sixteen petals of the lotus. And he who drinks the gushing nectar, the pure fluid [surging] from the [moon’s] digits in waves, is free of disease, has a body as soft as lotus fibre, and lives a long time.
Philological Commentary

The meaning of prāṇāt (`from the breath’) in the first verse quarter is not easy to understand without the context of this verse in the source text, the Vivekamārtaṇḍa. In the verse preceding this one in the Vivekamārtaṇḍa (117), the breath, on reaching the “great lotus”, is said to turn into nectar (amṛta). In Jyotsnā 3.51, Brahmānanda says that there is a variant prāṇaiḥ (`by means of the breaths’), which is easier to understand than prāṇāt. He nonetheless accepts prāṇat and understands it as being a means (prāṇāt sādhanabhūtād avāptam). He also understands the sixteen-petalled lotus to be the lotus in the throat, into which the nectar drips.

Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

mūrdhnaḥ (βω Δ ε3 χ) ] mūrdhneḥ (η2), mūrddhūḥ (γ2), mūrddhaṃ (α2 ε2), mūrddhvaḥ (α1), mūrddhva (η1), bhūrddhaḥ (γ1), ūrdhvaṃ (β1 β2)
pattrapadma (α2 δ2 δ3 ε3 χ) ] padmapattra (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 η1 η2), patrapatra (ε2), om. (γ1)
haṭhād (cett.) ] haṭhāṃ (βω)
ūrdhvāsyo (cett.) ] ūrdhvosyo (γ1), ūrdhvosya (δ3), varddhāsyo (βω)
rasanāṃ (cett.) ] rasanā (ε2), ramanā (γ1)
niyamya (α1 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] niyasya (γ1 ε2), ca yāmya (η1), vidhāya (βω η2)
vivare (cett.) ] vicare (γ1), vivaraṃ (Δ), vidhivat (β2)
śaktiṃ (cett.) ] śaktiḥ (γ2)
cintayet (cett.) ] cintayat (γ1), cintayan (α3 δ2 δ3 χ)
utkallola (α1 β1 β2 βω δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] uttakallola (η2), tatkallola (γ2 δ1), tatkalola (δ2), taptalola (γ1), hṛt[k]alola (α3)
kalājalaṃ (α1 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] karāṃṛtaṃ (α3), jalākulaṃ (βω η2)
ca (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε2 η1 χ) ] su (βω η2), ya (γ1), om. (ε3)
dhārāmṛtaṃ (cett.) ] dhārāmayaṃ (χ)
nirdoṣaḥ sa (cett.) ] nirdoṣaṃ sa (β1 η1), nirdoṣo ’sya (ε2), nirvyādhiḥ sa (χ)
komala (cett.) ] komale (γ1)
tanur (α2 β2 βω γ2 Δ η2) ] tanu (γ1), vapur (α1 β1 ε2 ε3 η1 χ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 118

mūrdhnaḥ ṣoḍaśapatrapadmagalitaṃ prāṇād avāptaṃ haṭhād

ūrdhvāsyo rasanāṃ niyamya vivare śaktiṃ parāṃ cintayet |

utkallolakalājalaṃ ca vimalaṃ dhārāmayaṃ yaḥ piben

nirdoṣaḥ sa mṛṇālakomalatanur yogī ciraṃ jīvati ||

118b niyamya ] nidhāya, vidhāya v.l.• cintayet ] cālayet v.l.118c utkallolakalājalaṃ ] ca vimalaṃ dhārāmayaṃ ] (from HP); utkallolakalākalaṃ, utkallolajalākulaṃ, utkallolajalāmṛtaṃ, tat kallolakalājalaṃ, tat kallolajalākulaṃ v.l.• ca vimalaṃ ] suvimalaṃ v.l.• dhārāmayaṃ ] (from HP); jīvākulaṃ, jihvākulaṃ, dhārājalaṃ vl 118d tanur ] vapur v.l.

Testimonia
Cf.~Haṭharatnāvalī 2.150

utkallolakalāmṛtaṃ ca vimalaṃ dhārāmṛtaṃ yaḥ pibet |

nirdoṣaḥ sa mṛnālakomalatanur yogī ciraṃ jīvati ||

utkallola° ] tatkallola° v.l., °tanur ] °vapur v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mūrdhnaḥ ṣoḍaśapadmapatragalitaṃ prāṇād avāptaṃ haṭhād

ūrdhvāsyo rasanāṃ niyamya vivare śaktiṃ parāṃ cintayan |

tatkallolakalājalaṃ ca vimalaṃ jihvākulaṃ yaḥ piben

nirdoṣaḥ sa mṛṇālakomalatanur yogī ciraṃ jīvati ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.217 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

mūrdhnaḥ ṣoḍaśapatrapadmagalitaṃ prāṇād avāptaṃ haṭhāt

ūrdhvāsyo rasanāṃ niyamya vivare śaktiṃ parāṃ cintayet |

tatkallolakalājalaṃ suvimalaṃ dhārāmṛtaṃ yaḥ pibet

nirddoṣaḥ sa mṛṇālakomalatanur yogī paraṃ jīvati ||

cintayet ] cintayan v.l.

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 14.24 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ūrdhvaṃ ṣoḍaśapatrapadmagalitaṃ prāṇād avāptaṃ haṭhād

ūrdhvāsyo rasanāṃ niyamya kuhare śaktiṃ parāṃ cintayan |

utkallolakalājalaṃ suvimalaṃ dhārāmṛtaṃ yaḥ piben

nirddoṣaḥ sa mṛṇālakomalavapur yogī ciraṃ jīvati ||

ūrdhvaṃ ] mūrdhvaṃ v.l.

HP 3.48

चुम्बन्ती यदि लम्बिकाग्रम् अनिशं जिह्वा रसस्यन्दिनी

सक्षारा कटुकाथ दुग्धसदृशी मध्वाज्यतुल्याथवा

व्याधीनां हरणं जरान्तकरणं शास्त्रागमोदीरणं

तस्य स्यामरत्वमष्टगुणवत्सिद्धाङ्गनाकर्षणम्

cumbantī yadi lambikāgram aniśaṃ jihvā rasasyandinī

sakṣārā kaṭukātha dugdhasadṛśī madhvājyatulyāthavā /

vyādhīnāṃ haraṇaṃ jarāntakaraṇaṃ śāstrāgamodīraṇaṃ

tasya syād amaratvam aṣṭaguṇavat siddhāṅganākarṣaṇam //

If the tongue, while oozing nectar and constantly kissing the tip of the uvula, is salty, pungent, like milk or the same as honey and ghee, diseases are eliminated for [the yogi], old age is stopped, he can recite treatises and scriptures, attains immortality together with the eightfold powers, and attracts Siddha women.
Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

cumbantī (cett.) ] vipitīṃ (γ1)
lambikāgram (cett.) ] laṃbakārgram (β1), lampikāgram (δ2 δ3)
rasa (cett.) ] śiraḥ (βω η2)
sakṣārā (cett.) ] sākṣārā (α1 δ1 ε2), sakṣāra (η2), sakṣīro° (β1)
kaṭukātha (α1 α2) ] kaṭukāmla (γ2 Δ ε3 χ), vaṭukāmla (γ1), kaṭukāsa (η1), kaṭukādya (βω η2), kaṭutikta (ε2), + + tikta (α3), kaṭutyakta (β2), °dakatikta (β1)
dugdha (cett.) ] dugdhaṃ (γ2), du (γ1)
sadṛśī (cett.) ] sādṛśī (δ1), sadṛśīṃ (γ2), sadṛśā (α1 α2 η1), sadṛśaṃ (α3), lavaṇā (ε2 ε3), lavaṇo (β1)
madhvājya (cett.) ] madhvādya (βω η2), vaddhājya (ε2)
tulyā (cett.) ] tulyāṃ (βω), tulyaṃ (η2), tulya (α3)
thavā (α2 Γ Δ) ] tathā (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 η1 η2 χ), pradā (α3), savā (ε3)
jarāntakaraṇaṃ (cett.) ] jvarāntakaraṇaṃ (δ1 δ2), jvarāntaḥkaraṇaṃ (δ3), jarāpraśamanaṃ (β1 β2)
śāstrāgamodīraṇaṃ (α1 α2 χ) ] śāstrapramodīraṇaṃ (γ1), śāstrāgamodgīraṇaṃ (β2 βω γ2 ε3 η2), śāstrodgamodgīraṇaṃ (β1), śastrāṃgamodgīraṇaṃ (η1), śāstrāgamoddhāraṇaṃ (Δ ε2)
tasya syād (cett.) ] tasyād (γ1), syāt svādam (β1)
amaratvam (cett.) ] amarakṣam (γ1), aramatvam (βω), iha siddhir (Δ)
guṇavat (α1 α2 β1 η1) ] guṇāvat (ε3), guṇitaṃ (β2 βω Γ δ1 ε2 η2 χ), guṇitā (δ2 δ3)
siddhāṅganā (α2 β1 β2 δ2 δ3 η1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] siddhāṅgaṇā (α1 βω γ1 δ1), siddhāṅgānā (γ2)
karṣaṇam (cett.) ] karṣaṇā (γ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 128

cumbantī yadi lambikāgram aniśaṃ jihvā rasasyandinī

sakṣārā kaṭukātha dugdhasadṛśā madhvājyatulyāthavā |

vyādhīnāṃ haraṇaṃ jaropaśamanaṃ śāstrāgamodīraṇaṃ

tasya syād amaratvaṃ aṣṭaguṇitaṃ siddhāṅgānākarṣaṇam ||

128a rasasyandanī ] rasaspandanī VTG, rasāsvādinī A 128c jaropaśamanaṃ ] AGBGL; jarāpaharaṇaṃ V, jarāntakaranaṃ TGP • °odīraṇaṃ ] VA; °odgīraṇaṃ TGBGL, °occāraṇaṃ GP

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

cumbantī yadi lambikāgram aniśaṃ jihvā rasasyandinī

sakṣārā kaṭukāmladugdhasadṛśaṃ madhvājyatulyaṃ yadā |

vyādhīnāṃ haraṇaṃ jarāntakaraṇaṃ śāstrāgamoddhāraṇaṃ

tasya syād iha siddhir aṣṭaguṇitā siddhāṅgaṇākarṣaṇam ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.218 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

cumbantī yadi lambikāgram aniśaṃ jihvā rasasyandinī

sakṣārā kaṭukāmladugdhasadṛśī madhvājyatulyāthavā |

vyādhīnāṃ haraṇaṃ jarāmbutaraṇaṃ śāstrāgamodgīraṇaṃ

tasya syād amaratvam aṣṭaguṇitaṃ siddhāṅganākarṣaṇam ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 14.25 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

cumbantī yadi lambikāgram anilaṃ jihvā rasasyandinī

sakṣārā kaṭukāmladugdhasadṛśāṃ madhvājyatulyā tathā |

vyādhīnāṃ haraṇaṃ jarāntakaraṇaṃ śāstrāgamodgīraṇaṃ

tasya syād amaratvam aṣṭaguṇavat siddhāṅganākarṣaṇam ||

HP 3.49

एकं सृष्टिमयं बीजं एका मुद्रा खेचरी ।

एको देवो निरालम्ब एकावस्था मनोन्मनी ॥

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījaṃ ekā mudrā ca khecarī /

eko devo nirālamba ekāvasthā manonmanī //

There is one seed [syllable], which contains creation, one mudrā, khecarī, one god, the unsupported, and one state, beyond mind.
Readings

ekaṃ (cett.) ] eka (δ3), evaṃ (γ1)
sṛṣṭi (cett.) ] dṛṣṭi (ε2)
mayaṃ (cett.) ] midaṃ (β2), layaṃ (ε2)
ca (cett.) ] tu (δ3 ε2)
devo (cett.) ] devā (γ1), nirā° (α1)
nirālamba (βω η1 χ) ] nirālambaś (γ2 Δ), nirāśambaś (γ1), nirālambo (α2 β1 β2 ε2 ε3), nirālambaṃ (α3 η2), °laṃbo deva (α1)
ekā (α1 α3 β2 βω ε2 η1 η2 χ) ] caikā (Δ), cakā (γ1), caiṣā (γ2), hy ekā (α2 β1 ε3)
vasthā (cett.) ] mudrā (β1)

Sources
Timirodghāṭana 5.14c–15b (NGMPP A35/3)

eka[ṃ] sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījaṃ ek[ā] mudrā tu khecarī |

dvāv etau jñāyate yena so pi śāntapade sthitam ||

Quotation by Jayaratha ad Tantrāloka 32.63, introduced with yad āgamaḥ

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījam ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

dvāv ekaṃ yo vijānāti sa vai pūjyaḥ kulāgame ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.28

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījam ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

eko devo nirālambaḥ ekāvasthā manonmanī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījam ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

eko devo nirālamba ekāvasthā manonmanī ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.219 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījaṃ ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

eko devo nirālamba ekāvasthā manonmanī ||

HP 3.49*1

सुषिरं ज्ञानजनकं पञ्चस्रोतःसमन्वितम् ।

तिष्ठते खेचरी मुद्रा तस्मिन्शून्ये निरञ्जने ॥ (βω, η2 and χ)

suṣiraṃ jñānajanakaṃ pañcasrotaḥsamanvitam /

tiṣṭhate khecarī mudrā tasmin śūnye nirañjane // (βω, η2 and χ)

Readings

suṣiraṃ (χ) ] sukhiraṃ (η2), suciraṃ (βω)
srotaḥ (η2 χ) ] śrotaḥ (βω)
tiṣṭhate (χ) ] tiṣṭhaṃti (βω), tiṣṭhaṃtī (η2)

HP 3.49*2

पाताले यद्विशति सुषिरं मूले तदस्ति

तत्त्वं चैतत्प्रवदति सुधीस्तन्मुखं निम्नगानाम्

चन्द्रात्सारः स्रवति* वपुषस्तेन मृत्युर्नराणां

तं बध्नीयात्सुकरणमृदा नान्यथा कायसिद्धिः ॥ *

pātāle yad viśati suṣiraṃ mūle tad asti

tattvaṃ caitat pravadati sudhīs tan mukhaṃ nimnagānām /

candrāt sāraḥ sravati* vapuṣas tena mṛtyur narāṇāṃ

taṃ badhnīyāt sukaraṇamṛdā nānyathā kāyasiddhiḥ // *

That which enters the aperture into the underworld exists at the base of Meru. The wise [yogi] says that is the truth, the source of [all] rivers. The essence of the body flows from the moon. Because of that people die. [The yogi] should block it with the clay of the excellent [khecarī] technique. Bodily perfection [arises] no other way.
Philological Commentary

This verse occurs in various places in the different recensions of the text. It is here in the α2 and α3 manuscripts, in chapter four (4.8*3) in α1 and the delta group, after 3.39 in β1 and β2, and in both the third and fourth chapters in the γ manuscripts. It must have entered the transmission of the Haṭhapradīpikā at an early stage, and has moved around, perhaps because the name of the technique alluded to is not stated and the meaning of the first half of the verse is somewhat vague without its original context (we are yet to identify a source). The first verse quarter has many variants among the witnesses. α2 has:

yat prāleyaṃ pihitasukhire merumūle yad astī

tasmiṃs tattvaṃ pravadati sudhīs tan mukhaṃ nimnagānām

This version of the verse is close to that of other important manuscripts in the β, γ and η groups. With the help of these manuscripts (in particular K1 of the γ group), the above can be emended and understood as follows:

yat prāleyaṃ pihitasuṣiraṃ merumūrdhny asti tathyaṃ

tasmiṃs tattvaṃ pravadati sudhīs tan mukhaṃ nimnagānām

°suṣiraṃ ] K1, °sukhire α2. °mūrdhny ] P8. °mūle α2. asti tathyaṃ ] K1, yad astī α2.

“That cool liquid by which the aperture is filled at the top of Meru and exists as the truth, the wise [yogi] says that is the source of [all] rivers.”

Metre: Mandākrāntā
Readings

Stanza omitted in α1 and Δ
pātāle yad viśati (Γ) ] pātālād yad viśati (β2), pātāle yadvitaya (ε4), pātāle yadvitayu (β1), pātāle yadvitanta (ε3), pātāḷe yadvitadhaya (α3), pātāle yadinaya (ε2), pātāle yadvita (η1), yat prāleyaṃ cāpihita (βω), yat prāleyaṃ pihita (α2), yat prāleya pihita (η2), yat prāleyaṃ prahita (χ)
suṣiraṃ (ε3 ε4 χ) ] suśiraṃ (β2), sukhiraṃ (βω Γ η2), sukhire (α2), sukhīraṃ (ε2), śubiraṃ (β1), stu[v]imaṃ/me (η1)
mūle tad asti (β2) ] mūle yad asti (γ2), mūle yad astī (α2), mūle tad asmin (β1 ε2 ε3 ε4), mūle pakṣasti (γ1), mūlad (η1), mūrddhyataḥthyaṃ (βω), mūrdhni sthitaṃ (η2), mūrdhāntarasthaṃ (χ)
tattvaṃ caitat (β1 β2) ] tadvac caitat (Γ ε2), tadvac caitā (ε4), taddac caitat (ε3), tasmiṃs tattvaṃ (βω η2 χ), tasmitvaṃ (α2), asmi[ṃ]s tatvaṃ yat (η1)
sudhīs (cett.) ] sudhī (ε4), sudhās (γ1)
tan mukhaṃ (cett.) ] tat sukhaṃ (β1 β2)
nimnagānām (cett.) ] niṣagmanāṃ (γ1)
candrāt sāraḥ (cett.) ] candrasāro (η1), candrā sāraḥ (ε3), candrāt sāraṃ (α2 β2), candraḥ sāraḥ (ε2), caṃtaṃ prasāraṃ (β1)
sravati (cett.) ] grasati (β1), rapati (γ1), [sra]vaṃtyai (η1)
vapuṣas (cett.) ] vapuṣes (η2), vapayuṣes (βω), vapuṣā (β1 β2), om. (ε3)
tena (cett.) ] doṣa (β1)
mṛtyur (cett.) ] mṛtyun (βω η2), om. (ε3)
taṃ (cett.) ] tad (α3 χ)
badhnīyāt (cett.) ] cha _ yāt (γ1), om. (ε3)
sukaraṇamṛdā (α2 β1 β2 ε4) ] pakaraṇamṛdā (ε2), svakaraṇamṛtaṃ (α3), kakaraṇam amṛtaṃ (η1), sukaraṇam atho (βω η2), sukaraṇam adho (χ), sukhakaram atho (γ2), sukhakaraṇam artho (γ1), om. (ε3)
nānyathā (cett.) ] nāmarthā (γ1), om. (ε3)
kāya (β2 βω Γ ε2 η2 χ) ] kārya (α2 α3 β1 η1 ε4), om. (ε3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.30

pātāle yad viśati suṣiraṃ merūmūlaṃ tad asti

tattvaṃ caitad vadati sudhā tanmukhaṃ nimnagānām |

candrāt sāraṃ sravati vapuṣas tena mṛtyur narāṇāṃ

tad badhnīyāt sukharatimṛdur nānyathā kāryasiddhiḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~75r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tat pātālād viyati śikhare merumūle tad asti

tattvaṃ caitat pravadati sudhīḥ saṃmukhe nimnagānām |

candrāt sāraḥ sravati vapuṣas tena mṛtyur narāṇām

tad badhnīyāt svakaraṇamṛdā nānyathā kāyasiddhiḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.220 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

pātāle yad viśati suṣiraṃ merumūle yad asti

tadvac caitat pravadati sudhīs tanmukhaṃ nimnagānām |

candrāt sāraḥ sravati vapuṣas tena mṛtyur narāṇām

badhnīyāt tat sukaraṇam atho nānyathā kāyasiddhiḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 14.26 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pātāle yad vitatasuṣiraṃ merumūle tad asmin

tadvac caitat pravadati sudhīs tanmukhaṃ nimnagānām |

candrāt sāraḥ sravati vapuṣas tena mṛtyur narāṇāṃ

taṃ badhnīyāt sukaraṇamṛdā nānyathā kāyasiddhiḥ ||

HP 3.50

अथ मूलबन्धः*

पार्ष्णिभागेन संपीड्य योनिमाकुञ्चयेद्गुदम्

अपानमूर्ध्वमाकृष्य मूलबन्धोऽयमुच्यते

atha mūlabandhaḥ* //

pārṣṇibhāgena saṃpīḍya yonim ākuñcayed gudam /

apānam ūrdhvam ākṛṣya mūlabandho’yam ucyate //

The root lock (mūlabandha)—When [the yogi] presses the perineum with the side of the heel, clenches the anus and draws up apāna, it is called the root lock.
Readings

atha mūlabandhaḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 η1 η2 χ) ] mūlabandhaḥ (γ2 Δ), atha mūle bandhaḥ (δ3), om. (γ1 ε4)
pārṣṇi (cett.) ] pādima (γ1)
ākuñcayed (cett.) ] ākuṃcaned (α1), ākuṃ (γ1)
gudam (cett.) ] dṛḍhaṃ (α3 η1 η2), om. (γ1)
’yam ucyate (cett.) ] ’yam īritaḥ (δ2), ’yam iṣyate (β1 β2 βω), mayiṣyate (α1), ’bhidhīyate (χ), damaged (α3)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 42

pārṣṇibhāgena saṃpīḍya yonim ākuñcayed gudam |

apānam ūrdhvam ākṛṣya mūlabandho ’yam ucyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.58

pārṣṇibhāgena sampīḍya yonim ākuñcayed gudaṃ |

apānam ūrdhvam ākuñcya mūlabandho ’yam ucyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pārṣṇibhāgena saṃpīḍya yonim ākuñcayed gudam |

apānam ūrdhvam ākṛṣya mūlabandho ’yam ucyate ||

HP 3.51

अधोगतिमपानं वै ऊर्ध्वगं कुरुते बलात्

आकुञ्चनेन तं प्राहुर्मूलबन्धं तु योगिनः ॥

adhogatim apānaṃ vai ūrdhvagaṃ kurute balāt /

ākuñcanena taṃ prāhur mūlabandhaṃ tu yoginaḥ //

[The yogi] forces the downward-moving apāna breath to move upwards by contracting [the anus]. Yogis call that mūlabandha.
Readings

adhogatim (β1 β2 βω ε4 η1 χ) ] adhogatam (α1 Γ Δ ε2 η2)
apānaṃ vai (α1 β1 β2 Γ ε2 ε4 η2) ] apānaṃ vā (χ), apānaṃ ca (βω), apānaṃ tu (Δ), apānaivam (η1)
ūrdhvagaṃ (cett.) ] mūrddhagaṃ (α1), hy urdhvaṃgaṃ (β1), vidyūrdhagaṃ (βω)
balāt (α1 β1 β2 βω ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] haṭhāt (Γ Δ ε2)
ākuñcanena (cett.) ] ākuñcya tena (η2)
taṃ (cett.) ] ta (δ1), te (δ2), tu (β2)
prāhur (cett.) ] grāhyaṃ (ε2 ε4)
mūlabandhaṃ (cett.) ] mūlabandho (η2), mūlo siddhiṃ (α3)
tu (β1 β2 Γ Δ) ] hi (α1 α3 βω ε2 ε4 η1 η2 χ)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 53

adhogatim apānaṃ vai ūrdhvagaṃ kurute balāt |

ākuñcanena taṃ prāhur mūlabandhaṃ tu yoginaḥ ||

53a °gatiṃ ] TU; °gataṃ G 53c ākuñcanena taṃ ] GU ākuñcane ca tat T

53d mūlabandhaṃ tu yoginaḥ ] T; mūlabandho yam ucyate GU

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.59

adhogatim apānaṃ vai ūrdhvagaṃ kurute balāt |

ākuñcanena taṃ prāhur mūlabandhaṃ hi yoginaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

adhogatam apānaṃ ca tad ūrdhvaṃ kurute haṭhāt |

ākuñcanena taṃ prāhur mūlabandhaṃ tu yoginaḥ ||

HP 3.52

गुदं पार्ष्ण्या तु संपीड्य वायुमाकुञ्चयेद्बलात्

वारं वारं यथा चोर्ध्वं समायाति समीरणः ॥

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyum ākuñcayed balāt /

vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ //

[The yogi] should press his anus with his heel and forcefully contract the [apāna] wind over and over again so that the breath goes upwards.
Philological Commentary

The instruction to `contract the wind’ (vāyum ākuñcayet) is odd (especially with samīraṇaḥ in the fourth pāda) and not found in other texts. Mallin-son has adopted yonim for vāyum (cf.~Haṭhapradīpikā 3.50d) in his edition of this verse in its source text, the Dattātreyayogaśāstra, which is not found in the manuscripts of that text but is in the Haṭhapradīpikā’s delta manuscripts. In the context of the root lock, vāyum ākuñcayet can be understood as an instruction to contract apāna-vāyu, which is mentioned in the previous verse (3.51a). Instructions to contract apāna-vāyu are found in other yoga texts, such as Yoga-tārā-valī 7b (ākuñcanaiḥ śaśvad apānavāyoḥ), Śiva-saṃhitā 4.84cd (apāna-vāyum ākuñcya balād...), Śiva-yoga-pradīpikā 2.53ab (athordhva-madhya-sthira-bandha-nābhyām ākuñcanād ūrdhvam apānavāyoḥ) and Yukta-bhava-deva 7.297 (ādhāra-kamale suptāṃ cālayet kuṇḍalīṃ dṛḍhām | apāna-vāyum ākṛṣya balād ākuñcya buddhimān). In Jyotsnā 3.63, Brahmānanda understands vāyu in this verse as apāna when he says that `one should contract the wind, apāna’ (vāyum apānam ākuñcayed), which he explains as, `one should pull it by contractions of the anus’ (gudasyā-kuñcanenā-karṣayet). In the same vein, Bhava-deva-miśra glosses `pulling apāna’ (apānā-karṣaṇam) as `contracting the anus’ (gudā-kuñcanam), when commenting on `having pulled apāna-vāyu and forcefully contracted it ...’ (apāna-vāyum ākṛṣya balād ākuñcya...) in Yukta-bhava-deva 297 and 301.

Readings

gudaṃ (cett.) ] gulpha (ε2), pārṣṇi° (β2)
pārṣṇyā tu (α1 β1 βω Δ η2 χ) ] pārṣṇyā ca (ε2 ε4 η1), [p]ārṣṇena (α3), pārśnī tu (γ2), pādarmyāṃ tu (γ1), °nā gudam (β2)
saṃpīḍya (cett.) ] āpīḍya (β2)
vāyum ā° (α1 α3 β2 βω Γ η1 η2 χ) ] vāyunā (β1 ε2 ε4), yonim ā° (Δ)
balāt (cett.) ] balat (γ2)
yathā (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] tathā (Γ Δ)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 144

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya yonim ākuñcayed balāt |

vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ||

yonim ] from Jyotsnā, vāyum codd.

Cf.~Śārṅgadharapaddhati 4416

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu sampīḍya vāyum ākuñcayed balāt |

bāraṃ bāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.60

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā ca saṃpīḍya vāyum ākuñcayed balāt |

vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.76r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyum ākuñcayed balāt |

vāraṃ vāraṃ tathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ||

Yogabīja 103 (south-Indian recension)

gudaṃ pārṣṇyā tu saṃpīḍya vāyum ākuñcayed balāt |

vāraṃ vāraṃ yathā cordhvaṃ samāyāti samīraṇaḥ ||

HP 3.53

प्राणापानौ नादबिन्दू मूलबन्धेन चैकताम्

गत्वा योगस्य संसिद्धिं यच्छतो नात्र संशयः ॥

prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām /

gatvā yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ //

When prāṇa and apāna [and] nāda and bindu become united by means of the root lock they are sure to bestow complete success in yoga.
Philological Commentary

Since the term nāda usually means `internal sound’ in Haṭha and Rājayoga texts, it is possible that bindu here was understood by some to have the tantric connotations of sonic and visual foci (Mallinson 2007:219 n.325) or two levels of sonic emanation in mantroccāra, where nāda is an unvoiced sound and bindu is the slightly coarser sound of inner murmuring (see Tāntrikābhidhānakośa vol. 3, 2013: 278–279). However there is a passage in the Amaraugha (10–12) where nāda and bindu are paired and it is clear that bindu means generative fluid.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

nādabindū (cett.) ] nādabindu (α1 α2 β1 βω ε2 η2)
caikatām (cett.) ] caikatā (β2 ε2), cakataṃ (γ1), caikataḥ (βω)
saṃsiddhiṃ (α1 α3 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ2 ε4 η1 χ) ] saṃsiddhi (β1), saṃsiddhir (α2 γ1 δ3 ε2), saṃsiddhyaiḥ (η2)
yacchato (α2 βω χ) ] yakṣyato (β2), yichato (α1), pracchato (β1), gacchato (Δ ε2), gacchate (γ2), gacchatā (γ1), gacchata° (ε4), prāpnoty e° (η1), pamāta (η2), niścayo (α3)
nātra (cett.) ] °sya na (ε4), °va na (η1), tra na (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 145

prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām |

gatvā yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ yacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

145c gatvā yogasya saṃ° ] gacchato yogasaṃ° M1A

145d yacchato ] gacchato M1, kurute AM2, gachate pi

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.61

prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām |

gatau tadā yogasiddhiṃ prāpnoty eva na saṃśayaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.76r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

prāṇāpānau nādabindū mūlabandhena caikatām |

gatvā yogasya saṃsiddhiṃ gacchato nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 3.54

अपानप्राणयोरैक्यं क्षयो मूत्रपुरीषयोः ।

युवा भवति वृद्धोऽपि सततं मूलबन्धनात्*

apānaprāṇayor aikyaṃ kṣayo mūtrapurīṣayoḥ /

yuvā bhavati vṛddho’pi satataṃ mūlabandhanāt //*

Prāṇa and apāna unite, urine and faeces diminish, [and] even an old man becomes young as a result of the continuous application of the root lock.
Philological Commentary

The diminishing of urine and faeces as a result of success in yoga is mentioned in the Amanaska (1.50c) and Dattātreyayogaśāstra (80a).

Readings

°yor aikyaṃ (cett.) ] °yor aikya (γ1), °yor aikye (η2), °yoś caikyaṃ (δ2), °yor aikyāt (ε4)
kṣayo (cett.) ] kṣayaṃ (α3), kṣayān (γ1 ε4)
bandhanāt (cett.) ] bandhataḥ (δ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 41

apānaprāṇayor aikyaṃ kṣayo mūtrapurīṣayoḥ |

yuvā bhavati vṛddho ’pi satataṃ mūlabandhanāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.62

apānaprāṇayor aikyaṃ kṣayo mūtrapurīṣayoḥ |

yuvā bhavati vṛddho ’pi satataṃ mūlabandhanāt ||

HP 3.55

अपाने चोर्ध्वगे जाते संप्राप्ते वह्निमण्डलं

तदानलशिखा दीर्घा वर्धते वायुनाहता

apāne cordhvage jāte saṃprāpte vahnimaṇḍalaṃ /

tadānalaśikhā dīrghā vardhate vāyunāhatā //

When apāna has turned upwards and reached the orb of fire, then the flame of the fire, fanned by the wind, grows tall.
Readings

apāne (cett.) ] apāna (χ), apānaṃ (βω γ2)
cordhvage jāte (cett.) ] cordhvage yāte (δ1), cordhvam āpāte (η2), ūrdhvage jāte (χ)
saṃprāpte (β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2) ] saṃprāptau (β1), saṃyāte (βω), prayāte (α1 α2 ε4 η1 η2 χ)
vahnimaṇḍalaṃ (α1 β1 βω χ) ] vahnimaṇḍale (β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε4 η1), nābhimaṇḍalaṃ (η2)
tadānala (cett.) ] tadānale (ε2), tathānale (η1), tathānala (δ3 η2)
vardhate vāyunāhatā (α1 β1 βω Γ ε2) ] vardhate vāyunāhatāḥ (β2), vardhate vāyunāhataḥ (α3), baṃdhane vāyunāhatā (Δ), kriyate vāyunāhatāḥ (η2), jāyate vāyunāhatā (χ), vāyunā vardhate hatā (ε4), vāyunā preritā tathā (η1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 54

apāne cordhvage jāte saṃprāpte vahnimaṇḍalam |

tato ’nalaśikhā dīrghā vardhate vāyunāhatā ||

54a °maṇḍalam ] from Haṭhapradīpikā witnesses, maṇḍale codd.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.63

apāne cordhvage jāte prayāte vahnimaṇḍale |

tathānalaśikhādīptir vāyunā preritā yathā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

apāne cordhvage jāte saṃprāpte vahnimaṇḍale |

tathānalaśikhā dīrghā vardhate vāyunāhatā ||

HP 3.56

ततो यातौ वह्न्यपानौ प्राणमुष्णस्वरूपकम्

तेनात्यन्तप्रदीप्तस्तु ज्वलनो देहजस्तथा

tato yātau vahnyapānau prāṇam uṣṇasvarūpakam /

tenātyantapradīptas tu jvalano dehajas tathā //

As a result, fire and apāna reach prāṇa, which is hot by nature, and the prāṇa makes the fire in the body extremely hot.
Philological Commentary

The second verse quarter has been rewritten in the α manuscripts as prāṇamūlasvarūpakam, which is similar to η1 (prāṇamūlasvarūpakau) and the Haṭharatnāvalī (mūlarūpasvarūpakau). Manuscripts from the delta group, as well as the Yogacintāmaṇi, have prāṇam uktasvarūpakam or prāṇam uktasvarūpakau. It appears that the intention behind these rewrites was to avoid the reading in the source text, `prāṇa is hot by nature’ (prāṇam uṣṇasvarūpakam), which was likely accepted by Svātmārāma because it is in some witnesses of the β, γ and ε groups. References to prāṇa being hot by nature (and apāna being cold) occur in other works, such as Mokṣopāya 6.85.111-112 and Haṭhatattvakaumudī 4.14, 41.2. The commentators, Bālakṛṣṇa (Yogaprakāśikā 5.85) and Brahmānanda (Jyotsnā 3.67) accept the idea that prāṇa is hot by nature.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

tato (cett.) ] yātā (η1)
yātau (β2) ] yāttau (α2), yāto (β1 η1 χ), yāte (η2), yaṃtā (α3), yāmau (α1), jātau (γ2 Δ ε4), jātā (γ1), jāto (βω), vahnim (ε2)
vahnyapānau (β1 γ2 Δ ε4 η1 χ) ] vahnipānau (α1), [m]ahnyapāne (α3), vahniyonau (η2), bāhyapānau (β2), baṃdhapānau (γ1), vardhapānai (βω), apānai ca (ε2)
prāṇam uṣṇa (α3 β1 β2 ε2 ε4 χ) ] prāṇam uṣma (βω γ2), prāṇamura (γ1), prāṇamukta (δ1 δ3), prāṇamuktaṃ (δ2), prāṇamūla (α1 α2 η1 η2)
svarūpakam (cett.) ] svarūpakaḥ (η2), svarūpakau (η1), svarūpavat (δ3)
tenātyanta (β1 Γ Δ η1 χ) ] tenātyantaṃ (α1), tenābhyanta (βω), tenābhyantaḥ (η2), tenāyaṃna (β2), tatotyantaṃ (ε4), tailābhyaṃtaḥ (ε2)
pradīptas tu (cett.) ] pradīpas tu (ε4 η1), pradīpāsau (ε2)
jvalano dehajas tathā (cett.) ] jvalano dehajas tadā (β1), jvalato dehatas tadā (β2), kuto dehakṣayas tadā (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 55

tato yātau vahnyapānau prāṇam uṣṇasvarūpakam |

tenātyantapradīptena jvalano dehajas tathā ||

dehajas ] T; dehagas GU

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.64

yātāyātau vahnyapānau mūlarūpasvarūpakau |

tenābhyantaḥ pradīptas tu jvalano dehajas tathā || 2.64 ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76r–76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

tato yātau vahnyapānau prāṇam uktasvarūpakau |

tenātyantapradīptas tu jvalano dehajas tathā ||

HP 3.57

तेन कुण्डलिनी सुप्ता संतप्ता संप्रबुध्यते

दण्डाहता भुजङ्गीव निश्वस्य ऋजुतां व्रजेत्

tena kuṇḍalinī suptā saṃtaptā saṃprabudhyate /

daṇḍāhatā bhujaṅgīva niśvasya ṛjutāṃ vrajet //

Heated by that [blaze], the sleeping kuṇḍalinī wakes up. Like a snake struck by a stick, she hisses and becomes straight.
Readings

saṃtaptā (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] satataṃ (Δ ε2)
saṃprabudhyate (α1 β2 Γ ε4 η2 χ) ] saṃprabudhyati (η1), sa prabudhyate (βω), sā prabuddhyate (δ2), sā prabodhyate (δ3), saṃprabodhyate (ε2), sānubodhyate (δ1), samabuddhyate (β1)
niśvasya (α1 α3 β1 ε4 χ) ] viśvasya (βω η1 η2), niścayam (δ2), niścayād (δ3), niścitam (Γ δ1 ε2)
ṛjutāṃ vrajet (cett.) ] rujutāṃ vṛjet (α1), rijutām iyāt (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 56

tena kuṇḍalinī suptā saṃtaptā saṃprabudhyate |

daṇḍāhatā bhujaṃgīva niśvasya ṛjutāṃ vrajet ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.65ab

daṇḍāhatā bhujaṅgīva niścitaṃ ṛjutām iyāt |

niścitaṃ ] niśvasya T,P,t1

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

tena kuṇḍalinī suptā satataṃ saṃprabodhyate |

daṇḍāhatabhujaṅgīva niścitam ṛjutāṃ vrajet ||

HP 3.58

बिलं प्रविष्टेव ततो ब्रह्मनाड्यन्तरं व्रजेत् ।

तस्मान्नित्यं मूलबन्धः कर्तव्यो योगिभिः सदा ॥

bilaṃ praviṣṭeva tato brahmanāḍyantaraṃ vrajet /

tasmān nityaṃ mūlabandhaḥ kartavyo yogibhiḥ sadā //

Then, like [a snake] that has entered a hole, she goes into the channel of Brahman. Therefore, yogis should regularly practise the root lock.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā; c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

ab omitted in Δ
praviṣṭeva (α1 α3 Γ δ1 ε2 ε4 η1 χ) ] praviṣṭe ca (β1 β2), praviṣṭaṃ ca (βω), praviṣṭaś ca (η2), om. (Δ)
tato (cett.) ] to (γ1), om. (Δ)
brahma (cett.) ] tha _ (γ1), om. (Δ)
nāḍyantaraṃ (cett.) ] nāḍyāntaraṃ (β2 ε4), nāḍyantare (η2), om. (Δ)
tasmān (cett.) ] tato (δ2)
nityaṃ (cett.) ] nityo (ε2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 57

bile praviṣṭe ca tato brahmanāḍyantaraṃ vrajet |

tasmān nityaṃ mūlabandhaḥ kartavyo yogibhiḥ sadā ||

57a bile ] bil*e*T, bila° G2U, bilaṃ G1 • °praviṣṭe ca tato ] T; °praveśato yatra GU

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.65c-f

bilaṃ praviṣṭeva tato brahmanāḍyantaraṃ vrajet |

tasmān nityaṃ mūlabandhaḥ kartavyo yogibhiḥ sadā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

bilaṃ praviṣṭeva tathā brahmanāḍyantaraṃ vrajet |

tasmān nityaṃ mūlabandhaḥ kartavyo yogipuṅgavaiḥ ||

praviṣṭeva ] praviṣṭaiva v.l.

HP 3.59

अथोड्डियानम्

बद्धो येन सुषुम्णायां प्राणस्तूड्डीयते यतः

तस्मादुड्डीयनाख्योऽयं योगिभिः समुदाहृतः

athoḍḍiyānam /

baddho yena suṣumṇāyāṃ prāṇas tūḍḍīyate yataḥ /

tasmād uḍḍīyanākhyo’yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ //

Now the Uḍḍīyaṇa lock:Because the breath flies up (uḍḍīyate) into the suṣumṇā when it is bound by it, yogis say that this [practice] is called Uḍḍīyaṇa.
Readings

athoḍḍiyānam (em.) ] athoḍḍīyāṇaṃ (α1), athoḍḍiyāṇaṃ (βω), athoḍīyāṇāṃ (β1), athoḍiyānaṃ (β2), athoḍḍīyānabandhaḥ (δ3), athoḍyāṇabaṃdhaḥ (η1), atha uḍḍiyānabandhaḥ (γ1), atha uḍḍīyānabandhaḥ (χ), atha uḍḍīyāṇabandhaḥ (ε2), atha uḍḍiyānaṃ bandhaḥ (η2), uḍḍīyānabandhaḥ (δ2), uḍḍiyāṇaṃ bandhaḥ (γ2), om. (δ1 ε4)
baddho (α1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ2 χ) ] bandho (β1 δ3 ε2), ūrdhvo (η1 η2), ūrdhvā (ε4), vidrā (γ1)
yena suṣumṇāyāṃ (cett.) ] kṣitaḥ suṣumṇāyāḥ (η2)
prāṇas (cett.) ] prāṇam (β2 ε2 η1)
tūḍḍīyate (α1 γ2 δ1 ε4 η2 χ) ] tūḍiyate (βω), tudīyate (γ1), tūḍūyate (δ2), tūyate (δ3), kṛḍīyate (β1), uḍḍīyate (ε2), uḍiyate (β2), uḍyayate (η1)
yataḥ (cett.) ] punaḥ (δ3)
tasmād (cett.) ] tasmātu (γ2), tasmāc ca (η2)
uḍḍīyanākhyo (δ1 δ3 χ) ] uḍḍiyānākhyo (γ2 η2), uḍḍiyāṇākhyo (η1), uddiyānākhyo (γ1), uḍḍīyāṇākhyo (ε2), uḍḍīyanākhye (α1 ε4), uḍiyaṇākhyo (β1), uḍiyāṇākhye (βω), uḍiyānākhyaṃ (β2), uḍḍīyamāno (δ2)
’yaṃ (cett.) ] sau (δ2), tad (β2), om. (η2)
samudāhṛtaḥ (cett.) ] samudāhṛtaṃ (β2 βω ε2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 58c–59b

baddho yena suṣumṇāyāṃ prāṇas tūḍḍīyate yataḥ |

tasmād uḍḍīyaṇākhyo ’yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ ||

58c baddho ] em.~from HP; vajro G, bandho TU 58d yataḥ ] TU; tataḥ G

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.53

baddho yena suṣumnāyāṃ prāṇas tūḍḍiyate yataḥ |

tasmād uḍḍiyānākhyo ’yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

baddho yena suṣumṇāyāṃ prāṇas tūḍḍīyate yataḥ |

tasmād uḍḍiyānākhyo ’yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ ||

Yogabīja 104cd–105ab (South-Indian recension)

baddho yena suṣumṇāyāṃ prāṇas tūḍḍīyate tataḥ|

tasmād uḍḍīyānākhyo ’yaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ||

HP 3.60

उड्डीनं कुरुते यस्माद्विश्रान्तं महाखगः ।

उड्डियानंदेव स्यात्तत्र बन्धो विधीयते

uḍḍīnaṃ kurute yasmād aviśrāntaṃ mahākhagaḥ /

uḍḍiyānaṃ tad eva syāt tatra bandho vidhīyate //

Because the great bird tirelessly flies up (uḍḍīnaṃ kurute), it is [called] ’flying up’. In it, the [root] lock is applied.
Philological Commentary

In the Vivekamārtaṇḍa this verse is preceded by a passage on mūlabandha, so the likely meaning of the fourth verse quarter is that (mūla)bandha is to be performed in this practice. The β group and many other manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpika have `the root [lock] is applied’ (mūlaṃ vidhīyate), which appears to be an attempt to clarify the meaning of the original verse.

Readings

uḍḍīnaṃ (Δ χ) ] uḍīṇaṃ (βω), uḍyānaṃ (β2 ε4), uḍyāṇaṃ (α1 β1 γ2), uḍḍiyānaṃ (γ1 η2), uḍḍiyāṇaṃ (α3 η1), uḍḍīyāṇaṃ (ε2)
kurute yasmād (cett.) ] kṛyate yasmād (γ2), kṛte yasmād (ε2), tu kurute (α3)
aviśrāntaṃ (β2 βω Δ ε2 η1 η2 χ) ] aviśrānta (α1 α2 β1), aviśrānto (γ2 ε4), aviśrāntā (γ1), khaviśrāṃtā (α3)
uḍḍiyānaṃ (Γ η2) ] uḍḍīyānaṃ (Δ ε4 χ), uḍḍīyāṇaṃ (α1 ε2 η1), uḍiyāṇaṃ (β1 βω), uḍiyānaṃ (β2)
eva (cett.) ] evaṃ (δ1), evaḥ (ε2)
tatra (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε4 η1 χ) ] kṣetra (η2), mūla (Δ)
vidhīyate (α2 β2 γ2 ε4) ] ’bhidhīyate (cett.), nigadyate (γ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 43

uḍḍīṇaṃ kurute yasmād aviśrāntaṃ mahākhagaḥ |

uḍḍiyānaṃ tad eva syāt tatra bandho vidhīyate ||

43b aviśrāntaṃ ] em.~from HP; aviśrānta VTU, aviśrānto G

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.54

uḍḍīnaṃ kurute yasmād aviśrāntaṃ mahākhagaḥ |

uḍḍiyānaṃ tad eva syāt tatra bandho ’bhidhīyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

uḍḍīnaṃ kurute yasmād aviśrāntaṃ mahākhagaḥ |

uḍḍiyānaṇ tad eva syān mūlabandho ’bhidhīyate ||

HP 3.61

उदरे पश्चिमं तानं नाभेरूर्ध्वं कारयेत् ।

उड्डियानो ह्यसौ बन्धो मृत्युमातङ्गकेसरी

udare paścimaṃ tānaṃ nābher ūrdhvaṃ ca kārayet /

uḍḍiyāno hy asau bandho mṛtyumātaṅgakesarī //

[The yogi] should perform a rearward and upward stretching of the navel into the abdomen. That is the Uḍḍiyāna lock, a lion to the elephant of death.
Philological Commentary

The variant spelling tāṇa (for tāna) reflects vernacular pronunciation (see e.g.~Molesworth 1857 s.v.~tāṇa).

Readings

cd omitted in βω
udare (cett.) ] udarāt (βω)
paścimaṃ (α2 β1 β2 γ2 δ3 η1 χ) ] paścima (α1 γ1 η2), paścime (βω δ1 δ2 ε2 ε4)
tānaṃ (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] tāṇaṃ (α1 α2 δ2 ε2), tālaṃ (β1), bhāge (βω)
ūrdhvaṃ (cett.) ] ūrdhve (η2)
ca (cett.) ] tu (ε2 η2)
uḍḍiyāno (Γ δ1 η2) ] uḍḍīyāno (δ2 δ3 ε4 χ), uḍḍiyāṇo (α3 η1), uḍḍīyāṇo (α1 ε2), uḍiyāṇo (β1), uḍīyāno (β2), om. (βω)
asau (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ ε2 ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] asam (δ3), ayaṃ (δ1 δ2), om. (βω)
kesarī (cett.) ] khecarī (ε4), om. (βω)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 44

udare paścime tāṇaṃ nābher ūrdhvaṃ ca kārayet |

uḍḍīyāno hy asau bandho mṛtyumātaṅgakesarī ||

Śivasaṃhitā 4.73

udare paṣcimaṃ tānaṃ nābher ūrdhvaṃ tu kārayet |

uḍyānākhyo’tra bandho’yaṃ mṛtyumātaṅgakesarī ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.55

udare paścimaṃ tānaṃ nābher ūrdhvaṃ ca dhārayet |

uḍḍiyāno hy asau bandho mṛtyumātaṅgakesarī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

udare paścimaṃ tānaṃ nābher ūrdhvaṃ samācaret |

uḍḍiyāno hy asau bandho mṛtyumātaṅgakesarī ||

HP 3.62

उड्डियानं तु सहजं गुरुणा कथितं सदा

अभ्यसेदस्ततन्द्रस्तु वृद्धोऽपि तरुणो भवेत्

uḍḍiyānaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā /

abhyased astatandras tu vṛddho’pi taruṇo bhavet //

Uḍḍiyāna is easy, but it is always taught by a guru. If he practises it tirelessly, even an old man becomes young.
Philological Commentary

At the end of the second pāda sadā is attested by witnesses of α, η, ε and delta groups, as well as the Dattātreyayogaśāstra. We have understood the first line to mean that even though the basics of the practice of uḍḍiyāna are easy, it still needs to be taught by the guru. Some witnesses read yathā for sadā, perhaps as a deliberate substitution of the more difficult sadā, making the verse mean that uḍḍiyāna is easy in the way that is taught by the guru.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

uḍḍiyānaṃ (Γ δ1 η2) ] uḍḍiyāṇaṃ (α2 β1 η1), uḍḍīyānaṃ (δ2 δ3 ε4 χ), uḍḍīyāṇaṃ (α1 ε2), uḍiyānaṃ (β2), uḍiyāṇaṃ (βω)
sahajaṃ (cett.) ] sahasaṃ (β1), yaḥ sahate (γ2)
guruṇā (cett.) ] gurūṇāṃ (βω)
sadā (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] yathā (Γ Δ)
abhyased (cett.) ] abhyāsen (γ1), abhyāsyed (α2), abhyāsāt (βω), abhyāsa° (β2)
astatandras tu (α2) ] astatadras tu (α1), asvataṃtras tu (β1), asya taṃtraṃ tu (ε4), asya taṃtrasya (ε2), °taḥ svatantras tu (β2), tad atandras tu (γ2 Δ), na taṃdras tu (γ1), yo hy atandras (η1), satataṃ yas tu (βω η2 χ)
vṛddho (cett.) ] vṛddhā (γ1)
taruṇo bhavet (α1 α2 β1 βω ε2 η1 η2) ] taruṇāyate (β2 Γ Δ ε4 χ)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 141c–142b

uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā |

abhyased astatandras tu vṛddho ’pi taruṇo bhavet ||

141d guruṇā ] guṇaughāt pi

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.56

guruṇā sahajaṃ proktaṃ vṛddho ’pi taruṇo bhavet |

bāhyoḍyāṇaṃ ca kurute bāhyālaṅkāravardhanam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

uḍḍiyānaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ yathā |

abhyaset tad atandras tu vṛddho ’pi taruṇāyate ||

Yogabīja 106cd–107ab (South Indian recension)

uḍḍiyāṇaṃ tu sahajaṃ guruṇā kathitaṃ sadā |

abhyased asvatantras tu vṛddho ’pi taruṇo bhavet ||

HP 3.63

नाभेरूर्ध्वमधश्चापि तानं कुर्यात्प्रयत्नतः

षण्मासमभ्यसन्मृत्युं जयत्येव न संशयः

nābher ūrdhvam adhaś cāpi tānaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ /

ṣaṇmāsam abhyasan mṛtyuṃ jayaty eva na saṃśayaḥ //

[The yogi] should carefully stretch [the region of the abdomen] above and below the navel. If he practises [like this] for six months, he is sure to conquer death.
Readings

ante nābher add.pāṭhāntaram (β2)
nābher (cett.) ] nābhed (γ2)
adhaś cāpi (cett.) ] adho vāpi (Δ), adhaḥkāya (η1), avasthāpya (β2)
tānaṃ (β2 Γ Δ ε4 η2 χ) ] tāṇaṃ (α3 β1 βω ε2 η1), tāpyaṃ (α1)
prayatnataḥ (cett.) ] ca yatnataḥ (η2)
ṣaṇmāsam (cett.) ] yogī sam° (η1 η2)
abhyasan (α1 β1 Γ η2) ] abhyasen (α3 βω δ2 δ3 ε2 ε4 η1 χ), abhyaseni (δ1), ca samabhyān (β2)
jayaty eva na saṃśayaḥ (cett.) ] mūlaṃ jayaty asaṃśayaḥ (β2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 142c–143b

nābher ūrdhvam ataḥ paścāt tānaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ || 142 ||

ṣaṇmāsam abhyasen mṛtyuṃ jayaty eva na saṃśayaḥ |

142c ataḥ paścāt ] PT, adhaś cāpi cett.

Cf.~Śivasaṃhitā 4.72

nābher ūrdhvam adhaś cāpi tānaṃ paścimam ācaret |

uḍyānabandha eṣaḥ syāt sarvaduḥkhaughanāśanaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.57

nābher ūrdhvam adho vāpi tānaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ |

ṣaṇmāsam abhyasen mṛtyuṃ jayaty eva na saṃśayaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

nābher ūrdhvam adho vāpi tānaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ |

ṣaṇmāsam abhyasen mṛtyuṃ jayaty eva na saṃśayaḥ ||

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva f.~76v (attr.~to the Śivayoga)

nābher ūrdhvam adhaś cāpi tānaṃ nirbharam ācaret |

uḍḍiyāno hy ayaṃ bandhaḥ sarvaduḥkhaughanāśanaḥ ||

HP 3.64

सति वज्रासने पादौ कराभ्यां धारयेद्दृढम्

गुल्फदेशसमीपे च कन्दं तत्र प्रपीडयेत्

sati vajrāsane pādau karābhyāṃ dhārayed dṛḍham /

gulphadeśasamīpe ca kandaṃ tatra prapīḍayet //

Sitting in vajrāsana, [the yogi] should hold his feet firmly with his hands near the region of the ankles and press the bulb (kanda) there.
Philological Commentary

In Haṭhapradīpikā this verse seems to instruct the yogi to press the bulb (kanda) with the feet while holding them with the hands. The adopted reading of the source text, the Gorakṣaśataka, which is only found in witness T (and there in the singular jānu, which has been emended to the dual jānū in Mallinson’s edition) says that it is the knees that are to be held, which would still allow for the feet to press the bulb. In the Yuktabhavadeva (7.224), Bhavadevamiśra says that the bulb is near the navel and the legs are held near the ankles, suggesting that the bulb is pressed by using the hands to pull the feet into the lower abdomen. Holding the ankles with the hands and pressing the kanda with the feet is also the view of Brahmānanda (Jyotsnā 3.114), who follows the Yogayājñavalkya (4.14, 4.16) in thinking that the place of the kanda is nine fingerbreadths above the middle of the body, which is two fingerbreaths above the anus (Jyotsnā 3.113). In the Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f.~36r), Sundaradeva explains that the yogi presses the kanda in the navel by performing uḍḍiyānabandha, along with the root and chin locks, at the end of kumbhaka and the beginning of exhalation. It is thus the backward stretch in the abdomen (udare paścimatāna) that presses the kanda in the navel.

Readings

vajrāsane (cett.) ] vajrāsanau (γ1), vajrāsanaṃ (α1 β1)
karābhyāṃ dhārayed dṛḍham (cett.) ] karābhyā dhārayaṃ dṛḍhaṃ (η1), karābhyāṃ kāraye dṛḍhaṃ (α1), karā _ sandhāraye dṛḍhe (γ1)
deśa (cett.) ] deśe (ε2), deśaṃ (α1)
samīpe ca (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε4 η1 η2 χ) ] samīpaṃ ca (δ2 δ3 ε2), samīpaṃ tu (δ1)
kandaṃ (cett.) ] kaṃdhaṃ (δ1), kaṃṭhaṃ (β1), skandaṃ (δ3)
tatra (α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε4 χ) ] tacca (βω η2), tava (α1), tasya (η1)
prapīḍayet (α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε4 χ) ] prapīḍyate (α1 βω η1 η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 59c–60b

sati vajrāsane jānū karābhyāṃ dhārayed dṛḍham ||

gulphadeśasamīpe ca kandaṃ tatra prapīḍayet |

59c jānū ] em.; pādau GU, jānu T, prādau V

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sati vajrāsane pādau karābhyāṃ dhārayed dṛḍham |

gulphadeśasamīpe ca udaraṃ tat prapīḍayet ||

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva 7.224 (commenting on uḍḍiyānabandha)

dṛḍham āsanaṃ baddhvā gulphadeśasamīpe karābhyāṃ pādau datvā nābhisamīpasthaṃ kandaṃ pīḍayann udare paścimatāṇaṃ tathā kuryād yathā vāyuḥ kukṣisandhiṃ na gacchaty evam uḍḍiyānabandho jarāmṛtyuvināśanaḥ sampadyate ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (ms.~no.~2244) f.~36r

tathā coktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyām |

sati vajrāsane pādau karābhyāṃ dharayed dṛḍhaṃ |

gulphadeśasamīpe ca kandaṃ tatra nipīḍayet ||...

siddhāsane sthitvā hastābhyāṃ pādau gulphapradeśasamīpe dṛḍhaṃ dhṛtvā tunde nālotthāna[ṃ] sādhu vidhāya samāhitamanasā sudṛḍhamūlabandhajālandharabandhavatābhyāsinā sādhakena recakādau kuṃbhakānte udare paścimatāne kriyamāṇe nitarāṃ tadā tatra nābhikandanipīḍane paścimatānena sati nābhikandotthānāḍaya urdhvamukhā vikasitā viralā vimalā asaṃhatā vāyugrahasamarthā bhavanti tadā sakuṃbhitaḥ prāṇavāyuḥ śanaiḥ [||]

HP 3.65

पश्चिमं तानमुदरे कारयेद्धृदये गले

शनैः शनैर्यथा प्राणस्तुन्दसंधिं गच्छति ॥

paścimaṃ tānam udare kārayed dhṛdaye gale /

śanaiḥ śanair yathā prāṇas tundasaṃdhiṃ na gacchati //

[The yogi] should very gently stretch back his stomach, chest and †neck† in such a way that the breath does not come into contact with the stomach.
Philological Commentary

In 3.65b, the reading gale (`in the neck’) is very well attested by manuscripts of the source text, the Gorakṣaśataka, and the Hathapradīpikā (including all three α witnesses). Its meaning is not entirely clear to us as the `backward stretch’ (paścimaṃ tānam) usually occurs above and below the navel when the uḍḍiyāna lock is applied, as stated above in verse 3.61. In 3.65, the mention of the stretch in the chest (hṛdaya) may also be consistent with 3.61 in so far as `above the navel’ might include the lower region of the chest. Drawing on x-ray experiments on uḍḍiyānabandha conducted at the Kaivalyadhama Yoga Institute and published in the Yoga Mīmāṃsā Journal (e.g.~vol.1, issues 1-2), Dr M. M. Gore (2005:144) mentions a sub-atmospheric (negative) pressure in visceral cavities, such as the oesophagus and stomach, as a physiological effect of applying uḍḍiyāna. So, it may be possible that a `backward stretch’ in the throat was intended in 3.65b. However, we have not seen the neck mentioned in this regard in any other premodern work and the absence of ca suggests that gale may be a corruption. The alternative reading cibukaṃ hṛdi in manuscripts of the Hathapradīpikā on lower branches of the stemma and in the testimonia is a reference to jālandharabandha and appears to be a patch. In his edition of the Gorakṣaśataka, Mallinson has adopted the emendation gate suggested by Dr Sathyanaryanan, which he understands to mean that the rearward stretch reaches as far as the heart.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
paścimaṃ tānam (cett.) ] paścimaṃ tāṇam (α3 β1 η1), paścimatāṇam (α1 βω)
udare (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε4) ] udara (γ1), udaraṃ (ε2), upari (η1 η2)
kārayed (cett.) ] pīḍayed (η2)
dhṛdaye gale (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε4 η1 η2) ] dhṛdaye gataiḥ (γ1), udare hṛdi (δ1), cibukaṃ hṛdi (δ3), cibukaṃ hṛdā (δ2), vṛddhidaṃ śanaiḥ (ε2)
śanair yathā (cett.) ] śanair [yato] (ε4), om. (γ1)
prāṇas (α1 β1 βω Δ η1) ] prāṇās (Γ), strāṇas (α3), prāṇaṃ (β2 ε2 ε4), prāṇo (η2)
tunda (α1 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ2 ε2) ] tuda (βω η1), taṃda (γ1), tadā (δ3), nāḍī (η2), ūrddhva (ε4)
saṃdhiṃ (α1 β1 Γ δ1 δ3 ε4 η1) ] saṃdhi (βω ε2 η2), siṃddhiṃ (δ2), siddhiṃ (β2)
na (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε4 η1) ] ca (Δ), ni° (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 60c–61b

paścimaṃ tānam udare dhārayed dhṛdaye gate |

śanaiḥ śanair yathā prāṇas tundasaṃdhiṃ na gacchati ||

60d dhārayedd°] GU; kārye*raṃ*T, kuryāñ ca V dhṛdaye gate] em.~Sathyanarayanan; dhṛdaye gale GUT, civukaṃ hṛdi V

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

paścimaṃ tānam udare kārayec cibukaṃ hṛdi |

śanaiḥ śanair yathā prāṇas tundasiddhiṃ na gacchati ||

Haṭhsaṅketacandrikā, f.~36r–36v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

paścime tānam udare ku[r]yac c[a] cibukaṃ hṛdi |

śanaiḥ śanair yathā prāṇaḥ kandasaṃdhi[ṃ] nigacchati ||

yathābhyāsānurūpaṃ kandasaṃdhiṃ kandagatanāḍisaṃghavimalavivaraprānteṣu nigachati nitarāṃ gacchati tathā tathā kuṃbhakavṛddhiḥ sukharūpodbhavati sādhakasya yenoḍḍīyānena bandhena vāyuḥ proḍḍīyāste brahmanāḍyāṃ yato ’sau uḍḍīyānākhyaḥ smṛto bandha ārthaḥ sevyas tasmād yogibhiḥ siddhasevyaḥ ||

Yogaprakāśikā 5.96

paścimaṃ tānam udare kārayec cibukaṃ hṛdi |

śanaiḥ śanairyathā prāṇaḥ skandhasaṅge na gacchati ||

uktalakṣaṇe vajrāsane baddhe satī gulphadeśasamīpena meḍhraṃ vā prapīḍayet cibukaṃ hṛdi kṛtvā prāṇasyordhvasañcalanaṃ kārayet tena prāṇ[a]ḥ skandhasandhiṃ gacchatīty arthaḥ ||

HP 3.66

सर्वेषामेव बन्धानाम् उत्तमो ह्युड्डियानकः

उड्डियाने दृढे बन्धे मुक्तिः स्वाभाविकी भवेत् ॥

sarveṣām eva bandhānām uttamo hy uḍḍiyānakaḥ /

uḍḍiyāne dṛḍhe bandhe muktiḥ svābhāvikī bhavet //

Uḍḍiyāna is the best of all the locks. When the uḍḍiyāna lock is firm, liberation becomes easy.
Readings

uttamo (cett.) ] uttamaṃ (ε2)
hy uḍḍiyānakaḥ (Γ Δ ε4 η2 χ) ] hy uḍḍiyāṇakaḥ (η1), hy uḍḍīyāṇakaḥ (α1), hy uḍḍīyāṇakaṃ (ε2), hy uḍiyānakaḥ (β2), hy uḍiyāṇakaḥ (β1 βω)
uḍḍiyāne (Γ δ1 η2 χ) ] uḍḍīyāne (δ2 δ3 ε4), uḍḍīyāṇe (α1 ε2), uḍḍiyāṇe (η1), uḍiyāne (β2), uḍiyāṇe (β1 βω)
dṛḍhe (cett.) ] kṛte (Γ Δ)
bandhe (cett.) ] baddhe (β2)
muktiḥ (α1 β1 βω ε2 ε4 η2 χ) ] muktiṃ (η1), mūlaṃ (β2 Γ Δ)
svābhāvikī (α1 β1 βω ε2 ε4 χ) ] svābhāvakī (η2), svābhāvikir (α3), svābhāvikaṃ (β2 Δ η1), svabhāvikaṃ (γ2), bhāvikaṃ (γ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~76v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sarveṣām eva bandhānāṃ hy uttamo hy uḍḍiyānakaḥ |

uḍḍiyāne dṛḍhe bandhe mūlaḥ svābhāviko bhavet ||

Yogaprakāśikā 5.97

sarveṣām eva bandhānām uttamo hy uḍḍiyāṇakaḥ |

uḍḍiyāṇe dṛḍhe bandhe mūlaṃ svābhāvikaṃ bhavet ||

uḍḍīyānabandham upasamharati sarveṣām iti || mūlam iti mūlabandho ’nāyāsena sidhyatīty arthaḥ ||

HP 3.67

अथ जालन्धरः

कण्ठमाकुञ्च्य हृदये स्थापयेच्चिबुकं दृढम्

बन्धो जालन्धराख्योऽयं अमृताव्ययकारकः

atha jālandharaḥ /

kaṇṭham ākuñcya hṛdaye sthāpayec cibukaṃ dṛḍham /

bandho jālandharākhyo’yaṃ amṛtāvyayakārakaḥ //

Now the jālandhara lock–{}[The yogi] should contract the throat and firmly place the chin on the chest. This is the lock called jālandhara. It prevents loss of the nectar of immortality.
Philological Commentary

Manuscripts of the α, β, η and delta groups have sthāpayed dṛḍham icchayā (`one should place it firmly as desired’) in the second verse quarter, which is also well-attested in the transmission of the source text, the Dattātreyayogaśāstra. This reading seems secondary because, in a subsequent verse (3.69), contracting the throat is the main feature of jālandharabandha, so it seems contradictory to say that it may be done `as one likes’ in 3.67b. The word icchayā may have crept in to this verse because someone wanted to make this practice optional in light of 3.22, or it might be a corruption of hṛdaye sthāpayed dṛḍhaṃ niścayam which is found in some other manuscripts.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

atha jālandharaḥ (em.) ] atha jālaṃdhara (β1), atha jālaṃdharaṃ (βω), atha jālāṃdharaḥ (α1), atha jalaṃdhara (α2), atha jālandharabandhaḥ (β2 δ3 ε4 η1 η2 χ), atha jālaṃdharībaṃdhaḥ (ε2), atha nāśaṃdharabandhaḥ (γ1), jālandharabandhaḥ (γ2 δ2), om. (δ1)
cibukaṃ dṛḍham (β2 γ2 χ) ] dṛḍham icchayā (α3 β1 βω Δ η1 η2), dṛḍham īchayā (α1), dṛḍham icchayet (ε2), dṛḍhaniścayāt (ε3), om. (γ1)
amṛtāvyayakārakaḥ (ε3) ] amṛtavyayakārakaḥ (β1 βω ε2), amṛtāvyaya + + + (α3), amṛtāvapakārakaḥ (α1), amṛtākṣayakārakaḥ (δ1), amṛtakṣayakārakaḥ (δ3), amṛtākṣarakārakaḥ (δ2), jarāmṛtyuvināśakaḥ (η1 η2 χ), mṛtyor mṛtyuḥ paro mataḥ (Γ), mṛtyumātaṃgakesarī (β2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 138

kaṇṭham ākuñcya hṛdaye sthāpayec cibukaṃ dṛḍham |

jālandharo bandha eṣa amṛtāvyayakārakaḥ ||

138b sthāpayec cibukaṃ dṛḍham] HRPTPT; sthāpayed dṛḍhayā dhiyā YTU, sthāpayed dṛḍham icchayā cett.

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.66

kaṇṭham ākuñcya hṛdaye sthāpayec cibukaṃ dṛḍham |

bandho jālandharākhyo ’yaṃ jarāmṛtyuvināśakaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77r (attr.~to the Yogabīja)

kaṇṭham ākuñcya hṛdaye sthāpayed dṛḍham icchayā |

bandho jālandharākhyo ’yam amṛtāvyayakārakaḥ ||

Yogabīja 109 (south Indian recension)

kaṇṭham ākuñcya hṛdaye sthāpayed dṛḍham icchayā |

bandho jālandharākhyo ’yam amṛtāvyayakārakaḥ ||

amṛtāvyaya°] amṛtavyaya° v.l.

HP 3.68

बध्नाति हि शिराजालमधोगामिनभोजलम् ।

ततो जालन्धरो बन्धः कण्ठदुःखौघनाशनः ॥

badhnāti hi śirājālam adhogāminabhojalam /

tato jālandharo bandhaḥ kaṇṭhaduḥkhaughanāśanaḥ //

Because it binds all the channels in which the liquid from the void flows down it is [called] the jālandhara lock. It gets rid of all problems in the throat.
Readings

badhnāti hi (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] badhnāti ha (γ1), badhnātīha (Δ), badhnātīhṛ (γ2)
śirā (β2 γ2 δ1 η2 χ) ] śiro (β1 βω γ1 δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1), śilā (α1)
jālam (cett.) ] jālāṃ (βω)
adhogāmi (α1 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] adhogāmī (γ1), madhyegāmi (βω), nādhāyāti (η1)
kaṇṭha (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] kaṇṭhe (γ1 Δ η1 η2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 45

badhnāti hi śirājālam adhogāminabhojalam |

tato jālandharo bandhaḥ kaṇṭhaduḥkhaughanāśanaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.66ef–2.67ab

badhnāti hi śirājālaṃ nādho yāti nabhojalam |

tato jālandharo bandhaḥ kaṇṭhasaṅkocane kṛte ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

badhnātīha śirājālam adhogāminabhojalam |

tato jālandharaḥ proktaḥ kaṇṭhe duḥkhaughanāśanaḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.230 (attr.~to the Śivayoga)

badhnāti hi śirājālaṃ nādho yāti nabhojalam |

tato jālandharo bandhaḥ kaṇṭhaduḥkhaughanāśanaḥ ||

HP 3.69

जालन्धरे कृते बन्धे कण्ठसंकोचलक्षणे ।

न पीयूषं पतत्यग्नौ न च वायुः प्रधावति

jālandhare kṛte bandhe kaṇṭhasaṃkocalakṣaṇe /

na pīyūṣaṃ pataty agnau na ca vāyuḥ pradhāvati //

When the jālandhara lock is performed, its defining feature being the contraction of the throat, nectar does not fall in the fire and the breath does not escape.
Readings

pataty (cett.) ] prayāty (δ1), kṣaraty (γ1)
pradhāvati (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η2) ] prakupyati (Δ η1 χ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 46

jālandhare kṛte bandhe kaṇṭhasaṃkocalakṣaṇe |

na pīyūṣaṃ pataty agnau na ca vāyuḥ pradhāvati ||

pradhāvati ] ; prakupyati AGT

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

jālandhare kṛte bandhe kaṇṭhasaṃkocalakṣaṇe |

na pīyūṣaṃ pataty agnau na ca vāyuḥ prakupyati ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.231 (attr.~to the Śivayoga)

jālandhare kṛte bandhe kaṇṭhasaṃkocalakṣaṇe |

na pīyūṣaṃ pataty agnau na ca vāyuḥ prakupyati ||

HP 3.70

कण्ठसंकोचनेनैव द्वे नाड्यौ स्तम्भयेद्दृढं

मध्यचक्रमिदं ज्ञेयं षोडशाधारबन्धनम् ॥

kaṇṭhasaṃkocanenaiva dve nāḍyau stambhayed dṛḍhaṃ /

madhyacakram idaṃ jñeyaṃ ṣoḍaśādhārabandhanam //

By contracting the throat, the yogi firmly blocks the two channels. This should be known as the middle cakra, which binds [the mind to] the sixteen supports [in the body].
Philological Commentary

The import of the second line of this verse is obscure to us. In Jyotsnā 3.73, Brahmānanda thinks that the middle cakra (madhyacakra) is viśuddha cakra. The main reason for this appears to be that this cakra is located in the throat and the salient feature of the jālandhara lock is contracting the throat. However, he also seems to connect the viśuddha cakra to the sixteen supports (ṣoḍaśādhāra) at the end of this verse, perhaps because this cakra has sixteen petals (as mentioned in 3.47). On the meaning of ādhāra in yogic contexts, see entry no.~3 in the Tāntrikābhidhānakośa vol.~1 2000: 191.

Readings

cd omitted in η1
saṃkocanenaiva (cett.) ] saṃkocane caiva (β1), saṃkocane dehe (η1)
dve nāḍyau (α1 γ2 Δ ε3 η2 χ) ] dve nāḍyo (β1), dvau nāḍyau (ε2), dvināḍyau (β2), _ nā _ (γ1), nāḍyau ca (η1), gap (βω)
stambhayed (α1 β1 β2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] stambhite (Γ Δ ε2), gap (βω)
dṛḍhaṃ (α1 α2 η1 η2 χ) ] dhruvam (β1 Γ δ1 δ3 ε2), dhruve (δ2), dhṛvaṃ (ε3), dhuram (β2), gap (βω)
madhyacakram (α1 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε2 ε3 χ) ] madhyakram (γ1), madhye cakram (βω), madhyaṃ cakram (η2), om. (η1)
jñeyaṃ (cett.) ] ya (γ1), om. (η1)

Testimonia
Yogaviṣaya 19ab

kaṇṭhasaṃkocanaṃ kṛtvā dve nāḍyau stambhayed dṛḍham |

rasanāpīḍyamānās tu ṣoḍaśaś cordhvagāminī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

madhyacakram idaṃ jñeyaṃ ṣoḍaśādhārabandhanam |

Yogakarṇikā 85

kaṇṭhasaṅkocanenaiva dve nāḍye kumbhayed dṛḍham |

Yogasarasaṅgraha p.58

kaṇṭhasaṃkocanekaṇṭhasaṃkocane nanaiva dvināḍyo stambhayed dṛḍham~|

ayaṃ bandho mayā proktaḥ ṣoḍaśādhārabandhanam ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 23

kaṇṭhasaṅkocanaṃ kṛtvā cibukaṃ hṛdaye nyaset |

jālandhare kṛte bandhe ṣoḍaśādhārabandhanam ||

HP 3.71

बन्धत्रयमिदं श्रेष्ठं महासिद्धैर्निषेवितम्

सर्वेषां हठतन्त्राणां साधनं योगिनो विदुः ॥ *

bandhatrayam idaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ mahāsiddhair niṣevitam /

sarveṣāṃ haṭhatantrāṇāṃ sādhanaṃ yogino viduḥ // *

This triad of locks is the best [and] has been practised by the great Siddhas. Yogis know it to be a method of all systems of Haṭha.
Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ
mahāsiddhair (α1 γ2 ε2) ] mahāsiddhaiś (η1 η2 χ), mahāsiddhe (γ1), mahāsiddhi (α2 α3 β1 β2 ε3), mahāsīha (βω)
niṣevitam (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2) ] ca sevitaṃ (η1 η2 χ), prajāyate (α2), pradāyakaṃ (ε3)
haṭha (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω γ2 χ) ] yoga (γ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2)
sādhanaṃ (cett.) ] sāranaṃ (γ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.68

bandhatrayam idaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ mahāsiddhaiś ca sevitam |

sarveṣāṃ yogatantrāṇāṃ sādhanaṃ yogino viduḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

bandhatrayam idaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ mahāsiddhaniṣevitam |

sarveṣāṃ haṭhatantrāṇāṃ sādhane yoginām iti ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 15.24

idaṃ bandhatrayaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ marujjayasusiddhadam |

sarveṣāṃ yogatantrāṇāṃ sādhanaṃ yogino viduḥ ||

HP 3.71*1

अधस्तात्कुञ्चनेनाशु कण्ठसंकोचने कृते

मध्ये पश्चिमतानेन स्यात्प्राणो ब्रह्मनाडिगः ॥ (Γ, η1 and η2) *

adhastāt kuñcanenāśu kaṇṭhasaṃkocane kṛte /

madhye paścimatānena syāt prāṇo brahmanāḍigaḥ // (Γ, η1 and η2) *

By immediately contracting the lower [part of the body] (i.e.~by the root lock) when the neck has been contracted (i.e.~by the jālandhara lock) and by stretching the abdomen backwards in the middle [of the body] (i.e.~by the uḍḍiyāna lock), the breath enters the channel of Brahman.
Readings

kuñcanenāśu (η1 η2) ] kuñcanenaiva (Γ)
saṃkocane kṛte (η1 η2) ] saṃkocanena ca (Γ)
madhye (η1) ] madhya (Γ η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 63 (see 2.46)
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.8, Yogacintāmaṇī f.80r, Yuktabhavadeva 7.95 and Haṭhatattvakaumudī 15.25–27 (see 2.46).
HP 3.72

मूलस्थानं समाकुञ्च्य उड्डियानं तु कारयेत् ।

इडां च पिङ्गलां बद्ध्वा वाहयेत्पश्चिमं पथम्

mūlasthānaṃ samākuñcya uḍḍiyānaṃ tu kārayet /

iḍāṃ ca piṅgalāṃ baddhvā vāhayet paścimaṃ patham //

[The yogi] should contract the place of the root and do the uḍḍiyāna [lock]. He should [then] block the iḍā and piṅgalā [channels] and make [the breath] flow in the rear pathway.
Readings

ab omitted in Δ and η2
cd omitted in η2
samākuñcya (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3 η1 χ) ] samākṛṣya (Γ ε2), om. (Δ η2)
uḍḍiyānaṃ (Γ ε3 χ) ] uḍḍiyāṇaṃ (β1 η1), uḍḍīyāṇaṃ (α1 ε2), uḍiyānaṃ (β2), uḍiyāṇaṃ (βω), om. (Δ η2)
iḍāṃ ca piṅgalāṃ (α3 β1 βω γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] iḍā ca piṅgalā (α1 β2 γ1 ε2), iḍāpiṃgalāṃ (η1), om. (η2)
baddhvā (cett.) ] baddhā (ε2), baṃdhvā (α3), om. (η2)
paścimaṃ (α3 β2 Γ Δ ε2 η1) ] paścimāṃ (β1 βω), paścimā (α1 ε3), om. (η2), paścime (χ)
patham (cett.) ] pathāṃ (β1), pathi (χ), padaṃ (α3), om. (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.70

mūlasthānaṃ samākuñcya uḍḍiyānaṃ tu kārayet |

iḍāṃ ca piṅgalāṃ baddhvā vāhayet paścimaṃ pathaṃ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mūlasthānaṃ samākṛṣya uḍḍiyānaṃ tu kārayet |

iḍāṃ ca piṅgalāṃ baddhvā vāhayet paścime pathi ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 15.25–27

mūlasthānaṃ samākuñcya uḍyānaṃ tu kārayet |

iḍāṃ ca piṃgalāṃ baddhvā vāhayet paścimāpathaṃ ||

mūlasthānaṃ mārgasaṃkocanaṃ vidhāya uḍyānam udarasaṃkocanaṃ tataḥ | iḍāṃ piṃgalāṃ baddhvā kaṇṭhasaṃkocanena paścimapathaṃ pṛṣṭhavaṃśamārge pavanaṃ vāhayet kuryāt ||

HP 3.73

अनेनैव विधानेन सेवयेत्पवनो लयम्

ततो न जायते मृत्युर्जरारोगादिकं तथा

anenaiva vidhānena sevayet pavano layam /

tato na jāyate mṛtyur jarārogādikaṃ tathā //

By this method alone, the breath attains dissolution. Then death does not arise nor old age, disease and the like.
Readings

anenaiva vidhānena (cett.) ] brahmasthānasthito rodhaḥ (η2)
sevayet (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3) ] [s]e[vay]e[t] (δ2), śevayet (α3), vaśayet (ε2), prayāti (Γ ε3 η1 η2 χ)
pavano layam (βω γ2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] pavano lagaṃ (γ1), pavanālayam (α1 α2 β1 β2 δ2 ε2), pavanā + + (α3), pavanānalam (δ3), paścimānalaṃ (δ1)
mṛtyur (α1 β2 βω γ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] mṛtyu (δ1 δ2), mṛtyuṃ (β1 γ1)
jarārogādikaṃ (Γ δ2 δ3 ε2 η1 χ) ] jarārogādi kā (α2 β1 β2 βω), jarārogādikas (α1), jarāmohādikaṃ (ε3), jvaro rogādikas (δ1), nāsya jarādikaṃ (η2)
tathā (cett.) ] kathā (β1 β2 βω), vyathā (α2), tadā (α1)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.71

anenaiva vidhānena prayāti pavano layam |

tato na jāyate mṛtyur jarārogādikaṃ tathā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

anenaiva vidhānena sevayet pavanālayam |

tato na jāyate mṛtyur jarārogādikaṃ tathā ||

HP 3.73*1

यत्किञ्चित्स्रवते चन्द्रादमृतं दिव्यरूपि च

तत्सर्वं ग्रसते सूर्यस्तेन पिण्डं विनाशि च*

yat kiñcit sravate candrād amṛtaṃ divyarūpi ca /

tat sarvaṃ grasate sūryas tena piṇḍaṃ vināśi ca // *

Now the inverted bodily position–The sun devours whatever divine nectar flows from the moon. As a result, the body perishes.
Philological Commentary

The α group do not have 3.73*1 and 3.73*2 in the third chapter (but rather in the fourth) and other manuscripts omit them as well (notably the η group). It appears that they have been inserted at the beginning of the section on viparītakaraṇī as a kind of preamble, which is unusual as the other techniques in this chapter do not have such introductions.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1, ε3, η1 and η2
sravate (β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 χ) ] sravanaṃ (γ1), sevate (β1), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
candrād (β1 β2 γ2 Δ χ) ] candra (βω), caṃdrāṃn (ε2), ceda<<m>> (γ1), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
divyarūpi ca (Γ Δ) ] divyarūpiṇaṃ (ε2), divyarūpiṇaḥ (β2 χ), divyarūpiṇī (β1), divyarūpagaḥ (βω), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
grasate (cett.) ] sravate (β1)
sūryas (β1 β2 βω Γ Δ χ) ] roho (ε2), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
piṇḍaṃ (β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2) ] piṃḍa (β1), piḍaṃ (γ1), piṇḍo (χ), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
vināśi ca (Γ δ2 δ3 ε2) ] vinasyati (δ1), jarāyutaṃ (β1 β2 βω), jarāyutaḥ (χ), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.72

atha viparītakaraṇī–

yat kiñ cit sravate candrād amṛtaṃ divyarūpi ca |

tatsarvaṃ grasate sūryas tena piṇḍaṃ vināśi ca ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77v

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

yat kiṃ cin sravate candrād amṛtaṃ divyarūpi ca |

tat sarvaṃ grasate sūryas tena piṇḍaṃ vināśi ca ||

Cf.~Haṭhayogasaṃhitā 38 (p. 26)

nābhimūle vaset sūryas tālumūle ca candramāḥ |

amṛtaṃ grasate sūryas tato mṛtyuvaśo naraḥ ||

HP 3.73*2

तत्रास्ति करणं दिव्यं सूर्यस्य मुखबन्धनम्

गुरूपदेशतो ज्ञेयं न तु शास्त्रार्थकोटिभिः ॥

tatrāsti karaṇaṃ divyaṃ sūryasya mukhabandhanam /

gurūpadeśato jñeyaṃ na tu śāstrārthakoṭibhiḥ //

There is a divine bodily position for this, which blocks the mouth of the sun. It is to be known from the teaching of a guru and not through the countless interpretations of scriptures.
Readings

Stanza omitted in α1, ε3, η1 and η2
tatrāsti (β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 χ) ] tato sti (δ2), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
bandhanam (cett.) ] vañcanam (χ), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
jñeyaṃ (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 χ) ] _ yaṃ (γ1), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)
na tu (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 χ) ] rttu (γ1), om. (α1 ε3 η1 η2)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvali 2.73 (on viparītakaraṇī)

tatrāsti divyaṃ karaṇaṃ sūryasya mukhabandhanam |

gurūpadeśato jñeyaṃ na tu śāstrārthakoṭibhiḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~77v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tatrāsti karaṇaṃ divyaṃ sūryasya mukhabandhanam |

gurūpadeśato jñeyaṃ na tu śāstrārthakoṭibhiḥ ||

HP 3.74

अथ विपरीतकरणी

ऊर्ध्वं नाभिरधस्तालुरूर्ध्वं भानुरधः शशी ।

करणी विपरीताख्या गुरुवाक्येन लभ्यते

atha viparītakaraṇī /

ūrdhvaṃ nābhir adhas tālur ūrdhvaṃ bhānur adhaḥ śaśī /

karaṇī viparītākhyā guruvākyena labhyate //

The navel is up, the palate down; the sun up, the moon down: the bodily position called “inverted” is obtained through the teaching of a guru.
Readings

cd omitted in β1, β2, δ1, δ2, ε2 and η2
atha (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] om. (γ2 Δ χ)
viparītakaraṇī (β2 βω Γ δ2 ε3 η1 η2) ] viparītakaraṇīṃ (α1), viparītakaraṇīyaṃ (β1), viparītakaraṇaṃ (ε2), viparītakam (δ3), om. (δ1 χ)
ūrdhvaṃ nābhir (cett.) ] ūrdhvanābhir (β1), ūrdhvanābhor (γ1), ūrdhvanābher (χ), ūrdhvaṃ nābher (β2), + + nābher (α3)
adhas tālur (α3 β1 β2 βω δ1 ε2 ε3 η2) ] adhas tālu (α1 γ2 δ2 η1), adhas tālum (δ3), asāluktar (γ1), adhas tālor (χ)
ūrdhvaṃ (cett.) ] ūrdhva (γ1 δ1), ūrdhvo (η1)
karaṇī viparītākhyā (α1 Γ δ3 η1 χ) ] karaṇaṃ viparītākhyaṃ (α3 βω ε3), om. (β1 β2 δ1 δ2 ε2 η2)
labhyate (α1 βω γ1 ε3 η1 χ) ] lakṣayet (α3), gamyate (γ2 δ3), om. (β1 β2 δ1 δ2 ε2 η2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 115

ūrdhvaṃ nābhir adhas tālur ūrdhvaṃ bhānur adhaḥ śaśī |

karaṇī viparītākhyā guruvākyena labhyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.74

ūrdhvaṃ nābhir adhas tālur ūrdhvaṃ bhānur adhaḥ śaśī |

karaṇī viparītākhyā guruvākyena labhyate ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~73r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ūrdhvanābhir adhastālur ūrdhvabhānur adhaḥśaśī |

karaṇī viparītākhyā sarvavyādhivināśinī ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.236 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

ūrdhvaṃ nābhir adhas tālur ūrdhvaṃ bhānur adhaḥ śaśī |

karaṇī viparītākhyā guruvaktreṇa gamyate ||

HP 3.75

करणी विपरीताख्या सर्वव्याधिविनाशिनी

नित्यमभ्यासयुक्तस्य जठराग्निविवर्धनी

karaṇī viparītākhyā sarvavyādhivināśinī /

nityam abhyāsayuktasya jaṭharāgnivivardhanī //

The bodily position called “inverted" destroys all diseases. For [the yogi] who regularly engages in [its] practice, it increases the digestive fire.
Readings

ab omitted in δ3 and χ
karaṇī (cett.) ] karaṇaṃ (β1)
viparītākhyā (cett.) ] viparītākhyaṃ (β2), viparītākṣaṃ (ε2), om. (δ3 χ)
vināśinī (cett.) ] vināśanī (β1 ε2), vināśanaṃ (β2 βω), om. (δ3 χ)
yuktasya (cett.) ] saktasya (β1)
vivardhanī (α1 β1 γ2 ε2 ε3 η1) ] vivardhinī (γ1 Δ η2 χ), vivardhanaṃ (β2 βω)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 146

karaṇaṃ viparītākhyaṃ sarvavyādhivināśanam |

nityam abhyāsayuktasya jaṭharāgnir vivardhate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.75

karaṇī viparītākhyā sarvavyādhivināśinī |

nityam abhyāsayuktasya jaṭharāgnivivardinī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78r (attr.~to Dattātreya)

nityam abhyāsayuktasya jaṭharāgnivivardhanam ||

HP 3.76

आहारो बहुलस्तस्य संपाद्यः साधकस्य तु

अल्पाहारो यदि भवेदग्निर्देहं दहेत्क्षणात्

āhāro bahulas tasya saṃpādyaḥ sādhakasya tu /

alpāhāro yadi bhaved agnir dehaṃ dahet kṣaṇāt //

A lot of food should be provided for the practitioner. If the practitioner eats little, the fire will quickly consume his body.
Philological Commentary

Svātmārāma has removed the vocative from the Dattātreyayogaśāstra, changing sāṃkṛte dhruvam to sādhakasya tu.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

tu (cett.) ] ca (γ1 δ2 χ)
alpāhāro (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω η1 η2 χ) ] anāhāro (Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3), anāhāre (δ2)
yadi bhaved (cett.) ] nirāhāraḥ (η2)
agnir dehaṃ (α1 α3 βω Δ ε3) ] agnidehaṃ (β1 Γ ε2), deham agnir (η1), agnidāho (β2), agnir daha° (χ), kṣudhālasya (η2)
dahet (α1 βω Γ Δ ε2 η1) ] haret (α3 β1 ε3), bhavet (β2), °ti tat (χ), vaśe (η2)
kṣaṇāt (cett.) ] kramāt (α1), tataḥ (γ2), bhavet (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 147

āhāro bahulas tasya saṃpādyaḥ sāṃkṛte dhruvam |

alpāhāro yadi bhaved agnir dehaṃ dahet kṣaṇāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.76

āhāro bahulas tasya sampādyaḥ sādhakena vai |

alpāhāro yadi bhaved deham agnir dahet kramāt ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78r (attr.~to Dattātreya)

āhāro bahulas tasya saṃpādyaḥ sāṃkṛte dhruvam |

alpāhāro yadi bhaved agnir dāhaṃ karoti vai ||

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva 7.238

asyāṃ kriyamāṇāyāṃ sādhakasya bhakṣyaṃ bahulaṃ sampādyam anyathā pravṛddho jāṭharānalo dhātuṃ dahatīti ||

HP 3.77

अधःशिराश्चोर्ध्वपादः क्षणं स्यात्प्रथमे दिने ।

क्षणाच्च किंचिदधिकमभ्यसेच्च दिने दिने ॥

adhaḥśirāś cordhvapādaḥ kṣaṇaṃ syāt prathame dine /

kṣaṇāc ca kiṃcid adhikam abhyasec ca dine dine //

On the first day [the yogi] should keep his head down and his feet up for a short while, and he should [then] practise for a little longer every day.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā; c: na-vipulā)
Readings

cd omitted in δ1
śirāś cordhva (β2 χ) ] śiraś cordhva (α1 α3 β1 βω δ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2), śirā ūrdhva (γ2 δ2), śīrā ūrdhva (γ1), śira ūrdhva (δ3)
pādaḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε3 χ) ] pāda (βω ε2), pādau (η1 η2)
kṣaṇaṃ syāt (cett.) ] kṣīṇaṃ syāt (δ1), lakṣaṇaṃ (η2)
kṣaṇāc ca (α1 β2 βω ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] kṣaṇāt tu (Γ), kṣaṇādyaṃ (β1), kṣaṇārdhaṃ (δ3 ε2), kṣaṇārdhe (δ2), om. (δ1)
adhikam (cett.) ] apika (γ1), om. (δ1)
abhyasec ca (cett.) ] abhyasetva (γ2), bhyarccayec ca (γ1), om. (δ1)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 148c–149b

adhaḥśirāś cordhvapādaḥ kṣaṇaṃ syāt prathame dine ||

kṣaṇāc ca kiṃ cid adhikam abhyasec ca dine dine |

Testimonia
Haṭhratnāvalī 2.77

adhaḥ śiraś cordhvapādau kṣaṇaṃ syāt prathame dine |

kṣaṇāc ca kiñ cid adhikam abhyasec ca dine dine ||

cordhvapādau ] cordhvapādaḥ v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78r (attr.~to Dattātreya)

adhaḥśirāś cordhvapādaḥ kṣaṇaṃ syāt prathame dine |

kṣaṇāc ca kiñ cid adhikam abhyasec ca dine dine ||

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva 7.237

sa ca prathamadine kṣaṇamātraṃ vidheyā dvitīyadine | kiñcidadhikaṃ kālam evaṃ yāmaparyantaṃ vidheyā |

HP 3.78

वलिश्च पलितं चैव षण्मासोर्ध्वं न दृश्यते

याममात्रं तु यो नित्यमभ्यसेत्स तु कालजित्

valiś ca palitaṃ caiva ṣaṇmāsordhvaṃ na dṛśyate /

yāmamātraṃ tu yo nityam abhyaset sa tu kālajit //

After six months grey hair and wrinkles disappear. [The yogi] who regularly practises for three hours conquers death.
Philological Commentary

We have adopted the reading ṣaṇmāsordhvaṃ in the second verse quarter. It is attested by manuscripts of the Dattātreyayogaśāstra (the source text) and the Jyotsnā (3.82). It makes good sense and explains the rather odd readings in α and other manuscripts, ṣaṇmāsārdhān, ṣaṇmāsārdhaṃ and ṣaṇmāsārdhe. The γ and delta groups have a different verb as well, ṣaṇmāsārdhena naśyati. The original reading was likely ṣaṇmāsordhvaṃ na dṛśyate because the compound ṣaṇmāsārdha (`half of six months’) is very strange and dṛśyate is better attested.

Readings

valiś ca (α1 β1 β2 βω η1) ] valitaṃ (γ1 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ), calitaṃ (γ2)
palitaṃ (cett.) ] palitaś (β1 β2)
ṣaṇmāsordhvaṃ na (χ) ] ṣaṇmāsārdhān na (α1 β1 β2 ε3), ṣaṇmāsārdhaṃ na (βω), ṣaṇmāsārdhena (Γ Δ), ṣaṇmāsārdhe ca (ε2), ṣaṇmāsāt tu na (η1 η2)
dṛśyate (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] naśyati (Γ Δ ε2)
yāmamātraṃ tu (cett.) ] yāmamātraṃ ca (ε3), yo māsatraya (δ3), māsatrayaṃ tu (η2)
nityam (cett.) ] gnibhyam (γ1)
abhyaset (cett.) ] aset (δ1)
tu (cett.) ] su (γ2), ca (ε2)
kālajit (cett.) ] kālavit (ε2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 149c–150b

valiś ca palitaṃ caiva ṣaṇmāsordhvaṃ na dṛśyate ||

yāmamātraṃ hi yo nityam abhyaset sa tu kālajit |

°māsordhvaṃ na ] °māsāṃ hi na M1, °māsāc ca na AM2, °māsārdhān na YTU, °māsān na tu HR , °māsārddhena Yogacintāmaṇi 150b kālajit ] yogavit πDYŚPT

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.78

valitaṃ palitaṃ caiva ṣaṇmāsān na tu dṛśyate |

yāmamātraṃ tu yo nityam abhyaset sa tu kālajit ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78r (attr.~to Dattātreya)

valiś ca palitaṃ caiva ṣaṇmāsārdhe na dṛśyate |

yāmamātraṃ tu yo nityam abhyaset sa tu kālajit ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.238 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

valitaṃ palitaṃ caiva ṣaṇmāsārdhān na dṛśyate |

yāmamātraṃ tu yo nityam abhyaset sa tu kālajit ||

Cf.~Haṭhatattvakaumudī 14.3

ūrdhvapādo hy adhomastakaḥ syāt kṣaṇaṃ

vāsare ’thādime ’bhyāsaṃ vṛddhyā dhayet |

evam abhyāsato yāmamātraṃ sadā

mṛtyujit syāj jarājic ca ṣaṇmāsataḥ ||

HP 3.79

अत्रत्या वज्रोली ग्रन्थान्ते लिखिताक्रमप्राप्ताप्यत्र त्यक्ताअसाधारणप्राण्यनुष्ठेयत्वात्तस्याः । (Δ) *

अथ वज्रोली ।*

स्वेच्छया वर्तमानोऽपि योगोक्तैर्नियमैर्विना

वज्रोलीं यो विजानाति स योगी सिद्धिभाजनम्

atratyā vajrolī granthānte likhitā / kramaprāptāpy atra tyaktā / asādhāraṇaprāṇyanuṣṭheyatvāt tasyāḥ / (Δ) *

atha vajrolī /*

svecchayā vartamāno’pi yogoktair niyamair vinā /

vajrolīṃ yo vijānāti sa yogī siddhibhājanam //

Now vajrolī:Even if he behaves as he wishes without [following] the observances (niyama) taught in yoga, the [yogi] who knows vajrolī is worthy of success.
Philological Commentary

In manuscripts of the delta group, the vajrolī section is placed at the end of the work and the following comment is inserted at this place in the third chapter:

Vajrolī, which is [usually] here, has been copied at the end of the text. Even though it is found in the sequence here, it has been left out because it is be practised by special individuals.atratyā vajrolī granthānte likhitā | kramaprāptāpy atra tyaktā | asādhāraṇaprāṇyanuṣṭheyatvāt tasyāḥ |

Readings

granthānte likhitā (δ1) ] granthāntare likhitā vartate (δ2), granthāntare tu likhitāsīt (δ3)
kramaprāptāpy atra tyaktā (δ2 δ3) ] om. (δ1)
asādhāraṇa (δ2) ] asādhāraṇaṃ (δ1), asāraṇa (δ3)
yogoktair (α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 η1 η2 χ) ] yogokair (γ1), yogoktar (ε2), yogokta (α2 ε3), yogoktaṃ (α1), niyamair (δ3)
niyamair vinā (cett.) ] vividhais tathā (δ3)
vajrolīṃ yo (β2 δ1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] vajrolī yo (βω Γ δ3 ε2), vajrolīr yo (β1), vajrālī yo (α1)
vijānāti (cett.) ] bhijānāti (Γ)
siddhibhājanam (cett.) ] siddhibhājanaḥ (γ1), siddhimān bhavet (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 152

svecchayā varttamāno ’pi yogoktaniyamair vinā |

vajroliṃ yo vijānāti sa yogī siddhibhājanaḥ ||

152d °bhājanaḥ ] °mān bhavet M1AM2, °bhājanam YTU

Cf.~Śivasaṃhitā 4.79

svecchayā vartamāno ’pi yogoktaniyamair vinā |

mukto bhaved gṛhastho’pi vajrolyabhyāsayogataḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.79 (on viparītakaraṇī)

svasthaṃ yo vartamāno ’pi yogoktair niyamair vinā |

karaṇī viparītākhyā śrīnivāsena lakṣitā ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~31r

svecchayā vartamāno ’pi yogoktaniyamair vinā |

vajrolyabhyāsayogena yogī siddhim avāpnuyāt ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 38

svecchayā varttamāno ’pi yogoktair niyamair vinā |

vajrolīṃ yo vijānāti sa yogī siddhibhājanam ||

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva 7.240 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

vajrolīṃ kathayiṣyāmi gopitāṃ sarvayogibhiḥ|

tyaktayogoktaniyamā yayā sidhyanti yoginaḥ ||

Cf.~Haṭhatattvakaumudī 16.3

svecchayā varttamāno ’pi yogoditaiḥ

sadvidhānair vinā sādhakaḥ sābalaḥ |

mucyate ’sau suvajrolikābhyāsataḥ

sarvasiddhyāspadaṃ yāti bhūmaṇḍale ||

HP 3.80

तत्र वस्तुद्वयं वक्ष्ये दुर्लभं यस्य कस्य चित्

क्षीरं चैकं द्वितीयं तु नारी वशवर्तिनी ॥

tatra vastudvayaṃ vakṣye durlabhaṃ yasya kasya cit /

kṣīraṃ caikaṃ dvitīyaṃ tu nārī ca vaśavartinī //

I shall teach you two substances [needed] for it which are hard for just anyone to obtain. One is milk and the second is an obedient woman.
Philological Commentary

On the possible referents of kṣīra, see Mallinson 2024 on Dattātreyayogaśāstra 154. According to Brahmānanda (Jyotsnā 3.84), the compound vaśavartinī, which we have translated as `an obedient woman,’ could be a wife (vaśavartinī svādhīnā nārī vanitā). In 3.83, the reading bhāryābhage in V1, V3 and J10 supports Brahmānanda’s view that the woman is the yogi’s wife.

Readings

vastu (cett.) ] castu (α1), bheda (ε2)
vakṣye (cett.) ] manye (γ2), api (γ1)
cit (cett.) ] tu (ε3)
caikaṃ (α1 β1 βω δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] caiva (η2), ekaṃ (β2 Γ)
ca (cett.) ] tu (δ3)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 153ab-154ab

tatra vastudvayaṃ vakṣye durlabhaṃ yena kena cit |

kṣīraṃ caikaṃ dvitīyaṃ ca nārī ca vaśavartinī |

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 7.241 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

atra vastudvayaṃ manye durlabhaṃ yasya kasyacit |

kṣīram ekaṃ dvitīyaṃ tu nārī svavaśavarttinī ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 39

tatra vastudvayaṃ vakṣye durlabhaṃ yasya kasya cit |

kṣīraṃ caikaṃ dvitīyaṃ tu nārī ca vaśavarttinī ||

HP 3.81

मेहनेन शनैः सम्यगूर्ध्वाकुञ्चनमभ्यसेत् ।

पुरुषो वापि नारी वा वज्रोलीसिद्धिमाप्नुयात्

mehanena śanaiḥ samyag ūrdhvākuñcanam abhyaset /

puruṣo vāpi nārī vā vajrolīsiddhim āpnuyāt //

[The yogi] should gently practise a full upward contraction through the urethra. Either a man or a woman may obtain success in vajrolī.
Philological Commentary

The Haṭhatattvakaumudī says that this upward contraction of the urethra, which is the method by which fluids are drawn up it, is done in the region of apānavāyu and the anus (gudadeśa). Brahmānanda states that this practice is done immediately after sex (strīsaṅgānantaram).

Readings

mehanena (α1 β2 γ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] mehanīna (β1), mehanaiva (γ1), mohanena (δ1), mohanenā (δ3), meḍhrenena (βω), meḍhreṇa (η1), mahānibhaṃ (η2)
śanaiḥ (cett.) ] sadā (δ1)
ūrdhvākuñcanam (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] ūrdhva kiṃcanam (γ2), kṛtvā kuñcanam (η2), gudākuñcanam (η1)
vāpi nārī vā (cett.) ] vāpi vā nārī (δ3), ’py atha vā nārī (χ)
vajrolī (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] vajrolīṃ (δ1 η1), vajrolīḥ (γ2)
siddhim āpnuyāt (cett.) ] siddhibhājanam (γ2), siddhibhājanaḥ (γ1)

Testimonia
Haṭhatattvakaumudī 16.4

apānamārgataḥ samyag ūrdhvakuñcanam abhyaset |

puruṣo vāpi nārī vā vajrolīsiddhibhājanam ||

apānamārgato gudadeśena ūrdhvam upari kuñcanaṃ saṃkocanam ūrdhvam ākarṣaṇaṃ vā abhyaset || iti ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā 53 (p. 39)

mehanena śanaiḥ samyag ūrdhvākuñcanam abhyaset |

puruṣo ’py athavā nārī vajrolīsiddhim āpnuyāt ||

Yogaprakāśikā 118ab

mehanena śanaiḥ samyag ūrdhvaṃ kuñcanam abhyaset |

ūrdhvaṃ yathā syāt tathā bindor ākarṣaṇaṃ meḍhreṇābhyased ity arthaḥ ||

HP 3.82

यत्नतः शरनालेन फूत्कारं वज्रकन्दरे

शनैः शनैः प्रकुर्वीत वायुसंचारकारणात् ॥

yatnataḥ śaranālena phūtkāraṃ vajrakandare /

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ prakurvīta vāyusaṃcārakāraṇāt //

Carefully using a hollow stalk of bamboo grass, [the yogi] should very gently blow into the opening of the penis in order to make air move [into the urethra].
Readings

Stanza omitted in γ1
yatnataḥ (α1 β1 βω δ1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] prayatnataḥ (γ2 η1 η2), prayatnāt (β2)
śaranālena (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3) ] śalanolena (ε2), śatanārīṇāṃ (ε3), śastanālena (χ), śironāle (γ2 η1 η2)
phūtkāraṃ (α1 δ3 ε2 η1 χ) ] phutkāraṃ (βω), pūtkāraṃ (δ1 ε3), phūtkāraḥ (γ2 η2), sphūtkāraṃ (β2), śaraṃ tu (β1)
vajra (cett.) ] kaṃbu (γ2 η2)
kandare (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] kandhare (α1 γ2 δ1 δ3 η1 η2)
śanaiḥ (cett.) ] śanaḥ (η2)
prakurvīta (cett.) ] prakurvaṃti (β2 η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 165

tatas tu śaranālena phūtkāraṃ vajrakandare |

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ prakurvīta vāyusaṃcārakāraṇāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.86–2.87

haṭhapradīpikākāras tu

yatnataḥ śaranālena phūtkāraṃ vajrakandare |

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ prakurvīta vāyusaṃcārakāraṇāt ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 39r)

taduktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ

yantritaḥ śaranālena phūtkāraṃ vajrakandare |

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ prakurv[ī]ta vāyusaṃcārakāraṇād iti ||

asyārthaḥ ||

ṣoḍaśāṃgulamānāṃ 16 tu prakuryād vaṃśanālikāṃ sūkṣmā’g[r]amūlāntāṃ li[ṃ]gachi[dra]mukhe datvā svāsye ’nu tanmukhaṃ dhṛtvā phūtkāram ante syāḥ k[u]ryād bāḍhaṃ muhur muhuḥ pratyahaṃ tena vivṛtaṃ liṅgadvāraṃ kramād bhavet [|]

tato †nālyānayāto† yam alpaṃ phūtkārato ’ntare [|]

liṅgara[n]dhreṇa gṛhṇīyāt kramavṛddhyā susādhakaḥ [|]

liṃgachidre ’tha vivṛte kṣīrākṛṣṭiṃ tato bhajed iti [|]

vajrakandare liṅgachidre [||]

Yogaprakāśikā 118cd–ef

yatnataḥ śaranālena phūtkāraṃ vajrakandare |

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ prakurvīta vāyusañcārakāraṇāt ||

śareti meḍhranālenety arthaḥ || vāyusañcārakāraṇam iti bindor ākarṣaṇaṃ kāraṇam ity arthaḥ

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva 7.248cd--249ab

rasanālena phūtkāraṃ vāyoḥ sañcārakāraṇāt ||

kuryāt śanaiḥ śanair yogī yāvac chaktiḥ prajāyate |

HP 3.83

नार्या भगे पतद्बिन्दुमभ्यासेनोर्ध्वमाहरेत्

चलितं च स्वकं बिन्दुमूर्ध्वमाकृष्य रक्षयेत्

nāryā bhage patadbindum abhyāsenordhvam āharet /

calitaṃ ca svakaṃ bindum ūrdhvam ākṛṣya rakṣayet //

With practice, [the yogi] may draw up semen which is falling into a woman’s vagina. And [even] if his own semen has moved [down], he may draw it upwards and retain it.
Readings

cd omitted in Δ
nāryā (β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3) ] nārī (α2 χ), māryā (α1), bhāryā (βω η1 η2)
bhage (cett.) ] bhāge (α1 β1)
patad (cett.) ] pated (γ2), ca tad (ε2)
bindum (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] bindhuḥm (βω), bindur (η1 η2)
āharet (cett.) ] ācaret (β1), āruhet (δ3)
calitaṃ (cett.) ] bhavitaṃ (β1)
ca svakaṃ (α1 α2) ] tu svakaṃ (α3 β1 β2 Γ ε2), tu sukaṃ (βω), ca nijaṃ (ε3 χ), patitaṃ (η1), calitaṃ (η2), om. (δ1 δ3)
ūrdhvam ākṛṣya rakṣayet (cett.) ] ūrdhvam ākṛ + + + + (α1), ūrdhvam āhṛtya rakṣayet (ε3), abhyāsenordhvam āharet (ε2), om. (δ1 δ3)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 166

tadbhage patitaṃ bindum abhyāsenordhvam āharet |

calitaṃ ca tathā bindum ūrdhvam ākṛṣya rakṣayet ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.96cd--2.97ab

nāryā bhagāt patadbindum abhyāsenordhvam āharet ||

calitaṃ ca nijaṃ bindum ūrdhvam ākṛṣya rakṣayet |

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 39

nārībhage pated bindum abhyāsenordhvam āharet |

calitaṃ ca nijaṃ bindum ūrdhvam ākṛṣya rakṣayet ||

Yogaprakāśikā 5.120

nāryā bhage patadbindum abhyāsenordhvam āharet |

calitaṃ ca svayaṃ bindum ūrdhvam ākṛṣya rakṣayet ||

nārīsaṃyoge bindupatanaṃ syād ity āśaṅkya nirasyati nāryā iti || patato bindor ūrdhvam āhared āhīyamāṇaṃ svayaṃ calitaṃ bindum ākṛṣyety anvayaḥ ||

Cf.~Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~39r

apānam ākuñcya tato ’balenordhvaṃ dugdham ākṛṣṭividhikrameṇa |

samabhyasen niścalam alpam alpaṃ bhage patadbindum athārdhvam āharet ||

Cf.~Yuktabhavadeva 7.249cd, 259

tato maithunakāle tu patadbinduṃ samunnayet ||

{[}...] patadbindum apānena huṃ huṃkārasahitena balād ūrdhvam ākṛṣya kiñcit kālaṃ vilambya ramet punaḥ || yadā tu na dhārayituṃ śakyate tadā bahiḥskhalitena bindunā saha prasvedenāṅgaṃ marddayet ||

HP 3.84

एवं द्तु रक्षयेद्बिन्दुं मृत्युं जयति योगवित् ।

मरणं बिन्दुपातेन जीवितं बिन्दुधारणात्

evaṃ tu rakṣayedd binduṃ mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavit /

maraṇaṃ bindupātena jīvitaṃ bindudhāraṇāt //

[If] the knower of yoga preserves his semen thus, he conquers death. Death arises through the loss of semen and life from retaining semen.
Readings

cd omitted in δ1
tu rakṣaye (α2 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2) ] saṃrakṣayed (δ1 δ3 χ), surakṣayed (ε3), rakṣati yo (η1 η2)
bindu (cett.) ] vida (ε2), om. (δ1)
jīvitaṃ (α2 βω δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] jīvituṃ (β1), jīvanaṃ (β2 γ2 χ), jī (γ1), om. (δ1)
bindudhāraṇāt (cett.) ] bindurakṣaṇāt (ε3), om. (γ1 δ1)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 167

evaṃ ca rakṣito bindur mṛtyuṃ jayati tattvataḥ |

maraṇaṃ bindupātena jīvanaṃ bindudhāraṇāt ||

Cf.~Amṛtasiddhi 3.87cd

maraṇaṃ bindupātena jīvanaṃ bindudhāraṇāt ||

Testimonia
Haṭhratnāvalī 2.97cd-2.98ab

evaṃ saṃrakṣayed binduṃ mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavit ||

maraṇaṃ bindupātena jīvitaṃ bindudhāraṇāt |

Yuktabhavadeva 252cd-253ab

evaṃ bindau sthire jāte mṛtyuṃ jayati sarvathā ||

maraṇaṃ bindupātena jīvanaṃ bindudhāraṇāt |

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 39

evaṃ saṃrakṣayed binduṃ mṛtyuṃ jayati yogavit |

maraṇaṃ bindupātena jīvanaṃ bindudhāraṇāt ||

HP 3.85

सुगन्धि योगिनो देहं जायते बिन्दुधारणात्*

यावद्बिन्दुः स्थिरो देहे तावन्मृत्युभयं कुतः

sugandhi yogino dehaṃ jāyate bindudhāraṇāt /*

yāvad binduḥ sthiro dehe tāvan mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ //

As a result of the retention of semen, the yogi’s body becomes fragrant. As long as semen is steady in the body then why fear death?
Philological Commentary

The omission of 3.85ab in the η group and δ3 is likely to be the result of haplography (bindudhāraṇāt is repeated). The readings mṛtyubhayaṃ (α3, β, η) and kālabhayaṃ (α2, γ) are well attested by the main manuscript groups, but mṛtyubhayaṃ is in the important witnesses of the source text, the Vivekamārtaṇḍa.

Readings

ab omitted in δ3, η1 and η2
sugandhi (α2 β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 ε3) ] sugandho (ε2 χ), om. (δ3 η1 η2)
dehaṃ (α2 β1 βω) ] dehe (δ1 ε3 χ), deho (β2 Γ ε2), om. (δ3 η1 η2)
dhāraṇāt (β1 βω γ1 γ2 δ1 ε2 χ) ] rakṣaṇāt (β2 ε3), om. (δ3 η1 η2)
binduḥ (γ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] bindu (α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 η1)
sthiro (α2 α3 Γ δ1 ε2 η1 η2 χ) ] sthito (β1 β2 βω δ3 ε3)
dehe (cett.) ] deho (Γ)
mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ (α3 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 η1 η2) ] kālabhayaṃ kutaḥ (α2 Γ ε2 χ), jīvanam ucyate (ε3)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 86cd:

yogino ’ṅge sugandhaḥ syāt satataṃ bindudhāraṇāt ||

Vivekamārtaṇḍa 52ad

yāvad binduḥ sthito dehe tāvad mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.112ab

sugandhir yogino dehe jāyate bindudhāraṇāt ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 39

sugandho yogino dehe jāyate bindudhāraṇāt |

yāvad binduḥ sthiro dehe tāvat kālabhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 16.10

tathā coktaṃ granthāntare –

calitaṃ tu svakaṃ bindum ūrdhvam ākuñcya rakṣayet |

sugandho yogināṃ dehe jāyate bindudhāraṇād || iti ||

HP 3.86

चित्तायत्तं नृणां शुक्रं शुक्रायत्तं हि जीवितम्

तस्माच्छुक्रं मनश्चैव रक्षणीयं प्रयत्नतः ॥

cittāyattaṃ nṛṇāṃ śukraṃ śukrāyattaṃ hi jīvitam /

tasmāc chukraṃ manaś caiva rakṣaṇīyaṃ prayatnataḥ //

In men semen is dependent on the mind and life is dependent on semen, so semen and the mind should be carefully guarded.
Readings

cittāyattaṃ (cett.) ] cittamattaṃ (γ1), anāyattaṃ (α3), manodhīnaṃ (β1 β2 βω), manomayaṃ (α2)
śukraṃ (cett.) ] śuklaṃ (α3 βω)
śukrāyattaṃ (cett.) ] śuklāyataṃ (βω), śuklā + + (α3), śukrādhīnaṃ (β1 β2)
hi (β1 βω ε2 η1 η2) ] tu (α2 β2 Γ δ1), ca (δ3 ε3 χ)
jīvitam (cett.) ] jīvanaṃ (β2 γ2)
manaś caiva (cett.) ] manaś caivaṃ (η1), rajaś caiva (η2), rakṣaṇīyaṃ (δ3)
rakṣaṇīyaṃ (cett.) ] yogibhiś ca (δ3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.98

cittāyattaṃ nṛṇāṃ śukraṃ śukrāyattaṃ ca jīvitam |

tasmāc chukraṃ manaś caiva rakṣanīyaṃ prayatnataḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

cittāyattaṃ nṛṇāṃ śukraṃ śukrāyattaṃ ca jīvitam |

tasmāc cittaṃ ca śukraṃ ca rakṣaṇīyaṃ prayatnataḥ ||

HP 3.87

ऋतुमत्या ऽप्येवं स्त्रिया बिन्दुं रक्षयेत्

मेढ्रेणाकर्षयेदूर्ध्वं सम्यगभ्यासयोगतः

ṛtumatyā ’py evaṃ striyā binduṃ ca rakṣayet /

meḍhreṇākarṣayed ūrdhvaṃ samyagabhyāsayogataḥ //

In this way a [the yogi] may also hold on to [both] the menses of a menstruating woman and his semen. By practising correctly he may draw up [both] through the urethra by the proper practice.
Philological Commentary

We have understood the reading of ṛtumatyā as qualifying striyāḥ (i.e.,`a menstruating woman’). Alternatively, the term ṛtumati could mean a post-pubescent woman.

Readings

ṛtumatyā (β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 χ) ] bindumadhye (δ1 δ3 η1 η2)
’py evaṃ (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] thevaṃ (βω), py eva (η2), strījaṃ (β1)
striyā (Γ) ] bījaṃ (δ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2), vīryaṃ (α2), jīvaṃ (δ3), nijaṃ (χ), svīyaṃ (β1), jayaṃ (βω), biṃduṃ (β2)
binduṃ (cett.) ] bindu (β1 βω η2), rakṣe (β2)
ca (cett.) ] tu (β2 ε2 η1), pra° (δ3)
rakṣayet (cett.) ] rakṣayan (βω), taṃnnayet (δ1), °pālayet (δ3), yogavit (β2)
meḍhreṇā (cett.) ] meḍhreṇa (δ1 δ3 ε3), meḍhrā (γ1), meḍhrām ā (η2)
karṣayed (cett.) ] karṣayad (βω), kuṃcayed (η2)
yogataḥ (Γ δ1 δ3 η1) ] yogavān (α3 β1 βω ε2 ε3), yogavit (η2 χ), pāṭavāt (α2 β2)

Testimonia
Haṭhratnāvalī 2.100cd

ṛtumatyā rajo ’py evaṃ rajo binduṃ ca rakṣayet ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p.39

ṛtumatyā rajo ’py evaṃ bijaṃ binduṃ ca rakṣayet |

meḍhreṇākarṣayed ūrdhvaṃ samyagabhyāsayogavit || 59 ||

HP 3.87*1

अयं योगः पुण्यवतां धन्यानां तत्त्वशालिनाम्

निर्मत्सराणां सिध्येत न तु मत्सरशालिनाम्*

ayaṃ yogaḥ puṇyavatāṃ dhanyānāṃ tattvaśālinām /

nirmatsarāṇāṃ sidhyeta na tu matsaraśālinām // *

This yoga succeeds for those who have merit, are fortunate, abide in truth, and are without jealousy, not for those who are jealous.
Philological Commentary

This verse is omitted in α2 and α3 (and the folio on which it would be found is missing in α1).

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā; c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

ab omitted in α2 α3
cd omitted in α2 α3 and δ3
dhanyānāṃ (cett.) ] dhīrāṇāṃ (χ)
śālinām (β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η1) ] śālinaṃ (βω ε2), sattināṃ (γ1), darśinām (η2 χ)
sidhyeta (β1 βω γ1 δ1 ε2 ε3 η1) ] siddheta (γ2), vai sidhyen (χ), siddhet (η2), siddhānāṃ (β2)
śālinām (β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 ε3 η1 χ) ] śālinaṃ (ε2), śīlinām (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 176

ayaṃ yogaḥ puṇyavatāṃ dhanyānāṃ tattvaśalinām |

nirmatsarāṇāṃ sidhyeta na tu mātsaryaśālinām ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.110

ayaṃ yogaḥ puṇyavatāṃ dhanyānāṃ tattvaśālinām |

nirmatsarāṇāṃ sidhyeta na tu matsaraśālinām ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā pp. 40-41

ayaṃ yāgaḥ puṇyavatāṃ dhīrāṇāṃ tattvadarśinām |

nirmatsarāṇāṃ sidhyeta na tu mātsaryaśālinām ||

HP 3.88

अथ सहजोली(γ2, η2 and χ)

सहजोली चामरोली वज्रोल्या एव भेदतः

atha sahajolī / (γ2, η2 and χ)

sahajolī cāmarolī vajrolyā eva bhedataḥ //

Sahajolī and amarolī are varieties of vajrolī.
Philological Commentary

These two pādas introduce the practices of sahajolī and amarolī, which are described in the verses that follow it. The α and β groups omit the headings for sahajolī and amarolī. Since 3.88 introduces these practices, the headings are probably not original.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

atha sahajolī (γ2 η2) ] atha sahajoliḥ (χ)
sahajolī (α2 β2 δ1 δ3 η1 η2) ] sahajoliś (βω Γ ε2 ε3 χ), sahajolāṃś (β1), sahajaś (α3)
cāmarolī (α2 β1 β2 δ1 δ3) ] cāmaroli (βω ε2), cāmarolir (ε3 χ), vāmarolī (η2), cāmarolī ca (η1), cāmaroliś ca (Γ), camaronauḷi (α3)
vajrolyā (cett.) ] vajrolyante (δ1 δ3), vajrolī (β2)
eva bhedataḥ (α2 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1) ] ekabhedataḥ (η2), bheda ekataḥ (χ), prakīrtitā (δ1), pracodyate (δ3)

Sources
Cf. Dattātreyayogaśāstra 31cd

vajrolir amaroliś ca sahajolis tridhā matā |

Śivasaṃhitā 4.95ab

sahajolyamarolī ca vajrolyā bhedato bhavet |

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.113cd

atha sahajoliḥ -

sahajolī cāmarolī vajrolyā eva bhedataḥ ||

Haṭhayogasamhitā p.40

sahajoliś cāmarolir vajrolyā bheda eva te |

HP 3.89

जलेषु भस्म निक्षिप्य दग्धगोमयसम्भवं

वज्रोलीमैथुनादूर्ध्वं स्त्रीपुंसोः स्वाङ्गलेपनम् ॥

jaleṣu bhasma nikṣipya dagdhagomayasambhavaṃ /

vajrolīmaithunād ūrdhvaṃ strīpuṃsoḥ svāṅgalepanam //

After intercourse using vajrolī, the woman and man should put ash made from burnt cow dung in water [and] smear their bodies [with it...]
Philological Commentary

Some manuscripts, including α2 and α3 (missing in α1), omit 3.89ab. We have included it because in the Dattātreyayogaśāstra, the source of this verse, 3.89ab specifies the substance mentioned in 3.89cd that the man and woman are supposed to rub into their bodies after sexual intercourse. In the Dattātreyayogaśāstra’s teaching on sahajolī (163 and 181–183) a rag is used to wipe up the residue of a mixture of semen and sweat that has been rubbed into the body, and then soaked in a paste of water and ash before being rubbed over the body. Although the plural in 3.89a is awkward, jaleṣu was probably the result of Svātmārāma removing the pronoun from the compound tajjale in the Dattātreyayogaśāstra’s verse because it has no referent in the Haṭhapradīpikā’s compilation.

Readings

ab omitted in α2 α3, β1 β2 βω and γ1
jaleṣu bhasma (γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] jale subhasma (χ), jale bhasmani (δ3)
nikṣipya (δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] niḥkṣipya (γ2)
dagdha (γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] dagdhaṃ (ε2)
sambhavaṃ (γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] sambhave (δ3)
vajrolīmaithunād (cett.) ] vajroḷimithunād (ε3)
strīpuṃsoḥ (γ2 ε2 η1 η2 χ) ] strīpuṃso (α2 βω), puṃsostrī (β1), strīpuṃsā (γ1), strīpuṃsau (ε3), strīpuṃsoś (β2 δ1 δ3)
svāṅga (α2 β1 Γ ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] svāṃgu (βω), cāṃga (β2 δ1 δ3)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 182

tajjale bhasma saṃkṣipya dagdhagomayasaṃbhavam |

vajrolīmaithunād ūrdhvaṃ strīpuṃsor aṅgalepanam ||

182a tajjale bhasma saṃkṣipya ] M2; tajjale bhasmasāt kṣipya M1, tajjale bhasma saddravyaṃ A

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.114

jale subhasma nikṣipya dagdhagomayasaṃbhavam |

vajrolīmaithunād ūrdhvaṃ strīpuṃsoś cāṅgalepanam ||

Haṭhayogasamhitā p.40

jale subhasma nikṣipya dagdhagomayasambhavam ||

vajrolī maithunād ūrdhvaṃ strīpuṃsoḥ svāṅgalepanam |

HP 3.90

आसीनयोः सुखेनैव मुक्तव्यापारयोः क्षणम्

सहजोलीरियं प्रोक्ता श्रद्धेया योगिभिः सदा ॥

āsīnayoḥ sukhenaiva muktavyāpārayoḥ kṣaṇam /

sahajolīr iyaṃ proktā śraddheyā yogibhiḥ sadā //

[...] while sitting at complete ease, having just finished intercourse. This is called sahajolī. It is always to be trusted by yogis.
Philological Commentary

We have understood the repha in sahajolīr iyam as a hiatus bridge. Elsewhere the nominative of this name is found only as sahajolī or sahajoliḥ.

Readings

āsīnayoḥ (cett.) ] anenaiva (ε3)
sukhenaiva (cett.) ] mukhenaiva (η2)
vyāpārayoḥ (β1 β2 Γ δ3 ε3 η1 χ) ] vyāpārayo (ε2 η2), vyāpāramo (βω), vyāpārala° (δ1)
kṣaṇam (β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] kṣaṇāt (Γ χ)
sahajolīr (α2 β1 γ2 δ1 δ3 η1 η2) ] sahajolir (βω γ1 ε2 ε3 χ), sahajolī (β2)
śraddheyā (β1 βω χ) ] śraddhayā (α2 α3 β2 δ1 δ3 η1), sādhyeyā (η2), siddhaye (ε3), sevyate (Γ ε2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 183

āsīnayoḥ sukhenaiva muktavyāparayoḥ kṣaṇam |

sahajolī ca saṃproktā śraddheyā yogibhiḥ sadā ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.115

āsīnayoḥ sukhenaiva muktavyāpārayoḥ kṣaṇam |

sahajolir iyaṃ proktā kartavyā yogibhiḥ sadā ||

Haṭhasaṃhitā p. 40

āsīnayoḥ sukhenaiva muktavyāpārayoḥ kṣaṇāt ||

sahajolir iyaṃ proktā śraddheyā yogibhiḥ sadā

HP 3.90*1

अयं शुभकरो योगो भोगे भुक्तेऽपि मुक्तिदः

ayaṃ śubhakaro yogo bhoge bhukte’pi muktidaḥ //

This auspicious yoga bestows liberation even when pleasure has been enjoyed.
Philological Commentary

This line is absent in α2, α3 and γ1 (missing in α1). It may have been adapted from Dattātreyayogaśāstra 179cd (tasmād ayaṃ vakṣyamāṇo bhoge bhukte ’pi muktidaḥ).

Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3 and γ1
bhoge (β1 βω γ2 ε3 η2) ] bhoga (β2 ε2 η1 χ), yoga (δ3), gap (δ1)
bhukte (βω γ2 ε3 η2) ] yukte (β1), yukto (χ), mukte (ε2), mukti (δ1 δ3 η1), yoge (β2)
’pi muktidaḥ (β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] vimuktidaḥ (δ3 η1), pradāyakaḥ (δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 40

ayaṃ śubhakaro yogī bhogayukto’pi muktidaḥ ||

HP 3.91

अथ अमरोली(γ2, Δ, ε3, η2 and χ)

पित्तोल्बणत्वात्प्रथमाम्बुधारां

विहाय निःसारतयान्त्यधाराम् ।

निषेव्यते शीतलमध्यधारा

कापालिकैः खण्डमतैरमर्याः*

atha amarolī / (γ2, Δ, ε3, η2 and χ)

pittolbaṇatvāt prathamāmbudhārāṃ

vihāya niḥsāratayāntyadhārām /

niṣevyate śītalamadhyadhārā

kāpālikaiḥ khaṇḍamatair amaryāḥ // *

Leaving out the first flow of urine because of its excessive heat and the last flow because it is worthless, the cool middle flow of urine is used by Kāpālikas of the Khaṇḍa school.
Philological Commentary

We understand `Kāpālikas of the Khaṇḍa school’ (kāpālikair khaṇḍamataiḥ) to be referring to followers of the Khaṇḍakāpālika who is mentioned in the list of siddhas given at 1.5–9, pace Marcinkowska-Rosół and Sellmer (2021: 105–108) who understand khaṇḍamataiḥ to mean `whose doctrine is defective’.

Metre: Upajāti
Readings

Stanza omitted in γ1
atha amarolī (γ2 η2) ] athāmarolī (χ), āthamāroḷi (ε3), tatrāmarolī (δ1 δ3)
pittolbaṇatvāt (α3 β1 βω δ1 δ3 ε3 η1 χ) ] pītvā aṇut (β2), virttaṇatvāḍyat (ε2), vihāya nityāṃ (η2), vihāya nīv .. ḥ (γ2)
prathamāmbu (δ3 η1 χ) ] prathamāṃ ca (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2), prathamaṃ ca (α3 γ2), prathamaṃ vi (βω), prathamāṃ (δ1)
dhārāṃ (cett.) ] om. (δ1)
niḥsāratayāntya (β1 δ1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] niḥsārabhayāntya (δ3), niḥsāralayāṃtya (γ2), niḥsārayāṃtya (βω), niḥsmāratayāṃtya (ε2), niḥsāratapāṃśu (β2)
niṣevyate (cett.) ] niṣevite (β2), niḥsevyate (β1 η1), nikhyevyate (βω)
dhārā (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] dhārāṃ (β2 γ2 δ3 η1), dhārāḥ (δ1)
kāpālikaiḥ (β1 βω δ1 δ3 ε2) ] kapālikaiḥ (γ2 ε3 η1 η2), kapālakaiḥ (β2), kāpālike (χ)
khaṇḍamatair (β1 β2 βω η1) ] khaṃḍamitair (ε2), khaṃḍamate (ε3 χ), kaṃṭhamaṭhair (δ1 δ3), kuṃṭhamatair (γ2 η2)
amaryāḥ (δ1 δ3 ε2) ] amaryā (β1 β2), aryā (βω), amedhyā (η2), amedhyāṃ (γ2), amedhya (η1), ’marolī (χ), ’maroḷi (ε3)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.116

athāmarolī

vihāya nityāṃ prathamāṃ ca dhārāṃ

vihāya niḥsāratayāntyadhārām |

niṣevyate śītalamadhyadhārāṃ

kāpālikaiḥ khaṇḍamatair anarghyām ||

vihāya nityāṃ ] pittolbaṇatvāt v.l.

anarghyām ] anarghyā

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 16.17

athāmarolī –

pittolbaṇatvāt prathamāṃ ca dhārāṃ

vihāya niḥsāratayāntyadhārām |

niṣevyate śītamadhyadhārā

kāpālikaiḥ khaṇḍamate ’marolī ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 41

pittolvaṇatvāt prathamāmbudhārāṃ

niṣevyate śītalamadhyadhārā |

vihāya niḥsāratayāntyadhārāṃ

kāpālike khaṇḍamate ’marolī ||

HP 3.92

अमरीं यः पिबेन्नित्यं नस्यं कुर्वन् दिने दिने ।

वज्रोलीं चाभ्यसेदेवममरोलीति कथ्यते*

amarīṃ yaḥ piben nityaṃ nasyaṃ kurvan dine dine /

vajrolīṃ cābhyased evam amarolīti kathyate //*

[The yogi] who regularly imbibes urine, taking it by the nose every day, practises vajrolī thus. This is called amarolī.
Readings

Stanza omitted in γ1
amarīṃ (γ2 δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] amarī (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η1), amariṃ (β2)
yaḥ (β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] yo (γ2 η2)
piben (cett.) ] piban (δ3)
nasyaṃ kurvan (β2 βω δ1 χ) ] naśyaṃ kurvan (α3 ε2 ε3), tṛśya kurvan (β1), na saṃkurvan (δ3), nasyaṃ kuryād (α2 η1), tasya kuryā (γ2), tasthaṃ kuryād (η2)
vajrolīṃ cā (α3 δ1 δ3) ] vajrolī cā (βω ε2 ε3 η1), vajrolī vā (β1), vajrolīm a (γ2 η2 χ), vajrolī ka (β2)
bhyased evam (α2 α3) ] bhyasec ceyam (δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3), bhyaset seyam (βω), bhyasevoyam (β1), bhyasen nityaṃ (η1), bhyaset satve (γ2), bhyasec chattve (η2), bhyaset samyak (χ), thyate seyam (β2)
amarolīti (cett.) ] sāmarolīti (χ), amaroḷīṃ tu (ε3)
kathyate (cett.) ] kalpayet (ε3), kasyate (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 180c–181b

amarīṃ yaḥ piben nityaṃ nasyaṃ kurvan dine dine ||

vajrolīm abhyasec ceyam amarolīti kathyate |

181a abhyaset ceyam] em.; abhyasec chrayam M1, abhyaset yeyam A, abhyasec caivam M2

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.117

amarīṃ yaḥ piben nityaṃ nasyaṃ kuryād dine dine |

vajrolīm abhyasen nityam amarolīti kathyate ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā 65 (p.41)

amarīṃ yaḥ piben nityaṃ nasyaṃ kurvan dine dine |

vajrolīm abhyaset samyag amarolīti kathyate ||

HP 3.92*1

पुंसो बिन्दुं समाकृष्य सम्यगभ्यासपाटवात्

यदि नारी रजो रक्षेद्वज्रोल्या सा हि योगिनी ॥

puṃso binduṃ samākṛṣya samyagabhyāsapāṭavāt /

yadi nārī rajo rakṣed vajrolyā sā hi yoginī //

If a woman draws up the semen of a man through skillfulness in the correct practice and retains her menses by means of vajrolī, it is she who is a [true] yoginī.
Philological Commentary

In the first verse quarter, the gerund samākṛṣya (γ) has been adopted, instead of samākuñcya, as it yields a better meaning and is used similarly to ākṛṣya in 3.83. Verses 3.92*1–3 have been greyscaled because they are absent in α3 (and missing in α1), and appear to have been added to the text from the Dattātreyayogaśāstra’s section on vajrolī to provide further details of how a woman practises vajrolī to those found in 3.93–94. The verses are present in α2 after verse 3.87ab where the verse quarter vajrolyā saha yoginī occurs twice (also at 3.93b), which suggests that the version of vajrolī in α2 has been subject to further revision. The fact that 3.92*1–3 are in groups β, γ and η indicates that they were added early in the transmission of the Haṭhapradīpikā.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
puṃso (β1 γ1 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] puṃsor (β2 γ2), puṃsāṃ (βω η1)
binduṃ (cett.) ] bindu (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2)
samākṛṣya (Γ) ] samākuñcya (cett.)
pāṭavāt (β1 β2 δ1 δ3 ε3 χ) ] pāṭavān (βω Γ ε2 η2), pāravān (η1)
vajrolyā (β1 βω γ2 ε2 η1 χ) ] vajrolyāṃ (δ1), vajrolya (δ3), vajrolī (β2), vajroḷi (ε3), saṃyoge (η2), om. (γ1)
sā hi (βω) ] saha (β1 β2 γ2 ε2), sāpi (δ1 ε3 η1 χ), syāpi (δ3), cāpi (η2), om. (γ1)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 169cd

yadi nārī rajo rakṣed vajrolyā sā hi yoginī ||

Testimonia
Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 41

puṃso binduṃ samākuñcya samyagabhyāsapāṭavāt |

yadi nārī rajo rakṣed vajrolyā sā’pi yoginī ||

HP 3.92*2

तस्याः किंचिद्रजो नाशं न गच्छति न संशयः ।

तस्याः शरीरे नादस्तु बिन्दुतामेव गच्छति ॥

tasyāḥ kiṃcid rajo nāśaṃ na gacchati na saṃśayaḥ /

tasyāḥ śarīre nādas tu bindutām eva gacchati //

Assuredly none of her menses is lost. The nāda in her body turns into bindu.
Philological Commentary

On why this verse is in greyscale, see the note to 3.92*1. On nāda and bindu see the note to 3.53.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
cd omitted in γ2
tasyāḥ (β1 β2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] yasyāḥ (ε2), asyāḥ (βω), om. (Γ)
śarīre (cett.) ] śarīra (δ3 ε3), śarīre pi (β1), om. (Γ)
nādas tu (β1 β2 βω δ3 ε2 ε3 η1) ] nādas tat (η2), nādātmā (δ1), nādaś ca (χ), om. (Γ)
bindutām eva (β1 βω δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] bindus tam eva (η2), vyaṃjatām eva (β2), om. (Γ)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 174

tasyās tadā rajo nāśaṃ na gacchati na saṃśayaḥ |

tasyāḥ śarīre nādas tu bindutām eva gacchati || 174 ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.108ab

tasyāḥ śarīre nādas tu bindutām eva gacchati |

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā pp. 41--42

tasyāḥ kiñ cid rajo nāśaṃ na gacchati na saṃśayaḥ |

tasyāḥ śarīre nādaś ca bindutām eva gacchati ||

HP 3.92*3

स बिन्दुस्तद्रजश्चैव एकीभूय स्वदेहजौ

वज्रोल्याभ्यासयोगेन सर्वसिद्धिं प्रकुर्वतः

sa bindus tad rajaś caiva ekībhūya svadehajau /

vajrolyābhyāsayogena sarvasiddhiṃ prakurvataḥ //

The bindu and rajas, which are produced in her own body, become one through vajrolī and bring about complete perfection by means of practice.
Philological Commentary

On why this verse is in greyscale, see the note to 3.92*1.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
ekī (cett.) ] hy ekī (δ3), om. (γ1)
bhūya (β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 χ) ] bhūyaḥ (ε2 η2), bhūtaḥ (η1), bhūta (β1), om. (γ1)
svadehajau (β1 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η1) ] svadehajaiḥ (β2 η2), svadehajam (δ3), sadehajaṃ (δ1), svadehagau (χ), om. (γ1)
vajrolyā (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] vajrolya (γ2 δ1 δ3 χ), om. (γ1)
siddhiṃ (β1 β2 γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] siddhi (βω η1), siddhiḥ (δ3 η2), om. (γ1)
prakurvataḥ (β1 ε2 ε3) ] prakurvate (γ2 δ1 δ3), prayacchataḥ (χ), prayacchati (β2), prajāyate (βω η1 η2), om. (γ1)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 175

sa bindus tad rajaś caiva ekībhūya svadehagau |

vajrolyābhyāsayogena sarvasiddhiḥ prajāyate || 175 ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.108cd--109ab

sa bindus tad rajaś caiva ekīkṛtya svadehajau ||

vajrolyabhyāsayogena yogasiddhiḥ kare sthitā |

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 42

sa bindus tad rajaś caiva ekībhūya svadehagau |

vajrolyabhyāsayogena sarvasiddhiṃ prayacchataḥ ||

HP 3.93

रक्षेदाकुञ्चनेनोर्ध्वं या रजः सा हि योगिनी(α2, α3, γ2, η2 and χ) *

अतीतानागतं वेत्ति खेचरी च भवेद्ध्रुवम्

rakṣed ākuñcanenordhvaṃ yā rajaḥ sā hi yoginī / (α2, α3, γ2, η2 and χ) *

atītānāgataṃ vetti khecarī ca bhaved dhruvam //

It is she who preserves her menses by means of the upward contraction who is the [true] yoginī. She knows the past and the future, and is sure to become a sky-rover (khecarī).
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

rakṣed ākuñcanenordhvaṃ (em.) ] rakṣe[d ā]kuṃcane .. + (α3), rakṣed ākuṃbhanonordhaṃ (α2), rakṣed ākuñcanād ūrdhvaṃ (χ), mehenākuñcanād ūrdhvaṃ (γ2), meḍhrām ākuṃcanād ūrdhvaṃ (η2)
yā rajaḥ sā hi yoginī (χ) ] yā rajaḥ saha yoginī (α2), rajasāpi hi yoginaḥ (γ2 η2)
atītānāgataṃ (cett.) ] atītānāgate (β2), atītānāgatiṃ (ε3), atītānāṃ gatiṃ (ε2), om. (γ1)
khecarī ca (cett.) ] khecarī (δ1), khecarīṃ la° (δ3), khecaraś ca (η2), om. (γ1)
bhaved dhruvam (cett.) ] bhaved dṛḍhaṃ (β1), °bhate dhruvam (δ3), prajāyate (γ2), om. (γ1)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 170ab

atītānāgataṃ vetti khecarī vā bhaved dhruvam |

Testimonia
Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 42

rakṣed ākuñcanād ūrdhvaṃ yā rajaḥ sā hi yoginī |

atītānāgatajñānaṃ khecarī ca bhaved dhruvam ||

HP 3.94

देहसिद्धिं लभते वज्रोल्यभ्यासयोगतः ।

अयं शुभकरो योगो भोगे भुक्तेऽपि मुक्तिदः

dehasiddhiṃ ca labhate vajrolyabhyāsayogataḥ /

ayaṃ śubhakaro yogo bhoge bhukte’pi muktidaḥ //

And she attains perfection of the body as a result of the practice of vajrolī. This auspicious yoga bestows liberation even when pleasure has been enjoyed.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

ab omitted in α2
cd omitted in α2 and Γ
ca (cett.) ] tu (η1), om. (γ1)
labhate (cett.) ] labhyeta (β2), om. (γ1)
vajrolyabhyāsa (α4 γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] vajrolyābhyāsa (β1 β2 βω γ1 ε2 ε3 η1 η2)
ayaṃ śubhakaro yogo (α3 α4) ] ayaṃ puṇyakaro yogo (χ), yasmād ayaṃ sādhakāya (β1 β2 βω), tasmād ayaṃ sādhakāya (δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3), tasmād ayaṃ sādhako’yaṃ (η1), tasmād ayaṃ sādhakānāṃ (η2)
bhoge bhukte’pi muktidaḥ (β1 χ) ] bhoge bhukti <<pi>> muktidaḥ (βω), bhogamukte pi muktidaḥ (ε2), bhogabhukti(yogamukti ac)vimuktidaḥ (δ1), bhogamuktivimuktidaḥ (α3 δ3 η1), bhoge muktivimuktidaḥ (η2), bhogayukto pi muktidaḥ (ε3), bhogayoge pi muktidaḥ (β2), bhyāsyayuktasya muktida (α4)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 179

dehasiddhiṃ ca labhate vajrolyabhyāsayogataḥ |

tasmād ayaṃ vakṣyamāṇo bhoge bhukte ’pi muktidaḥ

179d bhoge bhukte ’pi muktidaḥ ] conj.; bhoge bhukte tv abhuktidaḥ M1, bhogo yogaś ca muktidaḥ AM2

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.111

sarveṣām eva yogānām ayaṃ yogaḥ śubhaṅkaraḥ |

tasmād ayaṃ variṣṭho ’sau bhuktimuktiphalapradaḥ ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 42

dehasiddhiṃ ca labhate vajrolyabhyāsayogataḥ |

ayaṃ puṇyakaro yogo bhoge bhukte ’pi muktidaḥ ||

HP 3.94*1

तस्मात्पुण्यवतामेव अयं योगः प्रसिध्यति*

tasmāt puṇyavatām eva ayaṃ yogaḥ prasidhyati //*

Philological Commentary

This verse is not in α and γ, and seems like an unnecessary repetition of 3.101.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3 and χ
eva (β2 Γ η2) ] evam (β1 βω δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1)
ayaṃ yogaḥ (β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1) ] eṣa yogaḥ (δ1 δ3), yogo’yaṃ (η2)
prasidhyati (β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1) ] saṃprasidhyati (η2)

HP 3.94*2

कुटिलाङ्गी कुण्डलिनी भुजङ्गी शक्तिरीश्वरी

अकुण्डल्य्रुन्धती चेति शब्दाः पर्यायवाचकाः

kuṭilāṅgī kuṇḍalinī bhujaṅgī śaktir īśvarī /

kuṇḍalyarundhatī ceti śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ //

Now the Stimulation of the Goddess (śakticālanam):She whose body is bent (kuṭilāṅgī), she who is coiled (kuṇḍalinī), the female snake (bhujaṅgī), the power (śakti), the goddess (īśvarī), she who is coiled (kuṇḍalī) and Arundhatī: these words are synonyms.
Philological Commentary

The α3 manuscript has a significantly shorter and more coherent version of śakticālana. It omits five introductory verses, of which three are from the Vivekamārtaṇḍa or one of its longer recensions and three have no known source, including one that contains a list of synonyms for kuṇḍalinī. This section is missing in α1 (3.83–3.98) and α2 adds these verses (except 3.94*6) after 3.97, which suggests that they have been inserted from elsewhere. Generally speaking, it appears that some redactors have taken the section on śakticālana in the Haṭhapradīpikā as an opportunity to add material on kuṇḍalinī, in particular her location, shape, and soteriological importance.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
kuṭilāṅgī (β1 β2 βω Δ η1 η2 χ) ] kuṃḍalāṅgī (γ2 ε2 ε3), kundalīgī (γ1)
śaktir īśvarī (β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] śaktir aiśvarī (δ1 δ2), śaktir asvarī (γ1), śaktivardhinī (δ3)
kuṇḍaly (β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] kuṭily (Δ)
arundhatī (cett.) ] aruṃdhīti (β1), ā[ku]ṃḍalī (η1), āceti ruṃ° (η2)
ceti (β1 η1) ] veti (βω), vati (ε2), caiva (ε3), caite (β2 χ), devī (Γ δ1 δ3), dīvī (δ2), dhaṃti (η2)
śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ (cett.) ] śabdā cārvāk vācakāḥ (β1), śabdaḥ paryāyavācakaḥ (δ1 δ3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.125–127

phaṇī kuṇḍalinī nāgī cakrī vakrī sarasvatī |

lalanā rasanā kṣatrī lalāṭī śaktiḥ śaṃkhinī ||

rajvī bhujaṅgī śeṣā ca kuṇḍalī sarpiṇī maṇiḥ |

ādhāraśaktiḥ kuṭilā karālī prāṇavāhinī ||

aṣṭavakrā ṣaḍādhārā vyāpinī kalanādharā ||

kurīty evaṃ ca vikhyātāḥ śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

kuṇḍalāṅgī kuṇḍalinī bhujaṅgī śaktir īśvarī |

kuṭilārundhatī devī śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ ||

Yuktabhavadeva 7.300 (attr.~to the Śivayoga)

kuṭilāṃgī kuṇḍalinī bhujaṅgī śaktir īśvarī |

kuṇḍaly arundhatī devī śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ ||

HP 3.94*3

उद्घाटयेत्कपाटं तु यथा कुञ्चिकया हठात् ।

कुण्डलिन्या तथा योगी मोक्षद्वारं विभेदयेत्*

udghāṭayet kapāṭaṃ tu yathā kuñcikayā haṭhāt /

kuṇḍalinyā tathā yogī mokṣadvāraṃ vibhedayet //*

Just as one might use a key to force open a double door, so the yogi breaks open the door to liberation with kuṇḍalinī.
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
udghāṭayet (cett.) ] udghāṭayati (ε2)
kapāṭaṃ (cett.) ] kapālaṃ (δ3)
tu (cett.) ] om. (ε2)
kuñcikayā (cett.) ] kaṃcukayā (β2)
vibhedayet (cett.) ] prabhedayet (γ1), nirodhayet (γ2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 35

udghāṭayet kapāṭaṃ tu yathā kuñcikayā haṭhāt |

kuṇḍalinyā tathā yogī mokṣadvāraṃ vibhedayet ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

haṭhayoge

udghāṭayet kapāṭaṃ tu yathā kuñcikayā haṭhāt |

kuṇḍalinyā tathā yogī mokṣadvāraṃ vibhedayet ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~110r

tathā coktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ |

udghāṭayet kapāṭaṃ tu yathā kuñcikayā haṭhāt |

kuṇḍalinyā tathā yogī mokṣadvāraṃ vibhedayet ||

HP 3.94*4

येन मार्गेण गन्तव्यं ब्रह्मस्थानं निरामयम् ।

मुखेनाच्छाद्य तद्द्वारं प्रसुप्ता परमेश्वरी ॥

yena mārgeṇa gantavyaṃ brahmasthānaṃ nirāmayam /

mukhenācchādya taddvāraṃ prasuptā parameśvarī //

The supreme goddess sleeps with her mouth covering the opening of the pathway by which the wholesome place of Brahman is reached.
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
mārgeṇa (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] dvāreṇa (Γ Δ)
ācchādya (cett.) ] ākṣādya/ājñādya (δ1), āvādya (ε2)
taddvāraṃ (γ1 δ3 η2) ] tadvāraṃ (β1 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 χ), taṃ dvāraṃ (β2), nadvāraṃ (δ1), tedvāraṃ (δ2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 33

yena mārgeṇa gantavyaṃ brahmasthānaṃ nirāmayam |

mukhenācchādya taddvāraṃ prasuptā parameśvarī ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

yena dvāreṇa gantavyaṃ brahmasthānaṃ nirāmayam |

mukhenācchādya taddvāraṃ prasuptā parameśvarī ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~110r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

yena mārgeṇa gaṃtavyaṃ brahmasthānaṃ nirāmayaṃ |

mukhenācchādya taddvāraṃ prasuptā parameśvarī ||

HP 3.94*5

कन्दोर्ध्वं कुण्डली शक्तिः सुप्ता मोक्षाय योगिनाम् ।

बन्धनाय च मूढानां यस्तां वेत्ति स योगवित् ॥

kandordhvaṃ kuṇḍalī śaktiḥ suptā mokṣāya yoginām /

bandhanāya ca mūḍhānāṃ yas tāṃ vetti sa yogavit //

The coiled goddess, who sleeps above the bulb [in the abdomen], leads to liberation for yogis and bondage for the deluded. He who knows her knows yoga.
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
kandordhvaṃ (β1 Γ ε2 ε3) ] kandordhve (δ1 δ3 η1 η2 χ), kandorddha (βω), kaṃṭhorddhaṃ (β2), kuṇḍovvo (δ2)
śaktiḥ (cett.) ] śakti (βω)
suptā (β1 β2 βω ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] buddhā (Γ δ2 ε2), baddhā (δ1 δ3)
mūḍhānāṃ (cett.) ] mūrkhāṇāṃ (γ2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 39

kandordhvaṃ kuṇḍalī śaktir suptā mokṣāya yoginām |

bandhanāya ca mūḍhānāṃ yas tāṃ vetti sa yogavit ||

suptā mokṣāya yoginām ] VTvlH; aṣṭadhā kuṃḍalīkṛtā A, aṣṭadhā kuṇḍalākṛtiḥ GLGPk, śubhamokṣāpradāyinī GB, śubhā mokṣapradāyinī GP, aṣṭadhā kuṭilīkṛtā T

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

kandordhve kuṇḍalī śaktir buddhā mokṣāya yoginām |

bandhanāya ca mūḍhānāṃ yas tām vetti sa yogavit ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~110r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

kandordhvaṃ kuḍalī śakti suptā mokṣāya yogināṃ |

bandhanāya ca mūḍhānāṃ yas taṃ vetti sa yogavit ||

HP 3.94*6

अम्भोधिशैलद्वीपानामाधारः शेषकुण्डली ।

अशेषयोगतन्त्राणामाधारः कुण्डली तथा

ambhodhiśailadvīpānām ādhāraḥ śeṣakuṇḍalī /

aśeṣayogatantrāṇām ādhāraḥ kuṇḍalī tathā //

[Just as] the coiled serpent Ananta (śeṣa-kuṇḍalī) is the foundation of the oceans, mountains and islands, so kuṇḍalinī is the foundation of all systems of yoga.
Philological Commentary

This verse is similar to 3.1.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ma-vipulā)
Readings

ab omitted in α2 α3 and χ
cd omitted in α2 α3, η1 and χ
ambhodhi (cett.) ] om. (α2 α3 χ)
śailadvīpānām (β1 βω Γ ε3 η1 η2) ] śailordvagānām (β2), plauladvīpānām (ε2), dvīpaśailānām (Δ), om. (α2 α3 χ)
ādhāraḥ (cett.) ] ādharaḥ (γ2), ādhāraṃ (ε2), om. (α2 α3 χ)
tantrāṇām (cett.) ] jagatām (η2), om. (α2 α3 η1 χ)
kuṇḍalī tathā (cett.) ] kuṇḍalī yathā (δ1), śeṣakuṇḍalī (ε3), om. (α2 α3 η1 χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

ambhodhiśailadvīpānām ādhāraḥ śeṣakuṇḍalī |

aśeṣayogatantrāṇām ādhāraḥ kuṇḍalī tathā ||

HP 3.94*7

कुण्डली कुटिलाकारा सर्पवत्परिकीर्तिता ।

सा शक्तिश्चालिता येन स मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥

kuṇḍalī kuṭilākārā sarpavat parikīrtitā /

sā śaktiś cālitā yena sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ //

Kuṇḍalinī is said to have a curved shape like a snake. The person who makes that goddess move is sure to be liberated.
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
kuṭilākārā (β1 βω Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] kuṃḍilākārā (ε3), kuṃḍalākārā (η1), kuṭilākarī (η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78v–79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

kuṇḍalī kuṭilākārā sarpavat parikīrtitā |

sā śaktiś cālitā yena sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 3.95

अथ शक्तिचालनम्

गङ्गायमुनयोर्मध्ये बालरण्डा तपस्विनी

बलात्कारेण गृह्णीयात् तद्विष्णोः परमं पदम् ॥

atha śakticālanam /

gaṅgāyamunayor madhye bālaraṇḍā tapasvinī /

balātkāreṇa gṛhṇīyāt tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam //

Between the Gaṅgā and Yamuna is the wretched young widow. [The yogi] should forcefully take [her]. That is the supreme state of Viṣṇu.
Philological Commentary

The referent of bālaraṇḍā tapasvinī, here is unclear. In some manuscripts this verse is followed by one in which bālaraṇḍā is identified as sarasvatī, which in the context of śakticālana could refer to the tongue. She could also bekuṇḍalinī, who in 3.94*5 is located at the navel, which is said to be the location of Viṣṇu (e.g.~Dhyāna-bindū-paniṣat 28-30). In his commentary on this verse in the Bodhasāra (1906: 137), Divākara says that the seizing of kuṇḍalinī itself is the highest state of Viṣṇu (... bālaraṇḍāṃ ... gṛhṇīyād vaśīkuryāt tat tasyā vaśīkaraṇam eva viṣṇor vyāpana-lakṣa-nasya paramā-tmanaḥ paramaṃ kevalaṃ ... padaṃ svarūpaṃ jñeyam). Verse 3.95*1, which has no known source, simply identifies the technical terms in 3.95, namely, gaṅgā, yamunā and bālaraṇḍā as iḍā, piṅgalā and sarasvatī. It is absent in the α manuscripts and probably crept into the text as a marginal note early in the transmission.

Readings

atha (α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 η1 η2 χ) ] om. (Γ Δ ε3)
śakticālanam (α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 η1 χ) ] śaktiyānaṃ (γ1), śakti (η2), om. (ε3)
bālaraṇḍā (cett.) ] bālaraṇḍāṃ (β1 χ)
tapasvinī (cett.) ] tapaśvinī (ε2), tapaścānī (δ1), tapasvinīm (χ), sarasvatī (β1 β2)

Sources
Cf.~Śivasaṃhitā 5.169

gaṅgāyamunayor madhye vahaty eṣā sarasvatī |

tāsāṃ tu saṃgame snātvā dhanyo yāti parāṃ gatim

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

gaṅgāyamunayor madhye bālaraṇḍā tapasvinī |

balātkāreṇa gṛhṇīyāt tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam ||

Prāṇatoṣiṇī Part 6 (attr.~to the Dattātreyasaṃhitā)

gaṅgāyamunayor madhye bālāraṇḍā tapasvinī |

balād ākṛṣya gṛhnīyāt tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam ||

HP 3.95*1

इडा भगवती गङ्गा पिङ्गला यमुना नदी ।

इडापिङ्गलयोर्मध्ये बालरण्डा सरस्वती(β2, βω, γ2, η1, η2 and χ)

iḍā bhagavatī gaṅgā piṅgalā yamunā nadī /

iḍāpiṅgalayor madhye bālaraṇḍā sarasvatī // (β2, βω, γ2, η1, η2 and χ)

Readings

sarasvatī (β2 βω γ2 η1 η2) ] ca kuṇḍalī (χ)

HP 3.96

पुच्छं प्रगृह्य भुजगीं सुप्तामुद्बोधयेदभीः

निद्रां विहाय सा ऋज्वी ऊर्ध्वमुत्तिष्ठते हठात्

pucchaṃ pragṛhya bhujagīṃ suptām udbodhayed abhīḥ /

nidrāṃ vihāya sā ṛjvī ūrdhvam uttiṣṭhate haṭhāt //

Seizing her tail, the fearless [yogi] wakes the sleeping serpent. She shakes off sleep and is forced to stand up straight.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

pucchaṃ (cett.) ] pucche (δ2 η2 χ)
pragṛhya (β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2 η2 χ) ] nigṛhya (ε3), gṛhya (η1)
bhujagīṃ (β2 γ2 Δ) ] bhujagī (β1), bhujaṃgī (βω γ1), bhujaṃgīṃ (η2), bhujaṃgīva (η1), illeg. (ε2)
udbodhayed (β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ2 ε3 η2) ] udbodhayec (η1 χ), udyodhayeṃd (α3), uddyotayed (δ3), udrodhyamed (γ1), udvdhoyed (sic!) (β1), illeg. (ε2)
abhīḥ (α3 Γ) ] abhī (β1), abhiḥ (ε3), api (Δ), ca tām (βω η1 η2 χ), balāt (β2), illeg. (ε2)
ṛjvī (cett.) ] ṛjvīṃ (γ2), ṛjvīm (α3 β2 δ1), rījvīm (β1), rujvīm (βω), rajvī (ε2), śaktir (χ)
ūrdhvam (cett.) ] kurddham (ε2)
uttiṣṭhate (cett.) ] ākṛṣyate (ε2)
haṭhāt (cett.) ] kṣaṇāt (β2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.118

pucche pragṛhya bhujagīṃ suptām udbodhayed abhīḥ |

nidrāṃ vihāya sā ṛjvī ūrdhvam uttiṣṭhate haṭhāt ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

pucchaṃ pragṛhya bhujagīṃ suptām udbodhayed abhi |

nidrāṃ vihāya sā ṛjvī ūrdhvam uttiṣṭhate haṭhāt ||

HP 3.96*1

परिस्थिता चैव फणावती सा

प्रातश्च सायं प्रहरार्धमात्रं

प्रपूर्य सूर्यात्परिधानयुक्त्या

प्रगृह्य नित्यं परिचालनीया

paristhitā caiva phaṇāvatī sā

prātaś ca sāyaṃ praharārdhamātraṃ /

prapūrya sūryāt paridhānayuktyā

pragṛhya nityaṃ paricālanīyā //

The yogi should regularly move the coiled (paristhitā), hooded [serpent] by breathing in through the sun channel and holding her using a cloth for an hour and a half in the morning and evening.
Philological Commentary

Verses 3.96*1–2 are absent in α1 and α2. They introduce the idea of awakening kụṇḍalinī by moving the tongue with a cloth, which is a practice called sarasvatīcālana in the Gorakṣaśataka (16–25). These verses do not have a known source and are somewhat obscure unless one is one aware of the more coherent explanation of this practice in the Gorakṣaśataka. In his Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (see testimonia), Sundaradeva makes sense of this verse by equating the tongue with kuṇḍalinī. This enables him to understand the reference to the cloth (paridhāna) as the technique of wrapping the tongue in a cloth and milking it, which is a practice called sarasvatīcālana in the Gorakṣaśataka (16–25). This interpretation also makes sense of the next verse in the Haṭhapradīpikā (3.11), which describes the cloth.

Metre: Upajāti
Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
paristhitā caiva (β2 Γ Δ ε2) ] paristhitasyaiva (ε3), paristhitā [sai]va (η1), pravistṛtasyava (β1), pṛṣṭisthitasyaiva (βω), avasthitasya (η2), avasthitā caiva (χ)
phaṇāvatī sā (cett.) ] phaṇāvatīva sā (δ3), phaṇāryayāṃtīyaṃ (η2)
prātaś ca sāyaṃ (cett.) ] prātas tu sāyaṃ (ε3), sāyaṃ ca prātaḥ (δ2)
mātraṃ (cett.) ] rātraṃ (β1 βω)
prapūrya (cett.) ] prapūrvva (γ1), prasūrya (η1), prasārya (β1 β2 η2)
sūryāt (β1 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] sauryā (δ1), saudhā (δ3), sācāryya (β2), tesau (δ2), ryāṣṇut (η2)
paridhāna (cett.) ] paridhāya (βω), mavidhāna (β1), vidhāna (β2)
yuktyā (β1 β2 η2 χ) ] yuktā (βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1), muktā (Δ)
nityaṃ paricālanīyā (β2 χ) ] niryāt paricālanīyā (β1 βω), niryāt paricālanīyāt (ε2), niryātya paricālanīyā (ε3), niyāt* pavicālinī sā (γ1), niryāty avicālinī sā (γ2 Δ), teyā paricālanīy[ai] (η1), paricālanīyā (η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

paristhitā caiva phaṇāvatī sā

prātaś ca sāyaṃ praharārdhamātram |

prapūrya sauryā paridhānamuktā

pragṛhya niryāti vicālitā sā ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~110v-111r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tadvidhim āha |

paristhitā caiva phaṇāvatī sā

prātaś ca sāyaṃ praharārdhamātraṃ |

prapūrya sūryāt paridhānayuktā

pragṛhya tīrthāt paricālanīyā ||

paridhān[a]yukteti dvādaśāṅgulapramitasitasūkṣmacaturaṅgulavisṛtaśuddhavastrakhaṇḍena dṛḍhaṃ veṣṭatā sā prasiddhā [ph]aṇāvatī suṣumṇātmakā arundhatī jihvaiva kuṇḍalinī || uktaṃ ca ||

arundhatī bhavej jihvā dhruvo nāsāgramaṇḍalam iti ||

tāṃ jihvāṃ laṃbikāyogenordhvaṃ tālvantarbhrūmadhyadeśe vihitāṃ tatas tīrthād bhrūmadhyāt pragṛhya adhaḥ kṛtvā tasyā gurūpadiṣṭavartmanā cālanaṃ vidheyam iti saṃketaḥ [|] cālanaṃ tu khecarī mudrā sādhanavad vidheyaṃ [|] tīrthaṃ bhrūmadhyaḥ [|]

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 44.5

paristhitasyeha phaṇāvatī sā

prātastu sāyaṃ praharārdhamātram |

prapūrya sūryāt paridhānayuktā

pragṛhya niryāt paricālanīyā ||

HP 3.96*2

वितस्तिप्रमितं दीर्घं विस्तारे चतुरङ्गुलम् ।

मृदुलं धवलं प्रोक्तं वेष्टनाम्बरलक्षणम् ॥

vitastipramitaṃ dīrghaṃ vistāre caturaṅgulam /

mṛdulaṃ dhavalaṃ proktaṃ veṣṭanāmbaralakṣaṇam //

It is said that the characteristics of the cloth for wrapping around [the tongue] are that it measures a handspan in length and four fingerbreadths in width, and is soft and white.
Philological Commentary

This verse was likely added to explain `by the method of the cloth’ (paridhānayuktyā) in the previous verse. One would expect to read caturaṅgulavistāram in the second verse quarter, and the current reading is probably a result of the metre.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α2 α3
vitastipramitaṃ dīrghaṃ (β2 Γ Δ η2) ] vitastipramitaṃ dairghyaṃ (βω ε2), vitastipramita-dairghyaṃ (ε3 η1), vitastipramitaṃ divyaṃ (β1), ūrdhvaṃ vitastimātraṃ tu (χ)
vistāre (β1 γ2 ε2) ] vistāraṃ (β2 βω γ1 Δ ε3 η1 η2 χ)
mṛdulaṃ (cett.) ] mṛlaṃ (δ1)
dhavalaṃ (cett.) ] pavanaṃ (δ3)
veṣṭanāmbara (β1 ε3 η1 η2) ] veṣṭanāṃvala (γ2), vaṣṭanāṃcara (γ1 ε2), vaṣṭanāṃba (β2), vaṣṭanāṃ (ε2), veṣṭatāṃvara (βω), veṣṭitāmbara (χ), veṣṭanādhāra (Δ)

Sources
Cf.~Gorakṣaśataka 20cd

dvādaśāṅguladairghyaṃ cāmbaraṃ caturaṅgulam

Testimonia
Yogabīja 81 (South Indian recension)

vitastipramitaṃ dairghyaṃ vistāre caturaṅgulam |

mṛdulaṃ dhavalaṃ proktaṃ veṣṭanāmbaralakṣaṇam ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~74r (attr.~to the Yogabīja in the context of khecarīmudrā)

yogabīje—

vitastipramitaṃ dīrgha[ṃ] vistāraṃ caturaṅgulam |

mṛdulaṃ dhavalaṃ proktaṃ veṣṭanādhāralakṣaṇam ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 44

vitastipramitaṃ dīrghaṃ vistāre caturaṅgulam |

mṛdulaṃ dhavalaṃ sūkṣmaṃ veṣṭanāmbaralakṣaṇam ||

HP 3.97

* वज्रासनस्थितो योगी चालयित्वा तु कुण्डलीम् ।

कुर्यादनन्तरं भस्त्रीं कुण्डलीमाशु बोधयेत्

* vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṇḍalīm /

kuryād anantaraṃ bhastrīṃ kuṇḍalīm āśu bodhayet //

Sitting in vajrāsana, the yogī should make kuṇḍalinī move and immediately afterwards perform bhastrī. He quickly awakens kuṇḍalinī.
Philological Commentary

Bhastrī or bhastrikā kumbhaka is taught at 2.60–68.The reference to vajrāsana may be pointing to the practice of uḍḍiyāna, which was described earlier in the chapter and is supposed to awaken kuṇḍalinī. The contraction of the sun mentioned in the next verse supports this.

Readings

vajrāsana (cett.) ] vajrāsane (β2 χ)
cālayitvā (cett.) ] vārayitvā (β1)
tu (β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2) ] ca (ε3 η2 χ), om. (η1)
ante kuryād add.sūryabhedāt (γ1 δ2 δ3)
kuryād (β1 β2 βω η1 η2 χ) ] sūryād (Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3), tathā (δ2)
anantaraṃ (cett.) ] vanara (γ1), sūryāt (δ2)
bhastrīṃ (β1 ε3 η2) ] bhastrī (γ1 Δ), bhasrī (γ2), bhastri (βω ε2), bhastrāṃ (β2 χ), illeg. (η1), om. (δ2)
kuṇḍalīm āśu bodhayet (cett.) ] om. (δ2)

Testimonia
Yogabīja 111 (South Indian recension)

vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṇḍalīm |

kuryād anantaraṃ bhastrāṃ kuṇḍalīṃ āśu bodhayet ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṇḍalīm |

sūryād anantaraṃ bhastrā kuṇḍalīm āśu bodhayet ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~111r

vajrāsanasthito yogī cālayitvā tu kuṃḍalīṃ |

sūryād anantaraṃ bhastrī kuṃḍalīm āśu bodhayet ||

HP 3.98

भानोराकुञ्चनं कुर्यात् कुण्डलीं चालयेत्ततः

मृत्युवक्त्रगतस्यापि तस्य मृत्युभयं कुतः ॥

bhānor ākuñcanaṃ kuryāt kuṇḍalīṃ cālayet tataḥ /

mṛtyuvaktragatasyāpi tasya mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ //

[The yogi] should contract the sun and then make kuṇḍalinī move. Even if he is in the jaws of death, why would he fear death?
Philological Commentary

In Jyotsnā 3.116, Brahmānanda understands bhānor ākuñcanaṃ as a contraction of the navel, whereas Sundaradeva in his Haṭhasaṃketacandrikā (see testimonia) interprets it as drawing prāṇa through the sun channel (sūryanāḍyākarṣaṇa), thereby intensifiying the bodily fire.

Readings

bhānor (cett.) ] bhānur (β1), om. (δ2)
ākuñcanaṃ kuryāt (cett.) ] ākuñcanaṃ pu(?)ryāt (δ1), ākuṃcanaivaṃ (η1), ākuñcanenaiva (η2), om. (δ2)
cālayet (cett.) ] bodhayet (α1)
tataḥ (cett.) ] tadā (η2)
mṛtyu (cett.) ] mṛtyor (η2)
vaktra (cett.) ] vaktraṃ (βω)

Testimonia
Yogabīja 83 (South Indian recension)

bhānor ākuñcanaṃ kuryāt kuṇḍalīṃ cālayet tataḥ |

mṛtyuvartmagatasyāpi tasya mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

mṛtyuvartma° ] mṛtyuvaktra°, mṛtyuvajra°, mṛtyupadma° v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

bhānor ākuñcanaṃ kuryāt kuṇḍalīṃ cālayet tataḥ |

mṛtyuvaktragatasyāpi tasya mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (of Sundaradeva) f.~111r

bhānor ākuñcanaṃ kuryāt kuṃḍalīṃ cālayet svataḥ |

mṛtyuvakragatasyāpi tasya mṛtyu[bha]yaṃ kutaḥ ||

asyārthaḥ sūryanāḍyākarṣaṇena vahneḥ prācuryaṃ tasmāj jvalanatejasā apānavāyvākarṣaṇena vā kuṇḍalyābodho bhavati [|] tasya śakticālanakṛtābhyāsasya mṛtyubhayaṃ kuta iti [||]

HP 3.98*1

नासादक्षिणमार्गवाहिपवनो प्राणेऽतिदीर्घीकृते

चन्द्राम्भःपरिपूरितामृततनुः प्राग्घण्टिकायास्तथा

सिञ्चन्कालविशालवह्निवशगान्भ्रूरन्ध्रनाडीगणां-

स्तत्कायं कुरुते पुनर्नवतरं जीर्णद्रुमस्कन्धवत् ॥ *

nāsādakṣiṇamārgavāhipavano prāṇe’tidīrghīkṛte

candrāmbhaḥparipūritāmṛtatanuḥ prāg ghaṇṭikāyās tathā /

siñcan kālaviśālavahnivaśagān bhrūrandhranāḍīgaṇāṃ-

s tat kāyaṃ kurute punar navataraṃ jīrṇadrumaskandhavat // *

When prāṇa has been greatly extended, [the yogi’s] breath flows through the path of the right nostril and [his] body is immortal, filled with the nectar of the moon from the uvula for the first time. Sprinkling [with nectar] the network of channels at the aperture at [the centre of the] brow that is subjugated by the mighty fire of time, [the yogi] then makes his body completely new again like [the regeneration of] the trunk of an ancient tree.
Philological Commentary

Verse 3.98*1 is absent in the α group. It is very close to a verse in the Amaraughaśāsana, which is likely to be its source. Its import of rejuvenating the body by flooding it with nectar is not directly connected with the verses proceeding it.

Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

Stanza omitted in α1
dakṣiṇamārgavāhi (β1 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] dakṣiṇavāhimārga (β2), dakṣiṇavartmavāhi (δ2 δ3), paścimavartmavāhi (δ1), da .. ṇa[vā] .. mārgeṇa (η1)
pavano (β2 γ2 Δ) ] pavanot (ε3), pavanāt (β1 βω ε2 η1 η2 χ), pavana (γ1)
prāṇe (γ1) ] prāṇo (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ), ghrāṇe (β2 γ2 δ2 δ3), ghrāṇo (δ1)
’tidīrghīkṛte (em.) ] tidīrghīkṛteś (γ2), tidīrghīkṛtaś (βω δ2 ε3 η1 χ), tidīrghākṛtaś (γ1), tidīrghākṛtiś (ε2 η2), tirghīkṛtiś (δ1), pi dīrghīkṛtaḥ (β1), na dīrghīkṛtaḥ (β2), ca dīrghīkṛtaś (δ3)
candrāmbhaḥ (β2 ε3 η1 η2) ] candrābhaḥ (Γ χ), candrāṃtaḥ (Δ), caṃdrāṃśāt (β1), caṃdrāṃgāt (βω), caṃdrād[vā] (ε2)
paripūritāmṛtatanuḥ (β1 β2 Γ ε2 η2 χ) ] paripūrṇatāmṛtatanuḥ (ε3), paripūritāmṛtyutanuḥ (βω), paripūritā .. .. .. .. (η1), paripūrya pūritatanuḥ (Δ)
prāg (cett.) ] prā (β2 δ1)
tathā (β2 βω γ1 δ1 δ2 ε2 η2) ] pathā (β1), tataḥ (δ3 χ), tadā (γ2), sadā (ε3), illeg. (η1)
siñcan (em.) ] chindan (ε2 ε3), chiṃdat (β1), chaṃdaḥ (β2), chinnat (βω η2), chittvā (χ), bhindan (γ2 Δ), bhidan (γ1), illeg. (η1)
vahni (cett.) ] pāśa (ε3), om. (γ1)
vaśagān (βω γ2 δ2 η1) ] vaśagāt (η2), vaśagā (δ1 δ3 ε3), vaśanān (ε2), vaśagaṃ (χ), paramān (β1), pavanān (β2)
bhrū (cett.) ] bhū (ε3), tū (γ1), bhṛṃ (βω), prāg (η2)
gaṇāṃs (cett.) ] gaṇāt (η2), guṇān (β1), gataṃ (χ)
tat (β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] taṃ (β1 βω Γ Δ η1)
jīrṇa (β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ2) ] jīrṇaṃ (δ3 ε2), chinna (η2 χ), chinnaṃ (ε3), kṛnta (η1), bhasma (γ1)

Sources
Testimonia
Amaraughaśāsana 6.1-2 (sic; a single śārdūlavikrīḍita verse is numbered thus)

nāsāpaścimamārgavāhapavanāt prāṇe ’tidīrghīkṛte

candrāmbupratisāraṇāṃ sukṛtinaḥ prāg ghaṇṭikāyāḥ pathaḥ |

siñcan kālaviśālavahnivaśagaṃ bhūtvā sa nāḍīśataṃ

tat kāryaṃ kurute punar navatanuṃ jīrṇadrumaskandhavat ||

pratisāraṇānantaraṃ śaṅkhasāraṇā kathyate

nāḍīśataṃ ] nāḍīgataṃ, nāḍīgaṇaṃ v.l.

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

nāsādakṣiṇamārgavāhipavano ghrāṇe ’tidīrghīkṛtaḥ

candrābhaḥparipūritāmṛtatanuḥ prāg ghaṇṭikāyās tataḥ |

bhindan kālaviśālavahnivaśagān bhrūrandhranāḍīgaṇān

taṃ kāyaṃ kurute punar navataraṃ jīrṇadrumaskandhavat ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 111r–111v)

nāsādakṣiṇamārgavāhipavano ghrāṇe tidī[r]ghīkṛtaś

caṃdrāṃ’bhaḥparipūritā’mṛtatanuḥ prāgh ghaṃṭikāyās tataḥ [|]

bhindan kālaviśālavahnivaśagān bh[r]ū[ran]dhranāḍīgaṇāṃs

taṃ kāyaṃ kurute punar navataraṃ jīrṇadrumaskandhavat [||]

dakṣiṇe ghrāṇe nāsikāyām atidī[r]ghīkṛtaś ciraṃ kuṃbhakīkṛtaḥ prāk prathamaṃ caṃdrāṃ’bhaḥparipūritā’mṛtatanuḥ sādhakaḥ kartā pūrvam iḍayā dhṛtakuṃbhakenātisukhakarasudhopamena saṃtṛptiṃ samupagataḥ satatas tadanantaraṃ sūryanāḍyā cirāyā kalitaṃ kuṃbhauṣṇyātīkṣṇatarakuṃ tenaivauṣṇasvabhāvād ghaṇṭikāyāṃ jatruṇaḥ pañcamy arthaḥ tatsaṃbadhikān ity arthaḥ [|] evaṃvidhān kālabījān bh[r]ūrandhragataśirāpuñjān bhindan saṃchedayan svaṃ nijaśarīraṃ punar navataraṃ kuruta iti asyārthaḥ {|}

HP 3.98*2

कुण्डलीं चालयित्वा तु कुर्याद्भस्त्रीं विशेषतः ।

एवमभ्यस्यतो नित्यं यमिनः शङ्कते यमः

kuṇḍalīṃ cālayitvā tu kuryād bhastrīṃ viśeṣataḥ /

evam abhyasyato nityaṃ yaminaḥ śaṅkate yamaḥ //

After making kuṇḍalinị move, the yogi should perform bhastrī in particular. The god of death is afraid of the ascetic who regularly practises in this way.
Philological Commentary

Verses 3.98*2–3 are absent in the α group and have no known source. They elaborate further on the instruction to practise bhastrī kumbhaka in 3.97. The practice of other kumbhakas for moving kuṇḍalinī is mentioned in 3.98*3. The reading abhyāsato in 3.98*2c, which is attested by manuscripts of the γ group and the testimonia, is possible but seems to be a later corruption of the participle, abhyasyato.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1
°tvā tu (γ2 Δ ε2 χ) ] °tvācca (γ1), °tvātha (β1 β2 ε3 η2), °tvādhaḥ (βω), illeg. (η1)
kuryād bhastrīṃ (β1 δ2 δ3 ε3 η1) ] kuryād bhastrī (βω δ1 ε2), kuryād bhastrāṃ (η2), bhasrī kuryād (Γ), bhastrāṃ kuryād (β2 χ)
abhyasyato (η2 χ) ] abhyasyatā (βω), abhyasya tāṃ (β1), abhyasato (δ3 ε3), abhyāsato (β2 Γ δ1 δ2 ε2), .. .. syat. (η1)
yaminaḥ śaṅkate yamaḥ (cett.) ] yamino yamabhīḥ kutaḥ (χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

kuṇḍalīṃ cālayitvā tu kuryād bhastrāṃ viśeṣataḥ |

evamabhyāsato nityaṃ yaminaḥ śaṅkate yamaḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 111v–112r)

kuṃḍalīṃ cālayitvā tu kuryād bhastrīṃ viśeṣataḥ |

evamabhyāsato nityaṃ yaminaḥ śaṃphate manaḥ ||

HP 3.98*3

तदाभ्यसेत्सूर्यभेदमुज्जायीं चापि शीतलीम् ।

एवमभ्यासयुक्तस्य यमस्तु यमिनः कुतः ॥

tadābhyaset sūryabhedam ujjāyīṃ cāpi śītalīm /

evam abhyāsayuktasya yamas tu yaminaḥ kutaḥ //

Then [the yogi] should practise sūryabheda, ujjāyī and also śītalī. Where is the god of death for the ascetic engaged in the practice in this way?
Philological Commentary

On why this verse is in greyscale, see the note to 3.98*2.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in α1 and χ
tadābhyaset (β1 βω Γ δ2 ε2 η1) ] tadābhyasyet (η2), tad abhyaset (β2 δ1 ε3), tam abhyaset (δ3)
sūryabhedam (cett.) ] sūryabhede (ε3), sūryabījam (δ3)
ujjāyīṃ (β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3 η1 η2) ] ujjāī (ε2), ujjāyāṃ (ε3), ujrākhyām (δ1)
cāpi (cett.) ] vāpi (ε3), [vā] .. (η1), api (δ1)
yuktasya (cett.) ] yogena (η2)
yamas tu (Γ Δ) ] śramas tu (ε3), śamino (β1 ε2 η1), śamano (β2 βω η2)
yaminaḥ (cett.) ] yamina (β1), yaminaṃ (βω)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

tadābhyaset sūryabhedam ujjāyīṃ cāpi śītalīm |

evam abhyāsayuktasya yamas tu yaminaḥ kutaḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112r

tadābhyaset sūryabhedam ujjāyīṃ vāpi śītalīm |

evamabhyāsayuktasya yamas tu yaminaḥ kutaḥ ||

HP 3.99

मुहूर्तद्वयपर्यन्तं निर्भरं चालनादसौ

ऊर्ध्वमाकृष्यते किंचित् सुषुम्णागतकुण्डली

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ nirbharaṃ cālanād asau /

ūrdhvam ākṛṣyate kiṃcit suṣumṇāgatakuṇḍalī //

As a result of fearlessly moving [kuṇḍalinī] for a total of two muhūrtas (one hour 46 minutes), kuṇḍalinī, which is in suṣumṇā, is drawn up slightly.
Philological Commentary

Readings

cd omitted in Δ
nirbharaṃ (Γ Δ) ] nirbhayaś (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω ε3), nirbhayaṃś (ε2), nirbhayaṃ (η1 η2 χ)
cālanād asau (α1 α2 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] calanād asau (Δ), calanādiṣu (β1), vā diśodiśa (η2)
ākṛṣyate (cett.) ] ākṛte (ε3), om. (Δ)
suṣumṇāgatakuṇḍalī (β2 Γ ε3) ] suṣumnā kuṇḍalīgatā (α2 ε2), suṣumnā kuṃḍalīgataḥ (α1), + + + + ḍa[l]ī[ga]taḥ] (α3), suṣumṇāṃ kuṃḍalīgatāṃ (β1), suṣumnāṃ kuṇḍalī gatā (βω), suṣumnāyāṃ samudgatā (χ), suṣumṇāyāḥ samuddhṛtaḥ (η2), om. (Δ η1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 22c–23b

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ nirbhayaś cālayed imām |

ūrdhvam ākṛṣyate kiṃcit suṣumnā kuṇḍalīgatā ||

22c nirbhayaś ] YL ; nirbharaś T, nirbhayāc GU 23a ākṛṣyate YL ; ākarṣayet TGU 23b suṣumnā kuṇḍalīgatā ] TG; suṣumnāṃ kuṇḍalīgatāṃ U, suṣumnā kuṇḍalīyutā YL

Cf.~Śivasamhitā 4.109

gurūpadeśavidhinā tasya mṛtyubhayaṃ kutaḥ |

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ vidhinā śakticālanam ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.121

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ nirbhītaś cālayed asau |

ūrdhvam ākṛṣyate kiṃ cit suṣumṇāṃ kuṇḍalīgatām |

ṣaṇmāsāc cālanenaiva śaktis tasyordhvagā bhavet ||

kuṇḍalīgatām ] kuṇḍalī gatā v.l.

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī (f.~31r) (attr.~to the Gorakṣaśata)

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ nirbhayaś cālayed imām |

ūrdhvam ākṛṣyate kiṃcit suṣumnā kuṇḍalīyutā ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ nirbharaṃ cālanād dhi vai |

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 112r)

muhūrtadvayaparyantaṃ nirbharaṃ cālanād asau |

ūrdhvam ākṛṣyate kiṃcit suṣumnākuṇḍalīgatam ||

ku[ṇ]ḍalyās tadānīṃ gatam upari yātaṃ kiṃ cit svalpamātra abhyāsasadṛśam ity arthaḥ [|] akṛṣyate uccaiḥ karoti [|]

HP 3.100

तेन कुण्डलिनी तस्याः सुषुम्णायाः समुद्धृता

जहाति तस्मात्प्राणोऽयं सुषुम्णां व्रजति स्वतः

tena kuṇḍalinī tasyāḥ suṣumṇāyāḥ samuddhṛtā /

jahāti tasmāt prāṇo’yaṃ suṣumṇāṃ vrajati svataḥ //

Extracted from suṣumnā by this [practice], kuṇḍalinī leaves it. As a result of this, prāṇa automatically enters suṣumṇā.
Philological Commentary

We have supplied `mouth’ (mukha) in our translation on the basis of the reading found in the source text (the Gorakṣaśataka).

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ
tena kuṇḍalinī tasyāḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] om. (η1)
suṣumṇāyāḥ (cett.) ] suṣumṇāyā (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω)
samuddhṛtā (α3 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] samudbhutā (α1), mukhaṃ dhruvam (β1 β2 χ)
jahāti (cett.) ] na yāti (η2)
svataḥ (ε3 η1 χ) ] svanaḥ (α1 β1 βω ε2), svayam (α2 β2 Γ), niścalaḥ (η2)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 23c-24b

tena kuṇḍalinī tasyāḥ suṣumnāyā mukhaṃ dhruvam |

jahāti tasmāt prāno’yaṃ suṣumnāṃ vrajati svataḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭhatattvakaumudī 44.25

tadā kuṇḍalinī tasyāḥ suṣumṇāyā mukhaṃ dhruvam |

jahāti tasmāt prāṇo ’yaṃ suṣumṇāṃ vrajati svataḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112r

tena proktaśakticālanena vidhinā kuṇḍalinī tasyāḥ suṣumṇāyāḥ samuddhṛtā jahāti tasmāt prāṇo [’]yaṃ suṣumṇāṃ vrajati svataḥ [|] suṣumṇāyā antaḥ kiṃ cit tatka[r]tṛkordhvākarṣaṇena samyag ūrdhvavihitā yadā kuṇḍalī bhūry antaḥ praviṣṭety arthaḥ [|] tadāyaṃ va[hny]āpānamanobhiḥ sārdhaṃ vijitaḥ kuṃḍalīpadaṃ prāptaḥ prāṇavāyuḥ svataḥ svasmāt pārthivarājasavikāraśoṣam iti śeṣaḥ [|] jahāti kuṃḍalībodhe suṣumṇāṃtaḥ pātaprabhāvād vigatāśeṣabāhyavāhaprasaṃ[ga] iti bhāvaḥ || tasmād dhetoḥ suṣumṇaṃ gacchatīti kevalakuṃbhako bhavatīty arthaḥ ||

HP 3.101

तस्मात्संचालयेन्नित्यं शब्दगर्भामरुन्धतीम्

तस्याः संचालनेनैव योगी रोगैः प्रमुच्यते

tasmāt saṃcālayen nityaṃ śabdagarbhām arundhatīm /

tasyāḥ saṃcālanenaiva yogī rogaiḥ pramucyate //

Therefore [the yogi] should regularly make arundhatī move, she who contains speech. By making her move the yogi is freed from diseases.
Philological Commentary

In the Gorakṣaśataka (26cd–27ab), the source text, this verse occurs in a passage on sarasvatīcālana, which is the practice of moving the tongue (i.e.~sarasvatī) by wrapping a cloth around it and tugging it in order to raise kuṇḍalinī. In the Gorakṣaśataka, sarasvatī is also called arundhatī and, since the tongue is instrumental for speech and sarasvatī is the name of a Goddess identified with speech (vāc), the Gorakṣaśataka’s reading of śabdagarbhāṃ sarasvatīm makes good sense. However, it seems that Svātmārāma has changed 3.101b to read śabdagarbhām arundhatīm and has understood arundhatī as kuṇḍalinī. This is affirmed in longer versions of the Haṭhapradīpikā (3.102??) that contain a verse on synonyms of kuṇḍalinī, which includes arundhatī. We are yet to find arundhatī equated with kuṇḍalinī in a text composed before the Haṭhapradīpikā but this identification is found in subsequent compendiums and commentaries (e.g.~Yogacintāmaṇi f.~78v, Yuktabhavadeva 7.300, Jyotsnā 104, 119, Yogaprakāśikā 5.166).

Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ
tasmāt (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] kasmāt (γ1)
śabdagarbhām (α2 β1 β2 βω) ] śabdagaṃdhām (α1), śambhugarbhām (Γ ε2 ε3), sukhasuptām (χ), suṣasuptām (η2), illeg. (η1)
arundhatīm (cett.) ] sarasvatīṃ (β1 β2)
tasyāḥ (α1 α2 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] tasyāṃ (η2), tasmāt (β1), yasyāḥ (Γ ε2), [ya] .. (η1)
saṃcālanenaiva (α1 α2 β1 β2 βω χ) ] saṃcālanenāśu (Γ ε3), saṃcālayenāśu (ε2 η2), .. .. lanen. .. (η1)
rogaiḥ (α1 α2 β2 γ2 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] [r]. .air (γ1), rogoḥ (βω), rogāt (β1 η2)
pramucyate (α1 α2 β2 βω η1 η2 χ) ] pramuṃcati (β1), vimucyate (Γ ε2 ε3)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 26cd–27ab

tasmāt saṃcālayen nityaṃ śabdagarbhāṃ sarasvatīm |

yasyāḥ saṃcālanenaiva yogī rogaiḥ pramucyate ||

Testimonia
Cf.~Haṭharatnāvalī 2.122

sūryeṇa pūrayed vāyuṃ sarasvatyās tu cālayet |

śabdagarbhācālanena yogī rogaiḥ pramucyate ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~31r (attr.~to the Gorakṣaśata)

tasmāt saṃcālayen nityaṃ śabdagarbhāṃ sarasvatī |

asyāḥ saṃcālanenaivaṃ rogā naśyaṃti niścitaṃ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tasmāt saṃcālayen nityaṃ śabdagarbhām arundhatīm ||

yasyāḥ saṃcālanenāśu yogī rogaiḥ pramucyate ||

HP 3.102

येन संचालिता शक्तिः स योगी सिद्धिभाजनम्

किमत्र बहुनोक्तेन कालं जयति लीलया ॥

yena saṃcālitā śaktiḥ sa yogī siddhibhājanam /

kim atra bahunoktena kālaṃ jayati līlayā //

The yogi who has made kuṇḍalinī move is worthy of success. There is no point in speaking at length about this. He easily conquers death.
Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ
saṃcālitā (α3 β1 β2 βω γ1 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] saṃcalitā (ε2), saṃcalatā (α1), sa cālitā (γ2)
siddhi (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] siddha (α3), mukti (Γ)
bhājanam (cett.) ] bhājanaḥ (β2), .. janaḥ (η1)
jayati (cett.) ] vrajati (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.123

yena saṃcālitā śaktiḥ sa yogī siddhibhājanaḥ |

kim atra bahunoktena mṛtyuṃ jayati līlayā || 2.123 ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī (f. 31r) (attrib. Gorakṣaśata)

yena saṃcālitā śaktiḥ śabdagarbhā tv aruṃdhatī |

kim atra bahunoktena tasya kālabhayaṃ na hi ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

yena saṃcālitā śaktiḥ sa yogī siddhibhājanaṃ |

kim atra bahunoktena kālaṃ jayati līlayā ||

HP 3.102*1

ब्रह्मचर्यरतस्यैव नित्यं हितमिताशिनः

मण्डलाद्दृश्यते सिद्धिः कुण्डल्यभ्यासयोगतः

brahmacaryaratasyaiva nityaṃ hitamitāśinaḥ /

maṇḍalād dṛśyate siddhiḥ kuṇḍalyabhyāsayogataḥ //

For [the yogi] devoted to celibacy and always eating a healthy and measured diet, success appears after forty days (maṇḍalāt) as a result of engaging in the practice of kuṇḍalinī.
Philological Commentary

Verse 3.102*1 has been omitted by α1 and α3. It is in α2 at the end of a block of verses (3.94*2–5, 94*7) that is excluded by α3. This block appears after 3.97 and appears to have been inserted from elsewhere. 3.102*1 has no known source and appears to have been added as a general laudatory statement on the benefits of practising with kuṇḍalinī. The meaning of maṇḍalād in 3.102*1c is not clear. Brahmānanda understands it as a period of time (i.e., forty days) but we are yet to find this attested elsewhere.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1
brahmacaryaratasyaiva (Δ η1 χ) ] brahmacarye ca tasyaiva (γ2), brahmacatasyaiva (γ1), brahmacaryarataś caiva (ε2), brahmacaryavratasyaiva (βω ε3), brahmacaryāvatastaiva (β1), brahmacaryavrataṃ (β2), brahmadharmaratasyaiva (η2)
hitamitāśinaḥ (γ2 δ3 χ) ] hitamitāśini (β1), hitamitāśanaḥ (βω γ1 δ1 ε2), hitamitāśanaṃ (β2), hitamitāśanaiḥ (ε3), mitahitāśinaḥ (δ2 η2), illeg. (η1)
maṇḍalād (β2 γ2 δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] maṃḍalā (β1 βω γ1 η2), maṃḍalī (δ1), illeg. (η1)
kuṇḍalya (β2 γ2 ε3 χ) ] kuṇḍalyā (βω δ1 δ3 ε2 η2), kuṇḍalā (β1 δ2), kuṇḍali (γ1), illeg. (η1)
yogataḥ (β1 β2 Γ Δ η1 η2) ] yoginaḥ (βω ε2 ε3 χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79r (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

brahmacaryaratasyaiva nityaṃ hitamitāśinaḥ |

maṇḍalād dṛśyate siddhiḥ kuṇḍalyabhyāsayoginaḥ ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī (f. 31r) (attrib. to Gorakṣaśataka)

brahmacaryavratasyaiva kuṃḍalyabhyāsayoginaḥ ||

maṇḍalād dṛśyate siddhir iti yogavido viduḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112r--112v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

brahmacaryajatasyaiva nityaṃ hitamitāṃ śanaiḥ |

maṇḍalād dṛśyate siddhiḥ kuṇḍalyabhyāsayoginaḥ ||

HP 3.103

अभ्यासनिःसृतां चान्द्रीं विभूत्या सह मिश्रयेत्

तद्धारणं तूत्तमाङ्गे दिव्यदृष्टिप्रदायकम्*

abhyāsaniḥsṛtāṃ cāndrīṃ vibhūtyā saha miśrayet /

taddhāraṇaṃ tūttamāṅge divyadṛṣṭipradāyakam // *

The yogi should mix with ash the fluid of the moon emitted as a result of the practice. Wearing that [mixture] on the head bestows divine sight.
Philological Commentary

In the important manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā, including those of α, this verse occurs in the section on śakticālana. This is also the case in the Yogalakṣaṇāvalī, Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā and the longer recensions of the Haṭhapradīpikā with six and ten chapters. However, in the context of śakticālana, the referent of cāndrī is unclear. It appears to be understood as some sort of lunar fluid. Sundaradeva (see the Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā in the testimonia) defines it as a flow of perspiration (gharmadhārā) that arises from exertion in the practice and is emitted from moon in forehead (lalāṭacandra). In Yogaprakāśikā, Bālakṛṣṇa glosses it simply as nectar (sudhā) (5.182). In the Haṭhayogasaṃhitā (p. 41) and Jyotsnā (3.98), this verse is in the section on amarolī, which provides a clear referent of cāndrī as the cool middle flow of urine (see 3.95).

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in Δ and χ
abhyāsa (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1) ] abhyāsān (χ), abhyāsā (η2)
niḥsṛtāṃ (β2 βω ε3 χ) ] niḥsṛtā (η1), niḥśritāṃ (η2), nisṛtāṃ (β1), nisṛtā (α1), nibhṛtāṃ (ε2), sahitaṃ (Γ)
cāndrīṃ (α1 β2 ε2 η2 χ) ] cāndrī (βω ε3 η1), cāṃdrāṃ (β1), candraṃ (Γ)
miśrayet (ε2 ε3 η1 η2 χ) ] miśritāṃ (β1 β2 βω), mīśritaṃ (α1), micchayet (γ1), mūrchayet (γ2)
taddhāraṇaṃ (β2 ε2 ε3) ] taddhāraṇā (Γ), tadvāraṇaṃ (βω), yadvāraṇaṃ (β1), tad[v/dh]. .. .. (η1), tad dhārayed (α1), tāṃ dhārayed (η2), dhārayed (χ)
tūttamāṅge (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3) ] cottamāṅge (γ2), cottamāṃga (γ1), uttamāṅge (α1 η2), uttamāṅgeṣu (χ), illeg. (η1)
divya (cett.) ] dīrgha (α3 β1 β2 βω)
dṛṣṭipradāyakam (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η1) ] dṛṣṭipradāyinī (Γ), dṛṣṭipradāyinīṃ (η2), dṛṣṭiḥ prajāyate (η1)

Testimonia
Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~31r (attr.~to Gorakṣaśataka)

abhyāsaniḥsṛtāṃ cāndrīṃ vibhūtyā saha miśrayet |

taddhāraṇaṃ cottamāṃge divyadṛṣṭipradāyakaṃ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

abhyāsaniḥsṛtāṃ cāndrīṃ vibhūtyā saha miśrayet [|]

taddhāraṇaṃ tattamāṃge divyadṛṣṭipradāyakaṃ [||] 19

cāndrīṃ lalāṭacandrān niḥsṛtāṃ abhyāse śramajātāṃ gharmadhārāṃ tāṃ vibhūtyā vimiśrayet | tām uttamāṃge śirasi dhārayed asau sādhakasya divyadṛṣṭipradā bhravatīty arthaḥ [|]

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p. 41 (on amarolī)

abhyāsān niḥsṛtāṃ cāndrīṃ vibhūtyā saha miśrayet |

dhārayed uttamāṅgeṣu divyadṛṣṭiḥ prajāyate ||

HP 3.103*1

द्विसप्ततिसहस्राणां नाडीनां मलशोधने

कुतः प्रक्षालनोपायः कुण्डल्यभ्यासतो विना

इति शक्तिचालनम् । (ε2, ε3, η1 and η2)

dvisaptatisahasrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhane /

kutaḥ prakṣālanopāyaḥ kuṇḍalyabhyāsato vinā //

iti śakticālanam / (ε2, ε3, η1 and η2)

For purifiying the seventy-two thousand channels, there is no method of cleansing without the practice of kuṇḍalinī.
Philological Commentary

This verse is omitted by the α group, and was probably added to the original text as a further laudatory statement on the practice of kuṇḍalinī.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1 and βω
dvi (β1 β2 γ2 δ2 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] dvā (γ1 δ1 δ3 χ)
śodhane (η2 χ) ] śodhanam (β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3 η1)
kutaḥ (Δ ε3 χ) ] kṛta (ε2), gudaḥ (γ2), guda (η1 η2), aṃtaḥ (β2), aṃtaṃ (β1), om. (γ1)
prakṣālanopāyaḥ (γ2 Δ ε3 η2 χ) ] prakṣālanopāyaṃ (ε2 η1), prakṣālano vāyuḥ (β2), prajvālano vāyu (β1), om. (γ1)
kuṇḍalyabhyāsato vinā (γ2) ] kuṇḍalyābhyāsato vinā (γ1 Δ), kuṇḍalyabhyasanād ṛte (χ), kuṇḍalyabhyāsanād ṛte (β2 ε2 ε3), kuṃḍalībhyāsanād ate (β1), kuṇḍalyabhyāsa iṣyate (η2), ku .. .. [bhyā] .. [mā] .. .. (η1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79v (attr.~to the Haṭhayoga)

dvisaptatisahasrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanam |

kutaḥ prakṣālanopāyaḥ kuṇḍalyabhyāsato vinā ||

Yogalakṣaṇāvalī f.~31r (attrib. to Gorakṣaśataka)

dvisaptatisahasrāṇāṃ nāḍīnām api śodhanaṃ |

asatkalpaṃ smṛtaṃ siddhaiḥ kuṃḍalobhyasānād ṛte ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~112v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

dvisaptatisahastrāṇāṃ nāḍīnāṃ malaśodhanaṃ |

kutaḥ prakṣālanopāyaḥ kuṃḍalyābhyāsanād ṛte ||

HP 3.104

इति मुद्रा दश प्रोक्ता आदिनाथेन शम्भुना ।

एकैका तासु यमिनां महासिद्धिप्रदायिनी*

iti mudrā daśa proktā ādināthena śambhunā /

ekaikā tāsu yamināṃ mahāsiddhipradāyinī //*

Thus have the ten mudrās been taught by Śiva Ādinātha. Each one among them can bestow liberation for ascetics.
Philological Commentary

Manuscripts of the β, η, and ε groups have a different reading for the second line; `each mudrā is capable of being a cause of all powers’ (kāraṇaṃ sarvasiddhīnāṃ ekaikāpi kṣamaiva sā).

Readings

daśa (cett.) ] dabhā (α1), nava (Δ)
ekaikā tāsu (α1 δ2 δ3 χ) ] ekaikaṃ tāsu (α3), ekaika tāsu (ε2), ekaiva tāsu (δ1), ekaikāpi su° (Γ), karaṇe sarva (ε3), kāraṇe sarva (β1 η2), kāraṇaṃ sarva (β2 βω), ka .. .. sarva (η1)
yamināṃ (α1 α3 Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] siddhānām (ε3 η1 η2), siddhīnām (β1 β2 βω)
mahāsiddhipradāyinī (α1 Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] mahāsiddhipradā + + (α3), ekaikāpi kṣamaiva sā (β1 β2 βω ε3 η1 η2)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 2.35

iti mudrā daśa proktā ādināthena śambhunā |

ekaikā tāsu mukhyā syān mahāsiddhipradāyinī ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~79v

iti mudrā nava proktā ādināthena śambhunā |

ekaikā tāsu yamināṃ mahāsiddhipradāyinī ||

HP 3.105

राजयोगं विना पृथ्वी राजयोगं विना निशा

राजयोगं विना मुद्रा विचित्रापि न राजते

rājayogaṃ vinā pṛthvī rājayogaṃ vinā niśā /

rājayogaṃ vinā mudrā vicitrāpi na rājate //

Without a king the earth is not resplendent (rājate), without the moon the night does not sparkle (rājate), without Rājayoga even the wonderful [practice of] mudrā does not shine(rājate).
Philological Commentary

The Yogaprakāśikā (5.186) interprets the similes in this verse as we have translated them, `Just as without a king [and] moon, the earth and night do not shine...’ (yathā mahīpālaṃ candramasaṃ vinā pṛthvīniśe na rājete...). However, in Jyotsnā 3.126, Brahmānanda interprets the earth (pṛthvī) as āsana because both are connected by the quality of steadiness (sthairyaguṇayogāt), and the night (niśā) as breath retention (kumbhaka) because both are characterised by the absence of movement of people and wind (prāṇasañcārābhāvalakṣaṇaḥ). Brahmānanda’s interpretation seems somewhat far-fetched.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

pṛthvī (cett.) ] pṛthvīṃ (β1 η2), siddhī (ε3), vṛddhir (ε2)
niśā (cett.) ] niśāṃ (η2), nyathā (γ1)
rājate (cett.) ] śobhate (β2 χ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.16

rājayogaṃ vinā pṛthvī rājayogaṃ vinā niśā |

rājayogaṃ vinā mudrā vicitrāpi na rājate ||

HP 3.106

मारुतस्य विधिं सर्वं मनोयुक्तं समभ्यसेत्

इतरत्र न कर्तव्या मनोवृत्तिर्मनीषिणा

mārutasya vidhiṃ sarvaṃ manoyuktaṃ samabhyaset /

itaratra na kartavyā manovṛttir manīṣiṇā //

[The yogi] should carry out all breath practice with his mind engaged. The wise man must not let his attention wander.
Readings

mārutasya vidhiṃ (cett.) ] mārutābhyasanaṃ (ε3 η1 η2)
sarvaṃ (cett.) ] sarvāṃ (β2), sarve (α1), siddhiṃ (δ2 δ3), kiṃcin (η2)
samabhyaset (cett.) ] samācaret (η1 η2)
manīṣiṇā (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ1 ε3 η2 χ) ] manīṣiṇām (βω δ2 δ3 ε2), .. [nī] .. ṇ. (η1)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~92v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

mārutābhyasanaṃ kiṃ cin manoyuktaṃ samācaret |

itaratra na kartavyā manovṛttir manīṣiṇā ||

HP 3.107

खिलापि मध्यमा नाडी दृढाभ्यासेन योगिनाम्

आसनप्राणसंयाममुद्राभिः सरला भवेत् ॥

khilāpi madhyamā nāḍī dṛḍhābhyāsena yoginām /

āsanaprāṇasaṃyāmamudrābhiḥ saralā bhavet //

By means of postures, breath retentions and mudrās, the central channel, even though untraversed/blocked, becomes straight through yogis’ firm practice.
Philological Commentary

The reading of khilāpi in the first verse quarter is unusual but well attested by the witnesses including the α group of manuscripts. In the Abhidhānacintāmaṇi (940), khila is defined as something uncultivated such as field (kṣetrādyaprahataṃ khilam) or, as the Amarapadavivṛti (2.1.5) puts it, `not marked by a plough’ (lāṅgalena na likhitam iti khilam). In the context of Haṭhapradīpikā 3.107, qualifying suṣumnā with khila implies that the central channel has yet to be cultivated by a yoga practice.

Readings

khilāpi (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ) ] sthirāpi (γ1), calāpi (ε2 ε3), iyaṃ tu (χ), vināpi (η1 η2)
madhyamā (cett.) ] madhyamāṃ (η2), madhyanā° (β1), illeg. (η1)
nāḍī (cett.) ] .. ḍīṃ (η1), °ḍī ca (β1)
yoginām (cett.) ] yoginā (β1 β2), yoginaṃ (βω), yoginaḥ (η2)
āsana (α1 β2 βω δ1 δ2 η2 χ) ] āsanā (β1), āsanaṃ (Γ δ3 ε2 ε3 η1)
saṃyāma (α1 γ1 ε2 ε3 η1 χ) ] saṃyama (βω), saṃyāmair (β2 δ2 δ3), saṃyamair (η2), saṃyāmai (γ2 δ1), saṃyāme (β1)
saralā (cett.) ] sakalā (α3), sabalā (ε3), śavalā (ε2), na calā (δ1)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p. 36

iyaṃ tu madhyamā nāḍī dṛḍhābhyāsena yoginām |

āsanaprāṇasaṃyāmamudrābhiḥ saralā bhavet ||

HP 3.108

उपासने विनिद्राणां राजयोगः समुद्रकः

रुद्राणी सा परा मुद्रा भद्रां सिद्धिं प्रयच्छति

upāsane vinidrāṇāṃ rājayogaḥ samudrakaḥ /

rudrāṇī parā mudrā bhadrāṃ siddhiṃ prayacchati //

For those who are tireless in their dedication, Rājayoga has a mudrā. That is the supreme rudrāṇi mudrā, which bestows beneficial success.
Philological Commentary

Rudrāṇī may be the mudrā usually called śāmbhavī.

Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2
cd omitted in α2
upāsane (α1 α2) ] upāsanaṃ (Γ), upāsana (α3 δ1 δ3), tathāsana (δ2), abhyāse .. (η1), abhyāseṣu (β1 β2 βω ε3), abhyāsena (η2), abhyāse tu (χ)
vinidrāṇāṃ (cett.) ] hi mudrāṇāṃ (η2)
rājayogaḥ (Γ Δ) ] rājayoga (α1 α2 α3), anuddhṛta (η1), anuddhata (ε3), anudbhūta (β2), anudruta (β1), manudṛta (βω), mano dhṛtvā (χ), tad udeti (η2)
samudrakaḥ (γ2) ] samudravat (α1 α3), samudbhavān (α2), samūcakaḥ (γ1), samāhnakaḥ (δ1), samahnakaḥ (δ3), samāhakaḥ (δ2), samādhināṃ (β2 ε3 η1), samādhinā (η2 χ), samādhiṣu (β1 βω)
rudrāṇī (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε3 χ) ] mudrāṇāṃ (η1 η2)
(Γ Δ) ] cā (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3 η1 η2), ca (α3), vā (χ)
bhadrāṃ (cett.) ] bhavāṃ (γ1), mudrāṃ (β1), mudrā (β2), sadā (α1)
prayacchati (cett.) ] prayakṣati (δ1)

HP 3.108*1

उपदेशं हि मुद्राणां यो धत्ते सांप्रदायिकम्

एवास्तु गुरुः स्वामी साक्षादीश्वर एव सः

upadeśaṃ hi mudrāṇāṃ yo dhatte sāṃpradāyikam /

sa evāstu guruḥ svāmī sākṣādīśvara eva saḥ //

May [the yogi] who offers the traditional teaching of the mudrās be the guru, the master. He is none but the Lord himself.
Philological Commentary

Verses 3.108*1–2 have no known source and are absent in the α group. It is likely both were added to the original text as further praise of those practising the haṭhayogic mudrās.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1
upadeśaṃ (cett.) ] upadeśe (η1), upadeśo (ε2)
dhatte (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 η2) ] datte (ε3 χ), dartte (γ1), .. [tte] (η1)
sāṃpradāyikam (β1 βω Δ η1 η2 χ) ] sāṃpradāyikāṃ (ε3), sāṃpradāyikaḥ (Γ), sāṃpradāyakaṃ (ε2), sāṃpradāyakaḥ (β2)
evāstu (β1 γ2 Δ ε2 η1) ] evastu (βω), eva śrī (ε3 η2 χ), evavāca (γ1), vāstava (β2)
eva (cett.) ] eṣa (ε2)
saḥ (cett.) ] ca (γ1)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p. 40

upadeśaṃ hi mudrāṇāṃ yo datte sāṃpradāyikam |

sa eva śrīguruḥ svāmī sākṣād īśvara eva saḥ ||

HP 3.108*2

तस्य वाक्यपरो भूत्वा योऽभ्यस्यति समाहितः ।

अणिमादिगुणैश्वर्यं जायते कालवञ्चनम्

tasya vākyaparo bhūtvā yo’bhyasyati samāhitaḥ /

aṇimādiguṇaiśvaryaṃ jāyate kālavañcanam //

The yogi who has become intent on that [guru’s] teaching and practises with a focused mind obtains mastery of the powers beginning with minimisation and the cheating of death.
Philological Commentary

No version of this verse is entirely satisfactory. See the note on 3.108*1 for why it is in greyscale.

Readings

Stanza omitted in α1 and η1
bhūtvā (Γ Δ ε3 χ) ] nityaṃ (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2)
yo’bhyasyati (β1 Δ ε3) ] yo bhyasati (β2), yo bhyaset su° (γ1), yo bhyaseta (γ2), yo bhyasena (ε2), yomabhyaset (βω), athābhyāsa (η2), mudrābhyāse (χ)
guṇaiśvaryaṃ (cett.) ] guṇaiḥ sārdhaṃ (ε3 χ)
jāyate (cett.) ] labhate (η2 χ)
vañcanam (Δ χ) ] vañcanāt (Γ), vañcakaḥ (β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2), vañcakāḥ (β1)

HP 3 Colophon

इति स्वात्मारामयोगीन्द्रविरचितायां हठप्रदीपिकायां तृतीयोपदेशः ॥ 3 ॥

iti svātmārāmayogīndraviracitāyāṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ tṛtīyopadeśaḥ // 3 //

Readings

iti svātmārāma (γ1 η1) ] iti śrīsvātmārāma (βω), ti śrīsadgurusvātmārāma (α1), ity ātmārāma (η2), iti śrīsahajānaṃdasaṃtānaciṃtāmaṇisvātmārāma (γ2 ε2 ε3), iti °svā° (sic!) (β1), iti (β2 Δ)
yogīndra (βω Γ η2) ] yogeṃdra (α1), yoginā (ε2 ε3 η1), om. (β1 β2 Δ)
viracitāyāṃ (α1 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] om. (β1 β2 Δ)
haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ (α1 βω γ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 η1 η2) ] śrīhaṭhapradīpikāyāṃ (β2 δ2), haṭhayogavidyāyāṃ (δ1), ha° (sic!) (β1), om. (γ1)
ante tṛtīyo° add.mudrāvidhānaṃ (ε3)
tṛtīyopadeśaḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3) ] tṛtīya upadeśaḥ (δ1), tṛtīyoyam upadeśaḥ (δ2 δ3), tṛtīyo dhyāyaḥ (η1 η2), caturthopadeśa (γ1)
HP 4.0*1

नमः शिवाय गुरवे नादबिन्दुकलात्मने

निरञ्जनपदं याति नित्यं यत्रपरायणः

namaḥ śivāya gurave nādabindukalātmane /

nirañjanapadaṃ yāti nityaṃ yatraparāyaṇaḥ //

Homage to the guru, Śiva, who consists of nāda, bindu and kalā. [The yogi] who is constantly devoted to him attains the untainted state (nirañjanapada).
Philological Commentary

Verses 4.0*1–4.0*16 are omitted by the α group and are likely not to be original. The first additional verse resembles a maṅgala verse that one might expect to see at the beginning of a text. The second is a verse from the Gorakṣaśataka that introduces the topic of samadhi. Some manuscripts of the β, ε and η groups have the two verses on the synonyms of rājayoga here (on their position in the α group and other manuscripts, see the note to 4.29). The rest of the additional verses (4.0*5–4.0*16) are a motley collection on samādhi, rājayoga, the importance of the guru, dissolving the breath, suṣumṇā, etc. In contrast to this, the α group begins with a cohesive discusson on absorption (4.1–3) that transitions to the gaze (4.4) and a brief discussion of śāmbhavī and khecarī mudrās (4.5–4.8). The main topic of the chapter, which is meditating on the internal sound (nādānusandhāna), begins at 4.9 in the α group (whereas in other groups it begins after fifty or so verses). The emphasis on nādānusandhāna in the fourth chapter of the α group is consistent with the statement in verse 1.56 that nādānusandhāna is the fourth component of Haṭhayoga. Its likely that the term nirañjanapada was understood here as samādhi because nirañjana is included in a list of synonyms of samādhi later in this chapter (4.29). The triad nāda, bindu and kalā occurs in earlier works, in particular Śaiva Tantras, where it appears in contexts of enunciating mantras (mantroccāra, e.g., Kubjikāmatatantra 7.65, Jñānārṇavatantra 2.4, Īśānaśivagurudevapaddhati 18-110, etc.) and sometimes qualifies dieties (e.g., Parākhyatantra 5.156ab) and gurus (e.g., Gurugītā 64). The context can change the meaning of these terms, so we have chosen not to translate them. For a discussion of their various meanings, see Tāntrikābhidhānakośa 2004 vol. 2: 68–73, 2013 vol. 3, 277–279.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

namaḥ (cett.) ] oṃ namaḥ (βω γ1 δ2 δ3)
kalātmane (β2 Γ Δ η2 χ) ] layātmane (β1 βω ε2 ε3)
nirañjanapadaṃ (cett.) ] nirañjanaṃ padaṃ (βω), om. (γ1)
yāti (cett.) ] yānti (β1 β2 βω ε2)
nityaṃ (β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] aharniśaṃ (γ1), yato (η2), yatra (δ2 δ3)
yatra (β1 βω δ1 ε3) ] yatna (Γ ε2), tatra (χ), ca yat (β2), yogī (η2), nityaṃ (δ2 δ3)
parāyaṇaḥ (cett.) ] parāyaṇāḥ (β1 β2 ε2)

Testimonia
Haṃsavilāsa 14 (p. 47)

namaḥ śivāya gurave nādabindukalātmane |

nirañjanapadaṃ yāti yatra yogī parāyaṇaḥ iti dhyānam || 14 ||

HP 4.0*2

अथेदानीं प्रवक्ष्यामि समाधिक्रममुत्तमम्

मृत्युघ्नं तु सुखोपायं ब्रह्मानन्दकरं परम् ॥

athedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samādhikramam uttamam /

mṛtyughnaṃ tu sukhopāyaṃ brahmānandakaraṃ param //

So now I will teach the best way to samādhi.It destroys death, has an easy method and brings about the bliss of Brahman.
Readings

athedānīṃ (cett.) ] athodānī (βω), athekṣanīṃ (γ1)
°m uttamam (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] lakṣaṇam (Γ Δ)
tu (β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3) ] ca (ε2 ε3 η2 χ), su (δ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 64

athedānīṃ pravakṣyāmi samādhikramam uttamam |

mṛtyughnaṃ tu sukhopāyair brahmānandakaraṃ sadā ||

64c tu sukhopāyair ] T; sukhadopāyaṃ GU

HP 4.0*3

राजयोगः समाधिः स्याद् उन्मनी च मनोन्मनी ।

अमरौघो लयस्तत्त्वं शून्याशून्यं परं पदं ॥ (β2, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

rājayogaḥ samādhiḥ syād unmanī ca manonmanī /

amaraugho layas tattvaṃ śūnyāśūnyaṃ paraṃ padaṃ // (β2, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

Readings

rājayogaḥ (ε3 χ) ] rājayoga (β2 ε2 η2)
samādhiḥ syād (ε2 ε3) ] samādhiś ca (β2 η2 χ)
amaraugho (ε3 η2) ] amaraughi (β2), avaraubhū (ε2), amaratvaṃ (χ)
layas (β2 ε2 η2 χ) ] layes (ε3)
tattvaṃ (β2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] tatra (η2)
śūnyāśūnyaṃ (ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] śūnyāc chūnyaṃ (β2)

HP 4.0*4

अमनस्कं तथाद्वैतं निरालम्बं निरञ्जनम् ।

जीवन्मुक्तिश्च सहजं तुर्यं चेत्येकवाचकाः(β2, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ) *

amanaskaṃ tathādvaitaṃ nirālambaṃ nirañjanam /

jīvanmuktiś ca sahajaṃ turyaṃ cety ekavācakāḥ // (β2, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ) *

Readings

sahajaṃ (β2 ε2 η2) ] sahajā (χ), om. (ε3)
turyaṃ (β2 ε3) ] turyai (ε2), turyā (χ), muktiś (η2)
cety ekavācakāḥ (η2 χ) ] caityekavācakam (β2), cittaikavācakam (ε3), ciṃtaikavācakam (ε2)

HP 4.0*5

सलिले सैन्धवं यद्वत् साम्यं भजति योगतः ।

तथात्ममनसोरैक्यं समाधिः सोऽभिधीयते

salile saindhavaṃ yadvat sāmyaṃ bhajati yogataḥ /

tathātmamanasor aikyaṃ samādhiḥ so’bhidhīyate //

The unity of the self and mind arises in the same way that salt becomes identical with water through contact [with it]. That is called samādhi.
Readings

yadvat (cett.) ] tadvat (ε2)
bhajati (β2 Γ Δ η2 χ) ] bhajata (βω), bhavati (ε2 ε3), ttadgati (β1)
tathā (cett.) ] athā (βω), yathā (η2)
°tmamanasor (cett.) ] tmānamanor (η2)
so (cett.) ] sā (β1), a° (η2 χ)
’bhidhīyate (cett.) ] ’bhidhīte (ε2), vidhīyate (γ1)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 161

ambusaindhavayoḥ sāmyaṃ yathā bhavati yogataḥ |

tathātmamanasor aikyaṃ samādhiḥ so’bhidhīyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.1

salile saindhavaṃ yadvat sāmyaṃ bhavati yogavit |

tathātmamanasor aikyaṃ samādhiḥ so ’bhidhīyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 11.29 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

ambusaindhavayor aikyaṃ yathā bhavati yogataḥ |

tathātmamanasor aikyaṃ samādhir abhidhīyate ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 51.72

tad uktaṃ yogacandrikāyām –

ambusaindhavayor aikyaṃ yathā bhavati yogataḥ |

tathātmanasor aikyaṃ samādhiḥ sa vidhīyate ||

aikyaṃ abhinnatvam | yogataḥ yogābhyāsāt ||

HP 4.0*6

यत्समत्वं द्वयोरेव जीवात्मपरमात्मनोः ।

समस्तनष्टसंकल्पः समाधिः सोऽभिधीयते ॥ (ε2, ε3, η2 and χ) *

yat samatvaṃ dvayor eva jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ /

samastanaṣṭasaṃkalpaḥ samādhiḥ so’bhidhīyate // (ε2, ε3, η2 and χ) *

The identity of the individual and universal selves is called samādhi, in which all thoughts disappear.
Readings

yat samatvaṃ dvayor eva (ε2 ε3) ] tat samaṃ ca dvayor aikyaṃ (η2 χ)
samastanaṣṭa (ε2 ε3 η2) ] pranaṣṭasarva (χ)
saṃkalpaḥ (ε3 χ) ] saṃkalpa (ε2 η2)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 163

yat samatvaṃ dvayor atra jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ |

samastanaṣṭasaṃkalpaḥ samādhiḥ so’bhidhīyate ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.2

tat samatvaṃ bhaved atra jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ |

samastanaṣṭasaṃkalpaḥ samādhiḥ so ’bhidhīyate ||

Yuktabhavadeva 11.28 (attr.~to Gorakṣanātha)

yat sarvadvandvayor aikyaṃ jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ |

samastanaṣṭasaṃkalpaḥ samādhiḥ so ’bhidhīyate ||

HP 4.0*7

राजयोगस्य माहात्म्यं को वा जानाति तत्त्वतः ।

च्रुx ज्ञानान्मुक्तिः स्थिता सिद्धिच्रुx र् गुरुवाक्येन लभ्यते

rājayogasya māhātmyaṃ ko vā jānāti tattvataḥ /

crux jñānān muktiḥ sthitā siddhicrux r guruvākyena labhyate //

Who indeed truly knows the majesty of Rājayoga? From knowledge, liberation †arises† [and] power (siddhi) is obtained by means of the guru’s teaching.
Philological Commentary

The third verse quarter of this verse has been subject to much revision in the Haṭhapradīpikā and the source text, the Amanaska. Unlike the manuscripts of the Amanaska, those of the Haṭhapradīpikā transmit sthitiḥ or sthite after muktiḥ or mukti. We are unable to make sense of sthiti here, and so have cruxed this verse quarter and emended to muktiḥ sthitā (`liberation has happened’).

Readings

māhātmyaṃ (cett.) ] māhatmyaṃ (γ2), mahā (ε3)
jñānān (cett.) ] jñāna (ε3 η2), jñānaṃ (χ), jñān (δ1)
muktiḥ sthitā (em.) ] muktiḥ sthitiḥ (β2 Γ δ2 δ3 χ), muktisthitiḥ (δ1 η2), muktisthite (βω ε2), muktisthitai (β1), muktis tato (ε3)
siddhicrux r (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] siddhi (βω η2), siddhā (Γ Δ)
vākyena (cett.) ] vākyāt pra° (γ1)
labhyate (cett.) ] sidhyati (η2)

Sources
Amanaska 2.5

rājayogasya māhātmyaṃ ko vā jānāti tattvataḥ |

jñānāt siddhir muktir iti guror jñānaṃ ca labhyate ||

5c jñānāt siddhir muktir iti ] Bl Jb K Ma Va: jñānāt siddhimuktir iti Pa Pc Tr Ua Ea: jñānasiddhir muktir iti Vb Vd: jñānān mukteḥ siddhir iti Ja: jñānāt sidhyati muktir hi AllN (except Na Nm Ve Ea): jñānāt sidhyate muktir hi Ve: jñānāt sidhyanti muktiṃ hi Na: jñānāt sidhyati muktiṃ hi Nm: nānāsiddhir muktir iti Tha: jñānasiddhir bhavaty eva Mb: jñānasiddhimuktisiddhi Pb: jñānāt siddhimuktor iti Je

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~37v (citing the Rājayoga [aka Amanaska])

rājayogasya māhātmyaṃ ko hi jānāti tattvataḥ |

tajjñānī vasate yatra sadeśaḥ puṇyabhājanam ||

HP 4.0*8

दुर्लभो विषयत्यागो दुर्लभं तत्त्वदर्शनम् ।

दुर्लभा सहजावस्था सद्गुरोः करुणां विना ॥

durlabho viṣayatyāgo durlabhaṃ tattvadarśanam /

durlabhā sahajāvasthā sadguroḥ karuṇāṃ vinā //

Letting go of sense objects, seeing the truth, [and] realising the innate state are difficult without the compassion of a good guru.
Readings

HP 4.0*9

विविधैरासनैः कुम्भैर्विचित्रकरणैरपि

प्रबुद्धायामादिशक्तौ प्राणः शून्ये विलीयते

vividhair āsanaiḥ kumbhair vicitrakaraṇair api /

prabuddhāyām ādiśaktau prāṇaḥ śūnye vilīyate //

When the primal śakti (i.e.~kuṇḍalinī) has been woken up by means of the various postures, retentions and wonderful techniques [i.e.~mudrās], the breath dissolves into the void.
Philological Commentary

In Jyotsnā 4.10, Brahmānanda understands `the void’ (śūnya) as the central channel. In Haṭhapradīpikā 3.4, śūnyapādavī is a synonym of suṣumnā.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ra-vipulā)
Readings

āsanaiḥ (cett.) ] āsanaḥ (ε3)
vicitra (cett.) ] vicitraiḥ (β2 δ2 χ)
karaṇair api (β1 β2 βω Δ η2 χ) ] karuṇair api (γ2), kalaṇair api (γ1), karaṇair atha (ε2 ε3)
prabuddhāyām (cett.) ] pradhadhāyām (ε2)
ādi (cett.) ] idaṃ (ε3), mahā (χ)
śaktau (cett.) ] śaktiḥ (γ1)
vilīyate (β2 γ1 Δ η2) ] vidhīyate (γ2), pralīyate (β1 βω ε2 ε3 χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

vividhair āsanaiḥ kumbhair vicitrakaraṇair api |

prabuddhāyām ādiśaktau prāṇaḥ śūnye vilīyate ||

HP 4.0*10

उत्पन्नशक्तिबोधस्य त्यक्तनिःशेषकर्मणः ।

योगिनः सहजावस्था स्वयमेव प्रजायते

utpannaśaktibodhasya tyaktaniḥśeṣakarmaṇaḥ /

yoginaḥ sahajāvasthā svayam eva prajāyate //

For the yogi whose kuṇḍalinī has awakened and who has given up all activity, the innate state automatically arises.
Readings

ab omitted in β2
utpanna (cett.) ] utpannā (δ1), ut<<pā>>na (γ1)
śaktibodhasya (cett.) ] śaktibodhaḥ syāt (γ1), śaktibodhaś ca (ε3)
tyakta (cett.) ] prakṣa (γ1)
yoginaḥ (cett.) ] yogināṃ (β2)
eva prajāyate (β2 Γ δ1 χ) ] evopajāyate (δ2), eva prakāśate (β1 βω δ3 ε3 η2), eva prakāśayet (ε2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~9r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

utpannaśaktibodhasya tyaktaniḥśeṣakarmaṇaḥ |

yoginaḥ sahajāvasthā svayam eva prajāyate ||

HP 4.0*11

सुषुम्णावाहिनि प्राणे शून्यं विशति मानसे

तथा समस्तकर्माणि निर्मूलयति योगवित्

suṣumṇāvāhini prāṇe śūnyaṃ viśati mānase /

tathā samastakarmāṇi nirmūlayati yogavit //

When the breath is flowing in the central channel and the mind enters the void, the knower of yoga uproots all [past] actions.
Readings

vāhini (cett.) ] vāhinī (βω γ1 ε2), vāhi (δ1)
prāṇe (cett.) ] prāṇa (βω)
śūnyaṃ (β1 ε3) ] śūnya (η2), śūnye (β2 Γ Δ χ), śūne (βω), śūnyā (ε2)
mānase (β1 βω χ) ] mārutaḥ (η2), mārute (β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3)
tathā (Γ Δ) ] tadā (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ)
samasta (cett.) ] sarvāṇi (η2 χ)
nirmūlayati (cett.) ] nimūlayati (δ1 ε3), nirmūlaṃ yāti (γ1)
yogavit (Δ χ) ] karmavit (γ1 ε3), karmakṛt (γ2), marmavit (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2)

Sources
Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~9r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

suṣumṇāvāhini prāṇe śūnye viśati mārute |

tathā samastakarmāṇi nirmūlayati yogavit ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~66 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

suṣumṇāvāhini prāṇe śūnye viśati mānase |

tadā samastakarmāṇi nirmūlayati marmavit ||

HP 4.0*12

अमराय नमस्तुभ्यं सोऽपि कालस्त्वया हतः

पतितं वदने यस्य जगदेतच्चराचरम् ॥

amarāya namas tubhyaṃ so’pi kālas tvayā hataḥ /

patitaṃ vadane yasya jagad etac carācaram //

Homage to you, the immortal one. You have slain even death, into whose mouth this world, with everything that is moving and unmoving, has fallen.
Readings

bc omitted in Γ and Δ
amarāya (η2 χ) ] amaraugha (βω ε3), amarogha (β1 ε2), amaraughi (β2), amano nir° (Γ), amalo nir° (Δ)
namas tubhyaṃ (cett.) ] °manāḥ śūnyaṃ (Γ), °malaḥ śūnyaṃ (Δ)
kālas tvayā (β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] kālaṃ tvayā (β1), kālantayā (η2), om. (Γ Δ)
hataḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] hata (ε2), jitaḥ (χ), om. (Γ Δ)
vadane (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] pavane (η2), om. (Γ Δ)

Sources
Testimonia
HP 4.0*13

चित्ते समत्वमापन्ने वायौ व्रजति मध्यमे ।

तदामरौघवज्रोली तदाशाजीवितेऽपि च

citte samatvam āpanne vāyau vrajati madhyame /

tadāmaraughavajrolī tadāśājīvite’pi ca //

When the mind has obtained equanimity and the breath is moving into the central channel, then the vajrolī of the lineage of immortals arises even for the person whose hope is for that.
Philological Commentary

The second line of this verse is problematic in both the source text (the Amaraugha) and the manuscripts of the Haṭhapradīpikā. It seems that the ε group has preserved the most plausible version of this line, which is also quite close to the source text. The line was rewritten in η2 and other manuscripts, as well as the Jyotsnā (4.14cd), to include the two variations of vajrolī, namely amarolī and sahajolī.

Readings

cd omitted in Γ
samatvam (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ η2 χ) ] śamatvam (ε2 ε3), samatyam (γ1)
vāyau (γ2 Δ ε2 χ) ] vāyo (ε3), vāyor (βω γ1), vāyur (β2 η2), vāyu (β1)
vrajati (cett.) ] javati (γ1)
tadāmaraugha (ε2) ] eṣāmaraugha (β1 βω), tadāmaroḷi (ε3), tadāmarolī (χ), tathāmarolī (η2), saivāmarolī (β2), eṣā naulīti (δ1), eṣā naulī ca (δ3), eṣā naulīva (δ2)
vajrolī (β1 β2 βω Δ ε2 η2 χ) ] vajrolis (ε3)
tadāśājīvite’pi ca (ε2 ε3) ] sadā me bhimateti ca (β1 β2 βω), sadā cābhimateti ca (Δ), sahajolī mato pi ca (η2), sahajolī prajāyate (χ)

Sources
Amaraugha 7

citte tu sattvam āpanne vāyau vrajati madhyame |

tadāmaraughavajrolis tadāśājīvitasya ca ||

citte tu sattvam ] $beta $ : citte samatvam Ba Ad Ed : cittau samatvam Gb Ta. tadāmaraughavajrolis ] conj. : tadāmaraughavajroli Ga : tadāmaraudhavajrolī Ae : eṣāmarauli vajroli Gb : eṣāmarāli vajroli Ba : eṣāmarauli vajrauli Ta : yeṣāmarāli vajrauli Ad : eṣāmarolī vajrolī Ed. tadāśājīvitasya ca ] $beta $ : tadā meni mameti ca Ba : tadā mati mateti ca Ed : mameti ca mameti ca Ad : tadā meti mameti mateti ca Gb (unmetr.) : mateti mame++ Ta.

HP 4.0*14

ज्ञानं कुतो मनसि जीवति देवि यावत्

प्राणोऽपि जीवति मनो म्रियते तावत्

प्राणो मनो द्वयमिदं विलयं नयेद्यो

मोक्षं गच्छति नरो न कथंचिदन्यः

jñānaṃ kuto manasi jīvati devi yāvat

prāṇo’pi jīvati mano mriyate na tāvat /

prāṇo mano dvayam idaṃ vilayaṃ nayed yo

mokṣaṃ sa gacchati naro na kathaṃcid anyaḥ //

How can knowledge exist, when the mind is alive, O goddess? So long as the breath lives, the mind does not die. Breath and mind: he who leads this pair to dissolution attains liberation; in no way [does any] other man.
Metre: Vasantatilakā
Readings

jīvati devi yāvat (cett.) ] jīvati devi tāvat (δ3 ε2), saṃbhavatīha tāvat (χ), jīvati durvikalpe (ε3)
prāṇo (cett.) ] prāṇe (β2 ε3)
mriyate (cett.) ] mṛyate (γ2 δ1), miyata (ε3)
na (cett.) ] ca (ε2)
tāvat (β1 β2 βω) ] yāvat (cett.)
prāṇo (cett.) ] prāṇaṃ (δ1 δ3)
mano (cett.) ] ’pi ca (ε2)
vilayaṃ (cett.) ] na vilī° (ε3)
nayed yo (δ1 δ3 χ) ] naved yo (γ2), jayed yo (γ1), na yāvat (ε2), na yāti (δ2 η2), prayāti (β1 β2), prajāti (βω), °yate tra (ε3)
sa (cett.) ] na (ε3), ca (β2)
naro na (cett.) ] naro pi (δ2)
anyaḥ (cett.) ] anyat (η2), anya (βω)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 6

jñānaṃ kuto manasi jīvati devi yāvat

prāṇo pi jīvati mano mriyate na yāvat |

prāṇo mano dvayam idaṃ vilayaṃ prayāti

mokṣaṃ sa gacchati naro na kathaṃcid anyaḥ ||

devi ] 7970 4340 T00788, kūdṛṣṭi D4345 (unmetr.)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~17r

atra śivavākyam |

jñānaṃ kuto manasi jīvati devi tāvat

prāṇo ’pi jīvati mano mriyate na yāvat |

prāṇo mano dvayam idaṃ vilayaṃ nayed yo

mokṣaṃ sa gacchati naro na kathañcid anyaḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~2r

jñānaṃ kuto manasi jīvati durvikalpe

prāṇe ’pi jīvati mano mṛyate na yāvat |

prāṇo mano dvayam idaṃ na vilīyate ’tra

mokṣa na gacchati naro ’tra kathaṃ cid eva ||

HP 4.0*15

रसस्य मनसश्चैव चञ्चलत्वं स्वभावतः ।

रसो बद्धो मनो बद्धं किं न सिध्यति भूतले ॥

rasasya manasaś caiva cañcalatvaṃ svabhāvataḥ /

raso baddho mano baddhaṃ kiṃ na sidhyati bhūtale //

Both mercury and the mind are unsteady by nature. [When either] mercury is fixed [or] the mind is fixed, nothing in the world is impossible.
Readings

rasasya (cett.) ] rasaś ca (γ2 ε2 ε3)
manasaś caiva (cett.) ] manaś caiva (βω), manasaiva caṃ° (γ1)
cañcalatvaṃ (cett.) ] °calatvaṃ ca (γ1), vaṃcatvaṃ ca (ε2)
raso (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ η2 χ) ] rase (γ1 ε2), rasa (ε3)
baddho (cett.) ] baṃdhe (ε2 ε3)
baddhaṃ (cett.) ] baddhaḥ (β1), baddho (β2), baṃdhe (ε3)
kiṃ (cett.) ] tan (ε2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~103v

śāstrāntare śivavākyam—

rasasya manasaś caiva cañcalatvaṃ samāsataḥ |

raso baddho mano baddhaṃ kiṃ na sidhyati bhūtale ||

HP 4.0*16

मूर्च्छितो हरते व्याधिं मृतो जीवयति स्वयं

बद्धः खेचरतां धत्ते रसो वायुश्च भैरवि

mūrcchito harate vyādhiṃ mṛto jīvayati svayaṃ /

baddhaḥ khecaratāṃ dhatte raso vāyuś ca bhairavi //

Stabilised, mercury and breath cure disease; stilled, they automatically bring back life; and bound they bestow the ability to fly, O Bhairavī.
Philological Commentary

The Rasārṇava is the likely source of this verse given the vocative, bhairavi. Similar verses are found in other yoga texts (see Mallinson and Szántó 2021: 57). Disregarding the technical meaning of the terms, the verse plays with apparent contradictions (virodhābhāsa) in saying literally that, when mercury and the breath are unconscious, they cure disease; when dead, they restore life and, when bound, they enable one to fly up.

Readings

harate (cett.) ] harati (β1 βω η2)
vyādhiṃ (cett.) ] vyādhi (βω η2), vyādhin (β1), vyādhīn (χ)
jīvayati (cett.) ] jīvayate (ε3)
svayaṃ (cett.) ] dhruvam (δ2)
khecaratāṃ (cett.) ] khacatāṃ (δ1)
dhatte (cett.) ] dhartte (γ1 ε2), yāti (βω)
raso vāyuś ca (cett.) ] vāyuś ca (βω), sa jīveśvara (η2)
bhairavi (β2 Δ) ] bhairavī (Γ ε2 ε3), bhairavī tathā (βω), tad dvayaṃ (β1), pārvati (χ), seśvaraḥ (η2)

Sources
Rasārṇava 1.19

mūrchito harati vyādhiṃ mṛto jīvayati svayam |

baddhaḥ khecaratāṃ kuryāt raso vāyuś ca bhairavi ||

Cf.~Amṛtasiddhi 7.7

mūrcchito harate vyādhiṃ baddhaḥ khecaratāṃ nayet |

sarvasiddhikaro līno niścalo muktidāyakaḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~103v (attr.~to śāstrāntare śivavākyam)

mūrchito harate vyādhiṃ mṛto jīvayati svayam |

baddhaḥ khecaratāṃ dhatte mano vāyuś ca bhairavi ||

HP 4.1

इन्द्रियाणां मनो नाथो मनोनाथस्तु मारुतः ।

मारुतस्य लयो नाथस्तं नाथं लयमाश्रयेत्

indriyāṇāṃ mano nātho manonāthas tu mārutaḥ /

mārutasya layo nāthas taṃ nāthaṃ layam āśrayet //

Mind is the master of the senses; breath is the master of the mind [and] dissolution [of the mind] is the master of the breath. [The yogi] should take refuge in that master, dissolution [of the mind].
Readings

indriyāṇāṃ (cett.) ] indriyāṇi (ε2)
manonāthas tu (α1 β1 β2 βω χ) ] manonāthaḥ su (ε2), manonātha su (α3), manonāthaś ca (γ1 Δ ε3 η2), manaso nātha (γ2)
nāthas/nāthaḥ/nātho (cett.) ] nāthāḥ (γ2)
taṃ nāthaṃ layam āśrayet (α1 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] tan nātho laya + + + (α3), sa layo nādam āśritaḥ (β2 Γ δ2 δ3 χ), laya nātha niraṃjanāṃ (β1), layo dasamāśrayaḥ (δ1)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.4

indriyāṇāṃ mano nātho manonāthas tu mārutaḥ |

mārutasya layo nāthaḥ sa layo nādam āśritaḥ ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~23r

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

indriyāṇāṃ mano nātho manonāthaś ca mārutaḥ |

mārutasya layo nāthaḥ sa layo nādam āśritaḥ ||

HP 4.1*1

सोऽयमेवास्तु मोक्षाख्यो मास्तु वापि मतान्तरे ।

मनःप्राणलयानन्दो नापि कश्चिद्विभिद्यते

so’yam evāstu mokṣākhyo māstu vāpi matāntare /

manaḥprāṇalayānando nāpi kaścid vibhidyate //

Whether or not this [dissolution] is called liberation in another teaching, there is no difference in the bliss arising from the dissolution of mind and breath.
Philological Commentary

Some of the β, ε and η groups have a different version of the second half of this verse, the most plausibe of which is, ’the extraordinary bliss of dissolution of mind and breath arises in me’ (manaḥprāṇalayānando mayi kaścit pravartate). The first person pronoun suggests that this verse derives from a dialogue of some kind before it was changed to the version in the γ and δ manuscripts.

Readings

Stanza omitted in Α
so’yam evāstu (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] soyamo vāstu (ε2), svayam evāstu (η2), ayam eva tu (Γ Δ)
mokṣākhyo (cett.) ] vā mokṣaḥ (η2)
māstu vāpi (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] māstu kapi (ε2), sosti vāpi (η2), ’stu vāpi sa (γ2), yas tu vāpi (Δ), aya vāpi (γ1)
layānando (β1 β2 Γ ε3) ] layānanda (ε2), layāna (βω), layo nādo (δ1 δ3), layenaiva (δ2), laye kaścid (χ), °m apānaṃ vā (η2)
nāpi (Γ Δ) ] mayi (β1 β2 ε3), mapi (ε2), māpi (βω), layaḥ (η2), āna° (χ)
kaścid/°cit (cett.) ] kviṃcid (δ1), °ndaḥ saṃ° (χ)
vibhidyate (γ2 Δ) ] vibhedyate (γ1), pravartate (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ), pravartate na (βω)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~23r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ayam eva tu mokṣākhyo astu vāpi matāntare |

manaḥprāṇalayo nādo na ca kaś cit vibhidyate ||

HP 4.2

प्रणष्टोच्छ्वासनिश्वासः प्रध्वस्तविषयग्रहः

निश्चेष्टो निर्विकारश्च लयो जयति योगिनाम्

praṇaṣṭocchvāsaniśvāsaḥ pradhvastaviṣayagrahaḥ /

niśceṣṭo nirvikāraś ca layo jayati yoginām //

A motionless and unchanging dissolution [of mind], in which inhalation and exhalation have disappeared [and] perception of sense objects has ceased, is supreme for yogis.
Philological Commentary

The fourth verse quarter of this verse differs from that of the North Indian recension of the Amanaska (quoted as the source) but is found in two South Indian manuscripts of the Amanaska (Ad and Cc).

Readings

praṇaṣṭocchvāsa (βω γ2 Δ ε3 η2) ] pranaṣṭosvāsa (β1), pranaṣṭauśvāsa (ε2), prabhṛṣṭo _ sa (γ1), praṇaṣṭaśvāsa (α1 χ), pranaṣṭaḥ svāsa (β2)
niśvāsaḥ (α1 ε3 χ) ] niḥśvāsaḥ (β1 ε2 η2), niśvāsa (βω), niḥśvāsa (β2 δ1 δ3), niśvāsāḥ (γ2), niḥśvāsāḥ (δ2), niśvāsā (γ1)
pradhvasta (cett.) ] pranaṣṭa (η2), .r. ṇ. .[ṭ]. (δ2)
viṣaya (cett.) ] viṣaga (ε2)
grahaḥ (α1 β2 βω δ1 η2 χ) ] grahāḥ (Γ δ2 δ3), grataḥ (β1), jvaraḥ (ε3), hvaraḥ (ε2)
niśceṣṭo (α1 β2 βω χ) ] niśceṣṭā (Γ Δ ε3), niḥśreṣṭo (β1), nidyeṣṭo (ε2), niścalo (η2)
nirvikāraś ca (β1 β2 βω γ1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] nirvikāras tu (α1), nirvikārāś ca (γ2 Δ)
layo (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] laye (δ1), layaṃ (Γ δ2 δ3)
jayati (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] yānti ca (Γ Δ)
yoginām (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] yoginaḥ (Γ Δ η2)

Sources
Amanaska 2.21

pranaṣṭocchvāsaniśvāsaḥ pradhvastaviṣayagrahaḥ |

niśceṣṭo nirgatārambho hy ānandaṃ yāti yogavit ||

pranaṣṭocchvāsa° ] Jb Pa Va Bl Ja Ad AllSI AllN, pranaṣṭasvāsa° Mb, pranaṣṭāsvāsa° Ua, praṇaśocchvāsa° Ma, pranaṣṭaḥ svāsa° Je Vb, pranaṣṭo śvāsa°ḥ Pc, prāṇastho śvāsa° Pb, pranaṣṭe svāsa° K

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~27v (attr.~to the Rājayoga)

praṇaṣṭocchvāsaniḥśvāsa[ḥ] vidhvastaviṣayagrahaḥ |

niśceṣṭo nirgatārambho hy ānandayati yogikaḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~117 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

pranaṣṭaśvāsaniḥśvāsaḥ pradhvastaviṣayajvaraḥ |

niśceṣṭo nirvikāraś ca layo jayati yoginā ||

HP 4.3

उच्छिन्नसर्वसंकल्पो निःशेषाशेषचेष्टितः

स्वावगम्यो लयः कोऽपि जयतां वागगोचरः

ucchinnasarvasaṃkalpo niḥśeṣāśeṣaceṣṭitaḥ /

svāvagamyo layaḥ ko’pi jayatāṃ vāgagocaraḥ //

May an extraordinary absorption prevail, in which all volition has been cut off and all activity ceased, intelligible [only] by means of itself and ineffable.
Readings

ucchinna (cett.) ] ucchinnaḥ (α1 ε3), ucchūna (Δ)
saṃkalpo (cett.) ] saṃkalpe (δ1), saṅkalpa (δ2)
niḥśeṣāśeṣa (cett.) ] niḥśeṣagata (Γ), niḥśeṣoṣeṣa (βω)
ceṣṭitaḥ (cett.) ] ceṣṭitam (β2), veṣṭitaḥ (δ2 δ3), varjitaḥ (ε3)
svāvagamyo (α1 βω δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] svāvagamya (α3 β1), sovagamyo (β2), svāgamyo (ε2), svānugamyo (ε3), svāgate cā (Γ), svāvegasya (δ2)
jayatāṃ vāgagocaraḥ (α1 α3 β2) ] japatāṃ vāgagocara (ε2), jāyatāṃ vāgagocaraḥ (ε3), jāyatāṃ cāpi gaucaraḥ (β1), jāyate vāgagocaraḥ (βω η2 χ), manovācām agocaraḥ (Γ Δ)

Sources
Amanaska 2.22

ucchinnasarvasaṅkalpo niḥśeṣāśeṣaceṣṭitaḥ |

svāvagamyo layaḥ ko ’pi jāyate vāgagocaraḥ ||

jāyate ] AllNI (except Ma Pc), AllSI (except Ad Tha) Ea, jayatāṃ Ma Ad Nb Eb, jayatā Pc, jñāyatāṃ Tha, jagatāṃ AllN (except Nb Nu Ea Eb), japatāṃ Ca, layatāṃ Nu

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~27v (attr.~to the Rājayoga)

ucchinnasarvasaṃkalpo nirgatāśeṣaceṣṭakaḥ |

svāvagamyo layaḥ ko ’pi jayatāṃ vāgagocaraḥ ||

HP 4.4

यत्र दृष्टिर्लयस्तत्र भूतेन्द्रियसनातनः

स्याच्छक्तिर्जीवभूतानां दृष्टिर्लक्ष्ये लयं गता

yatra dṛṣṭir layas tatra bhūtendriyasanātanaḥ /

syāc chaktir jīvabhūtānāṃ dṛṣṭir lakṣye layaṃ gatā //

Dissolution, which is eternal in the elements and senses, takes place where the gaze is. The gaze that has dissolved into the focus becomes the power of living beings.
Readings

dṛṣṭir (cett.) ] dṛṣṭi (α1 ε3 η2), sṛṣṭi (δ2)
sanātanaḥ (α1 βω ε3) ] sanātana (β1), sanātanaṃ (ε2), sanātanī (β2 Γ Δ η2 χ)
syāc chaktir (α1 Γ Δ) ] syāt saktir (α2), sā śaktir (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ)
jīva (α1 β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] sarva (Γ Δ), bhāva (ε2 ε3)
bhūtānāṃ (cett.) ] bhūtānī (γ1), bhūnāṃ (ε2)
dṛṣṭir (α1 α3 β2 βω Γ η2) ] dṛṣṭi (β1 Δ), dṛṣṭe (ε2 ε3), dve a° (χ)
lakṣye layaṃ gatā (α1 β1 βω ε2) ] lakṣye layaṃ gatāḥ (α1), lakṣy[e] layaṃ gataḥ (α3), lakṣye layaṃ gate (η2 χ), lakṣaṃ layaṃ gatau (ε3), lakṣe na saṃgatā (γ2), lakṣana saṃgatā (γ1), lakṣ(y)eṇa saṃgatā (Δ), gacchel layaṃ gate (β2)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 8cd–9ab

yatra dṛṣṭir manas tatra bhūtendriyasanātanaṃ |

sā śaktis sarvabhūtānāṃ dṛṣṭir lakṣye layaṃ gatā ||

sā śaktis ] 4340 4345 T00788, sa śāntis 7970

Kaulajñānanirṇaya 3.2

yatra dṛṣṭir manas tatra bhūtendriya sapudgalaḥ

svaśaktijīvabhūtā hi dṛṣṭilakṣair layaṃ gatāḥ

°bhūtā hi ] conj. Hatley, °bhūtāni ABCed

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~24r

rājayoge—

yatra dṛṣṭir layas tatra bhūtendriyasanātanī |

syāc chaktiḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ dṛṣṭir lakṣeṇa saṃgatā ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~128r

tad uktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyām–

yatra dṛṣṭir layas tatra bhūtendriyasanātanī |

syāc chaktiḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ dṛṣṭir lakṣeṇa saṃgatā ||

syāc chaktiḥ sarva°] B220, syārā śakti serva° 2244

lakṣeṇa saṃgatā ] 2244, lakṣyakṣayaṃ gatā B220

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 49.25

tathā coktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyām –

yatra dṛṣṭir layas tatra bhūtendriyasanātanaḥ |

na sā śaktir bhāvabhūtānāṃ dṛṣṭe lakṣe kṣayaṃ gatā ||

HP 4.5

वेदशास्त्रपुराणानि सामान्यगणिका इव ।

एकैव शांभवी मुद्रा गुप्ता कुलवधूरिव

vedaśāstrapurāṇāni sāmānyagaṇikā iva /

ekaiva śāṃbhavī mudrā guptā kulavadhūr iva //

The Vedas, Shastras and Puranas are like common prostitutes. Śāmbhavī mudrā is unique and guarded like a woman of a good family.
Philological Commentary

See Birch 2013:286 for more parallel verses.

Readings

Stanza omitted in βω
purāṇāni (α1 α3 β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] purāṇādyāḥ (γ1), puraṇādyāḥ (γ2), purāṇaughāḥ (δ2 δ3), purāṇaiś ca (δ1)
gaṇikā (cett.) ] gaṇivā (δ1)
mudrā (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] māyā (ε3), vidyā (η2)
guptā kulavadhūr iva (α1 β1 β2 Γ χ) ] gopyā kulavadhūr iva (η2), sarvatantreṣu gopitā (ε2 ε3), sarvatantreṣu gopitā rakṣaṇīyā prayatnena guptā kulavadhūr iva (Δ)

Sources
Amanaska 2.9

vedaśāstrapurāṇāni sāmānyagaṇikā iva |

ekaiva śāmbhavī mudrā guptā kulavadhūr iva ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.27

vedaśāstrapurāṇāni sāmānyagaṇikā iva |

ekaiva śāmbhavī mudrā guptā kulavadhūr iva ||

Yogacintāmaṇi f.~24v (attr.~to the Rājayoga)

vedaśāstrapurāṇaughāḥ sāmānyagaṇikā iva |

ekaiva śāmbhavī mudrā guptā kulavadhūr iva ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 49.26 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

vedaśāstrapurāṇāni sāmānyagaṇikā iva |

ekaiva śāmbhavī mudrā sarvatantreṣu gopitā || 49.26

HP 4.6

अन्तर्लक्ष्यं बहिर्दृष्टिर्निमेषोन्मेषवर्जिता ।

एषा सा शांभवी मुद्रा सर्वतन्त्रेषु गोपिता ॥

antar lakṣyaṃ bahir dṛṣṭir nimeṣonmeṣavarjitā /

eṣā sā śāṃbhavī mudrā sarvatantreṣu gopitā //

The focus internal, the gaze external, unblinking: this is the śāmbhavī mudrā concealed in all the Tantras.
Philological Commentary

See Birch 2013: 287 for more parallel verses.

Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2 and ε3
lakṣyaṃ (βω Γ η2 χ) ] lakṣ(y)ā (δ1 δ2), lakṣ(y)a (α1 β1 β2 δ3)
bahir (α1 β1 βω Γ Δ χ) ] mano (η2)
dṛṣṭir (cett.) ] dṛṣṭi (βω δ1 η2)
nimeṣonmeṣa (α1 β2 βω γ2 Δ η2 χ) ] nirmiṣonmeṣ(y)a (β1 γ1)
eṣā sā (α1 β1 β2 χ) ] eṣā hi (βω), eṣā tu (η2), saiṣā tu (Γ Δ)
sarvatantreṣu (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ η2) ] sarvaśāstreṣu (δ2 δ3), sarvatantreṣu śastreṣu (δ1), vedaśāstreṣu (χ)

Sources
Amanaska 2.10

antar lakṣyaṃ bahir dṛṣṭir nimeṣonmeṣavarjitā |

eṣā hi śāmbhavī mudrā sarvatantreṣu gopitā ||

antar lakṣyaṃ ] AllNI (except Ja K Pb Tr Ua Vb) Tha Vd, antarlakṣya Ad Cc K: antarlakṣaṃ Tr Nw Ve: antarlakṣā Ja Ua Ea Eb, antarlakṣo Na Nq Nu, antarlakṣyo Nb Nm: antaryogaṃ Vb: antarlīno Pb

Candrāvalokana 1

antar lakṣyaṃ bahir dṛṣṭir nimeṣonmeṣavarjitaḥ |

iyaṃ sā śāṃbhavī mudrā sarvatantreṣu gopitā |

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~24v (attr.~to the Rājayoga)

antar lakṣyaṃ bahir dṛṣṭir nimeṣonmeṣavarjitā |

eṣā tu śāmbhavī mudrā sarvaśāstreṣu gopitā ||

HP 4.7

अन्तर्लक्ष्यविलीनचित्तपवनो योगी यदा वर्तते

दृष्ट्या निश्चलतारया बहिरधः पश्यन्नपश्यन्नपि

मुद्रेयं खलु खेचरी भवति सा युष्मत्प्रसादाद्गुरो

शून्याशून्यविवर्जितं स्फुरति त्तत्त्वं पदं शांभवम् ॥

antarlakṣyavilīnacittapavano yogī yadā vartate

dṛṣṭyā niścalatārayā bahir adhaḥ paśyann apaśyann api /

mudreyaṃ khalu khecarī bhavati sā yuṣmatprasādād guro

śūnyāśūnyavivarjitaṃ sphurati yat tattvaṃ padaṃ śāṃbhavam //

When the yogi’s mind and breath have dissolved in the internal focus while he is looking outwards and down with a gaze in which the pupils are unmoving, even though he’s not looking [at anything], this indeed is khecarīmudrā. O guru, it manifests because of your favour and is that reality which is Śambhu’s state, free from what is void and not void.
Philological Commentary

On the similarity of śāmbhavī and khecarī mudrās in 4.5–7, see the note on 4.8.

Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

lakṣya (α1 β1 β2 δ1 δ3 η2 χ) ] lakṣa (βω Γ δ2 ε2 ε3)
yadā (cett.) ] yathā (η2), sadā (α1 α3 ε2)
dṛṣṭyā (cett.) ] dṛṣṭvā (η2), dṛṣyā (β1), dṛśyā (βω)
tārayā (cett.) ] tālayā (β1), tāra (γ1)
bahir (cett.) ] hir (γ1)
adhaḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] adhraḥ (ε2), asau (Γ Δ)
paśyann apaśyann api (α2 Δ ε2 ε3 χ) ] paśyan na paśyaty api (Γ), paśyann api (η2), paśyann apaśyann ivā (α1), paśyann apaśyan tataḥ (β1), paśyen na paśyet tataḥ (β2), paśyan na paśyet tata (βω)
mudreyaṃ (cett.) ] mudre (ε3)
khecarī (α1 β1 βω η2) ] śāṃbhavī (β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3 χ)
yuṣmat (α1 βω Δ ε2 ε3) ] <<yu>>ṣmat (γ2), yuṣmān (η2), puṣpat (γ1), yasya (β2), yāsya (β1), labdhā (χ)
guro (β1 βω Γ Δ ε3 η2) ] guroḥ (β2 ε2 χ), gurau (α1), gure (α2)
vivarjitaṃ (cett.) ] vivarjite (γ1), vivarjiti (δ1), vilakṣaṇaṃ (χ)
sphurati (cett.) ] spharati (δ1)
yat (cett.) ] ya (βω), [pta]t (δ1), tat (α1 χ)
padaṃ (cett.) ] om. (ε2)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 2

antarlakṣyavilīnacittapavano yogī yadā vartate

dṛṣṭyā niścalatārayā bahir adhaḥ paśyan na paśyet sadā |

mudreyaṃ khalu khecarī bhavati sā yuktaprasādāt guroḥ

śūnyāśūnyavivarjitaṃ sphurati yat tattvaṃ padaṃ śāṃbhavaṃ ||

°pavano ] 4340 4345 T00788, °pavane 7970

sā yukta°] 4340 4345, sā yuktā T00788, satyuṣṭa° 7970

prasādād guroḥ ] 4340 4345 T00788, prasādāt guro 7970

yat tattvaṃ ] 7970 4340 4345, cet tatvaṃ T00788

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~24v

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

antarlakṣyavilīnacittapavano yogī yadā vartate

dṛṣṭyā niścalatārayā bahir asau paśyann apaśyann api |

mudreyaṃ khalu śāṃbhavī bhavati sā yuṣmatprasādād guro

śūnyāśūnyavivarjitaṃ sphurati yat tatvaṃ padaṃ śāṃbhavam ||

Anubhavanivedana 1

antarlakṣyavilīnacittapavano yogī yadā vartate

dṛṣṭyā niścalatārayā bahir asau paśyann apaśyann api |

mudreyaṃ khalu śāmbhavī bhavati sā yuṣmatprasādād guro

śūnyāśūnyavivarjitaṃ bhavati yat tattvaṃ padaṃ śāmbhavam ||1 ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 49.27 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

antarlakṣavilīnacittapavano yogī yadā varttate

dṛṣṭyā niścalatārayā bahir adhaḥ paśyann apaśyann api |

mudreyaṃ khalu śāmbhavī bhavati sā yuṣmatprasādāt guroḥ

śūnyāśūnyavivarjitaṃ sphurati yat tatvaṃ padaṃ śāmbhavam ||

HP 4.8

श्रीशांभव्याश्च खेचर्या अवस्थायामभेदता

भवेच्चित्तलयानन्दः शून्ये चित्सुखरूपिणि ॥ (χ)

śrīśāṃbhavyāś ca khecaryā avasthāyām abhedatā /

bhavec cittalayānandaḥ śūnye citsukharūpiṇi // (χ)

There is no difference between the states of śāmbhavī and khecarī.
Philological Commentary

This line may be authorial because it is explaining the fact that 4.6 and 4.7 teach similar techniques called śāmbhavī mudrā and khecarīmudrā respectively. One would expect a verse on khecarī mudrā to be explaining the insertion of the tongue in the nasopharyngeal cavity (cf.~3.33–48), but the practice of meditating by fixing the gaze is called khecarī mudrā in 4.7 (as attested by α, β and η manuscripts) and manuscripts of the Candrāvalokana, the text from which Svātmārāma borrowed this verse. It is therefore likely that he added 4.8 to explain that śāmbhavī and khecarī mudrās are the same with respect to the gaze.

Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2, ε3 and η2
°vyāś ca khecaryā (α1 γ2 Δ χ) ] °vyāḥ khecaryā _ (γ1), °vyāḥ khecaryāś ca (β1 β2 βω), °vavyā khecaryā (α3)
avasthāyām abhedatā (β1) ] avasthāyāṃ ca bhedatā (βω), hy avasthāyām abhedataḥ (β2), avasthāyāṃ na bhedataḥ (α1), avasthāyā na bhedataḥ (α3), avasthādhāmabhedataḥ (χ), avasthā ca na bhedataḥ (Γ), avasthā balabhedataḥ (Δ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~25r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

śrīśāṃbhavyā khecaryāś ca avasthāṃ ca labhed ataḥ |

tāre jyotiṣi saṃyojya kiñ cid uccālayed bhruvau ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~128r–128v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tāre jyotiṣi saṃyojya kiṃ cid unnamayed bhuvau [|]

śrīśāṃbhavyāś ca khecaryā avasthā[ṃ] tu labhed ataḥ ||

unnamayed ] 2244, saṃcālayed B220

unmanīkaraṇaṃ kṣaṇāt ] 2244, unmanīkāralakṣaṇam B220

tu labhed ataḥ ] 2244, labhate daśa B220

HP 4.8*1

तारे ज्योतिषि संयोज्य किंचिदुच्चालयेद्भ्रुवौ

पूर्वयोगस्य मार्गोऽयमुन्मनीकरणं क्षणात्

tāre jyotiṣi saṃyojya kiṃcid uccālayed bhruvau /

pūrvayogasya mārgo’yam unmanīkaraṇaṃ kṣaṇāt //

[The yogi] should fix the pupils on a light and slightly raise the eyebrows. This is the way of the preliminary yoga, which immediately brings about the beyond-mind state.
Philological Commentary

This and the next verse (4.8*1–2) are from the South Indian recension of the Amanaska, a later rewriting of that work which incorporates these verses in an additional passage on Tārakayoga, added here to elaborate on the meditation of fixing the gaze that is taught in 4.4–7.

Readings

ab omitted in Α
cd omitted in Α and Γ
tāre (β1 γ2 ε3 χ) ] vāre (γ1), tāra (βω δ1), tāraṃ (δ2 δ3), tārāṃ (β2), tārā (η2), tāva (ε2)
jyotiṣi (β2 Γ δ2 δ3 ε3 χ) ] jyotiṣīṃ (β1), dyotiṣi (ε2), jyotiṣu (η2), jyotīṣa (βω), jyotiso (δ1)
saṃyojya (cett.) ] saṃyojyā (η2), samojyaṃ (γ1), jojya (δ1)
uccālayed (γ1 δ2 δ3) ] uccalayed (γ2), uccārayed (η2), uccācayed (δ1), unnamayed (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ), uṣṭānnama (ε2)
bhruvau (cett.) ] bhūvo<<ḥ>> (γ1)
pūrvayogasya mārgo’yam (β1 βω δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3) ] pūrvayogasya mārgeṇa (β2), sūryayogasya mārge ca (η2), pūrvayogasya māhātmyam (δ1), pūrvayogaṃ mano yuñjann (χ), om. (Γ)
unmanī (β1 βω Δ ε2 ε3 χ) ] hy unmanī (β2), yunmanī (η2), om. (Γ)
karaṇaṃ kṣaṇāt (Δ ε3) ] kāraṇaḥ kṣaṇāt (βω), kārakaḥ kṣaṇāt (β1 χ), kārakakṣaṇāt (β2), kārakaṃ kṣaṇāt (ε2), kāralakṣaṇam (η2), om. (Γ)

Sources
Amanaska 1.8 (South Indian Recension)

netre jyotiṣi saṃyojya kiṃ cid unnamayed bhruvau |

pūrvayogasya mārgo ’yam unmanīkārakaḥ kṣaṇāt ||

unnamayed ] Cb Vd: unnamayan Bb Tha: unmīlaye W: unmilayet Uc: unmanaya Pe: unmīlya Cc

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~25r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tāre jyotiṣi saṃyojya kiṃ cid uccālayed bhruvau |

pūrvayogasya mārgo ’yam unmanīkaraṇaḥ kṣaṇāt ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā ff. 128r-128v (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

tāre jyotiṣi saṃyojya kiṃ cid unnamayed bhuvau |

pūrvayogasya mārgo [’]yam unmanīkaraṇaṃ kṣaṇāt ||

HP 4.8*2

केचिदागमजालेन केचिन्नियमसंकुलैः

केचित्तर्केण मुह्यन्ति नैव जानन्ति तारकम् ॥

kecid āgamajālena kecin niyamasaṃkulaiḥ /

kecit tarkeṇa muhyanti naiva jānanti tārakam //

Some are confused by a multitude of [tantric] texts, some by a mass of vedic texts and some by reasoning. They do not know what causes one to cross over.
Philological Commentary

On why this verse is in greyscale, see the note to 4.8*1.

Readings

Stanza omitted in Α and Γ
jālena (β1 β2 βω Δ ε2 ε3 χ) ] yogena (η2), om. (Γ)
niyama (βω Δ) ] nigama (β1 β2 ε2 η2 χ), nima (ε3), om. (Γ)
saṃkulaiḥ (β1 β2 ε2 η2 χ) ] saṃkule (βω ε3), saṃkulāḥ (δ2 δ3), saṃkulā (δ1), om. (Γ)

Sources
Amanaska 1.11 (South Indian Recension)

ke cid āgamajālena ke cin nigamasaṅkulaiḥ |

ke cit tarkeṇa muhyanti naiva jānanti tārakam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi f.~25r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ke cid āgamajālena ke cin niyamasaṃkulāḥ |

ke cit tarkeṇa muhyanti naiva jānanti tārakam ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 49.29 (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ke cid āgamajālena ke cin nigamasaṃkule |

ke cit tarkeṇa muhyanti naiva jānanti tārakam ||

HP 4.8*3

अर्धोद्घाटितलोचनः स्थिरमना नासाग्रदत्तेक्षणः

चन्द्रार्कावपि लीनतामुपनयेन्निष्पन्दभावोऽन्तरे

ज्योतीरूपमशेषबाह्यरहितं देदीप्यमानं परं

तत्त्वं त्पदमेति वस्तु परमं वाच्यं किमत्राधिकम्

ardhodghāṭitalocanaḥ sthiramanā nāsāgradattekṣaṇaḥ

candrārkāv api līnatām upanayen niṣpandabhāvo’ntare /

jyotīrūpam aśeṣabāhyarahitaṃ dedīpyamānaṃ paraṃ

tattvaṃ tat padam eti vastu paramaṃ vācyaṃ kim atrādhikam //

With eyes half open, mind steady, gaze placed at the tip of the nose and inner state motionless, [the yogi] should lead the moon and sun to dissolution. He attains the state of the highest reality, the supreme essence, whose form is light and which is devoid of anything external and shining intensely. What more is to be said here?
Philological Commentary

This verse is not in the α manuscripts and was probably added because it elaborates on the gaze. In the Candrāvalokana (i.e., the source text) and the Anubhavanivedana, it follows 4.7, which may explain its position in the γ and δ groups.

Metre: Śārdūlavikrīḍita
Readings

Stanza omitted in Α
ardhodghāṭita (cett.) ] arddhoghāṭita (β1), ardhodghātavi (δ2), arddhocchādita (γ1), ardhonmīlita (χ)
locanaḥ (Δ ε3 χ) ] locana (β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 η2)
sthira (cett.) ] sthila (γ1)
kṣaṇaḥ (cett.) ] kṣaṇāś (βω γ1), kṣaṇaṃ (ε2)
candrārkāv (cett.) ] candrārkoc (γ2), candrārkau (η2)
api (β1 β2 βω γ1 Δ ε3 χ) ] avi (γ2), aca (ε2), ca vi° (η2)
upanayen (Γ Δ ε2 ε3) ] upanayan (χ), upagatau (β1 β2 βω), gatau (η2)
niṣpanda (cett.) ] nirvyaṃda (β1), nikṣipya (η2)
bhāvo’ntare (γ1 δ1) ] bhāvotare (γ2), bhāvāntare (δ2 δ3), bhāsoṃtare (η2), bāṣpaṃ tataḥ (ε3), vāpyaṃ tataḥ (ε2), rūpaṃ tataḥ (β2), rūpaṃ tanu (β1), rūpatanu (βω), bhāvena yaḥ (χ)
rūpam (cett.) ] rūpa (ε2 ε3), yatsyam (γ2)
aśeṣa (cett.) ] viśeṣa (ε2 ε3)
bāhyarahitaṃ (cett.) ] bījam akhilaṃ (χ)
dedīpya (cett.) ] devadīpya (γ1)
tattvaṃ (cett.) ] tattve (δ2)
tat (cett.) ] yac (η2)
padam eti (Γ Δ χ) ] param eti (β1 β2 βω), param asti (ε2 ε3), carama (η2)
vastu (cett.) ] vasta (γ1), yastu (β1 βω), yat tu (β2)
vācyaṃ (cett.) ] vāpyaṃ (γ1)
atrādhikam (cett.) ] andrādhikaṃ (γ1), atrāsanaṃ (δ1)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 3

ardhotghāṭitalocana[ḥ] sthiramanā nāsāgradattekṣaṇaś

candrārkāv api līnatām upagatau niṣpandarūpaṃ vapuḥ |

jyotīrūpam aśeṣabāhyarahitaṃ dedīpyamānaṃ paraṃ

tatvaṃ tatpadam eti yat tu paramaṃ vācyaṃ kim atrādhikaṃ ||

sthiramanā ] 4340 4345 T00788, sphuramanā 7970

nāsāgradattekṣaṇaś ] 7970 4345 T00788, nāsāgradaṭhattakṣaṇaś 4340

tatvaṃ tatpadam eti yat tu] 4340 4345 T00788, tatvaṃ-n-tatpadam eti yat kṛ 7970

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi ff. 24v–25r (attr.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ardhodghāṭitalocanaḥ sthiramanā nāsāgradattekṣaṇaḥ

candrārkāv api līnatām upanayen niḥspandabhāvottare |

jyotīrūpam aśeṣabāhyarahitaṃ dedīpyamānaṃ paraṃ

tatvaṃ tat padam eti vastu paramaṃ vācyaṃ kim atrādhikam ||

Anubhavanivedana 2

ardhodghāṭitalocanaḥ sthiramanā nāsāgradattekṣaṇaś

candrārkāv api līnatām upagatau trispandabhāvāntare |

jyotīrūpam aśeṣabāhyarahitaṃ caikaṃ pumāṃsaṃ param

tattvaṃ tatpadam eti vastu paramaṃ vācyaṃ kim atrādhikam ||2 ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 49.30 (citing the Haṭhapradīpikā)

ardhodghāṭitalocanaḥ sthiramanā nāsāgradattekṣaṇaḥ

candrārkāvapi līnatāmupanayennispandavācyaṃ tataḥ |

jyotīrūpaviśeṣabāhyarahitaṃ dedīpyamānaṃ paraṃ

tatvaṃ tatparamasti vastu paramaṃ vācyaṃ kimatrādhikam || iti ||

HP 4.8*4

पाताले यद्वितयसुषिरं मेरुमूले तदस्मिन्

तत्त्वं चैतत्प्रवदति सुधीस्तन्मुखं निम्नगानाम् ।

चन्द्रात्सारः स्रवति वपुषस्तेन मृत्युर्नराणां

तं बध्नीयात्सुकरणमृदा नान्यथा कायसिद्धिः(Α, Γ and Δ)

pātāle yadvitayasuṣiraṃ merumūle tad asmin

tattvaṃ caitat pravadati sudhīs tan mukhaṃ nimnagānām /

candrāt sāraḥ sravati vapuṣas tena mṛtyur narāṇāṃ

taṃ badhnīyāt sukaraṇamṛdā nānyathā kāyasiddhiḥ // (Α, Γ and Δ)

Philological Commentary

For the translation and testimonia, as well as an explanation of the various places and versions of this verse in the text, see 3.49.

Readings

pātāle yadvitaya (α1 α2) ] pātāḷe yadvita .. (α3), pātālād yad viśati (Γ), pātālād yad viyati (δ2), pātālād vā viyati (δ1 δ3)
suṣiraṃ (α2) ] suśiraṃ (α1), śikhiraṃ (γ1), śikharaṃ (γ2 δ2), śikhare (δ1 δ3)
tad asmin (α1) ] tad asti (γ2), tasti (γ1), tad āste (δ2 δ3), tadāstā (δ1), yadismi (α2)
sudhīs tan mukhaṃ (α1 Γ) ] sudhīḥ saṃmukhaṃ (δ2 δ3), susaṃmukhaṃ (δ1)
sāraḥ (Γ) ] srāvaḥ (Δ), sāro (α1 α2)
sravati (Γ δ2 δ3) ] śravati (δ1), grasati (α1), om. (α2)
vapuṣas (α1 α2 γ1 Δ) ] puruṣas (γ2)
taṃ badhnīyāt (α1 α2 α3 γ2 Δ) ] tadvahyaṃpāt (γ1)
sukaraṇamṛdā (α1 α2) ] sukaraṇāmudā (α3), svakaraṇamṛdā (γ2 δ3), svakaraṇamṛjā (δ1), svakaraṇai mṛdā (γ1), svakara[ṇamṛ] .. (δ2)
kāyasiddhiḥ (α1 γ2 δ2 δ3) ] kāyaḥ siddhiḥ (γ1), kāryasiddhi(ḥ) (α2 α3 δ1)

HP 4.8*5

यत्किंचित्स्रवते चन्द्राद् अमृतं दिव्यरूपिणः ।

तत्सर्वं ग्रसते सूर्यस् तेन पिण्डं जरायुतं ॥ (Α)

yat kiṃcit sravate candrād amṛtaṃ divyarūpiṇaḥ /

tat sarvaṃ grasate sūryas tena piṇḍaṃ jarāyutaṃ // (Α)

Philological Commentary

See 3.75, where this verse is also found.

Readings

HP 4.8*6

तत्रास्ति करणं दिव्यं सूर्यस्य परिबन्धनं ।

गुरूपदेशतो ज्ञेयं न तु शास्त्रार्थकोटिभिः ॥ (Α)

tatrāsti karaṇaṃ divyaṃ sūryasya paribandhanaṃ /

gurūpadeśato jñeyaṃ na tu śāstrārthakoṭibhiḥ // (Α)

Philological Commentary

See 3.76, where this verse is also found.

Readings

HP 4.8*7

दिवा न पूजयेल्लिङ्गं रात्रौ नैव च पूजयेत्

सततं पूजयेल्लिङ्गं दिवारात्रिनिरोधतः

divā na pūjayel liṅgaṃ rātrau naiva ca pūjayet /

satataṃ pūjayel liṅgaṃ divārātrinirodhataḥ //

[The yogi] should not worship the liṅga by day, nor should he worship it by night. He should worship the liṅga constantly, by suppressing day and night.
Readings

divā na (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] vāsare (η2)
rātrau naiva ca pūjayet (β1 ε2) ] rātrau caiva na pūjayet (η2 χ), rātrau naiva prapūjayet (β2 βω), rātrau liṃgaṃ na pūjayet (ε3)
satataṃ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] sarvadā (χ)
divārātrinirodhataḥ (χ) ] divārātrau na pūjayet (ε2 ε3 η2), divārātraṃ na pūjayet (β1 βω), divārātrau ca pūjayet (β2)

Sources
Khecarīvidyā 3.19

na divā pūjayel liṅgaṃ na rātrau ca maheśvari |

sarvadā pūjayel liṅgaṃ divārātrinirodhataḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~128v (attr.~Haṭhapradīpikā)

divā na pūjayel liṃga[ṃ] rātrau naiva prapūjayet [|]

satataṃ pūjayel liṃga[ṃ] divārātrau ca pūjayet [||]

HP 4.8*9

सुषिरं ज्ञानजनकं पञ्चस्रोतःसमन्वितम्

तिष्ठते खेचरी मुद्रा तस्मिन्शून्ये निरञ्जने

suṣiraṃ jñānajanakaṃ pañcasrotaḥsamanvitam /

tiṣṭhate khecarī mudrā tasmin śūnye nirañjane //

The breath in the left and right channels moves into the middle. Without doubt, khecarīmudrā abides in that place.
Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
suṣiraṃ (em.) ] sukhiraṃ (βω η2), suṣiro (ε2), sukhiro (β1 β2), dṛṅmukhaṃ (ε3)
janakaṃ (βω η2) ] jaṃnakaṃ (ε3), janakaḥ (β1 β2 ε2)
srotaḥ (β1 β2 ε3) ] śrotaḥ (βω ε2 η2)
samanvitam (βω ε3) ] samanvitaḥ (β1 β2 ε2), samanvite (η2)
tasmin śūnye (η2) ] tasmāc chūnye (β1 β2 ε3), satyaṃ tatra (ε2), (βω)
nirañjane (β1 β2 ε3 η2) ] na saṃśayaḥ (ε2), om. (βω)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~??

savyadakṣiṇanāḍīstho madhye carati mārutaḥ |

tiṣṭhati khecarī mudrā tasmin sthāne na saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 4.8*9

सव्यदक्षिणनाडीस्थो मध्ये चलति मारुतः

तिष्ठते खेचरी मुद्रा तस्मिन्स्थाने न संशयः ॥

savyadakṣiṇanāḍīstho madhye calati mārutaḥ /

tiṣṭhate khecarī mudrā tasmin sthāne na saṃśayaḥ //

The breath in the left and right channels moves into the middle. Without doubt, khecarīmudrā abides in that place.
Readings

savyadakṣiṇanāḍīstho (β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] savyadakṣanāḍistho (β1), om. (βω)
madhye calati mārutaḥ (ε2) ] madhye carati mārutaḥ (β1 β2 χ), madhye vahati mārutaḥ (η2), madhyacaritamāruta (ε3), om. (βω)
tiṣṭhate khecarī mudrā (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] om. (βω)
tasmin sthāne (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] satyaṃ tatra (ε2), tatra satyaṃ (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~??

savyadakṣiṇanāḍīstho madhye carati mārutaḥ |

tiṣṭhati khecarī mudrā tasmin sthāne na saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 4.8*10

चित्तं चरति खे यस्माज् जिह्वा चरति खे गता

तेनैषा खेचरी नाम मुद्रा सिद्धैर्नमस्कृता

cittaṃ carati khe yasmāj jihvā carati khe gatā /

tenaiṣā khecarī nāma mudrā siddhair namaskṛtā //

Philological Commentary

See 3.37, where this verse is also found.

Readings

Stanza omitted in η2 and χ
khe gatā (β1 β2 βω ε2) ] vegataḥ (ε3)
tenaiṣā (β1 βω ε3) ] teneyaṃ (β2), tenaiva (ε2)
nāma (β1 βω ε2) ] mudrā (β2 ε3)
mudrā (β1 βω ε2) ] satyaṃ (ε3), sarvā (β2)
namaskṛtā (β1 β2 βω ε2) ] nigadyate (ε3)

HP 4.8*11

इडापिङ्गलयोर्योगे शून्यं चैवानिलं ग्रसेत्

तिष्ठते खेचरी मुद्रा तत्र सत्यं पुनः पुनः

iḍāpiṅgalayor yoge śūnyaṃ caivānilaṃ graset /

tiṣṭhate khecarī mudrā tatra satyaṃ punaḥ punaḥ //

At the juncture of Iḍā and Piṅgalā, the void devours the breath. Khecarīmudrā abides there. This is true, time and time again.
Philological Commentary

Cf.~Rāghavabhaṭṭa ad Śāradātilaka 25.43: suṣumṇāyām eteṣu parvasu iḍāpiṅgalayor yogo bhavatīti jñeyam.

Readings

Stanza omitted in ε3 and η2
yoge (β1 β2 βω ε2) ] madhye (χ)
śūnyaṃ (β2 χ) ] śūnye (β1 ε2), śūne (βω)
caivānilaṃ (βω ε2 χ) ] caiva bilaṃ (β1 β2)
graset (β1 βω ε2 χ) ] viśet (β2)
tiṣṭhate (β2 βω ε2 χ) ] tiṣṭhati (β1)
tatra satyaṃ punaḥ punaḥ (β2 βω χ) ] tatra satyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ (β1), satyaṃ tatra na saṃśayaḥ (ε2)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha (IFP Transcript T1095) p.~42.

iḍāpiṅgalayor yoge śūnye caivānilaṃ graset |

tiṣṭhate khecarī mudrā tatra satyaṃ punaḥ punaḥ ||

HP 4.8*12

सूर्याचन्द्रमसोर्मध्ये निरालम्बे तले पुनः ।

संस्थिता व्योमचक्रे या सा मुद्रा नाम खेचरी ॥

sūryācandramasor madhye nirālambe tale punaḥ /

saṃsthitā vyomacakre yā sā mudrā nāma khecarī //

The mudrā situated in the cakra of the void (vyomacakre) in the middle of the sun and moon on an unsupported surface is [the mudrā] called khecarī.
Philological Commentary

The reading tale is suspect, as is nirālambāntare, the conjecture of Brahmānanda.

Readings

sūryācandramasor (β1 β2 βω χ) ] somasūryadvayor (ε2 η2), candrasūryadvayor (ε3)
nirālambe tale (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3) ] nirālambo’ntarā (η2), nirālambāntare (χ)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha (IFP Transcript T1095) p.~41.

somasūryadvayor madhye nirālambe tale punaḥ |

saṃsthitā vyomacakre sā mudrā nāma ca khecarī ||

Gorakṣasiddhāntasaṅgraha p.~37

sūryācandramasormadhye nirālambe’nile punaḥ |

saṃsthitā vyomacakre yā sā mudrā nāma khecarī ||

HP 4.8*13

सा मयोद्भेदिता वामा साक्षाच्च शिववल्लभा ।

पूरयेन्मारुतं दिव्यं सुषुम्णा पश्चिमे मुखे ॥

sā mayodbheditā vāmā sākṣāc ca śivavallabhā /

pūrayen mārutaṃ divyaṃ suṣumṇā paścime mukhe //

Brought forth by me, lovely, and clearly beloved of Śiva, the Suṣumṇā should fill herself with the divine air through her rear mouth.
Philological Commentary

The referent of mayā is unspecified and no source text has been identified. It most probably refers to a goddess.

Readings

Stanza omitted in β2
sā mayodbheditā vāmā (β1 βω) ] sā mayodve _ tā vāmā (ε2), sā mayodve .itā vāmā (ε3), somayodbheditā dhāma (η2), somād yatroditā dhārā (χ)
sākṣāc ca (β1 βω ε2 ε3) ] sākṣād vai (η2), sākṣāt sā (χ)
pūrayen (β1 βω ε2 ε3) ] pūrayed (χ), pūjayed (η2)
mārutaṃ divyaṃ (β1 βω ε2 ε3) ] atulāṃ divyāṃ (η2 χ)
suṣumṇā (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] suṣumṇāṃ (χ)
paścime (β1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] paścimā (βω)

Testimonia
Yogasārasaṅgraha p. 61 (attrib. Praṇavacintāmaṇi)

sā mayā viditā yā māyā sākṣācchivavallabhā |

pūrayen mārutaṃ divyaṃ suṣumnā paścime mukhe ||

HP 4.8*14

पुरस्ताच्चैव पूर्येत निश्चिता खेचरी भवेत् ।

अभ्यसेत्खेचरीमुद्रामुन्मनी सा प्रजायते

purastāc caiva pūryeta niścitā khecarī bhavet /

abhyaset khecarīmudrām unmanī sā prajāyate //

And if [she] fills herself from the front, khecarī definitely arises. [The yogi] should practise khecarīmudrā. The state beyond mind arises.
Philological Commentary

We have understood niścitā as an adverb. No witnesses have niścitam, but we see no other way of taking niścitā.

Readings

niścitā (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] niśritā (η2)
abhyaset (β1 β2 ε2) ] abhyase (βω), abhyastā (η2 χ), (ε3)
khecarīmudrām (β2 βω ε2) ] khecarīṃ mudrām (β1), khecarīmudrā (η2 χ), om. (ε3)
unmanī (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2) ] py unmanī (χ), om. (ε3)
sā prajāyate (β2 βω) ] saṃprajāyate (ε2 η2 χ), sāṃdrajāyate (β1), om. (ε3)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~135 purastāc caiva pūryeta niścitā khecarī bhavet | abhyaset khecarīmudrāmunmanī saṃprajāyate ||
HP 4.8*15

अभ्यसेत्खेचरीं तावद्यावत्स्याद्योगनिद्रितः

संप्राप्तयोगनिद्रस्य कालो नास्ति कदाचन ॥*

abhyaset khecarīṃ tāvad yāvat syād yoganidritaḥ /

saṃprāptayoganidrasya kālo nāsti kadācana //*

[The yogi] should practise khecarīmudrā until he falls into a yogic sleep. For one who has attained yogic sleep, death never arises.
Philological Commentary

Readings

abhyaset (β1 β2 βω ε2 χ) ] abhyasat (ε3), abhyaste (η2)
khecarīṃ (χ) ] khecarī (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2)
tāvad (β1 β2 βω χ) ] mudrāṃ (ε3 η2), mudrā (ε2)
yāvat (β1 β2 βω χ) ] tāvat (ε2 ε3 η2)
nidritaḥ (β2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] nidritāḥ (β1), nidratāḥ (η2), niṃdrataḥ (βω)
nidrasya (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] niṃdrasya (βω)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~135abhyaset khecarīṃ tāvat yāvat syād yoganidrataḥ | saṃprāptayoganidrasya kālo nāsti kadācana ||
HP 4.8*16

भ्रुवोर्मध्ये शिवस्थानं मनस्तत्र विलीयते ।

ज्ञातव्यं तत्पदं तुर्यं तत्र कालो न विद्यते ॥

bhruvor madhye śivasthānaṃ manas tatra vilīyate /

jñātavyaṃ tat padaṃ turyaṃ tatra kālo na vidyate //

Between the eyebrows is the place of Śiva. The mind dissolves there. That level should be known as the fourth state. Death does not exist there.
Readings

śiva (βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] bhavet (β1)
tatra (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2 χ) ] yatra (ε3)
kālo (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] kopi (ε2)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~135 bhruvor madhye śivasthānaṃ manas tatra vilīyate | jñātavyaṃ tatparaṃ turyaṃ tatra kālo na vidyate ||
HP 4.8*17

चन्द्रसूर्यद्वयोर्मध्ये मुद्रां दद्याच्च खेचरीम्

निरालम्बे महाशून्ये व्योमचक्रे व्यवस्थिताम्

candrasūryadvayor madhye mudrāṃ dadyāc ca khecarīm /

nirālambe mahāśūnye vyomacakre vyavasthitām //

Between the moon and the sun, [the yogi] should apply khecarīmudrā, which is situated in the supportless, great void, the vyomacakra.
Philological Commentary

The vyomacakra (’the cakra of space’) is also mentioned in a half-verse that was added to some later recensions of the Haṭhapradīpikā (see 3.35) and states that vyomacakra is another name for khecarīmudrā. In Jyotsnā 4.45, Brahmānanda states that the vyomacakra is associated with all the voids in the middle of the brow (bhrūmadhye sarvakhānāṃ samanvayāt) and, in the Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 129v), Sundaradeva says that it is called the Brahmarandhra, which is between Iḍā and Piṅgalā (iḍāpiṅgalāntargataṃ brahmarandhrākhyaṃ vyomacakraṃ tat khecarīmudrāṃ śaktiṃ kuryād ...).

Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
mudrāṃ (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2) ] mudrā (ε2)
dadyāc ca (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2) ] divyā ca (ε2)
khecarīm (β2 ε3 η2) ] khecarī (βω ε2), khecare (β1)
nirālambe (β2 η2) ] nirālambaṃ (βω ε2 ε3), nirālambas (β1)
mahāśūnye (β2 η2) ] mahāśūnyaṃ (ε2 ε3), mahāśūnya (βω), tadā śūnya (β1)
cakre (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2) ] cakraṃ (ε3)
vyavasthitām (β2 βω η2) ] vyavasthitaṃ (ε2 ε3), vyavasthitā (β1)

Sources
Jñānasāra 3.3cd

candrasūryadvayor madhye muḍādadyā? tu khecarīm |

HP 4.8*18

निरालम्बं मनः कृत्वा न किंचिदपि चिन्तयेत् ।

सबाह्याभ्यन्तरे व्योम्नि घटत्तिष्ठति ध्रुवम् ॥

nirālambaṃ manaḥ kṛtvā na kiṃcid api cintayet /

sabāhyābhyantare vyomni ghaṭavat tiṣṭhati dhruvam //

[The yogi] should make the mind supportless and think of nothing at all. He assuredly remains like a pot in the ether, [empty] inside and outside.
Readings

bhyantare (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] bhyantaraṃ (η2)
ghaṭa (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] paṭa (ε2)
tiṣṭhati (β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] tiṣṭhate (ε2 ε3)

Sources
Jñānasāra 3.4

nirālambaṃ manaḥ kṛtvā na kiñcid api cintayet || 3 ||

sa bāhyābhyantare yogī ghaṭavat tiṣṭhate priye |

HP 4.8*19

बाह्यवायुर्यदालीनः खस्य मध्ये न संशयः

स्वस्थानं गच्छति प्राणः च्रुx सूर्याङ्गे मनसा तथाच्रुx ॥

bāhyavāyur yadālīnaḥ khasya madhye na saṃśayaḥ /

svasthānaṃ gacchati prāṇaḥ crux sūryāṅge manasā tathācrux //

When the external air has dissolved into the void, the breath is sure to go to its place †with the mind on the side of the sun†.
Philological Commentary

It is hard to make sense of sūryāṅge here (`on the side of the sun’ ?). The terms sūryāṅge and candrāṅge occur in the third chapter (3.15) in the sense of the right and left sides of the body, respectively. However, this meaning does not seem relevant here. Since we are not sure of the meaning of sūryāṅge and since the variant readings with pavana are not clear either, we have cruxed the fourth verse quarter.

Readings

yadā (ε2 ε3) ] yathā (β1 β2 βω η2 χ)
līnaḥ (β1 β2 ε3) ] līna (ε2), līnaṃ (βω), līnas (η2 χ)
khasya madhye (β1 βω) ] khamadhye tu (β2), khamadhye ca (ε3), khamadhya _ (ε2), tathā madhye (η2), tathā madhyo (χ)
na saṃśayaḥ (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] _ _ sayaḥ (ε2)
svasthānaṃ gacchati prāṇaḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] svasthāne sthiratām eti (χ)
sūryāṅge manasā tathā (β2 βω ε2 ε3) ] sūryāṅge pavane tathā (β1 η2), pavano manasā saha (χ)

Testimonia
Haṭhapradīpikā (with ten-chapters) 7.52

bāhyavāyur yathā līnaḥ svasya madhye na saṃśayaḥ |

svasthānaṃ gacchati prāṇaḥ sūryo ’gnau pavane tathā ||

HP 4.8*20

एवमभ्यस्यमानस्य वायुमार्गे दिवानिशम्

अभ्यासाज्जीर्यते वायुर् मनस्तत्र विलीयते

evam abhyasyamānasya vāyumārge divāniśam /

abhyāsāj jīryate vāyur manas tatra vilīyate //

For [the yogi] practising in this way day and night on the path of the breath, as a result of the practice the breath is consumed, [and] the mind dissolves into it.
Philological Commentary

Brahmānanda identifies the path of the breath (vāyumārga) with Suṣumṇā.

Readings

abhyasyamānasya (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] abhyasyatas tasya (χ)
vāyumārge (β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] vāyor mārge (ε2 ε3)
divāniśam (β2 χ) ] divā niśi (β1), divādisam (βω), sadāniśaṃ (η2), sadānilaṃ (ε2 ε3)
abhyāsāj jīryate (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2 χ) ] abhyāsāl līyate (ε3)
tatra vilīyate (ε2 ε3 η2) ] tatraiva līyate (β1 β2 βω χ)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f. 129v

abhyāsāl līyate vāyuḥ manas tatra vilīyate ||

HP 4.8*21

अमृतं प्लावयेद्देहम् आ पादतलमस्तकम्

सिध्यत्येव महाकायो महाबलपराक्रमः ॥

इति खेचरी । (χ)

amṛtaṃ plāvayed deham ā pādatalamastakam /

sidhyaty eva mahākāyo mahābalaparākramaḥ //

iti khecarī / (χ)

[The yogi] should flood the body with nectar from the soles of the feet to the head. He is sure to become perfected, with a great body and great strength and valour.hus ends khecarī.
Readings

amṛtaṃ plāvayed deham (β1 βω ε2) ] amṛte plāvayed deham (ε3), amṛtaṃ plavate _ _ (β2), amṛtaiḥ plāvayed deham (χ), ajaratvaṃ bhaved dehe (η2)
mastakam (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] mastake (η2), mastakān (ε2)
sidhyaty eva (βω χ) ] siddhaty eva (ε2), siddhyaty evaṃ (ε3), sidhyate ca (η2), siddhadeho (β2), siddhideho (β1)
mahākāyo (β2 χ) ] mahākāryo (β1), mahāyogo (η2), sadā kāyo (βω ε2), tadā kāyo (ε3)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f. 129v

siddhaty evaṃ tadā kāyo mahābalaparākramaḥ ||

HP 4.8*22

अथ शाम्भवी(β1 and ε2)

शक्तिमध्ये मनः कृत्वा शक्तिं च मनमध्यगां

मनसा मन आलोक्य तद्ध्यायेत्परमं पदम् ॥

atha śāmbhavī / (β1 and ε2)

śaktimadhye manaḥ kṛtvā śaktiṃ ca manamadhyagāṃ /

manasā mana ālokya tad dhyāyet paramaṃ padam //

Now śāmbhavī:{[}The yogi] should [put] the mind in Śakti and Śakti in the mind, observe the mind with the mind, and meditate on it as the supreme state.
Philological Commentary

In the second verse quarter, mana for mano is for the metre.

Readings

atha (ε2) ] om. (β1)
śāmbhavī (β1) ] śāmbhavī śaktiḥ (ε2)
śaktiṃ ca manamadhyagāṃ (ε2) ] śaktiṃ ca svāṃtamadhyagāṃ (ε3), śaktiṃ mānasamadhyagām (χ), śaktiṃ manasi madhyataḥ (η2), sumadhyagaṃ (β1), manaḥ śaktes tu madhyagam (β2 βω)
mana ālokya (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] manam ālokya (βω)
tad dhyāyet (β2 ε2 ε3) ] taṃ dhātaṃ (β1), vaddhyāyait (βω), dhārayet (η2 χ)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 27

śaktimadhye manaḥ kṛtvā manaś śaktes tu madhyamam |

manasā mana ālokya taṃ dhyāyet paramaṃ padaṃ ||

madhyamam ] madhyagaṃ 4340

taṃ dhyāyet ] tad dhyāyet 4340

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~129v–130r

śaktimadhyo manaḥ kṛtvā śaktiṃ ca svāntamadhyagāṃ |

manasā mana ālokya tad dhyāyet paramaṃ padam ||

HP 4.8*23

खमध्ये कुरु चात्मानम् आत्ममध्ये च खं कुरु ।

सर्वं च खमयं कृत्वा न किंचिदपि चिन्तयेत् ॥

khamadhye kuru cātmānam ātmamadhye ca khaṃ kuru /

sarvaṃ ca khamayaṃ kṛtvā na kiṃcid api cintayet //

Put the self in space and put space in the self. [The yogi] should make everything consist of space and think of nothing at all.
Readings

khamadhye (β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] khaṃmadhye (β1)
sarvaṃ ca (ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] ātmānaṃ (β2 βω), evaṃ kṛ° (β1)
khamayaṃ kṛtvā (βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] khaṃmayaṃ kṛtvā (β2 η2), °tvā tayoś cāpi (β1)

Sources
Uttaragītā 1.9

khamadhye kuru cātmānam ātmamadhye ca khaṃ kuru |

ātmānaṃ khamayaṃ kṛtvā na kiṃ cid api cintayet ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.45

khamadhye kuru cātmānam ātmamadhye ca khaṃ kuru |

sarvaṃ ca khamayaṃ kṛtvā na kiṃ cid api cintayet ||

HP 4.8*24

अन्तःशून्यो बहिःशून्यः शून्यकुम्भ इवाम्बरे ।

अन्तःपूर्णो बहिःपूर्णः पूर्णकुम्भ इवार्णवे

antaḥśūnyo bahiḥśūnyaḥ śūnyakumbha ivāmbare /

antaḥpūrṇo bahiḥpūrṇaḥ pūrṇakumbha ivārṇave //

Like an empty pot in air, [the yogī] is empty on the inside and empty on the outside. Like a full pot in the ocean, [the yogi] is full on the inside and full on the outside.
Readings

Stanza omitted in βω, ε2 and ε3
śūnya (β1 β2 η2) ] śūnyaḥ (χ)
pūrṇa (β1 β2 η2) ] pūrṇaḥ (χ)
ivārṇave (η2 χ) ] ivāṃbare (β1), ivāmbudhau (β2)

Sources
Laghuyogavāsiṣṭha 6.15.79 (Mokṣopāya 6.155.25)

antaḥśūnyo bahiḥśūnyaḥ śūnyakumbha ivāmbare |

antaḥpūrṇo bahiḥpūrṇaḥ pūrṇakumbha ivārṇave ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi (attrib.~Vasiṣṭha, = Laghuyogavāsiṣṭha 15.79)

antaḥśūnyo bahiḥśūnyaḥ śūnyakumbha ivāmbare |

antaḥpūrṇo bahiḥpūrṇaḥ pūrnakumbha ivārṇave ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.46

antaḥpūrṇo bahiḥpūrṇaḥ pūrṇakumbha ivāmbhasi |

antaḥśūnyaṃ bahiḥśūnyaṃ śūnyakumbha ivāmbare ||

HP 4.8*25

बाह्यचिन्ता न कर्तव्या तथैवान्तरचिन्तनम्

सर्वचिन्तां परित्यज्य न किंचिदपि चिन्तयेत् ॥

bāhyacintā na kartavyā tathaivāntaracintanam /

sarvacintāṃ parityajya na kiṃcid api cintayet //

Do not think about the external or internal. [The yogi] should abandon all thought and think of nothing at all.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2 and ε3
cintanam (η2 χ) ] cintanā (β2 βω), ciṃtamān (β1)
sarvacintāṃ parityajya (β1 β2 βω χ) ] sarvacintā parityājyā (η2)

Testimonia
Haṃsavilāsa p.~48

bāhyacintā na kartavyā tathaivāntaracintanam |

sarvacintāṃ parityajya na kiñcid api cintayet ||

HP 4.8*26

संकल्पमात्रकलनैव जगत्समग्रं

संकल्पमात्रकलना हि मनोविलासः

संकल्पमात्रमतमुत्सृज निर्विकल्पं

आश्रित्य निश्चयमवाप्नुहि राम शान्तिम् ॥

saṃkalpamātrakalanaiva jagat samagraṃ

saṃkalpamātrakalanā hi manovilāsaḥ /

saṃkalpamātramatam utsṛja nirvikalpaṃ

āśritya niścayam avāpnuhi rāma śāntim //

The whole world is but a construct of mere ideation. A construct of mere ideation is an affectation of the mind. Jettison thought that is only ideation, take refuge in a resolve that is free of ideation, and obtain peace, o Rāma.
Metre: Vasantatilakā
Readings

a omitted in β1 and β2
b omitted in β1 and β2
c omitted in β2
d omitted in β2
kalanaiva (ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] kalanaṃ ca (βω)
samagraṃ (βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] samastaṃ (η2)
kalanā hi (βω ε2 ε3) ] kalanaiva (η2 χ)
vilāsaḥ (η2 χ) ] vilāsā (βω), vilīnā (ε2), valīnā (ε3)
matam utsṛja (ε3) ] matatsṛja (ε2), matim utsṛjya (χ), mim utsṛja (β1), m idam utsṛja (βω), kalanaiva vikṛtis tu (η2)
nirvikalpaṃ (β1 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] nityaṃ (η2)
āśritya (β1 βω ε2 χ) ] āśrita (ε3), saṃkalpa (η2)
niścayam (η2 χ) ] niścalam (β1), niścalayam (βω), niścitam (ε2 ε3)
avāpnuhi (βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] avāpnudhi (η2), anāpnuhi (β1)
rāma (β1 βω η2 χ) ] rāga (ε3), roga (ε2)

Sources
Laghuyogavāsiṣṭha 7.27

saṃkalpajālakalanaiva jagat samagraṃ

saṃkalpajālakalanāt tu manovilāsaḥ |

saṃkalpamātram alam utsṛja nirvikalpam

āśritya niścayam avāpnuhi rāma śāntim ||

HP 4.8*27

कर्पूरमनले यद्वत् सैन्धवं सलिले यथा ।

तथा संधीयमानं च मनस्तत्त्वे विलीयते

karpūram anale yadvat saindhavaṃ salile yathā /

tathā saṃdhīyamānaṃ ca manas tattve vilīyate //

Just as camphor in fire and salt in water, so the mind, when being joined with the highest reality, dissolves.
Readings

Stanza omitted in η2
anale (β1 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] anile (β2)
tathā (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] yathā (ε2)
saṃdhīyamānaṃ ca (β1 β2 βω χ) ] saṃdīpamānaṃ ca (ε2 ε3)
tattve (β2 ε3 χ) ] tātva (β1), tatva (βω), tatra (ε2)
vilīyate (β1 β2 βω ε2 χ) ] valīyate (ε3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.43

karpūram anale yadvat saindhavaṃ salile yathā |

tathā sandhīyamānaṃ hi manas tatraiva līyate||

HP 4.8*28

ज्ञेयं सर्वं प्रतीतंतज्ज्ञानं मन उच्यते ।

ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं समं नष्टं नान्यः पन्था द्वितीयकः

jñeyaṃ sarvaṃ pratītaṃ ca tajjñānaṃ mana ucyate /

jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ samaṃ naṣṭaṃ nānyaḥ panthā dvitīyakaḥ //

Mind is said to be all that is to be known, [all] that has been perceived, and [all] knowledge of that. Knowledge and what is to be known are destroyed together. There is no other path.
Readings

sarvaṃ pratītaṃ (β1 β2 χ) ] sarvapratītaṃ (βω ε2 ε3), sarvam atītaṃ (η2)
tajjñānaṃ (ε2 ε3) ] jñānaṃ ca (η2 χ), jñānaṃ tu (β1 β2 βω)
jñeyaṃ (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] jñeya (βω)
samaṃ naṣṭaṃ (β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] manaṃ naṣṭaṃ (β1), manaś caiva (η2)
panthā (β2 ε2 η2 χ) ] paṃtha (ε3), paṃthyā (β1), pathā (βω)
dvitīyakaḥ (β2 ε3 η2 χ) ] dvitīyakaṃ (β1 ε2), dvitiyaka (βω)

Testimonia
Haṭhatattvakaumudī 51.35

jñeyaṃ sarvapratītaṃ ca tajjñānaṃ mana ucyate |

jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ samaṃ naṣṭaṃ nānyaḥ panthā dvitīyakaḥ ||

HP 4.8*29

मनोदृश्यमिदं सर्वं यत्किंचित्सचराचरं ।

मनसोऽप्युन्मनीभावे द्वैताभावं प्रचक्षते

manodṛśyam idaṃ sarvaṃ yat kiṃcit sacarācaraṃ /

manaso’py unmanībhāve dvaitābhāvaṃ pracakṣate //

All this, everything moving and unmoving, is [just] a vision of the mind. When the mind has become free of the mind, it is called the absence of duality.
Readings

manaso’py unmanī (β1 β2 βω ε3) ] manosopy unmanī (ε2), manaso hy unmanī (η2 χ)
bhāve (βω ε3 η2) ] bhāvai (β1), bhāvo (β2), bhāvād (χ), (ε2)
dvaitābhāvaṃ pracakṣate (β1 β2 ε3) ] bhāvaṃ pracakṣyate (ε2), dvaitābhāva pracakṣate (βω), dvaitaṃ naivopalabhyate (η2 χ)

Sources
Gauḍapāda’s Māṇḍūkyopaniṣatkārikā 3.31

manodṛśyam idaṃ dvaitaṃ yat kiṃ cit sacarācaram |

manaso hy amanībhāve dvaitaṃ naivopalabhyate ||

Amanaska 2.79

manodṛśyam idaṃ sarvaṃ yat kim cit sacarācaram |

manaso hy unmanībhāve ’dvaitabhāvaṃ pracakṣate ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi (attr.~to the Amanaska)

manodṛśyam idaṃ sarvaṃ yat kiṃ cit sacarācaram |

manasas tūnmanībhāvo ’dvaitābhāvaṃ pracakṣate ||

HP 4.8*30

ज्ञेयवस्तुपरित्यागाद् विलयं याति मानसम्

मानसे विलयं याते कैवल्यमवशिष्यते

jñeyavastuparityāgād vilayaṃ yāti mānasam /

mānase vilayaṃ yāte kaivalyam avaśiṣyate //

As a result of abandoning the things that are to be known the mind attains dissolution (layam). When the mind has attained dissolution, isolation (kaivalyam) remains.
Readings

mānasam (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] mārutaṃ (ε2)
mānase (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3) ] manaso (η2 χ)
vilayaṃ (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] vilaye (β2 χ)
yāte (β1 ε2 ε3) ] jāte (β2 βω η2 χ)
avaśiṣyate (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] anasīṣyate (ε2), api kalpate (η2)

Sources
Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.44

jñeyavastuparityāgād vilayaṃ yāti mānasaḥ |

mānase vilayaṃ yāte kaivalyam upajāyate ||

HP 4.8*31

लयो लय इति प्राहुः कीदृशं लयलक्षणम् ।

अपुनर्वासनोत्थानाल्लयो विषयविस्मृतिः ॥*

layo laya iti prāhuḥ kīdṛśaṃ layalakṣaṇam /

apunarvāsanotthānāl layo viṣayavismṛtiḥ //*

“Dissolution, dissolution”, they say. What kind of characteristics does dissolution have? Because subliminal impressions do not arise again, dissolution is the forgetting of the objects of the senses.
Philological Commentary

This verse may have been inspired by the Mokṣopāya (e.g.~1.2.2).

Readings

kīdṛśaṃ (β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] īdṛśaṃ (ε2 ε3)
apunarvāsano (β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] apurvāsano (ε2)
°tthānāl (β1 β2 ε2 χ) ] tthānād (η2), tthānā (βω ε3)
layo viṣaya (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] vṛttyayā viśva (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 1.13

layo laya iti prāhuḥ kīdṛśaṃ layalakṣaṇam |

apunarbhavasaṃsthānaṃ layo viṣayavismṛtiḥ ||

Yogasārasaṅgraha ??

śrīdattaḥ |

layo laya iti prāhur īdṛśaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ sphuṭam |

tatra sarvasamādhāne layo viṣayavismṛtiḥ ||

HP 4.8*32

एवं नानाविधोपायाः सम्यक्स्वानुभवान्विताः

समाधिमार्गाः कथिताः पूर्वाचार्यैर्महात्मभिः ॥

evaṃ nānāvidhopāyāḥ samyak svānubhavānvitāḥ /

samādhimārgāḥ kathitāḥ pūrvācāryair mahātmabhiḥ //

Various methods like these, which are understood properly by one’s own experience, are taught as paths to samādhi by the great-souled teachers of former times.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: bha-vipulā)
Readings

svānubhavānvitāḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2 η2 χ) ] svānubhavātmikāḥ (ε3)
mārgāḥ (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] mārge (η2), illeg. (βω)

HP 4.8*33

अथ विश्रान्तिः । (ε2 and ε3) ओर्: इति विश्रान्तिः । (β1 and β2)

सुषुम्णायै कुण्डलिन्यै सुधायै चन्द्रजन्मने

मनोन्मन्यै नमस्तुभ्यं महाशक्तिचिदात्मने ॥

atha viśrāntiḥ / (ε2 and ε3) or: iti viśrāntiḥ / (β1 and β2)

suṣumṇāyai kuṇḍalinyai sudhāyai candrajanmane /

manonmanyai namas tubhyaṃ mahāśakticidātmane //

Homage to Suṣumṇā, to Kuṇḍalinī, to the nectar arising from the moon, to the mind beyond mind state, to you whose nature is consciousness, the great Śakti.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in η2
suṣumṇāyai (β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] sukhayaiḥ (ε2)
janmane (β1 β2 βω χ) ] maṇḍalāt (ε2 ε3)
śakti (β1 β2 ε2 ε3) ] śakte (βω), śaktyai (χ)

HP 4.8*34

अशक्यतत्त्वबोधानां मूढानामपि संमतम्

प्रोक्तं गोरक्षनाथेन नादोपासनमुच्यते

aśakyatattvabodhānāṃ mūḍhānām api saṃmatam /

proktaṃ gorakṣanāthena nādopāsanam ucyate //

The cultivation of the inner sound taught by Gorakṣa [and] approved even for deluded people for whom realisation of the highest reality is impossible is now taught.
Readings

aśakya (β1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] aśakyaṃ (η2), aśakta (β2 βω)
mūḍhānām (β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] gūḍhānām (β1)
api saṃmatam (β1 β2 βω η2 χ) ] api saṃtataṃ (ε3), atisaṃtataṃ (ε2)
ucyate (βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] uttamam (β1 β2)

HP 4.9

श्रीआदिनाथेन सपादकोटि-

लयप्रकाराः कथिता जयन्ति

नादानुसंधानकमेकमेव

मन्यामहे मान्यतमं लयानाम् ॥

śrīādināthena sapādakoṭi-

layaprakārāḥ kathitā jayanti /

nādānusaṃdhānakam ekam eva

manyāmahe mānyatamaṃ layānām //

The twelve and a half million methods of dissolution taught by glorious Śiva are victorious. We think only the singular concentration on the inner sound is the most venerable of [all] the dissolutions.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

laya (cett.) ] layaḥ (α1 Γ ε2)
jayanti (β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 ε3 η2 χ) ] jayante (α1 ε2), jaganti (δ2), yayaṃti (δ1)
ekam eva (α1 β1 β2 χ) ] eva (βω), eva nānyaṃ (ε2 η2), eva mānyaṃ (ε3), eva kāryaṃ (Γ Δ)
manyāmahe (cett.) ] gaṇyāmahe (β2)
mānyatamaṃ (α1 β1 βω ε2 ε3) ] nānyatamaṃ (Γ Δ), nānyamataṃ (β2), tātarasaṃ (η2), mukhyatamaṃ (χ)

Sources
Yogatārāvalī 2

sadā śivoktāni sapādalakṣa-

layāvadhānāni lasantu loke |

nādānusandhānasamādhim ekaṃ

manyāmahe mānyatamaṃ layānām ||

lasantu ] Sa : lasanti Pa : vasanti Ad W Eb Ec Ed : ca santi Ea : hi sarva Ma

loke ] Ma W Eall : bhūmau Ad Pa Sa

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

śrīādināthena sapādakoṭi-

layaprakārāḥ kathitā jayanti |

nādānusandhānakam eva kāryam

manyāmahe nānyatamaṃ layānām ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.12

śrīādināthena sapādakoṭi-

layaprakārāḥ kathitā jayantu |

nādānusandhānakam eva kāryaṃ

manyāmahe mānyatamaṃ layānām ||

HP 4.10

मुक्तासनस्थितो योगी मुद्रां संधाय शांभवीम् । (Α, β2, Δ and χ)

शृणुयाद्दक्षिणे कर्णे नादमन्तःस्थमेकधीः(Α, β1, β2, Γ, Δ and χ)

muktāsanasthito yogī mudrāṃ saṃdhāya śāṃbhavīm / (Α, β2, Δ and χ)

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam antaḥstham ekadhīḥ // (Α, β1, β2, Γ, Δ and χ)

Seated in the pose of the liberated ones, the yogi should adopt śāṃbhavī mudrā and, with his mind one-pointed, listen to the inner sound in his right ear.
Philological Commentary

We read this verse here rather than at 4.50 because it follows on from the Śāmbhavī section and is unnecessary and repetitive at 4.50 because 4.51-52 explain the practice.

Readings

muktāsana (α1 β2 δ2 δ3) ] muktāsane (δ1 χ)
antaḥstham ekadhīḥ (α1 α3 β1 Γ χ) ] ekāntake sudhīḥ (δ1), ekāntike sudhīḥ (δ2 δ3), ataṃ sadā (β2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

muktāsanasthito yogī mudrāṃ sandhāya śāṃbhavīm |

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam antargataṃ sadā ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (ms.~2244 f.~124r)

muktāsanasthito yogī mudrāṃ saṃdhāya śāṃbhavīṃ [|]

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam ekāṃtike sudhīḥ [||]

dakṣiṇe karṇe ] B220, dakṣirṇe 2244

ekāṃtike ] 2244, ekāṃtate B220

HP 4.11

काष्ठे प्रवर्तितो वह्निः काष्ठेन सह शाम्यति

नादे प्रवर्तितं चित्तं नादेन सह लीयते ॥

kāṣṭhe pravartito vahniḥ kāṣṭhena saha śāmyati /

nāde pravartitaṃ cittaṃ nādena saha līyate //

A fire that has been set on wood disappears together with the wood; the mind set on the [inner] sound dissolves together with the [inner] sound.
Readings

kāṣṭhe (α1 α3 β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] kāṣṭhaiḥ (β2 γ2 Δ), kaṣṭaiḥ (γ1)
pravartito (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2 χ) ] pravartate (ε3 η2)
kāṣṭhena (cett.) ] kaṣṭena (γ1)
saha (cett.) ] sa (ε3)
śāmyati (β1 β2 Γ δ2 δ3 ε2 η2 χ) ] sāmyati (α1 βω δ1), līyate (ε3)
nāde (cett.) ] nā (γ1)
pravartitaṃ (cett.) ] pravartite (ε3), pravartate (η2)
cittaṃ (cett.) ] om. (γ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

kāṣṭhe pravartito vahniḥ kāṣṭhena saha śāmyati |

nāde pravartitaṃ cittaṃ nādena saha līyate ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.15

kāṣṭhe pravartito vahniḥ kāṣṭhena saha līyate |

nāde pravartitaṃ cittaṃ nādena saha śāmyati ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (ms. 2244 f.~124r)

kāṣṭhaiḥ pravartito vahniḥ kāṣṭhena saha śāmyati |

nāde pravartitaṃ cittaṃ nādena saha līyate ||

HP 4.12

विस्मृत्य सकलं बाह्यं नादे दुग्धाम्बुन्मनः

एकीभूयाथ सहसा चिदाकाशे विलीयते

vismṛtya sakalaṃ bāhyaṃ nāde dugdhāmbuvan manaḥ /

ekībhūyātha sahasā cidākāśe vilīyate //

Having forgotten everything external, the mind becomes one with the inner sound like milk and water, then quickly dissolves into the space of consciousness.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in η2 and χ
vismṛtya (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ2 ε2 ε3) ] nismṛtya (δ3)
nāde (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε3) ] nāda (ε2), na_ (γ1)
dugdhāmbu (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 ε3) ] gugyāṃbu (γ1)
manaḥ (α1 β1 β2 γ2 ε2 ε3) ] mana (βω), naraḥ (γ1 Δ)
ekībhūyātha (α3 β2 Γ δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3) ] ekībhūyādya (β1), ekībhūyāya (δ1), ekībhūyā (βω), ekībhūtvātha (α1)
sahasā (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3) ] sahasā ca (βω)
cidākāśe (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Δ ε2 ε3) ] vidāktośe (γ1), cidākaro (γ2)
vilīyate (cett.) ] na lipyate (α3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

vismṛtya sakalaṃ bāhyaṃ nāde dugdhāmbuvan naraḥ |

ekībhūyātha sahasā cidākāśe vilīyate ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha (p. 106)

vismṛtya sakalaṃ bāhyaṃ nāde dagdhāṃbuvan manaḥ |

ekībhūtaṃ tanyā cittaṃ rājayogābhidānakaṃ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (ms. 2244 f.~124r)

vismṛtya sakalaṃ bāhyaṃ nāde dugdhāṃbuvan manaḥ |

ekībhūyātha sahasā cidākāśe vilīyate ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 39

vismṛtya sakalaṃ bāhyaṃ nāde dugdhāmbuvan manaḥ |

ekībhūyātha sahasā cidākāśe vilīyate ||

HP 4.13

औदासीन्यपरो भूत्वा सदाभ्यासेन संयमी ।

उन्मनीकरणं सद्यो नादमेवावधारयेत्

audāsīnyaparo bhūtvā sadābhyāsena saṃyamī /

unmanīkaraṇaṃ sadyo nādam evāvadhārayet //

Having become intent on indifference through regular practice, the ascetic should immediately concentrate on nothing but the inner sound, which brings about the [state] beyond mind.
Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
audāsīnya (β1 δ1 η2) ] audāsinya (ε3), audāśinya (α3), audāsīna (β2 δ3), audāsīnye (δ2), odāsīnya (γ1), udāsīnya (βω γ2), udāsonya (α1), ṛdāsīnya (ε2)
karaṇaṃ (α1 β1 β2 Γ Δ) ] karaṇa (βω), kārakaṃ (ε2 ε3 η2)
nādam (cett.) ] bhāda (ε2)
evāvadhārayet (cett.) ] eva sadābhyaset (ε3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

audāsīnyaparo bhūtvā sadābhyāsena saṃyamī |

unmanīkaraṇaṃ sadyo nādam evāvadhārayet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.38

audāsīnyaparo bhūtvā sadābhyāsena saṃyamī |

unmanīkārakaṃ sadyo nādam eva sadābhyaset ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 40

udāsīnas tato bhūtvā sadābhyāsena saṃyamī |

unmanīkārakaṃ sadyo nādam evāvadhārayet ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~106

audāsīnyaparo bhūtvā sadābhyāsena samyamī |

unmanīkaraṇam sadyo nādam evānu [...] yet ||

HP 4.14

कीदृशमौदासीन्यम्

शीते काले चौपटी वा पटी वा

पथ्याहारे गोपयो वा पयो वा

भोज्ये भिक्षावृन्दमारण्यकन्दं

पाणी द्रोणी कापि वा भोज्यपात्रे

kīdṛśam audāsīnyam /

śīte kāle caupaṭī vā paṭī vā

pathyāhāre gopayo payo vā /

bhojye bhikṣāvṛndam āraṇyakandaṃ

pāṇī droṇī kāpi vā bhojyapātre //

What kind of indifference?In the cold season, [indifference towards] whether [one has] an open tent or a quilt, with regard to good nourishment, whether it is cow’s milk or water, with regard to food, whether it is lots of alms or forest roots, and with regard to the vessel for food, whether it is the hand, bucket or beggar’s bowl.
Philological Commentary

On caupaṭī in the first pāda, McGregor (1994:s.v.) and Callewaert (2009:s.v.) in their dictionaries of modern and old Hindi both give the meaning "open all around" for caupaṭ. McGregor derives it from Sanskrit catuṣpaṭṭa. Molesworth (1857:s.v.) in his Marathi dictionary gives "A quadrangular expanse or space, esp. as open and extended: also a broad and level tract" for caupaṭṭā

Metre: Śālinī
Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
kīdṛśam (α1 β1 γ1) ] kīdṛṣam (δ3), kīdṛśīm (γ2), kīdṛśyam (β2 βω δ2), idṛśam (ε2 η2), kim (δ1), om. (ε3)
audāsīnyam (cett.) ] audāsinyaṃ (ε2 ε3)
śīte (cett.) ] śīti (ε3), jñāte (η2)
kāle (β1 β2 βω γ1 Δ ε2 ε3) ] kāla (γ2), kā (η2), om. (α1)
caupaṭī vā paṭī vā (α1) ] copaṭī vā paṭī vā (ε2), cāpaṭī vā paṭī vā (γ2), cāpaṭī cāpaṭī vā (γ1 δ3), cāpaṭī vā paṭīkā (δ1), cāpaṭe cāpaṭī (δ2), caupaṭī vākuṭī vā (βω η2), copaṭī vākuṭī vā (β1), cāpaṭī cākuṭī vā (β2), paṭī vā (ε3)
pathyāhāre (α1 β1 βω ε2) ] pathyāhāro (β2 γ2 δ2 δ3 ε3 η2), yathāhārā (γ1), <<mi>>thyāhāro (δ1)
gopayo (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 ε2 ε3 η2) ] gopatho (δ1), gomayo (δ3)
(cett.) ] co (η2)
payo vā (α1 α3 β1 βω γ2 δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 η2) ] <<payo>> (γ1), patho vā (δ1), °tha pānaṃ (β2)
bhojye (α1 α3 β1 βω) ] bhojyaṃ (ε3 η2), bhojya (ε2), bhakṣyaṃ (β2 δ1), bhakṣye (δ3), bhakṣe (Γ), bh. kṣy. (δ2)
bhikṣā (cett.) ] bhuktaṃ (η2)
vṛndam (α1 α3 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2 ε3) ] mṛdam (β1), cānnam (η2)
āraṇyakandaṃ (α1 α3 βω γ2 Δ ε3) ] āramyakaṃdaṃ (γ1), āraṇyakaṃda (βω ε2 η2), āraṇyakaṃdā (β1), āpaṇyakaṃ vā (β2)
pāṇī droṇī (α1 β1 γ2 Δ) ] pāṇi droṇī (ε3 η2), pāṇi droṇi (α3), pāṇī drāṇi (ε2), pāṇīndrāṇī (γ1), pāṇiṃ droṇe (β2), pāṇi (βω)
kāpi vā (α1 α3 β1 ε2 ε3) ] kāpivāṃ (βω), kāthivā (η2), karparā (δ2 δ3), karpaṭaṃ (β2), kāpaṭo (γ2), khapaḍā (γ1), kharparo (δ1)
bhojyapātre (α2 α3 β1 ε2) ] bhojyapātraṃ (α1 β2 βω Δ ε3 η2), bhājapatraṃ (γ1), bhūrjapātram (γ2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi ref??

kīdṛśaṃ caudāsīnyam—

śīte kāle kāpaṭī vā paṭī vā pathyāhāre gopayo vā payo vā |

bhakṣye bhikṣāvṛndam āraṇyakandam pāṇau droṇī kā parā bhojapātram ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.7

śīte kāle dvau paṭī vā paṭī vā pathyāhāre gopayo vā payo vā |

bhakṣye bhojye vṛttim āraṇyakaṃ vā pāṇī droṇī ko ’pi vā bhakṣyapātre ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.39

audāsīnyaṃ śītakāle paṭī vā pathyāhāro gopayo vā payo vā |

bhojyaṃ bhikṣāvṛndam āraṇyakandaṃ pāṇī droṇī kāpi vā bhojyapātram ||

HP 4.15

सर्वचिन्तां समुत्सृज्य सर्वचेष्टां च सर्वदा ।

नाद एवानुसंधानान्नादे चित्तं विलीयते ॥

sarvacintāṃ samutsṛjya sarvaceṣṭāṃ ca sarvadā /

nāda evānusaṃdhānān nāde cittaṃ vilīyate //

Having forever abandoned all worry and all activity, as a result of focusing on nothing but the inner sound the mind dissolves into the inner sound.
Philological Commentary

The occurrence of two finite verbs in the second hemistich of some witnesses (groups 2 and 3) is infelicitous and perhaps points to an error that arose from the nādam evānusandhānān reading in the group one?? mss. It seems the original reading was probably nāda evānusandhānāt, and the -m- crept in as a hiatus break.

Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
sarvacintāṃ (γ2 Δ ε2) ] sarvacintā (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3 η2), om. (γ1)
samutsṛjya (β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] samutyajya (α1), parityajya (β2 γ2 Δ), om. (γ1)
ceṣṭāṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3) ] ceṣṭāś (η2), ceṣṭī (ε2), kāle (Γ Δ)
nāda (em.) ] nādam (cett.)
saṃdhānān (α1 β1 β2) ] saṃdhānā (βω), saṃdadhyān (α2 ε2 ε3 η2), saṃdhatte (Γ Δ)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.13

sarvacintāṃ samutsṛjya sarvaceṣṭāṃ ca sarvadā |

nādam evānusandhānān nāde cittaṃ vilīyate ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (ms. 2244 f.~124r)

sarvaciṃtā[ṃ] parityajya sarvakāle ca sarvadā |

nādam evānusandhatte nāde cittaṃ vilīyate ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 41

sarvacintāṃ samutsṛjya sarvaceṣṭāvivarjitaḥ |

nādam evānusaṃdadhyān nāde cittaṃ vilīyate ||

HP 4.16

आरम्भश्च घटश्चैव तथा परिचयस्तथा

निष्पत्तिः सर्वयोगेषु योगावस्था भवन्ति ताः

ārambhaś ca ghaṭaś caiva tathā paricayas tathā /

niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ //

Beginning (ārambhaḥ), activation (ghaṭaḥ), accumulation (paricayaḥ) and completion (niṣpattiḥ): they are the stages of yoga in all yogas.
Readings

ca (cett.) ] ca _ (δ1)
ghaṭaś (cett.) ] gha _ ś (γ1)
caiva (cett.) ] caivas (η2), ca (δ1)
paricayas (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 η2) ] paricas (ε3), paricayo (γ1 Δ χ), pariyo (γ2)
tathā (α1 βω ε3) ] tataḥ (α3 β1 β2 ε2 η2), pi vā (δ1), ’pi ca (Γ δ2 δ3 χ)
niṣpattiḥ sarva (cett.) ] niṣpattiś ceti (β1 β2 βω)
yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ (α1 α3) ] yogāvasthā prakīrtitā (Γ Δ), syād avasthācatuṣṭayaṃ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ)

Sources
Amaraugha 34

ārambhaś ca ghaṭaś caiva paricayaḥ prakīrtitaḥ |

niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu cetasas tasya bhūmikāḥ ||

paricaryaḥ prakīrtitaḥ Ga : tathā paricaya samṛtaḥ Ae (unmetr.) : pracayaś ca tritīyakaḥ Ad Gb : pracayaś ca tṛtīryakaḥ Ba : pracayaṃ ca tritīyakaṃ Ta

cetasas tasya bhūmikāḥ ] $beta $ : yogāvasthā caturvidhā $theta $

Amṛtasiddhi 19.2

ārambhaś ca ghaṭaś caiva paricayas tṛtīyakaḥ |

niṣpannaḥ sarvaśeṣeṣu yogāvasthāḥ prakīrtitāḥ ||

Śivasaṃhitā 3.31

ārambhaś ca ghaṭaś caiva tathā paricayas tathā |

niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

īśvaraprokte—

ārambhaś ca ghaṭaś caiva tathā paricayo ’pi ca |

niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.17

ārambhaś ca ghaṭaś caiva tathā paricayas tathā |

niṣpattiḥ sarvayogeṣu yogāvasthā bhavanti tāḥ ||

HP 4.17

तत्र आरम्भः

ब्रह्मग्रन्थेर्भवेद्भेदादानन्दः शून्यसंभवः

विचित्रक्वणको देहेऽनाहतः श्रूयते ध्वनिः ॥

tatra ārambhaḥ /

brahmagranther bhaved bhedād ānandaḥ śūnyasaṃbhavaḥ /

vicitrakvaṇako dehe’nāhataḥ śrūyate dhvaniḥ //

Now the beginning stage:As a result of the piercing of the knot of Brahmā, bliss arises in the void [and] an unstruck sound which has various tones is heard in the body.
Philological Commentary

Brahmānanda understands the voids associated with each stage to be places in the body.

Readings

tatra ārambhaḥ (α3 ε2 ε3) ] tatra cārambhaḥ (η2), athārambhāvasthā (γ1 χ), athārambharakṣā (Δ), ārambhāvasthātha (γ2), om. (α1 α2 β2 βω)
granther (α1 χ) ] granthe (β1), granthir (βω Γ Δ ε3), granthi (β2 γ1), granthiṃ (η2), raṃdhre (ε2)
bhedād (α1 β2 βω) ] bhedā (β1), bhinna (Γ Δ), bhinnā (η2), bhinnād (ε3), bhedo hy (χ), bhed (ε2)
ānandaḥ (cett.) ] ānaṃda (β2 γ1), nanādaḥ (β1), nādaḥ (η2)
saṃbhavaḥ (cett.) ] samaṃbhavaḥ (η2)
vicitrakvaṇako (α1) ] vicitrakvaṇiko (ε3), vicitrakaṇako (βω ε2), vicitrakuṇako (η2), vicitrakuṇape (β2), vicitraḥ kvaṇako (χ), vicitraṣkāṇako (β1), vicitrakṣaṇike (δ2 δ3), vicitrakṣike (δ1), vicitras tatkṣaṇād (Γ)
dehe (cett.) ] caivā (β2)
’nāhataḥ śrūyate (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] sarvataḥ śrūyate (Γ), śrūyate (’)nāhata (Δ)

Sources
Amaraugha 35

brahmagranthes tathā bhedād ānandaḥ śūnyasambhavaḥ |

vicitrakvaṇako dehe ’nāhataḥ śrūyate dhvaniḥ ||

°granthes tathā ] Ga : °granthes tato Ae : °granther bhaved Ba Gb Ta : °granthir bhaved Ad

bhedād ] Ga : bhedāt Ae : vedhād Ba Gb Ta : vedhā Ad

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

brahmagranthir bhaved bhinna ānandaḥ śūnyasaṃbhavaḥ |

vicitrakṣaṇiko deho ’nāhataḥ śrūyate dhvaniḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.18

brahmarandhre bhaved bhedo yo nādaḥ sūryasaṃbhavaḥ |

vicitrakvaṇado dehe ’nāhataḥ śrūyate dhvaniḥ ||

yo nādaḥ ] ānandaḥ v.l.

vicitrakvaṇado ] vicitrakvaṇako v.l.

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.15

tatra ārambhaḥ –

brahmagranthir bhaved bhinnād ānandaḥ śūnyasambhavaḥ |

vicitrakvaṇiko dehe ’nāhataḥ śrūyate dhvaniḥ ||

HP 4.18

दिव्यदेहश्च तेजस्वी दिव्यगन्धस्त्वरोगवान्

संपूर्णहृदयः शून्ये त्वारम्भे योगवान्भवेत् ॥

divyadehaś ca tejasvī divyagandhas tv arogavān /

saṃpūrṇahṛdayaḥ śūnye tv ārambhe yogavān bhavet //

In the beginning [stage], which is [the first phase of] voidness and in which the heart is full [of bliss], one becomes a yogi with a divine body, splendour, a divine smell and freedom from disease.
Readings

ab omitted in Δ and βω
divyadehaś ca tejasvī (α1 β1 β2 Γ χ) ] ādityatejaś ca tejasvī (ε2), tejasvī divyagandhaś ca (ε3), divyagandho divyacakṣuś ca (η2), om. (βω Δ)
divyagandhas tv arogavān (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ χ) ] divyagandho parogavān (ε2), divyadeho py arogavān (ε3), tejasvī ārogavān (η2), om. (βω Δ)
saṃpūrṇa (cett.) ] saṃpūrṇe (ε3)
hṛdayaḥ (α1 α3 β1 ε2 χ) ] hṛdaya (γ2), hṛdaye (β2 βω γ1 δ1 δ2 ε3 η2), nilaye (δ3)
śūnye tv (α1 α3 ε2 ε3) ] śūnye (β2 Γ Δ η2), śūnya (βω χ), śūra (β1)
ārambhe (cett.) ] ārambha (βω), āraṃbho (η2)
yogavān (cett.) ] bhogavān (γ1)

Sources
Amaraugha verse 36

divyadehaś ca tejasvī divyagandho hy arogavān |

saṃpūrṇahṛdaye śūnye tv ārambhe yogavān bhavet ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.19

divyadehaḥ sutejasvī divyagandhas tv arogavān |

saṃpūrṇahṛdaye śūnye tv ārambhe yogavān bhavet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.18

tejasvī divyagandhaś ca divyadeho ’py arogavān |

sampūrṇahṛdaye śūnye tv ārambhe yogavān bhavet ||

HP 4.19

अथ घटावस्था

द्वितीयायां घटीकृत्य वायुर्भवति मध्यगः

दृढासनो भवेद्योगी ज्ञानी देवसमस्तदा

atha ghaṭāvasthā /

dvitīyāyāṃ ghaṭīkṛtya vāyur bhavati madhyagaḥ /

dṛḍhāsano bhaved yogī jñānī devasamas tadā //

Now the activation stage:In the second stage the breath, after bringing about union, goes into the middle [channel]. Then the yogi has a firm posture [and] he becomes a gnostic and equal to a god.
Philological Commentary

The name of the second stage, ghaṭa (and the related form ghaṭīkṛtya found in the first pāda of this verse) can be understood in at least three ways, as union, activation or pot (the latter with an alchemical connotation, on which see 3.12 and Mallinson and Szanto 2021:20–23). In the Dattātreyayogaśāstra (verse 90) its primary meaning is union and the united pairs are prāṇa and apāna, jīvātman and paramātman, and nāda and bindu.

Readings

ghaṭāvasthā (cett.) ] khaṭavasthā (α3), ghaṭarakṣā (Δ), ghaṭaḥ (β1)
dvitīyāyāṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3 ε3pc ε2 χ) ] dvitīyā (δ1 ε3ac), dvitīye (η2)
ghaṭī (cett.) ] ghaṃṭi (ε3), ghaṭāṃ (ε2), bheda (η2)
kṛtya (α1 β1 β2 βω γ1 Δ ε2 χ) ] kṛtvā (γ2 ε3), mukte tu (η2)
madhyagaḥ (cett.) ] madhyamaḥ (δ2 δ3)
dṛḍhāsano (cett.) ] dṛḍhāsane (δ2), haṭhāsano (η2)
deva (cett.) ] devaḥ (βω), deha (β1 β2 η2)
tadā (α1 β1 β2 βω χ) ] tathā (cett.)

Sources
Amaraugha 37

dvitīye saṅghaṭīkṛtya vāyur bhavati madhyagaḥ |

dṛḍhāsano bhaved yogī jñānī devasamas tadā ||

dvitīye saṅ- ] $beta $ : dvitīyāyāṃ $theta $

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.20

dvitīyāyāṃ ghaṭīkṛtya vāyur bhavati madhyagaḥ |

dṛḍhāsano bhaved yogī kāmadevasamas tadā ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.15

atha ghaṭāvasthā –

dvitīyāyāṃ ghaṭīṃ kṛtvā vāyur bhavati madhyagaḥ |

dṛḍhāsano bhaved yogī jñānī devasamas tathā ||

HP 4.20

विष्णुग्रन्थेस्तदा भेदात् परमानन्दसूचकः

अतिशून्ये विमर्दश्च भेरीशब्दस्तदा भवेत् ॥

viṣṇugranthes tadā bhedāt paramānandasūcakaḥ /

atiśūnye vimardaś ca bherīśabdas tadā bhavet //

Then, as a result of the piercing of the knot of Viṣṇu there is a hint of supreme bliss in total emptiness (atiśūnye), and then the pounding sound of a bherī drum occurs.
Philological Commentary

V3?? and HR have the reading of the Amaraugha (atiśūnye vimardaś ca), which was adapted from the Buddhist concept of a series of four void-like meditative states and moments. In the Amaraugha, two of the moments were left out and two were reinterpreted (as in the case of vimarda, which seems to have be retained with the more general sense of a pounding sound). See Birch 2019: 968–969; Mallinson and Szanto 2021:19–20.

Readings

granthes tadā (α1 β1) ] granthis tadā (βω), granthe sadā (ε2), granthes tathā (η2), granther yadā (β2), granthir yadā (Γ Δ ε3), granthes tato (χ)
bhedāt (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 η2 χ) ] bhinnaḥ (Γ δ1 δ2), bhinnā (δ3 ε3)
paramānanda (cett.) ] sadānandasya (ε2)
sūcakaḥ (cett.) ] sūcakā (ε3), kārakaḥ (β2)
atiśūnye (α1 α3 β1 βω χ) ] atiśūnya (Γ Δ ε3 η2), aṃtyaśūnye (β2), api śūnyo (ε2)
vimardaś ca (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω χ) ] ’saṃmardā (ε2), visaṃmardo (η2), vibhedaś ca (Γ Δ ε3)
tadā (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] tathā (α3 Γ Δ ε2 η2), tatho (α2)

Sources
Amaraugha 38

viṣṇugranthes tato bhedāt paramānandasūcakaḥ |

atiśūnye vimardaś ca bherīśabdas tato bhavet ||

atiśūnye ] Ad Gb Ta : atiśūnyo $beta $ Ba

tato ] $beta $ : tathā Ba : tadā Ad Gb Ta

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

viṣṇugranthir yadā bhinnaḥ paramānandasūcakaḥ |

atiśūnyavibhedaś ca bherīśabdas tadā bhavet ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.21

viṣṇugranthes tathā bhedaḥ paramānandasūcakaḥ |

atiśūnye vimardaś ca bherīśabdas tathā bhavet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.21

viṣṇugranthir yadā bhinnā paramānandasūcikā |

atiśūnyavibhedaś ca bherīśabdas tathā bhavet ||

HP 4.21

अथ परिचयावस्था

तृतीयायां ततो भित्त्वा विहायोमर्दलध्वनिः

महाशून्यं तथा याति सर्वसिद्धिसमाश्रयम्

atha paricayāvasthā /

tṛtīyāyāṃ tato bhittvā vihāyomardaladhvaniḥ /

mahāśūnyaṃ tathā yāti sarvasiddhisamāśrayam //

Now the accumulation stage:In the third [stage], having pierced [the knot of Viṣṇu], the sound of a mardala drum arises in the sky. Then [the yogi] reaches the great void, the abode of all supernatural powers.
Philological Commentary

Here the object of piercing is unspecified, but it is likely to refer to the knot of Viṣṇu mentioned in the previous verse.

Readings

atha (cett.) ] tathā (β2), om. (χ)
paricayāvasthā (cett.) ] paricayaḥ (β1 ε2 ε3), om. (χ)
tṛtīyāyāṃ tato bhittvā (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε3) ] dvitīyāyāṃ tato bhittvā (δ2), karṇikāṃ tu tato bhittvā (Γ), karttikāyāṃ tato bhittvā (ε2), atha granthitrayaṃ bhittvā (η2), tṛtīyāyāṃ tu vijñeyo (χ)
vihāyo (α2 ε2 χ) ] vihāya (Γ ε3), vikāryo (β1), vimalo (δ1 δ3), mimalo (δ2), vimāyo (βω), visphāro (β2), jāyate (η2)
mardala (α2 β1 β2 βω Γ ε2 η2 χ) ] mandala (Δ), mṛḍula (ε3)
dhvaniḥ (α2 β2 γ1 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] dhvaniṃ (γ2), dhvani (β1 βω)
mahāśūnyaṃ (cett.) ] mahāśūnya (β1 ε3)
tathā (Γ ε2) ] tato (Δ), tadā (α2 β1 β2 βω χ), tayā (ε3), samā (η2)
yāti (cett.) ] jātiḥ (ε2)
sarvasiddhi (cett.) ] mahāsiddhi (βω), siddhisādha° (β2), sarva (ε2)
samāśrayam (cett.) ] samāśriyaṃ (β1), kam āśrayaṃ (β2)

Sources
Amaraugha 39

tṛtīyāyāṃ tato bhittvā ninādo mardaladhvaniḥ |

mahāśūnyaṃ tato jātaṃ sarvasiddhisamāśrayam ||

bhittvā ninādo ] Ga : bhītvādinādau Ae : bhittvā vipāko Ba Ad Gb Ta

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

tṛtīyāyāṃ tato bhitvā vimāyo mardaladhvaniḥ |

mahāśūnyaṃ tathā yāti sarvasiddhisamāśrayam ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.22

tṛtīyāyāṃ tato nityaṃ āviṣkāro marddladhvaniḥ |

mahāśūnyaṃ tato yāti sarvasiddhisamāśrayaḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.22

atha paricayāvasthā ||

tṛtīyāyāṃ tato jitvā sahajānandasambhavaḥ |

doṣaduḥkhajarāmṛtyuḥ kṣudhānidrāvivarjitaḥ ||

HP 4.22

चित्तानन्दं ततो जित्वा सहजानन्दसंभवः

दोषदुःखजरामृत्युक्षुधानिद्राविवर्जितः

cittānandaṃ tato jitvā sahajānandasaṃbhavaḥ /

doṣaduḥkhajarāmṛtyukṣudhānidrāvivarjitaḥ //

Now the perfection stage:Having overcome the [supreme] bliss of the mind, there arises innate bliss. [The yogi becomes] free of disease, suffering, old age, death, hunger and sleep.
Philological Commentary

22a’s cittānāndaṃ tato jitvā is perhaps a patch for the somewhat obscure paramānandarocitvāt in the source text.

Readings

cittānandaṃ (α3 β2 Γ Δ χ) ] cidānanda(ṃ) (α2 βω ε3), vivarttānaṃdaṃ (β1), ciṃtāmanas (η2), virāmānaṃ (ε2)
tato (cett.) ] tadā (χ)
jitvā (α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] bhittvā (Γ Δ)
saṃbhavaḥ (cett.) ] saṃbhava (β1 ε2)
doṣaduḥkha (cett.) ] doṣaduḥkhaṃ (β1), dokhaduḥkhe (γ1)
jarāmṛtyu (α3 β1 β2 βω ε3 η2) ] jarāmṛtyuḥ (α2 ε2), jarāvyādhi (χ), kṣudhānidrā (Γ Δ)
kṣudhānidrā (α3 α2 β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] kṣudhātṛṣā (βω), jarāmṛtyu (Γ Δ)
vivarjitaḥ (cett.) ] vivarjitāḥ (β2), vivarjitaṃ (βω), tṛṣā tathā (η2)

Sources
Amaraugha 40

paramānandarocitvāt sahajānandasambhavaḥ |

doṣaduḥkhajarāmṛtyukṣudhānidrāvivarjitaḥ ||

40a paramānanda° ] $beta $; cittānandaṃ $theta $ • °rocitvāt ] $beta $; tato jitvā $theta $

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

cittānandaṃ tato jitvā sahajānandasaṃbhavaḥ |

doṣaduḥkhakṣudhānidrājarāmṛtyuvivarjitaḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.23

cidānandaṃ tato jitvā paramānandasaṃbhavaḥ |

doṣaduḥkhajarāmṛtyukṣudhānidrāvivarjitaḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.22

tṛtīyāyāṃ tato jitvā sahajānandasambhavaḥ |

doṣaduḥkhajarāmṛtyuḥ kṣudhānidrāvivarjitaḥ ||

HP 4.23

अथ निष्पत्त्यवस्था*

रुद्रग्रन्थिं ततो भित्त्वा सर्वपीठगतोऽनिलः

निष्पत्तौ वैणवः शब्दः क्वणद्वीणाक्वणो भवेत् ॥

atha niṣpattyavasthā /*

rudragranthiṃ tato bhittvā sarvapīṭhagato’nilaḥ /

niṣpattau vaiṇavaḥ śabdaḥ kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo bhavet //

Now the perfection stage:Then, having pierced Rudra’s knot, the breath goes to all the [of deities in the body]. In the perfected [stage] the sound of a flute becomes the sound of a resonating lute.
Philological Commentary

The reading we have adopted for the fourth pāda, kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo, Birch’s conjecture in his edition of the Amaraugha is supported by several testimonia and Amṛtasiddhi 31.2, where it is said that the sound of a vīṇā arises in the fourth stage. The reading śarva, i.e.~Śiva, found in some testimonia and the Jyotsnā makes good sense, but in its description of this stage, the Amṛtasiddhi, which is the ultimate source of this passage has sarva (30.1).

Readings

niṣpattyavasthā (β2 βω Γ) ] niṣṭhāvasthā (Δ), niṣpattiḥ (β1 ε2 ε3 η2)
tato (cett.) ] yadā (χ)
bhittvā (cett.) ] bhūtvā (ε2)
sarva (cett.) ] śarva (χ), satva (β1)
gato’nilaḥ (cett.) ] gatonalaḥ (γ2), gatānila (βω)
niṣpattau (β1 β2 βω γ2 χ) ] niṣpannau (ε2 ε3), niṣpanno (η2), niṣpatto (γ1), niṣṭhāto (Δ)
vaiṇavaḥ śabdaḥ (cett.) ] vaiṇavaśabdaḥ (γ2), veṇacaśabdaṃ (γ1)
kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo (ε3 χ) ] kaṇatvīnakvaṇo (ε2), kvaṇadvīṇotvaṇo (γ2), kvaṇanvītaḥ kvaṇo (β1), kvaṇatuvītakvaṇo (βω), kvacid vīṇākvaṇo (β2), kvaṇantenākvuṇo (η2), kvaṇadvīṇāsamo (Δ), karṇavīṇādgato (γ1)

Sources
Amaraugha 41

rudragranthiṃ tato bhittvā sarvapīṭhagato ’nilaḥ |

niṣpanno vaiṇavaḥ śabdaḥ kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo bhavet ||

sarva° ] Ae : sarvaṃ Ga : sattva° $theta $

niṣpanno ] Ga : niṣpannā Ae : niṣpattau Ad Gb T : ++ttau Ba

kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo ] conj. : kvaṇañ cailakvaṇo S1 : kvaṇañ caiva kvaṇo S2 : kvaṇadvitakvaṇo L3 : kvaṇanvitakvaṇo L2 : kvaṇanvītakva+ L4 : kvaṇatbhakvaṇo L1

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

rudragranthiṃ tato bhitvā sarvapīṭhagato ’nilaḥ |

niṣṭhāto vaiṇavaḥ śabdaḥ kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo bhavet ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.24

rudragranthiṃ tato bhitvā śarvapīṭhagato ’nilaḥ |

niṣpattau vaiṇavaḥ śabdaḥ kvanadvīṇākvaṇo bhavet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.24

atha niṣpattiḥ –

rudragranthiṃ tato bhitvā śarvapīṭhagato’nalaḥ |

niṣpanno vaiṇavaḥ śabdo kvaṇadvīṇākvaṇo bhavet ||

HP 4.24

एकीभूतं तदा चित्तं राजयोगाभिधायकम्

सृष्टिसंहारकर्तासौ योगीश्वरसमो भवेत् ॥

ekībhūtaṃ tadā cittaṃ rājayogābhidhāyakam /

sṛṣṭisaṃhārakartāsau yogīśvarasamo bhavet //

Then the mind having become one [with the sound??] is called Rājayoga. That yogi becomes a creator and destroyer, an equal to god.
Philological Commentary

The bahuvrīhi rājayogābhidhānakaṃ means that the mind is called rājayoga, which is very unusual. Perhaps °bhidhāyakaṃ is better, meaning "expresses rājayoga", but it is only in J7 and V3.

Readings

bcd omitted in β1
Stanza omitted in ε2 and ε3
tadā (α2 β1 β2 βω χ) ] tathā (α3 Γ Δ η2)
rājayogā (cett.) ] rājayoga (η2), rājayogo (βω)
bhidhāyakam (βω γ2) ] vidhāyakaḥ (α2), bhidhāyanaṃ (γ1), bhidhānakaṃ (α3 β2 Δ η2 χ)
kartāsau (cett.) ] karttasau (γ1), karttāso (βω)

Sources
Amaraugha 42

ekībhūtaṃ tadā cittaṃ rājayogābhidhānakam |

sṛṣṭisaṃhārakartāsau yogīśvarasamo bhavet ||+

rājayogābhidhānakam ] Ga Ba Ad Gb Ed ; rājayogo ’bhidhīyate Ae

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

ekībhūtaṃ tathā cittaṃ rājayogābhidhāyakam |

sṛṣṭisaṃhārakartāsau yogīśvarasamo bhavet ||

HP 4.24*1

राजयोगपदप्राप्तौ सुखोपायोऽल्पचेतसाम् ।

सद्यः प्रत्ययसंधायी जायते नादजो लयः(β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

rājayogapadaprāptau sukhopāyo’lpacetasām /

sadyaḥ pratyayasaṃdhāyī jāyate nādajo layaḥ // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

Philological Commentary

See 4.32.

Readings

padaprāptau (β1 β2) ] padaprāptaḥ (ε2), padaṃ prāptaṃ (βω), padaṃ prāptuṃ (η2 χ), padaṃ prāpti (ε3)
sukhopāyo’lpa (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] sukhopāyogya (βω)
saṃdhāyī (β2 βω ε2 η2 χ) ] saṃdhāyi (β1 ε3)
jāyate (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] sevyate (η2)
nādajo layaḥ (β2 βω ε2 χ) ] nādayo layaḥ (β1 η2), nātra saṃśayaḥ (ε3)

HP 4.25

अस्तु वा मास्तु वा मुक्तिरत्रैवाखण्डितं महत्

लयामृतमयं सौख्यं राजयोगादवाप्यते

astu vā māstumuktir atraivākhaṇḍitaṃ mahat /

layāmṛtamayaṃ saukhyaṃ rājayogād avāpyate //

Whether or not this is liberation, in this very state a great, unbroken pleasure, which is rich in the nectar of absorption, is attained from Rājayoga.
Readings

Stanza omitted in β1
māstu (β2 Γ δ1 δ3 ε2 η2 χ) ] mastu (βω ε3), nāstu (δ2)
muktir (β2 δ2 δ3 ε2 η2 χ) ] muktis (ε3), muktiṃ (βω), śaktir (Γ), kiṃcid (δ1)
atraivākhaṇḍitaṃ (β2 Δ χ) ] atraiva khaṇḍitaṃ (γ2), atra vākhaṇḍitaṃ (η2), ātrevikhaṇḍitaṃ (γ1), atraivāṣaṃḍitaṃ (ε2), tatraivākhaṇḍitaṃ (βω ε3)
mahat (cett.) ] marut (γ1), manaḥ (β2), bhavet (δ1), sukham (χ)
layāmṛtamayaṃ (β2 ε2 ε3) ] layāmṛtalayaṃ (βω), layāmṛtam idaṃ (γ2 Δ), layāmṛdaṃmitaṃ (γ1), layāmṛtakaraṃ (η2), layodbhavam idaṃ (χ)
saukhyaṃ (cett.) ] sokhyaṃ (γ1), sauṣyaṃ (γ2 η2), saukṣaṃ (ε2)
rājayogād avāpyate (cett.) ] rājayogam avāpyate (η2), om. (δ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi ??

astu vā māstu vā siddhir atraivākhaṇḍitaṃ sukham |

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.16

astu vā māstu vā muktir atraivākhaṇḍitaṃ mahat |

layāmṛtaṃ laye saukhyaṃ rājayogād avāpyate ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.35

astu vā māstu vā muktir atraivākhaṇḍitaṃ mahat |

layāmṛtamayaṃ saukhyaṃ rājayogād avāpyate ||

HP 4.26

हठं विना राजयोगो राजयोगं विना हठः ।

न सिध्यति ततो युग्मम् आ निष्पत्तेः समभ्यसेत् ॥*

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ /

na sidhyati tato yugmam ā niṣpatteḥ samabhyaset //*

Rājayoga without Haṭha and Haṭha without Rājayoga do not succeed so [the yogi] should practise both until the perfection stage.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ra-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in βω, Γ, Δ, η2 and χ

Sources
Śivasaṃhitā 5.222

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

na sidhyati tato yugmam āniṣpatteḥ samabhyaset |

tasmāt pravartate yogī haṭhe sadgurumārgataḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogaṃ rājayogaṃ vinā haṭham |

ye vai caranti tān manye prayāsaphalavarjitān iti ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 1.19

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

vyāptiḥ syād avinābhūtā śrīrājahaṭhayogayoḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 55.1

haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogo rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaḥ |

na sidhyati tato yugmam āniṣpatteḥ samabhyaset ||

HP 4.27

राजयोगमजानन्तः केवलं हठकर्मठाः

ये तु तान्कर्षकान्मन्ये प्रयासफलवर्जितान्

rājayogam ajānantaḥ kevalaṃ haṭhakarmaṭhāḥ /

ye tu tān karṣakān manye prayāsaphalavarjitān //

I consider those who are ignorant of Rājayoga and engage in only Haṭha to be labourers who get no reward for their efforts.
Readings

Stanza omitted in Γ and Δ
karmaṭhāḥ (β1 ε3) ] karmacā (ε2), karmaṇā (β2 βω), karmaṇaḥ (η2), karmiṇaḥ (χ)
ye tu tān karṣakān manye (β1 β2) ] ye tu tān karkaśān manye (ε2 ε3), ye tuṃgān karmavasān manye (η2), etān abhyāsino manye (χ), gap (βω)
prayāsaphalavarjitān (β1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] prāyaśaḥ phalavarjitān (β2), gap (βω)

HP 4.27*1

[Aल्त्] हठं विना राजयोगं राजयोगं विना हठं

ये वै चरन्ति तामन्ये प्रयासफलवर्जितान् ॥ (Γ and Δ) *

[Alt] haṭhaṃ vinā rājayogaṃ rājayogaṃ vinā haṭhaṃ /

ye vai carantimanye prayāsaphalavarjitān // (Γ and Δ) *

Readings

haṭhaṃ vinā (Γ δ2 δ3) ] om. (δ1)
rājayogaṃ (γ2 δ2 δ3) ] rājayogo (γ1), om. (δ1)
haṭhaṃ (γ2 Δ) ] haṭhaḥ (γ1)
vai (γ1 Δ) ] cai (γ2)
caranti (Δ) ] varaṃti (Γ)
manye (γ1 Δ) ] madhye (γ2)
phala (γ2 Δ) ] pralevi (γ1)

HP 4.28

तत्त्वं बीजं हठः क्षेत्रमौदासीन्यं जलं त्रिभिः

उन्मनीकल्पलतिका सद्य एवोद्भविष्यति

tattvaṃ bījaṃ haṭhaḥ kṣetram audāsīnyaṃ jalaṃ tribhiḥ /

unmanīkalpalatikā sadya evodbhaviṣyati //

The supreme reality is the seed, Haṭha the ground and indifference water. With these three the creeper of good fortune, the no-mind state, immediately grows.
Philological Commentary

The meaning of tattva here is unclear. It is a synonym for samādhi and unmanī in the next verses. Brahmānanda says that tattva means citta, which works well: the mind grows to the beyond-mind state. The reading smṛtam is also possible and well-attested (groups 2 and 3).

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

haṭhaḥ (δ1 χ) ] haṭha (β1 Γ ε4 ε3), haṭhaṃ (α3 β2 βω δ2 δ3 η2)
kṣetram (cett.) ] kṣetre (ε4)
audāsīnyaṃ (β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3 ε4 η2 χ) ] audāsinyaṃ (β1 ε3), audāśinyaṃ (α3), <<sau>>dāmanyaṃ (δ1)
jalaṃ tribhiḥ (α2 β1 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] jalaṃ smṛtam (α3 β2 Γ δ1 δ3), jalaṃ matam (δ2), jalaplavaṃ (ε4)
evodbhaviṣyati (α2 β1 β2 βω Δ ε4 ε3 η2) ] evādbhaviṣyati (β1), eva bhaviṣyati (α3 Γ), eva pravartate (χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

nādo bījaṃ haṭhaḥ kṣetram audāsīnyaṃ jalaṃ smṛtam |

unmanīkalpalatikā sadya evodbhaviṣyati ||

HP 4.29

राजयोगः समाधिश्च उन्मनी च मनोन्मनी ।

अमरौघोऽपि चाद्वैतं निरालम्बं निरञ्जनम् ॥

rājayogaḥ samādhiś ca unmanī ca manonmanī /

amaraugho’pi cādvaitaṃ nirālambaṃ nirañjanam //

Rājayoga, samādhi, unmanī, manonmanī, amaraugha, advaita, nirālamba, nirañjana...
Readings

rājayogaḥ (βω γ2 Δ) ] rājayoga (α2 β1 β2 γ1)
ca (βω Γ Δ) ] cā (cānmatī!) (β1), ca hy (β2), ca py (α2)
amaraugho’pi cādvaitaṃ (βω) ] amarogho pi vādvaitaṃ (β1), amarodyopi cādvaitaṃ (α2), amaraughāpi cādvaitaṃ (β2), amaraudhyaighacāṃdrī ca (γ2), araughaughatvīṃdrī ca (γ1), amaroly abhicāndrī ca (Δ)
nirālambaṃ (α2 β1 β2 βω Γ) ] nirālambo (Δ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi ??

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

rājayogaḥ samādhiś ca unmanī ca manonmanī |

amaraughaughacāndrīva nirālambaṃ nirañjanam ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~106

haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ |

rājayogas samādhiś cāpy unmanī ca manonmanī |

amaraugho pi cādvaitaṃ nirālambaṃ niraṃjanaṃ ||

Yogasārasaṅgraha p.~60

rājayogaḥ samādhiś conmanī ca manonmanī |

śivayogo layas tatvaṃ śūnyāśūnyaṃ nirañjanam |

Haṃsavilāsa (p. 47)

rājayogaḥ samādhiśca unmanī ca manonmanī |

amaraughālayas tatra śūnyāc chūnya paraṃ padam ||

HP 4.30

अमनस्को लयस्तत्त्वं शून्याशून्यं परं पदम्

जीवन्मुक्तिश्च सहजं तुर्यं चेत्येकवाचकाः

amanasko layas tattvaṃ śūnyāśūnyaṃ paraṃ padam /

jīvanmuktiś ca sahajaṃ turyaṃ cety ekavācakāḥ //

amanaska, laya, tattva, śūnyāśūnya, para pada, jīvanmukti, sahaja and turya are synonyms.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: na-vipulā)
Readings

amanasko (β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1) ] amarasko (α2), amanaskau (γ1), amanaskaṃ (δ2 δ3)
layas tattvaṃ (β1 β2 βω) ] layas tatra (α2), layaś caiva (γ2 Δ), lyayāś caiva (γ1)
śūnyāśūnyaṃ (α2 β1 γ2 Δ) ] śūnyāśūnya (βω γ1), śūnyāc chūnyaṃ (β2)
paraṃ padam (α2 α3 β1 β2 βω) ] parāparaṃ (Δ), parāparāṃ (γ1), parāvaraṃ (γ2)
jīvanmuktiś ca (α2 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ) ] jīvanmuktaś ca (α3), jīvanmuktiḥ (γ1)
turyaṃ (α2 α3 β1 β2 Γ δ2 δ3) ] turjaṃ (δ1), tuṣkaṃ (βω)
cety eka (α2 β1 γ2 δ1 δ2) ] .. ty eka (α3), cety eva (δ3), vatyaka (γ1), caiyeka (βω), cityeka (β2)
vācakāḥ (γ1) ] vācakaḥ (α2), vācakīṃ (γ2), vācakaṃ (α3 β1 β2 βω Δ)

Sources
Yogacintāmaṇi ??

amanasko layaś caiva śūnyāśūnyaṃ parāparam |

jīvanmuktiś ca sahajaṃ turyaṃ cety ekavācakam iti ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~106

ama[na]sko layas tatvaṃ śūnyāśūnyaparaṃ padaṃ |

jīvanmuktiś ca sahajaṃ turyaṃ cety ekavācakaṃ ||

Yogasārasaṅgraha p.~60

amanaskaṃ yathā caitan nirālambaṃ nirañjanam |

jīvanmuktiś ca sahajam ity adir hy ekavācakam ||

HP 4.31

उन्मन्यवाप्तये शीघ्रं मार्गौ द्वौ मम संमतौ

तत्त्वं परमसौख्यं वा नादोपासनमेव

unmanyavāptaye śīghraṃ mārgau dvau mama saṃmatau /

tattvaṃ paramasaukhyaṃ vā nādopāsanam eva ca //

Two paths for the quick attainment of Unmanī are approved by me: tattva, the supreme bliss, and honouring the inner sound...
Readings

ab omitted in Γ, ε2, ε3 and η2
cd omitted in Δ, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
unmanyavāptaye (α2 β1 β2 βω χ) ] unmanyavāsayet (δ1), unmanyā vāsayec (δ2 δ3), unmanyaye (α3)
mārgau dvau (α2 β1 β2) ] mārgo dvau (βω), mārgā .. (α3), dvau mārgau (Δ), bhrūdhyānaṃ (χ)
mama saṃmatau (α2 β2 βω) ] myama saṃ[m]. + (α3), samasaṃmatau (β1 Δ), mama saṃmatam (χ)
saukhyaṃ (β2 Γ) ] sākhyaṃ (α2), sāṃkhyaṃ (βω), vāgraṃ (β1)
ca (α2 βω Γ) ] vā (β1 β2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi ??

unmanyavāptaye śīghraṃ dvau mārgau mama saṃmatau |

tatvaṃ paramasaukhyaṃ vā nādopāsanam eva vā ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~106

unmanyavāptaye śīghraṃ mārgau dvau mama sammatau |

tatvaṃ paramasākhyaṃ vā nādopāsanam eva vā ||

HP 4.32

सौख्यप्रविष्टचित्तानां मूढानामपि संमतम् ।

सद्यआनन्दसंधायी जायते नादजो लयः ॥

saukhyapraviṣṭacittānāṃ mūḍhānām api saṃmatam /

sadyaānandasaṃdhāyī jāyate nādajo layaḥ //

which is approved even for stupid people whose minds are immersed in [worldly] pleasures. Dissolution which instantly bestows bliss arises from the inner sound.
Readings

ab omitted in Δ, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
cd omitted in ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
saukhya (β2 γ1) ] saukhyā (γ2), sāṃkhya (β1 βω)
praviṣṭa (β2 βω γ2) ] pratiṣṭha (β1 γ1)
sadya (β1 β2 Δ) ] sadyaṃ (βω), satyam (Γ)
ānanda (β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3) ] ādāya (δ1)
saṃdhāyī (α3 γ2 δ1 δ3) ] saṃdhyāyī (γ1), saṃdāyī (β1 δ2), sadāyī (βω), saṃdāyi (β2)
jāyate (cett.) ] jāvate (δ1)
nādajo (α3 β2 βω Γ Δ) ] nādato (β1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

saukhyapraviṣṭacittānāṃ mūḍhānām api saṃmatam |

sadya ānandasandhāyī jāyate nādajo layaḥ ||

Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~106

sāṅkhye praviṣṭacittānāṃ mūḍhānām api saṃmateḥ |

tasya svānaṃdasa [...] ryo jāyate nādajo layaḥ ||

HP 4.32*1

एकं सृष्टिमयं बीजं एका मुद्रा तु खेचरी ।

एको देवो निरालम्ब एकावस्था मनोन्मनी ॥ (ε3, ε4 and η2)

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījaṃ ekā mudrā tu khecarī /

eko devo nirālamba ekāvasthā manonmanī // (ε3, ε4 and η2)

There is one seed [syllable] consisting of creation; one mudrā, khecarī, one god, the unsupported, [and] one state, mind beyond the mind.
Philological Commentary

See 3.48.

Readings

tu (ε3 ε4) ] ca (η2)

Sources
Tantrāloka 32.64

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījaṃ yadvīryaṃ sarvamantragam |

ekā mudrā khecarī ca mudraughaḥ prāṇito yayā ||

Tantrālokaviveka 32.63

yad āgamaḥ –

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījam ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

dvāvekaṃ yo vijānāti sa vai pūjyaḥ kulāgame ||

Śivasūtravimarśinī 5

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ [sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījam iti mantravīryarūpam aham iti bījam | mudrā parabhairavīyātmā |] bījam ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

dvāv etau yasya jāyete so’tiśāntapade sthitaḥ ||

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.28

ekaṃ sṛṣṭimayaṃ bījam ekā mudrā ca khecarī |

eko devo nirālambaḥ ekāvasthā manonmanī||

Nādabindūpaniṣad 52cd-53ab

śaṅkhadundubhinādaṃ ca na śruṇoti kadācana || 52 ||

kāṣṭhavajjñāyate deha unmanyāvasthayā dhruvam |

HP 4.32*2

शङ्खदुन्दुभिनादं च न शृणोति कदाचन ।

काष्ठवज्जायते देह उन्मन्यावस्थया ध्रुवम् ॥ (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

śaṅkhadundubhinādaṃ ca na śṛṇoti kadācana /

kāṣṭhavaj jāyate deha unmanyāvasthayā dhruvam // (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

[The yogi] never hears the sounds of [even] conch shells and large drums. As a result of the state of no mind, the body assuredly becomes as [insentient as a piece of] wood.
Readings

nādaṃ ca (β1 ε3 ε4 η2 χ) ] nādaś ca (βω), nādāṃś ca (β2)
kāṣṭhavaj jāyate (ε3 ε4 η2 χ) ] sthāṇuvad vartate (β2), sthāṇuvarddhattayed (β1), sthāṇu vardhate (βω)
deha (η2 χ) ] dehe (ε3), dehī (ε4), yogī hy (β1 β2 βω)
°vasthayā (β1 β2 βω ε3 ε4 χ) ] vasthāyāṃ (η2)

Sources
Jñānasāra 3.7

śaṅkhadundubhinādena na śṛṇoti kadācana |

kāṣṭava[j] jñāyate yogī notpattyā vai prajāyate ||

HP 4.32*3

सर्वावस्थाविनिर्मुक्तः सर्वचिन्ताविवर्जितः

मृतवत्तिष्ठते योगी स मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥ (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

sarvāvasthāvinirmuktaḥ sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ /

mṛtavat tiṣṭhate yogī sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ // (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

Free from all states of mind and all thought, the yogi is as if dead. He is liberated. In this there is no doubt.
Readings

vivarjitaḥ (β1 β2 ε3 ε4 η2 χ) ] vivarjitaṃ (βω)
mṛtavat (ε3 ε4 η2 χ) ] kāṣṭhavat (β1 β2 βω)
tiṣṭhate (β1 β2 ε3 ε4 η2 χ) ] tiṣṭhayed (βω)

Testimonia
Nādabindūpaniṣad 51cd-52ab

sarvāvasthāvinirmuktaḥ sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ || 51 ||

mṛtavat tiṣṭhate yogī sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ |

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 51.75

sarvāvasthāvinirmuktaḥ sarvacintāvivarjitaḥ |

mṛtavattiṣṭhate yogī sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 4.32*4

विजानाति शीतोष्णं न दुःखं न सुखं तथा ।

न मानं नापमानं च योगी युक्तः समाधिना ॥ (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4 and χ)

na vijānāti śītoṣṇaṃ na duḥkhaṃ na sukhaṃ tathā /

na mānaṃ nāpamānaṃ ca yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā // (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4 and χ)

The yogi in samādhi experiences neither cold nor heat, neither suffering nor pleasure, neither praise nor scorn.
Readings

vijānāti (ε3 ε4 χ) ] hi jānāti (β1), hi jānaṃti (βω)
na duḥkhaṃ na sukhaṃ (β1 ε3 ε4 χ) ] na ca duḥkhaṃ sukhaṃ (βω)
na mānaṃ nāpamānaṃ (ε3 ε4 χ) ] na mānaṃ cāpamānaṃ (β1), na ca mānāpamānaṃ (βω)
yuktaḥ (β1 β2 χ) ] muktaḥ (ε3 ε4), yukti (βω)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 166

nābhijānāti śītoṣṇaṃ na duḥkhaṃ na sukhaṃ tathā |

na mānaṃ nāpamānaṃ ca yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā ||

HP 4.32*5

अवेध्यः सर्वशस्त्राणामवध्यः सर्वदेहिनाम् ।

अग्राह्यो मन्त्रतन्त्राणां योगी युक्तः समाधिना ॥ (ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

avedhyaḥ sarvaśastrāṇām avadhyaḥ sarvadehinām /

agrāhyo mantratantrāṇāṃ yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā // (ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

The yogi in samādhi cannot be wounded by any weapon, killed by any person or overpowered by mantras and magic.
Readings

avedhyaḥ (em.) ] avadhyaḥ (ε3 η2 χ), avadhya (ε4)
avadhyaḥ (ε3 ε4 η2) ] aśakyaḥ (χ)
tantrāṇāṃ (ε3 ε4 η2) ] yantrāṇāṃ (χ)
yuktaḥ (η2 χ) ] muktaḥ (ε3 ε4)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 168

abhedyaḥ sarvaśastrāṇām avadhyaḥ sarvadehinām |

agrāhyo mantratantrāṇāṃ yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā ||

HP 4.32*6

न गन्धं न रसं रूपं न स्पर्शं न च निस्वनम्

नात्मानं न परं वेत्ति योगी युक्तः समाधिना(βω and χ)

na gandhaṃ na rasaṃ rūpaṃ na sparśaṃ na ca nisvanam /

nātmānaṃ na paraṃ vetti yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā // (βω and χ)

The yogi in samādhi does not experience smell, taste, form, touch, sound, himself nor anyone else.
Readings

na sparśaṃ na ca nisvanam (em.) ] sparśaṃ na ca na śrutaṃ (βω), na ca sparśaṃ na niḥsvanam (χ)
na paraṃ vetti (χ) ] paramaṃ vetti (βω)
yuktaḥ samādhinā (χ) ] yuktisamādhinā (βω)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 165

na gandhaṃ na rasaṃ rūpaṃ na ca sparśaṃ na nisvanam |

nātmānaṃ na paraṃ vetti yogī yuktaḥ samādhinā ||

HP 4.32*7

चित्तं न सुप्तं नो जाग्रत् स्मृतिमन्न च नान्यथा

नास्तमेति न चोदेति यस्यासौ मुक्त एव सः ॥ (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

cittaṃ na suptaṃ no jāgrat smṛtiman na ca nānyathā /

nāstam eti na codeti yasyāsau mukta eva saḥ // (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4, η2 and χ)

He is indeed truly liberated whose mind is neither asleep nor awake, neither mindful nor otherwise, and neither stops nor starts.
Philological Commentary

The first line is corrupt in the Gorakṣaśataka witnesses; its text has been constituted from the Haṭhapradīpikā.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ma-vipulā)
Readings

smṛtiman na ca (em.) ] smṛtyamanna (β2), sṛtinannaṃ ca (βω), smṛtivarṇaṃ ca (ε3 ε4), na smṛtir na ca (β1), smṛtivismṛti (χ), spṛśati vastu ca (η2)
nānyathā (β1 β2 βω ε3 ε4 η2) ] varjitam (χ)
nāstam eti (β1 β2 βω ε3 ε4) ] na vāstum eti (η2), na cāstam eti (χ)
na codeti (β1 β2 ε3 ε4 η2) ] na cādeti (βω), nodeti (χ)
yasyāsau (β1 β2 ε3 ε4 χ) ] yathāsau (η2), illeg. (βω)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 7

cittaṃ na suptaṃ no jāgrat smṛtiman na ca nānyathā |

nāstam eti na codeti yasyāsau mukta eva sa ||

HP 4.32*8

स्वस्थो जाग्रदवस्थायां सुप्तवद्योऽवतिष्ठते

निःस्वासोच्छ्वासहीनश्च निश्चितं मुक्त एव सः ॥ (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4 and χ)

svastho jāgradavasthāyāṃ suptavad yo’vatiṣṭhate /

niḥsvāsocchvāsahīnaś ca niścitaṃ mukta eva saḥ // (β1 β2 βω, ε3, ε4 and χ)

[The yogi] who remains at ease as though asleep in the waking state, without breathing in and out, is definitely liberated.
Readings

svastho (βω ε4 χ) ] svapno (β1), supto (β2), svecchā (ε3)
suptavad yo (β1 β2 βω χ) ] suptaḥ sadyo (ε3 ε4)
’vatiṣṭhate (βω ε3 ε4 χ) ] vatiṣṭhati (β1 β2)
niḥsvāsocchvāsa (ε3 ε4 χ) ] niśvāsośvāsa (βω), nisvāsośvaḥsa (β1), niḥśvāsaśvāsa (β2)
hīnaś ca (βω ε3 ε4 χ) ] hīnas tu (β1 β2)
niścitaṃ (ε3 ε4 χ) ] niścito (βω), niścitto (β1), niśceṣṭo (β2)

Sources
Amanaska 2.59

sadā jāgradavasthāyāṃ suptavad yo ’vatiṣṭhate |

niśvāsocchvāsahīnas ca niścitaṃ mukta eva saḥ ||

sadā jāgradavasthāyāṃ ] v.l.sadā jāgṛvadasthāyāṃ, sadā jāgrat apasthāyāṃ, sadā jāgradavasther ya, sa jāgras tadavasthāyāṃ, yadā jāgṛdavasthāyāṃ, yo jāgrad yad avasthāyāṃ, svapnajāgradavasthāyāṃ, suptajāgradavasthāyāṃ

Testimonia
Kulārṇavatantra 9.11

svapnajāgradavasthāyāṃ suptavat yo ’avatiṣṭhate |

niśvāsocchvāsahīnaśca niścitaṃ mukta eva saḥ || 11 ||

Yuktabhavadeva 1.64

svapnajāgradavasthāyāṃ suptavat yo ’vatiṣṭhate |

niśvāsocchvāsahīnaś ca niścitaṃ mukta eva saḥ ||64||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 55.24

sadā jāgradavasthāyāṃ suptavad yo ‘vatiṣṭhate |

niśvāsocchvāsavihīnaś ca niścitaṃ mukta eva saḥ || 55.24 = AY 2.59

Yogacintāmaṇi

sadā jāgradavasthāyāṃ suptavada yo’vatiṣṭhate ||

niḥśvāsocchāsahīnaśca niścitaṃ mukta eva saḥ|

HP 4.33

नादानुसंधानसमाधिभाजां

योगीश्वराणां हृदये प्ररूढम्

आनन्दमेकं वचसामवाच्यं

जानाति तं श्रीगुरुनाथ एव

nādānusaṃdhānasamādhibhājāṃ

yogīśvarāṇāṃ hṛdaye prarūḍham /

ānandam ekaṃ vacasām avācyaṃ

jānāti taṃ śrīgurunātha eva //

Only the glorious guru lord knows the unique ineffable bliss that has arisen in the hearts of yogi lords who experience samādhi by concentrating on the inner sound.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

yogīśvarāṇāṃ (cett.) ] yogeśvarāṇāṃ (γ2)
hṛdaye prarūḍham (β2 βω γ2 Δ ε3) ] hṛdayaprarūḍhaṃ (β1 γ1), hṛdi vardhamānaṃ (ε2 η2 χ)
avācyaṃ (cett.) ] avākyaṃ (ε2), agamyaṃ (β2 χ)
jānāti (cett.) ] jānāty a° (β1 β2), jānaṃti (ε2)
taṃ śrī (βω γ2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] °taḥ śrī (β2), °tītaṃ (β1), tatvaṃ śrī (γ1), tattvaṃ (Δ)
gurunātha (cett.) ] guṇanātha (Δ)
eva (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε3) ] evaṃ (γ1), ekaḥ (ε2 χ), ekaṃ (η2)

Sources
Yogatārāvalī 3

nādānusandhānasamādhibhājāṃ yogīśvarāṇāṃ hṛdaye pragūḍham |

ānandamātraṃ vacasām avācyaṃ jānāti taṃ śrīgurunātha ekaḥ ||

ekaḥ ] Pa : eva Ad

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

nādānusandhānasamādhibhājāṃ yogīśvarāṇāṃ hṛdaye prarūḍhaṃ |

ānandam ekaṃ vacasām avācyaṃ jānāti tatvaṃ gurunātha eva ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.5

nādānusandhānasamādhibhājāṃ yogīśvarāṇāṃ hṛdaye prarūḍham |

ānandam ekaṃ vacaso ’py agamyaṃ jānāti taṃ śrīgurunātha eva ||

HP 4.33*1

मुक्तासनस्थितो योगी मुद्रां संधाय शांभवीम् ।

शृणुयाद्दक्षिणे कर्णे नादमन्तर्गतं सदा(β1, βω, Γ, Δ, ε2, ε3 and η2)

muktāsanasthito yogī mudrāṃ saṃdhāya śāṃbhavīm /

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam antargataṃ sadā // (β1, βω, Γ, Δ, ε2, ε3 and η2)

Seated in the pose of the liberated ones, the yogi should adopt śāṃbhavī mudrā and listen continuously to the inner sound in his right ear.
Philological Commentary

See 4.10.

Readings

muktāsanasthito (cett.) ] mudrāsanasthite (γ1)
antargataṃ sadā (Γ Δ ε2 ε3) ] antargataṃ mahat (βω η2), antastham ekadhī (β1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

muktāsanasthito yogī mudrāṃ sandhāya śāṃbhavīm |

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam antargataṃ sadā ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (ms. 2244 f.~124r)

muktāsanasthito yogī mudrāṃ saṃdhāya śāṃbhavīṃ [|]

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam ekāṃtike sudhīḥ [||]

dakṣiṇe karṇe ] B220, dakṣirṇe 2244

ekāṃtike ] 2244, ekāṃtate B220

Nādabindūpaniṣat 31

siddhāsane sthito yogī mudrāṃ sandhāya vaiṣṇavīm |

śṛṇuyād dakṣiṇe karṇe nādam antargataṃ sadā ||

HP 4.34

सर्वचिन्तां परित्यज्य सावधानेन चेतसा ।

नाद एवानुसंधेयो योगसाम्राज्यमिच्छता*

sarvacintāṃ parityajya sāvadhānena cetasā /

nāda evānusaṃdheyo yogasāmrājyam icchatā //*

[The yogi] who desires yogic sovereignty should abandon all thought and concentrate with an attentive mind on nothing but the internal sound.
Readings

cintāṃ (cett.) ] ciṃtāḥ (η2)
sāvadhānena (cett.) ] sarvadānena (ε2 η2)
nāda evānusaṃdheyo (α3 β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 ε3 χ) ] nādam evānusaṃdh(y)e (ε2), nādam evānusaṃdhatte (δ1 δ2 η2)
sāmrājyam (cett.) ] sāmājyam (δ2), samrājyam (δ1)
icchatā (β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] icchatāṃ (α3 ε2), icchati (γ1 η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

sarvacintāṃ parityajya sāvadhānena cetasā |

nādam evānusandhatte yogasāmrājyam icchatā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.14

sarvacintāṃ parityajya sāvadhānena cetasā |

nāda evānusandheyaḥ yogasāmrājyasiddhaye ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandikā (f. 124r)

sarvacittaṃ parityajya sāvadhānena cetasā |

nāda evānusaṃdheyo yogasāmrājyam icchatā ||

HP 4.35

कर्णौ पिधाय तूलेन यं शृणोति ध्वनिं मुनिः

तत्र चित्तं स्थिरी कुर्याद् यावत्स्थिरपदं व्रजेत्

karṇau pidhāya tūlena yaṃ śṛṇoti dhvaniṃ muniḥ /

tatra cittaṃ sthirī kuryād yāvat sthirapadaṃ vrajet //

The sage should block his ears with cotton and fix the mind on the sound which he hears, until he attains a state of stillness.
Philological Commentary

Several witnesses have hastābhyām or hastena here. Blocking the ears with the fingers in order to listen to the inner sounds is attested as early as the Svacchandatantra, in a practice called ṣaṇmukhīkaraṇa, in which the other openings of the head are also blocked with the fingers (Vasudeva 2004: 272 n.66). Śivasaṃhitā 5.36–46 teaches a similar practice. In the Haṭhayogasaṃhitā (p. 68), the practice of blocking the ears with the hands is stipulated for bhrāmarī kumbhaka.

Readings

Stanza omitted in η2
karṇau (cett.) ] karṇo (α1 γ1), karṇā (α3), karṇa (β1)
pidhāya (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] pidhāna (α3), pi (δ1)
tūlena (α3 ε2) ] tulyena (β1), mūlena (α1 βω), hastena (Γ), hastābhyāṃ (β2 δ2 δ3 χ), hastābhya[ṃ] (δ1), śū _ na (ε3)
yaṃ (α1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] yaḥ (α3 β2 Γ Δ), saṃ (β1), sa (βω)
dhvaniṃ muniḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] dhvaniṃ muniṃ (γ1), munir dhvanim (γ2), dhvaniṃ dhvaniḥ (δ3)
sthirī (α1 β1 β2 βω χ) ] sthiraṃ (Γ Δ ε2 ε3)
sthirapadaṃ (α1 β1 β2 Γ Δ ε2 ε3 χ) ] sthiparamaṃ (βω)
vrajet (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ χ) ] bhavet (ε2 ε3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

karṇau pidhāya hastena yaḥ śṛṇoti dhvaniṃ muniḥ |

tāvac cittaṃ sthiraṃ kuryād yāvat sthirapadaṃ vrajet ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.8

karṇau pidhāya tūlena yaḥ śṛṇoti dhvaniṃ yamī |

tatra cittaṃ sthiraṃ kuryād yāvat sthirapadaṃ vrajet ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 124r)

karṇau pidhāya hastābhyāṃ yaś śṛṇoti dhvaniṃ muniḥ |

tatra cittaṃ sthiraṃ kuryād yāvat sthirapadaṃ vrajet ||

HP 4.36

अभ्यस्यमानो नादोऽयं बाह्यमावृणुते ध्वनिम्

पक्षाद्विक्षेपमखिलं जित्वा योगी सुखी भवेत् ॥

abhyasyamāno nādo’yaṃ bāhyam āvṛṇute dhvanim /

pakṣād vikṣepam akhilaṃ jitvā yogī sukhī bhavet //

When this inner sound is being cultivated, it drowns out external sound. After a fortnight the yogi overcomes all distraction and becomes happy.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ma-vipulā; c: na-vipulā)
Readings

nādo (cett.) ] nātho (γ1)
’yaṃ (cett.) ] yo (β2)
bāhyam āvṛṇute (β2 γ2 χ) ] bāhyanāvṛṇute (β1), bāhyanā _ ṇute (γ1), bāhyam āśṛṇu (α1), bāhyam āsṛṇate (βω), bāhyamānaśṛṇvate (ε2), cānyam āśṛṇute (η2), bāhyam āvartayed (Δ ε3)
dhvanim (α1 γ2 Δ ε3 η2 χ) ] dhvani (γ1), dhvaniḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2)
pakṣād (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] paścād (α3 δ1 η2)
vikṣepam akhilaṃ (α1 βω γ2 δ3 η2 χ) ] vikṣeyam akhilaṃ (γ1), vikṣepam atulaṃ (δ1), vikṣiptam a[nila]ṃ (α3), vikṣyemanilaṃ (β1), vipakṣam akhilaṃ (ε2 ε3), prakṣepam akṣilaṃ (δ2), vipakṣayed enaṃ (β2)
jitvā (cett.) ] jīvo (η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

abhyasyamāno nādo ’yaṃ bāhyam āvartayed dhvanim |

paścād vikṣepam akhilaṃ jitvā yogī sukhī bhavet ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (f. 124r)

abhyasyamāno nādo yaṃ bāhyam āvarttayet dhvaniṃ |

pakṣād vikṣepam akhilaṃ jitvā yogī sukhībhavet ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 32

abhyasyamāno nādo ’yaṃ bāhyam āvṛṇute dhvanim |

pakṣād vipakṣam akhilaṃ jitvā turyapadaṃ vrajet ||

HP 4.37

श्रूयते प्रथमाभ्यासे नादो नानाविधो महान्

वर्धमाने ततोऽभ्यासे श्रूयते सूक्ष्मसूक्ष्मतः

śrūyate prathamābhyāse nādo nānāvidho mahān /

vardhamāne tato’bhyāse śrūyate sūkṣmasūkṣmataḥ //

In the first stage of practice, a loud sound of various kinds is heard. Then, as the practice progresses, a quieter and quieter sound is heard.
Readings

śrūyate (cett.) ] jāyate (δ3)
prathamābhyāse (cett.) ] prathame bhyāse (δ1), prathamābhyāso (α1)
mahān (cett.) ] mahāt (ε2)
vardhamāne tato’bhyāse (cett.) ] tato’bhyāse vardhamāne (ε3 χ)
sūkṣmasūkṣmataḥ (α1 β2 βω Δ η2) ] sūkṣmasūkṣmakaḥ (Γ ε3 χ), sūkṣmataḥ (β1 ε2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

śrūyate prathamābhyāse nādo nānāvidho mahān |

vartamāne tato ’bhyāse śrūyate sūkṣmasūkṣmataḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.9

śrūyate prathamābhyāse nādo nānāvidho bahuḥ |

vardhamāne tato ’bhyāse śrūyate sūkṣmasūkṣmataḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.31

śrūyate prathamābhyāse nādo nānāvidho bahuḥ |

vardhamāne tato ’bhyāse śrūyate sūkṣmasūkṣmataḥ ||

HP 4.38

आदौ जलधिजीमूतभेरीनिर्झरसंभवाः

मध्ये मर्दलशंखोत्था घण्टाकाहलजास्तथा ॥

ādau jaladhijīmūtabherīnirjharasaṃbhavāḥ /

madhye mardalaśaṃkhotthā ghaṇṭākāhalas tathā //

In the first stage, [the sounds] are those that are produced by the ocean, a [storm] cloud, a kettle drum and a waterfall. In the intermediate stage, they are [the sounds] produced by a bass drum and conch and a bell and trumpet.
Philological Commentary

?? more refs there are different options for kāhala, such as a trumpet or drum that looks like datura flower. See Schmidt, Nachträge: "eine Art Trommel (kāhalāsu dhattūrapuṣpākāramukhabherīṣu), Yaśastilakam (commentary).

Readings

jīmūta (α1 β2 γ2 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] jīmūte (β1 βω γ1)
nirjhara (β1 ε2 ε3 η2) ] nirjara (δ1), nirbhara (β2 βω), bhūrbhūra (δ3), durdura (δ2), sarāva (γ1), śabdatu (γ2), rsara (α1), jharjhara (χ)
saṃbhavāḥ (α1 β1 β2 ε2 χ) ] saṃbhavaḥ (Γ Δ ε3), nisvanaḥ (βω η2)
mardala (cett.) ] mandala (δ2 δ3)
śaṃkhotthā (α1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] śaṃkhottha (β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 η2), śaṅkhottho (δ2), śaṃkhoddhāḥ (α3)
kāhala (α3 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] kāhāla (α1 β1), kāhla (γ1), kalaha (Δ), kolāha (η2)
°jās (α1 β1 β2 βω χ) ] jas (Γ Δ), kās (α3 ε2 ε3), las (η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

ādau jaladhijīmūtabherījharjharasaṃbhavaḥ |

madhye mardalaśaṅkhottha ghaṇṭākāhalakās tathā ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.10

ādau jaladhijīmūtabherīnirjharasaṃbhavāḥ |

madhye marddalaśaṃkhotthā ghaṇṭākāhalakās tathā ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.32

ādau jaladhijīmūtabherīnirjharasambhavaḥ |

madhye marddalaśaṃkhotthā ghaṃṭākāhalakās tathā ||

HP 4.39

अन्ते तु किङ्किणीवंशवीणाभ्रमरनिस्वनाः

इति नानाविधा नादाः श्रूयन्ते देहमध्यतः

ante tu kiṅkiṇīvaṃśavīṇābhramaranisvanāḥ /

iti nānāvidhā nādāḥ śrūyante dehamadhyataḥ //

In the final stage, there are the sounds of little bells, a bamboo flute, a veena and a bee. [These] various sound are heard in the body.
Readings

ante (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] anye (ε2 η2), avai (γ1)
tu (cett.) ] ca (δ2)
vaṃśa (α1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] vṛnda (β2 βω Γ Δ), bṛṃdā (α3), vaṃda (β1), śabda (α2)
vīṇā (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ η2 χ) ] nādā (ε2 ε3)
nisvanāḥ (α1 α3 β2 ε2) ] nisvanā (βω η2), niḥsvanāḥ (ε3 χ), nisvanaḥ (γ2 δ1 δ3), niḥsvanaḥ (β1 γ1 δ2)
nānāvidhā (α1 β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] nānāvidho (βω Γ Δ)
nādāḥ (α1 β2 η2 χ) ] nādā (β1 βω ε3), nādaḥ (γ2 Δ), nādaṃ (γ1), vādāḥ (ε2)
śrūyante (β1 β2 ε3 η2 χ) ] śrūyate (cett.)
deha (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ χ) ] yatra (ε2 η2), tatra (ε3)
madhyataḥ (α1 β1 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] madhyagāḥ (β2 χ), madhyagaḥ (Γ Δ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

anye tu kiṅkiṇīvṛndavīṇābhramaraniḥsvanāḥ |

iti nānāvidho nādaḥ śrūyate dehamadhyagaḥ ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.11

ante tu kiṃkiṇīvṛndavīṇābhramaraniḥsvanāḥ |

iti nānāvidhā nādāḥ śrūyante dehamadhyataḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.33

ante tu kiṃkiṇī vaṃśanādā bhramaraniḥsvanāḥ |

iti nānāvidhā nādāḥ śrūyante yatra madhyataḥ ||

HP 4.40

महति श्रूयमाणेऽपि मेघभेर्यादिकध्वनौ

तत्र सूक्ष्मात्सूक्ष्मतरं नादमेव परामृशेत्

mahati śrūyamāṇe’pi meghabheryādikadhvanau /

tatra sūkṣmāt sūkṣmataraṃ nādam eva parāmṛśet //

Even if a loud noise such as that of a [storm] cloud or kettle drum is being heard, the [yogi] should concentrate on only the very quietest sound in it.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: bha-vipulā)
Readings

mahati (cett.) ] mahatī (ε3)
śrūyamāṇe (cett.) ] {[ṇya]}yatamāne (γ1)
’pi (cett.) ] ti (Γ)
megha (cett.) ] bhīka (δ2)
ādikadhvanau (Γ ε2 η2) ] ādike dhvanau (β2 βω Δ χ), ādike dhṛti (β1), ādike svane (ε3), ādidaṃ dhvanau (α1)
tatra (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] tataḥ (Γ Δ)
sūkṣmāt (cett.) ] sūkṣmā (ε2), sūkṣmāṃ° (β1), sūkṣmaṃ (η2), om. (β1)
sūkṣmataraṃ (cett.) ] sūkṣmatamaṃ (δ3), °taraṃ nādaṃ (β1), nādam eva (η2)
nādam eva (cett.) ] nādam evaṃ (γ2), paritopi (η2)
parāmṛśet (cett.) ] parāmṛṣet (δ1), samabhyaset (γ2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

mahati śrūyamāṇe ’pi meghabheryādike dhvanau |

tataḥ sūkṣmāt sūkṣmataraṃ nādam eva parāmṛśet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.34

mahati śrūyamāṇe ’pi meghabheryādike svane |

tatra sūkṣmāt sūkṣmataraṃ nādam eva parāmṛśet ||

HP 4.41

घनमुत्सृज्य वा सूक्ष्मे सूक्ष्ममुत्सृज्य वा घने

तौ त्यक्त्वा मध्यमे स्याद्वा मनो नान्यत्र चालयेत्

ghanam utsṛjya vā sūkṣme sūkṣmam utsṛjya vā ghane /

tau tyaktvā madhyame syād vā mano nānyatra cālayet //

Or, the mind should filter out the gross sound for the subtle, or the subtle for the gross, or, abandoning both, be [focused] on [a sound in] the middle, [and the] should not move it elsewhere.
Readings

ghanam (cett.) ] dhvanam (η2)
vā sūkṣme (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] vā sūkṣmaṃ (α3 Γ δ1 δ2), sūkṣmaṃ vā (δ3)
ghane (α1 α3 β1 β2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] ghanen (βω), ghanam (Γ Δ), dhune (η2)
tau tyaktvā madhyame syād vā (em.) ] tau tyaktvā madhyama syād vā (α1 β1 βω), tau tyaktvā madhyamaḥ syād vā (β2), ramamāṇam api kṣipraṃ (ε2 ε3), ramamāṇam api kṣiptaṃ (η2 χ), paraṃ tatraiva nikṣipya (Γ Δ)
nānyatra (cett.) ] nātra pra° (ε2 ε3 η2)
cālayet (cett.) ] cālet (η2), vālayet (γ1), cālayan (βω)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

ghanam utsṛjya vā sūkṣmaṃ sūkṣmaṃ pramṛjya vā ghanam |

paraṃ tatraiva niḥkṣipya mano nānyatra cālayet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.35

ghanam utsṛjya vā sūkṣme sūkṣmam utsṛjya vā ghane |

ramamāṇam api kṣipraṃ mano nātra pracālayet ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 37

ghanam utsṛjya vā sūkṣme sūkṣmam utsṛjya vā ghane |

ramamāṇam api kṣiptaṃ mano nānyatra cālayet ||

HP 4.42

यत्र कुत्रापि वा नादे लगति प्रथमं मनः

तत्रैव तत्स्थिरीभूत्वा तेन सार्धं विलीयते ॥

yatra kutrāpi vā nāde lagati prathamaṃ manaḥ /

tatraiva tat sthirībhūtvā tena sārdhaṃ vilīyate //

Alternatively, the mind fixes upon whatever sound it first attaches to and dissolves together with it.
Readings

lagati (cett.) ] lagavi (γ1), lagnaṃti (β1), galati (η2)
prathamaṃ (cett.) ] prathame (δ1)
manaḥ (cett.) ] mataḥ (γ1)
tatraiva tat (α1 β1 β2 ε3) ] tatraivata (βω ε2), tatraiva su° (γ2 Δ χ), tatraivastu (γ1), tatraiva niś° (η2)
sthirī (cett.) ] śarī (ε2), °calo (η2)
bhūtvā (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] bhūya (χ), [bhū]yāt (δ2), kuryāt (Γ δ1 δ3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

yatra kutrāpi vā nāde prathamaṃ viśate manaḥ |

tatraiva susthiraṃ kuryāt tena sārdhaṃ vilīyate ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.36

yatra kutrāpi vā nāde lagati prathamaṃ manaḥ |

tatraiva susthirībhūtvā tena sārdhaṃ vilīyate ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 37

yatra kutrāpi vā nāde lagati prathamaṃ manaḥ |

tatra tatra sthirībhūtvā tena sārdhaṃ vilīyate ||

HP 4.43

मकरन्दं पिबन्भृङ्गो गन्धान्नापेक्षते यथा

नादासक्तं तथा चित्तं विषयान्न हि काङ्क्षते

makarandaṃ piban bhṛṅgo gandhān nāpekṣate yathā /

nādāsaktaṃ tathā cittaṃ viṣayān na hi kāṅkṣate //

Just as a bee drinking nectar has no regard for fragrances, so the mind attached to the inner sound does not desire the objects of the senses.
Readings

piban (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 δ3 ε3 η2 χ) ] pived (δ2), piven (ε2)
bhṛṅgo (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ3 ε3 η2 χ) ] bhṛṅgī (Γ δ1 δ2), śṛṃgo (ε2)
gandhān (α1 α3 βω δ1) ] gandhā (δ2 δ3), gandhaṃ (β2 γ2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ), gandha (γ1), gandho (β1)
nāpekṣate (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε3 χ) ] nopekṣate (ε2 η2)
yathā (cett.) ] ’nyathā (ε2)
nādāsaktaṃ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] nādasaktaṃ (Γ δ3)
na hi (cett.) ] naiva (ε3), api (δ3)
kāṅkṣate (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 χ) ] kāṅkṣati (Γ Δ ε3 η2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

makarandaṃ piban bhṛṅgo gandhān nāpekṣate yathā |

nādāsaktaṃ tathā cittaṃ viṣayān na hi kāṅkṣati ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.12

makarandaṃ pibed bhṛṅgo gandho na prekṣyate yathā |

nādāsaktaṃ tathā cittaṃ viṣayān na hi kāṃkṣate ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.41

makarandaṃ piban bhṛṃgo gandhaṃ nāpekṣate yathā |

nādāsaktaṃ tathā cittaṃ viśayān naiva kāṃkṣati ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 42

makarandaṃ piban bhṛṅgo gandhān nāpekṣate tathā |

nādāsaktaṃ sadā cittaṃ viṣayaṃ na hi kāṅkṣati ||

HP 4.44

बद्धं विमुक्तचाञ्चल्यं नादगन्धकजारणात्

मनःपारदमाप्नोति निरालम्बाख्यखोटतां

baddhaṃ vimuktacāñcalyaṃ nādagandhakajāraṇāt /

manaḥpāradam āpnoti nirālambākhyakhoṭatāṃ //

When the mercury of the mind is bound and has cast off its fickle nature because it has been assimilated with the sulphur of the internal resonance, it attains the immobility called the unsupported [samādhi].
Philological Commentary

See Hellwig 2009:204–206 on khoṭa, “lame”, which in alchemy is a technical term use to describe mercury that has been processed many times using the māraṇa technique and no longer moves.

Readings

ab omitted in Γ and Δ
baddhaṃ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] buddhaṃ (η2), baṃdhaṃ (α1)
vimukta (α1 β1 β2 χ) ] vimuktaṃ (ε2), viyuktaṃ (ε3 η2), timukta (βω)
gandhaka (α1 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] gandhena (β2), gandhāya (β1)
jāraṇāt (α1 β2 βω ε3 χ) ] jīraṇāt (β1 ε2 η2)
manaḥ (α1 β2 γ2 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] mana (β1 βω), vona (γ1)
pāradam āpnoti (β1 β2 ε2 η2 χ) ] pārada āpnoti (ε3), pāradham āpnoti (βω), pārajam āpnoti (α1), pākam avāpnoti (γ2 Δ), cāvam avāpnoti (γ1)
nirālambākhya (cett.) ] nirālambākṣa (δ3)
khoṭatāṃ (β1 βω) ] khoṭatī (ε2), khoṭakaṃ (ε3), khe’ṭanaṃ (χ), khegataṃ (η2), ghoṭatāṃ (α1 β2), ghoṭanam (Γ), gopitāṃ (α3), codanaṃ (δ1), yodanaṃ (δ3), yogadam (δ2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

purā matsyendrabodhāya ādināthoditavacaḥ |

manaḥ pākam avāpnoti nirālambākhyaghoṭanam ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.42

baddhaṃ viyuktaṃ cāpalyaṃ nādagandhakajāraṇāt |

manaḥ pāradam āpnoti nirālambākhyakheṭakam ||

HP 4.44*1

बद्धः सुनादगन्धेन सद्यः संत्यक्तचापलः

प्रयाति चेतःसूतेन्द्रः पक्षछिन्न इति प्रथाम्(β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

baddhaḥ sunādagandhena sadyaḥ saṃtyaktacāpalaḥ /

prayāti cetaḥsūtendraḥ pakṣachinna iti prathām // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

Bound by the sulphur of the inner sound, the lord that is the mercury of the mind immediately casts off its fickle nature and attains glory, known as “[the bird] with clipped wings”.
Philological Commentary

Cf.~Rasendracūḍāmaṇi 16.52--55

evaṃ ca pañcamo grāsaḥ pradātavyo’ṣṭamāṃśataḥ |

sa pātrastho ’gnisaṃtapto na gacchati kathañcana ||16.52||

sa pakṣacchinna ity uktaḥ sa mukto ’khiladurguṇaiḥ |

so’yaṃ niṣevitaḥ sūtas trimāsaṃ rājikāmitaḥ ||16.53||

viḍaṅgatriphalākṣaudraiḥ khe devaiḥ saha saṅgamam |

ghrāṇamātreṇa sūtendraḥ sarvaroganikṛntanaḥ ||16.54||

guṇā ete vinirdiṣṭā rasasya rasavādibhiḥ |

sakalāste guṇāḥ satyā bhairaveṇa prakīrtitāḥ ||16.55||

Cf.~also NWS (??ref) s.v.~pakṣaccheda.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

baddhaḥ (βω ε2 ε3) ] baddhas (β2), baddha (η2), baddhaṃ (χ), baṃdhaḥ (β1)
sunādagandhena (βω) ] sunāde gandhena (ε2), sunādavānpana (β1), sven nādagandhena (η2), tu nādagandhena (β2), tu nādabandhena (χ), suṃdhanādena (ε3)
sadyaḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] manaḥ (χ)
saṃtyakta (β1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] sa tyakta (βω)
cāpalaḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] cāpalam (χ)
cetaḥsūtendraḥ (em.) ] cetaḥsuteṃdra (βω), cetaḥsūtrendre (β2), cet sthūlendraḥ (β1), sūtacittendraḥ (ε3), sūtaś citteṃdra (ε2), svataś caikyaṃ iṃdra (η2), sutarāṃ sthairyaṃ (χ)
pakṣachinna (β1 β2 ε2 ε3) ] pacchacchinna (η2), chinnapakṣaḥ (χ), gap (βω)
iti prathām (em.) ] dṛti pṛthāṃ (β1), _ va patham (β2), iva prabhāṃ (ε2), ivāprabhuḥ (ε3), iva parvataḥ drumāḥ (η2), khago yathā (χ), gap (βω)

Testimonia
HP 4.45

नादश्रवणतश्चित्तमन्तरङ्गभुजङ्गमः

विस्मृत्य सर्वमेकाग्रः कुत्रचिन्न हि धावति ॥

nādaśravaṇataś cittam antaraṅgabhujaṅgamaḥ /

vismṛtya sarvam ekāgraḥ kutracin na hi dhāvati //

As a result of listening to the inner sound, the snake that is the mind forgets everything and, one-pointed, does not slip away anywhere.
Philological Commentary

The metaphor is that of snake charming: beguiled by the inner sound, the snake that is the mind becomes transfixed. Witnesses of the gamma and delta groups have turaṅgamaḥ instead of bhujaṅgamaḥ, perhaps because forms from dhāv are unusual with the latter, but they are found at e.g.~Padmapurāṇa, Garuḍapurāṇa (refs ??).

Readings

Stanza omitted in α3
nādaśravaṇataś cittam (α1 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε3) ] nādaḥ śravaṇataś cittam (βω ε2), nādaśravaṇaś cittaṃ matam (γ1), nādena praṇataṃ cittam (η2), nādaśravaṇataḥ kṣipram (χ)
antaraṅga (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ δ3 χ) ] aṃtaraṃgā (η2), aṃtaraṃgaṃ (ε2 ε3), aṃtaraṃ sa (δ1), sarveṣām (δ2)
bhujaṅgamaḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] turaṅgamaḥ (γ2 δ3), turaṃgavaḥ (γ1), antaraṅgamam (δ2)
vismṛtya (β1 βω Γ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] saṃsmṛtya (α1 β2), viśūnyaṃ (Δ)
sarvam (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ χ) ] viśvam (ε2 ε3 η2)
ekāgraḥ (α1 χ) ] ekāgraṃ (β1 β2 βω γ1 Δ η2), ekāgryaṃ (γ2), evāgraḥ (ε3), evāgra (ε2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

nādaśravaṇataś cittam antaraṅgaturaṅgamaḥ |

viśūnyaṃ sarvam ekāgryaṃ kutra cin na hi dhāvati ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.44

nādaśravaṇataś cittam antaraṃgakuraṃgakaḥ |

vismṛtya viśvam ekāgraḥ kutra cin na hi dhāvati ||

HP 4.46

मनोमत्तगजेन्द्रस्य विषयोद्यानचारिणः

नियामनसमर्थोऽयं निनादो निशिताङ्कुशः

manomattagajendrasya viṣayodyānacāriṇaḥ /

niyāmanasamartho’yaṃ ninādo niśitāṅkuśaḥ //

This inner sound is a sharpened goad with the power to restrain the bull elephant in must that is the mind as it wanders about in the garden of the sense objects.
Philological Commentary

The unusual form niyāmana is also found in Rasaśāstra works where it occurs in the context of restraining mercury and is a topic of discussion (e.g.~Rasaprakāśasudhākara 1.23, Ānandakanda 1.4.58–59).

Readings

manomatta (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] manomantra (γ1), manonmatta (βω)
viṣayodyāna (cett.) ] viṣayodhāma (βω), viṣayeṣudra (α3)
cāriṇaḥ (cett.) ] cāriṇaṃ (β1), cāraṇā[ḥ] (α3), vāriṇaṃ (γ1)
niyāmana (α1 α3 βω Δ) ] niyāmane (ε3), nīyamānaḥ (η2), niyamena (β1 β2), niryāmana (γ2), niryāsane (ε2), niyamitra (γ1), samartho’yaṃ (χ)
samartho’yaṃ (cett.) ] niyamane (χ)
ninādo (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ) ] nināda (ε2 ε3 η2 χ)
niśitāṅkuśaḥ (β1 β2 βω Γ ε3 η2 χ) ] niśatāṅkuḥ (ε2), niścayāṅkuśaḥ (Δ), niyatāṃkuśaḥ (α1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

manomattagajendrasya viṣayodyānacāriṇaḥ |

niyāmanasamartho ’yaṃ ninādo niśitāṅkuśaḥ ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 44cd–45ab

manomattagajendrasya viṣayodyānacāriṇaḥ ||

niyāmanasamartho ’yaṃ ninādo niśitāṅkuśaḥ |

HP 4.47

अन्तरङ्गस्य जविनो वाजिनः परिघायते

नादोपास्तिरतो नित्यमवधार्यापि योगिना*

antaraṅgasya javino vājinaḥ parighāyate /

nādopāstir ato nityam avadhāryāpi yoginā //*

The inner sound is a bolt for the swift horse of the mind so the yogi should regularly concentrate on cultivating it.
Philological Commentary

We understand ninādaḥ, which is the subject of the previous line, as the subject in the first line of this verse. Several witness have paridhāyate instead of parighāyate. The latter is unattested but could mean "is a halter" based on abhidhānī’s meaning of “halter”.

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: na-vipulā)
Readings

cd omitted in η2
antaraṅga (cett.) ] aṃtaraṃgaṃ (δ1 δ2 ε2), nādoṃtaraṃ (η2)
°sya javino (β2 βω) ] °sya javinaḥ (α1), °sya yamino (χ), °sya ca mano (β1), turaṅgasya (Γ Δ ε2 ε3), tu saṃgamya (η2)
vājinaḥ (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] kariṇaḥ (α1), vijñānaṃ (Γ Δ)
parighāyate (α1 χ) ] parighātayaḥ (β1), pariṣāyate (β2), paridhāyate (βω Γ ε2 η2), paridhāvataḥ (ε3), parimīyate (δ2 δ3), parimeyate (δ1)
nādopāstir ato (α1 β1 β2 βω δ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] nādopāstivato (Γ), nādopāstimato (δ3), nādopāstiratir (δ1), om. (η2)
avadhāryāpi (α1 β1 βω δ1 δ3) ] avadhāyāpi (γ2), anadhāyāpi (γ1), avadhāryo pi (β2), avadhāryā hi (ε3 χ), avidhāryaṃ hi (δ2), avagamyaṃ hi (ε2), om. (η2)
yoginā (β1 β2 βω χ) ] yogināṃ (α1 ε2 ε3), yoginaḥ (Γ Δ), om. (η2)

Testimonia
Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.46

antaraṃgaturaṃgasya vājinaḥ paridhāvataḥ |

nādopāstikhalīnaṃ hi niyāmanakaraṃ dṛḍham ||

HP 4.47*1

नादोऽन्तरङ्गसारङ्गबन्धने वागुरायते

अन्तरङ्गकुरङ्गस्य वधे व्याधायतेऽपि च*

nādo’ntaraṅgasāraṅgabandhane vāgurāyate /

antaraṅgakuraṅgasya vadhe vyādhāyate’pi ca //*

The inner sound is a net for trapping the deer of the mind and a hunter for trapping the antelope of the mind.
Philological Commentary

Adopt V15 67cd ?? MD: rodhe may be correct. In a drive hunt, the animals are driven in a certain direction (often in a confined space) by means of loud noises, etc., so that another hunter can easily shoot them. JM: yes, adopt, I have altered tr. to "trapping"

Readings

Stanza omitted in Α
nādo’ntaraṅga (β1 Γ δ2 δ3 ε3 χ) ] nādotaraṅga (β2 βω), nādāṃtaraṅga (ε2), nādaturaṃga (δ1), om. (η2)
sāraṅga (cett.) ] mātaṃga (δ3), om. (η2)
bandhane (cett.) ] baṃdhāna (γ1), baṃdhana (βω), om. (η2)
vāgurāyate (cett.) ] yāgurāyate (γ1), om. (η2)
kuraṅgasya (ε3 χ) ] turaṅgasya (β1 β2 βω Γ δ1 ε2 η2), turaṅgasyā° (δ2 δ3)
vadhe vyādhāyate (χ) ] nādo vyādhāyate (ε3), rodhe vādhāyate (βω), rodhe vādyāyate (β1), rodhe pi pariṣāyate (β2), rodhe vā gāyate (ε2), rogo vā gīyate (η2), bāhye pi līyate (γ1), bodho pi līyate (γ2), °varodhe līyate (δ2), °vabodhe līyate (δ3), gap (δ1)
’pi ca (cett.) ] ti ca (β1), gap (δ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

nādo ’ntaraṅgasāraṅgabandhane vāgurāyate ||

antaraṅgaturaṅgasya bandhane līyate ’pi ca ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 47

nādo’ntaraṃgasāraṃgabandhane vāgurāyate |

antaraṃgakuraṃgasya nādo vyādhāyate ’pi ca ||

HP 4.48

घण्टादिनादसक्तिस्तब्धान्तःकरणहरिणस्य

प्रहरणमतिसुकरं स्याच्छरसंधाता प्रवीणश्चेत् ॥ *

ghaṇṭādinādasaktistabdhāntaḥkaraṇahariṇasya /

praharaṇam atisukaraṃ syāc charasaṃdhātā pravīṇaś cet // *

Striking the deer of the mind when it is transfixed by its attachment to inner sounds such as that of a bell, is very easy if the archer is skilful.
Metre: Upagīti
Readings

a omitted in ε2, ε3 and η2
b omitted in Γ, Δ, ε2, ε3 and η2
ghaṇṭādināda (α1 β1 βω χ) ] ghaṇṭānināda (β2 Γ Δ)
sakti (em.) ] sakta (βω χ), śaktaś ca (α1), saktasya (Γ Δ), sadaṃkatā (β1), kuliśa (β2)
stabdhāntaḥ (χ) ] stabdhyaṃtaḥ (β1), stavyāṃtaḥ (α1), statravadhātaḥ (βω), śabdāntaḥ (γ1), śabdataḥ (γ2), śuddhāntaḥ (Δ), pradhvānta (β2)
karaṇahariṇasya (β1 βω χ) ] karaṇaṃ hariṇasya (α1), karaṇasya ca (γ2 Δ), karaṇasya na (γ1)
atisukaraṃ (β1 β2 βω χ) ] atisukasteraṃ (α1)
syāc chara (α1 β1 β2 χ) ] syāra (βω)
saṃdhātā (α1 β1 β2 βω) ] saṃdhāna (χ)

HP 4.49

[Aल्त्1] अनाहतध्वनेरन्तर् ज्ञेयं यत्सूक्ष्मसूक्ष्मकम् ।

मनस्तत्र लयं याति तद्विष्णोः परमं पदम् ॥ (ε2, ε3 and η2)

[Alt1] anāhatadhvaner antar jñeyaṃ yat sūkṣmasūkṣmakam /

manas tatra layaṃ yāti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam // (ε2, ε3 and η2)

When the mind dissolves into that which is the most subtle object of perception in the unstruck sound, that is the supreme state of Viṣṇu. The tone of that sound is that of the unstruck sound. The object of perception is inside the sound [and] the mind is inside the object of perception. When the mind dissolves [in it], that is the supreme state of Viṣṇu.
Philological Commentary

anāhatasya śabdasya tasya śabdasya yo dhvaniḥ ||

dhvaner antargataṃ jyotir jyotirantargataṃ manaḥ |

tanmano vilayaṃ yāti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam ||

The source of them may be the Uttaragītā. However, in NGMPP E 2098-11 Uttaragītā ms these three lines are omitted from Kṛṣṇa’s words, which start with oṃkāra.

Readings

Sources
Uttaragītā 41cd–42 (source??)

anāhatasya śabdasya tasya śabdasya yo dhvaniḥ ||

dhvaner antargataṃ jyotir jyotirantargataṃ manaḥ |

tan mano vilayaṃ yāti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

anāhatasya śabdasya tasya śabdasya yo dhvaniḥ ||

dhvaner antargataṃ jyotir jyotirantargataṃ manaḥ |

yan mano vilayaṃ yāti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam ||

Haṭhayogasaṃhitā p.~68

anāhatasya śabdasya tasya śabdasya yo dhvaniḥ |

dhvaner antargataṃ jyotir jyotiṣo ’ntargataṃ manaḥ ||

HP 4.49*1

[Aल्त्2] अनाहतस्य शब्दस्य तस्य शब्दस्य यो ध्वनिः

ध्वनेरन्तर्गतं ज्ञेयं ज्ञेयस्यान्तर्गतं मनः ।

तन्मनो विलयं याति तद्विष्णोः परमं पदम् ॥ (Α, β1 β2 βω, Γ, Δ and χ)

[Alt2] anāhatasya śabdasya tasya śabdasya yo dhvaniḥ /

dhvaner antargataṃ jñeyaṃ jñeyasyāntargataṃ manaḥ /

tan mano vilayaṃ yāti tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam // (Α, β1 β2 βω, Γ, Δ and χ)

Readings

anāhatasya śabdasya (α1 α3 β1 βω Γ Δ χ) ] anāhatas tu yaḥ śabdas (β2)
tasya śabdasya yo dhvaniḥ (α2 β2 Γ Δ) ] tasya śabdasya ca dhvaniḥ (α1), tasya yo dhvaniḥ (α3), śabdasyāṃtargato dhvaniḥ (βω), śabdasyāṃganabho dhvaniḥ (β1), dhvanir ya upalabhyate (χ)
dhvaner (α1 β1 β2 Δ χ) ] dhvanir (α2 α3 βω Γ)
jñeyaṃ (α1 χ) ] geyaṃ (β1 βω), jyotir (α3 γ1 δ2), jyoti (β2 γ2 δ1 δ3), om. (α2)
jñeyasyāntar (χ) ] yasyāṃtvaṃtar (α1), geyasyāntar (β1 βω), jyotirantar (α2 Γ δ2), jyoti .. .. (α3), jyoterantar (β2 δ1 δ3)
tan mano vilayaṃ (α1 α2 β1 βω γ2) ] yan mano vilayaṃ (β2 γ1 δ1 δ3), yan mano gomayaṃ (δ2), manas tatra layaṃ (χ)
yāti (β2 βω γ1 Δ) ] yāṃti (α1 β1 γ2)

HP 4.50

तावदाकाशसंकल्पो यावच्छब्दः प्रवर्तते ।

निःशब्दं तत्परं ब्रह्म परमात्मा समीर्यते

tāvad ākāśasaṃkalpo yāvac chabdaḥ pravartate /

niḥśabdaṃ tat paraṃ brahma paramātmā samīryate //

As long as sound exists, there is a concept of space. That which is soundless is the supreme Brahman and is called the supreme self.
Readings

tāvad ā (cett.) ] bhāvanā° (η2)
yāvac chabdaḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ ε3 η2 χ) ] yāvad bandhaḥ (δ1 δ3), yāvad baddhaḥ (δ2), yāvad vādhaḥ (ε2)
tat paraṃ (cett.) ] paramaṃ (γ1)
paramātmā (cett.) ] paramātme° (χ)
samīryate (α1 β2 βω γ2) ] samīyate (β1 γ1 Δ), samīkṣate (α3), °numīyate (ε2 ε3 η2), °ti gīyate (χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

tāvad ākāśasaṃkalpo yāvac chabdaḥ pravartate |

niḥśabdaṃ tatparaṃ brahma paramātmā samīryate ||

Six-chapter Vivekamārtaṇḍa 5.15

tāvad ākāśasaṅkalpo yāvac chabdaḥ pravartate |

niḥśabdaṃ tat parabrahma paramātmā sa gīyate || 15 ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 47cd–48ab

tāvadākāśasaṅkalpo yāvacchabdaḥ pravatate |

niḥśabdaṃ tatparaṃ brahma paramātmā samīryate ||

HP 4.51

त्किंचिन्नादरूपेण श्रूयते शक्तिरेव सा ।

यस्तच्छ्रोता निराकारः स एव परमेश्वरः ॥

yat kiṃcin nādarūpeṇa śrūyate śaktir eva sā /

yas tacchrotā nirākāraḥ sa eva parameśvaraḥ //

Whatever is heard as the inner sound is nothing but Śakti. The formless one which hears it is nothing but the supreme lord.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2, ε3 and η2
yat (α1 α3 β1 β2 Γ Δ χ) ] om. (βω)
nāda (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω χ) ] nāma (Γ Δ)
yas tacchrotā (α1 β1 β2 Γ δ2 δ3) ] yat ta[cch]roto (δ1), yac chrotā ca (βω), yas tattvānto (χ)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

yat kiñ cin nāmarūpeṇa śrūyate śaktir eva sā |

yas tacchrotā nirākāraḥ sa eva parameśvaraḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~235r–235v

yat kiṃ cin nāmarūpeṇa śrūyate śaktir eva sā |

yasya śrottā nirākaraḥ sa eva parameśvaraḥ ||

HP 4.52

श्रवणमुखनयननासानिरोधनं चैव कर्तव्यम्

शुद्धसुषुम्णासरणौ स्फुटममलः श्रूयते नादः ॥

śravaṇamukhanayananāsānirodhanaṃ caiva kartavyam /

śuddhasuṣumṇāsaraṇau sphuṭam amalaḥ śrūyate nādaḥ //

Blocking of the ears, mouth, eyes, and nose should not be performed [when] a clear inner sound is heard distinctly in the purified Suṣumṇā channel.
Philological Commentary

??Adopt alpha reading mukha°, naiva. HI: it is strongly attested (groups 4c, C6, etc) and more likely explains the change to °saṃrodhanaṃ kāryam

Metre: Upagīti
Readings

mukha (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3) ] puṭa (Γ Δ η2 χ)
nayana (α1 β1 β2 βω Γ Δ ε2 ε3) ] nayanayugala (η2 χ)
nāsā (cett.) ] ghrāṇa (χ)
nirodhanaṃ caiva kartavyam (em.) ] nirodhanaṃ naiva kartavyaṃ (β1 β2 ε2 ε3), nirodhaṃ naiva kartavyaṃ (α1), nirodhanenaiva kartavyaṃ (βω), mukhapuṭasaṃrodhanaṃ kāryam (Γ δ2 δ3), mukhapuṭarodhane kāryaṃ (δ1), mukharodhanam eva kartavyaṃ (η2), mukhānāṃ nirodhanaṃ kāryam (χ)
śuddha (α1 β1 β2 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] śrīśuddha (Γ), om. (βω)
suṣumṇā (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] suṣumū (γ1)
saraṇau (γ2 Δ χ) ] śaraṇe (ε2 ε3 η2), tsaraṇaḥ (α1), saraṇaiḥ (α3), tmaśaraṇaiḥ (β2), tmakārausaṃ (β1), maraṇai (βω), ṇau (γ1)
sphuṭam amalaḥ śrūyate (α1 α3 β1 βω Γ Δ η2 χ) ] sphurad amalaḥ śrūyate (β2), vimalaḥ saṃśrūyate (ε3), vimalaḥ śrūyate (ε2)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

śravaṇapuṭanayananāsāpuṭarodhanaṃ kāryam |

śrīśuddhasuṣumṇāsaraṇau sphuṭam amalaḥ śrūyate nādaḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā 123v–124r

haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ

śravaṇapuṭanayanayugulanāsāmukharodham eva kartavyaṃ |

śuddhasaṣumṇāśaraṇe sphuṭam amalaḥ śrūyate nādaḥ ||

Saubhāgyalakṣmyupaniṣad 4

śravaṇamukhanayananāsānirodhanenaiva kartavyam |

śuddhasuṣumnāsaraṇau sphuṭam amalaṃ śrūyate nādaḥ ||

HP 4.52*1

नादः शक्तिरिति ख्यातो नादज्ञानं सदाशिवः ।

नादज्ञाने च नष्टे त दुन्मन्येवावशिष्यते(β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3 and η2)

nādaḥ śaktir iti khyāto nādajñānaṃ sadāśivaḥ /

nādajñāne ca naṣṭe ta d unmany evāvaśiṣyate // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3 and η2)

Nāda is called Śakti. And gnosis of nāda is Sadāśiva. When gnosis of nāda has disappeared, only unmanī remains.
Readings

nādaḥ (β2 βω ε3 η2) ] nāda (β1 ε2)
khyāto (ε3 η2) ] kṣāto (ε2), jñeyaṃ (β1), jñeyā (β2), jñeya (βω)
nādajñānaṃ (β1 βω ε2 ε3) ] nādo jñānaṃ (β2 η2)
nādajñāne ca naṣṭe tad (ε2) ] nādajñāne vinaṣṭe ca tad (ε3), nādajñānena naṣṭena (η2), jñeyo jñāne vilīne tu (β2), jñeye jñāne vilineṃta (βω), jñeye jñāne vilīnīṃta (β1)
unmany (ε3) ] unmadhy (ε2), hy unmany (η2), sonmany (β1 β2 βω)
evāvaśiṣyate (β2 η2) ] edhāvaśiṣyate (ε2), avāvaśiṣyate (βω), enāvaśiṣyati (β1), eva śiṣyate (ε3)

Testimonia
Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.50

nādaḥ śaktir iti khyāto nādajñānaṃ sadāśivaḥ |

nādajñāne vinaṣṭe ca tad unmany eva śiṣyate ||

HP 4.52*2

नादो यावन्मनस्तावन्नादान्ते तु मनोन्मनी ।

सशब्दं कथितं व्योम निःशब्दं ब्रह्म कथ्यते ॥ (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3 and η2)

nādo yāvan manas tāvan nādānte tu manonmanī /

saśabdaṃ kathitaṃ vyoma niḥśabdaṃ brahma kathyate // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3 and η2)

As long as there is the inner sound there is mind. At the end of the inner sound the mind beyond mind state [arises]. The void is said to be sonorous and Brahma is silent.
Readings

nādānte tu (β1 βω ε2 η2) ] nādānte ca (ε3), tādātīte (β2)

Testimonia
Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.51

nādo yāvan manas tāvan nādānte ca manonmanī |

saśabdaṃ kathitaṃ vāte niḥśabdaṃ brahma kathyate ||

HP 4.52*3

सदा नादानुसंधानात् संक्षीणे वासनाचये

निरञ्जने च लीयेते निश्चितं चित्तमारुतौ(β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

sadā nādānusaṃdhānāt saṃkṣīṇe vāsanācaye /

nirañjane ca līyete niścitaṃ cittamārutau // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

When the accumulated subliminal impressions have been destroyed as a result of the continuous fusing of the mind with the internal resonance, the mind and breath are sure to dissolve into the unadorned [god] (nirañjane).
Readings

saṃkṣīṇe (β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2) ] kṣīyante (χ)
vāsanācaye (β1 β2) ] vāsanodaye (η2), vāsanāvayo (βω), vāsanākṣaye (ε2), vāsanākṣaṇe (ε3), pāpasaṃcayāḥ (χ)
ca līyete (ε3 η2) ] ca līyeta (ε2), vilīyeta (β2), vilīyaṃte (β1 βω), vilīyete (χ)
niścitaṃ cittamārutau (ε3 χ) ] niścitta manamārutau (ε2), niścitau manamārutau (η2), niścitaṃ māruto manaḥ (β1 βω), marutā niścitaṃ manaḥ (β2)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha ??

sadā nādānusandhānāt saṃkṣīṇe vāsanā bhavet |

nirañjane vilīneti niścalitaṃ mārutaṃ manaḥ ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 49

saśabdaś cākṣare kṣīṇe niḥśabdaṃ paramaṃ padam |

sadā nādānusandhānāt saṃkṣīṇā vāsanā bhavet ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.52

sadā nādānusandhānāt saṃkṣīṇe vāsanākṣaye |

nirañjane ca līyate niścitaṃ cittamārutau ||

HP 4.52*4

नादकोटिसहस्राणि बिन्दुकोटिशतानि च ।

सर्वे तत्र लयं यान्ति यत्र देवो निरञ्जनः(β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3 and η2)

इति नादानुसंधानम्(β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

nādakoṭisahasrāṇi bindukoṭiśatāni ca /

sarve tatra layaṃ yānti yatra devo nirañjanaḥ // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3 and η2)

iti nādānusaṃdhānam // (β1 β2 βω, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ)

Thousands of crores of inner sounds and hundreds of crores of visual focal points all dissolve into the place where the unadorned god (devo nirañjana) is.
Philological Commentary

The expression devo nirañjanaḥ (`unadorned god’) refers to Śiva. Compare the quotation in the Śabdakalpadruma, s.v.~dharmaghaṭa: “dots ante yāti paraṃ sthānaṃ yatra devo nirañjanaḥ||" iti bhaviṣyapurāṇoktā dharmaghaṭavratakathā samāptā ||

Readings

sarve (cett.) ] sarvaṃ (γ1)
yānti (cett.) ] yāti (β2 δ1)
devo (cett.) ] deva (βω ε2)
nirañjanaḥ (cett.) ] nirañjanam (βω)
iti nādānusaṃdhānam (β1 η2 χ) ] iti nādānusaṃdhānāṃ yathā vṛddho veti (ε2), iti nādānusaṃdhānaṃ yathā vṛddhaiḥ prabhāṣitaṃ (ε3), iti nādānusaṃdhānavidhiḥ (β2 βω)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

nādakoṭisahasrāṇi bindukoṭiśatāni ca |

sarve tatra layaṃ yānti yatra devo nirañjana iti ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 54.53

nādakoṭisahasrāṇi bindukoṭiśatāni ca |

sarve tatra layaṃ yānti yatra devo nirañjanaḥ ||

Nādabindūpaniṣat 50cd--51ab

nādakoṭisahasrāṇi bindukoṭiśatāni ca ||

sarve tatra layaṃ yānti brahmapraṇavanādake |

HP 4.52*5

सर्वे हठलयोपाया राजयोगपदावधि

राजयोगपदं प्राप्य जायतेऽसौ निरञ्जनः ॥ (β1 β2 βω)

sarve haṭhalayopāyā rājayogapadāvadhi /

rājayogapadaṃ prāpya jāyate’sau nirañjanaḥ // (β1 β2 βω)

Philological Commentary

See 4.74.

Readings

haṭhalayopāyā (β2 βω) ] haṭhalayā bhāvyā (β1)
padāvadhi (β1) ] padāvadhiḥ (β2), padāvadhiṃ (βω)
’sau (β1 β2) ] so (βω)

HP 4.53

काष्ठगोष्ठीप्रपञ्चेन किं सखे श्रूयतामिदम्

पुरा मत्स्येन्द्रबोधार्थमादिनाथोदितं वचः ॥

kāṣṭhagoṣṭhīprapañcena kiṃ sakhe śrūyatām idam /

purā matsyendrabodhārtham ādināthoditaṃ vacaḥ //

Enough of the verbosity of a learned gathering! O friend, listen to this instruction formerly taught by Śiva for awakening Matsyendra.
Philological Commentary

This verse is likely to be authorial, composed to introduce next two verses, which are from the Candrāvalokana, a dialogue between Matsyendra and Śiva. 1.34 is another probable authorial verse and, like this one, it has the vocative sakhe.

Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
kāṣṭha (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω Γ) ] koṣṭha (Δ)
goṣṭhī (Δ) ] goṣṭhi (α1 α3 γ2), goṣṭha (βω γ1), mathnī (β1), mathnā (β2)
prapañcena (βω) ] prapaṃce (α1), prasaṅgena (α3 Γ Δ), pravacane (β1), pravartaṃ (β2)
kiṃ sakhe śrūyatām idam (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω) ] nādam antargataṃ śṛṇu (γ2 Δ), nāgadaṃtaṃmatargataṃ sṛṇu (γ1)
bodhārtham (α1 β1 β2 βω) ] bodhāya (Γ Δ)
ādināthoditaṃ (α1 β1 β2 γ2 Δ) ] ādināthotigaditaṃ (γ1), ānināthodinaṃ (βω)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

kāṣṭhagoṣṭhīprasaṅgena nādam antargataṃ śṛṇu |

purā matsyendrabodhāya ādināthoditaṃ vacaḥ ||

HP 4.54

यावन्नैव प्रविशति चरन्मारुतो मध्यमार्गे

यावद्बिन्दुर्न भवति दृढः प्राणवातप्रबद्धः

यावद्व्योम्ना सहजसदृशं जायते नैव तत्त्वं

तावत्सर्वं वदति यदिदं दम्भमिथ्याप्रलापः ॥

yāvan naiva praviśati caran māruto madhyamārge

yāvad bindur na bhavati dṛḍhaḥ prāṇavātaprabaddhaḥ /

yāvad vyomnā sahajasadṛśaṃ jāyate naiva tattvaṃ

tāvat sarvaṃ vadati yad idaṃ dambhamithyāpralāpaḥ //

As long as the moving breath does not enter the middle path, as long as bindu is not stable, restrained by the breath, as long as the ultimate truth (tattvam) does not become as natural as the sky, then all that one says is deceitful, and false prattle.
Metre: Mandākrāntā
Readings

praviśati (cett.) ] _viśati (γ1)
caran (cett.) ] calan (γ2), palan (γ1), care (α1), om. (βω)
madhya (cett.) ] mādhya (ε3)
mārge (α1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ2 ε2 η2 χ) ] mārgo (β1 γ1), mārgaṃ (δ3 ε3), mārgā (βω)
bindur (cett.) ] bandho (ε3), bandhaṃ (ε2)
dṛḍhaḥ (cett.) ] dṛḍhaṃ (α1 β1)
vāta (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 η2 χ) ] vātaḥ (γ1 Δ ε3), vātaṃ (ε2)
prabaddhaḥ (β2 Γ) ] prabaddhaṃ (α3), prabandhaḥ (β1 ε3), prabuddhaḥ (Δ η2), prabodhaḥ (α1), prabodhakaḥ (βω), na bandhanaḥ (ε2), prabandhāt (χ)
vyomnā (α1 α3 β1 β2 ε2 ε3) ] vyomnaḥ (γ2 Δ η2), _mnaḥ (γ1), byomna (βω), dhyāne (χ)
sadṛśaṃ (cett.) ] saṃśaṃ (γ1)
tattvaṃ (cett.) ] cittaṃ (βω ε3 η2)
sarvaṃ (cett.) ] jñānaṃ (βω η2 χ)
yad idaṃ (α1 β2 γ2 δ3 ε2 ε3 η2) ] tad idaṃ (δ1 δ2 χ), yadi (β1 γ1), satataṃ (βω)
dambha (cett.) ] ḍaṃbha (ε2)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 14

yāvan naiva praviśati caran māruto madhyamārge

yāvad bindur na bhavati dṛḍhaḥ prāṇavātaprabandhaḥ |

yāvad vyomnā sadṛśa sarasaṃ jāyate nonmanatvaṃ {[}em.~vyomnā sadṛśam arasaṃ?]

tāvat sarvaṃ yadi ca vadate dambhamithyāpralāpaḥ ||

14b prāṇavātaprabandhaḥ ] 4345 : prāṇaghātaprabuddhaḥ 75278 : prāṇavāyuḥ prabuddhaḥ 7970 : prāṇavātaprabuddhaḥ T00788 14d sarvam] 7970, T00788, 75278 : vighnaṃ 4345

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ—

yāvan naiva praviśati caran māruto madhyamārge

yāvad bindur na bhavati dṛḍhaḥ prāṇavātaprabaddhaḥ |

yāvad vyomnaḥ sahajasadṛśaṃ jñāyate naiva tatvam

tāvat sarvaṃ vadati yad idaṃ dambhamithyāpralāpa iti

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 2.2

yāvan naiva praviśati caran māruto madhyamārgaṃ

yāvat sūkṣmo na bhavati dṛḍhaḥ prāṇavātaprabandhaḥ |

yāvad vyomnā sahajasadṛśaṃ jāyate naiva cittaṃ

tāvat sarvaṃ vadati tad idaṃ dambhamithyāpralāpaḥ ||

HP 4.55

ज्ञात्वा सुषुम्णासद्भेदं कृत्वा वायुंमध्यगम्

नीत्वा तमैन्दवे स्थाने प्राणरन्ध्रे निरोधयेत्

jñātvā suṣumṇāsadbhedaṃ kṛtvā vāyuṃ ca madhyagam /

nītvā tam aindave sthāne prāṇarandhre nirodhayet //

Having learnt the correct piercing of Suṣumṇā, [the yogi] should make the breath go into the central channel, take it to the place of the moon and stop [the flow] in the nostrils.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: ma-vipulā)
Readings

jñātvā (cett.) ] suṣu° (ε3)
suṣumṇāsadbhedaṃ (α1 η2 χ) ] suṣumṇāsaṃbhedaṃ (β1 β2 βω), suṣumṇāṃ saśvedaṃ (ε2), suṣumṇābhedaṃ hi (γ2 δ1 δ3), suṣu<<m>>ṇāṃmedehi (γ1), suṣumṇābhedaṃ ca (δ2), °mnāṃtagataṃ mārgaṃ (ε3)
kṛtvā vāyuṃ (cett.) ] vāyuṃ kṛtvā (ε3), jñātvā vāyuṃ (δ2)
madhyagam (cett.) ] madhyamaḥ (β1)
nītvā tam aindave sthāne (em.) ] nītvā tām anavasthāne (Δ), nītvā tāv iṃdavasthāne (γ1), nītvā tāvad avasthāne (γ2), kṛtvāsāv aindave sthāne (α1 βω), [dh]ṛ .. [sāv a]ṃdra .. [sthā]ne (α3), kṛtvāsav aidavai sthānair (β1), hṛtvā mamedaṃ ca sthānaṃ (β2), sthitvāsāṃcaiṃdave sthāne (ε2), sthitvā sadaiṃdave sthāne (η2), sthitvā sadaiva susthāne (χ), samāvasthā sthito yogī (ε3)
prāṇa (Γ δ1 δ3 ε3 η2) ] ghrāṇa (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2), payo (δ2), brahma (χ)
randhre (α1 α3 β2 βω γ2 δ2 η2 χ) ] randhraṃ (γ1 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3), randhra (β1)
nirodhayet (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ3 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] nirundhayet (Γ δ1 δ2)

Sources
Candrāvalokana 32

jñātvā suṣumnāsadbhedaṃ kṛtvā vāyuṃ ca madhyagam |

kṛtvāsāv aindave sthāne ghrāṇarandhre nirodhayet ||

satbhedaṃ ] 4345, 4340, T00788 : tatbhedaṃ 7970.

kṛtvāsāv aindave ] 7970, 4340, T00788 : kṛtvā*d*baindave 4345

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~31 (attributed to the Candrāvalokana)

jñatvā suṣumnāṃ tadbhedaṃ kṛtvā vāyuṃ ca madhyagam |

kṛtvāsau baindavasthāne ghraṇarandhre nirodhayet ||

Yogakuṇḍalinyupaniṣat 7cd–8ab

jñātvā suṣumnāṃ tadbhedaṃ kṛtvā vāyuṃ ca madhyagam ||

sthitvāsau baindavasthāne ghrāṇarandhre nirodhayet |

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~107v–108r

jñātvā suṣumnāsadbhedaṃ kṛtvā vāyuṃ ca madhyagam |

sthitvā sadaiva svasthena prāṇarandhraṃ nirodhayet ||

HP 4.56

तथा च वसिष्ठः (α1, α3, β2 and βω)

इडायां पिङ्गलायां च चरतश्चन्द्रभास्करौ ।

चन्द्रस्तामस इत्युक्तः सूर्यो राजस उच्यते ॥*

tathā ca vasiṣṭhaḥ (α1, α3, β2 and βω)

iḍāyāṃ piṅgalāyāṃ ca carataś candrabhāskarau /

candras tāmasa ity uktaḥ sūryo rājasa ucyate //*

The moon and sun move in iḍā and piṅgalā. The moon is said to be tamasic and the sun rajasic.
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
tathā ca vasiṣṭhaḥ (α1 α3 β2) ] tathā vaśiṣṭhavacanaṃ (α2), tatvāva || ☼ || (βω)
piṅgalāyāṃ ca (α1 β1 β2 Γ Δ) ] piṅgalāyāṃśca (βω)
rājasa (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ) ] rā (γ1)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 2.28–29ab

iḍāyāṃ piṅgalāyāṃ ca carataś candrabhāskarau |

iḍāyāṃ candramā jñeyaḥ piṅgalāyāṃ raviḥ smṛtaḥ ||

candras tāmasa ity uktaḥ sūryo rājasa ucyate |

Yogayājñavalkya 4.32cd–33

iḍāyāṃ piṅgalāyāṃ ca carataś candrabhāskarau ||

iḍāyāṃ candramā jñeyaḥ piṅglāyāṃ raviḥ smṛtaḥ |

candras tāmasa ity uktaḥ sūryo rājasa ucyate ||

Matsyendrasaṃhitā 4.41cd

iḍāyāṃ piṅgalāyāṃ ca parataś candrabhāskarau ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

iḍāyāṃ piṃgalāyāṃ ca carataś candrabhāskarau |

iḍāyāṃ candramā jñeyaḥ piṃgalāyāṃ raviḥ smṛtaḥ ||

candras tāmasa ity uktas sūryo rājasa ucyate |

HP 4.57

तावेव धत्तः सकलं कालं रात्रिंदिवात्मकम्

भोक्त्री सुषुम्णा कालस्य गुह्यमेतदुदाहृतम् ॥

tāv eva dhattaḥ sakalaṃ kālaṃ rātriṃdivātmakam /

bhoktrī suṣumṇā kālasya guhyam etad udāhṛtam //

Those two bring about the entirety of time, which consists of night and day. Suṣumṇā consumes time. This which has been taught is secret.
Philological Commentary

Metre: Anuṣṭubh (a: bha-vipulā; c: ma-vipulā)
Readings

bcd omitted in η2
tāv eva dhattaḥ sakalaṃ (α1 β1) ] tāv eva dattaḥ sakalaṃ (γ2 δ2 δ3), tā eva dhattaḥ sakalaṃ (δ1), tāṃve dhattaḥ sakala (βω), tau eva vahataḥ sarvaṃ (β2), sūryācandramasau dhattaḥ (ε3 χ), sūryacandrau sadā dhatte (ε2), sūryācandramasau kṛtvā (η2)
kālaṃ (β1 γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] kāla (α1 β2), kālāṃ (ε2), om. (βω η2)
rātriṃdivātmakam (χ) ] rātridivātmakam (α1 β1 β2 γ2 ε3), rātrindinātmakaṃ (Δ), rātriṃ divākaraṃ (α3), rātridivātmakaṃ yogavit (βω), °śa tridivātmakaṃ (ε2), om. (η2)
bhoktrī (α1 β1 γ2 Δ ε3 χ) ] bhoktī (ε2), bhoktā (βω), bhoktṛ (β2), [bho]gī (α3), om. (η2)
guhyam etad (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 ε3 χ) ] guptam etad (δ1), sattvam etad (δ3), supyate tad (δ2), om. (η2)

Sources
Vasiṣṭhasaṃhitā 2.29cd–30ab

tāv eva sakalaṃ dhattaḥ kālaṃ rātrindivātmakam |

bhoktrī suṣumṇā kālasya guhyam etad udāhṛtam ||

Yogayājñavalkya 4.34cd–35ab

tāv eva dhattaḥ sakalaṃ kālaṃ rātridivātmakam |

bhoktrī suṣumnā kālasya guhyam etad udāhṛtam ||

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

tāv eva dhattas sakalaṃ kālaṃ rātriṃ divātmakam |

bhoktrī suṣumṇā kālasya guhyam etad udāhṛtam ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā (check in ms. no. 2244)

tathā coktaṃ haṭhapradīkāyāṃ–

sūryācandramasau dhattaḥ lagnaḥ kāla rātridinātmakaṃ ||

bhoktrī suṣumnā kālasya guhyate tad udīritaṃ ||

HP 4.58

तथा हि सौभद्रं नाम श्लोकचतुष्टयम्

षट्चक्रं षोडशाधारं त्रिधा लक्ष्यं गुणत्रयम् ।

शेषं तु ग्रन्थविस्तारं त्रिकूटं परमं पदम् ॥

tathā hi saubhadraṃ nāma ślokacatuṣṭayam /

ṣaṭcakraṃ ṣoḍaśādhāraṃ tridhā lakṣyaṃ guṇatrayam /

śeṣaṃ tu granthavistāraṃ trikūṭaṃ paramaṃ padam //

For as the tetrad of verses called the Saubhadra has it: There are six cakras, sixteen supports, three focal points and three guṇas. Everything else is [just] the prolixity of texts. Trikūṭa is the supreme place.
Philological Commentary

We do not know why this tetrad of verses is called Saubhadra.

Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
tathā hi (α1 α3 β2 βω Δ) ] tathāpi hi (β1), tathā (γ2)
saubhadraṃ nāma (α1 α2 Δ) ] saubhadranāmā (γ2), saubhadreyaṃ nāma (β1 β2 βω)
post °catuṣṭayam add. āha (γ2)
tridhā lakṣyaṃ (βω γ2 δ1 δ2) ] tridhā bhajyaṃ (α1), tridhā yuktaṃ (δ3), tridhākṣa ca (β1), trilakṣyaṃ ca (β2)
śeṣaṃ tu (α1 β1 β2 βω) ] śeṣas tu (γ2 Δ)
grantha (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ2) ] granthi (δ3)
vistāraṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω) ] vistāras (γ2 Δ)
trikūṭaṃ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1) ] trikoṭi (β2), trirūpaṃ (δ2 δ3)

Testimonia
Cf.~6-chapter Vivekamārtaṇḍa 6.3

ṣaṭcakraṃ ṣoḍaśādhāraṃ trilakṣaṃ vyomapañcakam |

svadehe ye na jānanti kathaṃ sidhyanti yoginaḥ ||

HP 4.59

कुण्डली कुटिलाकारा सर्पवत्परिकीर्तिता ।

सा शक्तिश्चालिता येन स मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥

kuṇḍalī kuṭilākārā sarpavat parikīrtitā /

sā śaktiś cālitā yena sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ //

Kuṇḍalinī is taught to have a curved shape like a snake. She is Śakti. [The yogi] who has made her move is undoubtedly liberated.
Readings

Stanza omitted in Γ, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
cālitā (α1 β2 βω) ] cāri .. (α3), calitā (β1), kīlitā (δ1 δ2), kelitā (δ3)
mukto (Δ) ] yogī (α1 β1 β2 βω)

HP 4.60

यदा कूटं त्रिकूटस्थं चित्तं चित्रं निरन्तरम्

कुण्डल्यास्तु प्रयोगेण स मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥

yadā kūṭaṃ trikūṭasthaṃ cittaṃ citraṃ nirantaram /

kuṇḍalyās tu prayogeṇa sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ //

When kūṭa is situated at trikūṭa [then] the mind is wonderful and uninterrupted. By means of kuṇḍalinī, [the yogi] is undoubtedly liberated.
Philological Commentary

We are unsure of the referent of kūṭa here. As suggested to us by Sven Sellmer, it may mean the tip of the tongue, which in e.g.~Khecarīvidyā 1.65–67 and 3.16–17, is to be placed at trikūṭa as part of the practice of khecarīmudrā.

Readings

Stanza omitted in Γ, Δ, ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
citraṃ (α1) ] tatra (β1 β2 βω)
nirantaram (α1 β1 βω) ] nirañjanaṃ (β2)
prayogeṇa (α1 β1 βω) ] prabodhena (β2)

Testimonia
?? Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha !!!
HP 4.61

द्वासप्ततिसहस्राणि नाडीद्वाराणि पञ्जरे

सुषुम्णा शांभवी शक्तिः शेषास्त्वेव निरर्थकाः*

dvāsaptatisahasrāṇi nāḍīdvārāṇi pañjare /

suṣumṇā śāṃbhavī śaktiḥ śeṣās tv eva nirarthakāḥ //*

There are seventy-two thousand openings of the channels in the cage [that is the body]. Suṣumṇā is the Śāmbhavī Śakti while the other [channels] are pointless.
Philological Commentary

The compound nāḍīdvāra is not found elsewhere (other than as nāḍīdvāreṇa) and its meaning here is unclear. Brahmānanda understands dvārāṇi to refer to routes by which breath enters the body (dvārāṇi vāyupraveśamārgāḥ) and we have translated nāḍīdvārāṇi accordingly.

Readings

dvāsaptati (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 Δ χ) ] dvisaptati (α3 ε2 ε3), om. (η2)
nāḍīdvārāṇi (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε3 χ) ] nāḍīdvāre ca (ε2), nāḍīnāṃ deha (δ2 δ3), nāḍīnāṃdeda (δ1), datvā kārāpi (η2)
pañjare (cett.) ] paṃkaje (α1), maṃjarī (α3)
śeṣās tv eva (α1 β1 β2 βω δ2 δ3 ε2 χ) ] śeṣās tv evaṃ (η2), śeṣāś caiva (γ2 δ1 ε3)
nirarthakāḥ (cett.) ] nivarttakāḥ (ε2), nira (δ2)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~108r

sūryā[c]andram asau kṛtvā viditvā karapaṃjare [|]

suṣumṇā śāṃbhavī śaktiḥ śeṣās tv eva nirarthakāḥ ||

Yogaśikhopaniṣat 6.17cd–18ab

dvisaptatisahasrāṇi nāḍīdvārāṇi pañjare ||

suṣumnā śāmbhavī śaktiḥ śeṣās tv anye nirarthakāḥ |

HP 4.62

वायुः परिचितो यत्नादग्निना सह कुण्डलीम्

बोधयित्वा सुषुम्णायां प्रविशेदविरोधतः

vāyuḥ paricito yatnād agninā saha kuṇḍalīm /

bodhayitvā suṣumṇāyāṃ praviśed avirodhataḥ //

The breath, having been carefully accumulated, together with fire awakens kuṇḍalinī and enters Suṣumṇā without obstruction.
Readings

cd omitted in η2
paricito (α1 β2 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] paricipta (βω), sa parito (γ2), saṃparito (δ1 δ3), parivṛtto (β1)
yatnād (α1 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3) ] yadvad (δ3), yasmād (η2 χ), nādād (βω)
agninā (β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] ṛgvinā (γ2), yaṣṭinā (α1)
kuṇḍalīm (δ3 χ) ] kuṇḍalī (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 η2)
praviśed (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] praveśad (βω), om. (η2)
avirodhataḥ (α1 γ2 δ1 δ3) ] anirodhataḥ (α3 β1 β2 βω ε3 χ), atirodhataḥ (ε2), om. (η2)

Sources
Dattātreyayogaśāstra 108

vāyuḥ paricito yatnād agninā saha kuṇḍalīm |

bodhayitvā suṣumnāyāṃ praviśed avirodhataḥ ||

Testimonia
Śārṅgadharapaddhati 4399

vāyuḥ paricito yasmād agninā saha kuṇḍalīm |

bodhayitvā suṣumnāyāṃ praviśed anirodhataḥ ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā ff.~197v–180r (attributed to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

vāyuḥ paricito yasmād agninā saha kuṃḍalī |

bodhayitvā suṣumnāyāṃ praviśed anirodhata iti

HP 4.63

सुषुम्णावाहिनि प्राणे सिध्यत्येव मनोन्मनी ।

अन्यथा विविधाभ्यासाः प्रयासायैव योगिनाम्

suṣumṇāvāhini prāṇe sidhyaty eva manonmanī /

anyathā vividhābhyāsāḥ prayāsāyaiva yoginām //

When the breath is flowing in Suṣumṇā, the no-mind state is sure to be attained. Otherwise [i.e.~if the breath is not flowing in Suṣumṇā] the various practices [of yoga] lead to nothing but exertion for yogis.
Readings

ab omitted in η2
vāhini (α3 β2 βω γ2 δ3 χ) ] vāhinī (α1 β1 ε2 ε3), hini (δ1), om. (η2)
sidhyaty eva (α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 χ) ] siddhyety eva (α1), siddhyatīva (δ3), om. (η2)
anyathā vividhā (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2) ] anye ca vividhā (δ3), anye ye vividhā (δ1), anyathā tv itare (ε2 ε3), anyathā tv itarā (χ), atha cittāntare (η2)
bhyāsāḥ (α1 β2 δ3 χ) ] bhyāsā (α3 βω γ2 δ1), bhyāsāt (β1 ε2), bhyāsa (ε3 η2)
prayāsāyaiva (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ3 χ) ] prāyāsāś caiva (δ1), prayāsā eva (ε3), prayāsā eka (ε2), pratyāśā jīva (η2)
yoginām (α1 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 χ) ] yoginā (βω η2), yoginī (ε2)

Testimonia
Upāsanāsārasaṅgraha p.~108

haṭhapradīpikāyām–

suṣumnāvāhinī prāṇe siddhaty eva manonmani |

anyathā vividhābhyāso prayāsāyaiva yoginām ||

Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~113v

suṣumṇāvāhini prāṇe sidhyaty eva manonmanī |

anye ye vividhābhyāsāḥ prayāsā eva yogināṃ ||

HP 4.64

पवनो बध्यते येन मनस्तेनैव बध्यते

मनश्च बध्यते येन पवनस्तेन बध्यते ॥

pavano badhyate yena manas tenaiva badhyate /

manaś ca badhyate yena pavanas tena badhyate //

The mind is bound by the very same thing that binds the breath and the breath is bound by that which binds the mind.
Philological Commentary

Brahmānanda understands yena here to refer to the yogi. We have taken it to refer to a practice.

Readings

cd omitted in γ2 and η2
manas tenaiva badhyate (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] tenaiva badhyate manaḥ (η2)
manaś ca (α1 β1 βω ε2 ε3 χ) ] manas tu (δ1 δ3), manas tad (β2)
pavanas tena (α1 β1 β2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] pavanamana (βω)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~67r

tathā coktaṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ–

pavano badhyate yena manas tenaiva b[a]dhyate

mānaś ca badhyate yena pavanas tena badhyate [|]

HP 4.65

हेतुद्वयं तु चित्तस्य वासना च समीरणः ।

तयोर्विनष्ट एकस्मिन्द्रुतं द्वावपि नश्यतः*

hetudvayaṃ tu cittasya vāsanā ca samīraṇaḥ /

tayor vinaṣṭa ekasmin drutaṃ dvāv api naśyataḥ //*

The mind has two impulses: past impression (vāsanā) and the breath. When one of those two disappears, both soon disappear.
Philological Commentary

It is difficult to say whether the Gorakṣaśataka’s reading cittasya was changed to manaso by the author when this verse was borrowed in order to make the terminology consistent with the previous verse, or whether this change occurred at a later time.

Readings

hetu (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] deha (δ3), eta (α3)
dvayaṃ tu (α1 α3 δ3 η2 χ) ] dvayaṃ hi (β1 βω γ2), dvayaṃ ca (β2 δ1), dvayasya (ε2 ε3)
cittasya (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] manaso (γ2 δ1 δ3)
drutaṃ dvāv api naśyataḥ (em.) ] dguttaṃ dvāv api naśyataḥ (α1), dhṛtaṃ dvāv api naśyataḥ (α3), dṛtaṃ vāvatinasyataḥ (α2), tau dvāv api vinaśyataḥ (β1 βω ε2 ε3 χ), ubhāv api vinaśyataḥ (β2 γ2 δ3 η2), svabhāvo pi vinaśyataḥ (δ1)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 9

hetudvayañ ca cittasya vāsanā ca samīraṇaḥ |

tayor vinaṣṭa ekasmin drutaṃ dvāv api naśyataḥ |

9d drutaṃ dvāv api ] em.; dhṛtaṃ dvāv api T, tasmai dvāv api G1, nasmai dvāv api G2, tad dvāv api vi° U

Mokṣopāya V.92.48

dve bīje rāma cittasya prāṇaspandanavāsane |

ekasmiṃś ca tayoẖ kṣīṇe kṣipraṃ dve api naśyataḥ ||

Testimonia
Yogakuṇḍalinyupaniṣat 1

hetudvayaṃ hi cittasya vāsanā ca samīraṇaḥ |

tayor vinaṣṭa ekasmiṃs tad dvāv api vinaśyataḥ ||

HP 4.66

मनो यत्र विलीयेत पवनस्तत्र लीयते ।

पवनो लीयते यत्र मनस्तत्रैव लीयते*

mano yatra vilīyeta pavanas tatra līyate /

pavano līyate yatra manas tatraiva līyate //*

The breath dissolves where the mind dissolves; the mind dissolves right where the breath dissolves.
Philological Commentary

These verses seem to elevate the possible role of the mind in achieving samādhi (as opposed to the standard Haṭha method of stopping the breath to achieve samādhi).

Readings

cd omitted in ε2 and ε3
vilīyeta (α1 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] vilīyate (βω)
pavanas (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] mārutas (ε2 ε3)
pavano līyate yatra (α1 β2 γ2 χ) ] pavano yatra līyeta (δ1 δ3), pavano yatra līyate (β1 βω), om. (ε2 ε3)
tatraiva līyate (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3) ] tatra vilīyate (γ2 χ), om. (ε2 ε3)

Testimonia
Haṭharatnāvalī 4.29

mano yatra vilīyeta pavanas tatra līyate ||

HP 4.67

दुग्धाम्बुवत्संमिलितौ सदैव

तुल्यक्रियौ मानसमारुतौ हि

यावन्मनस्तत्र मरुत्प्रवृत्ति-

र्यावन्मरुच्चापि मनःप्रवृत्तिः

dugdhāmbuvat saṃmilitau sadaiva

tulyakriyau mānasamārutau hi /

yāvan manas tatra marutpravṛtti-

r yāvan maruc cāpi manaḥpravṛttiḥ //

Like water mixed with milk, mind and breath are always joined, behaving in the same way. As long as there is mind the breath is active, and as long as there is breath the mind is active.
Philological Commentary

Complementing his understanding of the previous verse, Brahmānanda has yatodots tatra in pādas c and d, taking it to mean yatradots tatra and to be referring to cakras.

Metre: Upajāti
Readings

sadaiva (α1 β1 β2 βω ε2 ε3) ] sadeva (α3), tathaiva (γ2 δ1 δ3), ubhau tau (η2 χ)
mānasamārutau (α1 α3 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] mārutamānasau (β1 β2)
hi (α1 α3 β1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] ca (β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3)
yāvan manas (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3) ] yato marut (η2 χ)
marut (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3) ] manaḥ (η2 χ)
pravṛttir (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η2 χ) ] pravṛddhitti (ε2)
yāvan (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3) ] yato (η2 χ), (ε2 ε3)
maruc cāpi (α1 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3) ] marut tatra (βω), manas tatra (η2 χ), om. (ε2 ε3)
manaḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3) ] marut (η2 χ), om. (ε2 ε3)
pravṛttiḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] nivṛttiḥ (η2), om. (ε2 ε3)

Sources
Amanaska 2.27

dugdhāṃbuvat sammilitau sadaiva

tulyakriyau mānasamārutau ca |

yāvan manas tatra marutpravṛttir

yāvan maruc cāpi manaḥpravṛttiḥ |

sadaiva ] NI, S, N : tathaiva Cc : sad eva Na

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

rājayoge—

dugdhāmbuvat saṃmilitau sadaiva

tulyakriyau mānasamārutau ca |

yāvan manas tatra marutpravṛttir

yāvan marut tatra manaḥpravṛttiḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 2.5

dugdhāmbuvat saṃmilitau sadaiva

tulyakriyau mānasamārutau ca |

yāvan manas tatra marutpravṛttis

tatraikanāśād aparasya nāśaḥ ||

HP 4.68

तत्रैकनाशादपरस्य नाश

एकप्रवृत्तेरपरप्रवृत्तिः*

अध्वस्तयोश्चेन्द्रियवर्गबुद्धि-

र्विध्वस्तयोर्मोक्षपदस्य सिद्धिः ॥

tatraikanāśād aparasya nāśa

ekapravṛtter aparapravṛttiḥ /*

adhvastayoś cendriyavargabuddhi-

r vidhvastayor mokṣapadasya siddhiḥ //

As a result of one of those two disappearing the other disappears and as a result of one being active the other is active. And when neither has disappeared there is perception through all the sense faculties. When both have disappeared the state of liberation is attained.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

tatraika (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] atraika (ε2 ε3), ekasya (η2)
nāśa (α1 β2 γ2 δ3 χ) ] nāśam (δ1), nāśaḥ (ε2 ε3), nāśas (η2), nāśe (β1), nāśo (βω)
ekapravṛtter (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 ε2 χ) ] ekapravṛttāv (δ1 δ3 ε3), tatraikavṛtter (η2)
aparapravṛttiḥ (α1 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε2 ε3 χ) ] aparasya vṛttiḥ (η2)
adhvastayoś (α1 β1 χ) ] adhvastayor (ε3), adhyastayor (γ2), adhastayor (δ1 δ3), addhastayoś (ε2), adhastayoś (β2 η2), atastayoś (βω)
cendriya (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε2 η2 χ) ] indriya (γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3)
buddhir (α1 α3) ] vudhir (βω), vṛddhir (γ2 δ3), vṛttiḥ (δ1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ), baṃdhir (β1), śuddhir (α2 β2)
vidhvastayor (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ1 δ3 ε3) ] vivṛddhayor (γ2), vijñātayor (η2), addhvastayor (ε2), pradhvastayor (χ)
mokṣapadasya (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] mokṣapradasya (γ2), mokṣapathasya (δ3)

Sources
Amanaska 2.28

tatraikanāśād aparasya nāśa

ekapravṛtter aparapravṛttiḥ |

adhvastayoś cendriyavargabuddhir

vidhvastayor mokṣapadasya siddhiḥ ||

vargabuddhir ] NI and S : vargavṛttir Pa Tr Va Nb Ea Eb : vargavṛddhiḥ VbVd: vargavṛddhir N : vargavidhi Pc : sargabuddhir Cc: sargaviddhir Nu

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

tatraikanāśād aparasya nāśaḥ

ekapravṛtter aparapravṛttiḥ |

adhvastayoḥ svendriyavargavṛddhir

vidhvastayor mokṣapadasya siddhiḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 2.6

ekapravṛttāv aparapravṛttir

ekasya nāśād aparasya nāśaḥ |

adhvastayor indriyavargavṛttir

vidhvastayoḥ mokṣapadasya siddhiḥ ||

HP 4.69

वायुमार्गेण संचारी सकलां लभते महीम्

तथाष्टगुणमैश्वर्यं सत्यं सत्यं वरानने

vāyumārgeṇa saṃcārī sakalāṃ labhate mahīm /

tathāṣṭaguṇam aiśvaryaṃ satyaṃ satyaṃ varānane //

[The yogi becomes] a traveller by the way of the wind [and] obtains the whole earth and the eight lordly powers. True, true is this, O beautiful one.
Readings

Stanza omitted in χ
vāyu (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ3 ε2 η2) ] vāyur (δ1 ε3)
mārgeṇa saṃcārī (δ1 δ3) ] mārgeṇa saṃcāre (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2), mārge tha saṃcāre (ε2), mārge ca saṃcāre (η2), mārge py asaṃcāre (ε3)
sakalāṃ (α1 βω γ2 δ1 δ3) ] sakalā (α3), sakalaṃ (β2 ε2 ε3), sa phalaṃ (η2), saṃkalpāt (β1)
labhate (α1 α3 β1 ε3 η2) ] labhyate (β2 ε2), bhramate (γ2 δ1 δ3), carate (βω)
mahīm (α1 α3 β1 γ2 δ1 δ3) ] mahī (β2 βω), mahaḥ (ε2 ε3), mahān (η2)
tathāṣṭa (α1 α3 δ1 δ3) ] na tathā (γ2), tato’ṣṭa (ε2 ε3 η2), athāṣṭa (β2 βω), aṣṭadhā (β1)
satyaṃ varānane (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3) ] ity āha śaṃkaraḥ (ε2 ε3 η2)

Sources
Jñānasāra 3.5–6

vāyuvegena deveśi sakalāṃ bhramate mahīm |

aṣṭadhāguṇam aiśvaryaṃ satyaṃ satyaṃ na cānyathā ||

HP 4.70

तथा विश्वरूपाचार्यः ।

यदा संक्षीयते प्राणो मानसं च विलीयते

तदा समरसत्वं त्समाधिः सोऽभिधीयते

tathā viśvarūpācāryaḥ /

yadā saṃkṣīyate prāṇo mānasaṃ ca vilīyate /

tadā samarasatvaṃ yat samādhiḥ so’bhidhīyate //

Thus Viśvarūpācārya:When the breath is destroyed and the mind dissolves, all experience is the same. That is called Samādhi.
Philological Commentary

The six-chapter Vivekamārtaṇḍa is attributed to Viśvarūpa, which perhaps explains the attribution of this verse to him.

Readings

Stanza omitted in βω, ε2, ε3 and η2
tathā (α1 β1 β2) ] tathā ca (α2), tathāha (α3), om. (γ2 δ1 δ3)
saṃkṣīyate (α1 α3 β2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] sa kṣīyate (β1 γ2)
ca vilīyate (α1 α3 β1 β2 δ3) ] ca pralīyate (γ2 χ), pravilīyate (δ1)
yat (α1 β2 γ2) ] yaḥ (α3 δ1), hi (δ3), ca (β1 χ)
samādhiḥ so’bhidhīyate (α1 α3 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3) ] samādhī sau bhidhīyate (β1), samādhir abhidhīyate (χ)

Sources
Vivekamārtaṇḍa 163

yadā saṃkṣīyate prāṇo mānasaṃ ca vilīyate |

tadā samarasatvaṃ ca samādhiḥ so ’bhidhīyate ||

Testimonia
Yuktabhavadeva 30

yadā saṃkṣīyate prāṇo mānasaṃ ca pralīyate |

yadā samarasatvaṃ ca samādhiḥ procyate tadā ||

yadā ] tadā

HP 4.71

मनःस्थैर्ये स्थिरो वायुस् ततो बिन्दुः स्थिरो भवेत्

बिन्दुस्थैर्योदयात्पुत्र पिण्डस्थैर्यं प्रजायते ॥

manaḥsthairye sthiro vāyus tato binduḥ sthiro bhavet /

bindusthairyodayāt putra piṇḍasthairyaṃ prajāyate //

When the mind is still the breath is still, from which bindu becomes still. As a result of bindu becoming still, my son, the body becomes still.
Readings

Stanza omitted in βω
manaḥ (α1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] mana (α3 β1 ε2 ε3 η2)
sthairye (α1 β1 β2 γ2 ε2 η2 χ) ] sthairya (α3 δ1), sthairyaṃ (δ3), sthairyaḥ (ε3)
sthiro (cett.) ] sthito (α3 ε3 χ)
binduḥ (α1 α3 γ2 δ3 ε3 χ) ] bindu (β1 β2 δ1 ε2 η2)
sthiro bhavet (cett.) ] sthito bhavet (δ3), tato layaḥ (α3)
bindu (cett.) ] binduḥ (γ2)
sthairyodayāt (α1 β1 β2 δ3) ] sthairyād yathā (δ1), sthairyād dayā (η2), sthairyād athā (γ2), sthairyodayā (α3 ε2), sthairye dayā (ε3), sthairyāt sadā (χ)
putra (α1 β1) ] panna (γ2), mūtra (β2), tatra (α3), satyaṃ (δ3 ε2 ε3), satvaṃ (η2 χ), _ _ _ (δ1)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi

haṭhapradīpikāyām—

manaḥsthairye sthiro vāyus tato binduḥ sthiro bhavet |

bindusthairyād athāpannaṃ piṇḍasthairyaṃ prajāyata iti ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 43.19

cittasthairye mārutasusthiraḥ syāt tasmād bindususthiro yogino ’ṃge~|

bindusthairye syād dayā satvam ojaḥ piṇḍasthairyaṃ kāyasampad balaṃ ca || 19 ||

HP 4.72

दृष्टिः स्थिरा यस्य विनैव दृश्या-

द्वायुः स्थिरो यस्य विना प्रयत्नात्

चित्तं स्थिरं यस्य विनावलम्बात्

स एव योगी स गुरुः स सेव्यः

dṛṣṭiḥ sthirā yasya vinaiva dṛśyā-

d vāyuḥ sthiro yasya vinā prayatnāt /

cittaṃ sthiraṃ yasya vināvalambāt

sa eva yogī sa guruḥ sa sevyaḥ //

Only he whose gaze is steady without a visible object, whose breath is steady without effort [and] whose mind is steady without a support is a yogi, is a guru, is to be served.
Metre: Upajāti
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2 and χ
vinaiva (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3 η2) ] vinā ca (δ3), vināpi (γ2 δ1)
dṛśyād (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3) ] dṛśyaṃ (γ2 δ1 δ3 η2)
vinā prayatnāt (cett.) ] vināpi yatnaṃ (γ2)
vināvalambāt (α1 α3 β2 βω ε3) ] vināvalaṃnaṃ (η2), vināvalaṃbanaṃ (δ1), vinā vilambāt (β1), vinā balaṃ ca (δ3), vinā prayatnāt (γ2)
sa guruḥ (cett.) ] sadguruḥ (η2)
sa sevyaḥ (cett.) ] sa śiṣyaḥ (γ2 δ1)

Sources
Amanaska 2.44

dṛṣṭiḥ sthirā yasya vinaiva dṛśyād

vāyuḥ sthiro yasya vinā prayatnāt |

cittaṃ sthiraṃ yasya vināvalambāt

sa eva yogī sa guruḥ sa sevyaḥ ||

vinaiva dṛśyād AllNI AllSI Eb: vinā sudṛśyād Ua: vinā nimeṣād Pb AllN : vinaiva lakṣyād Cc: vinaiva dṛṣṭyād Jb: vinakadṛśyad Ma: vinānaṅgame Nb

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi (attributed to the Rājayoga)

dṛṣṭiḥ sthirā yasya vinaiva dṛśyaṃ

vāyuḥ sthiro yasya vinā prayatnaṃ |

cittaṃ sthiraṃ yasya vināvalaṃbaṃ

sa eva yogī sa guruḥ saṃsevyaḥ ||

Kulārṇavatantra 13.70

dṛśyaṃ vinā sthirā dṛṣṭir manaś cālambanaṃ vinā |

vināyāsaṃ sthiro vāyur yasya syāt sa guruḥ priye ||

Haṭharatnāvalī 4.25

dṛṣṭiḥ sthirā yasya vinaiva lakṣyāt

vāyuḥ sthiro yasya vinā prayatnāt |

cittaṃ sthiraṃ yasya vināvalambanāt

sa eva yogī sa guruḥ sa sevyaḥ ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 16

dṛṣṭiḥ sthirā yasya vinaiva dṛśyād

vāyuḥ sthiro yasya vinā prayatnāt |

cittaṃ sthiraṃ yasya vinā’valambāt

sa eva yogī sa guruḥ sa sevyaḥ ||

HP 4.73

प्रवेशे निर्गमे वामे दक्षिणे चोर्ध्वमप्यधः

न यस्य वायुर्वहति स मुक्तो नात्र संशयः ॥

praveśe nirgame vāme dakṣiṇe cordhvam apy adhaḥ /

na yasya vāyur vahati sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ //

[The yogi] whose breath does not move in, out, left, right, up or down is liberated. In this there is no doubt.
Metre: Anuṣṭubh (c: bha-vipulā)
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2 and χ
vāme (α1 β2 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 η2) ] vāma (α3), vāpi (β1), cāpi (ε3)
cordhvam apy adhaḥ (α1 α3 β1) ] cordhvage’py adhaḥ (β2), cordhvamadhyamaḥ (δ3), cordhvamadhyagaḥ (γ2 δ1), cordhvamadhyataḥ (ε3 η2), tanirodhataḥ (βω)
na yasya (α1 α3 β1 βω γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η2) ] layasya (β2)
vāyur vahati (α1 α3 β1 β2 γ2 δ1 δ3 ε3 η2) ] vahate vāyu (βω)

Sources
Gorakṣaśataka 8

praveśe nirgame vāme dakṣiṇe cordhvam apy adhaḥ |

na yasya vāyur vrajati sa mukto nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

HP 4.74

सर्वे हठलयोपाया राजयोगस्य सिद्धये

राजयोगसमारूढः पुरुषः कालवञ्चकः ॥

sarve haṭhalayopāyā rājayogasya siddhaye /

rājayogasamārūḍhaḥ puruṣaḥ kālavañcakaḥ //

All the methods of Haṭha and Laya are for mastering Rājayoga. The man who has ascended to Rājayoga cheats death.
Readings

haṭhalayopāyā (α1 β1 β2 βω ε3 η2 χ) ] haṭhalayoyāgā (ε2), haṭhā layābhyāsā (δ1), layahaṭhābhyāsā (δ3)
rājayogasya siddhaye (α1 β1 β2 δ1 δ3 χ) ] rājayogāya kevalaṃ (ε2 ε3 η2), rājayogaphalāvadhi (βω)
rājayoga (α1 β1 β2 βω δ1 ε2 ε3 η2 χ) ] rajayogaṃ (α3), rājayoge (δ3)

Testimonia
Yogacintāmaṇi (attrib.~to the Haṭhapradīpikā)

sarve layahaṭhābhyāsā rājayogasya siddhaye |

rājayogaṃ samārūḍhaḥ puruṣaḥ kālavañcaka iti ||

Haṭhatattvakaumudī 55.34

haṭhapradīpikāyām–

sarve haṭhalayopāyā rājayogasya siddhaye |

rājayogasamārūḍhaḥ puruṣaḥ kālavañcakaḥ ||

Haṃsavilāsa p.~49

sarve haṭhalayopāyā rājayogāya kevalam |

rājayogaṃ samārūḍhaḥ puruṣaḥ kālavañcakaḥ ||

HP 4.74*1

इडा भगवती गङ्गा पिङ्गला यमुना नदी ।

विज्ञेया तद्द्वयोर्मध्ये सुषुम्णा तु सरस्वती ॥ (δ1 and δ3)

iḍā bhagavatī gaṅgā piṅgalā yamunā nadī /

vijñeyā taddvayor madhye suṣumṇā tu sarasvatī // (δ1 and δ3)

Iḍā is the divine Gaṅgā, Piṅgalā is the river Yamunā. Between those two is Suṣumṇā, who is to be recognised as Sarasvatī.
Readings

yamunā (δ3) ] jamunā (δ1)
vijñeyā (δ3) ] vidheyā (δ1)
tu (δ3) ] ca (δ1)

HP 4.74*2

त्रिवेणीसंगमो यत्र तीर्थराजः स उच्यते ।

तत्र स्नानं प्रकुर्वीत सर्वपापैः प्रमुच्यते ॥ (δ1 and δ3)

triveṇīsaṃgamo yatra tīrtharājaḥ sa ucyate /

tatra snānaṃ prakurvīta sarvapāpaiḥ pramucyate // (δ1 and δ3)

The place of the Triveṇī confluence is called the king of sacred sites. One should bathe there [and] be freed from all sins.
Readings

tatra snānaṃ prakurvīta (δ1) ] tasmiṃs tīrthavare snātvā (δ3)

HP 4.75

इति तु सकलयोगशास्त्रसिन्धोः

परिमथितादवकृष्टसारभूतम् ।

अनुभवत हठामृतं यमीन्द्रा

यदि भवतामजरामरत्ववाञ्छा

iti tu sakalayogaśāstrasindhoḥ

parimathitād avakṛṣṭasārabhūtam /

anubhavata haṭhāmṛtaṃ yamīndrā

yadi bhavatām ajarāmaratvavāñchā //

O great yogis, experience the nectar of Haṭha, the essence extracted from the ocean of all yoga scriptures after it has thus been churned, if you wish not to grow old and die.
Philological Commentary

Metre: Puṣpitāgrā
Readings

Stanza omitted in ε2, ε3, η2 and χ
sindhoḥ (α1pc β2 δ3) ] sindhau (δ1), siddhāḥ (α1ac), siddheḥ (β1), siddhyaiḥ (βω), om. (α3)
parimathitād (α1 β1 β2 δ1 δ3) ] paripaṭhitā (βω), mathitā pari (α3)
avakṛṣṭa (α1ac δ1) ] avakṛṣya (α1pc β2), avakṛṣṇa (β1), apakṛṣṭa (δ3), kṛṣṭa (βω), sāra (α3)
sāra (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω δ3) ] sarva (δ1)
anubhavata (α1 α3 βω δ1 δ3) ] anubhavatu (β2), anubhava (β1)
yamīndrā (α1 α3 βω δ3) ] yamīndro (β2), yatīndrā (β1 δ1)
ajarāmaratvavāñchā (α1 β1 δ1 δ3) ] ajarāmaratvavāṃcchāṃ (α3), ajarāmaratvavāṃchāḥ (β2), ajarājaraṃ tvaṃ vā (βω)

Testimonia
Haṭhasaṅketacandrikā f.~145v

iti tu sakalayogaśāstrasindhoḥ

parimathitād avakṛṣya sārabhūtaṃ [|]

anubhavata haṭhāmṛtaṃ yamīndrā

yadi bhavatām ajarāmaratvavāṃchā [||]

HP 4.75*1

विद्यातीर्थे जगति विबुधाः साधवः सत्यतीर्थे

गङ्गातीर्थे मलिनमनसो योगिनो ज्ञानतीर्थे ।

धारातीर्थे धरणिपतयो दानतीर्थे धनाढ्याः

लज्जातीर्थे कुलयुवतयः पातकं क्षालयन्ति ॥ (η2)

vidyātīrthe jagati vibudhāḥ sādhavaḥ satyatīrthe

gaṅgātīrthe malinamanaso yogino jñānatīrthe /

dhārātīrthe dharaṇipatayo dānatīrthe dhanāḍhyāḥ

lajjātīrthe kulayuvatayaḥ pātakaṃ kṣālayanti // (η2)

Metre: Mandākrāntā
Readings

jagati (em.) ] yagati (η2)

HP 4 Colophon

इति श्रीस्वात्मारामयोगीन्द्रविरचितायां हठप्रदीपिकायां चतुर्थोपदेशः*

iti śrīsvātmārāmayogīndraviracitāyāṃ haṭhapradīpikāyāṃ caturthopadeśaḥ //*

Readings

śrī (βω δ3 η2) ] śrīsadguru (α1), śrīsahajānaṃdasaṃtānaciṃtāmaṇinā (ε3), om. (α3 β1 β2 δ1)
svātmārāmayogīndra (β2 βω) ] svātmārāmayogendra (α1), svātmārāmayogīṃdreṇa (ε3), ātmārāmayogīṃdra (α3 η2), °yo° (β1), om. (δ1 δ3)
viracitāyāṃ (cett.) ] pravaracitāyāṃ (α1ac), praviracitāyāṃ (α1pc)
ante caturtho° add.nādopāsanaṃ nāma (ε3), siddhāntamuktāvalī nāma (βω)
caturthopadeśaḥ (α1 α3 β1 β2 βω ε3) ] caturtha upadeśaḥ (δ1), caturtho{{dhyā}}yam upadeśaḥ (δ3), caturthodhyāyaḥ (η2)